Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of operating profits within various local jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions, as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new events. We currently receive certain tax benefits in some countries, and these benefits may not be available in the future due to changes in the local jurisdictions. As a result, our effective tax rate could increase in the coming years.

In line with our strategic repositioning of our product portfolio, the ~~purchase~~acquisition or divestiture of businesses in different jurisdictions could materially affect our effective tax rate in future periods.

We evaluate our deferred tax asset position and the need for a valuation allowance on a regular basis. This assessment requires the exercise of judgment on the part of our management with respect to, among other things, benefits that could be realized from available tax strategies and future taxable income, as well as other positive and negative factors. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other things, our ability to generate future taxable income that is sufficient to utilize loss carry-forwards or tax credits before their expiration. The recorded amount of total deferred tax assets could be reduced, resulting in a decrease in our total assets and, consequently, in our shareholders’ equity, if our estimates of projected future taxable income and benefits from available tax strategies are reduced as a result of a change in management’s assessment or due to other factors, or if changes in current tax regulations are enacted that impose restrictions on the timing or extent of our ability to utilize tax loss and credit carry-forwards in the future. A change in the estimated amounts and the character of the future result may require additional valuation allowances, resulting in a negative impact on our income statement.

We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising out of tax claims, assessment of uncertain tax positions and provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures. There are currently tax audits ongoing in certain of our jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in resolving potential tax claims that can arise from these audits. We have booked provisions on the basis of the best current understanding; however, we could be required to book additional provisions in future periods for amounts that cannot be assessed at this stage. Our failure to do soand/or the need to increase our provisions for such claims could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

We are required to prepare Consolidated Financial Statements using both ~~International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)~~IFRS in addition to our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared pursuant to ~~Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“~~U.S. ~~GAAP”)~~GAAP and dual reporting may impair the clarity of our financial reporting.

We are incorporated in the Netherlands and our shares are listed on Euronext ~~Paris~~ and on the Borsa Italiana, and, consequently, we are subject to an EU regulation requiring us to report our results of operations and Consolidated Financial Statements using ~~IFRS (previously known as International Accounting Standards or “IAS”).~~IFRS. As of January 1, 2009, we are also required to prepare a semi-annual set of accounts using IFRS reporting standards. We use U.S. GAAP as our primary set of reporting ~~standards, as U.S. GAAP has been our reporting standard since our creation in 1987.~~standards. Applying U.S. GAAP in our financial reporting is designed to ensure the comparability of our results to those of our competitors, as well as the continuity of our reporting, thereby providing our investors with a clear understanding of our financial performance.

As a result of the obligation to report our Consolidated Financial Statements under IFRS, we prepare our results of operations using two different sets of reporting standards, U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which are currently not consistent. Such dual reporting materially increases the complexity of our investor communications. Our financial condition and results of operations reported in accordance with IFRS will differ from our financial condition and results of operations reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which could give rise to confusion in the marketplace.

Our reporting under two different accounting standards filed with the relevant regulatory authorities, also now in interim periods, could result in confusion if recipients of the information do not properly distinguish between the information reported using U.S. GAAP and the information reported using IFRS, particularly when viewing our profitability and operating margins under one or the other set of accounting standards. Given this risk, and the complexity of maintaining and reviewing two sets of accounts, we ~~may consider~~are considering reporting primarily under IFRS at some point in the future.

If our internal control over financial reporting fails to meet the requirements of Section 404 of theSarbanes-Oxley Act, it may have a materially adverse effect on our stock price.

The SEC, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, adopted rules that require us to include a management report assessing the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report onForm 20-F. In addition, we must also include an attestation by our independent registered public accounting firm regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have successfully completed our Section 404 assessment and received the auditors’ attestation as of December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. However, in

the future, if we fail to complete a favorable assessment from our management or to obtain ~~our~~an “unqualified” auditors’ attestation, we may be subject to regulatory sanctions or may suffer a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could lead to an adverse effect on our stock price.

The lack of public funding available to us, changes in existing public funding programs or demands for repayment may increase our costs and impact our results of operations.

Like many other manufacturers operating in Europe, we benefit from governmental funding for R&D expenses and industrialization costs (which include some of the costs incurred to bring prototype products to the production stage), as well as from incentive programs for the economic development of underdeveloped regions. Public funding may also be characterized by grantsand/or low-interest financing for capital investmentand/or tax credit investments. ~~See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Public Funding.”~~ We have entered into public funding agreements in France and Italy, which set forth the parameters for state support to us under selected programs. These funding agreements require compliance with EU regulations and approval by EU authorities. We have also ~~recently~~ entered into the ~~Crolles 3 NANO~~Nano 2012 funding ~~program (for~~program. See “Item 4. Information on the ~~years2008-2012)~~ ~~which, following approval by EU authorities, is designed to promote and develop future advanced derivative CMOS process technologies related to our12-inch~~ ~~pilot line in Crolles 3.~~Company — Public Funding.”

Furthermore, we receive a material amount of R&D tax credits in France, which is directly linked to the amount spent for our R&D activities. In 2009, we booked $146 million, which reflected amounts relating to yearly activities.

We rely on receiving funds on a timely basis pursuant to the terms of the funding agreements. However, the funding of programs in France and Italy is subject to the annual appropriation of available resources and compatibility with the fiscal provisions of their annual budgets, which we do not control, as well as to our continuing compliance with all eligibility requirements. If we are unable to receive anticipated funding on a timely basis, or if existing government-funded programs were curtailed or discontinued, or if we were unable to fulfill our eligibility requirements, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. There is no assurance that any alternative funding would be available, or that, if available, it could be provided in sufficient amounts or on similar terms.

The application for and implementation of such grants often involves compliance with extensive regulatory requirements including, in the case of subsidies to be granted within the EU, notification to the European Commission by the member state making the contemplated grant prior to disbursement and receipt of required EU approval. In addition, compliance with project-related ceilings on aggregate subsidies defined under EU law often involves highly complex economic evaluations. Furthermore, public funding arrangements are generally subject to annual andproject-by-project reviews and approvals. If we fail to meet applicable formal or other requirements, we may not be able to receive the relevant subsidies, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. If we do not receive anticipated funding, this may lead us to curtail or discontinue existing projects, which may lead to further impairments. In addition, if we do not complete projects for which public funding has been approved, we may be required to repay any advances received for completed milestones, which may lead to a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

The interests of our controlling shareholders, which are in turn controlled respectively by the French and Italian governments, may conflict with investors’ interests.

We have been informed that as of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. (“ST Holding II”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of STMicroelectronics Holding N.V. (“ST Holding”), owned 250,704,754 shares, or approximately 27.5%, of our issued common shares. ST Holding is therefore effectively in a position to control actions that require shareholder approval, including corporate actions, the election of our Supervisory Board and our Managing Board and the issuance of new shares or other securities.

We have also been informed that the shareholders’ agreement among ST Holding’s shareholders (the “STH Shareholders’ Agreement”), to which we are not a party, governs relations between our current indirect shareholders Areva Group (“Areva”), Cassa Depositi e Prestiti S.p.A. (“CDP”), and Commissariat à l’Energie Atomique (“CEA”~~) and Finmeccanica S.p.A. (“Finmeccanica”~~), each of which is ultimately controlled by the French or Italian ~~government, see~~government. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders.” The STH Shareholders’ Agreement includes provisions requiring the unanimous approval by shareholders of ST Holding before ST Holding can make any decision with respect to certain actions to be taken by us. Furthermore, as permitted by our Articles of Association, the Supervisory Board has specified selected actions by the Managing Board that require the approval of the Supervisory Board. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders.” These requirements for the prior approval of various actions to be taken by us and our subsidiaries may give rise to a conflict of interest between our interests and investors’ interests, on the one hand, and the interests of the individual shareholders approving such actions, on the other, and may affect the ability of our Managing Board to respond as

may be necessary in the rapidly changing environment of the semiconductor industry. Our ability to issue new shares or other securities may be limited by the existing shareholders’ desire to maintain their proportionate shareholding at a certain minimum level and our ability to buy back shares may be limited by our existing shareholders due to a Dutch law that may require shareholders that own more than 30% of our voting rights to launch a tender offer for our outstanding shares. Dutch law, however, requires members of our Supervisory Board to act independently in supervising our management and to comply with applicable corporate governance standards.

Our shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a change of control.

~~On November 27, 2006, our Supervisory Board decided to authorize us to enter into~~We have an option agreement with an independent foundation, Stichting ~~Continuïteit~~Continuiteit ST (the “Stichting”). Our Managing Board and our Supervisory Board, along with the board of the Stichting, have declared that they are jointly of the opinion that the Stichting is legally independent of our Company and our major shareholders. Our Supervisory Board approved this option

~~agreement, dated February 7, 2007, to reflect changes in Dutch legal requirements, not in response to any hostile takeover attempt. It provides for the issuance of up to~~, whereby we could issue a maximum of 540,000,000 preference ~~shares. The Stichting would have the option, which it shall exercise in its sole discretion, to take up the preference shares. The preference~~ shares ~~would be issuable~~ in the event of actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common shares, which are unsupported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company, our shareholders and our other stakeholders. ~~If the Stichting exercises its call option~~See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and ~~acquires preference shares, it must pay at least 25% of the par value of such preference shares. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no longer than two years.~~Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders — Shareholders’ Agreements — Preference Shares.”

No preference shares have been issued to date. The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of control or otherwise taking actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. In addition, any issuance of additional capital within the limits of our authorized share capital, as approved by our shareholders, is subject to the requirements of our Articles of Association, see “Item 10. Additional Information — Memorandum and Articles of Association — Share Capital as of ~~March 28,~~December 31, 2009 — Issuance of Shares, Preemption Rights and Preference Shares (Article 4).”

Our direct or indirect shareholders may sell our existing common shares or issue financial instruments exchangeable into our common shares at any time. In addition, substantial sales by us of new common shares or convertible bonds could cause our common share price to drop significantly.

The STH Shareholders’ Agreement, to which we are not a party, between respectively FT1CI, our French Shareholder controlled by Areva and CEA, and CDP, ~~and Finmeccanica,~~ our Italian ~~shareholders,~~shareholder, permits our respective French and Italian indirect shareholders to cause ST Holding to dispose of its stake in us at its sole discretion at any time from their current level, and to reduce the current level of their respective indirect interests in our common shares. The details of the STH Shareholders’ Agreement, as reported by ST Holding II, are further explained in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders.” Disposals of our shares by the parties to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement can be made by way of the issuance of financial instruments exchangeable for our shares, equity swaps, structured finance transactions or sales of our shares. An announcement with respect to one or more of such dispositions could be made at any time without our advance knowledge.

~~On February 26,~~In 2008, Finmeccanica sold approximately 26 million of our shares representing approximately 2.85% of our share capital to FT1CI, and, hence, CEA ~~has become~~became a shareholder of FT1CI and ~~now adheres~~is a party to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement. In addition, in December 2009, Finmeccanica sold all of its remaining 33,707,436 of our shares, held indirectly through ST Holding, to CDP and, as a result, is no longer a party to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement.

~~In addition,~~ Finmeccanica Finance S.A. (“Finmeccanica Finance”), a subsidiary of Finmeccanica, has issued €501 million aggregate principal amount of exchangeable notes, exchangeable into up to 20 million of our existing common shares due 2010 (the “Finmeccanica Notes”). ~~The~~ Finmeccanica ~~Notes have been exchangeable at~~has entered into a call option arrangement with Deutsche Bank for a corresponding amount of our shares in the ~~option of~~event the ~~holder into our existing common shares since January 2, 2004.~~notes become exchangeable. As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, none of the Finmeccanica Notes had been exchanged for our common shares.

Further sales of our common shares or issue of bonds exchangeable into our common shares or any announcements concerning a potential sale by ST Holding, FT1CI, Areva, CEA ~~CDP~~ or ~~Finmeccanica,~~CDP, could materially impact the market price of our common shares. The timing and size of any future share or exchangeable bond offering by ST Holding, FT1CI, Areva, CEA ~~CDP~~ or ~~Finmeccanica~~CDP would depend upon market conditions as well as a variety of factors.

Because we are a Dutch company subject to the corporate law of the Netherlands, U.S. investors might have more difficulty protecting their interests in a court of law or otherwise than if we were a U.S. company.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of Association and by the laws governing corporations incorporated in the Netherlands. The corporate affairs of each of our consolidated subsidiaries are governed by the Articles of Association and by the laws governing such corporations in the jurisdiction in which such consolidated subsidiary is incorporated. The rights of the investors and the responsibilities of members of our Supervisory Board

2219

and Managing Board under Dutch law are not as clearly established as under the rules of some U.S. jurisdictions. Therefore, U.S. investors may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by our management, members of our Supervisory Board or our controlling shareholders than U.S. investors would have if we were incorporated in the United States.

Our executive offices and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, ST Holding II and most members of our Managing and Supervisory Boards are residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and Canada. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for shareholders to effect service within the United States or Canada upon us, ST Holding II, or members of our Managing or Supervisory Boards. It may also be difficult or impossible for shareholders to enforce outside the United States or Canada judgments obtained against such persons in U.S. or Canadian courts, or to enforce in U.S. or Canadian courts judgments obtained against such persons in courts in jurisdictions outside the United States or Canada. This could be true in any legal action, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws. In addition, it may be difficult or impossible for shareholders to enforce, in original actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United States, rights predicated upon U.S. securities laws.

We have been advised by our Dutch counsel, De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek N.V., that the United States and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. As a consequence, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States, will not be enforceable in the Netherlands. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in the Netherlands, such party may submit to the Netherlands court the final judgment that has been rendered in the United States. If the Netherlands court finds that the jurisdiction of the federal or state court in the United States has been based on grounds that are internationally acceptable and that proper legal procedures have been observed, the court in the Netherlands would, under current practice, give binding effect to the final judgment that has been rendered in the United States unless such judgment ~~contravenes~~contradicts the Netherlands’ public policy.

Removal of our common shares from the CAC 40 on Euronext, ~~Paris,~~ the ~~S&P/~~FTSE MIB on the Borsa Italiana or the ~~Philadelphia Stock Exchange~~PHLX Semiconductor Sector Index (“SOX”) could cause the market price of our common shares to drop significantly.

Our common shares have been included in the CAC 40 index on Euronext ~~Paris~~ since November 12, 1997; the FTSE MIB index (which replaced the S&P/MIB on ~~the Borsa Italiana,~~June 1, 2009), or Italian Stock Exchange, since March 18, 2002; and the SOX since June 23, 2003. However, our common shares could be removed from the CAC 40, the ~~S&P/~~FTSE MIB or the SOX at any time if, for a sustained period of time, our market capitalization were to fall below the required thresholds for the respective indices or our shares were to trade below a certain price, or in the case of a delisting of our shares from one or more of the stock exchanges where we are currently listed or if we were to decide to pursue a delisting on one of the three stock exchanges on which we maintain a listing as part of the measures we may from time to time consider to simplify our administrative and overhead expenses. Certain investors will only invest funds in companies that are included in one of these indexes. Any such removal or the announcement thereof could cause the market price of our common shares to drop significantly.


Item 4.	Information on the Company

History and Development of the Company

STMicroelectronics N.V. was formed and incorporated in 1987 and resulted from the combination of the semiconductor business of SGS Microelettronica (then owned by Società Finanziaria Telefonica (S.T.E.T.), an Italian corporation) and the non-military business of Thomson Semiconducteurs (then owned by the former Thomson-CSF, now Thales, a French corporation). We completed our initial public offering in December 1994 with simultaneous listings on Euronext ~~Paris~~ and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). In 1998, we listed our shares on the Borsa Italiana. Until 1998, we operated as SGS-Thomson Microelectronics N.V. Our length of life is indefinite. We are organized under the laws of the Netherlands. We have our corporate legal seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and our head offices at WTC Schiphol Airport, Schiphol Boulevard 265, 1118 BH Schiphol Airport, the Netherlands. Our telephone number there is +31-20-654-3210. Our headquarters and operational offices are located at 39 Chemin du Champ des Filles, 1228 Plan-Les-Ouates, Geneva, Switzerland. Our main telephone number there is +41-22-929-2929. Our agent for service of process in the United States related to our registration under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is ~~STMicroelectronics, Inc.~~Corporation Service Company (CSC), ~~1310 Electronics Drive, Carrollton, Texas,75006-5039~~ ~~and the main telephone number there is +1-972-466-6000.~~80 State Street, Albany, New York, 12207. Our operations are also conducted through our various subsidiaries, which are

organized and operated according to the laws of their country of incorporation, and consolidated by STMicroelectronics N.V.

Business Overview

We are a global independent semiconductor company that designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of semiconductor products used in a wide variety of microelectronic applications, including automotive products, computer peripherals, telecommunications systems, consumer products, industrial automation and control systems. According to industry data published by iSuppli, we have been ranked the world’s fifth largest semiconductor company based on 2008 total market sales and we held leading positions in sales of Analog Products and application-specific integrated circuits (or “ASICs”). Based on 2008 results published by iSuppli, we were ranked number one in industrial products, number two in analog products and number three in wireless and automotive electronics. In addition, we were ranked as a leading supplier of semiconductors in 2008 for consumer and portable applications of motion-sensing chips, set-top boxes, power management devices and for the inkjet printer market. Our major customers include Apple, Bosch, Cisco, Continental, ~~Delphi,~~ Delta, ~~Garmin,~~ Hewlett-Packard, Huawei, LG Electronics, ~~Nagra,~~Marelli, Nintendo, Nokia, Pace, Philips, Research in Motion, Samsung, Seagate, Sharp, ~~Siemens,~~ Sony Ericsson, ~~Thomson~~Technicolor and Western Digital. We also sell our products through distributors and retailers, including Arrow Electronics, Avnet, ~~Future Electronics, Rutronik,~~Willas-Array, Wintech and Yosun.

The semiconductor industry has historically been a cyclical one and we have responded through emphasizing balance in our product portfolio, in the applications we serve, and in the regional markets we address. ~~Consequently, from 1994 through 2008, our revenues grew at a compounded annual growth rate of 9.8% compared to 6.6% for the industry as a whole.~~

We offer a broad and diversified product portfolio and develop products for a wide range of market applications to reduce our dependence on any single product, application or end market. Within our diversified portfolio, we have focused on developing products that leverage our technological strengths in creating customized, system-level solutions with high-growth digital and mixed-signal content. ~~As of August 2, 2008, following the acquisition of the NXP wireless business, our~~Our product families are comprised of differentiated application-specific products (which we define as being our dedicated analog, mixed-signal and digital ~~ASIC~~application-specific standard products (“ASICs”) and application-specific standard products (“ASSP”) offerings and semi-custom devices) that we organized in 2009 under our Automotive, Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure ~~Product Groups~~ (“ACCI”) and Wireless ~~Products Sector~~segment (“~~WPS”~~Wireless”) and power devices, microcontrollers, discrete products, special nonvolatile memory and Smartcard products organized under our Industrial and Multi-segment ~~Products~~ Sector (“IMS”). Our ACCI and WPS products, which are generally less vulnerable to market cycles than standard commodity products, accounted for 42.0% and 20.6% of our reported net revenues in 2008, respectively. Our IMS product accounted for 33.8% of our reported net revenues in 2008, while sales of our deconsolidated Flash Memory business (Flash Memory Group (“FMG”))

~~products, which occurred in Q1 2008 prior to the contribution of our FMG to Numonyx, accounted for 3.0% of our reported net revenues in 2008.~~

Our products are manufactured and designed using a broad range of manufacturing processes and proprietary design methods. We use all of the prevalent function-oriented process technologies, including ~~complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor (“CMOS”),~~CMOS, bipolar and nonvolatile memory technologies. In addition, by combining basic processes, we have developed advanced systems-oriented technologies that enable us to produce differentiated and application-specific products, including bipolar CMOS technologies (“BiCMOS”) for mixed-signal applications, and diffused metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor (“DMOS”) technology and bipolar, CMOS and DMOS (“BCD technologies”) for intelligent power applications and embedded memory technologies. This broad technology portfolio, a cornerstone of our strategy for many years, enables us to meet the increasing demand for SoC andSystem-in-Package (“SiP”) solutions. Complementing this depth and diversity of process and design technology is our broad ~~intellectual property~~IP portfolio that we also use to enter into broad patent cross-licensing agreements with other major semiconductor companies.

~~Beginning on January 1, 2007, and until August 2, 2008, we reported our semiconductor sales and operating income in the following product segments:~~


	•	Application Specific Groups (“ASG”), comprised of four product lines: Home Entertainment & Displays Group (“HED”), Mobile, Multi-media & Communications Group (“MMC”), Automotive Products Group (“APG”) and Computer Peripherals Group (“CPG”);

	•	Industrial and Multi-segment Sector (“IMS”), comprised of Analog, Power, and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“APM”) segment, and Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smartcard products (“MMS”); and

	•	Flash Memories Group (“FMG”). As of March 31, 2008, following the creation with Intel and Francisco Partners of Numonyx, a new independent semiconductor company from the key assets of our and Intel’s Flash memory business (“FMG deconsolidation”), we ceased reporting under the FMG segment.

Starting August 2, 2008, following the creation of ST-NXP, we reorganized our product groups. A new segment called Wireless Product Sector (“WPS”) was created to report wireless operations. The product line Mobile, Multi-media & Communications Group (“MMC”), which was a part of the segment Application Specific Groups (“ASG”) was abandoned and its divisions were reallocated to different product lines. The remainder of ASG is now comprised of Automotive, Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (“ACCI”).

~~The new organization is as follows:~~


	•	~~Automotive, Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (“ACCI”), comprised of three product lines:~~


	•	~~Home Entertainment & Displays (“HED”), which now includes the Imaging division;~~

	•	~~Automotive Products Group (“APG”); and~~

	•	~~Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“CCI”), which now includes the Communication Infrastructure division.~~


	•	~~Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector (“IMS”), comprised of:~~


	•	~~Analog, Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“APM”); and~~

	•	~~Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smartcard products (“MMS”).~~


	•	~~Wireless Products Sector (“WPS”), comprised of three product lines:~~


	•	~~Wireless Multi Media (“WMM”);~~

	•	~~Connectivity & Peripherals (“C&P”); and~~

	•	~~Cellular Systems (“CS”).~~

Our principal investment and resource allocation decisions in the semiconductor business area are for expenditures on technology R&D as well as capital investments in front-end and back-end manufacturing facilities, which are planned at the corporate level; therefore, our product segments share common R&D for process technology and manufacturing capacity for most of their products.

For information on our segments and product lines, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations — Segment Information.”

Results of Operations

~~The tables below set forth information on~~For our ~~net revenues by product group segment~~2009 Results of Operations, see “Item 5. Operating and ~~by geographic region:~~

~~The table below sets forth information on our net revenues by location~~Financial Review and Prospects — Results of ~~order shipment:~~Operations — Segment Information.”

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 2006
(In millions)

Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)

Europe $ 2,804 $ 3,159 $ 3,073
North America 1,160 1,176 1,232
Asia Pacific 2,201 1,874 2,084
Greater China 2,492 2,750 2,552
Japan 512 475 400
Emerging Markets(2) 673 567 513

Total
$ 9,842 $ 10,001 $ 9,854
~~(1)~~ ~~Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by the location of the customer invoiced. For example, products ordered byU.S.-based~~ companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are classified as Asia Pacific revenues. In addition, the comparison among the different periods may be affected by shifts in order shipment from one location to another, as requested by our customers.
~~(2)~~ Emerging Markets included markets such as India, Latin America, the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA (European Free Trade Association)) and Russia. As of January 1, 2009, Emerging Markets has been reallocated to the Europe, North America and Asia Pacific organizations.
~~The table below shows our net revenues by location of order shipment and market segment application in percentage of net revenues:~~

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 2006
(As percentage of net revenues)

Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)

Europe 28.5 % 31.6 % 31.2 %
North America 11.8 11.8 12.5
Asia Pacific 22.4 18.7 21.1
Greater China 25.3 27.5 25.9
Japan 5.2 4.7 4.1
Emerging Markets(2) 6.8 5.7 5.2

Total
100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
~~(1)~~ ~~Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered byU.S.-based~~ companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are classified as Asia Pacific revenues. Furthermore, the comparison among the different periods may be affected by shifts in order shipment from one location to another, as requested by our customers.
~~(2)~~ Emerging Markets included markets such as India, Latin America, the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA) and Russia. As of January 1, 2009, Emerging Markets has been reallocated to the Europe, North America and Asia Pacific organizations.

Strategy

InWe aim to become the ~~current economic environment, marked by~~undisputed leader in multimedia convergence and power applications, dedicating significant resources to product innovation and increasingly becoming a ~~strong decline~~solution provider in ~~demand for semiconductor products, declining sales, unsaturation of production capacities~~order to drive higher value and ~~poor visibility on the market’s evolution, we are focusing our efforts on enhancing~~increase our market share ~~through~~in the ~~development~~markets we serve. As a worldwide semiconductor leader, we are well positioned to implement our strategy after having accomplished two major strategic transformations, namely a refocus of ~~new~~our product portfolio and our move towards being an asset lighter company. In addition, our strategy to enhance market share by developing innovative products and ~~the~~ targeting of new key customers ~~and sockets, as well as by positioning our company~~is gaining momentum. Our strong capital structure enables us to operate as a long-term, viable supplier of semiconductor products.

2721

~~More fundamentally,~~The semiconductor industry, steadily recovering from the ~~semiconductor industry~~difficult market conditions experienced from 2008 through the second half of 2009, continues to undergo several significant structural changes characterized by:


	•	the changing long-term structural growth of the overall market for semiconductor products, which has moved from double-digit average growth rate to single-digit average growth rate over the last several years;

	•	the strong development of new emerging applications in areas such as wireless communications, solid-state storage, digital TV, video products and games as well as for ~~medical~~energy saving and ~~technology~~medical applications;

	•	the importance of the Asia Pacific region, particularly China, Taiwan and other emerging countries, which represent the fastest growing regional markets;

	•	the importance of convergence between wireless, consumer and computer applications, which drives customer demand to seek new system-level, turnkey solutions from semiconductor suppliers;

	•	the evolution of the customer base from original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”) to a mix of OEM, electronic manufacturing service providers (“EMS”) and original design manufacturers (“ODM”);

	•	the expansion of available manufacturing capacity through third-party providers;

	•	the evolution of advanced process development R&D partnerships; and

	•	the recent consolidation process, ~~accelerated by current economic conditions,~~ which may lead to further strategic repositioning and reorganization amongst industry players.

Our strategy within this challenging environment is designed to focus on the following complementary key elements:

Broad, balanced market exposure. We offer a diversified product portfolio and develop products for a wide range of market applications using a variety of technologies, thereby reducing our dependence on any single product, application or end market. Within our diversified portfolio, we have focused on developing products that leverage our technological strengths in creating customized, system-level solutions for high-growth digital, advanced analog and mixed-signal applications. ~~Within our analog business, we have focused on developing advanced analog products, which generally have long life cycles.~~ We target five key markets comprised of: (i) communications, primarily wireless and portable multi-media; (ii) computer peripherals, including data storage and printers; (iii) digital consumer, including set-top boxes, ~~high definition DVDs, high definition~~ digital TVs ~~multi-media players~~ and digital audio; (iv) automotive, including engine, body and safety, ~~car radio, car multi-media~~ and ~~telematics;~~infotainment; and (v) industrial and multi-segment products, including MEMS, microcontrollers, power supply, ~~motor- control, lighting,~~motor-control, metering, banking and Smartcard.

Product innovation. We aim to be leaders in multi-media convergence and power applications. In order to serve these segments, our plan is to maintain and further establish existing leadership positions for (i) platforms and chipset solutions for ~~digital consumer and car navigation;~~multimedia applications; and (ii) power applications, which are driving system solutions for customer specific applications. We have the knowledge, partners and financial resources to develop new, leading edge products, such as ~~digital base band~~cellular modems and ~~multi-media~~application processor solutions for wireless, MEMS, digital consumer products focused on set-top boxes and digital TVs, SoC offerings in data storage and system-oriented products for the multi-segment sector. We are also targeting new end markets, such as medical and ~~biotech~~energy saving applications.

In the area of platform and Chipset solutions for wireless applications, in 2008 we combined our wireless business with NXP’s to create ST-NXP Wireless and, subsequently, combined that business with the Ericsson Mobile Platforms (“EMP”) business to form a 50/50 joint venture, ST-Ericsson, which began operations on February 1, 2009.

Customer-based initiatives. ~~Our sales~~We have a strategy ~~is to grow faster than the market. There are~~based on four tenets, ~~to this strategy.~~which we believe will help us gain market share. First, we work with our key customers to identify evolving needs and new applications in order to develop innovative products and product features. We have formal alliances with certain strategic customers that allow us and our customers to exchange information and which give our customers access to our process technologies and manufacturing infrastructure. Secondly, we are targeting new major key accounts, where we can leverage our position as a supplier of application-specific products with a broad range product portfolio to better address the requirements of large users of semiconductor products with whom our market share has been historically quite low. Thirdly, we have targeted the mass market, or those customers outside of our traditional top 50 customers, who require system-level

solutions for multiple market segments. Finally, we have focused on two regions as key ingredients in our future sales ~~growth,~~growth. The first is Greater China and South Asia and the second is Japan ~~where we~~and Korea. We have launched important marketing ~~initiatives.~~initiatives in both regions.

Global integrated manufacturing infrastructure. We have a diversified, leading-edge manufacturing infrastructure, comprising front-end and back-end facilities, capable of producing silicon wafers using our broad process technology portfolio, including our CMOS, BiCMOS and BCD technologies as well as our discrete technologies. Assembling, testing and packaging of our semiconductor products take place in our large and modern back-end facilities, which generally are located in low-cost areas. In order to have adequate flexibility, we continue to maintain relationships with outside contractors for foundry and back-end services and plan to, over time, increase our outsourcing levels.

Reduced asset intensity. While confirming our mission to remain an integrated device manufacturing company, and in conjunction with our decision to pursue the strategic repositioning of our product portfolio, we have decided to reduce our capital intensity in order to optimize opportunities between internal and external front-end production, reduce our dependence on market cycles that impact the loading of our fabs, and decrease the impact of depreciation on our financial performance. We have been able to reduce thecapex-to-sales ratio from a historic average of 26% of sales during the period of 1995 through 2004, to approximately ~~10%~~5.3% of sales in ~~2008. Our capital expenditure budget for 2009 is approximately $500 million, representing a 50% reduction compared to 2008.~~2009.

Research and development (“R&D”) leadership. The semiconductor industry is increasingly characterized by higher costs and technological risks involved in the R&D of ~~state-of-the-art processes.~~leading edge CMOS process development. These higher costs and technological risks have driven us to enter into cooperative partnerships, in particular for the development of basic CMOS technology. ~~From 2002 until December 2007, we cooperated~~We are a member of ISDA, a technology alliance led by IBM with GlobalFoundries, Freescale, ~~Semiconductor~~Infineon, NEC, Samsung and NXP Semiconductors under the Crolles2 Alliance to develop process technology related to the deep submicron CMOS as well as to construct and operate a twelve inch pilot line in Crolles. In 2008 we began cooperating with IBMToshiba to develop the CMOS process technology for ~~32-nm~~32/28-nm and ~~22-nm~~22/20-nm nodes. ~~We remain convinced that the shared R&D business development model contributes~~Furthermore, in order to ~~the fast acceleration of the semiconductor~~maintain our differentiation capabilities through process technology ~~development, and we therefore remain committed to our strategy of forming alliances to reinforce cooperation in the area of technology development. Furthermore,~~leadership, we are continuing our development ~~in the~~of proprietary derivatives of CMOS process technologies ~~in order to maintain our leadership in~~and of Smart Power, analog, discretes, MEMS and mixed signal ~~processes.~~processes, for which R&D costs are significantly lower than for CMOS.

Integrated presence in key regional markets. We have sought to develop a competitive advantage by building an integrated presence in each of the world’s economic zones that we target: Europe, Asia, China and America. An integrated presence means having ~~design and~~product development, sales and marketing capabilities in each region, in order to ensure that we are well positioned to anticipate and respond to our customers’ business requirements. We have major front-end manufacturing facilities in Europe and Asia. Our more labor-intensive back-end facilities are located in Malaysia, ~~Malta,~~China, Philippines, Singapore, Morocco ~~Singapore, Philippines~~ and ~~China,~~Malta, enabling us to take advantage of more favorable production cost structures, particularly lower labor costs. Major design centers and local sales and marketing groups are within close proximity of key customers in each region, which we believe enhances our ability to maintain strong relationships with our customers.

Product quality excellence. We aim to develop the quality excellence of our products and in the various applications we serve and we have launched a company-wide Product Quality Awareness program built around a three-pronged approach: (i) the improvement of our full product cycle involving robust design and manufacturing, improved detection of potential defects, and better anticipation of failures through improved risk assessment, particularly in the areas of product and process changes; (ii) improved responsiveness to customer demands; and (iii) ever increasing focus on quality and discipline in execution.

Sustainable Excellence and Compliance. ~~In 2008, we continued our program focusing on~~We are committed to sustainable excellence and compliance. ~~Ethics training deployed through all levels of~~We conduct our ~~organizations is~~business based on our “Principles for Sustainable Excellence” (“PSE”) ~~which requires us to integrate~~ and ~~execute~~are focused on following the highest ethical standards, empowering our people and striving for quality and customer satisfaction, while creating value for all of our ~~business activities, focusing on our employees, customers, shareholders and global business~~ partners.

Creating Shareholder Value. We remain focused on creating value for our shareholders, which we measure in terms of return on net assets in excess of our weighted average cost of capital. ~~In the current economic environment, we are also focused on maintaining our solid financial position.~~

Products and Technology

We design, develop, manufacture and market a broad range of products used in a wide variety of microelectronic applications, including telecommunications systems, computer systems, consumer goods, automotive products and industrial automation and control systems. Our products include discretes, ~~electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (“EEPROM”) and~~microcontrollers, Smartcard products, standard commodity components, ASICs (full custom devices and semi-custom devices) and ASSPs for analog, digital, and mixed-signal applications. Historically, we have not produced dynamic random access memory (“DRAMs”) or x86 microprocessors, despite seeking to develop or acquire the necessary IP to use them as components in our SoC solutions. In the field of Flash volatile memories, we created an independent semiconductor company, Numonyx Holdings B.V. (“Numonyx”), in which we hold 48.6% of the Shares, Intel owns 45.1% of the Shares, and Francisco Partners the remaining 6.3%. Numonyx began operations on March 31, 2008.

~~At December 31, 2008~~In 2009, we ran our business along product lines and managed our revenues and internal operating income performance based on the following product segments:


	•	Automotive, Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“ACCI”);

	•	Industrial and ~~Multisegment~~Multi segment Sector (“IMS”); and

	•	~~Wireless Product Sector (“WPS”).~~Wireless.

We also design, develop, manufacture and market subsystems and modules for a wide variety of products in the telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets in our Subsystems division. Based on its immateriality, we do not report information separately for Subsystems. For a description of the main categories of products soldand/or services performed for each of the last three fiscal years, see Note 27 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

ACCI

~~The~~ ACCI is responsible for the design, development and manufacture of application-specific products ~~as well as mixed analog/digital semi-custom-devices,~~ using advanced bipolar, CMOS, BiCMOS ~~mixed-signal and~~smart power technologies. The businesses in the ACCI offer complete system solutions to customers in several application markets. All products are ASSPs, full-custom or semi-custom devices that may also include digital signal processor (“DSP”) and microcontroller cores. The businesses in the ACCI particularly emphasize dedicated Integrated Circuits (“ICs”) for automotive, consumer, computer peripherals, telecommunications infrastructure and certain industrial application segments.

Our businesses in ~~the~~ ACCI work closely with customers to develop application-specific products using our technologies, ~~intellectual property,~~IP, and manufacturing capabilities. The breadth of our customer and application base provides us with a better source of stability in the cyclical semiconductor market.

~~The~~ ACCI is comprised of three major product lines — Automotive Products Group (“APG”); Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“CCI”); and Home Entertainment & Displays (“HED”), which now includes the Imaging division; Automotive Products Group (“APG”); and Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“CCI”), which now includes the Communication Infrastructure division.. Furthermore, we also operate an imaging business with a product line called Imaging.

~~Home Entertainment and Displays Group~~

~~Our Home Entertainment and Displays Group (“HED”) addresses product requirements for the digital consumer application market and has five divisions.~~

~~(i)~~ ~~Home Video Division.~~ This division focuses on products for digital retail, satellite, cable and IPTV set-top box products. We continue to expand our product offerings and customer base by introducing innovative solutions with features such as web-browsing, digital video recording and time-shifting capabilities. In 2008, we announced the sampling of the STi7105 high-definition (“HD”) video decoder, with enhancements for higher performance, lower power, and lower bill-of-materials costs in set-top boxes (“STBs”) and home media servers in addition to bolstering our leadership in DVB-S2 digital satellite broadcast with a new ’front-end’ STB chipset for digital satellite HDTV equipment. The use of DVB-S2 by consumer equipment manufacturers is increasing rapidly in a wide range of applications, including~~Pay-TV~~ ~~and free-to-air STBs, integrated digital TVs (“iDTVs”), PC TV cards and HD Blu-ray Disc equipment.~~

We continued to increase shipments of our leading-edge H.264 decoder chips for the worldwide deployment of HD digital set-top-boxes. In 2008, we sampled four different products, implemented in 65nm technology, to world-leading manufacturers, targeting key segments of the set-top box market.

~~(ii)~~ ~~Interactive System Solutions Division.~~ We offer customers and partners the capability to jointly develop highly integrated solutions for their consumer products. We utilize a broad and proven base of expertise, advanced technologies and hardware/software intellectual property to provide~~best-in-class~~ ~~differentiated products for a select base of customers and markets.~~

~~(iii)~~ ~~TV & Monitor Division.~~ We address the digital television markets with a wide range of highly integrated ASSPs and application-specific microcontrollers. Significant numbers of televisions integrating digital terrestrial capability using the STi55xx family as digital plug-in solutions have been sold, primarily in Europe. Additionally, we confirmed our leadership position for the shipment of MPEG decoder chips for iDTVs for the European market. We also introduced a cost-optimized iDTV platform that provides demodulation, MPEG-2 HD and standard-definition (“SD”) decoding, full HD video processing, high-quality audio and video switching functions for iDTV sets worldwide.

We acquired Genesis Microchip on January 17, 2008 and integrated the company’s intellectual property, which included important Faroudja image quality IP, products and personnel into this division as well as the HED Group during 2008. We expect to significantly improve our integrated television product offering as a result of this integration. We recently announced our STDP3100 DisplayPort-to-VGA converter enabling seamless connectivity between legacy VGA monitors, projectors and the new generation of DisplayPort PCs and notebooks. Our DisplayPort products were adopted by two leading LCD and plasma TV makers for their ’two-box’ TV systems, to deliver performance up to 120Hz full high definition. This division also offers switches and sound processors devices.

~~(iv)~~ ~~Audio Division.~~ We design and manufacture a wide variety of components for use in audio applications. Our audio products include audio power amplifiers, audio processors and graphic-equalizer ICs. We recently gained two design wins in Korea for our SoundTerminal family of high-efficiency power ICs that integrate DSP capabilities for flat-panel TV applications. The device is the latest in the SoundTerminal family and integrates standard features along with the industry-first inclusion of a dual-band dynamic-range compressor for Hi-Fi audio and~~thin-TV~~ ~~loudspeaker protection.~~

~~(v)~~ ~~Imaging Division.~~ ~~We focus on the wireless handset image-sensor market. We are in production of CMOS-based camera modules and processors forlow-and-high~~ density pixel resolutions, which also meet the auto focus, advanced fixed focus and miniaturization requirements of this market. In certain situations, we will also sell leading-edge sensors. We have cumulatively shipped hundreds of millions of CMOS camera-phone solutions since entering this market in 2003 and have recently expanded our customer base. In 2008, we introduced a new high-performance stand-alone Image Signal Processor with dual-camera support that brings DSC-like performance to cellphones, personal digital assistants (“PDAs”), gaming devices and other mobile applications. Capable of controlling the entire imaging subsystem in a mobile phone, the processor supports a wide range of modules including sensors with up to 5-megapixel resolution. Also, we introduced the market’s smallest 2-megapixel single-chip camera sensor for mobile applications. Coupling low space requirements with advanced image-processing capabilities, our latest mobile phone camera sensor addresses consumers’ appetite for full-featured imaging solutions in increasingly popular thin-profile handsets.

~~Computer Peripherals Group and Communications Infrastructure Group~~

~~(i)~~ ~~Data Storage Division.~~ We produce digital ASICs for data storage applications, with advanced solutions for read/write-channels, disk controllers and host interfaces. We believe that based on sales, we are, and have been for many years, one of the largest semiconductor companies supplying the hard disk drive (“HDD”) market. In 2008, we gained an important design-win for a 65nm SoC for a second-generation enterprise HDD from a major HDD maker. We also won a socket in the data-security environment from a leading manufacturer, based on the Company’s high-security solution for HDDs that meets the FIPS~~140-2~~ ~~level 3 standard. In addition, ST successfully demonstrated at IDF the world’s first MIPHY (Multi Interface PHY) Physical Layer interface for the new 6Gbit/s~~

~~Serial ATA (“SATA”) technology. Recently, we gained two System on-Chip (“SoC”) design wins from a leading HDD maker.~~

~~(ii)~~ ~~Computer System Division.~~ We are focusing on inkjet and laser printer components and are an important supplier of digital engines including those in high-performance photo-quality applications and multifunction printers. We are also expanding our offerings to include a reconfigurable ASSP product family, known as SPEAr^tm ~~(Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture), designed for flexibility and ease-of-use by printer manufacturers. In 2008, we gained two design wins in the U.S. for our SPEAr~~^® family of configurable SoC ICs, in printers and networking applications. We gained an important design win from a major customer for an ASIC specifically for printers for emerging markets and a design win for an ASIC, implemented in 40nm technology, from a major OEM for the printer and imaging market.

~~(iii)~~ ~~Microfluidics Division.~~ This division builds on the years of our success in microfluidic product design, developed primarily for the inkjet print-head product line, and expands our offering into related fields, such as molecular and health diagnostics. In the field of medical diagnostic, we have developed specific Lab On Chip technology and products. In 2008, we acquired a 41.2% stake in Veredus Laboratories Pte Ltd (“Veredus”) to combine forces to address this emerging market.

~~(iv)~~ ~~BCD Power Division.~~ This organization serves the markets of HDD and Printers with products developed on our BCD technology. Main applications are motor controllers (HDD), motor drivers and head drivers (Printer). We secured a major design win from a leading HDD maker for a motor controller ICs for desktop PC applications. Additionally, we sampled a new desktop HDD power combo to major customers, based on our latest-generation BCD technology.

~~(v)~~ ~~Communication Infrastructure Division.~~ This division provides solutions for the wireless and wireline infrastructure segments. Our wireline telecommunications products, mainly digital and mixed signal ASICs, are used for various application in the high-speed electronic and optical communications market. In the wireless field, we focus on the ASIC market due to our many years of experience in the fields of digital baseband, radio frequency and mixed-signal products.

Automotive Products Group

Our automotive products include ~~alternator regulators,~~ airbag controls, anti-skid braking systems, vehicle stability control, ignition ~~circuits,~~and injection circuits, multiplex wiring kits and products for body and chassis electronics, engine management, instrumentation systems and car ~~radio and multi-media, as well as car satellite and navigation systems.~~infotainment. We hold a leading position in the IC market for automotive products. ~~We have worked~~In addition, we work with Freescale Semiconductor on ~~the development of 90-nm embedded Flash technology~~90nm and ~~are pursuing our joint development efforts on 65nm~~55nm embedded Flash Technology and other common products based on cost-effective~~32-bit~~ 32 bit microcontrollers for use in all automotive applications.

(i)~~Powertrain and Safety Division.~~ From engine and transmission control to mechanical-electronic solutions, microelectronics are steadily pervading all sectors of the automotive industry. Our robust family of automotive products, including complete standard solutions for DC-motor control and automotive grade 16-bit and 32-bit microcontrollers with embedded Flash memory provide a broad range of features that enhance performance, safety and comfort while reducing the environmental impact of the automobile. In 2008, we made strong gains in low- and mid-end powertrain applications, supplying smart power ICs and microcontrollers to a major Asian car maker for 1- and 2-cylinder vehicles for emerging Asian markets, and to a major European car maker for 4-cylinder vehicles for the Russian market. Additionally, we announced the first four 32-bit microcontrollers in the company’s new Power Architecture^tm families, enabling integrators to use the microcontrollers in powertrain, car body, chassis and safety, and instrumentation systems. The devices will support advanced functions, enable improved vehicle performance and economy, and deliver development savings by promoting hardware and software reuse.

In car safety, we gained a significant design win for a dynamic vehicle control and ABS (anti-lock braking system) platform from a major Japanese car maker. Based on our BCD8 smart-power process, the single-chip products will serve the full platform from simple ABS solutions for low- and mid-level cars to full vehicle control

for the high-end segment. Also, we and Mobileye announced that we had sampled the second generation of the EyeQ2 SoC for vision-based driver assistance systems. Our strength in engine management was confirmed by a design win for a reference platform from a major European OEM for use in China and India, as well as in Europe.

~~(ii)~~ Car Body Division. We manufacture products for the body and chassis electronics requirements of the car. These products range from microcontrollers used in lighting, door and window/wiper applications to junction boxes, power solutions, dashboards and climate-control needs. In 2008, we achieved a very important design win from a key European tier-one supplier for smart-power products in power management and external light control. Additionally, our market introduction of next-generation 8- and 32-bit microcontrollers has led to numerous design wins in many countries. We also introduced a single chip that produces the major signals required to drive vehicle door-mounted systems as well as an improved method for controlling electrochrome rear-view mirrors, eliminating discrete driver chips normally mounted in multiple locations inside the door.

~~(iii)~~(ii) Car Radio and Multi-media Division.We provide ~~auto manufacturers~~our customers with full solutions for analog and digital car radio solutions for tolling, navigation and other telematic applications. The increasingly complex requirements of the car/driver interface have opened a market for us in the area of car multi-media to include products based on our Nomadik platform of multi-media processors. We have the know-how and experience to offer to the market complete telematics solutions, which include circuits for global positioning system (“GPS”) navigation, voice recognition, audio amplification and audio signal processing. In 2008, we gained many key design wins for car-radio kits. For the first, a leading European OEM chose an ST microcontrollers, tuner IC, audio processor and power amp, for a new after-market radio which has been chosen by a car maker in China, confirming our leadership in that market; the second kit was selected by a U.S. maker and includes audio processor and power amp, tuner IC and CD/MP3 decoder chip. Additionally, a leading automotive OEM in Europe selected our STA2500D Bluetooth IC for use in Telematic platforms for two leading car makers.

We started production of our Nomadik-platform-based Cartesio automotive-grade application processor with embedded GPS for three customers for telematics, handheld and Personal Navigation Device (“PND”) applications including several products from Garmin, a world leader in portable navigation. Garmin integrated our Cartesio in a range of navigation systems, including the nüvi 205 PND. Additionally, we announced we would collaborate on a common platform that combines our GPS technology with NAVTEQ’s digital road map, also for ADAS solutions. Our GPS technologies were also selected by two major system makers for telematics applications in South America and also for tolling systems in Europe.

~~(iv)~~(iii) Digital Broadcast Radio Division. ~~Our products are used by the fast-growing satellite radio segment.~~ We provide a number of components to ~~this application,~~the satellite radio market, including base-band products for the reception of signals by the market leaders.

(iv) Powertrain and Safety Division. From engine and transmission control to mechanical-electronic solutions, microelectronics are steadily pervading all sectors of the automotive industry. Our ~~penetration~~robust family of automotive products provide a broad range of features that enhance performance, safety and comfort while reducing the environmental impact of the automobile. The devices support advanced functions, enable improved vehicle performance and economy, and deliver development savings by promoting hardware and software reuse.

In the course of 2009, these divisions were combined into two business units: Automotive Electronics Division and the Automotive Infotainment Division.

Computer and Communications Infrastructure

(i) BCD Power Division. This organization serves the markets of hard disk drive (“HDD”) and Printers with products developed on our BCD technology. Main applications are motor controllers for HDD and motor drivers and head drivers for printers.

(ii) Communication Infrastructure Division. This division provides solutions for the wireless and wireline infrastructure segments. Our wireline telecommunications products, mainly digital and mixed signal ASICs, are used for various application in the high-speed electronic and optical communications market. In the wireless field, we focus on the ASIC market due to our many years of experience in the fields of digital ~~satellite broadcast market is growing~~baseband, radio frequency and mixed-signal products.

(iii) Computer System Division. We are focusing on inkjet and laser printer components and are an important supplier of digital engines including those in high-performance photo-quality applications and multifunction printers. We are also expanding our offerings to include a reconfigurable ASSP product family, known as SPEAr^tm (Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture), designed for flexibility andease-of-use by printer manufacturers.

(iv) Data Storage Division. We produce digital ASICs for data storage applications, with ~~the success~~advanced solutions for read/write-channels, disk controllers and host interfaces. We believe that based on sales, we are, and have been for many years, one of the ~~two American providers.~~largest semiconductor companies supplying the HDD market.

(v) Microfluidics Division. This division builds on the years of our success in microfluidic product design, developed primarily for the inkjet print-head product line, and expands our offering into related fields, such as molecular and health diagnostics. In the field of medical diagnostic, we have developed specific Lab On Chip technology and products. In 2008, we acquired a 41.2% stake in Veredus Laboratories Pte Ltd (“Veredus”) to combine forces to address this emerging market.

Home Entertainment and Displays Group

Our HED addresses product requirements for the digital consumer application market and has five divisions.

(i) Audio Division. We design and manufacture a wide variety of components for use in audio applications. Our audio products include audio power amplifiers, audio processors and graphic-equalizer ICs.

(ii) Home Video Division. This division focuses on products for digital retail, satellite, cable and IPTV set-top box products. We continue to expand our ~~three-chip~~product offerings and customer base by introducing innovative platform solutions offering advanced technologies and a wide range of consumer services.

(iii) Interactive System Solutions Division. We offer customers and partners the capability to jointly develop highly integrated solutions for their consumer products. We utilize our expertise and knowledge of the digital ~~broadcasting solution,~~consumer ecosystem, advanced technologies and hardware/software IP to providebest-in-class differentiated products for a select base of customers and markets.

(iv) TV & Monitor Division. We address the digital television markets with a range of highly integrated ASSPs and application-specific microcontrollers. Following the acquisition of Genesis in 2008, we have worked to develop our integrated digital television product portfolio. We recently demonstrated our integrated Freeman product offering for next generation digital TV at the 2010 Consumer Electronics Show.

Imaging Division

We focus on the wireless handset image-sensor market. We are in production of CMOS-based camera modules and processors forlow-and-high density pixel resolutions, which ~~powers SIRIUS Backseat TV~~^tm~~, recently received important recognition with~~also meet the ~~application winning the Automotive News PACE (Premier Automotive Suppliers’ Contribution to Excellence) award. SIRIUS Backseat TV is offered in Chrysler, Dodge~~auto focus, advanced fixed focus and ~~Jeep vehicles.~~miniaturization requirements of this market. In certain situations, we will also sell leading-edge sensors.

~~Industrial and Multi-segment Sector~~IMS

The ~~Industrial~~IMS is comprised of two product groups: Analog, Power and ~~Multi-segment Sector~~Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“~~IMS”~~APM”) ~~comprises two Product Groups: APM (Analog, Power, MEMS)~~ and ~~MMS (Micro,~~Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory ~~Smartcards)~~and Smart Card products (“MMS”). APM is responsible for the design, development and manufacturing of Discrete Power devices ~~(MOSFET, IGBT,~~(such as MOSFET, insulated gate bipolar transistors (“IGBT”), ASD ~~IPAD, etc.)~~and IPAD), Standard Analog devices ~~(Op~~(such as Op Amps, Voltage Regulators ~~Timers, etc.)~~and Timers), and Sensors ~~(MEMS, etc.) that constitute~~(such as MEMS). Those are the ~~starting block around~~devices upon which we are positioning IMS ~~is building on its strategy to grow~~for growth in the High End Analog world that comprises Temperature Sensors, Interfaces and High Voltage Controllers for main industrial applications ~~(metering, lighting, etc.)~~(such metering and lighting). ~~The second block of devices belonging to the~~ MMS ~~Group~~ includes ~~8- and 32-bit~~ microcontrollers, erasable programmable read-only memory (“EPROM”), ~~EEPROM~~electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (“EEPROM”) and Smartcards for a wide range of applications.

The variety and ~~the~~ range of ~~the~~IMS’ product portfolio ~~of IMS~~ is among the ~~widest~~best in the semiconductor environment, allowing IMS to pursue a kit approach strategy by application that ~~not many other~~few of our peers can ~~offer today.~~match.

APM

(i) ~~Power MOSFET~~Advanced Analog and Mixed Signal Division. We ~~design, manufacture~~develop innovative, differentiated and ~~sell Power MOSFETs (Metal-Oxide-Silicon Field Effect Transistors) ranging from 20 to 1500 volts for most of the “switching” applications on the market today. Our~~value-added analog products are particularly well suited for high voltage switch-mode power supplies and lighting applications, where we hold a leadership position from low-power, high-volume consumer to high-power industrial applications. In 2008, we introduced a 250A power MOSFET with the lowest on-resistance in the market and a new family of devices based on the company’s innovative SuperMESH3 technology to increase the ruggedness, switching performance and efficiency of lighting ballasts and switch-mode power-supply applications. We also gained multiple design wins for our MOSFETs, primarily in lighting and power-supply applications, including one with a leading PC motherboard maker. We also announced a family of FDmesh^tm II fast-recovery MOSFETs that combine enhanced switching performance with on-resistance improved by more than 18% over existing devices and announced two new power MOSFETs that use ST’s proprietary STripFET^tm ~~technology to deliver extremely low conduction and switching losses, aimed at the most demanding DC-DC converter applications. Finally, we were also awarded a design win~~ for a ~~custom device for a major automotive energy-saving program;~~number of markets and ~~multiple wins for its MDmesh~~^{applications includingtmpoint-of-sales} ~~II technology in various segments.~~ terminals, power meters and white goods.

(ii) ~~Power Bipolar, IGBT and RF Division.~~ This division is responsible for all bipolar power transistors, from low voltage devices to high voltage like insulated gate bipolar transistors (“IGBT”) and ESBT. The division has a solid leadership on specific segments like lighting, motor control and power conversion. Moreover, a part of the bipolar product portfolio is covering the High-Reliability (high-rel) domain and, from the end of 2008 new radiation-hardened (rad-hard) devices have been released to market. We also supply radio frequency (“RF”) transistors used in television broadcasting transmission systems, radars, telecommunications systems and avionic equipment. In 2008, we gained numerous design wins in industrial, medical, in particular for IGBT and RF transistors (cardiac defibrillators and diagnostic equipments), audio applications and new HID lighting systems. Together with the new rad-hard and high-rel devices, we introduced a new ESBT switch for photovoltaic converters, a new PowerMESH^tm IGBT for use in energy-sensitive circuits, such as lighting ballasts and new high performance packages for RF. We also strengthened our position in power conversion attacking the module market with both standard and intelligent power modules.

~~(iii)~~ ASD and IPAD Division.This division offers a full range of rectifiers, protection devices, thyristors ~~(silicon controlled rectifiers or “SCRs”~~ and ~~three-terminal semiconductors or “Triacs” for controlling current bidirectionally) and IPADs (Integrated~~Integrated Passive and Active ~~Devices)~~Devices (“IPADTM”). These components are used in various applications, including telecommunications systems (telephone sets, modems and line cards), household appliances and industrial systems (motor-control and power-control devices). More specifically, rectifiers are used in voltage converters and regulators, while thyristors control current flows through a variety of electrical devices, including lamps and household appliances. ~~We are leaders in a highly successful range of new products built with our proprietary application-specific discrete (“ASD”~~^tm) technology, which allows a variety of discrete components (diodes, rectifiers, thyristors) to be merged into a single device optimized for specific applications such as current limiting terminations for the protection of industrial automation systems. Additionally, we are leaders in electronic devices integrating both passive and active components on the same chip, also known as IPADs, which are widely used in the wireless handset market mainly for filtering electromagnetic interference and ESD protection in cellular phones. In 2008, we introduced into the home-appliance market a solid-state AC-switch driver that integrates switch-failure detection, allowing designers to save board space and simplify the process to meet various international safety standards. In telecom and consumer applications, we enlarged our IPAD range of combined ESD protection and EMI filtering products dedicated to audio functions, and also introduced protection devices dedicated to USB2.0, HDMI and Ethernet to meet increasing data rates in connectivity and wireline applications. In the power conversion applications, we introduced, in 2008, Silicon Carbide (“SiC”) Schottky diodes that contribute to increase the overall efficiency of switching mode power supplies.

~~(iv)~~ ~~Linear and Interface Division.~~ We offer a broad product portfolio of linear and switching voltage regulators, addressing various applications, from general purpose point of load, for most of the market segments (consumer, set top box, computer and data storage, mobile, industrial, medical, automotive, aerospace), to specific functions such as camera flash driving, LCD backlighting, organic LED supply, for the mobile handset market; low noise block supply and control for set top box; multiple channels DC-DC for micro storage & ODD. Along with

3425

standard interface for multi segment market and application specific interface in camera module serializing/deserializing and USB transceiving for the mobile handset market; Smartcard interface for set top box; and mixed signal ICs for energy metering. In addition, a series of standard linear and ASSP are offered: operational amplifiers high speed, rail to rail, low noise precision and industry standard, comparators and voltage references, for multi segment market, as well as for specific applications, low power high efficiency audio amplifiers, battery management ICs and current sensing amplifiers. In 2008, we achieved numerous design wins in a range of applications, including many from market leaders within their segment. We also announced new devices aimed at mobile phone and portable consumer products, including a new device that combines an analog switch and 1.6W~~class-D~~ audio amplifier IC to simplify board design and save space, and a new video buffer IC offering a low operating current and the lowest standby current among comparable devices. We started a very promising business for the active matrix organic LED supply function, with one of the major players in the portable market. We succeeded in the qualification of our new range of low noise block supply and control ICs, for set top box, in the relevant market key customers, shipping millions of pieces already in the first year of life. We also won several sockets for a new high current/efficiency synchronous buck DC-DC converter, shortly after releasing it to market, to several worldwide consumer players. Finally, in linear and interface ICs, we gained multiple design wins in various markets, particularly in consumer, set top box and mobile handsets.

~~(v)~~(iii) Industrial and Power Conversion Division. We design and manufacture products for industrial applications including lighting and power-line communication; power supply and power management ICs for computer, industrial, consumer, and telecom applications along with power over Ethernet powered devices. In the industrial market segment, our key products are power ICs for motor control, including monolithic DMOS solutions and high-voltage gate drivers, for a broad range of systems; intelligent power switches for the factory automation and process control. ~~In the power-line communication market segment, we have pioneered~~

(iv) Linear and Interface Division. We offer a broad product portfolio of linear and switching voltage regulators, addressing various applications, from general purpose “point of load”, for most of the market ~~offering robust, viable~~segments (consumer, computer and cost-effective solutions since the 1980’s. In 2008, our highly-integrated power-line transceivers were selected in the largest ever Automatic Meter Reading project in China, which will enable China National Petroleum Corporationdata storage, mobile phones, industrial, medical, automotive, aerospace), to ~~remotely collect~~specific functions such as camera flash LED, LCD backlighting and manage consumption of water, gas, heat and electricity in more than one million households across China. With regards to the wideband power-line communication, we unveiled an agreement with Arkados to develop and manufacture a~~best-in-class 200~~ Mbit per second, HomePlug AV SoC that will set a new standard for integration and performance. In lighting, our key products are ICs for electronic ballasts, based on high voltage technology, dedicated to analog and micro based platforms. The portfolio includes advanced Power Factor Correctors enabling complete solutions to meet~~best-in-class~~ ~~energy efficiency requirements. We are present in the solid-state-lighting market, with~~organic LED ~~drivers~~power supply, for the ~~backlighting of LCD panels~~mobile handset and other portable device markets; low noise block supply and control for ~~general lighting. In computer power management, we offer complete power solution~~set top box; and multiple channels DC-DC for ~~mobile systems as well as CPU VRD controllers. In 2008, we gained a design from a major player in the PC market, in a desktop reference design. Our switching regulators, both instep-up~~ ~~and step-down topologies,~~micro storage are designed with advanced BCD technology and feature excellent quality, for industrial and auto, flexibility and compactness for consumer. In power-supply, where ST is the worldwide leader, we offer innovative solutions based on advanced architectures and power system partitioning. High-performance PWM, resonant, quasi-resonant controllers, together with high-voltage converters, meet the most demanding energy-saving regulations,~~best-in-class~~ standby. In 2008, we introduced a new PWM controller, the first integrated device optimized for soft-switching asymmetrical half-bridge topology, and a new family of high-voltage converters with 800V capability, boosting reliability, economy and efficiency. We are committed on advanced devices for solar energy conversion.also featured.

~~(vi)~~(v) ~~Advanced Analog and Mixed Signal Division.~~ We develop innovative, differentiated and value-added analog products for a number of markets and applications including point-of-sales terminals, power meters and white goods. In 2008, we announced a highly integrated RGB LED driver and gained design wins for its logic ICs with major notebook PC makers in China and Japan, and with a leading Japanese LCD TV maker. We also announced a new family of silicon oscillators and a range of four- and five-channel voltage supervisors for computer, consumer and communications applications, in addition to picking up several design wins and product qualifications in the advanced analog field from world-leading makers of mobile phones, computer and PNDs. We gained numerous design wins for Analog and HDMI switches, Level Translators in computer and communications applications from major notebook and mobile phone manufacturers. We also announced a new Family of touch-screen/Key controllers IC that offers autonomous functionality to minimize demands on the system processor in applications such as PDAs, mobile phones, GPS receivers, game consoles and POS terminals. Additionally, we

gained several design wins and product qualifications in the advanced analog field of clock distribution and power path management from world-leading makers of mobile phones, computer and PNDs, as well design wins for real-time clock (“RTC”) chips with major companies in server and computer-peripheral applications, in addition to starting a major project for a medical application, and we introduced a new series of drop-in replacement precision digital-output temperature sensors that are ideal for low-power applications in a broad range of product areas.

~~(vii)~~ ~~Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“MEMS”)~~MEMS and Sensors, Transceivers and Healthcare Division. In 2008, our revenues grew significantly as we expanded our product portfolio and customer base and, as a result, the Company was recently named by iSuppli as the leading supplier in 2008 of MEMS for consumer and portable applications. We manufacture ~~these unique mechanical devices~~MEMS for a wide variety of applications where real-world input is required. Our prior product line ~~includes three-dimensional~~of three-axis accelerometers ~~for use~~was expanded over 2009 to include a complete family of high-performance multi-axis gyroscopes. The combination of accelerometers and gyroscopes enables accurate motion tracking into a 3D space, which is the primary component of enhanced motion controlled user interfaces in gaming, ~~laptop, HDDs,~~ mobile ~~phone devices~~phones, PND and portable ~~multi-media~~multimedia media players. The same devices are also employed in laptops, automotive, HDDs and digital cameras.

In 2009, we also added active microphones and disposable biosensors to the healthcare market to our product portfolio.

(vi) Power Bipolar, IGBT and RF Division. This division produces all bipolar power transistors, from low voltage devices to high voltage like IGBT, classic bipolar transistors and both intelligent and standard power modules, together with RF power transistors for specific market clusters such as power conversion, medical and motor control for both industrial and automotive. The Division is in charge of High-Reliability (high-rel) products and radiation-hardened (rad-hard) devices.

(vii) Power MOSFET Division. We ~~gained~~ design, ~~wins~~manufacture and sell Power MOSFETs (Metal-Oxide-Silicon Field Effect Transistors) ranging from 20 to 1500 volts for our three-axis accelerometers with several mobile phone and HDDs manufacturers on a worldwide basis. We also gained significant business from a worldwide leader in the portable MP3 player market and also won a significant contract with anothermost of the ~~major players in~~“switching” and “linear” applications on the ~~gaming~~ market ~~— ST already~~today. Our products are particularly well suited for high voltage switch-mode power supplies ~~MEMS accelerometers for the Nintendo Wii console. In addition, ST won a contract with an emerging Asian player in the game console market.~~

~~Our complete free-fall detection solution, which consists of a three-axis motion sensor~~ and software, was chosen to protect user data stored on HDDs in the new ESPRIMO Mobile family of professional notebooks from Fujitsu Siemens Computers. Also, we launched an ultra-compact gyroscope that provides a choice of analog or digital absolute angular-rate outputs, and measures fast angular displacements in applications such as intuitive man-machine interfaces or enhanced-GPS for car or personal navigation. Our first angular-rate sensor offers an extended voltage range and reduced standby power and thus is very useful for applications such as wireless game controllers and intuitive pointers, vehicle or PNDs, and optical image stabilization for mobile phones and Digital Still Cameras. In addition, we introduced our first automotive-qualified three-axis digital MEMS accelerometer, fully leveraging our strategy to bring manufacturing economies of scale from our market-leading business in consumer to new automotive, healthcare and industriallighting applications.

MMS

(i) Memory Division. They are used for parameter storage in various electronic devices used in all market segments.

(ii) Microcontroller Division. We offer a wide range of 8-bit and 32-bit microcontrollers suitable for a wide variety of applications from those where a minimum cost is a primary requirement to those that need powerful real-time performance and high-level language support. These products are manufactured in processes capable of embedding nonvolatile memories as appropriate. In 2008, we extended the STM 32 family of 32-bit Cortex-M3 based microcontroller, increasing the scalability and peripheral options with devices providing from 16Kbyte up to 512 Kbytes of on-chip Flash, extra features for displays, sound, storage and full-speed USB peripherals. In 8-bit microcontrollers, we launched a range of products, based on the STM 8 core and specified for the industrial temperature. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the STM 32 was acclaimed with the winning of 2008 Best Product Award from EDN China.

~~(ii)~~ ~~Memory Division.~~ According to iSuppli, we are the world’s number one supplier of EEPROM, nonvolatile memories that can be electronically rewritten. They are used for parameter storage in various electronic devices used in all market segments. We manufacture our EEPROMs with sub-micron technology that delivers world-class performance and serves as a reference in the industry. Our EEPROM portfolio ranges from~~1-Kb~~ to~~1-Mb~~ ~~devices delivered in innovative packages. This division also manufactures application-specific devices, RFID chips and legacy EPROM products. In 2008, we introduced 1MHz serial EEPROMs in256-Kbit,512-Kbit~~ ~~and1-Mbit~~ ~~densities, allowing data rates up to 2.5-times faster than the I2C Fast-mode.~~

(iii) Smartcard IC Division. Smartcards are card devices containing ICs that store data and provide an array of security capabilities. ~~They are used in a variety of applications, in telecoms, banking, transport, identification, pay television and IT. We have a long track record of leadership in Smartcard ICs.~~ Our expertise in security is a key to our leadership in the finance andpay-TV segments and development of IT applications. In addition, our mastering of the nonvolatile memory technologies is instrumental to offering the highest memory sizes (up to more than 1 MByte), particularly important to address the emerging high-end mobile phone market. In 2008, we

introduced a number of products, including two advanced 32-bit families, the ST32 and ST33, which are based on the ARM Cortex M3 and its highly secure SC300 version for mobile phone SIM cards. We also introduced a smartcard IC for secure identity cards supporting the latest cryptography techniques, contact and contactless interfaces and a large memory for biometric data. The device meets International Civil Aviation Organization requirements for Machine Readable Travel Documents.

~~(vi)~~(iv) Incard Division.The division develops, manufactures and sells plastic cards (both memory and microprocessor based) for banking, identification and telecom applications. Incard operates as a standalone organization and also directly controls the sales force for this product offering.

Wireless ~~Products Sector~~

~~Our Wireless Products Sector (“WPS”)~~The wireless segment resulted from the combination of our wireless business with NXP’s to create ST-NXP Wireless as of August 2, 2008. Subsequently, we combined that business with the EMP business to form a ~~50/50~~ joint venture, ST-Ericsson, which began operations on February 1, 2009.

~~The WPS~~Wireless is responsible for the design, development and manufacture of semiconductors and platforms for mobile applications. In addition, this segment spearheads our ongoing efforts to maintain and develop innovative solutions for our mobile customers while consolidating our world leadership position in wireless. This segment is organized into ~~three~~five groups: Wireless Multi Media (“WMM”),; Connectivity & Peripherals (“C&P”) ~~and~~; Cellular Systems (“CS”).; Mobile Platforms (“MP”), in which, since February 3, 2009, we report the portion of sales and

operating results of ST-Ericsson as consolidated in the our revenue and operating results; and, Other Wireless, in which we report manufacturing margin, R&D revenues and other items related to wireless business activities occurring outside of ST-Ericsson.

~~Wireless Multi Media~~

~~(i)~~ ~~Wireless Multi Media Division.~~We ~~focus our product offerings on~~offer a complete solution in mobile handsets, serving several major OEMs, with a combination of application specific ICs as well as a growing capability in our platform offering. In this market, we are strategically positioned in digital baseband, energy management, audio coding and decoding functions (“CODEC”) and radio frequency ~~ICs.~~ICs and connectivity. We are also transitioning ~~from ICs~~ to modular solutions in the field of radio frequency and energy management for 3G handsets. In December 2006, we announced a major design win for an ASIC solution for use in 3G/3.5G digital basebands at EMP. This award represents a significant new product category for us. Furthering our presence in the digital baseband field, in November 2007 we acquired 185 design engineers and certain intellectual property in the wireless field from Nokia, as part of our multifaceted agreement related to 3G chipset development for production beginning in 2010. We also have developed a product offering in the application processor segment known as the “Nomadik” family, addressing the market for multi-media application processor chips. These products are designed for smart- and feature-based mobile phones, portable wireless products and other applications including automotive entertainment and navigation, and digital consumer products, and the chips are being sampled by a wide range of potential customers. We have design wins at Nokia, Samsung and LG.platform solutions.

In 2008, we announced the intention to develop an analog baseband for a future high-volume EMP, within the existing partnership between the two companies. This effort builds upon the successful joint development and the start of production of 3G and 3.5G digital baseband processors for EMP’s licensees.

Also in the wireless area, due to its expertise in mobile multi-media, we were nominated as one of the founding members of the Symbian Foundation, along with other major leaders in the mobile handset industry. The intention of the Foundation is to unite leading operating systems to create one open mobile software platform. As part of our membership, we are to contribute some of our IP and reference platforms to the foundation.

~~Connectivity & Peripherals~~

~~(i)~~ ~~Connectivity & Peripherals Division.~~ To respond to the market need for increased functionality of handsets, we created the Connectivity Division to address wireless LAN (“WLAN”), Bluetooth and connectivity requirements. Our product offerings include WLAN and Bluetooth and Bluetooth FM radio combination chips designed for low power consumption and a small form factor. We have multiple design wins and are in volume production for several customers in Asia and Europe for our products. In particular, we are manufacturing in volume our single-chip WLAN, Bluetooth and combination ICs for several customers, including a tier-one cell phone

~~manufacturer. Our next generation of ICs increase combination chip offerings with single-die multi-function capability in 65-nm. In 2008, we introduced a 65nm Bluetooth~~^®/FM Radio combo chip to meet the demanding integration and cost requirements of the mobile phone market. The IC combines Bluetooth wireless functionality with an FM radio transceiver, enabling users to play the music stored on their mobile phone on an FM car radio or home stereo. Additionally, our joint venture, ST-NXP Wireless, is~~ramping-up~~ a high-performance audio device for mobile music applications with a leading mobile phone maker. The STw5210 provides outstanding audio quality coupled with longer music playing time thanks to its innovative ‘Playback Time Extender’ (“PTE”) technology.

~~Cellular Systems~~

~~(i)~~ ~~Cellular Systems Division.~~ In the Cellular Systems division, we ramped up volume production of a 3G cellular platform at a tier-one customer. Additionally, its GSM/GPRS (global system for mobile communications/global packet radio service) solutions continued to ship in high-volume at a major OEM and were designed-in at leading module makers. ST-NXP Wireless announced mass production of the world’s first 3G Unlicensed Mobile Access (“UMA”) chipset platform, paving the way for a new range of converged fixed and mobile phones with enhanced multi-media capabilities. The Cellular System Solution 7210 UMA is the first product of its kind that combines UMA and 3G technology in a single solution, enabling 3G mobile phones to switch from cellular to WiFi networks, without breaking the call, allowing users to make cheaper calls and conserve their cellular airtime minutes.

Strategic Alliances with Customers and Industry Partnerships

We believe that strategic alliances with customers and industry partnerships are critical to success in the semiconductor industry. We have entered into several strategic customer alliances, including alliances with ~~Alcatel Lucent,~~ Bosch, Continental AG, ~~(formerly Siemens VDO),~~ Hewlett-Packard, Marelli, Nokia, ~~Nortel,~~ Pioneer, Samsung, Seagate, ~~Thomson~~SonyEricsson and Western Digital. Customer alliances provide us with valuable systems and application know-how and access to markets for key products, while allowing our customers to share some of the risks of product development with us and to gain access to our process technologies and manufacturing infrastructure. We are actively working to expand the number of our customer alliances, targeting OEMs in the United States, in Europe and in Asia.

Partnerships with other semiconductor industry manufacturers permit costly R&D and manufacturing resources to be shared to mutual advantage for joint technology development. ~~From 2002 to December 31, 2007,~~For example, we ~~cooperated~~are cooperating with ~~NXP Semiconductors and Freescale Semiconductor as part of~~ the ~~Crolles2 Alliance to jointly develop sub-micron CMOS logic processes on300-mm~~ ~~wafers down to 45nm design rules and to operate an advanced300-mm~~ wafer pilot line in Crolles, France. The Crolles2 alliance also had an alignment Joint Development Program with TSMC from 90nm down to 45nm. Effective January 1, 2008, we began working with IBM and its Alliance partners under an agreementISDA to co-develop ~~32-nm~~32/28-nm and ~~22-nm core CMOS at IBM’s East Fishkill, NY (United States) and Albany nanotech facilities. The resulting processes are implemented in real time in Crolles2 and~~below process technologies. In addition, we continue to develop with IBM state-of-the-art derivative technologies (defined as RF CMOS, embedded non volatile memory) at Crolles2. We will take advantage of Crolles2 facility to develop alone or with partners other technologies (i.e., TSV, 3D and CMOS on SOI).

~~We plan to lead a consortium, along with CEA LETI (~~~~Laboratoire d’Electronique et de Technologie de l’Information~~) and comprised of nine other large companies and 25 French Government labs, that will work under the guise of a new R&D program, Nano 2012, whose purpose is to develop new technologies for the creation and production of the next generation of embedded circuits. Funding for this program was authorized by the European Union on January 29, 2009 and the contract was signed at the end of the first quarter of 2009. We remain convinced that the shared R&D business model contributes to the fast acceleration of semiconductor process technology development and we will continue to actively pursue an expansion of our portfolio of alliances to reinforce cooperation in the area of technology development in Crolles2. ST-Ericsson has agreed to participate in Crolles 2 technology development through at least 2011.

We have ~~also established~~ joint development programs with leading suppliers such as Air Liquide, ASM Lithography, Hewlett-Packard, PACKTEC, JSR, SOITEC, Teradyne and with electronic design automation

(“EDA”) tool producers, including Apache, Atrenta, Cadence, Mentor and Synopsys. We also participate in joint European research programs, such as the ~~MEDEA+~~ITEA, the Cluster for Application and ~~ITEA programs,~~ Technology Research in Europe or/and ~~cooperate on a global basis with major research institutions~~Electronics (“CATRENE”) and ~~universities.~~

~~We participate in the definition of the New Eureka program named CATRENE and to~~ the European Nanoelectronics Initiative Advisory (“ENIAC”) ~~programs definition and were part of the first call of both~~ programs.

Customers and Applications

We design, develop, manufacture and market thousands of products that we sell to thousands of customers. Our major customers include Apple, Bosch, Cisco, Continental, ~~Delphi,~~ Delta, ~~Garmin,~~ Hewlett-Packard, Huawei, LG Electronics, ~~Nagra,~~Marelli, Nintendo, Nokia, Pace, Philips, Research in Motion, Samsung, Seagate, Sharp, ~~Siemens,~~ Sony Ericsson, ~~Thomson~~Technicolor and Western Digital. To many of our key customers we provide a wide range of products, including application-specific products, discrete devices, memory products and programmable products. Our position as a strategic supplier of application-specific products to certain customers fosters close relationships that provide us with opportunities to supply such customers’ requirements for other products, including discrete devices, programmable products and memory products. We also sell our products through distributors and retailers, including Arrow Electronics, Avnet, Future Electronics, Rutronik and Yosun.

The following table sets forth certain of our significant customers and certain applications for our products:


Telecommunications
Customers:	Alcatel-Lucent Cisco Ericsson Finisar	Huawei LG Electronics ~~Logitech~~ Motorola	Nokia ~~Nortel Networks~~ Research in Motion Samsung	Sharp ~~Siemens~~ ~~SIRF~~ Sony Ericsson
Applications:	Camera modules/mobile imaging ~~Cellular telephones~~Entry platforms (mobile handsets) Central office switching systems ~~Data transport~~Thin modems Infrastructure ~~(wireless/wireline)~~		~~Internet access (XDSL)~~Application processor & ~~Portable multi-media~~integrated modem Telephone terminals ~~(wireline/wireless)~~Connectivity ~~Wireless connectivity~~Connected devices
Computer Peripherals
Customers:	Agilent Apple ~~Canon~~ Dell	Delta Hewlett-Packard Hitachi ~~Intel~~	~~Kingston~~ ~~Lexmark~~ Microsoft Samsung	Seagate ~~Taiwan-Liteon~~ Western Digital ~~Xilinx~~Eastman Kodak
Applications:	Data storage ~~Monitors and displays~~Microfluidics / ~~Microfluidics/~~print-head cartridges		Power management Printers ~~Webcams~~
Automotive
Customers:	Bosch Continental Delphi Denso	Harman Hella ~~Hitachi~~ Kostal	Lear Marelli ~~Panasonic~~ Pioneer	~~TRW~~ Valeo ~~Visteon~~ Sirius Satellite Radio
~~Applications:~~	~~Airbags~~ ~~Anti-lock braking systems~~ ~~Body and chassis electronics~~ ~~Engine management systems~~ ~~(ignition and injection)~~		~~GPS multimedia~~ ~~Radio/satellite radio~~ ~~Telematics~~ ~~Vehicle stability control~~

3927


Applications:	Airbags Anti-lock braking systems Body and chassis electronics Engine management systems		GPS multimedia Radio/satellite radio Telematics Vehicle stability control
Consumer
Customers:	ADB AOC ~~Bose Corporation~~ Echostar	Garmin ~~General Satellite~~Pace LG Electronics Nintendo	~~Philips~~ Sagem Connunications Samsung ~~Scientific Atlanta~~Cisco/SA	~~Skyworth~~ ~~Sony~~ ~~Thomson~~ ~~UEC~~Technicolor
Applications:	Audio processing ~~(CD, DVD, Hi-Fi)~~ ~~Digital/analog~~Digital TVs ~~Digital cameras~~Display Port ~~Digital music players~~ ~~Displays~~Internet TV		~~DVDs~~High Definition DVD Imaging Set-top boxes ~~VCRs~~Multimedia player
Industrial/Other Applications
Customers:	~~American Power Conversion~~Medtronic Autostrade Delta Emerson	~~FNMT~~ Gemalto General Electric ~~Interpay~~	~~Giesecke & Devrient~~Safran Nagra ~~NDS~~ Nintendo	Philips Siemens Taiwan-Liteon Vodafone
Applications:	Battery chargers Smartcard ICs Intelligent power switches Industrial automation/ control systems Lighting systems		MEMS Motor controllers Power supplies Switch mode power supplies

In ~~2008,~~2009, our largest customer, the Nokia group of companies, represented approximately ~~17.5%~~16.1% of our net revenues, compared to approximately ~~21%~~17.5% in ~~2007~~2008 and ~~22%~~21.1% in ~~2006.~~2007. No other single customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues. There can be no assurance that such customers or distributors, or any other customers, will continue to place orders with us in the future at the same levels as in prior periods. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Disruptions in our relationships with any one of our key customers could adversely affect our results of operations.”

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

In ~~2008,~~2009, we operated regional sales organizations in ~~Europe, North America, Asia Pacific, Greater China, Japan, and Emerging Markets,~~EMEA, which ~~include Latin America,~~includes all of Europe, the Middle East and Africa, ~~Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA (European Free Trade Association)), Russia and India. As of January 1, 2009, Emerging Markets has been reallocated to~~ the ~~Europe, North America and~~Americas, Asia Pacific, ~~organizations.~~Greater China and Japan. A description of our regional sales organizations’ activities and structure during 2009 is below.

~~For a breakdown of net revenues by product segment and geographic region for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects~~(i) EMEA — ~~Results of Operations — Segment Information.”~~

The ~~European~~EMEA region is divided into ~~seven~~four business units: automotive, ~~consumer and computers, Smartcard, telecom,~~convergence EMS, industrial and ~~distribution. Additionally, for all~~multimarket. Each business unit is dedicated to customers operating mainly in its market segment, actively promoting a broad range of products, including commodities and dedicated ICs, ~~we actively promote and support the sales of these products~~as well as proposing solutions through its sales force, field application engineers, supply-chain management, ~~and customer-service,~~customer service and technical competence ~~center~~centre for ~~system-solutions,~~system solutions, with support functions provided locally.

(ii) Americas — In the ~~North America~~Americas region, the sales and marketing team is organized into six business ~~units. They are headquartered near major centers of activity for either a particular application or geographic region:~~units: automotive (Detroit, Michigan),; industrial (Boston, Massachusetts),; consumer, industrial and medical (Chicago, Illinois),; communications, consumer and computer ~~and peripheral equipment~~Peripherals (San Jose, California and Longmont, Colorado),; RFID and ~~RFID,~~ communications (Dallas, Texas); and distribution (Boston, Massachusetts). Each regional business unit has a sales force that specializes in the relevant business sector, providing local customer service, market development and specialized application support for differentiated system-oriented products. This structure allows us to monitor emerging applications, to provide local design support, and to identify new products for development in conjunction with the various product divisions as well as to develop new markets and applications with our current product portfolio. A central product-marketing operation in Boston provides product support and training for standard products for the ~~North American region,~~

~~while a logistics center in Phoenix, Arizona supportsjust-in-time~~ ~~delivery throughout North America.~~Americas region. In addition, a comprehensive distribution business unit provides product and sales support for the regional distribution network.

(iii) Asia Pacific — In the Asia Pacific region, the sales and marketing organization is managed from our regional headquarters in Singapore and it is organized into seven business units (computer peripherals, automotive, industrial, consumer, telecom, distribution and EMS) and central support functions (service and business management, field quality, ~~HR,~~human resources, strategic planning, finance, corporate communication and design center). The business units are comprised of sales, marketing, customer service, technical support and competence center. We have sales offices in Korea, Malaysia, Thailand, the Philippines, Vietnam, Indonesia and Australia. As of January 1, 2009, we added a part of the Emerging Market region to our sales perimeter and now have offices in India, namely in Greater Noida, Mumbai, Pune and Bengalore. In Korea, we have a strong local presence serving

the local Korean companies in ~~the~~ telecom, consumer, automotive and industrial applications. Our design center in Singapore carries out full custom designs in HDD, smart card, imaging and display applications.

(iv) Greater China — In the ~~“Greater China”~~Greater China region, which encompasses China, Taiwan and Hong Kong, our sales, design and support resources are designed to expand on our many years of successful participation in this quickly growing market, not only with transnational customers that have transferred their manufacturing to China, but also with domestic customers. We believe that we were one of the leading semiconductor suppliers in China in 2008. The Greater China market is expected to grow faster than other regions in the next few years according to industry analysts.

(v) Japan — In Japan, the large majority of our sales have historically been made through distributors, as is typical for foreign suppliers to the Japanese market. However, we are now seeking to work more directly with our major customers to address their requirements. We provide marketing and technical support services to customers through sales offices in Tokyo and Osaka. In addition, we have established a ~~design center~~quality laboratory and an application laboratory in Tokyo. The ~~design center designs custom ICs for Japanese clients,~~quality laboratory allows us to respond quickly to the local requirement, while the application laboratory allows Japanese customers to test our products in specific applications. In 2006, we implemented changes in our organization for Japan and are targeting, by expanding our sales design and support resources, to improve our coverage of this significant market for the products we offer. In 2008, our sales grew by approximately 8% (43%, excluding FMG) in Japan, while the Japanese market declined by 0.6%.

Our Emerging Markets organization included Latin America, the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA) and Russia as well as our design and software development centers in India and the Mediterranean area. As of January 1, ~~2009, Emerging Markets has been reallocated to the Europe, North America~~2010, our regions in Asia are consolidated into two: Greater China and ~~Asia Pacific organizations.~~South Asia; and Japan and Korea. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Other Developments.”

The sales and marketing activities ~~carried out~~performed by our regional sales organizations are supported by ~~the~~ product marketing that is carried out by each product division, which also ~~include~~includes product development functions. This matrix system reinforces our sales and marketing activities and our broader strategic objectives. ~~We have initiated a program~~An important component of our regional sales and marketing efforts is to expand our customer ~~base. This program’s key elements include~~base, which we seek to do by adding sales representatives, ~~adding~~ regional competence centers and new generations of electronic tools for customer support.

~~Except for Emerging Markets, each~~Most of our regional sales organizations ~~operates~~operate dedicated distribution organizations. To support the distribution network, we operate logistic centers in Saint Genis, ~~France; Phoenix, Arizona~~France and Singapore.

We also use distributors and representatives to distribute our products around the world. Typically, distributors handle a wide variety of products, including products that compete with our products, and fill orders for many customers. Most of our sales to distributors are made under agreements allowing for price protectionand/or theright-of-return on unsold merchandise. We generally recognize revenues upon the transfer of ownership of the goods at ~~shipment.~~the contractual point of delivery. Sales representatives generally do not offer products that compete directly with our products, but may carry complementary items manufactured by others. Representatives do not maintain a product ~~inventory; instead, their~~inventory. Their customers place large quantity orders directly with us and are referred to distributors for smaller orders.

At the request of certain of our customers, we ~~are~~ also ~~selling~~sell and ~~delivering~~deliver our products to EMS, which, on a contractual basis with our customers, incorporate our products into the application-specific products ~~which~~ they manufacture for our customers. Certain customers require us to hold inventory on consignment in their hubs and only purchase inventory when they require it for their own production. This may lead to delays in recognizing revenues, as ~~such customers may choose~~revenue recognition will occur, within a specific period of time, after the ~~moment when they accept delivery~~actual withdrawal of ~~our products.~~the products from the consignment inventory, at the customer’s option.

For a breakdown of net revenues by product segment and geographic region for the last three fiscal years, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

Research and Development

We believe that research and development (“R&D”) is critical to our success. The main R&D challenge we face is to continually increase the functionality, speed and cost-effectiveness of our semiconductor devices, while ensuring that technological developments translate into profitable commercial products as quickly as possible.

In 2007, underlining our commitment to our R&D efforts, we established a new ST Technology Council composed of 15 leading experts in the field, including internationally recognized university professors. The Technology Council is chaired by Robert White, a former member of our Supervisory Board and a professor at Stanford University. The role of the technology council is to meet annually with our senior management and leaders of our R&D activities to review, evaluate and advise us on the competitive technical landscape.

We are market driven in our R&D and focused on leading-edge products and technologies developed in close collaboration with strategic alliance partners, leading universities and research institutions, key customers, leading EDA vendors and global equipment manufacturers working at the cutting edge of their own markets. In addition, we have a technology council comprised of 15 leading experts to review, evaluate and advise us on the competitive landscape. Front-end manufacturing and technology R&D, while being separate organizations, are under the responsibility of our Chief Operating Officer, thereby ensuring a smooth flow of information between the R&D and manufacturing organizations. The R&D activities relating to new products are managed by the Product Segments and consist mainly of design activities.

We continue to make significant investments in R&D since we intend to increase our focus on innovative product development. However, current economic conditions may impair our ability to maintain our current level of R&D investments and, therefore, we may need to become more focused across our broad range of product lines, and invest less in R&D to remain competitive in certain less performing product lines that are not central to our strategy.

As of 2008, the R&D expenditures are net of research tax credit received in France, following a new law, which has changed the methodology to compute the tax credit. The tax credit in France is now entirely based on the amount to be spent for R&D projects. In 2008, we spent $2,152 million on R&D, which represented approximately a 19.5% increase from $1,802 million in 2007, while 2007 spending represented an 8% increase from $1,667 million in 2006. This increase was primarily due to the integration of new businesses acquired during 2008, which mainly included NXP wireless, Genesis and a 3G design team, as well as the negative impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate. The table below sets forth information with respect to our R&D spending since 2006. Our reported R&D expenses are mainly in product design, technology and development and do not include marketing and design-center costs which are accounted for as selling expenses, or process engineering, pre-production and process-transfer costs, which are accounted for as cost of sales:

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 2006
(In millions, except percentages)

Expenditures $ 2,152 $ 1,802 $ 1,667
As a percentage of net revenues 21.9 % 18.0 % 16.9 %
Approximately 79% of our R&D expenses in 2008 were incurred in Europe, primarily in France and Italy. See “— Public Funding” below. As of December 31, 2008, we employed approximately 11,900 employees in R&D activities worldwide.

We devote significant effort to R&D because semiconductor manufacturers face immense pressure to be the first to make breakthroughs that can be leveraged into competitive advantages; new developments in semiconductor technology can make end products significantly cheaper, smaller, faster, more reliable and embedded with more functionalities than their predecessors and enable, through their timely appearance on the market, significant value

29

creation opportunities. For a description of our R&D expenses, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Research and Development Expenses.”

To ensure that new technologies can be exploited in commercial products as quickly as possible, an integral part of our R&D philosophy is concurrent engineering, meaning that new fabrication processes and the tools needed to exploit them are developed simultaneously. Typically, these include not only EDA software, but also cell libraries that allow access to our rich IP portfolio and a demonstrator product suitable for subsequent commercialization. In this way, when a new process is delivered to our product segments or made available to external customers, they are more able to develop commercial products immediately.

In the same spirit, we develop, in a concurrent engineering mode, a complete portfolio of Analog and RF IP. The new generation of products ~~are, in essence,~~now mix Analog and Digital IP Blocks, and even complex RF solutions, high performance data converters and high speed data transmission ports. Our R&D design centers located in France, ~~(Crolles, Grenoble),~~ India ~~(Greater Noida)~~ and Morocco ~~(Rabat)~~ have been specialized in the development of these functions, offering a significant advantage for us in quickly and cost effectively introducing products in the consumer and wireless market.

Our advanced R&D centers are strategically located around the world, including in France, ~~(Crolles, Grenoble, Tours and Rousset),~~ Italy, ~~(Agrate and Catania), the United States (Phoenix, Carrollton, and San Diego),~~Belgium, Canada, ~~(Ottawa),~~China, India, Singapore, Sweden, the United Kingdom ~~(Bristol~~ and ~~Edinburgh), Switzerland (Geneva), India (Greater Noida and Bangalore), China (Beijing, Shenzhen and Shanghai), Singapore, Netherlands (Nijmegen), Germany (Nurnberg) and Belgium (Zaventem).~~the United States.

Following the completion on December 31, 2007 of the Crolles II program, which involved a partnership between Freescale Semiconductor, NXP Semiconductors, small and medium enterprises, and industrial partners such as CEA Leti, and enabled the creation of a 300mm pilot line and an R&D Technology Center that developed 90nm, 65nm and 45nm CMOS semiconductor technologies,In 2008, we ~~have~~ entered into onan R&D alliance with ~~IBM~~the ISDA to develop core ~~32nm~~32/28nm and ~~22nm~~22/20 nm CMOS technologies, ~~in Fishkill and Albany in the state of New York,~~ and derivative technologies, ~~such differentiated SoC technologies~~also working with CEA Leti, in 65nm, 45nm, 32nm and ~~22nm in Crolles and Grenoble, also working with CEA Leti.~~22nm. In this context, five strategic objectives have been ~~established.~~established:


	•	Repatriate to Crolles the core CMOS technologies jointly developed ~~at IBM in East Fishkill (USA).~~under the ISDA alliance.

	•	Accelerate the development and the number of differentiated technologies for SoC so as to be able to supply amongst the worlds leading prototypes ICs, thereby develop a strategy of advanced differentiated products to compete with Asia foundries.

	•	Develop libraries and perform transversal R&D on the methods and tools necessary to develop complex ICs using these technologies.

	•	Perform advanced technology research linked to the conception of CMOS nano electric functionalities advance devices on 300mm wafers.

	•	Pervade local, national and European territories, taking advantage of nano-electronic diffusion technologies to further promote innovation in various application sectors.

~~The Crolles3 NANO 2012 contract signed~~In 2009, we entered into a framework agreement with the French ~~Government is designed to promote the development in the Grenoble Crolles Region~~Ministry of ~~France, of CMOS (32~~Economy, Industry and ~~22nm) derivative technologies forsystem-on-chip~~ ~~semiconductor products, in cooperation with the IBM Alliance~~Employment for the ~~development of Core CMOS advanced technologies based in Fishkill USA, to which we also participate.~~

At“Nano2012” Research and Development program. For more information, see “Item 4. Information on the end of March 2009, we and the French Government signed the framework agreement for the NANO 2012 program, which confirmed us as the Coordinator and Project Leader and allocated €340 million to us in grants for the period~~2008-2012.~~ The funding, which was approved by the EU Commission on January 28, 2009, will also benefit our partners CEA-Leti, a research laboratory of CEA, one of our indirect shareholders, as well as other research and industrial participants for this program.

Company — Public Funding.” In addition, our manufacturing facility in Crolles, France houses a R&D center that is operated in the legal form of a French Groupement d’intérêt économique named “Centre Commun de Microelectronique de Crolles.” Laboratoire d’Electronique de Technologie d’Instrumentation (“LETI”), a research laboratory of CEA ~~an affiliate of Areva Group~~ (one of our indirect shareholders), is our partner.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to develop future technologies and commercially implement them on satisfactory terms, or that our alliances will allow the successful development ofstate-of-the-art core or derivative CMOS technologies on satisfactory terms. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Our R&D efforts are increasingly expensive and dependent on alliances, and our business, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected by the failure or termination of such alliances, or failure to find new partners in such alliance, or in developing new process technologies in line with market requirements.”

The ~~Agrate~~ R2 activity in Agrate encompasses prototyping, pilot and volume production of the newly developed technologies with the objective of accelerating process industrialization andtime-to-market for Smart power affiliation (BCD), including on SOI, High Voltage CMOS and MEMS. It is the result of an ongoing cooperation under a consortium with Numonyx. ~~Future decisions by Numonyx may affect ongoing joint R&D activities in Agrate R2.~~The R2 consortium agreement is also part of the Micron deal. Please refer to “Item 5 — Other developments”. Our ~~intellectual property~~IP design center in Greater Noida, India supports all of our major design activities worldwide and hosts a major central R&D activity focused on software and core libraries development, with a strong emphasis on system solutions. Our corporate technology R&D teams work in a wide variety of areas that offer opportunities to harness our deep understanding of microelectronics and our ability to synthesize knowledge from around the world. These include areas such as Nano-Organics, which encompasses a variety of emerging technologies that deal with structures smaller than the deep sub-micron scale containing as little as a few hundred or thousand atoms and Micro-Machining, in which the ability to precisely control the mechanical attributes of silicon structures is exploited.

The fundamental mission of our Advanced System Technology (“AST”) organization is to create system knowledge that supports our SoC development. AST’s objective is to develop the advanced architectures that will drive key strategic applications, including digital consumer, wireless communications, computer peripherals and Smartcards, as well as the broad range of emerging automotive applications such as car multi-media. ~~The group has played a key role in establishing our pre-eminence in mobility, connectivity, multi-media, storage and security, the core competences required to drive today’s convergence markets.~~

AST’s challenge is to combine the expertise and expectations of our customers, industrial and academic partners, our central R&D teams and product segments to create a cohesive,

practical vision that defines the hardware, software and system integration knowledge that we will need in the next three to five years and the strategies required to master them. AST has eight large laboratories around the world, plus a number of smaller locations located near universities and research partners. Its major laboratories are located in: Agrate Brianza; Catania; Castelletto; Geneva; Grenoble; Lecce; Noida; Portland, Oregon; Rousset; and San Diego, California.

~~The goal of the IP and Design central team is to provide state of the art technologies in the following fields:~~


	•	~~HW/SW platform based designs~~

	•	~~On Chip Infrastructure~~

	•	~~Standard Interface Subsystems~~

	•	~~Functional Verification~~

	•	~~Design prototyping~~

~~The team is located in Grenoble, Catania, Greater Noida and Tunis.~~

Tools and system libraries are developed to assemble virtual platforms used as a single reference for architecture exploration, system functional verification and early software development. The team drives and promotes international standards such as OSCI TLM System C and SPIRIT.

Advanced On Chip Interconnect modules and tools such as Versatile ST Network On Chip, are developed and used in our most complex chips in consumer and mobile phone applications. Research work is carried out on an optical interconnect for the future.

~~Complete subsystem verification set up is built to validate new interface standards such as MIPI.~~

~~New functional verification techniques and tools are being tested, then deployed, such as metrics for functional qualification.~~

~~The use of hardware emulators is being extended to simulate power consumption and to co-emulate functional blocks within a transactional level simulation.~~

We also have divisional R&D centers such as those in Castelletto, Catania and Tours that carry out more specialized work that benefits from their close relationship to their markets. For example, Castelletto pioneered the BCD process that created the world smart-power market and has developed advanced MEMS technologies used to build products such as inkjet printheads, accelerometers and the world’s first single chip microarray for DNA amplification and detection.

~~The ASD~~^tm technology developed at Tours has allowed us to bring to the market numerous products that can handle high bi-directional currents, sustain high voltages or integrate various discrete elements in a single chip, like the IPADs. ASD technology has proved increasingly successful in a variety of telecom, computer and industrial applications: ESD protection and AC switching are key areas together with RF filter devices.

~~The Catania facility hosts a wide range of R&D activities and its major divisional R&D achievements in recent years include the development of our revolutionary PowerMESH~~^tm ~~and STripFET~~^tm ~~MOSFET families.~~

Our other specialized divisional R&D centers are located in Grenoble (packaging R&D, IP center), and Rousset (Smartcard and microcontroller development), in addition to a host of centers focusing on providing a complete system approach in digital consumer applications, such as TVs, DVD players, set-top boxes and cameras. These centers are located in various locations including: Beijing; Bristol; Carrollton, Texas; Edinburgh; Grenoble; Noida; Rousset; and Singapore. For Smartcard SoC, we have centers in Prague and Shanghai.

In addition, the Central Software Tools and Services (“STS”) division devotes an important R&D effort in the area of embedded software tools development to develop leading-edge technologies and tools in different areas (i.e., compilers, operating systems, performance evaluation and debuggers). Such tools ensure a competitive advantage to divisional customers for the development of the embedded software included in their commercial products; STS works in close cooperation with product divisions but also with many research partners.

Compilers play an important role in our business as they allow us to extract significant performance from processors embedded in customers’ SoCs for intensive media processing and host computing. Several advanced compilation techniques are under development and will be integrated in STS compilers to improve application code size and speed, in addition to improving the productivity of embedded developers and software engineering overall. Technology trends are, on the other hand, steadily increasing the importance of several items, such as debugging tools to support the increasing number of processors, the complexity of embedded software and the dynamic loading of software. Currently, we are developing a new generation of debugging tools based on visual techniques and tracing mechanisms that allow us to cover not only functional aspects but also timing constraints and the interaction between software components. In addition, STS spends considerable time on software tools for reconfigurable subsystems, which play more and more of a key role in modern SoCs. Such subsystems offer an excellent trade-off in solving performance requirements while keeping programming flexibility. Our platforms’ ability to evolve smoothly compared to pure hardware IPs is an important differentiating factor in terms of time to market and compliancy to standards. Our effort to reconfigure subsystems is focused on programmability aspects, raw performances, ease of use and, ultimately, developers’ productivity. During the past few years, STS has managed the transition from standard and proprietary kernels to sophisticated operating systems, such as Linux, to tailor it to complex SOC’s while the community is slow to produce new standards for embedded applications. STS serves all of our product groups and provides specific development environments, primarily in the fields of Consumer and Mobile Telecoms.

All of these worldwide activities create new ideas and innovations that enrich our portfolio of ~~intellectual property~~IP and enhance our ability to provide our customers with winning solutions.

Furthermore, an array of important strategic customer alliances ensures that our R&D activities closely track the changing needs of the industry, while a network of partnerships with universities and research institutes around the world ensures that we have access to leading-edge knowledge from all corners of the world. We also play leadership roles in numerous projects running under the European Union’s IST (Information Society Technologies) programs. We actively participate in these programs and continue collaborative R&D efforts ~~within~~such as the ~~MEDEA plus~~ CATRENE, ~~new EUREKA program~~ARTEMIS and ~~the newly launched~~ ENIAC ~~program from the European community.~~programs.

Finally, we believe that platforms are the answer to the growing need for full system integration, as customers require from their silicon suppliers not just chips, but an optimized combination of hardware and software. Our world-class engineers and designers are currently developing platforms we selected to spearhead our future growth in some of the fastest developing markets of the microelectronics industry. The platforms include ~~Application Processors, namely our Nomadik platform that is bringing multi-media to~~ the ~~next-generation mobile devices,~~application arocessors and integrated modem, set-top boxes/integrated digital TV, which include ~~the promising new wave of HD images,~~high definition and3-D capability, and in the area of computer peripherals, the ~~SPEAr~~SPEArTM family of reconfigurable SoC ICs for printers and related applications.

Property, Plants and Equipment

We currently operate 15 ~~(as per table below)~~ main manufacturing sites around the world. The table below sets forth certain information with respect to our current manufacturing facilities, products and technologies. Front-end manufacturing facilities are ~~wafer fabrication plants, known as~~ fabs and back-end facilities are assembly, packaging and final testing plants.


Location	Products	Technologies

Front-end facilities
Crolles1, France	Application-specific products, image sensors	Fab: 200-mm CMOS and BiCMOS, Analog/RF, imaging
Crolles2, ~~France(1)~~France	Application-specific products and leading edge logic products	Fab: 300-mm research and development on deep sub-micron(~~90-nm~~45-nm and below) CMOS and differentiated SoC technology development, imaging, TSV ~~pilot~~ line
Phoenix, Arizona (entering the final stages of closure)	Application-specific products and microcontrollers	Fab: 200-mm ~~CMOS,~~BCD, BiCMOS, ~~BCD,~~ microcontrollers, CMOS
Agrate, Italy	Nonvolatile memories, microcontrollers and application- specific products MEMS ~~Smart power~~	Fab 1: 200-mm BCD, ~~nonvolatile memories,~~ MEMS, Microfluidics Fab 2: 200-mm, embedded Flash, research and development on nonvolatile memories and BCD technologies and Flash ~~(which services~~(operating in consortium with Numonyx)

Rousset, France	Microcontrollers, nonvolatile memories and Smartcard ICs, application-specific products and image sensors	Fab 1: 200-mm CMOS, Smartcard, embedded Flash, ~~imaging~~Analog/RF
Catania, Italy	Power transistors, Smart Power ICs and ~~nonvolatile memories~~application-specific products	Fab 1: 150-mm Power metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor process technology
		(“MOS”),VIPower^tm,MO-3, MO-5 and Pilot Line RF Fab 2: 200-mm, ~~Smartcard, EEPROM~~Microcontrollers, BCD, power MOS ~~and Flash (which services Numonyx)~~
Tours, France	Protection thyristors, diodes and ASD power transistors, IPAD	Fab: 125-mm, 150-mm and 200-mm pilot line discrete

Ang Mo Kio, Singapore	Analog, microcontrollers, power transistors, commodity products, nonvolatile memories, and application-specific products	Fab 1: 125-mm, power MOS, bipolar, power Fab 2: 150-mm bipolar, power MOS and BCD, EEPROM, Smartcard, Micros, CMOS logic
		Fab 3: 150 mm ~~Microfluidic,~~Microfluidics, MEMS, BCD, BiCMOS, CMOS
Back-end facilities
Muar, Malaysia	Application-specific and standard products, microcontrollers ~~Flash~~	A ~~portion of~~building (block P) inside the plant ~~(building K)~~ has been contributed to ~~Numonyx~~STE
Kirkop, Malta	Application-specific products, MEMS, Embedded Flash for Automotive
Toa Payoh, Singapore	~~Power ICs~~Optical packages research and ~~optical packages,~~development, under reconversion into an EWS center
Bouskoura, Morocco	Nonvolatile memories, discrete and standard products, micromodules, RF and subsystems
Shenzhen, ~~China(2)~~China(1)	Nonvolatile memories, discrete and standard products
Longgang, China ~~(under qualification)~~	Discrete and standard products
Calamba, ~~Philippines(3)~~Philippines(2)	Application Specific Products and standard products


(1)		~~Operated jointly with NXP Semiconductors and Freescale Semiconductor. The agreement terminated at the end of 2007.~~


~~(2)~~		Jointly operated with SHIC, a subsidiary of Shenzhen Electronics Group.

~~(3)~~(2)		Operated by ST but contributed to the ST-Ericsson joint venture.

At the end of ~~2008,~~2009, our ~~six200-mm~~ ~~wafer production~~ front-end facilities had a total capacity of approximately ~~128,000~~115,000200-mm equivalent wafer starts per week. The number of wafer starts per week varies from facility to facility and from period to period as a result of changes in product mix. ~~Three of our front-end wafer~~Among the200-mm wafers production facilities, ~~(at Crolles,~~the fabs based in Europe (Crolles and Rousset, France; Agrate ~~Italy;~~ and Catania, Italy) had a comparable installed capacity as of December 31, 2009. Among the150-mm wafers production facilities, two (at Catania, Italy and Tours, France) had full design

capacity installed as of December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. As of the same date, athe fab in ~~Rousset, France~~Singapore had approximately ~~two-thirds~~two thirds of the ~~ultimate~~full design capacity installed.

Our advanced300-mm wafer pilot-line fabrication facility in Crolles, France had an installed capacity of 2,800 wafers per week at the end of ~~2008,~~2009, and we ~~may in the future~~plan to increase production to up to approximately 4,500 wafers per week as required by market conditions and within the framework of our R&D ~~Crolles 3 NANO~~Nano 2012 program.

We own all of our manufacturing facilities, except Crolles2, France, which is the subject of leases for the building shell and some equipment that represents overall a small percentage of total assets.

We have historically subcontracted a portion of total manufacturing volumes to external suppliers. ~~Our goal is~~In 2009, we reduced our capital spending to ~~reduce~~$451 million, from $983 million registered in 2008, and we maintained our ratio of capital investment spending to revenues at 5.3%, in ~~2009 to approximately $500 million, a reduction~~line with our goal of ~~50% compared to 2008. This is mainly due to the change~~keeping this ratio in the ~~structural growth~~range of ~~the semiconductor market. The reduction in our~~5 to about 7%. Such a level of capital ~~investments~~spending is also designed to reduce our dependence on economic cycles, which affects the loading of our fabs, and to decrease the ~~burden~~effects of depreciation on our financial performance while optimizing opportunities between internal and external front-end production.

~~As of~~At December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, we had approximately ~~$150~~$267 million in outstanding commitments for purchases of equipment and other assets for delivery in ~~2009. The most significant of~~2010. For information on our ~~2009~~anticipated 2010 capital expenditure ~~projects are expected to be: (a) for the front-end facilities: (i) the tool set to transfer the 32nm process from our participation in the IBM Alliance to our300-mm~~ ~~fab in Crolles; (ii) the completion of the restructuring program for FE fabs); (iii) focused investment both in manufacturing~~costs, see “Item 5. Operating and ~~R&D in France sites to secure~~Financial Review and develop our system oriented proprietary technologies portfolio; (iv) quality, safety, security, maintenance both in 6” and 8” Fabs; and (b) for the back-end facilities, the capital expenditures will mainly be dedicated to the technology evolution to support the ICs path to package size reduction in Shenzhen (China) and Muar (Malaysia) and to prepare the room for future years capacity growth by completing the new production area in Muar and the new plant in Longgang (China).Prospects — Financial Outlook.”

Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require technologically advanced and costly equipment and are continuously being modified in an effort to improve yields and product performance. Impurities or other difficulties in the manufacturing process can lower yields, interrupt production or result in losses of products in process. As system complexity has increased andsub-micron technology has become more advanced, manufacturing tolerances have been reduced and requirements for precision and excellence have become even more demanding. Although our increased manufacturing efficiency has been an important factor in our improved results of operations, we have from time to time experienced production difficulties that have caused delivery delays and quality control problems, as is common in the semiconductor industry.

~~Our~~The present environment is strongly affected by demand growth and supply availability remains constrained throughout the entire semiconductor market. Recently, our existing capacity ~~greatly exceeds current~~has been outstripped by the increase in business demand as a result of the ~~ongoing industry downturn. There has been~~upturn in the semiconductor industry. This situation is completely different from the one seen in the first six months of 2009, where we had experienced a severe ~~underloading~~under-loading that ~~has~~ resulted ~~into unsaturation~~in significant unused capacity charges and cost inefficiencies despite our ongoing measures to reduce the activity of ~~the~~our fabs. No assurance can be given that we will be able to increase manufacturing efficiencies in the future to the same extent as in the past, or that we will not experience further production difficultiesand/or unsaturation in the future.

In addition, as is common in the semiconductor industry, we have from time to time experienced difficulty in ramping up production at new facilities or effecting transitions to new manufacturing processes and, consequently, have suffered delays in product deliveries or reduced yields. There can be no assurance that we will not experience manufacturing problems in achieving acceptable yields, product delivery delays or interruptions in production in the future as a result of, among other things, capacity constraints, production bottlenecks, construction delays, equipment failure or maintenance, ramping up production at new facilities, upgrading or expanding existing facilities, changing our process technologies, or contamination or fires, storms, earthquakes or other acts of nature, any of which could result in a loss of future revenues. In addition, the development of larger fabrication facilities that require ~~state-of-the-art sub-micron~~state-of-the-artsub-micron technology and larger-sized wafers has increased the potential for losses

associated with production difficulties, imperfections or other causes of defects. In the event of an incident leading to an interruption of production at a fab, we may not be able to shift production to other facilities on a timely basis, or our customers may decide to purchase products from other suppliers, and, in either case, the loss of revenues and the impact on our relationship with our customers could be significant. Our operating results could also be adversely affected by the increase in our fixed costs and operating expenses related to increases in production capacity if revenues do not increase commensurately. Finally, in periods of high demand, we increase our reliance on external contractors for foundry and back-end service. Any failure to perform by such subcontractors could impact our relationship with our customers and could materially affect our results of operations.

Intellectual Property (IP)

~~Intellectual property~~IP rights that apply to our various products include patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks and mask work rights. A mask work is the two or three-dimensional layout of an integrated circuit. Including patents owned by ~~ST-NXP Wireless but excluding patents transferred to Numonyx. As of March 30, 2009,~~ST-Ericsson, we currently own ~~close to 19,000~~over 18,600 patents and pending patent applications which have been registered in several countries around the world and correspond to more than ~~9,000~~9,600 patent families (each patent family

containing all patents originating from the same invention). We filed ~~556~~736 new patent applications around the world in ~~2008~~2009 (including patent applications ~~originating from Genesis, NXP and NXP Wireless, but excluding new patent applications transferred to Numonyx)~~owned by ST-Ericsson).

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents, licenses and other ~~intellectual property~~IP rights covering our products and their design and manufacturing processes. To that end, we intend to continue to seek patents on our circuit designs, manufacturing processes, packaging technology and other inventions. The process of seeking patent protection can be long and expensive, and there can be no assurance that patents will issue from currently pending or future applications or that, if patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us. In addition, effective copyright and trade-secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain countries. Competitors may also develop technologies that are protected by patents and other ~~intellectual property~~IP rights and therefore such technologies may be unavailable to us or available to us subject to adverse terms and conditions. Management believes that our ~~intellectual property~~IP represents valuable assets and intends to protect our investment in technology by enforcing all of our ~~intellectual property~~IP rights. We have used our patent portfolio to enter into several broad patent cross- licenses with several major semiconductor companies enabling us to design, manufacture and sell semiconductor products without fear of infringing patents held by such companies, and intend to continue to use our patent portfolio to enter into such patent cross-licensing agreements with industry participants on favorable terms and conditions. As our sales increase compared to those of our competitors, the strength of our patent portfolio may not be sufficient to guarantee the conclusion or renewal of broad patent cross-licenses on terms which do not affect our results of operations. Furthermore, as a result of litigation, or to address our business needs, we may be required to take a license to third-party ~~intellectual property~~IP rights upon economically unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use,and/or face an injunction or exclusion order, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to compete.

From time to time, we are involved in ~~intellectual property~~IP litigation and infringement claims. See “Item 8. Financial Information — Legal Proceedings.” In the event a third-party ~~intellectual property~~IP claim were to prevail, our operations may be interrupted and we may incur costs and damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

Finally, we have received from time to time, and may in the future receive communications from competitors or other parties alleging infringement of certain patents and other ~~intellectual property~~IP rights of others, which has been and may in the future be followed by litigation. Regardless of the validity or the successful assertion of such claims, we may incur significant costs with respect to the defense thereof, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow or financial condition. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — We depend on patents to protect our rights to our technology.”

Backlog

Our sales are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase orders that are generally booked from one to twelve months in advance of delivery. Quantities actually purchased by customers, as well as prices, are subject to

variations between booking and delivery and, in some cases, to cancellation due to changes in customer needs or industry conditions. During periods of economic slowdownand/or industry overcapacityand/or declining selling prices, customer orders are not generally made far in advance of the scheduled shipment date. Such reduced lead time can reduce management’s ability to forecast production levels and revenues. When the economy rebounds, our customers may strongly increase their demands, which can result in capacity constraints due to our inability to match manufacturing capacity with such demand.

In addition, our sales are affected by seasonality, with the first quarter generally showing lowest revenue levels in the year, and the third or fourth quarter generating the highest amount of revenues due to electronic products purchased from many of our targeted market ~~segments for the holiday period.~~segments.

We also sell certain products to key customers pursuant to frame contracts. Frame contracts are annual contracts with customers setting forth quantities and prices on specific products that may be ordered in the future. These contracts allow us to schedule production capacity in advance and allow customers to manage their inventory levels consistent withjust-in-time principles while shortening the cycle times required to produce ordered products. Orders under frame contracts are also subject to a high degree of volatility, because they reflect expected market conditions which may or may not materialize. Thus, they are subject to risks of price reduction, order cancellation and modifications as to quantities actually ordered resulting in inventorybuild-ups.

Furthermore, developing industry trends, including customers’ use of outsourcing and their deployment of new and revised supply chain models, may reduce our ability to forecast changes in customer demand and may increase our financial requirements in terms of capital expenditures and inventory levels.

We entered 2006 with a backlog higher than we had entering 2005, and, due to a more difficult industry environment, we entered 2007 with an order backlog lower than what we had entering 2006. We entered 2008 with a backlog significantly higher compared to 2007 due to good order flow in the last quarter of 2007. However, as a result of the current market downturn in the world economy, in addition to the sharp reduction in demand for semiconductor products seen in the second half of 2008, we also experienced in the last quarter of 2008 a significant rate of orders cancellations; as such, we entered the first quarter of 2009 with a backlog significantly lower ~~that what~~compared to 2008 due to the sharp decline in the semiconductor industry registered in the second half of 2008. During 2009, our backlog grew as a result of a strong increase in order flow in the second half of the year, reflecting a more favorable industry environment. As a result of this rebound, we entered 2010 with a backlog significantly higher than we had entering ~~2008, which also reduced our visibility on the short term evolution of our business.~~2009.

Competition

Markets for our products are intensely competitive. While only a few companies compete with us in all of our product lines, we face significant competition in each of our product lines. We compete with major international semiconductor companies, some of which may have substantially greater financial and other more focused resources than we do with which to pursue engineering, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products.companies. Smaller niche companies are also increasing their participation in the semiconductor market, and semiconductor foundry companies have expanded significantly, particularly in Asia. Competitors include manufacturers of standard semiconductors, ASICs and fully customized ICs, including both chip and board-level products, as well as customers who develop their own IC products and foundry operations. Some of our competitors are also our customers.

The primary international semiconductor companies that compete with us include Analog Devices, Broadcom, Infineon, ~~Technologies (“Infineon”),~~ Intel, International Rectifier, Fairchild Semiconductor, Freescale Semiconductor, Linear Technology, LSI Logic, Marvell, ~~Technology Group,~~ Maxim, ~~Integrated Products,~~Mediatek, Microchip Technology, Mstar, National Semiconductor, NEC Electronics, NXP Semiconductors, ON Semiconductor, Qualcomm, Renesas, ROHM Semiconductor, Samsung, Texas Instruments, Trident, Toshiba, TSMC and ~~Toshiba.~~Vishay.

We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the basis of price, technical performance, product features, product system compatibility, customized design, availability, quality and sales and technical support. In particular, standard products may involve greater risk of competitive pricing, inventory imbalances and severe market fluctuations than differentiated products. Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including successful and timely development of new products and manufacturing processes, product performance and quality, manufacturing yields and product availability, customer service, pricing, industry trends and general economic trends.

Organizational Structure and History

We are a multinational group of companies that designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products used in a wide variety of microelectronic applications, including telecommunications systems, computer systems, consumer goods, automotive products and industrial automation and control systems. We are organized in a matrix structure with ~~geographical~~geographic regions interacting with product divisions, both being supported by central functions, bringing all levels of management closer to the customer and facilitating communication among the R&D, production, marketing and sales organizations.

While STMicroelectronics N.V. is the parent company, we also conduct our operations through our subsidiaries. With the exception of the following entities, as of December 31, 2008, we owned directly or indirectly 100% of all of our significant operating subsidiaries’ shares and voting rights, which have their own organization and management bodies, and are operated independently in compliance with the laws of their country of incorporation: subsidiaries in Shenzhen, China, in which we own 60% of the shares and voting rights; Shanghai Blue Media Co. Ltd (China), in which we own 65%; Incard do Brazil, in which we own 50% of the shares and voting rights; Numonyx Holdings B.V., in which we own a 48.6% equity investment; and ST-NXP Wireless, in which, from August 2, 2008 through January 31, 2009, we owned 80%. Since February 1, 2009, following the completion of the merger of ST-NXP Wireless with EMP, and our repurchase of the outstanding 20% of ST-NXP held by NXP, we own 50% of the new JV. We provide certain administrative, human resources, legal, treasury, strategy, manufacturing, marketing and other overhead services to our consolidated subsidiaries pursuant to service agreements for which we receive compensation. We have also recently created two joint ventures with Ericsson, which operate as independent JV companies and are currently governed by a fully balanced Board and an independent management team. Our Consolidated Financial Statements also include “JVS and related affiliates”, responsible for the full commercial operation of the combined businesses, namely sales and marketing. Its parent company is ST-Ericsson Holding AG (“JVS”), which is owned 50% plus a controlling share by us. The other JV is focused on fundamental R&D activities. Its parent company is ST-Ericsson AT Holding AG (“JVD”), which is owned 50% plus a controlling share by Ericsson and is therefore accounted for by us under the equity method.

The following ~~list includes~~table lists our ~~principal~~consolidated subsidiaries and ~~equity investments and the~~our percentage of ownership ~~we held~~ as of December 31, ~~2008:~~2009:


		Percentage Ownership
Legal Seat	Name	(Direct or Indirect)

Australia — Sydney	STMicroelectronics PTY Ltd		100
Belgium — ~~Leuven~~Zaventem	NFST-Ericsson Belgium NV*N.V.		80
~~Belgium — Zaventem~~	STMicroelectronics Belgium N.V.*		8050
Belgium — Zaventem	Proton World International N.V.		100
Brazil — Sao Paolo	STMicroelectronics Ltda		100
Brazil — Sao Paulo	Incard do Brazil Ltda		50
Canada — Ottawa	STMicroelectronics (Canada), Inc.		100
Canada — Thorn hill	Genesis Microchip (Canada) Co.		100
China — Beijing	STMicroelectronics (Beijing) R&D Co. Ltd		100
China — Beijing	Beijing T3G Technology Co. Ltd		50
China — Shanghai	STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd		100
China — Shanghai	STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) R&D Co. Ltd		100


		Percentage Ownership
Legal Seat	Name	(Direct or Indirect)

China — Shanghai	STMicroelectronics (China) Investment Co. Ltd		100
China — Shanghai	Shanghai NF Trading Ltd		50
China — Shanghai	Shanghai NF Semiconductors Technology Ltd		50
China — Shenzhen	Shenzhen STS Microelectronics Co. Ltd		60
China — Shenzhen	STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd		100
China — Shenzhen	STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Manufacturing Co. Ltd		100
China — Shenzhen	STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) R&D Co. Ltd		100
~~China — Shanghai~~	~~STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd~~		~~100~~
~~China — Shanghai~~	~~STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) R&D Co. Ltd~~		~~100~~
~~China — Shanghai~~	~~Shanghai Blue Media Co. Ltd~~		65
~~China — Shanghai~~	~~STMicroelectronics (China) Investment Co. Ltd~~		~~100~~
~~China — Shanghai~~	Shanghai NF Wireless Trading Co. Ltd*		80
~~China — Shanghai~~	Shanghai NF Wireless Technology Co. Ltd*		80
~~China — Beijing~~	~~STMicroelectronics (Beijing) R&D Co. Ltd~~		~~100~~
~~China — Beijing~~	Beijing T3G Technology Co. Ltd*		80
Czech Republic — Prague	STMicroelectronics Design and Application s.r.o.		100
Czech Republic — Prague	STN Wireless Sro*Sro		8050
Finland — Helsinki	ST-Ericsson R&D OY		50
Finland — Lohja	STMicroelectronics OY*ST-Ericsson OY		80
~~Finland — Helsinki~~	STMicroelectronics R&D OY*		8050
France — Crolles	STMicroelectronics (Crolles 2) SAS		100
France — Grenoble	STMicroelectronics (Grenoble 2) SAS		100
France — Grenoble	ST-Ericsson (Grenoble) SAS		50
France — Montrouge	STMicroelectronics S.A.		100
France — Paris	ST-NXP Wireless France SAS*ST-Ericsson (France) SAS		8050
France — Rousset	STMicroelectronics (Rousset) SAS		100
France — Tours	STMicroelectronics (Tours) SAS		100
~~France~~Germany — ~~Grenoble~~Grasbrunn	STMicroelectronics ~~(Grenoble 2) SAS~~GmbH		100
~~France~~Germany — ~~Grenoble~~Grasbrunn	STMicroelectronics Design and Application GmbH		100
Germany — Grasbrunn	ST-NXP Wireless GmbH i.L.		50
Holland — Amsterdam	STMicroelectronics Finance B.V.		100
Holland — AmsterdamLuchtaven	ST-Ericsson Wireless N.V.		50
Holland — Eindhoven	ST-Ericsson B.V.		50
Holland — Eindhoven	ST-Ericsson Holding B.V.		50
Hong Kong — Hong Kong	STMicroelectronics LTD		100
India — Bangalore	NF Wireless India Pvt Ltd		50
India — New Delhi	STMicroelectronics Marketing Pvt Ltd		100
India — Noida	STMicroelectronics Pvt Ltd		100
India — Noida	ST-Ericsson India Pvt Ltd		50
Ireland — Dublin	NXP Falcon Ireland Ltd		50
Israel — Netanya	STMicroelectronics Ltd		100
Italy — Agrate Brianza	ST Incard S.r.l.		100
Italy — Agrate Brianza	ST-Ericsson Srl		50
Italy — Agrate Brianza	STMicroelectronics S.r.l.		100
Italy — Aosta	DORA S.p.a.		100
Italy — Catania	CO.RI.M.ME.		100
Italy — Naples	STMicroelectronics Services S.r.l.		100
Japan — Tokyo	STMicroelectronics KK		100
Japan — Tokyo	ST-Ericsson KK		50
Korea — Seoul	ST-Ericsson (Korea) Ltd		50
Malaysia -— Kuala Lumpur	STMicroelectronics Marketing SDN BHD		100
Malaysia — Muar	STMicroelectronics SDN BHD		100
Malaysia — Muar	ST-Ericsson SDN.BHD		50
Malta — Kirkop	STMicroelectronics (Malta) Ltd		100
Mexico — Guadalajara	STMicroelectronics Marketing, S. de R.L. de C.V.		100
Mexico — Guadalajara	STMicroelectronics Design and Applications, S. de R.L. de C.V.		100
Morocco — Casablanca	STMicroelectronics S.A.S. (Maroc)		100
Morocco — Rabat	Electronic Holding S.A.		100
Morocco — Rabat	ST-Ericsson (Maroc) SAS		50
Norway — Grimstad	ST-Ericsson A.S.		50
Philippines — Calamba	STMicroelectronics, Inc..		100
Philippines — Calamba	ST-Ericsson (Philippines) Inc.		50
Philippines — Calamba	Mountain Drive Property, Inc.		20
Singapore — Ang Mo Kio	STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC Pte Ltd		100
Singapore — Ang Mo Kio	STMicroelectronics Pte Ltd		100
Singapore — Ang Mo Kio	ST-Ericsson Asia Pacific Pte Ltd		50
Spain — Madrid	STMicroelectronics Iberia S.A.		100
Sweden — Kista	STMicroelectronics A.B.		100
Sweden — Kista	STMicroelectronics Wireless SAS*A.B.		8050
Sweden — Stockholm	ST-Ericsson A.B.		50
Switzerland — Geneva	STMicroelectronics S.A.		100

5036


		Percentage Ownership
Legal Seat	Name	(Direct or Indirect)

~~Germany — Grasbrunn~~	~~STMicroelectronics GmbH~~		~~100~~
~~Germany — Grasbrunn~~	~~STMicroelectronics Design and Application GmbH~~		~~100~~
~~Germany — Grasbrunn~~	NXP Falcon Germany GmbH*		80
~~Holland — Amsterdam~~	~~STMicroelectronics Finance B.V.~~		~~100~~
~~Holland — Luchtaven~~	ST Wireless (holding) NV*		80
~~Holland — Eindhoven~~	NXP Wireless Holding 1 BV*		80
~~Holland — Eindhoven~~	NXP Wireless Holding 2 BV*		80
~~Hong Kong — Hong Kong~~	~~STMicroelectronics LTD~~		~~100~~
~~India — Noida~~	~~STMicroelectronics Pvt Ltd~~		~~100~~
~~India — Noida~~	STMicroelectronics (Wireless) Private Limited*		80
~~India — New Delhi~~	~~STMicroelectronics Marketing Pvt Ltd~~		~~100~~
~~India — Bangalore~~	~~Genesis Microchip (India) Pvt Ltd~~		~~100~~
~~India — Bangalore~~	NF Wireless India Pvt Ltd*		80
~~Ireland — Dublin~~	NXP Falcon Ireland Ltd*		80
~~Israel — Netanya~~	~~STMicroelectronics Ltd~~		~~100~~
~~Italy — Catania~~	~~CO.RI.M.ME.~~		~~100~~
~~Italy — Aosta~~	~~DORA S.p.a.~~		~~100~~
~~Italy — Agrate Brianza~~	~~ST Incard S.r.l.~~		~~100~~
~~Italy — Naples~~	~~STMicroelectronics Services S.r.l.~~		~~100~~
~~Italy — Agrate Brianza~~	~~STMicroelectronics S.r.l.~~		~~100~~
~~Italy — Agrate Brianza~~	ST Wireless Italy Srl*		80
~~Japan — Tokyo~~	~~STMicroelectronics KK~~		~~100~~
~~Japan — Tokyo~~	NF Wireless Japan KK*		80
~~Japan — Tokyo~~	~~Genesis Japan KK~~		~~100~~
~~Korea — Seoul~~	ST-NXP Wireless Korea Ltd*		80
~~Malaysia — Kuala Lumpur~~	~~STMicroelectronics Marketing SDN BHD~~		~~100~~
~~Malaysia — Muar~~	~~STMicroelectronics SDN BHD~~		~~100~~
~~Malaysia — Muar~~	STMicroelectronics (Wireless) SDN.BHD*		80
~~Malta — Kirkop~~	~~STMicroelectronics Ltd~~		~~100~~
~~Mexico — Guadalajara~~	~~STMicroelectronics Marketing, S. de R.L. de C.V.~~		~~100~~
~~Mexico — Guadalajara~~	~~STMicroelectronics Design and Applications, S. de R.L. de C.V.~~		~~100~~
~~Morocco — Rabat~~	~~Electronic Holding S.A.~~		~~100~~
~~Morocco — Casablanca~~	~~STMicroelectronics S.A.~~		~~100~~
~~Morocco — Rabat~~	STMicroelectronics Wireless Maroc SAS*		80
~~Philippines — Calamba~~	NF Philippines, Inc.*		80
~~Singapore — Ang Mo Kio~~	~~STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC Pte Ltd~~		~~100~~
~~Singapore — Ang Mo Kio~~	~~STMicroelectronics Pte Ltd~~		~~100~~
~~Singapore — Ang Mo Kio~~	ST Wireless Asia Pac Pte Ltd*		80
~~Singapore — Singapore~~	NF Singapore Pte Ltd*		80
~~Spain — Madrid~~	~~STMicroelectronics S.A.~~		~~100~~
~~Sweden — Kista~~	~~STMicroelectronics A.B.~~		~~100~~
~~Sweden — Stockholm~~	ST Wireless AB*		80
~~Switzerland — Geneva~~	~~STMicroelectronics S.A.~~		~~100~~
Switzerland — Geneva	INCARD SAS.A.		100
Switzerland — Geneva	INCARD Sales and Marketing SAS.A.		100
Switzerland — Geneva	ST Wireless SA*ST-Ericsson S.A.		8050
Switzerland — Zurich	ST-NXP Wireless (Holding) AG*ST-Ericsson Holding AG		8050
Taiwan — Taipei	NF Taiwan Ltd*ST-Ericsson (Taiwan) Ltd		8050
Thailand — Bangkok	STMicroelectronics (Thailand) Ltd		100
Turkey — Istanbul	STMicroelectronics Elektronik Arastirma ve Gelistirme Anonim Sirketi*Sirketi		8050
United Kingdom — Bristol	Inmos Limited		100
United Kingdom — Bristol	ST-Ericsson (UK) Ltd		50
United Kingdom — Marlow	STMicroelectronics Limited		100
United Kingdom — Marlow	STMicroelectronics (Research & Development) Limited		100
United Kingdom — ~~Bristol~~	~~Inmos Limited~~		~~100~~
~~United Kingdom — Bristol~~	STMicroelectronics Wireless Ltd*		80
~~United Kingdom —~~ Reading	Synad Technologies Limited		100


		~~Percentage Ownership~~
~~Legal Seat~~	~~Name~~	~~(Direct or Indirect)~~

United Kingdom — Southampton	NF UK, Ltd*Ltd		8050
United States — Carrollton	STMicroelectronics Inc.		100
United States — Carrollton	~~ST-NXP Wireless~~ST-Ericsson Inc.*		8050
United States — Carrollton	Genesis Microchip ~~Inc, A Delaware Corporation~~Inc.,		100
United States — Carrollton	Genesis Microchip (Del) Inc.		100
United States — Carrollton	Genesis Microchip LLC		100
United States — Carrollton	Genesis Microchip Limited Partnership		100
United States — Carrollton	Sage Inc.		100
United States — Carrollton	Faroudja Inc.		100
United States — Carrollton	Faroudja Laboratories Inc.		100
United States — Wilmington	STMicroelectronics (North America) Holding, Inc.		100
United States — Wilsonville	The Portland Group, Inc.		100

The following table lists our principal equity investments and our percentage ownership as of December 31, 2009:


~~EQUITY INVESTMENTS~~				Percentage Ownership
~~Italy — Caivano~~ Legal Seat	~~INGAM Srl~~ Name	(Direct or Indirect)		20

The Netherlands — Rotterdam	Numonyx ~~Holding BV~~Holdings B.V.		48.6
~~South Korea~~Switzerland — ~~Yongin-si~~Zurich	~~ATLab Inc.~~ST-Ericsson AT Holding AG		~~8.1~~49
Singapore — The Curie	Veredus Laboratories Pte Ltd		41.2
South Korea — Yongin-si	ATLab Inc.		8.1
Italy — Caivano	INGAM Srl		20

In February 2010, we entered into a definitive agreement with Micron Technology Inc., in which Micron will acquire Numonyx Holdings B.V. in an all-stock transaction. Please refer to “Item 5 — Other developments”.


*		~~These entities are related to the joint venture with NXP, and as of February 1, 2009, they have been transferred to ST-Ericsson, in which we own 50%.~~

Public Funding

We participate in certain programs established by the EU, individual countries and local authorities in Europe (principally France and Italy). Such funding is generally provided to encourage R&D activities and capital investment, industrialization and the economic development of underdeveloped regions. These programs are ~~characterized~~partially supported by direct ~~partial support to R&D expenses or capital investment or by low-interest financing.~~funding, tax credits and specific loans (low-interest financing).

Public funding in France, Italy and Europe generally is open to all companies, regardless of their ownership or country of ~~incorporation, for R&D and for capital investment and low-interest financing related to incentive programs for the economic development of under-developed regions.~~incorporation. The EU has developed model contracts for R&D funding that require beneficiaries to disclose the results to third parties on reasonable terms. As disclosed, the conditions for receipt of government funding may include eligibility restrictions, approval by EU authorities, annual budget appropriations, compliance with European Commission regulations, as well as specifications regarding objectives and results.

Some of our R&D government funding contracts ~~R&D~~ involve advance payments that ~~requires~~require us to justify our expenses after receipt of funds. Certain specific contracts (Crolles, Grenoble, Rousset, France and Catania, Italy) contain obligations to maintain a minimum level of employment and investment during a certain amount of time. There could be penalties ~~(partial refund)~~(i.e., a partial refund due to the government) if these objectives are not fulfilled. Other contracts contain penalties for late deliveries or for breach of contract, which may result in repayment obligations. ~~However, the obligation to repay such funding is never automatic.~~

The main programs for R&D in which we are involved include: (i) the ~~“Cluster for Application and Technology Research in Europe on NanoElectronics” (“CATRENE”)~~CATRENE cooperative R&D program, which is the successor of MEDEA+ (which ended in 2008); (ii) EU R&D projects with FP6 and FP7 (Sixth and Seventh Frame Program) for Information Technology; (iii) European industry initiatives such as ENIAC and ~~(iii)~~ARTEMIS (Embedded Computing Systems Initiative); and (iv) national or regional programs for R&D and for industrialization in the electronics industries involving many companies and laboratories. The pan-European

programs cover a period of several years, while national or regional programs in France and Italy are subject mostly to annual budget appropriation.

The MEDEA+ cooperative R&D program was launched in June 2000 by the Eureka Conference and is designed to bring together many of Europe’s top researchers in a 12,000 man-year program that covers the period~~2001-2008~~ in two phases of four years each. The MEDEA+ program replaced the joint European research program called MEDEA, which was a European cooperative project in microelectronics among several countries that

covered the period 1996 through 2000 and involved more than 80 companies. With a program duration of eight years, MEDEA+ concluded at the end of 2008. The EUREKA strategic initiative, called CATRENE, launched October 25, 2007, builds on the highly successful European MEDEA+ nanoelectronics programme, started in January 2008, with the first call for project proposals was in the first half of 2008. In parallel, the first call from JTI ENIAC “Joint Technology Initiative European Nanoelectronics Initiative Advisory Council” was launched in 2008. This program is based on the Strategic Research Agenda (“SRA”), which concerns the European 2020 vision in nanoelectronics field. In general, ENIAC addresses long term issues and CATRENE addresses short and medium term issues. For embedded systems developed primarily with chips and embedded realtime software, the Eureka cluster ITEA2 and the European JTI ARTEMIS play similar roles, with parallel timing.

In Italy, there are some national funding programs established to support the new FIRST (Fondo per gli Investimenti nella Ricerca Scientifica e Tecnologica) that will group previous funding regulations (FIRB, Fondo per gli Investimenti della Ricerca di Base, aimed to fund fundamental research), FAR, Fondo per le Agevolazioni alla Ricerca, to fund industrial research), and the FCS (Fondo per la ~~Competitivita’~~Competitività e lo Sviluppo). The FRI (Fondo rotativo per il sostegno alle imprese e agli investimenti in ricerca) funds research and innovation activities and the FIT (Fondo speciale rotativo per l’Innovazione Tecnologica) is designed to fund precompetitive development in manufacturing. These programs are not limited to microelectronics and are suitable to support industry R&D in any segment. Italian programs often cover several years and the approval phase is quite long, up to two/three years. ~~During 2004, submissions for FAR and FIT were suspended for~~In 2009, under a new projects, including the MEDEA+ projects whose Italian activities are subject to FAR rules and availability. In July 2005, however, the Italian Government began considering funding new projects (Grandi Progetti Strategici — GPS) related to limited “strategic programs” in areas it had selected, widely contemplating the use of semiconductor solutions. The company planned new projects and several proposals were selected for funding.” In 2008, a call for ~~proposal under~~proposals, the strategic program “industria 2015” ~~was launched~~(involving a two-step evaluation procedure) finished the first stage screening process and ~~within~~three of our projects proposed were advanced as full proposals to the ~~7 projects submitted by the company 5 have been selected for funding.~~second evaluation stage.

Furthermore, there are some regional funding tools for research that can be addressed by local initiatives, primarily in the regions of Puglia, Sicily, Campania and Val d’Aosta, provided that a reasonable regional socio-economic impact could be recognized in terms of industrial exploitation, new professional hiringand/or cooperation with local academia and public laboratories.

In ~~a decision on December 6,~~ 2006, ~~sent to the Italian Foreign Minister,~~ the EU Commission ~~accepted to modify~~allowed the modification of the conditions of a grant which was originally approved in 2002 for an amount of €542.3 million (Decision N844/2001), representing approximately 26.25% of the total cost (estimated at €2,066 million) (the “M6 Grant”) forpertaining to the building, facilitization and equipment of ~~a new300-mm~~ ~~manufacturing~~our facility in Catania, ~~M6 capable of producing approximately 5,000 wafers per week for nonvolatile memory products~~Italy (the “M6 Plant”).

~~Pursuant to~~ Following this decision, the authorized timeframe for ~~the~~ completion of the project ~~for the planned investment~~ was extended and the Italian government was authorized to allocate €446 million, out of the ~~€542.3~~€542 million grants originally authorized, ~~€446 million~~ for the completion of the M6 Plant if we made a further investment of €1,700 million between January 1, 2006 through the end of 2009. The ~~€446 million M6 Grant is conditional upon the conclusion of a Contratto di Programma providing,~~~~inter alia~~, for (i) the creation of a minimum number of new jobs, (ii) the fixed assets remaining at least five years after the completion of the M6 Plant, (iii) at least 31.25% of the total of €1,700 million investment for the M6 Plant being either in the form of equity or loan, (iv) an annual report on work progress being submitted to the Italian authorities and the EU Commission, and (v) a general verification of the consistency of the project. For the period prior to December 31, 2006, the Commission, upon the proposal of the Italian government, considered that we would have been entitled to the remaining €96 million grant (out of the total €542.3 million originally granted) in the form of a tax credit if we had made a total cumulated investment of €366 million as of such date. As of December 31, 2006, we had invested a cumulative amount of €298 million instead of €366 million and recorded a cumulative amount of tax credit of €78 million out of the €96 million to which we could have been entitled. At December 31, 2008, there were no remaining tax credit receivables on our books. The M6 plant and the Contratto di ~~programmma were~~programma have been transferred to Numonyx, which will benefit from future M6 grants linked to the completion of the M6 plant and assume related responsibilities. Under a Memorandum of Understanding dated July 30, 2009 the Italian Authorities declared their willingness to release public grants in connection with a revision of the current M6 Program Agreement so that original project (consisting in €1,700 million of investments to complete the M6 plant so as to make it able to produce memories with corresponding public funds for €446 million) is replaced by 2 separate projects, one related to Numonyx R&D activities in its Italian sites and the second to the finalization of the announced joint venture in the photovoltaic field with Enel and Sharp, and the conversion of the industrial destination of the new M6 facility in Catania from production of memories to production of photovoltaic panels. In particular, subject to finalization of the announced joint venture in the photovoltaic field with Enel and Sharp, we will contribute the M6 plant to the new joint venture, which will make the necessary investments to convert industrial destination of M6 from production of memories to production of photovoltaic panels up to a maximum of 1GW/year production capability for a corresponding maximum investment of €1,150 million.

A request of the revision for the Contratto di programma was addressed to the Italian Ministry of Economic Development on December 10, 2008, for deferred timing of execution and change in the scope of the grants. A favorable preliminary answer was received on December 16 by the Italian Government on contract revision.

In France, support for R&D is given by ANR (Agence Nationale de la Recherche), by OSEO (the agency taking over the missions and budgets of the AII Agency for Industrial Innovation), by the Ministry of Industry (“FCE”) and local public authorities. Specific support for microelectronics is provided through FCE to over 30 companies with activities in the semiconductor industry. The amount of support under French programs is decided annually and subject to budget appropriation. ~~The Crolles3 NANO 2012 contract signed~~In 2009, we entered into a framework agreement with the French ~~Government is designed to promote the development in the Grenoble Crolles Region~~Ministry of ~~France, of CMOS (32~~Economy, Industry and ~~22nm) derivative technologies forsystem-on-chip~~ ~~semiconductor products, in cooperation with the IBM Alliance~~Employment for the ~~development of Core CMOS advanced technologies based in Fishkill USA, to which we also participate.~~

~~At the end of March 2009, we~~“Nano2012” Research and ~~the French Government signed the framework agreement for the NANO 2012~~Development program, which confirmed usour position as the Coordinator and Project Leader and allocated to us €340 million ~~to us~~(about $450 million) in grants for the period2008-2012. ~~The funding, which was approved by~~Nano2012 is designed to promote development of advanced CMOS (32nm and below) technologies forsystem-on-chip semiconductor products in the ~~EU Commission on January 28, 2009, will also benefit our partners CEA-Leti, a research laboratory~~Grenoble-Crolles region of ~~CEA, one of our indirect shareholders, as well as other research and industrial participants for this program.~~France, in cooperation with the ISDA.

We also benefit from ~~the increase of~~ tax ~~credit~~credits for R&D activities ~~linked with the modification of the French law on “Crédit Impôt Recherche”~~in several countries (notably in France). R&D tax credits consist of tax benefits granted to uscompanies on ~~our~~a open and non-discriminatory base for their research activities. In 2008, the benefit was $161 million, which was booked as a reduction of R&D expenses following the amendment of the French law in terms of R&D activities, while in prior periods it was recorded as a reduction of tax expense. Based on the current law, the tax credits are collectible against income tax to be paid but in case of no income tax payable, they are collectible in approximately 3 years.

~~In accordance with SEC Statement Accounting Bulletin No. 104 Revenue Recognition (SAB 104)~~See “Item 5. Operating and our revenue recognition policy, funding related to these contracts is booked when the conditions required by the contracts are met. Our funding programs are classified in three general categories for accounting purposes: funding R&D activities, funding for R&D capital investmentsFinancial Review and ~~loans.~~Prospects — Research and Development Expenses.”

Funding for R&D activities is the most common form of funding that we receive. Public funding for R&D is recorded as “Other Income and Expenses, net” in our consolidated statements of ~~income. Public funding for R&D is~~income and booked pro rata in relation to the relevant cost once the agreement with the ~~applicable~~respective government agency has been signed and ~~as any~~all applicable conditions are met. See Note 202 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. ~~Such funding has totaled $83 million, $97 million and $54 million in the years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.~~

Government support for capital expenditures ~~funding has totaled $4 million, $9 million, and $15 million in the years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Such~~ funding has been used to support our capital investment. Although receipt of these funds is not directly reflected in our results of operations, the resulting lower amounts recorded in property, plant and equipment costs reduce the level of depreciation recognized by us. ~~Public funding reduced depreciation charges by $25 million, $33 million~~In Italy the new “Tremonti-ter” allows business income tax reduction excluding from taxation of business income an amount equal

to 50 percent of the value of investments in a detailed list of new machinery and ~~$54 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.~~new equipment, made from July 1, 2009 through June 30, 2010. See Note 10 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

As a third category of government funding, we receive some loans, mainly related to large capital investment projects, at preferential interest rates. ~~We recognize these loans as debt on~~See Note 14 to our ~~consolidated balance sheet in accordance with paragraph 35 of Statements of~~Consolidated Financial ~~Accounting Concepts No. 6,~~~~Elements of Financial Statements~~(CON 6). Low interest financing has been made available (principally in Italy) under programs such as the Italian Republic’s Fund for Applied Research, established in 1988 for the purpose of supporting Italian research projects meeting specified program criteria. At year end 2008, 2007 and 2006, we had approximately $121 million, $150 million and $125 million, respectively, of indebtedness outstanding under state-assisted financing programs at an average interest cost of 2.4%, 2.4% and 0.9%, respectively.Statements.

Funding of programs in France and Italy is subject to annual appropriation, and if such governments or local authorities were unable to provide anticipated funding on a timely basis or if existing government- or local-authority-funded programs were curtailed or discontinued, or if we were unable to fulfill our eligibility requirements, such an occurrence could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. ~~Furthermore, we may need to rely on public funding since the cost to support the300-mm~~ ~~manufacturing technology is increasing significantly.~~ From time to time, we have experienced delays in the receipt of funding under these programs. As the availability ~~and timing~~ of such funding are substantially outside our control, there can be no assurance that we will continue to benefit from such government support, ~~that funding will not be delayed~~

~~from time to time,~~ that sufficient alternative funding would be available if necessary or that any such alternative funding would be provided on terms as favorable to us as those previously committed.

Due to changes in legislationand/or review by the competent administrative or judicial bodies, there can be no assurance that government funding granted to us may not be revoked or challenged or discontinued in whole or in part, by any competent state or European authority, until the legal time period for challenging or revoking such funding has fully lapsed. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Reduction in the amount of public funding available to us, changes in existing public funding programs or demands for repayment may increase our costs and impact our results of operations.”

Suppliers

We use three main critical types of suppliers in our business: equipment suppliers, raw material suppliers and external subcontractors.

In the front-end process, we use steppers, scanners, tracking equipment, strippers, chemo-mechanical polishing equipment, cleaners, inspection equipment, etchers, physical and chemical vapor-deposition equipment, implanters, furnaces, testers, probers and other specialized equipment. The manufacturing tools that we use in the back-end process include bonders, burn-in ovens, testers and other specialized equipment. The quality and technology of equipment used in the IC manufacturing process defines the limits of our technology. Demand for increasingly smaller chip structures means that semiconductor producers must quickly incorporate the latest advances in process technology to remain competitive. Advances in process technology cannot be brought about without commensurate advances in equipment technology, and equipment costs tend to increase as the equipment becomes more sophisticated.

Our manufacturing processes use many raw materials, including silicon wafers, lead frames, mold compound, ceramic packages and chemicals and gases. The prices of many of these raw materials are volatile. We obtain our raw materials and supplies from diverse sources on ajust-in-time basis. Although supplies for the raw materials used by us are currently adequate, shortages could occur in various essential materials due to interruption of supply or increased demand in the industry. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Because we depend on a limited number of suppliers for raw materials and certain equipment, we may experience supply disruptions if suppliers interrupt supply or increase prices.”

Finally, we also use external subcontractors to outsource wafer manufacturing and assembly and testing of finished products. See “— Property, Plants and Equipment” above.

Environmental Matters

Our manufacturing operations use many chemicals, gases and other hazardous substances, and we are subject to a variety of evolving environmental and health and safety regulations related, among other things, to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of such chemicals and gases and other hazardous substances, emissions and wastes, as well as the investigation and remediation of soil and ground water contamination. In most jurisdictions in which we operate, we must obtain permits, licenses and other forms of authorization, or give prior notification, in order to operate. Because a large portion of our manufacturing activities are located in the EU, we are subject to European Commission regulation on environmental protection, as well as regulations of the other jurisdictions where we have operations.

Consistent with our PSE, we have established proactive environmental policies with respect to the handling of chemicals, gases, emissions and waste disposals from our manufacturing operations, and we have not suffered material environmental claims in the past. We believe that our activities comply with presently applicable environmental regulations in all material respects. We have engaged outside consultants to audit all of our environmental activities and created environmental management teams, information systems and training. We have

also instituted environmental control procedures for processes used by us as well as our suppliers. As a company, we have been certified to be in compliance with the quality standard ISO9001:~~2000~~2008 and with the technical specification ISO/TS16949:~~2002. In addition, all 15 of our manufacturing facilities have been certified to conform to the~~

~~environmental standard ISO14001, to the Eco Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS) and to the Health and Safety standard OHSAS18001.~~2009.

Our activities are subject to two ~~directives adopted on January 27, 2003:~~directives: Directive 2002/95/EC on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (“ROHS” Directive, as amended by Commission Decision 2005/618/EC of August 18, 2005); and Directive 2002/96/EC on waste electrical and electronic equipment (“WEEE” Directive, as modified by Directive 2003/108/EC of December 8, 2003). Both Directives are in the process of being replaced by new directives that are expected to be adopted in mid-2010. The ROHS Directive aims at banning the use of lead and other flame-retardant substances in manufacturing electronic ~~components by July 1, 2006.~~components. The WEEE Directive promotes the recovery and recycling of electrical and electronic waste. In France, the ROHS and WEEE Directives have been implemented by a decree dated July 20, 2005 and five ministerial orders published in November 2005, December 2005 and March 2006. The French scheme for the recovery and recycling of WEEE was officially launched on November 15, 2006. However, because ofDue to unclear statutory definitions and interpretations, we are unable at this time to determine in detail the ramifications of our activities under the WEEE Directive. The WEEE Directive to be adopted in 2010 may or may not clarify such definitions with respect to our activities. At this stage, we do not participate in a “take back” organization in France.

Our activities in the EU are also subject to the European Directive 2003/87/EC establishing a scheme for greenhouse gas allowance trading (as modified by Directive 2004/101/EC), and ~~the~~ applicable national legislation. The 2003 Directive was amended by Directive 2009/29/EC, which must be transposed into national law by the European Member States on or before December 31, 2012. Two of our manufacturing sites (Crolles, France, and Agrate, Italy) have been allocated a quota of greenhouse gas for the period~~2008-2010.~~2008-2012. Failure to comply would force us to acquire potentially expensive additional emission allowances from third parties, or to pay a fee for each extra ton of gas emitted. ~~This risk did not materialize for the previous period2005-2007,~~ ~~since both sites were within the allocated quota at the end of 2007.~~ Our on-going programs to reduce CO₂ emissions should allow us to comply with the greenhouse gas quota allocations ~~which~~that have been defined for Crolles and Agrate for the period~~2008-2012,~~2008-2012. ~~even though these quotas~~At this stage, the emission permits are ~~smaller than those~~ allocated for~~2005-2007.~~ free to the industry. However, pursuant to provisions created by the 2009 Directive, a growing percentage of the permits will be auctioned by Member States beginning in 2013. However, the remaining permits will be allocated for free until 2027, when all of the permits will be subject to auction.

In the United States, we participate in the Chicago Climate Exchange program, a voluntary greenhouse gas trading program whose members commit to reduce emissions. ~~During Phase I(2003-2006),~~ ~~emission reduction targets were 1% per year, below the baseline which is an average of annual emissions over the1998-2001~~ ~~period. During Phase II(2007-2010),~~ ~~we confirmed our commitment to an additional 2% reduction. The idea is that all members should be 6% below this baseline by 2010.~~ We have also implemented voluntary reforestation projects in several countries in order to sequester additional CO₂ emissions and report our emissions in our annual Corporate Sustainable Report as well as through our internal Carbon Disclosure Project.

~~Furthermore, Regulation 1907/2006 of December 18, 2006 concerning~~Regulations implementing the registration, evaluation, authorization and restriction of chemicals (“REACH”) ~~entered into force on June 1, 2007 and the pre-registration process took place from June 1, 2008 to December 1, 2008. Regulations implementing the REACH~~ were adopted in 2008, in particular Regulation 340/2008 of April 16, 2008 on the fees and charges to be paid by the industry for the registration and authorization of chemical products, as well as guidance documentation.2008. We intend to proactively implement such ~~new~~ legislation, in line with our commitment toward environmental protection.

The implementation of any such legislation could adversely affect our manufacturing costs or product sales by requiring us to acquire costly equipment or materials, or to incur other significant expenses in adapting our manufacturing processes or waste and emission disposal processes. However, we are currently unable to evaluate such specific expenses and therefore have no specific reserves for environmental risks. Furthermore, environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us, suspension of production or a cessation of operations and, as with other companies engaged in similar activities, any failure by us to control the use of, or adequately restrict the discharge of hazardous substances could subject us to future liabilities. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Some of our production processes and materials are environmentally sensitive, which could lead to increased costs due to environmental regulations or to damage to the environment.”

Industry Background

The Semiconductor Market

Semiconductors are the basic building blocks used to create an increasing variety of electronic products and systems. Since the invention of the transistor in 1948, continuous improvements in semiconductor process and design technologies have led to smaller, more complex and more reliable devices at a lower cost per function. As

performance has increased and size and unitary cost have decreased, semiconductors have expanded beyond their original primary applications (military applications and computer systems) to applications such as telecommunications systems, consumer goods, automotive products and industrial automation and control systems. In addition, system users and designers have demanded systems with more functionality, higher levels of performance, greater reliability and shorter design cycle times, all in smaller packages at lower costs. These demands have resulted in increased semiconductor content as a percentage of system cost. Calculated on the basis of the total available market (the “TAM”), which includes all semiconductor products, as a percentage of worldwide revenues from production of electronic equipment according to published industry data, semiconductor content has increased from approximately 12% in 1992 to approximately 19% in 2008.

Semiconductor sales have increased significantly over the long term but have experienced significant cyclical variations in growth rates. According to trade association data, the TAM increased from $45 billion in 1988 to $249 billion in 2008 (growing at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 9%). In 2008, the TAM decreased approximately 3%, while in 2007 it had increased approximately 3%. On a sequential,~~quarter-by-quarter~~ basis in 2008 (including actuators), the TAM decreased by approximately 6.0% in the first quarter 2008 over the fourth quarter 2007, while in the second quarter it increased by approximately 3.0% over the first quarter, it increased by approximately 6.5% in the third quarter over the second quarter, and decreased by approximately 24.2% in the fourth quarter over the third quarter. To better reflect our corporate strategy and our current product offering, we measure our performance against our serviceable available market (“SAM”), redefined as the TAM without PC motherboard major devices such DRAMs, microprocessors, optoelectronic products and Flash memories. The SAM increased from approximately $35 billion in 1988 to $155 billion in 2008, growing at a compound annual rate of approximately 8%. The SAM increased by approximately 2.4% in 2008 compared to 2007. In 2008, approximately 15% of all semiconductors were shipped to the Americas, 15% to Europe, 20% to Japan, and 50% to the Asia Pacific region.

~~The following table sets forth information with respect to worldwide semiconductor sales by type of semiconductor and geographic region:~~

Worldwide Semiconductor Sales(1) Compound Annual Growth Rates(2)

2008 2007 2006 1998 1988 04-08 07-08 06-07 88-08 98-08 88-98
In billions Expressed as percentages

Integrated Circuits and Sensors $ 213.8 $ 222.9 $ 214.8 $ 109.1 $ 35.9 3.9 % (4.1 )% 3.8 % 9.3 % 7.0 % 11.8 %
Analog, Sensors and Actuators 40.7 41.6 42.3 19.1 7.2 3.0 (2.2 ) (1.7 ) 9.0 7.9 10.2
Digital Logic 126.7 123.5 114.1 67.0 17.8 6.0 2.6 8.2 10.3 6.6 14.2
Memory:
DRAM 24.0 31.3 33.8 14.0 6.3 (2.7 ) (23.0 ) (7.4 ) 6.9 5.5 8.3
Others 22.3 26.6 24.7 9.0 4.6 10.6 (16.0 ) 7.7 8.2 9.5 6.9

Total Memory 46.3 57.9 58.5 23.0 10.9 2.7 (20.0 ) (1.1 ) 7.5 7.2 7.7
Total Digital 173.0 181.4 172.6 90.0 28.7 4.1 (4.6 ) 5.1 9.4 6.8 12.1
Discrete 16.9 16.8 16.6 11.9 7.0 1.7 0.7 1.3 4.5 3.6 5.5
Optoelectronics 17.9 15.9 16.3 4.6 2.1 6.9 12.6 (2.3 ) 11.3 14.6 8.1

TAM $ 248.6 $ 255.6 $ 247.7 $ 125.6 $ 45.0 3.9 % (2.8 )% 3.2 % 9.3 %(3) 7.0 %(3) 10.8 %(3)

Europe 38.2 41.0 39.9 29.4 8.1 (0.8 ) (6.6 ) 2.7 8.1 2.7 13.8
Americas 37.9 42.3 44.9 41.4 13.4 (0.8 ) (10.5 ) (5.7 ) 5.3 (0.9 ) 11.9
Asia Pacific 124.0 123.5 116.5 28.9 5.4 8.7 0.4 6.0 17.0 15.7 18.3
Japan 48.5 48.8 46.4 25.9 18.1 1.4 (0.7 ) 5.2 5.1 6.5 3.7

TAM $ 248.6 $ 255.6 $ 247.7 $ 125.6 $ 45.0 3.9 % (2.8 )% 3.2 % 9.3 %(3) 7.0 %(3) 10.8 %(3)

Of which SAM $ 155.3 $ 151.7 $ 144.4 $ 79.7 $ 35.1 5.3 % 2.4 % 5.1 % 7.7 % 6.9 % 8.6 %

~~(1)~~ ~~Source: WSTS.~~

57


~~(2)~~		~~Calculated using end points of the periods specified.~~

~~(3)~~		~~Calculated on a comparable basis, without information with respect to actuators as they were not included in the indicator before 2003.~~

Although cyclical changes in production capacity in the semiconductor industry and demand for electronic systems have resulted in pronounced cyclical changes in the level of semiconductor sales and fluctuations in prices and margins for semiconductor products from time to time, the semiconductor industry has experienced substantial

growth over the long term. Factors that ~~are contributing~~contribute to long-term growth include the development of new semiconductor applications, increased semiconductor content as a percentage of total system cost, emerging strategic partnerships and growth in the electronic systems industry, in particular, the Asia Pacific region.

Semiconductor Classifications

~~The process~~Process technologies, levels of integration, design specificity, functional technologies and applications for different semiconductor products vary significantly. As differences in these characteristics have increased, the semiconductor market has become highly diversified as well as subject to constant and rapid change. Semiconductor product markets may be classified according to each of these characteristics.

Semiconductors can be manufactured using different process technologies, each of which is particularly suited to different applications. Since the mid-1970s, the two dominant processes have been bipolar (the original technology used to produce ICs) and CMOS. Bipolar devices typically operate at higher speeds than CMOS devices, but CMOS devices consume less power and permit more transistors to be integrated on a single IC. CMOS has become the prevalent technology, across all major mass markets such as personal computers, consumer application and cellular phones. Advanced technologies have been developed during the last decade that are particularly suited to more systems-oriented semiconductor applications. BiCMOS technologies have been developed to combine the high-speed and high-voltage characteristics of bipolar technologies with the low power consumption and high integration of CMOS technologies. BCD technologies have been developed that combine bipolar, CMOS and DMOS technologies to target intelligent power control and conversion applications. Such systems-oriented technologies require more process steps and mask levels, and are more complex than the basic function-oriented technologies.

~~A new category of process~~Process technologies, referred to as MEMS, has significantly developed in the last decade and has allowed to expand the scope of traditional semiconductor devices from signal processing, storage and power conversion, up to sensing and converting a wide variety of physical dimensions such as pressure, temperature and acceleration.

Semiconductors are often classified as either discrete devices (such as individual diodes, thyristors and single high voltage and power transistors, as well as optoelectronic products) or ICs (in which thousands of functions are combined on a single “chip” of silicon to form a more complex circuit). Compared to the market for ICs, there is typically less differentiation among discrete products supplied by different semiconductor manufacturers. Also, discrete markets have generally grown at slower, but more stable, rates than IC markets.

Semiconductors may also be classified as either standard components, ASSPs or ASICs. Standard components are used for a broad range of applications, while ASSPs and ASICs are designed to perform specific functions in specific applications.

The two basic functional technologies for semiconductor products are analog and digital. Mixed-signal products combine both analog and digital functionality. Analog devices monitor, condition, amplify or transform analog signals, which are signals that vary continuously over a wide range of values.

Analog/digital (or “mixed-signal”) ICs combine analog and digital devices on a single chip to process both analog signals and digital data. System designers are increasingly demanding system-level integration in which complete electronic systems containing both analog and digital functions are integrated on a single IC.

Digital devices are divided into two major types: memory products and logic devices. Memory products, which are used in electronic systems to store data and program instructions, are classified as either volatile memories

~~(which~~ (which lose their data content when power to the device is switched off) or nonvolatile memories (which retain their data content without the need for continuous power).

The primary volatile memory devices are ~~DRAMs, which accounted for approximately 9.7% of semiconductor memory sales in 2008, and static RAMs~~dynamic random access memories (“~~SRAMs”~~DRAMs”)~~, which accounted for approximately 0.7% of semiconductor memory sales in 2008. SRAMs are roughly four times as complex as DRAMs.~~. DRAMs are used in a computer’s main memory. SRAMs are principally used as caches and buffers between a computer’s microprocessor and its DRAM-based main memory and in other applications such as mobile handsets.

Nonvolatile memories are used to store program instructions. Among such nonvolatile memories, read-only memories (“ROMs”) are permanently programmed when they are manufactured while programmable ROMs (“PROMs”) can be programmed by system designers or end-users after they are manufactured. Erasable PROMs (“EPROMs”) may be erased after programming by exposure to ultraviolet. Electrically erasable PROMs (“EEPROMs”) can be erased byte by byte and reprogrammed “in-system” without the need for removal.

“Flash” memories, which accounted for approximately 7.4% of semiconductor memory sales in 2008, are products that represent an intermediate solution between EPROMs and EEPROMs based on their cost and functionality. Because Flash memories can be erased and reprogrammed electrically and in-system, they are more flexible than EPROMs and are therefore progressively replacing EPROMs in many current applications. Flash memories are typically used in high volume in digital mobile phones and digital consumer applications (set-top boxes, DVDs, digital cameras, MP3 digital music players) and, because of their ability to store large amounts of information, are also suitable for solid-state mass storage of data and emerging high-volume applications.

Logic devices process digital data to control the operation of electronic systems. The largest segment of the logic market includes microprocessors, microcontrollers and DSPs. Microprocessors are the central processing units of computer systems. microcontrollers are complete computer systems contained on single ICs that are

programmed to specific customer requirements. ~~microcontrollers~~Microcontrollers control the operation of electronic and electromechanical systems by processing input data from electronic sensors and generating electronic control signals. They are used in a wide variety of consumer, communications, automotive, industrial and computer products. DSPs are parallel processors used for high complexity, high-speed real-time computations in a wide variety of applications.

A significant number of our logic devices is constituted by ASSP SoC, which gathers the functions of system control, multi-media signal processing and communication protocols in a wide variety of systems, such as smart-phones, set-top-boxes and communication infrastructure platforms.


Item 5.	Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

Overview

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in thisForm 20-F. The following discussion contains statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, or Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, particularly in the sections “— Critical Accounting Policies Using Significant ~~Estimates”,~~Estimates,” “— Business Outlook” and “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Financial Outlook.” Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements. For a discussion of factors that might cause future actual results to differ materially from our recent results or those projected in the forward-looking statements in addition to the factors set forth below, see “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 3, “Key Information — Risk Factors.” We assume no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or such risk factors.

Critical Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates

The preparation of ~~our Consolidated Financial Statements,~~financial statements in accordance with ~~generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“~~U.S. ~~GAAP”),~~GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that have a significant impact on the results we report in our Consolidated Financial Statements, which we discuss under the section “Results of Operations.” Some of our accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective

~~judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenue and expenses during the reporting period.~~assumptions. The primary areas that require significant estimates and judgments by ~~management~~us include, but are not limited to: sales returns and allowances; allowances for doubtful accounts; inventory reserves and normal manufacturing capacity thresholds to determine costs capitalized in inventory; accruals for warranty costs, litigation and claims; assumptions used to discount monetary assets expected to be recovered beyond one year; valuation at fair value of acquired assets, including intangibles and amounts of in-process research and development (“IP R&D”) and assumed liabilities in a business combination; goodwill, investments and tangible assets as well as the impairment of their related carrying values; the assessment in each reporting period of events that could trigger interim impairment testing; estimated value of the consideration to be received and used as fair value for asset groups classified as assets to be disposed of by sale and the assessment of probability of to realize the sale; measurement of the fair value of debt and equity securities classified as available-for-sale, including debt securities, for which no observable market price is obtainable; the valuation of equity investments under the equity method; the assessment of other-than-temporary impairment charges on financial assets; the valuation of minority interests, particularly in case of contribution in kind as part of a business combination; restructuring charges; assumptions used in calculating pension obligations and share-based compensation including assessment of the number of awards expected to vest upon the satisfaction of certain conditions of future performance; assumptions used to measure and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation we assume at the inception of a guarantee; and the measurement of hedge effectiveness of derivative instruments, deferred income tax assets including required valuation allowances and liabilities as well as provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures and income tax uncertainties.


	•	sales returns and allowances;

	•	determination of best estimate of selling price for deliverables in multiple element sale arrangements;

	•	inventory reserves and normal manufacturing capacity thresholds to determine costs capitalized in inventory;

	•	accruals for litigation and claims;

	•	valuation at fair value of acquired assets including intangibles and assumed liabilities in a business combination, goodwill, investments and tangible assets as well as the impairment of their related carrying values;

	•	the assessment in each reporting period of events, which could trigger interim impairment testing;

	•	estimated value of the consideration to be received and used as fair value for asset groups classified as assets to be disposed of by sale and the assessment of probability to realize the sale;

	•	measurement of the fair value of debt and equity securities classified asavailable-for-sale, including debt securities, for which no observable market price is obtainable;

	•	the assessment of credit losses andother-than-temporary impairment charges on financial assets;

	•	the valuation of noncontrolling interests, particularly in case of contribution in kind as part of a business combination;

	•	restructuring charges;

	•	assumptions used in calculating pension obligations;

	•	assumptions used to measure and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation we assume at the inception of a guarantee;

	•	deferred income tax assets including required valuation allowances and liabilities as well as provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures and income tax uncertainties.

We base ~~our~~the estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors such as market trends ~~market comparables,~~and latest available business plans ~~and levels of materiality~~ that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form ~~our~~the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. While we regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions, ~~our~~the actual results ~~may~~we experience could differ materially and adversely from our estimates. To the extent there are material differences between ~~the~~our estimates and actual results, ~~and these estimates, our~~ future results of operations, cash flows and financial position could be significantly affected. With respect to the wireless segment, our estimates are made under the supervision of ST-Ericsson’s CEO and CFO, who report to ST-Ericsson’s Board of Directors.

We believe the following critical accounting policies require us to make significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements:

Revenue recognition. Our policy is to recognize revenues from sales of products to our customers when all of the following conditions have been met: (a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (b) delivery has occurred; (c) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (d) ~~collectibility~~collectability is reasonably assured. This usually occurs at the time of shipment.

Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor industry, price protection is granted to distributor customers on their existing inventory of our products to compensate them for declines in market prices. ~~The ultimate decision to authorize a distributor refund remains fully within our control.~~ We accrue a provision for price protection based on a rolling historical price trend computed on a monthly basis as a percentage of gross distributor sales. This historical price trend represents differences in recent months between the invoiced price and the final price to the distributor, adjusted if required, to accommodate for a significant move in the current market price. We record the accrued amounts as a deduction of revenue at the time of the sale. The ultimate decision to authorize a distributor refund remains fully within our control. The short outstanding inventory time period, our ability to foresee changes in standard inventory product pricing (as opposed to pricing for certain customized products) and our lengthy distributor pricing history have enabled us to reliably estimate price protection provisions at period-end. ~~We record the accrued amounts as a deduction of revenue at the time of the sale.~~ If market conditions differ from our assumptions, this could have an impact on future periods. In particular, if market conditions were to deteriorate, net revenues could be reduced due to higher product returns and price reductions at the time these adjustments occur.

Our customers occasionally return our products for technical reasons. Our standard terms and conditions of sale provide that if we determine that our products are non-conforming, we will repair or replace them, or issue a credit or rebate of the purchase price. In certain cases, when the products we have supplied have been proven to be defective, we have agreed to compensate our customers for claimed damages in order to maintain and enhance our business relationship. Quality returns are not related to any technological obsolescence issues and are identified shortly after sale in customer quality control testing. ~~Quality returns are always associated with end-user customers,~~

~~not with distribution channels.~~ We provide for such returns when they are considered likely and can be reasonably estimated. We record the accrued amounts as a reduction of revenue.

Our insurance policies relating to product liability only cover physical and other direct damages caused by defective products. We carry only limited insurance against immaterial, non-consequential damages in the event of a product recall. We record a provision for warranty costs as a charge against cost of sales based on historical trends of warranty costs incurred as a percentage of sales which we have determined to be a reasonable estimate of the probable losses to be incurred for warranty claims in a period. Any potential warranty claims are subject to our determination that we are at fault and liable for damages, and that such claims usually must be submitted within a short period following the date of sale. This warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties, conditions or terms expressed or implied by statute or common law. Our contractual terms and conditions typically limit our liability to the sales value of the products that gave rise to the claim.

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated potential losses resulting from our customers’ inability to make required payments. We base our estimates on historical collection trends and record a provision accordingly. Furthermore, we are required to evaluate our customers’ credit ratings from time to time and take an additional provision for any specific account that we consider doubtful. In ~~2008,~~2009, we did not record any new material specific provision related to bankrupt customers other than our standard provision of 1% of total receivables based on estimated historical collection trends. If we receive information that the financial condition of our customers has deteriorated, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances could be required. Such deterioration is increasingly likely given the current crisis in the credit markets. Under the current financial situation, we are obliged to hold shipment to certain of our customers on credit watch, which affects our sales and aims at protecting us ~~form~~from credit risk.

While the majority of our sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, we may, from time to time, enter into agreements that contain multiple elements or non-standard terms and conditions, which require revenue recognition judgments. ~~Where~~Prior to 2009, where multiple elements ~~exist~~existed in an agreement, the revenue arrangement is

was allocated to the different elements based upon verifiable objective evidence of the fair value of the elements, as governed under ~~Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) IssueNo. 00-21,~~ ~~Revenue Arrangements~~the guidance on revenue arrangements with ~~Multiple Deliverables(“EITF 00-21”).~~multiple deliverables, for such periods. In 2009, we early adopted new revenue recognition guidance requiring allocation of revenue to different deliverables based upon the best estimate of selling price of each deliverable.

Goodwill and purchased intangible assets. The purchase method of accounting for acquisitions requires extensive use of estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets ~~acquired, including IP R&D, which is expensed immediately.~~acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are instead subject to annual impairment tests. The amounts and useful lives assigned to other intangible assets impact future amortization. If the assumptions and estimates used to allocate the purchase price are not correct or if business conditions change, purchase price adjustments or future asset impairment charges could be required. At December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the value of goodwill amounted to ~~$958 million, of which $15~~$1,071 million. Of such amount, $143 million was ~~registered~~recognized in 2009 at the creation of ST-Ericsson following the acquisition of Genesis Microchip Inc. (“Genesis”), which occurred in the first quarter of 2008, and $669 million was registered following the consolidation of the NXP wireless business, which is 80% owned by us.purchase price allocation.

Impairment of goodwill. Goodwill recognized in business combinations is not amortized and is instead subject to an impairment test to be performed on an annual basis, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in order to assess the recoverability of its carrying value. Goodwill subject to potential impairment is tested at a reporting unit level, which represents a component of an operating segment for which discrete financial information is ~~available and is subject to regular review by segment management.~~available. This impairment test determines whether the fair value of each reporting unit for which goodwill is allocated is lower than the total carrying amount of relevant net assets allocated to such reporting unit, including its allocated goodwill. If lower, the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill is then compared to the carrying value of the goodwill and an impairment charge is recognized for any excess. In determining the fair value of a reporting unit, we usually estimate the expected discounted future cash flows associated with the reporting unit. Significant management judgments and estimates are used in forecasting the future discounted cash flows including: the applicable industry’s sales volume forecast and selling price evolution; the reporting unit’s market penetration; the market acceptance of certain new technologies and relevant cost structure; the discount rates applied using a weighted average cost of capital; and the

~~perpetuity rates used in calculating cash flow terminal values.~~flows. Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the latest available projections of the semiconductor market evolution, our sales expectations and our costs evaluation, and are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. It is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect, and future adverse changes in market conditions or operating results of acquired businesses that are not in line with our estimates may require impairment of certain goodwill. As a result of our yearly impairment testing, we recorded ~~$13~~$6 million of impairment of goodwill charges in ~~2008.~~2009.

We last performed our annual impairment testing in the third quarter of ~~2008. Since,~~2009. We did not record any goodwill impairment during the third or fourth quarter our market capitalization declined to a level below our book value, we also performed further analyses during the fourth quarter using the most current long term financial plan available. While we recorded specific impairment charges related to the carrying value of ~~certain marketable securities and equity investments during the period, no impairment was indicated by such analyses on the net value of our assets subject to testing.~~2009. However, many of the factors used in assessing fair values for such assets are outside of our control and the estimates used in such analyses are subject to change. Due to the ongoing uncertainty of the current market conditions, which may continue to negatively impact our market value, we will continue to monitor the carrying value of our assets. If market and economic conditions deteriorate further, this could result in future non-cash impairment charges against income. Further impairment charges could also result from new valuations triggered by changes in our product portfolio or strategic transactions, including ST-Ericsson, and possible further impairment charges relating to our investment in Numonyx (in the event its sale to Micron is not finalized), particularly in the event of a downward shift in ~~expected~~future revenues or operating cash flow in relation to our current plans.

Intangible assets subject to amortization. Intangible assets subject to amortization include the cost of technologies and licenses purchased from third parties, as well as ~~as a result of~~from the purchase method of accounting for acquisitions, purchased software and internally developed software that is capitalized. In addition, intangible assets subject to amortization include intangible assets acquired through business combinations such as core technologies and customer relationships. Intangible assets subject to amortization are reflected net of any impairment losses and are amortized over their estimated useful life. The carrying value of intangible assets subject to amortization is evaluated whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In determining recoverability, we initially assess whether the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows associated with the intangible assets. If exceeded, we then evaluate whether an impairment charge is required by determining if the asset’s carrying value also exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss is recognized for the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value. We normally estimate the fair value based on the projected discounted future cash flows associated with the intangible assets. Significant management judgments and estimates are required to forecast the future operating results used in the discounted cash flow method of valuation, including: the applicable industry’s sales volume forecast and selling price evolution; our market penetration; the market acceptance of certain new technologies; and, the relevant cost structure.valuation. Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the latest available projections of growth in the semiconductor market and our sales expectations. They are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. It is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect and that future adverse changes in market conditions or operating results of businesses acquired may not be in line with our estimates and may therefore require us to recognize impairment of certain intangible assets. ~~We did not record any charges related to the impairment of intangible assets subject to amortization in 2008.~~ At December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the value of

intangible assets subject to amortization amounted to ~~$863~~$819 million, of which ~~$591~~$48 million was related to ~~core technologies and customer relationships recognized as part~~the ST-Ericsson joint venture consolidated in the first quarter of ~~our purchase accounting for the NXP wireless business consolidated as of August 2, 2008.~~2009.

Property, plant and equipment. Our business requires substantial investments in technologically advanced manufacturing facilities, which may become significantly underutilized or obsolete as a result of rapid changes in demand and ongoing technological evolution. We estimate the useful life for the majority of our manufacturing equipment, the largest component of our long-lived assets, to be six years, except for our300-mm manufacturing equipment ~~as stated below.~~whose useful life was estimated to be ten years. This estimate is based on our experience using the equipment over time. Depreciation expense is a major element of our manufacturing cost structure. We begin to depreciate new equipment when it is placed into service. ~~In the first quarter of 2008, we launched our first solely-owned300-mm~~ ~~production facility in~~

~~Crolles (France). Consequently, we assessed the useful life of our300-mm~~ ~~manufacturing equipment based on relevant economic and technical factors. Our conclusion was that the appropriate depreciation period for such300-mm~~ ~~equipment is 10 years. This policy was applied starting January 1, 2008.~~

We perform an impairment review when there is reason to suspect that the carrying value of tangible assets or groups of assets might not be recoverable. Factors we consider important which could trigger such a review include: significant negative industry trends; significant underutilization of the assets or available evidence of obsolescence of an asset; strategic management decisions impacting production or an indication that an asset’s economic performance is, or will be, worse than expected; and, a more likely than not expectation that assets will be sold or disposed of prior to their estimated useful life. In determining the recoverability of assets to be held and used, we initially assess whether the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows associated with the tangible assets or group of assets. If exceeded, we then evaluate whether an impairment charge is required by determining if the asset’s carrying value also exceeds its fair value. We normally estimate this fair value based on ~~independent~~ market appraisals or the sum of discounted future cash flows, using market assumptions such as the utilization of our fabrication facilities and the ability to upgrade such facilities, change in the selling price and the adoption of new technologies. We also evaluate the continued validity of an asset’s useful life when impairment indicators are identified. Assets classified as held for sale are reflected at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less selling costs and are not depreciated during the selling period. Selling costs include incremental direct costs to transact the sale that we would not have incurred except for the decision to sell.

Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the latest projections of growth in the semiconductor market and our sales expectations, from which we derive the future production needs and loading of our manufacturing facilities, and which are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. These plans are highly variable due to the high volatility of the semiconductor business and therefore are subject to continuous modifications. If future growth differs from the estimates used in our plans, in terms of both market growth and production allocation to our manufacturing plants, this could require a further review of the carrying amount of our tangible assets and result in a potential impairment loss. In ~~2008, we~~2009, $25 million of impairment charges were recorded ~~an additional impairment charge~~on long-lived assets of ~~$75 million related to~~ our manufacturing sites in Carrollton, Texas and in Phoenix, ~~fab that was designated for closure in 2007.~~Arizona.

Inventory. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is based on the weighted average cost by adjusting the standard cost to approximate actual manufacturing costs on a quarterly basis; therefore, the cost is dependent upon our manufacturing performance. In the case of underutilization of our manufacturing facilities, we estimate the costs associated with the excess capacity. These costs are not included in the valuation of inventories but are charged directly to the cost of sales. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses and cost of completion. As required, we evaluate inventory acquired as part of purchase accounting at fair value, less completion and distribution costs and related margin. At December 31, 2008, inventories included $203 million related to the newly integrated NXP wireless business. The fair value adjustment posted to the opening balance sheet as part of the purchase accounting for $88 million has been totally charged to cost of goods sold in 2008.

The valuation of inventory requires us to estimate obsolete or excess inventory as well as inventory that is not of saleable quality. Provisions for obsolescence are estimated for excess uncommitted inventories based on the previous quarter’s sales, order backlog and production plans. To the extent that future negative market conditions generate order backlog cancellations and declining sales, or if future conditions are less favorable than the projected revenue assumptions, we could be required to record additional inventory provisions, which would have a negative impact on our gross margin.

~~Asset disposal.~~Business combination. ~~On March 30, 2008, we closed~~The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires extensive use of estimates and judgments to allocate the ~~deal for the creation of Numonyx and contributed our Flash Memory business (Flash Memory Group (“FMG”))~~purchase price to the ~~newly created entity. FMG deconsolidation~~fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The amounts and useful lives assigned to other intangible assets impact future amortization. If the assumptions and estimates used to allocate the purchase price are not correct or if business conditions change, purchase price adjustments or future asset impairment charges could be required. On February 3, 2009, we announced the closing of our agreement to merge ST-NXP Wireless into a joint venture with Ericsson Mobile Platforms (“EMP”). Ericsson contributed $1,155 million in cash, out of which $700 million was ~~reported~~paid to us. We also received $99 million as an equity investment in JVD, in which we own 50% less a ~~first quarter 2008 event. Thus, our consolidated statements of income for 2008 contain only one quarter of FMG activity. As a result of changes~~controlling share held by Ericsson. Our contribution to the ~~terms~~joint venture represented a total amount of ~~the transaction from those expected at December 31, 2007 and an updated market value of comparable companies, in 2008 we incurred an additional impairment loss of $190 million and $26~~$2,210 million, of ~~restructuring~~which $1,105 million was allocated to noncontrolling interests in the wireless business. The purchase price allocation resulted in the recognition of $48 million in customer relationships, $23 million in property, plant and ~~other related closure charges. The total loss recognized from the FMG business disposal amounted to $1,297~~equipment, $47 million ~~plus $31 million~~liabilities net of other ~~costs.~~current assets, $143 million on goodwill and $306 million on Ericsson’s noncontrolling interest in the joint venture.

6345

Restructuring charges. We have undertaken, and we may continue to undertake, significant restructuring initiatives, which have required us, or may require us in the future, to develop formalized plans for exiting any of our existing activities. We recognize the fair value of a liability for costs associated with exiting an activity when a probable liability exists and it can be reasonably estimated. We record estimated charges for non-voluntary termination benefit arrangements such as severance and outplacement costs meeting the criteria for a liability as described above. Given the significance and timing of the execution of such activities, the process is complex and involves periodic reviews of estimates made at the time the original decisions were taken. This process can require more than one year due to requisite governmental and customer approvals and our capability to transfer technology and know-how to other locations. As we operate in a highly cyclical industry, we monitor and evaluate business conditions on a regular basis. If broader or newer initiatives, which could include production curtailment or closure of other manufacturing facilities, were to be taken, we may be required to incur additional charges as well as change estimates of the amounts previously recorded. The potential impact of these changes could be material and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. In ~~2008,~~2009, the net amount of restructuring charges and other related closure costs amounted to ~~$191~~$256 million before ~~taxes, mainly including $26 million related to FMG, $87 million to our 2007 restructuring plan and $71 million to our 2008 restructuring initiatives. See Note 21.~~taxes.

Share-based compensation. ~~We are required to expense our employees’ share-based compensation awards for financial reporting purposes.~~ We measure our share-based compensation cost based on its fair value on the grant date of each award. This cost is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award or the requisite service period, usually the vesting period, and is adjusted for actual forfeitures that occur before vesting. Our share-based compensation plans may award shares contingent on the achievement of certain financial objectives, including ~~market performance and~~our financial results. In order to assess the fair value of this share-based compensation, we are required to estimate certain items, including the probability of meeting market performance and financial results targets, forfeitures and employees’ service period. As a result, in relation to our nonvested Stock Award Plan, we recorded a total pre-tax expense of ~~$78~~$38 million in ~~2008,~~2009, out of which $1$4 million was related to the ~~2005 plan; $20 million to the~~ 2006 plan; ~~$50~~$17 million to the 2007 plan; ~~and $7~~$8 million to the 2008 ~~plan.~~plan; and $9 million to the 2009 plan, provided that two out of the three performance conditions have been met. The shares from the 2009 plan were granted on July 28, 2009. The performance measurement conditions for the 2009 plan include: evolution of sales and evolution of operating income both compared against our top competitors and actual cash flow as compared to the forecast. As of December 31, 2009, according to our best estimates, we anticipate that two criteria will probably be met: evolution of sales and cash flow.

Earnings (loss) on Equity Investments. We are required to record our proportionate share of the results of the entities that ~~are consolidated by us~~we account for under the equity method. This recognition is based on results reported by these entities, sometimes on a one-quarter lag, and, for such purpose, we rely on their internal controls. ~~As a result, in 2008,~~In 2009, we recognized approximately ~~$65~~$103 million, on a one quarter lag, as our proportional interest in the loss recorded by Numonyx, ~~in the second and third quarters of 2008,~~ based on our 48.6% ownership interest, net of amortization of basis differences; $5 million of which was recorded in ~~Numonyx. For more information, please see “Other Developments.”~~the fourth quarter of 2009. In addition, we recognized in 2009, $32 million related to the ST-Ericsson JVD entities we account for under the equity method, net of the amortization of basis differences; $7 million of which was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2009. In case of triggering events, we are required to determine the fair value of our investment and assess the classification of temporary versusother-than-temporary impairments of the carrying value. We make this assessment by evaluating the business on the basis of the most recent plans and projections or to the best of our estimates. In the ~~third and fourth quarters~~first quarter of ~~2008,~~2009, due to the deterioration of both the global economic situation and the Memory market segment, as well as Numonyx’s results, we assessed the fair value of our investment and recorded ~~a $480 million~~an additional other-than temporary impairment ~~charge.~~charge of $200 million. The calculation of the impairment was based on both an income approach, using discounted cash flows, and a market approach, using the metrics of comparable public companies. We did not book any impairment charge in the second, third or fourth quarter of 2009.

Financial assets. We classify our financial assets in the following categories:held-for-trading andavailable-for-sale. Upon the adoption of FASB guidance on fair value measurements for financial assets and available-for-sale financial assets. At December 31, 2008, we did not hold any investments classified as held-to-maturity financial assets. Additionally, upon the adoption on January 1, 2008 of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 115 (“FAS 159”), as detailed in Note 2.25,liabilities, we did not elect to apply the fair value option on any financial assets. Such classification depends on the purpose for which the investments are acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition. Unlisted equity securities with no readily determinable fair value are carried at ~~cost, as described in Note 2.19.~~cost. They are neither classified asheld-for-trading nor asavailable-for-sale. Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade date — the date on which we commit to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are initially recognized at fair value, and transaction costs are expensed in the consolidated

statements of income.Available-for-sale ~~financial assets~~ andheld-for-trading financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and we have transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. The gain (loss) on the sale of the financial assets is reported as a non-operating element on the consolidated statements of income. The fair values of quoted debt and equity securities are based on current market prices. If the market for a financial asset is not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, we measure fair value by using assumptions and estimates. For unquoted equity securities, these assumptions and estimates include the use of recent arm’s length

transactions; for debt securities without available observable market price, we establish fair value by reference to publicly available indexes of securities with same rating and comparable or similar underlying collaterals or industries’ exposure, which we believe approximates the orderly exit value in the current market. In measuring fair value, we make maximum use of market inputs and rely as little as possible on entity-specific inputs. ~~In 2008,~~Based on the previously adopted mark to model methodology, in 2009 we ~~registered a loss~~had an additional impairment of ~~$127~~$72 million on the value of the Auction Rate ~~Securities.~~Securities (“ARS”) that Credit Suisse purchased on our account contrary to our mandate, that was considered as other than temporary, with no additional loss in the third or fourth quarter of 2009. For more information about the ARS purchased by Credit Suisse contrary to our instruction, which are still accounted for and owned by us pending the execution of the favorable arbitration award against Credit Suisse Securities LLC (“Credit Suisse”) by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), see “Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

Income taxes. We are required to make estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense or benefit for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments also occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities and provisions. Furthermore, the adoption of the FASB ~~Interpretation No. 48, Accounting~~guidance on accounting for ~~Uncertainty~~uncertainty in ~~Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”)~~income taxes requires an evaluation of the probability of any tax uncertainties and the recognition of the relevant charges. In 2008, we recorded a net provision of $47 million. Furthermore, upon the conclusion of a final tax audit, a settlement of $86 million was recognized in line with last year’s FIN 48 provision in one of our major jurisdictions.

We are also required to assess the likelihood of recovery of our deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, we are required to record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be recoverable, which would increase our provision for income taxes. Our deferred tax assets have increased substantially in recent years in light of our negative net earnings. As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, we ~~believed that all of the deferred tax assets, net of~~recorded in our accounts certain valuation allowances ~~as recorded~~based on our ~~consolidated balance sheet, would ultimately be recovered.~~current operating assumptions. However, should ~~there~~our operating assumptions change we may be ~~a change~~impaired in our ability to fully recover our deferred tax assets ~~(in our estimates of~~in the ~~valuation allowance) or~~future. Likewise, a change in the tax rates applicable in the various jurisdictions ~~this~~ could have an impact on our future tax ~~provision~~provisions in the periods in which these changes could occur.

Patent and other ~~intellectual property~~IP litigation or claims. As is the case with many companies in the semiconductor industry, we have from time to time received, and may in the future receive, communication alleging possible infringement of patents and other ~~intellectual property~~IP rights of third parties. Furthermore, we may become involved in costly litigation brought against us regarding patents, mask works, copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets. In the event the outcome of a litigation claim is unfavorable to us, we may be required to purchase a license for the underlying ~~intellectual property~~IP right on economically unfavorable terms and conditions, possibly pay damages for prior use,and/or face an injunction, all of which singly or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and on our ability to compete. See Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — We depend on patents to protect our rights to our ~~technology” included in theForm 20-F,~~ ~~as may be updated from time to time in our public filings.~~technology.”

We record a provision when we believe that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate losses and claims with the support of our outside counsel to determine whether they need to be adjusted based on current information available to us. Legal costs associated with claims are expensed as incurred. In the event of litigation that is adversely determined with respect to our interests, or in the event that we need to change our evaluation of a potential third-party claim based on new evidence or communications, this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition at the time it were to materialize. We are in discussion with several parties with respect to claims against us relating to possible infringement of other parties’ ~~intellectual property~~IP rights. We are also involved in several legal proceedings concerning such issues.

As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, based on our assessment, we did not record any provisions in our financial statements relating to third party ~~intellectual property rights~~IP right claims since we had not identified any risk of probable loss that is likely to arise out of asserted claims or ongoing legal proceedings. There can be no assurance, however, that wethese will be ~~successful~~resolved in ~~resolving these issues.~~our favor. If ~~we are unsuccessful, or if~~ the outcome of any claim or litigation were to be unfavorable to us, we could incur monetary damages,and/or face an injunction, all of which singly or in the

aggregate could have an adverse effect on our results of operation and our ability to compete. ~~Furthermore, our products as well as the products of our customers that incorporate our goods may be excluded from entry into U.S. territory pursuant to an exclusion order.~~

Pension and Post Retirement Benefits. Our results of operations and our consolidated balance sheet include ~~the impact~~an amount of pension and post retirement benefits that are measured using actuarial valuations. At December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, our pension and long-term benefit obligations net of plan assets amounted to ~~$332~~$317 million based on the assumption that our employees will work with us until they reach the age of retirement. These valuations are based on key assumptions, including discount rates, expected long-term rates of return on funds and salary increase rates. These assumptions are updated on an annual basis at the beginning of each fiscal year or more frequently upon the occurrence of significant events. Any changes in the pension schemes or in the above assumptions can have an impact on our valuations. The measurement date we use for the majority of our plans is December 31.

Other claims. We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. These include, but are not limited to: warranty costs on our products not covered by insurance, breach of contract claims, tax claims and provisions for specifically identified income tax exposure as well as claims for environmental damages. In determining loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of a loss of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss is recorded when we believe that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly reevaluate any losses and claims and determine whether our provisions need to be adjusted based on the current information available to us. In the event we are unable to estimate in a correct and timely manner the amount of such loss, this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition at the time such loss were to materialize.

For more information, see Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fiscal Year ~~2008~~2009

Under Article 35 of our Articles of Association, our financial year extends from January 1 to December 31, which is the period end of each fiscal year. The first quarter of ~~2008~~2009 ended on March ~~30, 2008.~~28, 2009. The second quarter of ~~2008~~2009 ended on June ~~28, 2008~~27, 2009 and the third quarter of ~~2008~~2009 ended on September ~~27, 2008.~~26, 2009. The fourth quarter of ~~2008~~2009 ended on December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. Based on our fiscal calendar, the distribution of our revenues and expenses by quarter may be unbalanced due to a different number of days in the various quarters of the fiscal year.

~~2008~~2009 Business Overview

The total available market is defined as the ~~“TAM,”~~“TAM”, while the serviceable available market, the ~~“SAM,”~~“SAM”, is defined as the market for products produced by us (which consists of the TAM and excludes PC motherboard major devices such as ~~microprocessors~~Microprocessors (“MPUs”), ~~dynamic random access memories (“DRAMs”),~~DRAMs, optoelectronics devices and Flash Memories).

In ~~2008,~~2009, the semiconductor industry ~~was~~continued to be negatively impacted by the difficult conditions in the global economy, which ~~resulted in a sharp downturn that started in the beginning of the second half and further accelerated in the last quarter. These deteriorated conditions~~ caused both the TAM and the SAM to ~~decline in 2008~~register significant declines compared to the ~~previous~~prior year. However, although the early part of the year ~~while the SAM registered low-digit growth overall, with~~was characterized by a ~~significantly negative performance~~steep downturn in demand, there was a sharp turnaround in the ~~last quarter~~latter part of ~~2008.~~

the year. This has resulted in difficulty for the industry to keep up with demand. On a quarterly basis, during 2009 the industry registered a sequential recovery after the bottom registered in the first quarter. In particular, in the third and fourth quarters the semiconductor market experienced a solid recovery, driven by an overall surge in volume. Based ~~upon recently~~on published industry data by ~~the World Semiconductor Trade Statistics (“WSTS”),~~WSTS, semiconductor industry revenues declined in 2009 on ayear-over-year basis by approximately 9% for the TAM ~~was $249~~and 13% for the SAM to reach approximately $226 billion ~~a decline of 2.8% compared to~~and $135 billion, respectively. However, in the ~~previous year. The~~fourth quarter the TAM and the SAM ~~reached $155 billion, which translated into an increase of 2.4% year-over-year.~~increased 7% and 4% sequentially, exceeding their 2008 levels by approximately 29% and 16%, respectively.

With reference to our business performance, following the deconsolidation of our FMG segment during the first quarter of 2008, ~~and~~ the consolidation of the NXP wireless business on August 2, 2008 and the consolidation of the EMP wireless business as of February 3, 2009, our operating results ~~as reported,~~ are no longer directly comparable to previous periods.

~~Our revenues as reported in 2008 were $9,842 million, a decline of 1.6% over 2007. Excluding the Flash segment and revenues from the recently consolidated NXP wireless business,~~In 2009, our growth in revenues was 4.8%, which was significantly above the growth of the TAM and the comparable SAM. This performance reflected double digit or high single digit growth rates in all main market applications except for Computer, which experienced more moderate growth, and Automotive, which declined on a year-over-year basis.

~~Our fourth quarter 2008 net~~ revenues as reported were ~~$2,276~~$8,510 million, or a ~~decrease~~13.5% declineyear-over-year, reflecting the difficult market conditions registered in the semiconductor industry. As a result, our overall performance was basically in line with the SAM.

Our quarterly revenues continuously recovered on a sequential basis during 2009 after the bottom registered in the first quarter, driven by a significant increase in demand by our customers across all of ~~17.0% compared to the same period in 2007. Included in~~our served market segments and regions. Consequently, our fourth quarter ~~2008 net~~ revenues ~~as reported~~reached $2,583 million, exceeding ouryear-over-year and sequential performance by 13.5% and 13.6%, respectively. While our sequential performance was ~~a $249 million contribution from the recently consolidated NXP wireless business, which was lower~~significantly better than the ~~$358 million contribution from FMG revenues that had occurred in~~SAM, ouryear-over-year revenue growth was below the ~~fourth quarter of 2007.~~

The year-over-year decline was the result of significant weaknesses across most geographies (except for Japan, which increased significantly) and market segments, particularly Automotive, Computer and Telecom.

On a sequential basis, our revenues decreased 15.6%, with all market segments negatively impacted by the adverse conditions originating from the economic downturn, which resulted in a strong reduction in demand.SAM.

In ~~2008,~~2009, our effective exchange rate was ~~$1.49~~$1.37 for €1.00, which reflects actual exchange rate levels and the impact of cash flow hedging contracts, compared to an effective exchange rate of ~~$1.35~~$1.49 for €1.00 in ~~2007.~~2008. In the fourth quarter of 2009 our effective exchange rate was $1.43, while in the third quarter of 2009 and in the fourth quarter of 2008 our effective exchange rate was ~~$1.40 for €1.00, while in the third quarter of 2008~~$1.38 and ~~in the fourth quarter of 2007 our effective exchange rate was $1.54 and $1.43,~~$1.40, respectively, for €1.00. For a more detailed discussion of our hedging arrangements and the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates, see “Impact of Changes in Exchange Rates” below.

Our 2009 gross margin dropped 5.3 percentage points on ayear-over-year basis to 30.9%, due to lower sales volume and pressure on average selling prices as ~~reported for fiscal year 2008 increased 80 basis points to 36.2%, mainly driven by~~a result of the ~~repositioning~~difficult market conditions in the industry, as well as underutilization charges associated with the significant loading reduction of all of our ~~product portfolio (i.e., Flash deconsolidation and the consolidation of the NXP wireless business) and an overall improvement in our~~ manufacturing ~~performance. Our gross margin, however, was negatively impacted by $88 million related~~sites. In

addition to the ~~fair-valuestep-up~~ ~~adjustment required in the purchase accounting~~severe impact of the newly acquired NXP wireless business inventory. Excluding such one-time item, the 2008 gross margin would have increased to 37.1% of revenues. Furthermore, our 2008 gross margin was affected by currency fluctuations, whichan unprecedented volume discontinuity on fab operations and efficiency, unused capacity charges negatively impacted our ~~results~~2009 gross margin by approximately ~~150 basis points, and significant underutilization charges registered~~4 percentage points. The loading reduction also resulted in part from our decision to cut inventory levels in order to protect our cash resources in face of the turmoil in the ~~last quarter~~financial markets. The aforementioned negative impact of such charges was partially offset by the ~~year.~~more favorable U.S. dollar exchange rate and the contribution of an improved product portfolio mix following the wireless business integration.

Our fourth quarter ~~gross margin as reported was 36.1%; however, it would have been equivalent to 37.5% if $31 million of charges related to the NXP wireless acquisition inventorystep-up~~ ~~from cost of goods sold had been excluded. Sequentially, excluding the NXP wireless purchase accounting effects, our~~2009 gross margin was ~~basically flat while year-over-year it had~~37.0%, increasing both compared to the 36.1% registered in the equivalent period in 2008 and the 31.3% reported in the third quarter of 2009. The fourth quarter benefited from a more favorable economic environment, which contributed to improved ~~slightly.~~sales volume and, consequently, the loading of our fabs. Our fourth quarter ~~2008~~ gross margin was ~~significantly reduced~~also favorably impacted by ~~unsaturation charges associated with several sites being closed~~improved efficiencies resulting from our restructuring and cost cutting measures, in ~~response~~particular the closing of certain fabs. However, we were still not at full saturation and our margin continued to falling demand, which we estimate to have impacted our results by approximately 200 basis points. The profitable contribution from a favorable currency impact and an improved product mix (on a year-over-year basis) were offset by the negative impact of substantially lower sales and the above mentionedreflect certain unused capacity charges.

Our operating expenses, ~~comprising~~combining selling, general and administrative expenses ~~as well as~~and research and development expenses, grew in 2009 compared to 2008, due primarily to increased R&D ~~increased~~activities consolidated with our recent wireless integration, and despite a significant favorable currency impact. As in ~~2008 compared to 2007 due to~~ the significantly unfavorable U.S. dollar exchange rate and recent acquisitions. Additionally, such acquisitions, which included the NXP wireless business, Genesis and a 3G wireless design team, required us to book additional charges of $97 million related to IP R&D during 2008 and $37 million intangible amortization. Ourprevious year, 2009 R&D expenses ~~in 2008~~ were accounted for net of ~~$161 million of~~certain tax credits directly associated with our ongoing ~~programs following~~programs. In 2009, the ~~amendment~~amount of ~~a law~~these credits was $146 million compared to $161 million in ~~one of our jurisdictions. In 2007, similar credits were registered as an income tax benefit.~~2008.

In ~~2008,~~2009, we continued certain ongoing restructuring ~~activities~~initiatives and ~~also~~ implemented new ~~headcount reduction~~ programs to streamline our cost structure, in ~~light~~particular after the consolidation of the ~~current adverse market conditions.~~new wireless activities. This resulted in impairment and restructuring charges of ~~approximately $265 million. We also~~$291 million, similar to the amount booked in 2008. In 2008, we reported an additional ~~cost~~charges of $216 million in connection with the ~~FMG deal closure and changes in certain terms~~closing of the FMG transaction.

~~In the fourth quarter of 2008, the amount of impairment and restructuring charges was equivalent to $91 million.~~

Our “Other income and expenses, net” improved significantly in ~~2008,~~2009, supported by additional funds granted to our R&D programs through new contracts signed with the French government covering the period 2008 through 2012. Total funding recognized in 2009 was approximately $202 million, including the recognition of contracts signed in 2009 but also related to 2008 projects, significantly higher than the $83 million registered in the prior year period. As a ~~favorable~~ result, ~~in our currency exchange transactions~~“Other income and ~~lowerstart-up~~ ~~costs, resulting~~expenses, net” resulted in income of ~~$62~~$166 million compared to income of ~~$48~~$62 million in ~~the equivalent period in 2007.~~2008.

Our ~~as reported~~ operating result in ~~2008~~2009 was a loss of ~~$198~~$1,023 million compared to a loss of ~~$545~~$198 million in ~~2007. Our~~2008. As indicated above, our operating ~~result~~loss was largely negatively impacted by ~~impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, as~~

~~well as specific one-time charges associated with~~ the ~~purchase accounting for~~material drop in our ~~acquisitions. Excluding such factors, which were booked for $481 million as impairment, restructuring charges, and other related closure costs, $88 million as inventorystep-up~~ in cost of sales and $97 million as IP R&D expenses, our operating performance would have been equivalent to a pro forma profit of $468 million. (For more information on our pro forma performance, see Item 5 “2008 vs. 2007 — Operating loss” below). In 2007, the equivalent operating pro forma profit, which also excluded one-time elements, would have been $683 million. The decrease in revenues and unused capacity charges, which exceeded the ~~material negative impact~~benefits of the ~~weakening~~strengthening U.S. dollar exchange rate ~~were~~and higher amounts of R&D funding. Our fourth quarter 2009 operating result was a loss of $6 million, decreasing from the ~~main contributors to such a negative~~previous quarter’s loss of $196 million, driven by higher sales volume and improved manufacturing efficiencies. Our product segments, except Wireless, achieved operating ~~performance.~~

The valuation of the fair value of our Auction Rate Securities — purchased for our account by Credit Suisse Securities LLC contrary to our instruction — required recording an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $127 million in 2008, of which $55 million was recordedprofit in the fourth ~~quarter~~quarter. IMS and ACCI, in particular, registered a substantial improvement in their level of 2008. On February 16, 2009, we announced that an arbitration panel of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), in a full and final resolution of the issues submitted for determination, awarded us, in connection with sales of unauthorized auction rate securities made to us by Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“Credit Suisse”), approximately $406 million, comprising compensatory damages, as well as interest, attorney’s fees and consequential damages, which were assessed against Credit Suisse. In addition, we are entitled to retain an interest award of approximately $25 million that has already been paid. At collection of the payment, we will transfer ownership of our portfolio of unauthorized auction rate securities to Credit Suisse. On February 17, 2009, we filed a petition in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York seeking enforcement of the award. However, Credit Suisse has appointed a new outside counsel and announced its intent to contest enforcement of the FINRA award. In addition, we recorded a $11 million impairment on a Floating Rate Note issued by Lehman Brothers following its Chapter 11 filing on September 15, 2008, whose recoverability has been estimated at half the nominal value.profitability.

Interest income, net decreased significantly from ~~$83 million as at December 31, 2007 to~~ $51 million ~~as at December 31,~~in 2008 ~~as a consequence of a decline~~to $9 million in ~~our available cash and cash equivalents~~2009 due to ~~the payment of approximately $1.7 billion related to the acquisition of NXP wireless and Genesis, in addition to less~~lower interest income ~~received on our financial resources as a result of~~resulting from significantly lower U.S. dollar and Euro denominated interest rates registered in the financial markets compared to ~~2007.~~2008.

In ~~2008, due to the deterioration of both the global economic situation and the Memory market segment, as well as the actual and projected results in our Numonyx memory joint venture,~~2009, we ~~assessed the fair value of our investment and recorded~~booked a ~~$480~~$337 million ~~other-than-temporary impairment charge on the line Earnings (loss)~~loss on equity ~~investment in the consolidated statements~~investments, mainly consisting of ~~income, of which $180~~$303 million was booked in the fourth quarter. The calculation of the impairment was based on both an income approach, using discounted cash flows, and a market approach, using the metrics of comparable public companies applied to Numonyx’s current and projected revenues and EBITDA. In addition, in 2008 we registered a $65 million equity loss related to our proportional stake in Numonyx, ~~$16~~which included a $200 million ~~of which was reported~~equity investment impairment recorded in the ~~fourth quarter.~~first quarter 2009. In 2008, our loss on equity investments was $553 million almost entirely attributable to our loss in Numonyx.

In summary, our profitability ~~during 2008~~in 2009 was negatively impacted by the following factors:


	•	~~The~~ sharp drop in demand as a result of the global economic downturn;

	•	negative pricing trend;

	•	~~The~~ manufacturing inefficiencies experienced in our fabs due to the disruption in their operations throughout the year;

	•	unused capacity charges arising from the underutilization of our fabs;

	•	loss recorded in relation to our equity investments, although mitigated compared to the prior year;

	•	additional impairment and other restructuring charges related to our ongoing ~~programs;~~and newly adopted plans, although lower compared to the prior year;


	•	~~The impairment loss recorded on our equity investment in Numonyx;~~

	•	~~The weakening of~~ the ~~U.S. dollar exchange rate;~~

	•	~~The one-time items related to~~additional R&D expenses inherited from the ~~purchase accounting for acquisitions;~~integrated wireless businesses, while the synergy plans are being implemented; and

	•	~~The other-than-temporary loss~~losses on financial ~~assets.~~assets, pending the payment by Credit Suisse of the amount due pursuant to the FINRA arbitration award that is favorable to us.

The aforementioned factors ~~above~~ were partially offset by the following ~~favorable~~ elements:


	•	~~Our~~ favorable currency impact;

	•	improved product portfolio mix, ~~which contributed~~after deconsolidating Flash and integrating the wireless businesses;

	•	additional funding for our R&D projects;

	•	the cost savings resulting to ~~our revenues;~~date from the restructuring programs that are in progress; and

	•	~~The improvements~~non-controlling interest related to the 50% ownership of ST-Ericsson’s losses, which counterbalanced the negative operating results in ~~our manufacturing performance.~~the wireless segment.

~~2008 was~~Our fourth quarter financial results reflect a ~~critically important~~positive finish to a very difficult year for ~~advancing~~us, the ~~repositioning of our product portfolio, with our resources~~semiconductor industry and ~~investments focused on power applications and multi-media convergence with wireless and digital consumer.~~

~~Fourth~~the global economy. Our fourth quarter net revenues increased sequentially above our outlook range and our gross margin came ~~in at~~above the ~~mid-point~~midpoint of our outlook ~~as updated~~range. We approached break-even with a $6 million loss after restructuring charges of $96 million. Excluding restructuring charges, our fourth quarter operating result therefore returned to profitability. Our stronger than forecasted quarterly sequential revenue performance was thanks to growth in ~~early December. They reflected the accelerated level of order push-outs~~all regions and ~~cancellations, as well as the decrease in demand experienced~~market segments, with all segments, except Telecom, posting double-digit growth. As a result, we improved our financial performance in the ~~semiconductor industry as the~~fourth quarter ~~progressed. All product areas were negatively affected, particularly Automotive, Wireless~~in terms of operating margins and ~~Computer Peripherals. Gross margin was somewhat lower than the mid-point of our revised outlook, mostly due to our final product mix being below our expectations, particularly in Wireless.~~net operating cash flow despite an unfavorable currency environment.

~~For full year 2008,~~Despite the challenging economic environment, we made significant progress asover the course of 2009 by successfully delivering on key actions announced earlier in the year. First, we ~~gained market share~~protected and then enhanced our cash position. Second, we made excellent progress in lowering our cost base with a ~~strong product portfolio. We~~$1 billion cost savings plan announced in mid-2009, which we anticipate will ~~continue this momentum in 2009 as we focus on developing more innovative products. Looking at our position in~~be completed by around the ~~semiconductor market, in 2008 our revenues result was better than the performance~~middle of ~~the overall market and we believe we have approached a record level of market share.~~

We also generated net operating cash flow of $161 million for the fourth quarter of 2008 and $648 million for the full year, excluding payments for mergers and acquisitions transactions. As a result, despite a more difficult fourth quarter environment, we finished 2008 with a solid financial position. In 2009, we will continue to focus on cash flow as well as maintaining a strong and flexible capital structure.

~~First Quarter 2009 Results~~2010.

Our ~~revenues as reported in the first quarter of 2009 were $1,660 million, a decline of 33% over the same period in 2008 driven~~focus on strong capital management is clearly evidenced from our cash flow and balance sheet metrics. We took aggressive actions to generate cash by ~~significant weakness across most geographic and market segments. Included in~~accelerating our first quarter 2009 net revenues as reported was a $238 million contribution from the NXP and EMP wireless businesses, which was lower than the $299 million contribution from FMG revenues that had occurred in the first quarter of 2008. On a sequential basis, first quarter 2009 revenues decreased 27%, with all market segments negatively impacted by the adverse conditions originating from the economic downturn, which resultedcash conversion cycle, resulting in a ~~strong~~$565 million reduction in ~~demand.~~

~~Our gross margin was 26.3% due to~~inventory and record turns above five times. We reduced the ~~significant amount of unused capacity charges, which accounted for over 8 percentage points.~~

Our “Other income and expenses, net” improved significantly in the first quarter of 2009 to $63 million, as a result of recording in the quarter the income originated by the new contracts signed with the French Administration, to fund certainratio of our ~~R&D programs through 2012, the larger part of this funding related~~capital expenditures to a~~catch-up~~ ~~funding for 2008.~~

~~Our as reported operating result~~sales to 5.3%, in the first quarter of 2009 was a loss of $393 million compared to a loss of $88 million in the first quarter of 2008. Our operating result was largely impacted by the significant decline in revenues and the impact of underutilization charges partially balanced by the stronger dollar exchange rate.

~~In the first quarter of 2009 we registered a $233 million equity loss primarily related to~~line with our ~~proportional stake in Numonyx and the impairment~~asset lighter strategy. We repurchased approximately one-third of our ~~equity investment~~outstanding convertible bonds with no need of refinancing. We closed the year with $2.9 billion in ~~the company.~~

~~Our net result was a loss of $541 million ($.62) per share.~~

~~After the $1,100 million~~ cash, ~~received from Ericsson for their investment in the ST-Ericsson joint venture, we moved our financial position to~~restricted cash and marketable securities and with a net cash position of ~~$254~~$420 million asat of ~~March 28,~~December 31, 2009, significantly improving from a net debt ~~position as~~ of $545 million ~~as of~~at December 31, 2008.

Business Outlook

~~While it is extremely difficult~~We started the first quarter of 2010 with a solid backlog and are working to ~~predict how~~serve our customers’ demand. In line with historical trends, we expect to register a sequential net revenue decrease in the first quarter of 2010 of between about -7% and -13%, which equates to an increase of 35% to 45% in net revenues when compared to theyear-over-year period. We expect a better than historical evolution in our gross margin to about 37.5%, plus or minus 1 percentage point, thanks to better manufacturing loading and efficiencies and an improved product mix.

Looking forward, we believe we are well positioned to benefit from the industry upturn because of the important work we have done in product and technology innovation. We plan to deliver the benefits of our innovation to our customers and we also expect ST-Ericsson to execute on its plan to transition to the new portfolio strategy they have devised for their next generation offering. Our recent design-wins for digital consumer platforms, ASICs, and automotive products and our many promising offerings including 32-bit microcontrollers, MEMS with our new families of gyroscopes and active microphones, low-power sensors for healthcare, and building automation applications highlight our efforts to continuously improve our product portfolio.

We have emerged from the recession in a stronger financial position. Our balance sheet is among the strongest in the semiconductor industry, with healthy receivables, appropriate inventory levels and a solid net cash position. Two of our three product segments have returned to profitability and are expected to improve their level of operating margin performance as we move through 2010. We also expect ST-Ericsson to complete its cost realignment plan during the year. Overall, we are confident that all product segments will ~~evolve~~contribute to further improvement in ~~2009, we believe it could be a year of fundamental change and opportunity.~~our operating results.

6950

~~We have~~In summary, we are excited about the ~~following key priorities for 2009:~~many opportunities ahead of us. While we continue to make solid progress on reducing our cost structure, our innovative product portfolio is positioning us well to achieve sustainable profitability and cash flow generation.


	•	~~We will be focused on improving our competitiveness as we execute our plan to develop ST-Ericsson following its creation in the first quarter;~~

	•	We are working to reduce our costs by over $700 million in 2009 with respect to our fourth quarter 2008 cost base. To reach such targets, we are pursuing a combination of initiatives, such as ongoing restructuring activities and new programs focused on resizing our manufacturing operations and streamlining expenses. Such actions are expected to affect approximately 4,500 jobs worldwide in 2009.

	•	~~We continue to advance our lighter asset strategy focused on careful management of our capital investments. As a result, we have set a capex budget of approximately $500 million~~ Our outlook is based on an assumed effective currency exchange rate of approximately $1.42 = €1.00 for ~~2009, which represents a 50% reduction, approximately, compared to 2008.~~

~~Current uncertainty in~~ the ~~global financial markets, economic recession in~~2010 first quarter, which reflects an assumed exchange rate of $1.44 = €1.00, combined with the world’s major economies, seasonality, and the effect on demand for semiconductor products in the key application markets and from key customers served by our products make it extremely difficult to accurately forecast product demand and other related matters. Consequently, inimpact of existing hedging contracts averaging a hedged rate of about $1.41 = €1.00. In addition, the first quarter ~~of 2009, we~~ will only provide approximate revenue and gross margin internal planning targets with respect to the second quarter of 2009. We are currently planning for revenues in the second quarter 2009 to be in the range of $1.73 billion to $1.93 billion. As we continue our efforts to reduce inventory levels during this timeframe, fab loading will run at levels of about 50%, driving gross margin to an extraordinary low level which we are planning for internal purposes to be in the mid 20s, as a percentage of sales. Gross margin is subject to changes in demand levels and pricing that could impact fab loading, inventory write-offs, mix and unit costs, and combined with currency fluctuations could potentially create additional margin variability.close on March 27, 2010.

These are forward-looking statements that are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially; in particular, refer to those known risks and uncertainties described in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors” herein.

Other Developments

On ~~January 15, 2008,~~February 3, 2009, we announced that the following individuals had been appointed as new executive officers, all reporting to President and Chief Executive Officer Carlo Bozotti: Orio Bellezza, as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Front-End Manufacturing; Jean-Marc Chery, as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer; Executive Vice President Andrea Cuomo, as Executive Vice President and General Manager of our Europe Region, who also maintains his responsibility for the Advanced System Technology (“AST”) organization and, as of January 2009, is General Manager of Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Loïc Lietar, as Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business Development; and Pierre Ollivier, as Corporate Vice President and General Counsel.

On January 17, 2008, we acquired effective control of Genesis under the terms of a tender offer announced on December 11, 2007. On January 25, 2008, we acquired the remaining common shares of Genesis that had not been acquired through the original tender by offering the right to receive the same $8.65 per share price paid in the original tender offer. Payment of approximately $340 million for the acquired shares was made through a wholly-owned subsidiary that was merged with and into Genesis promptly thereafter. On closing, Genesis became part of our Home Entertainment & Displays (“HED”) business activity which is part of the new Automotive, Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (“ACCI”) segment.

~~On March 30, 2008, we, together with Intel and Francisco Partners~~ announced the closing of our previously announced Numonyx joint venture. At the closing, we contributed our flash memory assets and businesses in NOR and NAND, including our Phase Change Memory (“PCM”) resources and NAND joint venture interest, to Numonyx in exchange for a 48.6% equity ownership stake in common stock and $155.6 million in long-term subordinated notes. These long-term notes yield interest at appropriate market rates at inception. Intel contributed its NOR assets and certain assets related to PCM resources, while Francisco Partners L.P., a private equity firm, invested $150 million in cash. Intel and Francisco Partners’ equity ownership interests in Numonyx are 45.1% in common shares and 6.3% in convertible preferred stock, respectively. The convertible stock of Francisco Partners

includes preferential payout rights. In addition, Intel and Francisco Partners received long-term subordinated notes of $144.4 million and $20.2 million, respectively. In liquidation events in which proceeds are insufficient to pay off the term loan, revolving credit facility and the Francisco Partners’ preferential payout rights, the subordinated notes will be deemed to have been retired. Also at the closing, Numonyx B.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Numonyx, entered into financing arrangements for a $450 million term loan and a $100 million committed revolving credit facility from Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A. and Unicredit Banca d’Impresa S.p.A. The loans have a four-year term and we and Intel have each granted in favor of Numonyx B.V. a 50% guarantee not joint and several, for indebtedness. At closing of the transaction, Numonyx had a cash position of about $585 million. The closing of the transaction also includes certain supply agreements and transition service agreements for administrative functions between Numonyx and us. The transition service agreements have terms up to one year with fixed monthly or usage based payments. Numonyx’s cash position amounted approximately to $500 million as at December 31, 2008.

On April 10, 2008, we announced our agreement with NXP, an independent semiconductor company founded by Philips, to combine our respective key wireless operations to form a joint venture company with strong relationships with all major handset manufacturers. The new company is intended, through its scale, to better meet customer needs in 2G, 2.5G, 3G, multi-media, connectivity and all future wireless technologies. The transaction closed on July 28, 2008 and the joint venture company, which is named ST-NXP Wireless, started operations on August 2, 2008. At closing, we received an 80% stake in the joint venture and paid NXP $1,518 million net of cash received, including a control premium that was funded from outstanding cash. The consideration also included a contribution in kind, measured at fair value, corresponding to a 20% interest in our wireless business. As at December 31, 2008, NXP owned a 20% interest in the venture; however, we and NXP agreed on a future exit mechanism for NXP’s interest, which involved put and call options based on the financial results of the business that was exercisable prior to the closing of our agreement with Ericsson, announced on August 20, 2008, to establish~~ST-Ericsson,~~ ~~as we had the right to an accelerated call, which we exercised in the first quarter of 2009 for $92 million.~~

~~At our annual general meeting of shareholders held on May 14, 2008, our shareholders adopted,~~~~inter alia~~~~, the following resolutions upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board:~~


	•	The reappointment for a three-year term, expiring at the end of our 2011 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, of Carlo Bozotti as the sole member of the Managing Board and the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer;

	•	The reappointment for a three-year term, expiring at the end of our 2011 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, for the following members of the Supervisory Board: Mr. Gérald Arbola, Mr. Tom de Waard, Mr. Didier Lombard and Mr. Bruno Steve;

	•	~~The appointment for a three-year term, expiring at the end of our 2011 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, as a member of the Supervisory Board of Mr. Antonino Turicchi;~~

	•	The distribution of a cash dividend of $0.36 per share, paid in four equal quarterly installments to shareholders of record in the month of each quarterly payment (our shares traded ex-dividend on May 19, 2008, August 18, 2008, November 24, 2008 and February 23, 2009;

	•	~~Authorization to repurchase up to 30 million of our issued share capital under certain limitations and in accordance with applicable law; and~~

	•	~~The reappointment for a two-year term, expiring at the end of our 2010 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, of PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V. as our external auditors.~~

~~On August 20, 2008, we announced~~ our agreement to merge ST-NXP Wireless into a ~~50/50~~ joint venture with EMP, and on February 3, 2009, the transaction closed. The joint venture begins as a major supplier to four of the industry’s top five handset manufacturers, who together represent about 80% of global handset shipments, as well as to other exciting industry leaders.EMP. Ericsson contributed $1.1 billion ~~net~~ to the joint venture ~~out of which $0.7 billion~~and $700 million was paid to us. Prior to the closing of the transaction, we exercised our option to buy out NXP’s 20% ownership stake of ST-NXP Wireless. ~~Alain Dutheil, presently CEO~~Governance of ~~ST-NXP Wireless and our Chief Operating Officer, leads the joint venture as President and Chief Executive Officer. Governance~~ST-Ericsson is ~~balanced. Each~~balanced, with each parent ~~appoints~~appointing four

directors to the ~~board with Carl-Henric Svanberg, President and CEO of Ericsson, as the Chairman of the Board and Carlo Bozotti, our President and CEO, as the Vice Chairman.~~board. Employing about 8,000 people — roughly 3,000 from Ericsson and approximately 5,000 from us — ~~the new global leader in wireless technologies~~ST-Ericsson is headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland. On September 2, 2009, ST-Ericsson announced the appointment of wireless industry expert Gilles Delfassy as president and CEO. Mr. Delfassy assumed his position on November 2, 2009.

On February 16, 2009, we announced that anwe had received a favorable arbitration ~~panel of~~award by FINRA ~~in a full and final resolution of the issues submitted for determination, awarded us, in connection with sales of unauthorized auction rate securities made to us by~~against Credit Suisse for unauthorized investments made in ARS, awarding approximately $406 million ~~comprising compensatory damages,~~plus interest to us. For more information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

At the end of March 2009, we entered into a framework agreement with the French Ministry of Economy, Industry and Employment for the “Nano2012” Research and Development program, which confirmed our position as ~~well as interest, attorney’s fees~~the Coordinator and ~~consequential damages, which were assessed against Credit Suisse. In addition, we are entitled~~Project Leader and allocated to ~~retain an interest award of approximately $25~~us €340 million ~~that has already been paid. At collection of~~(about $450 million) in grants for the ~~payment, we will transfer ownership of our portfolio of unauthorized auction rate securities to Credit Suisse.~~period2008-2012. On ~~February~~July 17, 2009 we ~~filed a petition~~formally launched the program at our site in ~~the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York seeking enforcement of the award.~~Crolles, near Grenoble, France.

On March 31, 2009, we announced the completion of our $500 million medium-term committed credit-facilities program. The $500 million of credit facilities were provided on a bilateral basis by Intesa-San Paolo, Société Générale, Citibank, Centrobanca (UBI Group) and Unicredit. The loan agreements had been executed between October 2008 and March 2009 with commitments from the banks for up to 3 years. We do not currently envisage any utilization of these credit facilities, which have been set up for liquidity purposes to strengthen the Company’s financial flexibility.

At our annual general meeting of shareholders ~~to be~~ held on May 20, 2009, the following proposals,inter alia,~~, will be submitted for~~ were approvedand/or adopted by our ~~shareholders’ approval:~~shareholders:


	•	The distribution of a cash dividend of ~~US$0.12~~$0.12 per common share, to be paid in four equal installments, onin May ~~25,~~ 2009, August ~~24,~~ 2009, November ~~23,~~ 2009 and February ~~22,~~ 2010. Payment of an installment will be made to ~~those deriving their rights from our common shares at~~shareholders of record in the ~~aforementioned dates;~~month of each quarterly payment;

	•	The reappointment for a three-year term, expiring at the 2012 Annual General Meeting, for the following members of the Supervisory Board: Mr. Doug Dunn and Dr. Didier Lamouche; and

	•	The maximum number of “restricted” Share Awards under our existing5-year Employee Unvested Share Award Plan(2008-2012) of 30,500,000, which includes any Unvested Stock Awards granted to our President and CEO as part of his compensation, with the maximum number of “restricted” shares in 2009 to be 6,100,000.

On June 25, 2009, we announced the publication of our 2008 Corporate Responsibility Report. The report which covers all our activities and sites in 2008, contains detailed indicators of our performance across the full range of Social, Environmental, Health & Safety, and Corporate Governance issues and reaffirms our long-established commitment to serving its stakeholders with integrity, transparency and excellence.

On September 22, 2009 we announced the appointment of Paul Grimme as Corporate Vice President and General Manager of the Automotive Product Group (APG), reporting to our President and CEO, Carlo Bozotti.

In December 2009, we began a program to repurchase a portion of our outstanding Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2016 (“2016 Bonds”). At December 31, 2009, a total of 98 thousand bonds with an accreted

value of $106 million had been repurchased for a total cash consideration of $103 million. The bonds were repurchased in off market transactions by financial intermediaries, acting as agents for us. On January 14, 2010, we completed our program, repurchasing over 200 thousand additional 2016 Bonds, with an accreted value of $215 million for a total cash consideration of $212 million. In all, the repurchased bonds represented approximately $321 million, or 30.6% of the total amount originally issued and were equivalent to 13,070,129 shares. The repurchased bonds have been cancelled in accordance with their terms.

On December 3, 2009, we announced changes in our global sales and marketing organization, which consolidated our regions in Asia to two: Greater China and South Asia; and Japan and Korea. Greater China and South Asia will be led by Corporate Vice President Francois Guibert, and Japan and Korea will be led by Corporate Vice President Marco Cassis. In addition, we announced that Corporate Vice President Bob Krysiak will spearhead our efforts to expand into Central and South America and to continue to increase market share in North America. With this move, we have put in place an organization to further improve the overall focus and effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts.

On January 4, 2010, we announced the signature of a joint agreement with Enel and Sharp for the manufacture of triple-junction thin-film photovoltaic panels in Italy. The factory, located in Catania, Italy in the existing M6 facility to be contributed by us, is expected to have an initial production capacity of 160 MW per year. The plant’s capacity is targeted to be gradually increased to 480 MW per year over the next few years and from its start will represent the single most important production facility for solar panels in Italy. Photovoltaic panel manufacturing at the Catania plant is expected to start at the beginning of 2011.

On February 3, 2010, we announced that Tjerk Hooghiemstra joined the Company as ExecutiveVice-President, Chief Administrative Officer, reporting to our President and CEO, Carlo Bozotti. This new position was created with the aim of generating synergies among several staff organizations by optimizing the functions of Human Resources, Health & Safety, Education, Legal, Internal Communication, Security and Corporate Responsibility.

On February 10, 2010, we announced that we, together with our partners Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners, had entered into a definitive agreement with Micron Technology Inc., in which Micron will acquire Numonyx Holdings B.V. in an all-stock transaction. In this transaction, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the definitive agreement, in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of Numonyx, the cancellation of30-year notes due to the Numonyx shareholders by Numonyx, and the assumption of all outstanding restricted stock units held by Numonyx employees at closing, Micron will issue to Numonyx’s shareholders an aggregate of 140 million shares of Micron common stock, subject to a purchase price adjustment on a linear basis of up to 10 million additional shares of Micron common stock to the extent the volume weighted average price of the Micron shares for the 20 trading days, ending two days prior to the closing of the transaction, ranges from $9.00 to $7.00 per share. At the closing, 15% of the Micron shares issuable to us and the other sellers will be deposited into escrow for 12 months as partial security for our indemnification obligations to Micron. Micron shares will be held by us as a financial investment. Based on Micron’s closing stock price on February 9, 2010 of $9.08 per share, we will receive — in exchange for our 48.6% stake in Numonyx and the cancellation of the30-year note due to us by Numonyx — approximately 66.6 million shares of Micron common stock (including the shares that will be held in escrow and taking into account a payable of $77.8 million that we owe to Francisco Partners) and the transfer to us from Numonyx of the M6 industrial facility in Catania, Italy. As previously announced, we plan to contribute our M6 facility in Catania to our new photovoltaic joint initiative with Enel and Sharp. Upon closing, Numonyx will repay the full amount of its outstanding $450 million term loan, while simultaneously terminating our $225 million guarantee of its debt. The closing of the deal is subject to regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions.

Results of Operations

Segment Information

We operate in two business areas: Semiconductors and Subsystems.

In the semiconductors business area, we design, develop, manufacture and market a broad range of products, including discrete and standard commodity components, application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”), full-custom devices and semi-custom devices and application-specific standard products (“ASSPs”) for analog, digital and mixed-signal applications. In addition, we further participate in the manufacturing value chain of Smartcard products through our divisions, which include the production and sale of both silicon chips and Smart cards.

~~Beginning on January 1, 2007,~~As of March 31, 2008, following the creation with Intel of Numonyx, a new independent semiconductor company from the key assets of our and ~~until August 2, 2008,~~Intel’s Flash memory business (“FMG deconsolidation”), we ~~reported our semiconductor sales and operating income in~~ceased reporting the ~~following product segments:~~FMG segment.


	•	Application Specific Groups (“ASG”), comprised of four product lines: Home Entertainment & Displays Group (“HED”), Mobile, Multi-media & Communications Group (“MMC”), Automotive Products Group (“APG”) and Computer Peripherals Group (“CPG”);


	•	Industrial and Multi-segment Sector (“IMS”), comprised of the former Micro, Power, Analog (“MPA”) segment, non-Flash memory and Smartcard products and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“MEMS”); and

7252


	•	Flash Memories Group (“FMG”). As of March 31, 2008, following the creation with Intel of Numonyx, a new independent semiconductor company from the key assets of our and Intel’s Flash memory business (“FMG deconsolidation”), we ceased reporting under the FMG segment.

Starting August 2, 2008, ~~following the creation of the joint venture company with NXP,~~ we reorganized our product groups. A new segment ~~called Wireless Product Sector (“WPS”)~~ was created to report wireless operations. ~~The~~Moreover, as of February 3, 2009, we added the MP product line ~~Mobile, Multi-media & Communications Group (“MMC”), which was a part of the segment Application Specific Groups (“ASG”) was abandoned and its divisions were reallocated~~ to ~~different product lines. The remainder of ASG is now comprised of Automotive, Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (“ACCI”).~~Wireless.

The ~~new~~ organization isduring 2009 was as follows:


	•	Automotive, Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure ~~Product Groups~~ (“ACCI”), comprised of ~~three~~four product lines:


	•	~~Home Entertainment & Displays (“HED”), which now includes the Imaging division;~~

	•	~~Automotive Products Group (“APG”); and,~~

	•	~~Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“CCI”), which now includes the Communication Infrastructure division.~~

• Automotive Products Group (“APG”);

• Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“CCI”);

• Home Entertainment & Displays (“HED”); and

• Imaging (“IMG”).


	•	Industrial and ~~Multi-segment Products~~Multi segment Sector (“IMS”), comprised of:

• Analog Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“APM”); and

• Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smart Card products (“MMS”).


	•	Wireless (“Wireless”), comprised of:


	•	~~Analog Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical~~Cellular Systems (“~~APM”); and~~

	•	~~Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smartcard products (“MMS”).~~


	•	~~Wireless Products Sector (“WPS”), comprised of three product lines:~~


	•	~~Wireless Multi Media (“WMM”~~CS”);

	•	Connectivity & Peripherals (“C&P”); ~~and~~

	•	~~Cellular Systems~~Mobile Platforms (“~~CS”~~MP”).;

	•	Wireless Multi Media (“WMM”);

~~Following~~in which, since February 3, 2009, we report the ~~creation~~portion of sales and operating results of ST-Ericsson as consolidated in our revenue and operating results; and


	•	Other Wireless, in which we report manufacturing margin, R&D revenues and other items related to the wireless business but outside the ST-Ericsson JVS.

As of January 1, 2010, Wireless is comprised of the following lines:

• 2 GE TD-SCDMA & Connectivity;

• 3G Multimedia & Platforms;

• LTE & 3G Modem Solutions;

in which we report the portion of sales and operating results of ST-Ericsson ~~joint venture on February 1, 2009, the Wireless Products Sector segment will be reorganized~~as consolidated in our revenue and ~~renamed “Wireless”.~~operating results; and


	•	Other Wireless, in which we report manufacturing margin, R&D revenues and other items related to the wireless business but outside the ST-Ericsson JVS.

We have restated our results in prior periods for illustrative comparisons of our performance by product segment. The preparation of segment information based on the ~~new~~current segment structure requires management to make significant estimates, assumptions and judgments in determining the operating income of the segments for the prior reporting periods. ~~Management believes~~We believe that the restated ~~2006~~2007 and ~~2007~~2008 presentation is consistent with ~~2008’s~~2009’s and ~~uses~~we use these comparatives when managing ~~the~~our Company.

Our principal investment and resource allocation decisions in the semiconductor business area are for expenditures on R&D and capital investments in front-end and back-end manufacturing facilities. These decisions are not made by product segments, but on the basis of the semiconductor business area. All these product segments share common R&D for process technology and manufacturing capacity for most of their products.

In the subsystems business area, we design, develop, manufacture and market subsystems and modules for the telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets including mobile phone accessories, battery chargers, ISDN power supplies and in-vehicle equipment for electronic toll payment. Based on its immateriality to our business as a whole, the Subsystems segment does not meet the requirements for a reportable segment as defined in ~~Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosures~~the guidance on disclosures about ~~Segments~~segments of an ~~Enterprise~~enterprise and ~~Related Information (“FAS 131”).~~related information.

The following tables present our consolidated net revenues and consolidated operating income by semiconductor product group segment. For the computation of the segments’ internal financial measurements, we use certain internal rules of allocation for the costs not directly chargeable to the segments, including cost of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses and a significant part of R&D expenses. Additionally, in compliance with our internal policies, certain cost items are not charged to the segments, including unused capacity charges, impairment, restructuring

charges and other related closure costs,start-up costs of new manufacturing facilities, some strategic and special R&D programs or other corporate-sponsored initiatives, including certain corporate level operating expenses, acquired IP R&D, other non-recurrent purchase accounting items and certain other miscellaneous charges.

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 2006
(In millions)

Net revenues by product segments:

Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (“ACCI”) $ 4,129 $ 3,944 $ 4,122
Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector (“IMS”) 3,329 3,138 2,842
Wireless Products Sector (“WPS”)(1) 2,030 1,495 1,273
Others(2) 55 60 47
Net revenues excluding Flash Memories Group (“FMG”)
9,543 8,637 8,284
Flash Memories Group (“FMG”)(3) 299 1,364 1,570
Total consolidated net revenues
$ 9,842 $ 10,001 $ 9,854

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008 2007
(In millions)

Net revenues by product segments:

Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“ACCI”) $ 3,198 $ 4,129 $ 3,944
Industrial and Multi-segment Sector (“IMS”) 2,641 3,329 3,138
Wireless (Wireless) 2,585 2,030 1,495
Others(1) 86 55 60
Flash Memories Group (“FMG”) — 299 1,364
Total consolidated net revenues
$ 8,510 $ 9,842 $ 10,001

(1) ~~WPS revenues in 2008 included a $491 million contribution from the NXP wireless business.~~
~~(2)~~ Includes revenues from the ~~sale~~sales of subsystems and other products not allocated to product segments.
~~(3)~~ ~~FMG revenues are related to the first quarter of 2008 only.~~

For each product segment, the following table discloses the revenues of their relevant product lines for the periods under review:

Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 2006 2009 2008 2007
(In millions) (In millions)

Net revenues by product lines:

Home Entertainment & Displays (“HED”) $ 1,585 $ 1,402 $ 1,602
Automotive Products Group (“APG”) 1,460 1,419 1,356 $ 1,051 $ 1,460 $ 1,419
Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“CCI”) 1,077 1,123 1,164 932 1,077 1,123
Home Entertainment & Displays (“HED”) 787 1,086 963
Imaging (“IMG”) 417 499 439
Others 7 — — 11 7 —

Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (“ACCI”)
4,129 3,944 4,122
Analog Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“APM”) 2,393 2.313 2,085
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“ACCI”)
3,198 4,129 3,944
Analog, Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“APM”) 1,887 2,393 2,313
Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smartcard products (“MMS”) 936 825 757 752 936 825

Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector (“IMS”)
3,329 3,138 2,842
Others 2 — —
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (“IMS”)
2,641 3,329 3,138
Cellular Systems (“CS”)(1) 748 321 —
Connectivity & Peripherals (“C&P”) 416 416 207
Mobile Platforms (“MP”) 300 — —
Wireless Multi Media (“WMM”) 1,293 1,288 1,210 1,110 1,293 1,288
Connectivity & Peripherals (“C&P”) 416 207 63
Cellular Systems (“CS”)(1) 321 — —

Wireless Products Sector (“WPS”)
2,030 1,495 1,273
Others 11 — —
Wireless (“Wireless”)
2,585 2,030 1,495
Others
55 60 47 86 55 60
Flash Memories Group (“FMG”)
299 1,364 1,570 — 299 1,364

Total consolidated net revenues
$ 9,842 $ 10,001 $ 9,854 $ 8,510 $ 9,842 $ 10,001

(1) CS includes the largest part of the revenues contributed by NXP Wireless and, as such, there are no comparable numbers available for ~~2006 and~~ 2007. C&P also partly benefited from the NXP wireless contribution.

7454

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 2006
(In millions)

Operating income (loss) by product segments:

Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (“ACCI”) $ 107 $ 198 $ 272
Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector (“IMS”) 459 469 441
Wireless Products Sector (“WPS”) (70 ) 105 167

Operating income of product segments excluding FMG
496 772 880
Others(1) (710 ) (1,266 ) (150 )

Operating income (loss) excluding FMG
(214 ) (494 ) 730
Flash Memories Group (“FMG”) 16 (51 ) (53 )

Total consolidated operating income (loss)
$ (198 ) $ (545 ) $ 677

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008 2007
(In millions)

Operating income (loss) by product segments:

Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“ACCI”) $ (91 ) $ 136 $ 198
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (“IMS”) 113 482 469
Wireless (“Wireless”)(1) (356 ) (65 ) 105
Others(2) (689 ) (767 ) (1,266 )
Operating income (loss) excluding FMG
(1,023 ) (214 ) (494 )
Flash Memories Group (“FMG”) — 16 (51 )

Total consolidated operating loss
$ (1,023 ) $ (198 ) $ (545 )

(1) The majority of Wireless’ activities are run through ST-Ericsson JVS, a JV between us and Ericsson. The minority interest of Ericsson in ST-Ericsson’s operating losses (which are 100% included in the wireless segment) is credited in the line “Non controlling interest” of our Income Statement, which reported income of $265 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
(2) Operating ~~income (loss)~~loss of “Others” includes items such as unused capacity charges, impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs,start-up and phase-out costs, and other unallocated expenses such as: strategic or special R&D programs, acquired IP R&D and other non-recurrent purchase accounting items, certain corporate level operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigation, and other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products ~~Group, including, beginning in the second quarter of 2008, the remaining FMG costs. “Others” also included non-recurring purchase accounting items.~~Group.

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 2006
(As percentage of net revenues)

Operating income (loss) by product segments:

Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (“ACCI”) 2.6 % 5.0 % 6.6 %
Industrial and Multi-segment Products Sector (“IMS”) 13.8 14.9 15.5
Wireless Products Sector (“WPS”) (3.4 ) 7.0 13.1
Others(2) — — —
Flash Memories Group (“FMG”)(1) 5.4 (3.7 ) (3.4 )

Total consolidated operating income (loss)(3)
(2.0 )% (5.4 )% 6.9 %

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008 2007
(As percentage of net revenues)

Operating income (loss) by product segments:

Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“ACCI”) (2.8 )% 3.3 % 5.0 %
Industrial and Multi-segment Sector (“IMS”)(1) 4.3 14.5 14.9
Wireless (“Wireless”)(1) (13.8 ) (3.2 ) 7.0
Others(2) — — —
Flash Memories Group (“FMG”)(1) 0 5.4 (3.7 )

Total consolidated operating loss(3)
(12.0 )% (2.0 )% (5.4 )%

(1) As a percentage of net revenues per product group.

(2) ~~As a percentage of total net revenues.~~ Includes operating income (loss) from sales of subsystems and other income (costs) not allocated to product segments.

(3) As a percentage of total net revenues.

7555

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 2006
(In millions)

Reconciliation to consolidated operating income (loss):

Operating income of product segments excluding FMG $ 496 $ 772 $ 880
Operating income (loss) of FMG 16 (51 ) (53 )
Strategic and other research and development programs (24 ) (20 ) (12 )
Acquired IP R&D and other non-recurring purchase accounting items(1) (185 ) — —
Start-up costs
(16 ) (24 ) (57 )
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs (481 ) (1,228 ) (77 )
Seniority awards — (21 ) —
Other non-allocated provisions(2) (4 ) 27 (4 )

Total operating loss Others(3) (710 ) (1,266 ) (150 )

Total consolidated operating income (loss)
$ (198 ) $ (545 ) $ 677

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008 2007
(In millions)

Reconciliation to consolidated operating loss:

Total operating income (loss) of product segments $ (334 ) $ 553 $ 772
Total operating income FMG — 16 (51 )
Unused capacity charges (322 ) (57 ) —
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs (291 ) (481 ) (1,228 )
Start-up / phase- out costs
(39 ) (17 ) (24 )
Strategic and other research and development programs (13 ) (24 ) (20 )
Equipment write-off (11 ) — —
R&D funding (9 ) — —
Consulting fees related to business combinations (8 ) — —
Acquired In-Process R&D and other non recurring purchase accounting items — (185 ) —
Manufacturing services 16 — —
Other non-allocated provisions(1) (12 ) (3 ) 6
Total operating loss Others (689 ) (767 ) (1,266 )
Total consolidated operating loss
$ (1,023 ) $ (198 ) $ (545 )

(1) Non-recurring purchase accounting items are related to Genesis business combination, with an IP R&D charge for $21 million, and the wireless business acquisition from NXP with charges for $164 million, composed of $76 million as IP R&D and $88 million as inventory~~step-up.~~
~~(2)~~ Includes unallocated income and expenses such as certain corporate level operating expenses and other costs that are not allocated to the product segments.
~~(3)~~ ~~Operating income (loss) of “Others” includes items such as impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs,start-up~~ costs, and other unallocated expenses such as: strategic or special R&D programs, acquired IP R&D and other non-recurrent purchase accounting items, certain corporate level operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigation, and other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products Group, including, beginning in the second quarter of 2008, the remaining FMG costs.

Net revenues by location of order shipment and by market segment

The table below sets forth information on our net revenues by location of order shipment:

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 2006
(In millions)

Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)

Europe $ 2,804 $ 3,159 $ 3,073
North America(2) 1,160 1,176 1,232
Asia Pacific 2,201 1,874 2,084
Greater China 2,492 2,750 2,552
Japan 512 475 400
Emerging Markets(1)(2) 673 567 513

Total
$ 9,842 $ 10,001 $ 9,854
~~(1)~~ ~~Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered byU.S.-based~~ companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are classified as Asia Pacific revenues. Furthermore, the comparison among the different periods may be affected by shifts in order shipment from one location to another, as requested by our customers.
76


~~(2)~~		Emerging Markets include markets such as India, Latin America, the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA) and Russia. As of January 1, 2009, Emerging Markets has been reallocated to the Europe, North America and Asia Pacific organizations.

~~The table below shows our net revenues by location of order shipment and market segment application in percentage of net revenues:~~

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 2006
(As percentage of net revenues)

Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)

Europe 28.5 % 31.6 % 31.2 %
North America 11.8 11.8 12.5
Asia Pacific 22.4 18.7 21.1
Greater China 25.3 27.5 25.9
Japan 5.2 4.7 4.1
Emerging Markets(2) 6.8 5.7 5.2

Total
100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Net Revenues by Market Segment Application(3):

Automotive 14.7 % 15.2 % 14.9 %
Consumer 16.6 16.9 16.5
Computer 15.6 16.0 16.6
Telecom 36.5 36.6 37.6
Industrial and Other 16.6 15.3 14.4

Total
100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008 2007
(In millions)

Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)(2)

EMEA $ 2,413 $ 3,024 $ 3,342
Americas 1,015 1,334 1,342
Asia Pacific 2,567 2,480 2,092
Greater China 2,132 2,492 2,750
Japan 383 512 475
Total
$ 8,510 $ 9,842 $ 10,001

(1) Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered byU.S.-based companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are classified as Asia Pacific revenues. Furthermore, the comparison among the different periods may be affected by shifts in order shipment from one location to another, as requested by our customers.

(2) ~~Emerging Markets include markets such as India, Latin America, the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA) and Russia.~~ As of January 1, 2009, Emerging Markets has been reallocated to the ~~Europe, North America~~EMEA, Americas and Asia Pacific organizations.
56

The table below shows our net revenues by location of order shipment and market segment application in percentage of net revenues:

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008 2007
(As percentage of net revenues)

Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)(2)

EMEA 28.4 % 30.7 % 33.4 %
Americas 11.9 13.6 13.4
Asia Pacific 30.2 25.2 20.9
Greater China 25.0 25.3 27.5
Japan 4.5 5.2 4.8

Total
100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Net Revenues by Market Segment Application(3):

Automotive 12.2 % 13.8 % 14.4 %
Consumer 11.5 13.6 14.0
Computer 12.9 12.0 12.4
Telecom 39.9 33.3 33.5
Industrial and Other 7.7 9.0 7.5
Distribution 15.8 18.3 18.2

Total
100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
(1) Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered byU.S.-based companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are classified as Asia Pacific revenues. Furthermore, the comparison among the different periods may be affected by shifts in order shipment from one location to another, as requested by our customers.
(2) As of January 1, 2009, Emerging Markets has been reallocated to the EMEA, Americas and Asia Pacific organizations.

(3) The above table estimates, within a variance of 5% to 10% in the absolute dollar amount, the relative weighting of each of our target segments.

7757

The following table sets forth certain financial data from our Consolidated Statements of Income, expressed in each case as a percentage of net revenues:


	Year Ended December 31,									Year Ended December 31,
	2008			2007			2006			2009			2008			2007
	(As percentage of net revenues)									(As percentage of net revenues)

Net sales		99.5	%		99.7	%		99.8	%		99.5	%		99.5	%		99.7	%
Other revenues		0.5			0.3			0.2			0.5			0.5			0.3

Net revenues		100.0			100.0			100.0			100			100			100
Cost of sales		(63.8	)		(64.6	)		(64.2	)		(69.1	)		(63.8	)		(64.6	)

Gross profit		36.2			35.4			35.8			30.9			36.2			35.4
Selling, general and administrative		(12.1	)		(11.0	)		(10.8	)		(13.6	)		(12.1	)		(11.0	)
Research and development		(21.9	)		(18.0	)		(16.9	)		(27.8	)		(21.9	)		(18.0	)
Other income and expenses, net		0.6			0.5			(0.4	)		1.9			0.6			0.5
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs		(4.8	)		(12.3	)		(0.8	)		(3.4	)		(4.9	)		(12.3	)

Operating income (loss)		(2.0	)		(5.4	)		6.9
Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets		(1.4	)		(0.4	)		—
Operating loss											(12.0	)		(2.0	)		(5.4	)
Other-than-temporary impairment charge and realized losses on financial assets											(1.6	)		(1.4	)		(0.4	)
Interest income, net		0.5			0.8			0.9			0.1			0.5			0.8
Gain (loss) on financial assets											(0.1	)		(0.1	)		—
Gain on convertible debt buyback											0.0			—			—
Earnings (loss) on equity investments		(5.6	)		0.1			(0.1	)		(4.0	)		(5.6	)		0.1
Unrealized gain on financial assets		0.1			—			—

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests		(8.4	)		(4.9	)		7.7
Income tax (expense) benefit		0.5			0.2			0.2

Income (loss) before minority interests		(7.9	)		(4.7	)		7.9
Minority interests		(0.1	)		(0.1	)		—

Net income (loss)		(8.0	)%		(4.8	)%		7.9	%
Loss before income taxes and noncontrolling interests											(17.6	)		(8.4	)		(4.9	)
Income tax benefit											1.1			0.4			0.2
Loss before noncontrolling interests											(16.5	)		(7.9	)		(4.7	)
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest											3.2			(0.1	)		(0.1	)
Net loss attributable to parent company											(13.3	)%		(8.0	)%		(4.8	)%

2009 vs. 2008

Based on published industry data by WSTS, semiconductor industry revenue decreased by approximately 9% for the TAM and 13% for the SAM.

Net Revenues

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008 % Variation
(Audited, in millions)

Net sales $ 8,465 $ 9,792 (13.5 )%
Other revenues 45 50 (10.2 )
Net revenues $ 8,510 $ 9,842 (13.5 )%
In 2009, our net revenues decreased significantly due to the difficult market environment experienced overall by the semiconductor industry. Our revenues performance was basically in line with the SAM’s decline. The majority of our market segments was negatively impacted by these difficult conditions and registered declining rates, except for Telecom, which benefited from the additional contribution of the NXP and EMP wireless businesses integrated in August 2008 and February 2009, respectively. Such a negative trend in our revenues was driven by the large drop in units sold since average selling prices basically remained flat as a result of an improved product mix.
By product segment, both ACCI and IMS registered double digit declines, driven by a sharp drop in sales volume. Wireless, however, increased approximately 27%, benefiting from the additional contribution of the integrated wireless business.
By location of order shipment, all regions but Asia Pacific registered a drop in revenues, ranging from declines of approximately 25% and 24% in Japan and Americas, respectively, to approximately 20% in EMEA and 14% in Greater China. Our largest customer, the Nokia group of companies, accounted for approximately 16.1% of our net revenues, compared to 17.5% during 2008, excluding FMG.

58

Gross profit

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008 % Variation
(Audited, in millions)

Cost of sales $ (5,884 ) $ (6,282 ) 6.3 %
Gross profit $ 2,626 $ 3,560 (26.2 )%
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues) 30.9 % 36.2 % —
Our gross profit in 2009 was largely penalized by unused capacity charges of $322 million due to the significant underloading of our wafer fabs planned in response to dropping demand, coupled with our substantial reduction in inventory and manufacturing inefficiencies. Consequently, our gross margin was largely below the previous year’s result, totaling 30.9%, or a drop of 5.3 percentage points, with unused capacity charges estimated to account for approximately 4 percentage points.
Gross profit and gross margin in 2009, however, benefited from the positive impact of the strengthening U.S. dollar.
Selling, general and administrative expenses

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008 % Variation
(Audited, in millions)

Selling, general and administrative expenses $ (1,159 ) $ (1,187 ) 2.3 %
As a percentage of net revenues (13.6 )% (12.1 )% —
Our selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by approximately 2.3% despite the additional activities related to the integration of the NXP and EMP businesses, mainly due to the favorable impact of the strengthening U.S. dollar exchange rate and savings from the progression of cost restructuring plans. As a percentage of revenues, they increased to 13.6% compared to the prior year, due primarily to the sharp decline in our sales. The 2009 amount included $19 million of share-based compensation charges compared to $37 million in 2008.
Research and development expenses

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008 % Variation
(Audited, in millions)

Research and development expenses $ (2,365 ) $ (2,152 ) (9.9 )%
As a percentage of net revenues (27.8 )% (21.9 )% —
On ayear-over-year basis, our R&D expenses increased in line with the expansion of our activities, including, primarily, the integration of the businesses from NXP and Ericsson. Our 2009 R&D expenses also benefited from a stronger U.S. dollar exchange rate and savings from the progression of cost restructuring plans for both us and ST-Ericsson. The 2009 amount included $11 million of share-based compensation charges compared to $24 million in 2008. Furthermore, there was $55 million related to amortization charges generated by recently integrated intangibles, while the year ago period included $23 million of such amortization charges and $97 million as IP R&D. R&D expenses in 2009 were net of research tax credits, which amounted to $146 million, decreasing $15 million compared to the year-ago period.

59

Other income and expenses, net

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008
(Audited,

in millions)

Research and development funding $ 202 $ 83
Start-up/phase-out costs
(39 ) (17 )
Exchange gain (loss) net 11 20
Patent costs, net of gain from settlement (5 ) (24 )
Gain on sale of other non-current assets 3 4
Other, net (6 ) (4 )
Other income and expenses, net
$ 166 $ 62
As a percentage of net revenues 2.0 % 0.6 %
Other income and expenses, net, mainly included, as income, items such as R&D funding and exchange gain and, as expenses,start-up and phase-out costs. R&D funding income was associated with our R&D projects, which, upon project approval, qualifies as funding pursuant to contracts with local government agencies in locations where we pursue our activities. In 2009, the balance of these factors resulted in net income of $166 million, a significant improvement compared to the equivalent period in 2008, resulting from the booking of new funding for an R&D program in France. As a result, total funding reached in 2009 was $202 million, which included thecatch-up of 2008 projects, and resulted in an amount significantly higher compared to 2008. The 2009 amount also included a higher level of phase-out costs associated with the closure of our facilities in Carrollton, Texas and Ain Sebaa, Morocco.
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008
(Audited, in millions)

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs $ (291 ) $ (481 )
In 2009, we recorded $291 million in impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, of which:
• $126 million related to the closure of our Ain Sebaa (Morocco), Carrollton (Texas) and Phoenix (Arizona) sites, including $101 million of one-time termination benefits, as well as other relevant charges and $25 million as impairment charges on the fair value of Carrollton and Phoenix assets;
• $100 million related to the new plans announced in April and December 2009 by ST-Ericsson, to be completed in 2010, primarily consisting of on-going termination benefits pursuant to the closure of certain locations in Europe and the United States;
• $59 million related to other ongoing and newly committed restructuring plans, consisting primarily of voluntary termination benefits and early retirement arrangements in some of our European locations; and
• $6 million as impairment on certain goodwill.
In 2008, this expense was mainly comprised of the following: $216 million originated by the disposal of the FMG assets, which required the recognition of $190 million as an additional loss as a result of a revision in the terms of the transaction from those expected at December 31, 2007 and $26 million as restructuring and other related disposal costs; $164 million incurred as part of our ongoing 2007 restructuring initiatives which included the closure of our fabs in Phoenix and Carrollton (USA) and of our back-end facilities in Ain Sebaa (Morocco); $13 million as impairment charges on goodwill and certain financial investments; and $88 million for other

60

previously and newly announced restructuring plans, consisting primarily of voluntary termination benefits and early retirement arrangements in some of our European locations.

Operating loss

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008
(Audited, in millions)

Operating loss $ (1,023 ) $ (198 )
As a percentage of net revenues (12.0 )% (2.0 )%
Our operating results were largely impacted by the strong decline in revenues, which also triggered the recognition of significant underutilization charges. As a result, we registered an operating loss of $1,023 million, significantly larger than our operating loss of $198 million in 2008.
All of our product segments registered a decline in their operating results on ayear-over-year basis, driven by the drop in revenues. ACCI moved from a profit of $136 million to a loss of $91 million. IMS registered a profit of $113 million, compared to a profit of $482 million in 2008. Wireless registered an operating loss of $356 million compared to an operating loss of $65 million in the year ago period, due to deteriorated market conditions and additional charges associated with recent acquisitions. The majority of Wireless’ activities are run through ST-Ericsson JVS, the JV between us and Ericsson. The minority interest of Ericsson in ST-Ericsson’s operating losses (which are 100% included in the wireless segment) is credited in the line “Non controlling interest” of our Income Statement, which reported income of $265 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The Segment “Others” reported a significant loss since it included the allocation of $322 million of unused capacity charges, $291 million impairment and restructuring charges and $39 million phase-out costs related to the closure of certain manufacturing facilities.
Other-than-temporary impairment charges and realized losses on financial assets

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008
(Audited, in millions)

Other-than-temporary impairment charges and realized losses on financial assets
$ (140 ) $ (138 )
The 2009 amount is related to another-than-temporary impairment of $72 million and a realized loss of $68 million, both linked to the portfolio of ARS purchased on our account by Credit Suisse contrary to our instruction. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Interest income, net

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008
(Audited, in millions)

Interest income, net $ 9 $ 51
We recorded net interest income of $9 million, which decreased compared to previous periods as a result of significantly lower U.S. dollar and Euro denominated interest rates, despite a higher amount of cash and cash equivalents. The favorable impact of lower interest rates on our financial liabilities at floating rate resulted in a lower average cost of debt of 1.18%.
Loss on equity investments

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008
(Audited, in millions)

Loss on equity investments $ (337 ) $ (553 )
The 2009 amount represented a loss of $337 million, which includes $103 million as our net proportional share of the loss reported by Numonyx, an additional impairment loss of $200 million booked in the first quarter of 2009

61

on our Numonyx equity investment, a $32 million loss related to our proportionate share in JVD as a losspick-up including an amortization of basis difference and $2 million related to other investments.

In 2008, our income on equity investments included our minority interest in the joint venture with Hynix Semiconductor in China, which was transferred to Numonyx on March 30, 2008.

Gain (loss) on financial assets

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008
(Audited, in millions)

Gain (loss) on financial assets $ (8 ) $ 15
In 2006, we entered into cancellable swaps with a combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a fixed interest rate. The cancellable swaps convert the fixed rate interest expense recorded on the convertible bonds due 2016 to a variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. Until November 1, 2008, the cancellable swaps met the criteria for designation as a fair value hedge. Due to the exceptionally low U.S. dollar interest rate as a consequence of the financial crisis, we assessed in 2008 that the swaps were no longer effective as of November 1, 2008 and the fair value hedge relationship was discontinued. Consequently, the swaps were classified asheld-for-trading financial assets. An unrealized gain of $15 million was recognized in earnings from the discontinuance date and was reported on the line “Unrealized gain on financial assets” in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008.
This instrument was sold in 2009 with a loss of $8 million due to variation in the underlying interest rates compared to December 31, 2008.
Gain on convertible debt buyback

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008
(Audited, in millions)

Gain on convertible debt buyback $ 3 $ —
The $3 million gain on convertible debt buyback is related to the repurchase of bonds with a principal value of $106 million for total cash consideration of $103 million. Please see “Capital Resources”.
Income tax benefit

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008
(Audited, in millions)

Income tax benefit $ 95 $ 43
In 2009, we registered an income tax benefit of $95 million, reflecting the actual tax benefit estimated on our loss before income taxes in each of our jurisdictions. This benefit was net of about $56 million booked as a tax expense related to the valuation allowances on our deferred tax asset associated with our estimates of the net operating loss recoverability in certain jurisdictions.
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008
(Audited, in millions)

Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest $ 270 $ (6 )
As a percentage of net revenues 3.2 % (0.1 )%
In 2009, we booked $270 million in income, which primarily represented the share of the loss attributable to noncontrolling interest that included the 20% owned by NXP in the ST-NXP joint venture for the month of January 2009 and the 50% owned by Ericsson in the consolidated ST-Ericsson Holding AG as of February 2009. This amount reflected their share in the joint venture’s losses.

62

All periods included the recognition of noncontrolling interest related to our joint venture in Shenzhen, China for assembly operating activities. Such amounts were not material.

Net loss attributable to parent company

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008
(Audited, in millions)

Net loss attributable to parent company $ (1,131 ) $ (786 )
As a percentage of net revenues (13.3 )% (8.0 )%
In 2009, we reported a loss of $1,131 million as a result of adverse economic conditions, which negatively impacted our operations and certain non-operating charges. In 2008, we had a net loss of $786 million.
Loss per share was $(1.29) in 2009. The impact of restructuring, impairment andother-than-temporary impairment charges was estimated to be approximately $(0.57) per share. In 2008, loss per share was $(0.88) and was impacted for approximately $(1.28) per share by restructuring, impairment charges and other specific one-time items.

2008 vs. 2007

Based upon published industry data by WSTS, semiconductor industry revenue decreased by approximately 2.8% for the TAM while the SAM increased by approximately 2.4%.

Net Revenues

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 % Variation
(Audited, in millions)

Net sales $ 9,792 $ 9,966 (1.8 )%
Other revenues 50 35 —
Net revenues $ 9,842 $ 10,001 (1.6 )%

Our 2008 net revenues decreased 1.6% due to the deconsolidation of FMG at the end of the first quarter of 2008, despite the positive contribution received from the acquired NXP wireless business. FMG revenues accounted for $299 million in 2008 and $1,364 million in 2007, while the NXP wireless contribution accounted for $491 million in 2008. Excluding FMG and the NXP wireless business, our revenues in 2008 would have registered a 4.8% increase over 2007, therefore exceeding the SAM’s performance. Such growth was due, in particular, to an improved product mix and, partially, to an increase in units sold.

All of our product group segments registered an increase in 2008 compared to 2007, with ACCI increasing by 4.7%, IMS by 6.1% and WPS by 2.9%, excluding the NXP wireless business.

By market segment application, Industrial & Others was the main contributor to positiveyear-over-year variation with growth of approximately 6.9% (13.1% excluding Flash). Excluding Flash, Telecom increased by 22.4%.

78
By location of order shipment, Emerging Markets and Asia Pacific registered the most significant growth, by 18.8% and 17.4%, respectively. Japan had a more moderate increase by 7.8%, while Europe and Greater China decreased significantly. ~~America~~Americas remained basically flat. Excluding FMG, all regions increased except for China which remained flat, with the main contributors being Japan, Asia Pacific and Emerging Markets, which increased by 42.8%, 34.6% and 28.1%, respectively.

In 2008, we had several large customers, with the largest one, the Nokia Group of companies, accounting for approximately 18% of our net revenues excluding FMG and the NXP wireless business, decreasing from the 22% (excluding FMG) it accounted for in 2007.

63
Gross profit

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 % Variation
(Audited, in millions)

Cost of sales $ (6,282 ) $ (6,465 ) 2.8 %
Gross profit $ 3,560 $ 3,536 0.7 %
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues) 36.2 % 35.4 %

Our gross profit increased slightly in 2008 compared to 2007, in spite of lower revenues, the significant negative impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate and the inventorystep-up one-time charge related to the purchase accounting for the NXP wireless business. Excluding the inventorystep-up one time charge, our gross margin increased to 37.1% of net revenues compared to 35.4% in 2007, mainly driven by our portfolio repositioning and improvements in our manufacturing performance. Furthermore,year-over-year gross margin reflects an estimated 150 basis points decrease related to the negative impact of currency fluctuations and approximately 60 basis points related to unused capacity charges.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 % Variation
(Audited, in millions)

Selling, general and administrative expenses $ (1,187 ) $ (1,099 ) (8.0 )%
As a percentage of net revenues (12.1 )% (11.0 )% —

Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased by approximately 8% mainly due to the impact of the weakening U.S. dollar exchange rate and the additional expenses originated by recent acquisitions. They also included $14 million of amortization of intangible assets as part of the purchase accounting for the NXP wireless business. In 2008, such expenses included $37 million for share-based compensation, which was the same amount we had registered in 2007.

Research and development expenses

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 % Variation
(Audited, in millions)

Research and development expenses $ (2,152 ) $ (1,802 ) (19.5 )%
As a percentage of net revenues (21.9 )% (18.0 )% —

Our ~~research and development (“~~R~~&D”)~~&D expenses increased for several reasons, such as because of $97 million of one-time charges that were booked as a write-off of IP R&D and $23 million of amortization of acquired intangible assets related to the purchase accounting for the NXP wireless business and Genesis. Additionally, 2008 included higher expenses originated by the expansion of our activities following the acquisition of Genesis and a 3G wireless design team, as well as those associated with the integration of the NXP wireless business. The negative impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate also contributed to the increase. Such higher expenses, however, were partially offset by the benefits of the FMG deconsolidation.

79
R&D expenses in 2008 also included $24 million of share-based compensation charges, compared to $22 million in 2007. In 2008, however, we benefited from $161 million recognized as research tax credits following the amendment of a law in France. The research tax credits were also available in previous periods, however under different terms and conditions. As such, in the past they were not shown as a reduction in R&D expenses but rather as a reduction of income tax expenses for the period.

64
Other income and expenses, net

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 Year Ended December 31,
(Audited,
2008 2007
in millions) (Audited, in millions)

Research and development funding $ 83 $ 97 $ 83 $ 97
Start-up/phase-out costs
(17 ) (24 ) (17 ) (24 )
Exchange gain (loss) net 20 1 20 1
Patent litigation costs (14 ) (18 ) (14 ) (18 )
Patent pre-litigation costs (10 ) (10 ) (10 ) (10 )
Gain on sale of non-current assets 4 — 4 —
Other, net (4 ) 2 (4 ) 2
Other income and expenses, net
$ 62 $ 48 $ 62 $ 48
As a percentage of net revenues 0.6 % 0.5 % 0.6 % 0.5 %

“Other income and expenses, net” resulted in net income of $62 million in 2008, compared to net income of $48 million in 2007 primarily as a result of some exchange gains and lowerstart-up costs. R&D funding included the income of some of our R&D projects, which qualify as funding on the basis of contracts with local government agencies in locations where we pursue our activities. The majority of our R&D funding was received in Italy and France and, compared to 2007, it decreased slightly.

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
(Audited,

in millions)

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs $ (481 ) $ (1,228 )

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
(Audited, in millions)

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs $ (481 ) $ (1,228 )

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs continued to materially impact our results, although they decreased significantly compared to the previous year. In 2008 this expense was mainly comprised of:

• $216 million originated by the FMG assets disposal which required the recognition of $190 million as an additional loss and $26 million as restructuring and other related disposal costs; this additional loss was the result of revised terms of the transaction from those expected at December 31, 2007;

• $164 million incurred as part of our ongoing 2007 restructuring initiatives which include the closure of our fabs in Phoenix and Carrollton (USA) and of our back-end facilities in Ain Sebaa (Morocco);

• $1913 million as impairment charges on goodwill and certain financial investments; and

• $8288 million for other previously and newly announced restructuring plans, consisting primarily of voluntary termination benefits and early retirement arrangements in some of our European locations.

In 2007, we incurred $1,228 million of impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, including $1,106 million loss booked upon signing the agreement for the disposal of our FMG assets, a $1 million impairment charge related to certain FMG equipment and $5 million in FMG related closure costs, $73 million related to the severance costs booked in relation to the 2007 restructuring plan of our manufacturing activities,

80

$5 $5 million as impairment charge on equity investment and certain technologies and $38 million relating to previously announced headcount reduction programs.

~~See Note 21 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.~~

Operating loss


	Year Ended December 31,
	2008			2007			Year Ended December 31,
	(Audited,						2008			2007
	in millions)						(Audited, in millions)

Operating loss	$	(198	)	$	(545	)	$	(198	)	$	(545	)
As a percentage of net revenues		(2.0	)%		(5.4	)%		(2.0	)%		(5.4	)%

Our operating loss significantly decreased compared to 2007 primarily due to lower impairment charges, while our business operations improved during the period, despite the significant negative impact of fluctuations in the U.S. dollar exchange rate. ~~See “Business Overview.”~~

~~We also present our pro forma operating results, calculated by adding back to operating income (loss), as reported, our~~Other-than-temporary impairment ~~and restructuring~~ charges ~~and other items such as the inventorystep-up~~ and IP R&D costs arising in connection with the NXP transaction. We believe pro forma operating results provide useful information for investors and management because they measure our capacity to generate profitability from our business operations, excluding the one-time effects of acquisitions and the expenses related to the rationalizing of our activities and sites. In addition, our pro forma operating results are used on a comparable basis as one of the performance criteria that determines the vesting of our shares allocated under our nonvested stock award plans for key employees. Pro forma operating results are not a U.S. GAAP measure and do not fully present our total operating results since they do not include impairment and restructuring charges and other items related to purchase accounting.financial assets

~~On a pro forma basis, our operating performance was estimated as follows:~~

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
(Audited,

in millions)

Operating loss, as reported $ (198 ) $ (545 )
Adding back:
•   Cost of sales: NXP inventorystep-up
$ 88 0
•   Research and development: IP R&D $ 97 0
•   Impairment and restructuring charges 481 1,228
Operating result, pro forma $ 468 $ 683

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
(Audited, in millions)

Other-than-temporary impairment charges on financial assets
$ (138 ) $ (46 )

~~The negative impact of exchange rate fluctuations~~At December 31, 2008, subsequent to the unauthorized purchase made by Credit Suisse, we had Auction Rate Securities, representing interests in collateralized obligations and credit linked notes, that were carried on our ~~operating results, estimated to be approximately $300~~balance sheet asavailable-for-sale financial assets at an amount of $242 million ~~was~~with a par value of $415 million. For more details, see the ~~main contributor to our lower operating performance.~~paragraph “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

All of our product groups registered a decrease in their operating results, mainly driven by the negative impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate and an increase in operating expenses. ACCI and IMS were profitable, while WPS registered an operating loss. ACCI’s operating income decreased to $107 million from $198 million registered in 2007, despite higher sales. IMS registered operating income of $459 million, slightly declinining compared to the $469 million registered in 2007, despite a significant increase in sales and an improved product mix. WPS moved from income of $105 million to a loss of $70 million, $37 million of which was amortization charges related to recent acquisitions.

81

Interest income, net

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
(Audited,

in millions)

Interest income, net $ 51 $ 83

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
(Audited, in millions)

Interest income, net $ 51 $ 83

In 2008, interest income, net contributed $51 million compared to the $83 million recorded in 2007. The lower amount is due to the decrease of our cash position after payment for the NXP wireless business and Genesis, and also because of less interest income received on our cash investments compared to 2007 due to lower U.S. dollar ~~denominted~~denominated interest rates.

~~Other-than-temporary~~ ~~impairment charges on financial assets~~

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
(Audited, in millions)

Other-than-temporary impairment charges on financial assets
$ (138 ) $ (46 )
Beginning in May 2006, we gave a specific mandate to Credit Suisse Securities LLC to invest a portion of our cash in a U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program. In August 2007, we became aware Credit Suisse Securities LLC had deviated from our instructions and that our account had been credited with investments in unauthorized Auction Rate Securities. In the fourth quarter of 2007, we registered a $46 million charge due to a decline in the fair value of these Auction Rate Securities and considered this decline as~~“Other-than-temporary.”~~
As of December 31, 2008, we had Auction Rate Securities, representing interests in collateralized obligations and credit linked notes, with a par value of $415 million that were carried on our balance sheet as~~available-for-sale~~ ~~financial assets at an amount of $242 million.~~
~~Following the continued failure of auctions for these securities since August 2007, we first registered a decline in the value of these Auction Rate Securities as an“Other-than-temporary”~~ impairment charge against net income. This resulted in a reduction in their carrying value to $369 million at December 31, 2007. Since the initial failure of the auctions in August 2007, the market for these securities has become completely frozen, without any observable secondary market trades, and consequently, during 2008, the portfolio experienced a further estimated decline in fair value of $127 million, of which $55 million was recorded during the fourth quarter of 2008. As in the fourth quarter of 2007, the reduction in estimated fair value in 2008 was recorded as an~~“Other-than-temporary”~~ impairment charge against net income. Since the fourth quarter of 2007, given that no information regarding “mark to market’ bids and “mark to model’ valuations from the structuring financial institutions for these securities has been available, we have based our estimation of fair value on a theoretical model using yields obtainable for comparable assets. The value inputs for the evaluation of these securities were publicly available indices of securities with same rating, similar duration and comparable/similar underlying collaterals or industries exposure (such as ABX for the collateralized debt obligation and, ITraxx and IBoxx for the credit linked notes). The higher impairment charges during 2008 reflect downgrading events on the collateral debt obligations comparing the relevant ABX indices of a lower rating category and a general negative trend of the corporate debt market. The estimated value of the collateralized debt obligation could further decrease in the future as a result of further deterioration in the credit markets~~and/or~~ other downgrading. The estimated value of the corporate debt securities could also further decrease in the future due to a deterioration of the corporate industry’s indices used for the evaluation. The investments made in the aforementioned Auction Rate Securities were made without our authorization and, in 2008, we initiated arbitration proceedings against Credit Suisse Securities LLC, and action in district court against Credit Suisse Group, to reverse the unauthorized purchases and to recover all losses in our account, including, but not limited to, the $173 million impairment posted to date.

82

Earnings (loss) on equity investments

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
(Audited,

in millions)

Earnings (loss) on equity investments $ (553 ) $ 14

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
(Audited, in millions)

Earnings (loss) on equity investments $ (553 ) $ 14

In 2008, we registered a loss on equity investments related to our Numonyx investment, which was comprised of $480 million as an impairment of our Numonyx evaluation and $65 million as an equity loss related to our share of the Numonyx loss that was recognized in the third and fourth quarters pursuant to one-quarter lag reporting. The impairment of our investment in Numonyx was required in light of (i) the turmoil in the financial markets and its resulting impact on the market cap of the industry, and (ii) the deviation from plan in Numonyx’s 2008 results and 2009 most recent forecast, since our evaluation is primarily based on their operating performance in terms of cash flow, revenues and EBITDA.

Income tax benefit

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
(Audited,

in millions)

Income tax benefit $ 43 $ 23

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007
(Audited, in millions)

Income tax benefit $ 43 $ 23

In 2008, we registered an income tax benefit of $43 million, reflecting the annual effective tax computation for the loss before income taxes in each jurisdiction. Furthermore, this benefit was net of a $47 million provision booked as evaluation of uncertain tax positions in one of our jurisdictions.

Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of operating income within various local jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions, as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new events. We currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some countries. As such benefits may not be available in the future due to changes in the laws of the local jurisdictions, our effective tax rate could be

66

different in future quarters and may increase in the coming years. In addition, our yearly income tax charges include the estimated impact of some provisions related to potential and certain positions. ~~See Note 23.~~

Net loss


	Year Ended December 31,
	2008			2007			Year Ended December 31,
	(Audited,						2008			2007
	in millions)						(Audited, in millions)

Net loss	$	(786	)	$	(477	)	$	(786	)	$	(477	)
As a percentage of net revenues		(8.0	)%		(4.8	)%		(8.0	)%		(4.8	)%

In 2008, we reported a net loss of $786 million, compared to a net loss of $477 million in 2007. Our performance in 2008 was negatively impacted by the impairment charge associated with our equity investment in Numonyx, the additional loss recorded for the FMG deconsolidation, the one-time elements of the purchase accounting used for the NXP wireless business and the adverse impact of fluctuations in the U.S. dollar exchange rate. During 2007, there was a significant amount of impairment on the FMG deconsolidation once those assets were reclassified for sale, significant restructuring charges and a material negative effect of the weakening U.S. dollar exchange rate. Loss per share in 2008 was $(0.88). Impairment, restructuring charges and other specific items accounted for an approximate $(1.28) loss net of taxes per diluted share in 2008, while they accounted for $(1.29) per diluted share in the same period in the prior year.

~~2007 vs. 2006~~

~~In 2007, based upon published industry data by WSTS, the semiconductor industry experienced ayear-over-year~~ ~~revenue increase of approximately 3% for the TAM and approximately 6% for the SAM.~~

For the full year 2007, the effective average exchange rate for our company was approximately $1.35 to €1.00, compared to $1.24 to €1.00 for the full year 2006. Our effective exchange rate reflects actual exchange rate levels combined with the impact of hedging programs.

~~Net revenues~~

Year Ended December 31,
2007 2006 % Variation
(In millions)

Net sales $ 9,966 $ 9,838 1.3 %
Other revenues 35 16 —

Net revenues $ 10,001 $ 9,854 1.5 %

The increase in our net revenues in 2007 was primarily due to our higher sales volumes and improved products mix, as our average selling prices declined by approximately 8% due to the continuing broad-based price pressure in the industry.
With respect to our product group segments, the yearly revenue was characterized by a strong increase in IMS, a slight increase in ASG and a significant decrease in FMG. ASG net revenues increased approximately 1% over 2006, since the increase in units sold was almost entirely offset by pricing pressures; this slight revenue increase was entirely generated by Automotive, while Telecom and Computer revenues were flat and Consumer registered a decline. IMS’ net revenues increase reached a double-digit level of approximately 10%, thanks to improved products mix and higher volume, led in particular by MEMS products, with almost all of its product group segments registering a sales volume increase. In 2007, FMG net revenues decreased by approximately 13% compared to 2006, due to the sharp decline in prices, and also to a decrease in the units sold by our NOR business, while NAND volume increased.
Net revenues by market segment increased in Industrial and other by approximately 8%, Automotive and Consumer both by approximately 4%, while Computer and Telecom decreased by approximately 2% and 1%, respectively. As a significant portion of our sales are made through distributors, the foregoing are necessarily estimates within a variance of 5% to 10% in absolute dollar amounts of the relative weighting of each of our targeted market segments.
By location of order shipment, net revenues increased strongly in Japan, Emerging Markets, and Greater China by approximately 19%, 11% and 8%, respectively. Europe marginally increased by approximately 3% while North America decreased by approximately 5% and Asia Pacific by approximately 10%. Geographic distribution of order shipment may significantly change due to the re-location of manufacturing by our customers.
In 2007, we had several large customers, with the largest one, the Nokia Group of companies, accounting for approximately 21% of our net revenues, decreasing from the 22% it accounted for in 2006. Our top ten OEM customers accounted for approximately 49% of our net revenues in 2007, compared to approximately 51% of our net revenues in 2006.
~~Gross profit~~

Year Ended December 31,
2007 2006 % Variation
(In millions)

Cost of sales $ (6,465 ) $ (6,331 ) (2.1 )%
Gross profit $ 3,536 $ 3,523 0.4 %
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues) 35.4 % 35.8 % —
~~Our cost of sales registered a 2.1% growthyear-over-year,~~ which resulted from a higher number of units sold and also from the negative impact of the effective U.S. dollar exchange rate on our manufacturing costs since a large part of our manufacturing activities is located in the Euro zone. As a result, our gross margin deteriorated by 40 basis

84

points to 35.4% because the profitable contribution of higher sales volume, improved products mix and manufacturing efficiencies was offset by the negative impact of the decline in selling prices and the weakening effective U.S. dollar exchange rate; this was offset in part, however, by the benefit in 2007 of the suspended depreciation on the FMG assets held for sale, which is estimated at approximately $75 million.

~~Selling, general and administrative expenses~~

Year Ended December 31,
2007 2006 % Variation
(In millions)

Selling, general and administrative expenses $ (1,099 ) $ (1,067 ) (3.0 )%
As a percentage of net revenues (11.0 )% (10.8 )% —-
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was mainly due to the negative impact of the effective U.S. dollar exchange rate. Furthermore, these expenses in 2007 included $37 million in charges related to share-based compensation compared to $14 million in 2006.
~~Research and development expenses~~

Year Ended December 31,
2007 2006 % Variation
(In millions)

Research and development expenses $ (1,802 ) $ (1,667 ) (8.1 )%
As a percentage of net revenues (18.0 )% (16.9 )% —
R&D expenses increased compared to last year mainly due to the unfavorable impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate since a large part of our activities are located in Europe. Furthermore, expenses in 2007 included $22 million in charges related to share-based compensation compared to $8 million in 2006. As a percentage of net revenues, R&D expenses increased from 16.9% in 2006 to 18.0% in 2007. Our reported R&D expenses are mainly in the areas of product design, technology and development and do not include marketing design center costs, which are accounted for as selling expenses, or process engineering, pre-production or process-transfer costs, which are accounted for as cost of sales.
~~Other income and expenses, net~~

Year Ended December 31,
2007 2006
(In millions)

Research and development funding $ 97 $ 54
Start-up costs
(24 ) (57 )
Exchange gain (loss), net 1 (9 )
Patent litigation costs (18 ) (22 )
Patent pre-litigation costs (10 ) (7 )
Gain on sale of Accent subsidiary — 6
Gain on sale of non-current assets, net 2 2
Other, net — (2 )
Other income and expenses, net
$ 48 $ (35 )
As a percentage of net revenues 0.5 % (0.4 )%
~~Other income and expenses, net, mainly include, as income, items such as R&D funding and, as expenses,start-up~~ costs, and patent claim costs. Other income and expenses, net resulted in an income of $48 million, compared to a net expense of $35 million in the prior year. The main supportive item of the favorable balance was the benefit associated with R&D funding, which reached $97 million in 2007, compared to $54 million in 2006. The

85

~~major amounts of R&D funding were received in France and, to a less extent, in Italy.Start-up~~ ~~costs in 2006 were related to our150-mm~~ ~~fab expansion in Singapore, the conversion to200-mm~~ ~~fab in Agrate (Italy) and thebuild-up~~ ~~of our300-mm~~ ~~fab in Catania (Italy); however, they declined significantly in 2007 since these activities, excluding the300-mm~~ ~~fab in Catania, were almost entirely completed during the year. Patent claim costs included costs associated with several ongoing litigations and claims.~~

~~Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs~~

Year Ended December 31,
2007 2006
(In millions)

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs $ (1,228 ) $ (77 )
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs increased significantly compared to the previous year in view of new items which have been recorded in 2007. This expense was mainly composed of:
• a pre-tax impairment loss estimated at $1,106 million booked for the planned disposal of the FMG assets held for sale, an additional pre-tax $1 million impairment charge on certain specific equipment that could not be transferred as part of FMG deconsolidation and for which no alternative future use could be found in the Company and an additional pre-tax $5 million of other related disposal costs;
• ~~an amount of $73 million related to the severance costs and impairment charge booked in relation to the 2007 manufacturing restructuring plan of our manufacturing activities which is on-going;~~
• ~~a charge of $29 million generated by our150-mm~~ ~~restructuring plan which has been completed;~~
• ~~a charge of approximately $9 million for employee benefits relating to our headcount restructuring plan;~~
• ~~an impairment charge of $3 million related to an equity investment carried at cost; and~~
• ~~an impairment charge of $2 million related to certain technologies without alternative future use.~~
• In 2006, we incurred $77 million of impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, including $45 million relating to our headcount restructuring plan, $22 million relating to our~~150-mm~~ ~~restructuring plan, and an impairment charge of approximately $10 million recorded pursuant to subsequent decisions to discontinue adoption of Tioga related technologies in certain products.~~
~~Operating income (loss)~~

Year Ended December 31,
2007 2006 % Variation
(In millions)

Operating income (loss) $ (545 ) $ 677 —
As a percentage of net revenues (5.4 )% 6.9 %
Our operating result translated from an operating income of $677 million in 2006 to an operating loss of $545 million in 2007, mainly due to the provisions associated with the impairment and restructuring charges described above.
In 2007, ASG registered an operating income of $303 million, significantly decreasing from an operating income of $439 million in 2006 in spite of higher sales, mainly due to the negative impact of selling price and currency trends. IMS registered an operating income of $470 million compared to $441 million mainly originated by its sales growth, despite an unfavorable currency impact. FMG operating loss was $51 million, slightly improving compared to a loss of $53 million in 2006, since depreciation charges on its assets held for sale were suspended upon signing the agreement for their disposal. The total benefit estimated for the suspended depreciation was about $75 million.

86

~~Interest income (expense), net~~

Year Ended December 31,
2007 2006
(In millions)

Interest income (expense), net $ 83 $ 93
In 2007, interest income, net, decreased approximately by $10 million compared to 2006, mainly as a result of the redemption in August 2006 of $1.4 billion of our 2013 Convertible Bonds (with 0.5% of positive yield and significant interest income contribution).
~~Other-than-temporary~~ ~~impairment charges on marketable securities~~

Year Ended December 31,
2007 2006
(In millions)

Other-than-temporary impairment charges on marketable securities
$ (46 ) $ 0
Beginning in May 2006, we gave a specific mandate to Credit Suisse Securities LLC to invest a portion of our cash in a U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program. In August 2007, we became aware that Credit Suisse Securities LLC had deviated from our instructions and that our account had been credited with investments in unauthorized Auction Rate Securities. In the fourth quarter of 2007, we registered a $46 million charge due to a decline in the fair value of these Auction Rate Securities and considered this decline as~~“Other-than-temporary.”~~
~~Earning (loss) on equity investments~~

Year Ended December 31,
2007 2006
(In millions)

Earning (loss) on equity investments $ 14 $ (6 )
~~Our equity investments in 2007 resulted in a gain of $14 million compared to a loss of $6 million in the prior year, benefiting from the full productionramp-up~~ ~~of our joint venture with Hynix Semiconductor in China during 2007.~~
~~Income tax benefit (expense)~~

Year Ended December 31,
2007 2006
(In millions)

Income tax benefit (expense) $ 23 $ 20
In 2007, we registered an income tax benefit of $23 million, similar to the amount registered in 2006. The 2007 tax benefit reflected the annual effective tax rate for recurring operations of approximately 8% before the effect of the Flash memory planned disposal and included a tax benefit from our restructuring charges that have positively affected our effective tax rate this year. Including the impact of the impairment on assets to be contributed into the planned disposal of the FMG’s assets held for sale, and other one time charges, the effective tax rate was approximately 5%. In 2006, we had an income tax benefit of $20 million, reflecting an annual effective tax rate of approximately 8%, as a result of a certain favorable adjustments in our tax position that occurred during that year.
Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of operating income within various local jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions, as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new events. We currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some countries; as such benefits may not be available in the future due to changes in the local jurisdictions, our effective tax rate could be different in future quarters and may increase in the coming years.

87

~~Net income (loss)~~

Year Ended December 31,
2007 2006
(In millions)

Net income (loss) $ (477 ) $ 782
In fiscal year 2007, we reported a net loss of $477 million compared to a net income of $782 million for 2006, mainly due to the booking of the significant amount of impairment and restructuring charges as described above. Loss per share for 2007 was $0.53, compared to basic and diluted earnings of $0.87 and $0.83 per share for 2006. In 2007, the impact of impairment, restructuring charges, and other one-time items (net of taxes) was estimated to be $1.29 per diluted share.
Quarterly Results of Operations

Certain quarterly financial information for the years ~~2008~~2009 and ~~2007~~2008 are set forth below. Such information is derived from our unaudited ~~interim~~ Consolidated Financial Statements, prepared on a basis consistent with the Consolidated Financial Statements that include, in the opinion of management, all normal adjustments necessary for a fair ~~presentation~~statement of the interim information set forth therein. Operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period. In addition, in view of the significant growth we have experienced in recent years, the increasingly competitive nature of the markets in which we operate, the changes in products mix and the currency effects of changes in the composition of sales and production among different geographic regions, we believe thatperiod-to-period comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

Our quarterly and annual operating results are also affected by a wide variety of other factors that could materially and adversely affect revenues and profitability or lead to significant variability of operating results, including, among others, capital requirements and the availability of funding, competition, new product development and technological change and manufacturing developments in litigation and possible ~~intellectual property~~IP claims. In addition, a number of other factors could lead to fluctuations in operating results, including order cancellations or reduced bookings by key customers or distributors, ~~intellectual property~~IP developments, international events, currency fluctuations, problems in obtaining adequate raw materials on a timely basis, impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, as well as the loss of key personnel. As only a portion of our expenses varies with our revenues, there can be no assurance that we will be able to reduce costs promptly or adequately in relation to revenue declines to compensate for the effect of any such factors. As a result, unfavorable changes in the above or other factors have in the past and may in the future adversely affect our operating results. Quarterly results have also been and may be expected to continue to be substantially affected by the cyclical nature of the semiconductor and electronic systems industries, the speed of some process and manufacturing technology developments, market demand for existing products, the timing and success of new product introductions and the levels of provisions and other unusual charges incurred. Certain additions of our quarterly results will not total toour annual results due to rounding.

In the fourth quarter of ~~2008,~~2009, based upon ~~recently~~ published industry data by WSTS, the TAM and the SAM ~~decreased~~increasedyear-over-year approximately ~~21.9%~~29% and ~~17.3%~~16%, ~~respectively,~~reaching approximately $67 billion and $39 billion, while sequentially, they ~~decreased~~increased approximately ~~24.2%~~7% and ~~23.1%~~4%, respectively.

In the fourth quarter of ~~2008,~~2009, our average effective ~~average~~ exchange rate was approximately ~~$1.40~~$1.43 to €1.00, compared to ~~$1.54~~$1.38 to €1.00 in the third quarter of ~~2008~~2009 and ~~$1.43~~$1.40 to €1.00 in the year-ago quarter. Our effective exchange rate reflects actual exchange rate levels combined with the impact of cash flow hedging programs.

8867

Net revenues


	Three Months Ended						% Variation
	Dec 31, 2008		Sept 27, 2008		Dec 31, 2007		Sequential			Year-Over-Year
			(Unaudited)		(Unaudited)								Three Months Ended						% Variation
	(Unaudited)												Dec 31, 2009		Sept 26, 2009		Dec 31, 2008		Sequential			Year-Over-Year
	(In millions)												(Unaudited, in millions)

Net sales	$	2,264	$	2,687	$	2,733		(15.7	)%		(17.2	)%	$	2,570	$	2,269	$	2,264		13.3	%		13.5	%
Other revenues		12		9		9		—			—			13		6		12		—			—

Net revenues	$	2,276	$	2,696	$	2,742		(15.6	)%		(17.0	)%	$	2,583	$	2,275	$	2,276		13.6	%		13.5	%

Year-over-year comparison

Our fourth quarter ~~2008~~2009 net revenues ~~declined significantly,~~increased in all market segments compared to the year ago quarter, except in Consumer, and in all regions, except Japan, reflecting the broad based recovery in the semiconductor market. Such performance was driven by ~~the sharp decrease~~an increase in demand from our customers reflecting the global economic slowdown. All of our market segments were negatively impacted by these difficult economic conditions and registered declining rates, with Automotive, Computer and Telecom showing particularly weak results. However, our revenue variation was slightly better than the SAM. The fourth and third quarters of 2008 included the contribution of the newly acquired NXP wireless business,sales volume, while ~~the fourth quarter of 2007 included FMG.~~average selling prices declined approximately 6%.

ACCI’s revenues ~~decreased~~increased by approximately ~~16.6%~~11%, ~~with~~driven by the ~~weakest~~strong results observed in all its served markets. IMS registered an increase of 8% across the majority of its product lines, reflecting the overall recovery in the ~~Automotive~~industrial and ~~Computer Peripherals product groups. IMS~~multi-segment markets. Wireless sales registered a decline of 6.5%, although certain product families, such as MEMS, Smartcards and microcontrollers, registered growth. WPS sales, excluding those from the NXP wireless business, registered a decline of approximately 26.5%, reflecting a general weakness across its entire customer base. The negative trend in volume in all product segments was partially offset by improvements in each segment’s product mix.

~~All market segment applications reported a decline. Excluding FMG, the greatest contribution to our improved revenue performance came from Telecom which achieved~~ growth of approximately ~~6.0%.~~24% and included the positive contribution of the integrated EMP wireless business.

By location of order shipment, ~~Japan and Asia Pacific registered an increase~~almost all regions were positively impacted by strong local demand from their customers, ranging from the greatest revenue increases of approximately ~~18.9%~~26% and ~~1.6% respectively, while Greater China, Europe, America and Emerging Markets declined. Excluding FMG, Japan,~~25% in Asia Pacific and ~~Emerging Markets registered a solid double-digit increase, while~~ Greater China, ~~and Europe decreased significantly, as well as America~~respectively, to the lowest of approximately 0.4% in the EMEA. Japan experienced a ~~more moderate scale. We had several large customers, with~~decrease of 16% due to lower demand in the Consumer market. Our largest ~~one,~~customer, the Nokia group of companies, ~~accounting~~accounted for approximately ~~16%~~15% of our fourth quarter ~~2008~~2009 net revenues, ~~excluding the NXP wireless business,~~ which was ~~lower than~~ the ~~approximate 23% excluding FMG it accounted for during~~same as in the fourth quarter of ~~2007.~~2008.

Sequential comparison

~~Our fourth quarter 2008~~On a sequential basis our revenues ~~decreased significantly due to~~registered a ~~sharp drop~~strong performance as well, with a 13.6% increase, exceeding the high end of our targeted range of 12% sequential growth. This improvement was the result of solid demand across all of our product segments, as well as in ~~demand~~all regions, with particular strength in Japan, Greater China and the ~~semiconductor industry, thus resulting~~Americas. This favorable trend was supported by an approximate 14% increase in ~~a 15.6% sequential decline, comprised of approximately 12% drop from fewer~~ units sold, ~~and~~with an ~~estimated 4% drop~~immaterial impact from ~~lower~~ average selling prices.

ACCI revenues ~~decreased~~increased by ~~17.2%~~17%, reflecting ~~difficult market conditions in Automotive, Consumer~~a solid contribution from Home Entertainment and ~~Computer. The decrease was~~Displays, as well as Computer and Communication Infrastructure, mainly driven by a ~~decline in~~higher level of units ~~sold, which was partially offset by a favorable product mix.~~sold. IMS revenues ~~declined 12.2%, due to lower sales volume and average selling prices. WPS revenues decreased 17.4%, despite the additional revenue contributed~~increased by ~~NXP wireless, due to~~23% mainly as a ~~sharp decline in~~result of higher sales volume. Wireless revenues increased by 1%, driven by an increase in demand.

~~All~~The sequential improvement in revenue was evident across all market ~~segment applications decreased,~~segments. Distribution and Computer led, with 35% and 22% growth, respectively, followed by Automotive ~~Telecom, Computer~~ and ~~Industrial and Others declining by a double-digit rate.~~Industrial.

~~By location~~On a regional basis, the strength we saw in Greater China and Asia Pacific in the third quarter expanded to the other regions. In terms of ~~order shipment, revenues decreased in all regions except~~revenue growth, the sequential performance ranged from an approximate 28% and 22% increase in Japan ~~which improved by approximately 3.9%. Europe,~~and Greater China, ~~America, Asia Pacific and Emerging Markets decreased by approximately 20.4%, 19.4%,13.1%, 12.9% and 8.7%, respectively.~~respectively, to an approximate 8% increase in EMEA. In the fourth quarter of ~~2008, we had several large customers, with the~~2009, our largest ~~one,~~customer, the Nokia group of companies, ~~accounting~~accounted for approximately ~~16%~~14.9% of our net revenues, ~~excluding NXP, decreasing from the 19% it accounted for during~~remaining stable compared to the third quarter of ~~2008.~~2009.

Gross profit


	Three Months Ended									% Variation						Three Months Ended									% Variation
	December 31, 2008			September 27, 2008			December 31, 2007			Sequential			Year-Over-Year			December 31, 2009			September 26, 2009			December 31, 2008			Sequential			Year-Over-Year
	(Unaudited, in millions)															(Unaudited, in millions)

Cost of sales	$	(1,454	)	$	(1,737	)	$	(1,731	)		16.3	%		16.0	%	$	(1,626	)	$	(1,562	)	$	(1,454	)		(4.1	)%		(11.9	)%
Gross profit		822			959		$	1,011			(14.3	)%		(18.7	)%		957			713			822			34.2	%		16.3	%
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)		36.1	%		35.6	%		36.9	%								37.0	%		31.3	%		36.1	%

Fourth quarter gross margin reached a level of 37%, increasing on ayear-over-year basis by nearly 1 percentage point. The increase in gross margin reflected higher revenues in the fourth quarter of 2009, certain purchase

accounting related items charged in the fourth quarter of 2008 and an improved product mix and was partially off-set by the unfavorable impact of exchange rates and market price pressure.

On a~~year-over-year~~ sequential basis, ~~our results in terms of cost of sales, gross profit and~~ gross margin were impacted by a variety of factors, including the deconsolidation of FMG in the first quarter of 2008 and the consolidation of the NXP wireless business as of August 2, 2008. The purchase accounting of the NXP wireless acquisition generated an increase of $31 million in the fourth quarter increased by nearly 6 percentage points, due to higher sales volume, increased fab loading and ~~$57~~improved efficiencies. Our manufacturing performance improved in the fourth quarter as we continued to ramp towards full capacity, which has yet to be accomplished. Unused capacity charges in the fourth quarter were $13 million, onsignificantly lower than the $47 million registered in the third ~~quarter of 2008 cost of sales as a result of the inventorystep-up~~ charge. The fourth quarter of 2008 was also largely penalized by unused capacity charges which were estimated to account for approximately 200 basis points. The impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate was favorable on both a sequential and~~year-over-year~~ ~~basis.~~

As reported, our overall result compared to the prior year’s fourth quarter was a decrease of 80 basis points to our gross margin. On a sequential basis, our reported gross margin increased 50 basis points, despite unused capacity charges.quarter.

Selling, general and administrative expenses


	Three Months Ended									% Variation						Three Months Ended									% Variation
	December 31, 2008			September 27, 2008			December 31, 2007			Sequential			Year-Over-Year			December 31, 2009			September 26, 2009			December 31, 2008			Sequential			Year-Over-Year
				(Unaudited, in millions)												(Unaudited, in millions)

Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	(304	)	$	(297	)	$	(295	)		(2.7	)%		(3.0	)%	$	(303	)	$	(290	)	$	(304	)		(4.8	)%		0.4	%
As percentage of net revenue		(13.4	)%		(11.0	)%		(10.8	)%								(11.7	)%		(12.7	)%		(13.4	)%		—			—

The amount of our selling, general and administrative expenses ~~increased~~was basically flat on ayear-over-year basis, ~~mainly~~benefiting in the fourth quarter of 2009 amid cost savings relating to our restructuring initiatives. On a sequential basis, SG&A expenses increased, reflecting a longer quarter, as well as a ~~result of the increase in our activities.~~

negative currency impact, which were partially offset by ongoing cost saving measures. Our share-based compensation charges were $5 million in the fourth quarter of 2009, compared to ~~$11~~$5 million in the fourth quarter of ~~2007. Selling, general~~2008 and ~~administrative expenses also included $10~~$3 million ~~amortization charges on intangibles acquired as part~~in the third quarter of the NXP wireless transaction. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 13.4% compared to the prior year’s fourth quarter due primarily to the sharp drop of our sales.2009.

~~Sequentially,~~The ratio to sales of our selling, general and administrative expenses ~~increased primarily due to~~was mainly driven by the ~~consolidation~~volume of ~~the NXP wireless business. Share-based compensation charges amounted to $7 million in the third quarter of 2008.~~our revenues. As a percentage of revenues, ~~we registered an increase~~they decreased to 11.7% compared to 13.4% in the prior year’s fourth quarter, while sequentially they decreased from ~~11.0% to 13.4%~~12.7%.

Research and development expenses


	Three Months Ended									% Variation						Three Months Ended									% Variation
	December 31, 2008			September 27, 2008			December 31, 2007			Sequential			Year-Over-Year			December 31, 2009			September 26, 2009			December 31, 2008			Sequential			Year-Over-Year
				(Unaudited, in millions)															(Unaudited, in millions)

Research and development expenses	$	(572	)	$	(602	)	$	(480	)		5.1	%		(19.2	)%	$	(603	)	$	(595	)	$	(572	)		(1.2	)%		(5.3	)%
As percentage of net revenues		(25.1	)%		(22.3	)%		(17.5	)%								(23.3	)%		(26.2	)%		(25.1	)%

~~On a~~Theyear-over-year increase in R&D expenses was primarily due to the integration of Ericsson mobile platform activities and, to a lesser extent, the weakening U.S. dollar exchange rate. On a sequential basis, ~~our~~ R&D expenses increased, ~~in line with the expansion of our activities, including the integration of the NXP wireless business and Genesis.~~ reflecting a longer quarter, as well as a negative currency impact, which were partially offset by ongoing cost saving measures.

The fourth quarter of ~~2008 amount~~2009 included $4$3 million of

share-based compensation charges compared to $9$4 million in the fourth quarter of ~~2007.~~2008 and $2 million in the third quarter of 2009. In addition, the fourth quarter of ~~2008~~2009 included ~~$14~~$15 million related to amortization charges generated by recent acquisitions. ~~However, these~~Total R&D expenses ~~benefited from $38 million and $50 million in the fourth and third quarters~~were net of ~~2008, respectively, recognized as~~ research tax credits, following the amendment of a law in France. The research tax credits were also available in previous periods, but under different terms and conditions. As such, in the past they were not shown as a reduction in research and development expenses but rather included in the calculation of the effective income tax rate of the period. which amounted to $33 million, basically equivalent to prior periods.

As a percentage of revenues, fourth quarter ~~2008~~2009 R&D ~~was equivalent to 25.1%~~equaled 23.3%, ~~with~~ a ~~substantial increase~~decrease compared to the year ago period due to ~~declining~~increasing revenues.

~~On a sequential basis, R&D expenses decreased compared to the third quarter of 2008, which had included the recognition of $76 million as IP R&D.~~

Other income and expenses, net


	Three Months Ended									Three Months Ended
	December 31, 2008			September 27, 2008			December 31, 2007			December 31, 2009			September 26, 2009			December 31, 2008
	(Unaudited, in millions)									(Unaudited, in millions)

Research and development funding	$	19		$	21		$	36		$	44		$	26		$	19
Start-up/phase-out costs		(7	)		(3	)		(5	)		(2	)		(3	)		(7	)
Exchange gain (loss) net		—			9			5			2			(4	)		—
Patent litigation costs		(3	)		(4	)		(3	)
Patent pre-litigation costs		(2	)		(3	)		(3	)
Gain on sale of non-current assets		—			—			2
Patent costs, net of gain from settlement											(5	)		11			(5	)
Gain on sale of other non-current assets											2			1			—
Other, net		(1	)		(3	)		(4	)		(2	)		(2	)		(1	)
Other income and expenses, net		6			17			28			39			29			6
As a percentage of net revenues		0.3	%		0.6	%		1.0	%		1.5	%		1.3	%		0.3	%

Other income and expenses, net, mainly included, as income, items such as R&D funding and, as expenses,start-up costs and patent claim ~~costs.~~costs net of settlement agreements. Income from R&D funding ~~income~~ was associated with our R&D projects, which, ~~qualifies~~ upon project approval, qualifies as funding on the basis of contracts with local government agencies in locations where we pursue our activities. ~~The~~In the fourth quarter of 2009, the balance of these factors resulted in net income of $6$39 million, ~~originated~~which was favorably impacted by ~~$19 million in~~ R&D funding ~~which was lower than in comparable previous periods.~~of approximately $44 million, a higher amount compared to the year-ago quarter.

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2008 September 27, 2008 December 31, 2007
(Unaudited, in millions)

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs $ (91 ) $ (22 ) $ (279 )
As a percentage of net revenues (4.0 )% (0.8 )% (10.2 )%

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2009 September 26, 2009 December 31, 2008
(Unaudited, in millions)

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs $ (96 ) $ (53 ) $ (91 )

In the fourth quarter of ~~2008,~~2009, we recorded $96 million of impairment and restructuring charges and other related closure costs, ~~pertaining to:~~of which:

• $2916 million ~~related to one-time termination benefits to be paid at~~was recorded in preparation of the closure of our Ain Sebaa, Morocco, Carrollton, Texas and Phoenix ~~Arizona~~(Arizona) sites, and was composed of one-time termination benefits, as well as other relevant charges;

• $217 million ~~impairment costs associated with an investment in a minority participation;~~
• ~~$9 million charges~~ related to the ~~FMG deconsolidation;~~plan announced in April 2009 by ST-Ericsson, to be completed by the mid- 2010, primarily consisting of on-going termination benefits pursuant to the closure of certain locations in Europe and the United States and $45 million related to a new plan announced in December 2009 by ST-Ericsson, to be completed by 2010, primarily consisting of on-going termination benefits pursuant to workforce reduction; and

• $5118 million related to other ongoing and newly committed restructuring plans, consisting primarily of voluntary termination benefits and early retirement arrangements in some of our European locations.

In the ~~fourth~~third quarter of ~~2007,~~2009, we recorded ~~$279 million in~~ impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs of ~~which $17 million was related to the severance costs and impairment charge booked in relation to the 2007 restructuring plan of our manufacturing activities, $252~~$53 million, of ~~impairment and other related closure~~

91

~~costs was for the deconsolidation~~which: $21 million of ~~FMG assets and $10 million was related to other previously committed restructuring plans and other activities.~~

~~In the third quarter~~charges were recorded in light of ~~2008, we recorded $22 million in impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, mainly comprised of: one-time termination benefits to be paid at~~ the closure of our Ain Sebaa (Morocco), Carrollton ~~Texas~~(Texas) and Phoenix ~~Arizona~~(Arizona) sites, composed of $1 million impairment charges on the Phoenix assets and $20 million of one-time termination benefits, as well as other ~~charges, which were approximately $19 million; goodwill impairment charges~~relevant charges; $17 million related to the ST-Ericsson plan announced in April 2009, primarily consisting of ~~$13~~on-going termination benefits pursuant to the closure of certain locations in Europe and the Unites States; and $15 million as a result of our annual impairment testing; $5 million associated with an investment in a minority participation; FMG deconsolidation which required the recognition of $6 million as restructuring, impairment and other related ~~disposal costs; and~~to other ongoing and newly committed restructuring plans, ~~for which we incurred $17 million restructuring and other related closure costs~~ consisting primarily of voluntary termination benefits and early retirement arrangements in some of our European locations. ~~These charges were partially offset by the reverse of $38 million in impairment charges on the Phoenix fab, for which the accounting had been moved from assets held for sale to assets held for use.~~

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs pertaining to: $29 million related to one-time termination benefits to be paid at the closure of our Carrollton (Texas) and Phoenix (Arizona) sites, as well as other charges; $2 million impairment costs associated with an investment in a minority participation; $9 million charges related to the FMG deconsolidation; and $51 million related to other ongoing and newly committed restructuring plans, consisting primarily of voluntary termination benefits and early retirement arrangements in some of our European locations.

Operating ~~income (loss)~~loss


	Three Months Ended									Three Months Ended
	December 31, 2008			September 27, 2008			December 31, 2007			December 31, 2009			September 26, 2009			December 31, 2008
	(Unaudited, in millions)									(Unaudited, in millions)

Operating income (loss)	$	(139	)	$	55		$	(15	)
Operating loss										$	(6	)	$	(196	)	$	(139	)
In percentage of net revenues		(6.1	)%		2.1	%		(0.6	)%		(0.2	)%		(8.6	)%		(6.1	)%

~~Year-over-year~~ ~~basis~~

Our operating results ~~were~~significantly improved compared to both the third quarter of 2009 and the year ago period. The fourth quarter 2009 registered an operating loss of $6 million compared to a loss of $139 million in the year ago quarter and $196 million in the prior quarter. The recovery in our revenues led to a strong increase in loading, thereby reducing underutilization charges from $57 million in the year ago quarter and $47 million in third quarter 2009 to $13 million in the fourth quarter of 2009.

The fourth quarter registered an improved operating result despite the fact that our operating loss was impacted by ~~several non-recurring~~$96 million in restructuring, impairment andother-than-temporary impairment charges ~~originated by purchase accounting as well as~~and other one-time charges related to acquisitions, while in the third quarter of 2009 those charges amounted $53 million. In the year-ago quarter, the negative impact of impairment, restructuring and ~~restructuring charges.~~one-time charges related to acquisitions was $91 million.

~~Sequentially~~

~~On a sequential basis, we registered a significant decline in profitability,~~ACCI and IMS reported an operating profit, while Wireless mitigated its loss from the year ago period. ACCI increased its operating income from $18 million to $57 million, driven by a ~~weaker sales performance and a high amount of unsaturation charges.~~

~~All of our product segments~~growth in revenues. IMS registered a ~~deterioration in their operating result.~~

~~For comparative purposes, we report~~profit of $90 million, compared to a profit of $101 million in the year ago quarter, following ~~table~~a year of severe pressure on market prices. Wireless posted an operating ~~income (loss)~~loss of $48 million, improving compared to a loss of $77 million in ~~reconciliation with operating pro forma results.~~

~~We also present our pro forma operating results, calculated by adding back to operating income (loss),~~the year ago period, as ~~reported, our~~a result of higher revenues and the initial impact of the on-going synergies plan. The segment “Others” was largely negative including the allocation of impairment and restructuring charges and ~~other items such as the inventory~~of unused capacity charges.

~~step-up~~Other-than-temporary impairment charges and In-Process R&D costs arising in connection with the NXP transaction. We believe pro forma operating results provide useful information for investors and management because they measure our capacity to generate profitability from our business operations, excluding the one-time effectsrealized losses on financial assets

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2009 September 26, 2009 December 31, 2008
(Unaudited, in millions)

Other-than-temporary impairment charges and realized losses on financial assets
$ (68 ) $ 0 $ (55 )
The fourth quarter of ~~acquisitions and the expenses~~2009 income statement includes a pre-tax non-cash loss of $68 million related to the ~~rationalizing~~sale of ~~our activities and sites. In addition, our pro forma operating results are used on~~ a ~~comparable basis as one~~part of the ~~performance criteria that determines the vesting~~portfolio of ARS purchased on our ~~shares allocated under~~account by Credit Suisse contrary to our ~~nonvested stock award plans for key employees. Pro forma operating results are not a U.S. GAAP measure~~instruction. See “Liquidity and ~~do not fully present our total operating results since they do not include impairment and restructuring charges and other items related to purchase accounting.~~

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2008 September 27, 2008 December 31, 2007
(Unaudited, in millions)

Operating loss, as reported $ (139 ) $ 55 $ (15 )
Adding back:
•   Cost of sales: NXP inventorystep-up
31 57 0
•   Research and development: IP R&D 0 76 0
•   Impairment and restructuring charges 91 22 279
Operating result, pro forma $ (17 ) $ 210 $ 264

92

~~Our operating performance, pro forma, decreased significantly mainly due to declining revenues. All of our product segments registered a decline in their operating results on ayear-over-year~~ basis. ACCI’s operating result moved from a profit of $63 million to a loss of $3 million, driven by the significant drop in revenues. IMS remained profitable; however, its profitability level was largely impacted by a decline in sales volume. WPS registered an operating loss compared to an operating profit in the year ago period, due to a decline in selling prices.Capital Resources.”

Interest income, net

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2008 September 27, 2008 December 31, 2007
(Unaudited, in millions)

Interest income, net $ 3 $ 8 $ 25

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2009 September 26, 2009 December 31, 2008
(Unaudited, in millions)

Interest income, net $ 3 $ 4 $ 3

We recorded net interest income of $3 million, ~~which greatly decreased compared~~similar to ~~previous periods~~the year-ago quarter, due to the decline in cash and cash equivalents that we registered following the payments for our 80% interest in the NXP wireless business and Genesis, and also due to less interest income received as a result of significantly lowerlow U.S. dollar and Euro denominated interest rates. On a sequential basis the net interest income decreased by $1 million.

~~Other-than-temporary~~ ~~impairment charges on financial assets~~

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2008 September 27, 2008 December 31, 2007
(Unaudited, in millions)

Other-than-temporary impairment charges on financial assets
$ (55 ) $ (14 ) $ (46 )
As of December 31, 2008, we had Auction Rate Securities, representing interests in collateralized obligations and credit linked notes, with a par value of $415 million that were carried on our balance sheet as~~available-for-sale~~ ~~financial assets at an amount of $242 million, and in the fourth quarter of 2008, we registered another-than-temporary~~ ~~impairment charge of $55 million.~~
~~In the third quarter, we had recorded a charge of $11 million on a Floating Rate Note investment. For more details, see the paragraph “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”~~
~~Earnings (loss)~~Loss on equity investments

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2008 September 27, 2008 December 31, 2007
(Unaudited, in millions)

Earnings (loss) on equity investments $ (204 ) $ (344 ) $ 2

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2009 September 26, 2009 December 31, 2008
(Unaudited, in millions)

Earnings (loss) on equity investments $ (13 ) $ (42 ) $ (204 )

In the fourth quarter of ~~2008~~2009, we recorded a ~~$16~~charge of $13 million, of which $5 million representing our net proportional share of the loss ~~on our equity investment in~~reported by Numonyx, ~~for the third~~booked pursuant to a one quarter ~~of 2008, which is equivalent~~lag, and $7 million related to our ~~proportion~~proportionate share in JVD as a losspick-up including amortization of ~~the Numonyx loss based~~basis difference.

71

Gain on ~~our ownership stake and which was recorded by us on a one-quarter lag.~~convertible debt buyback

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2009 September 26, 2009 December 31, 2008
(Unaudited, in millions)

Gain on convertible debt buyback $ 3 $ — $ —

~~Furthermore, we recorded an impairment loss~~The $3 million gain on convertible debt buyback is related to the repurchase of ~~$300~~bonds with a principal value of $106 million ~~and $180 million in the third and fourth quarter~~for total cash consideration of ~~2008, respectively, on our Numonyx equity investment, which reflects the joint venture’s deteriorating performance, both in the 2008 results and the projected 2009 forecast.~~$103 million. Please see “Capital Resources”.

Income tax benefit (expense)

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2008 September 27, 2008 December 31, 2007
(Unaudited, in millions)

Income tax benefit $ 9 $ 15 $ 55

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2009 September 26, 2009 December 31, 2008
(Unaudited, in millions)

Income tax benefit (expense) $ (48 ) $ (15 ) $ 9

During the fourth quarter of ~~2008,~~2009, we registered an income tax ~~benefit~~expense of ~~$9 million. In addition, following the amendment of~~$48 million, reflecting actual tax provisions in each jurisdiction. There was a ~~law in France, research~~ tax ~~credits that were recorded as a reduction of tax expense in 2007 and prior years, were recognized as a reduction of R&D expenses~~charge in the fourth quarter of ~~2008. During~~2009, notwithstanding the ~~fourth quarter~~

93

loss, because of ~~2007, we had an income~~a tax ~~benefit of $55 million. During the third quarter of 2008, we recorded an income tax benefit of $15 million.~~ratetrue-up and some valuation allowances taken on loss carryforwards in certain jurisdictions.

Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of operating ~~income~~results within various local jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions, as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new events. Our income tax amounts and rates depend also on our loss carryforwards and their relevant valuation allowances, which are based on estimated projected plans; in the case of material changes in these plans, the valuation allowances could be adjusted accordingly with an impact on our tax charges. We currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some ~~countries; as such~~countries. Such benefits may not be available in the future due to changes in the local ~~jurisdictions,~~jurisdictions; our effective tax rate could be different in future quarters and may increase in the coming years. In addition, our yearly income tax charges include the estimated impact of ~~some~~ provisions related to potential ~~and certain positions. See Note 23.~~tax positions that are uncertain.

Net ~~income (loss)~~loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2008 September 27, 2008 December 31, 2007
(Unaudited, in millions)

Net income (loss) $ (366 ) $ (289 ) $ 20
As percentage of net revenues (16.1 )% (10.7 )% 0.7 %

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2009 September 26, 2009 December 31, 2008
(Unaudited, in millions)

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest $ 59 $ 48 $ 5
In the fourth quarter of 2009, we booked $59 million income representing the loss attributable to noncontrolling interest, which mainly included the 50% owned by Ericsson in the consolidated ST-Ericsson Holding AG (JVS). In the third quarter of 2009, the corresponding amount was $48 million. These amounts reflected its share in the joint venture’s loss.
All periods included the recognition of noncontrolling interest related to our joint venture in Shenzhen, China for assembly operating activities. Those amounts were not material.
Net loss attributable to parent company

Three Months Ended
December 31, 2009 September 26, 2009 December 31, 2008
(Unaudited, in millions)

Net loss attributable to parent company $ (70 ) $ (201 ) $ (366 )
As percentage of net revenues (2.7 )% (8.8 )% (16.1 )%

For the fourth quarter of ~~2008,~~2009, we reported a net loss of ~~$366~~$70 million as a result of adverse economic conditions ~~which impacted~~impacting our ~~net revenues, particularly compared~~operations and also due to ~~a net income of $20 million in the fourth quarter of 2007 and net loss of $289 million in the third quarter of 2008.~~certain specific charges as described above.

Loss per share for the fourth quarter of ~~2008~~2009 was $(0.08) compared to $(0.23) in the third quarter of 2009 and $(0.42)~~. The~~ in the year-ago quarter.
In the fourth quarter of 2009, the impact after tax of restructuring, impairment andother-than-temporary impairment charges was estimated to be approximately $(0.12) per share, while in the third quarter of 2009, it was approximately $(0.06) per share. In the year ago quarter, the impact of restructuring and impairment charges,other-than-temporary impairment charges, the loss on our Numonyx equity investment and non-recurrent items was estimated to be approximately $(0.36) per share. ~~In the third quarter of 2008, loss per share was $(0.32), impacted for approximately $(0.51) per share by restructuring and impairment charges,other-than-temporary~~ impairment charges, the loss on our Numonyx equity investment and non-recurrent items. In the year-ago quarter, basic and diluted earnings per share were $0.02, impacted for $(0.25) per share by impairment, restructuring and other-than temporary impairment charges.

72

Impact of Changes in Exchange Rates

Our results of operations and financial condition can be significantly affected by material changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies, particularly the Euro.

As a market rule, the reference currency for the semiconductor industry is the U.S. dollar and product prices are mainly denominated in U.S. dollars. However, revenues for some of our products (primarily our dedicated products sold in Europe and Japan) are quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and as such are directly affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar. As a result of currency variations, the appreciation of the Euro compared to the U.S. dollar could increase, in the short term, our level of revenues when reported in U.S. dollars. Revenues for all other products, which are either quoted in U.S. dollars and billed in U.S. dollars or in local currencies for payment, tend not to be affected significantly by fluctuations in exchange rates, except to the extent that there is a lag between the changes in currency rates and the adjustments in the local currency equivalent of the price paid for such products. Furthermore, certain significant costs incurred by us, such as manufacturing, labor costs and depreciation charges, selling, general and administrative expenses, and R&D expenses, are largely incurred in the currency of the jurisdictions in which our operations are located. Given that most of our operations are located in the Euro zone orand othernon-U.S. dollar currency areas, including Sweden, our costs tend to increase when translated into U.S. dollars ~~in case of~~when the dollar ~~weakening~~weakens or to decrease when the U.S. dollar ~~is strengthening.~~strengthens.

In summary, as our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, currency exchange rate fluctuations affect our results of operations: if the U.S. dollar weakens, our results are negatively impacted since we receive a limited part of our revenues, and more importantly, we ~~increase~~incur a significant part of our costs, in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our results are favorably impacted when the dollar strengthens. As described below, our effective average U.S. dollar exchange rate ~~weakened~~strengthened during ~~2008,~~2009, particularly against the Euro, causing us to report ~~higher~~lower expenses and ~~negatively~~favorably impacting both our gross margin and operating income. Our consolidated statements of income for ~~2008~~2009 included income and expense items translated at the average U.S. dollar exchange rate for the period.

Our principal strategy to reduce the risks associated with exchange rate fluctuations has been to balance as much as possible the proportion of sales to our customers denominated in U.S. dollars with the amount of raw materials, purchases and services from our suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars, thereby reducing the potential exchange rate impact of certain variable costs relative to revenues. Moreover, in order to further reduce the exposure to U.S. dollar exchange fluctuations, we have hedged certain line items on our consolidated statements of income, in particular with respect to a portion of the costs of goods sold, most of the R&D expenses and certain selling and general and administrative expenses, located in the Euro zone. Our effective average exchange rate of the Euro to the U.S. dollar was $1.37 for €1.00 in 2009 compared to $1.49 for €1.00 in ~~2008 compared to $1.35 for €1.00 in 2007.~~2008. Our effective average rate of the Euro to the U.S. dollar was $1.43 for €1.00 for the fourth quarter of 2009 and $1.38 for €1.00 in the third quarter of 2009 while it was $1.40 for €1.00 for the fourth quarter of ~~2008 and $1.54 for €1.00 in the third quarter of 2008 while it was $1.43 for €1.00 for the fourth quarter of 2007.~~2008. These effective exchange rates reflect the actual exchange rates combined with the impact of cash flow hedging contracts that matured in the period.

As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the outstanding hedged amounts were ~~€272.5~~€432 million to cover manufacturing costs and ~~€270~~€508 million to cover operating expenses, at an average rate of about ~~$1.37~~$1.46 and ~~$1.40~~$1.43 for €1.00, respectively (including the premium paid to purchase foreign exchange options), maturing over the period from January ~~5, 2009~~ to December ~~2, 2009.~~2010. In the fourth quarter of 2008 the company decided to extend the time horizon of its cash flow hedging contracts for manufacturing costs and operating expenses for up to 12 months. As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, these outstanding hedging contracts and certain expired contracts covering manufacturing expenses capitalized in inventory represented a deferred gain of approximately ~~$12~~$6 million after tax, recorded in “Other comprehensive income” in ~~shareholders’~~ equity, compared to a deferred ~~loss~~gain of approximately $7$64 million after tax as at September ~~27, 2008~~26, 2009 and a deferred gain of approximately $8$12 million after tax as at December 31, ~~2007.~~2008.

Our cash flow hedging policy is not intended to cover the full exposure and is based on hedging a declining percentage of exposure quarter after quarter. In addition, in order to mitigate potential exchange rate risks on our commercial transactions, we ~~purchased~~purchase and ~~entered~~enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts and currency options to cover foreign currency exposure in payables or receivables at our affiliates. We may in the future purchase or sell similar types of instruments. See Item 11, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.” Furthermore, we may not predict in a timely fashion the amount of future transactions in the volatile industry environment. Consequently, our results of operations have been and may continue to be impacted by fluctuations in exchange rates.

Our treasury strategies to reduce exchange rate risks are intended to mitigate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations. No assurance may be given that our hedging activities will sufficiently protect us against declines in the value of the U.S. dollar. Furthermore, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases, we may record losses in connection with the loss in value of the remaining hedging instruments at the time. In ~~2008,~~2009, as a result of cash flow

hedging, we recorded a net gain of $71 million, consisting of a gain of $36 million to R&D expenses, $29 million to costs of goods sold and a gain of $6 million to selling, general and administrative expenses, while in 2008, we recorded a net gain of $1 million, consisting of a loss of $1 million to R&D expenses, a gain of $4 million to costs of goods sold and a loss of $2 million to selling, general and administrative expenses, while in 2007, we recorded a net gain of $36 million. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a net loss of $29 million, consisting of a loss of $12 million to R&D expenses, a loss of $13 million to cost of goods sold and a loss of $4 million to selling, general and administrative expenses. ~~We registered a net gain of $16 million in the fourth quarter of 2007, while it was not material in the third quarter of 2008.~~

The net effect of the consolidated foreign exchange exposure resulted in a net gain of ~~$20~~$11 million in “Other income and expenses, net” in ~~2008.~~2009.

~~Assets~~The asssets and liabilities of subsidiaries are, for consolidation purposes, translated into U.S. dollars at the period-end exchange rate. Income and expenses, as well as cash flows, are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The balance sheet impact of such translation adjustments has been, and may be expected to be, significant from period to period since a large part of our assets and liabilities are accounted for in Euros as their functional currency. Adjustments resulting from the translation are recorded directly in shareholders’ equity, and are shown as “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of changes in ~~shareholders’~~ equity. At December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, our outstanding indebtedness was denominated mainly in U.S. dollars and in Euros.

For a more detailed discussion, see Item 3, “Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations”.

Impact of Changes in Interest Rates

Interest rates may fluctuate upon changes in financial market conditions and material changes can affect our results from operations and financial condition, since these changes can impact the total interest income received on our cash and cash equivalents and the total interest expense paid on our financial debt.

Our interest income, net, as reported on our consolidated statements of income, is the balance between interest income received from our cash and cash equivalent and marketable securities investments and interest expense paid on our long-term debt. Our interest income is dependent ~~on the~~upon fluctuations in ~~the~~ interest rates, mainly in ~~the~~ U.S. ~~dollar~~dollars and ~~the Euro,~~Euros, since we invest primarily on a short-term basis; any increase or decrease in the short-term market interest rates would mean an equivalent increase or decrease in our interest income. As of December 31, 2009, approximately 40% of our long-term debt was at fixed interest rates. Our interest expenses are associated with our long-term Zero Coupon 2016 Convertible Bonds (with a fixed rate of 1.5%), our 2013 Floating Rate ~~Note,~~Senior Bond, which is fixed quarterly at a rate of ~~LIBOR +~~EURIBOR plus 40bps, and ~~EIB~~European Investment Bank Floating Rate Loans ~~for a total of $701 million.~~totaling $672 million at LIBOR plus variable spreads. To manage the interest rate mismatch, in the second quarter of 2006, we entered into ~~cancelable~~cancellable swaps to hedge a portion of the fixed rate obligations on our outstanding long-term debt with ~~Floating Rate~~floating rate derivative instruments. Of the $974 million in 2016 Convertible Bonds issued in the first quarter of 2006, we entered into ~~cancelable~~cancellable swaps for $200 million of the principal amount of the bonds, swapping the 1.5% yield equivalent on the bonds for 6 Month USD LIBOR minus 3.375%, partially offsetting the interest rate mismatch of the 2016 Convertible Bond. Our hedging policy iswas not intended to cover the full exposure and all risks associated with these instruments. Due to the ~~high volatility in the~~exceptionally low U.S. dollar interest ~~rates generated~~rate brought about by the ~~recent~~ financial ~~turmoil,~~crisis, in 2008 we determined that the swaps had not been effective since November 1, 2008 and the fair value hedge relationship was discontinued. Consequently, the swaps were designated asheld-for-trading financial assets and reported at fair value as a component of “Other receivables and current assets” in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008 for $34 million, since we ~~intend~~intended to hold the derivative instruments for a short period of time that ~~will~~would not exceed twelve months. An unrealized gain of $15 million was recognized in earnings from the discontinuance date ~~totaling $15 million~~ and was reported on the line “Unrealized gain on financial assets” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008. This instrument was sold during the first quarter of ~~2009. In compliance~~2009 with ~~FAS 133 provisions on fair value hedges, the net~~a positive cash flow impact of $26 million and a loss of $8 million.

In December 2009, in order to reduce the ~~hedging transaction on our consolidated statements of income was a gain of $1 million in 2008, which represents the ineffective part~~negative carry of the ~~hedge. This amount was recorded in~~outstanding Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2016, we began a program to repurchase a portion of them. At December 31, 2009, 98 thousand bonds had been repurchased, corresponding to 4,295,722 shares. In light of the put option that will be exercisable by bondholders on February 23, 2011, we decided to repurchase a portion of the 2016 Bonds to optimize our liquidity management and yield through that date. See “Other ~~income and expenses, net.~~Developments.”

We also have $250 million of restricted cash at a fixed rate (Hynix Semiconductor-Numonyx JV), which partially offsets the interest rate mismatch of ~~6.06% formally~~the 2016 Convertible Bond. Our hedging policy is not intended to cover the full exposure and all risks associated with ~~Hynix Semiconductor.~~these instruments.

~~As of~~At December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, our total financial resources, including cash, ~~and~~ cash equivalents, ~~and~~ marketable securities current and non-current and restricted cash, generated an average interest income rate of ~~2.8%~~0.86%. This does not include interest income accrued on the shareholder loan to Numonyx.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Treasury activities are regulated by our policies, which define procedures, objectives and controls. The policies focus on the management of our financial risk in terms of exposure to currency rates and interest rates. Most treasury activities are centralized, with any local treasury activities subject to oversight from our head treasury office. The majority of our cash and cash equivalents are held in U.S. dollars and Euros and are placed with financial institutions rated “A” or better. Part of our liquidity is also held in Euros to naturally hedge intercompany payables and financial debt in the same currency and is placed with financial institutions rated at least single A long-term rating, meaning at least A3 from Moody’s Investor Service and A- from Standard & Poor’s ~~and~~or Fitch Ratings. Marginal amounts are held in other currencies. See Item 11, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market ~~Risk” included in theForm 20-F,~~ ~~as may be updated from time to time in our public filings.~~Risk.”

In the third quarter of 2007, we determined that since unauthorized investments in Auction Rate Securities other than in the U.S. federally-guaranteed student loan program experienced auction failure since August such investments were to be more properly classified on our consolidated balance sheet as “Marketable securities” instead of “Cash and cash equivalents” as done in previous periods. The revision of the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet results in a decrease of “Cash and cash equivalents” from $1,963 million to $1,659 million with an offsetting increase to “Marketable securities” from $460 million to $764 million. The revision of the December 31, 2006 consolidated statements of cash flows affects “Net cash used in investing activities”, which increased from $2,753 million to

$3,057 million based on the increase in the investing activities line “Payment for purchase of marketable securities” from $460 million to $764 million. The “Net cash increase (decrease)” caption was also reduced $304 million from a decrease of $64 million to a decrease of $368 million, and the “Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period” changes to match the $1,659 million on the revised consolidated balance sheet. There are no other changes on the consolidated statements of cash flows, including the “Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period”, as we only started purchasing auction rate securities in 2006. Because the investments made for our account in Auction Rate Securities other than U.S. federally-guaranteed student loans were made without our authorization, in 2008, we initiated arbitration proceedings against Credit Suisse Securities LLC, and action in district court against Credit Suisse Group, to reverse the unauthorized purchases and to recover all losses in our account, including, but not limited to, the $173 million impairment posted to date.

As of December 31, ~~2008, we had $1,009~~2009, our total liquidity and capital resources were comprised of $1,588 million in cash and cash equivalents, ~~$651~~of which $186 million is held at the ST-Ericsson level, $1,032 million in marketable securities as current assets, of which $40 million is held at the ST Ericsson level, $250 million as restricted cash and $42 million in ARS, invested by Credit Suisse contrary to our instruction, both items considered as non-current assets. Our total capital resources were $2,912 million as of December 31, 2009, a significant increase compared to $2,132 million at December 2008. Such increase was originated by the proceeds from the ST-Ericsson business combination and from operating cash flow.

As of December 31, 2009, we had $1,032 million in marketable securities as current assets, composed ~~solely~~ of $484 million invested in Aaa treasury bills from the French and U.S. governments, $548 million invested in senior debt ~~Floating Rate Notes (“FRN”)~~floating rate notes issued by primary financial institutions ~~$250~~with an average rating, excluding one impaired debt security for a notional value of €15 million, ~~as restricted cash~~of Aa3/A+ from Moody’s and ~~$242 million~~S&P. Both the treasury bills and the Floating Rate Notes are classified as ~~non-current assets invested in Auction Rate Securities. At September 27, 2008, cash~~available-for-sale and ~~cash equivalents were $868 million and at December 31, 2007 they were $1,855 million.~~

As of December 31, 2008, we had $651 million in marketable securities as current assets, with primary financial institutions with a minimum rating of A2/A (this rating does not consider Lehman Brothers FRN). They are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statement of changes in ~~shareholders’~~ equity, except if deemed to be other-than temporary. For that reason, as at December 31, 2008, after recent economic events and given our exposure to Lehman Brothers’ senior unsecured bonds for a maximum amount of €15 million, we recorded an~~other-than-temporary~~other-than-temporary. charge of $11 million, which represents 50% of the face value of these Floating Rate Notes, according to recovery rate calculated from a major credit rating company. The change in fair value of all other current marketable securities amounted to approximately $14 million after taxWe reported as of December 31, ~~2008.~~2009 a before tax increase of $8 million compared to December 31, 2008 in the fair value of our floating rate note portfolio. Since the duration of the floating-rate note portfolio is only an average of two years and the securities have a minimum Moody’s rating of A3, we expect the value of the securities to return to par as the final maturity approaches (with the only exception being the $15 million of Senior Floating Rate Notes issued by Lehman Brothers, the value of which was impaired through an “other than temporary” charge in 2008). The fair value ~~for~~of these securities is based on market prices publicly available through major financial information providers. The market price of the Floating Rate Notes is influenced by changes in the credit standing of the issuer but is not significantly impacted by movement in interest rates. ~~The Note’s approaching the maturity has a positive effect on the market price. We sold $160 million of these instruments in the second quarter of 2008, $127~~In 2009, we invested $1,730 million in ~~the third quarter~~French and U.S. treasury bills, of ~~2008 and, in the fourth quarter, $64~~which $1,263 million was ~~reimbursed at maturity. Marketable securities as current assets amounted to $1,014 million as of December 31, 2007. Changes~~sold or matured during the year. The change in ~~the instruments adopted to invest our liquidity in future periods may occur and may significantly affect our interest income (expense), net.~~

The portfolio of Marketable Securities outstanding as of December 31, 2008 is comprised solely of Senior Debt Floating Rate Notes issued by 11 different financial institutions with a minimum rating of A2/A (Moody’s/S&P), an average rating of Aa2/A+ (Moody’s/S&P) and an average life of 2.45 years. Due to the short duration, credit quality and diversificationfair value of the ~~financial issuers in the portfolio, which has decreased from $1,014~~$484 million debt securities classified asavailable-for-sale was not material at December 31, ~~2007~~2009. The duration of the treasury bills portfolio is less than five months and the securities are rated Aaa by Moody’s.

Due to ~~$651~~regulatory and withholding tax issues, we could not directly provide the Hynix joint venture with the $250 million long-term financing as originally planned. As a result, in 2006, we entered into a ten-year term debt guarantee agreement with an external financial institution through which we guaranteed the repayment of the loan by the joint venture to the bank. The guarantee agreement includes our placing up to $250 million in cash in a deposit account with a yield of 6.06%. The guarantee deposit will be used by the bank in case of repayment failure from the joint venture (which is now known as the Numonyx-Hynix joint venture), with $250 million as the maximum potential amount of future payments we, as the guarantor, could be required to make. In the event of default and failure to repay the loan from the joint venture, the bank will exercise our rights, subordinated to the repayment to senior lenders, to recover the amounts paid under the guarantee through the sale of the joint venture’s assets. The $250 million, which has been on deposit since 2007, was reported as “Restricted cash” on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, ~~2008, through redemption at maturities~~2009. The debt guarantee was evaluated under guidance related to disclosures about credit derivatives and ~~sales at purchase price/par (with~~certain guarantees, and resulted in the ~~only exception~~recognition of a ~~Senior FRN of €15~~$17 million ~~issued by Lehman Brothers which has been impaired and classified as “other than temporary”), we do not expect increases and decreases in~~liability, corresponding to the ~~aggregate Fair Value to affect our liquidity and capital resources.~~

Given the ample liquidity and short duration of the portfolio, we expect to either redeem the outstanding securities at par or sell them before maturity at the purchase price, excluding the Lehman Brothers FRN.

~~For sensitivity purposes, a narrowing/widening of 100 basis points of the cash spread along the residual life of the securities, would result in an increase/decrease of an additional 4% of the~~fair value of the ~~entire portfolio of FRN. Since the outstanding value~~guarantee at inception of the ~~portfolio~~transaction. The debt guarantee obligation continues to be reported on the line “Other non-current liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009, since we retained the deposit, as an asset, and the related guarantee at the formation of Numonyx. At December 31, 2009, the guarantee was ~~further reduced by~~not exercised. To the best of our knowledge, at December 31, 2009, the joint venture was current on its debt obligations, was not in default of any debt covenants and did not expect to be in default on these obligations in the foreseeable future. Our current maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with the joint venture is limited to our indirect investment through Numonyx and the debt guarantee commitments. Under the terms of the recently signed agreement to sell Numonyx to Micron, we will continue to retain the $250 million deposit with DBS Bank Ltd. in Singapore, which is intended to guarantee theHynix-Numonyx joint venture’s debt financing for such amount. Under the terms of the joint venture agreement with Hynix, upon the closing of the sale of ~~bonds at par before~~Numonyx, Hynix and Numonyx have certain rights to buy or sell or cause the other party to buy or sell their ~~natural maturity~~interests in the ~~first quarter of 2008, 5% would translate~~Hynix JV. We have entered into ~~a temporary decrease of $31 million~~an agreement with

Micron and Numonyx that provides that, in the ~~value~~event that Hynix exercises its right to purchase Numonyx’ interest in the Hynix joint venture following the closing of the ~~portfolio, with no material impact on~~Numonyx transaction, Numonyx will take over all or part of our ~~liquidity and capital structure.~~obligations under the guarantee.

As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, we had Auction Rate Securities, purchased by Credit Suisse contrary to our instruction, representing interests in collateralized debt obligations ~~and credit linked notes~~ with a par value of ~~$415~~$261 million, that were carried on our balance sheet asavailable-for-sale financial assets for ~~$242 million.~~

$42 million, including the positive revaluation of $15 million in other comprehensive income in equity. Following the continued failure of auctions for these securities which began in August ~~2007, during the fourth quarter of~~ 2007, we first registered a decline in the value of these Auction Rate Securities as an“Other-than-temporary” impairment charge against net ~~income. This resulted in a reduction in their carrying value to $369~~income for $46 million ~~at December 31,~~during the fourth quarter of 2007. Since the initial failure of the auctions in August 2007, the market offor these securities has completely frozen without any observable secondary market trades, and consequently, during 2008 and 2009, the portfolio experienced a further estimated decline in fair value charged to our Income Statement pursuant applicable GAAP of $127 million and $72 million, respectively, of which ~~$55 million~~no additional impairment was recorded during the third or fourth quarter of ~~2008. As in the fourth quarter of 2007, in 2008 the~~2009. The reduction in estimated fair value was recorded as an“Other-than-temporary” impairment charge against net income.

The investments made in the aforementioned Auction Rate Securities were made without our authorization and, in 2008, we launched a legal action against Credit Suisse. On February 16, 2009, the arbitration panel of FINRA awarded us approximately $406 million comprising compensatory damages, as well as interest and attorneys’ fees, and authorized us to retain an interest award of approximately $27 million, out of which $25 million has already been paid, as well as to obtain interest at the rate of 4.64% on the par value of the portfolio from December 31, 2008 until the award is paid in full. In December 2009, Credit Suisse, because of its contingent interest in certain securities held by us and issued by Deutsche Bank, requested that we either tender the securities or accept that the amount that would be received by us pursuant to such tender ($75 million) be deducted from the sum to be collected by us if and when the FINRA award is confirmed and enforced. Pursuant to legal advice, and while reserving our legal rights, we participated in the tender offer. As a result, we sold ARS with a face value of $154 million, collected $75 million and registered $68 million as realized losses on financial assets. Such amount comes in addition to the $245 million impairment that had been taken as of September 30, 2009 with respect to the portfolio of ARS purchased on our account by Credit Suisse contrary to our instruction. These amounts should be recovered upon collection of the award. We are seeking confirmation of the award from the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York.

Since the fourth quarter of 2007, ~~since~~as there was no information available regarding ~~“mark~~‘mark to market’ bids and ~~“mark~~‘mark to model’ valuations from the structuring financial institutions for these securities, we based our estimation of fair value on a theoretical model using yields obtainable for comparable assets. The value inputs for the evaluation of these securities were publicly available indices of securities with the same rating, similar duration and comparable/similar underlying collaterals or industries exposure (such as ABX for the collateralized debt obligation and ITraxx and IBoxx for the credit linked notes). The higher impairment charges during 2008 and 2009 reflect downgrading events on the collateral debt obligations comparing the relevant ABX indices of a lower rating category and a general negative trend of the corporate debt market. The estimated value of the collateralized debt ~~obligation~~obligations could further decrease in the future as a result of credit market deteriorationand/or other downgrading. ~~The estimated value of the corporate debt securities could also further decrease in the future due to a deterioration of the corporate industry indices used for the evaluation.~~

For our sensitivity analysis, we considered changes in the inputs for the model based on hypothetical future and historical trend assumptions. If our outstanding collateralized debt obligations were to be downgraded further, such as if they no longer had any AAA agency rating compared with the ABX indices from December 31, 2008, and if the credit linked notes were evaluated at the lowest historical price for the past two years as derived from the Itraxx and Iboxx indices, our Auction Rate Securities portfolio would be impaired an additional 12% of their face value (or $51 million). This would still have no material impact on our liquidity and capital structure.

The investments made in the aforementioned Auction Rate Securities were made without our authorization and, in 2008, we initiated arbitration proceedings against Credit Suisse Securities LLC, and action in district court against Credit Suisse Group, to reverse the unauthorized purchases and to recover all losses in our account, including, but not limited to, the $173 million impairment posted to date.

Liquidity

We maintain a significant cash position and a low debt to equity ratio, which provide us with adequate financial flexibility. As in the past, our cash management policy is to finance our investment needs mainly with net cash generated from operating activities.

During ~~2008, as a result~~2009, the evolution of ~~the payments of $1,694 million made for the wireless business from NXP and for Genesis, we registered a decrease~~our cash flow produced an increase in our cash and cash equivalents of ~~$846 million. In addition, we have distributed $240~~$579 million, ~~of dividends to shareholders~~generated by net cash from both operating and ~~repurchased $313 million of treasury shares.~~investing activities, the latter including the proceeds from the ST-Ericsson business combination.

The evolution of our cash flow for each ~~of the respective periods~~period is as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2008 2007 2006
(In millions)

Net cash from operating activities $ 1,722 $ 2,188 $ 2,491
Net cash used in investing activities (2,417 ) (1,737 ) (3,057 )
Net cash from (used) in financing activities (67 ) (296 ) 132
Effect of change in exchange rates (84 ) 41 66

Net cash increase (decrease) $ (846 ) $ 196 $ (368 )

Year Ended December 31,
2009 2008 2007
(In millions)

Net cash from (used in) operating activities $ 816 $ 1,722 $ 2,188
Net cash from (used in) investing activities 290 (2,417 ) (1,737 )
Net cash from (used in) in financing activities (513 ) (67 ) (296 )
Effect of change in exchange rates (14 ) (84 ) 41

Net cash increase (decrease) $ 579 $ (846 ) $ 196

76

Net cash from (used in) operating activities. The net cash from operating activities in 2009 was significantly lower compared to previous periods due to a higher amount of net losses registered. See “Results of Operations” for more information. However, in response to the financial market crisis we focused on strong capital management by taking aggressive actions to generate cash by accelerating our cash conversion cycle, resulting in a $553 million reduction in inventory and reflecting the accelerated collection of States receivables, mainly certain R&D tax credits.

As a result, our net cash from operating activities decreased from $1,722 million in 2008 to $816 million in 2009. Depreciation and amortization was $1,367 million in 2009, equivalent to the prior year period.

Net cash from ~~operating~~(used in) investing activities. AsInvesting activities generated cash in ~~prior periods, the major source of liquidity during 2008 was cash provided by operating activities, which decreased compared to 2007. Our net cash from operating activities totaled~~

~~$1,722 million in 2008, decreasing compared to $2,188 million in 2007~~2009 primarily due to the net proceeds of $1,155 million, received from Ericsson in relation to the creation of ST-Ericsson. Payments for the purchase of tangible assets totaled $451 million, a ~~lower level of profitability from operations resulting~~significant reduction from the ~~negative impact of the U.S. dollar exchange rate and adverse market conditions, particularly~~$983 million registered in the ~~fourth quarter. Changes~~equivalent prior year period. Furthermore, in ~~our operating assets and liabilities resulted in a use~~2009, we made payments of ~~cash in~~$1,730 million for the ~~amount~~purchases of ~~$38~~marketable securities, while we collected $1,446 million ~~in 2008, mainly~~upon the sales of marketable securities largely due to ~~an increase in inventory that was driven by a sharp decline in our customers’ demand, compared to $62 million of net cash generated in 2007.~~their maturity dates.

Net cash ~~used in investing activities.~~ Net cash used in investing activities was $2,417 million in 2008, compared to the $1,737 million used in 2007. Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash received, were the main utilization of cash in 2008, including the NXP wireless business for $1,518 million and Genesis for $176 million. Payments for purchases of tangible assets were $983 million for 2008, decreasing compared to $1,140 million in 2007 as a result of our plan to control capital expenditures at or below 10% of revenues. We did not purchase any marketable securities in 2008, although we sold $351 million of Floating Rate Notes to finance part of our business acquisitions.

~~Net cash used in~~from (used in) financing activities. Net cash used in financing activities was ~~$67~~$513 million in ~~2008, decreasing~~2009 compared to ~~$296~~the $67 million used in ~~2007.~~2008. The 2009 amount included $158 million as dividends paid to shareholders, $134 million as repayment at maturity of long term debt, $103 million related to the repurchase of the 2016 Bonds and $92 million of purchase of equity from noncontrolling interests related to the acquisition of NXP’s 20% stake in ST-NXP Wireless. There were no proceeds from long term debt ~~primarily from the European Investment Bank, to finance our activities, were higher than~~ in ~~2007. As at December 31, 2008, we had paid only three-fourths of the quarterly dividends to shareholders, equivalent to $240 million,~~2009, while the ~~total~~corresponding amount ~~of the prior year’s dividend, $269 million, had been paid~~ in ~~one installment as at December 31, 2007; furthermore, during~~ 2008 ~~we executed our share repurchase program, spending an aggregate amount of $313~~was $663 million.

Net operating cash flow. We also present net operating cash flow, defined as net cash from (used in) operating activities ~~minus~~plus (minus) net cash ~~used in~~from (used in) investing activities, excluding payment for purchases of and proceeds from the sale of marketable securities (both current and non-current), short-term deposits and restricted cash. We believe net operating cash flow provides useful information for investors and management because it measures our capacity to generate cash from our operating and investing activities to sustain our operating activities. Net operating cash flow is not a U.S. GAAP measure and does not represent total cash flow since it does not include the cash flows generated by or used in financing activities. In addition, our definition of net operating cash flow may differ from definitions used by other companies. Net operating cash flow is determined as follows from our Audited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow:


	Year Ended December 31,										Year Ended December 31,
	2008			2007				2006			2009		2008			2007
	(In millions)										(In millions)

Net cash from operating activities	$	1,722		$	2,188			$	2,491
Net cash used in investing activities		(2,417	)		(1,737	)	��		(3,057	)
Net cash from (used in) operating activities											$	816	$	1,722		$	2,188
Net cash from (used in) investing activities												290		(2,417	)		(1,737	)
Payment for purchase and proceeds from sale of marketable securities (current and non-current), short-term deposits and restricted cash, net		(351	)		389				1,232			258		(351	)		389

Net operating cash flow	$	(1,046	)	$	840			$	666		$	1,364	$	(1,046	)	$	840

We had ~~unfavorable~~favorable net operating cash flow of ~~$1,046~~$1,364 million in 2009, significantly higher compared to net negative operating cash flow of $(1,046) million in 2008, mainly as a result of the $1,137 million, net of related fees, received from EMP as part of the creation of the ST-Ericsson joint venture. Excluding the effects of business combinations, net operating cash flow was favorable by $227 million in 2009, decreasing compared to favorable net operating cash flow of $840 million in 2007, because of payments for the NXP wireless business and Genesis, which totaled $1,694 million — net of available cash. Excluding these payments, the net operating cash flow would have been $648 million in 2008, ~~out~~because of the deterioration in our operating results which ~~$161 million would have been in~~negatively impacted the ~~fourth quarter of 2008.~~net cash from operating activities.

Capital Resources

Net financial position

Our net financial ~~position: resources (debt), is representing~~position represents the balance between our total financial resources and our total financial debt. Our total financial resources include cash and cash equivalents, current and non-current marketable securities, short-term deposits and restricted cash, and our total financial debt ~~include~~includes bank overdrafts, current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt, as represented in our consolidated balance sheet. WeNet financial position is not a U.S. GAAP measure but we believe ~~our net financial position~~it provides useful information for investors because it gives evidence of our global position either in terms of net indebtedness or net cash by measuring our capital resources based on cash, ~~cash equivalents~~

9977

cash equivalents and marketable securities and the total level of our financial indebtedness. ~~The~~Our net financial position ishas been determined as follows from our Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, ~~2008:~~2009:


	Year Ended December 31,									Year Ended December 31,
	2008			2007			2006			2009			2008			2007
	(In millions)									(In millions)

Cash and cash equivalents, net of bank overdrafts	$	989		$	1,855		$	1,659		$	1,588		$	989		$	1,855
Marketable securities, current		651			1,014			764			1,032			651			1,014
Short-term deposits		—			—			250
Restricted cash		250			250			218			250			250			250
Marketable securities, non-current		242			369			—			42			242			369

Total financial resources		2,132			3,488			2,891			2,912			2,132			3,488

Current portion of long-term debt		(123	)		(103	)		(136	)		(176	)		(123	)		(103	)
Long-term debt		(2,554	)		(2,117	)		(1,994	)		(2,316	)		(2,554	)		(2,117	)

Total financial debt		(2,677	)		(2,220	)		(2,130	)		(2,492	)		(2,677	)		(2,220	)

Net financial position	$	(545	)	$	1,268		$	761		$	420		$	(545	)	$	1,268

~~The~~Our net financial position as of December 31, ~~2008~~2009 resulted in a net cash position of $420 million, representing a solid improvement compared to the net debt ~~position~~ of $545 million ~~representing a significant decrease from the net cash position of $1,268 million as of~~at December 31, ~~2007~~2008, due to the ~~payments made for our~~proceeds from the ST-Ericsson business ~~acquisitions.~~combination and favorable net operating cash flow. In the same period, both our cash position and our current marketable securities portfolio ~~decreased~~increased significantly to ~~$989~~$1,588 million and ~~$651~~$1,032 million, respectively, while total financial debt ~~increased to $2,677~~decreased by $185 million.

On July 28, 2008 we closed our previously announced deal to create a joint venture company with NXP from our wireless operations, which resulted in our providing a cash payment, net of cash received, of $1,518 million to NXP. Following the announcement of the transaction with Ericsson, we agreed in February 2009 to accelerate the call option to purchase NXP’s 20% interest in our wireless joint venture company for a payment of $92 million; Ericsson contributed $1.1 billion net to the joint venture, out of which $0.7 billion was paid to us. We also expect additional use of cash in the coming quarter due to the upcoming payment of the remaining quarterly cash dividend. With regards to our buyback plan, it was completed as of December 31, 2008.

At December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the aggregate amount of our long-term debt, including the current portion, was ~~$2,677~~$2,492 million, ~~including $1,036~~which included $943 million of our 2016 Convertible Bonds, ~~and $703~~$720 million of our 2013 Senior Bonds (corresponding to ~~the~~ €500 million at issuance), while we nearly entirely redeemed our 2013 Convertible Bonds. Additionally, we had unutilized committed medium term credit facilities with core relationship banks totalling $275 million. Furthermore, the aggregate amount of our and ~~our subsidiaries’ total available short-term credit facilities, excluding foreign exchange credit facilities, was approximately $816~~$672 million ~~as at December 31, 2008. We also had~~in European Investment Bank loans (the “EIB Loans”). The EIB Loans represent two committed credit facilities ~~with the European Investment Bank~~ as part of a R&D funding ~~program.~~programs. The first, ~~one,~~ for ~~a total of~~ €245 million for R&D in France was fully drawn in U.S. dollars for a total amount of $341 million, of which ~~$20~~$49 million ~~were~~had been paid back as at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. The second, ~~one,~~ signed on July 21, 2008, for ~~a total amount of~~ €250 million for R&D projects in Italy, was fully drawn in U.S. dollars for $380 million as at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. Additionally, we had unutilized committed medium term credit facilities with core relationship banks totaling $500 million. Furthermore, the aggregate amount of our total available short-term credit facilities, excluding foreign exchange credit facilities, was approximately $759 million at December 31, 2009. In addition, as the parent companies, we and Ericsson have granted ST-Ericsson a $25 million committed facility and $25 million unutilized committed line, respectively. The withdrawal of that line is subject to approval of the parent companies at STE’s Board of Directors. We also maintain uncommitted foreign exchange facilities totaling ~~$773~~$714 million at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. At December 31, ~~2008, available short-term lines of credit were reduced by $20 million bank overdrafts. At December 31, 2007,~~2009, the amounts available under the short-term lines of credit were not reduced by any borrowing.

Our long-term capital market financing instruments contain standard covenants, but do not impose minimum financial ratios or similar obligations on us. Upon a change of control, the holders of our 2016 Convertible Bonds and 2013 Senior Bonds may require us to repurchase all or a portion of such holder’s bonds. See Note 1714 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

~~100~~

As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, debt payments due by period and based on the assumption that convertible debt redemptions are at the holder’s first redemption option were as follows:

Total 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Thereafter

Long-term debt (including current portion) $ 2,677 $ 123 $ 173 $ 1,153 $ 116 $ 816 $ 296

Payments Due by Period
Total 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Thereafter
(In millions)

Long-term debt (including current portion) $ 2,492 $ 176 $ 1,063 $ 119 $ 836 $ 114 $ 92 $ 92
In February 2006, we issued $1,131 million principal amount at maturity zero coupon senior convertible bonds due in February 2016. The bonds are convertible by the holder at any time prior to maturity at a conversion rate of 43.833898 shares per one thousand dollar face value of the bonds corresponding to 42,694,216 equivalent shares. This conversion rate was adjusted from 43.363087 shares per one thousand dollar face value of the bonds at May 21, 2007, as the result of the extraordinary cash dividend distribution of $0.36 per share approved by the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held on May 14, 2008. This new conversion has been in effect since May 19, 2008. The holders will also be able to redeem the convertible bonds on February 23, 2011 at a price of $1,077.58, on February 23, 2012 at a price of $1,093.81 and on February 24, 2014 at a price of $1,126.99 per one thousand dollar face value of the bonds. We can call the bonds at any time after March 10, 2011 subject to our share price exceeding 130% of the accreted value divided by the conversion rate for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days. On

78

December 30, 2009 we repurchased 98 thousand bonds for a total cash consideration of $103 million, realizing a gain on the repurchase of $3 million.

As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, we have the following credit ratings on our 2013 and 2016 Bonds:


	Moody’s Investors			~~Standard &~~
	Service				Standard & Poor’s

Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2013		~~WR(1~~	)WR(1)			A-	NR
Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2016		Baa1				A-	BBB+
Floating Rate Senior Bonds due 2013		Baa1				A-	BBB+


(1)		Rating withdrawn since the redemption in August 2006 of $1.4 billion of our 2013 Convertible Bonds.

On April 11, 2008, Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services put our ratings “on review for possible downgrade” and “on CreditWatch with negative implications,” respectively. On June 24, 2008 Standard and Poor’s Rating Services affirmed theWe are also rated “A−” ~~rating. On June 25, 2008 Moody’s Investors Service downgraded our senior debt rating~~ from ~~“A3” to “Baa1.”~~Fitch on an unsolicited basis.

On February 6, 2009 Standard & Poor’s ~~downgraded~~Rating Services lowered our senior debt rating from “A−” to “BBB+” and Moody’s Investors Service affirmed the Baa1 senior debt ratings and changed the outlook on the ratings to negative from stable.

In March 2006, STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. (“ST BV”), one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, issued Floating Rate Senior Bonds with a principal amount of €500 million at an issue price of 99.873%. The notes, which mature on March 17, 2013, pay a coupon rate of the three-month Euribor plus 0.40% on June 17, September 17, December 17 and March 17 of each year through maturity. The notes have a put for early repayment in case of a change of control. The Floating Rate Senior Bonds issued by ST BV are collateralized with guarantee issued by us.

Contractual Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Contingencies

Our contractual obligations, commercial commitments and contingencies as of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, and for each of the five years to come and thereafter, were as ~~follows(1)~~follows (1):


	Total		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		Thereafter		Total		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		Thereafter

Operating leases(2)	$	423	$	89	$	68	$	61	$	52	$	61	$	92	$	481	$	131	$	98	$	68	$	43	$	26	$	115
Purchase obligations(2)		516		409		68		39								741		604		62		37		20		18		—
of which:
Equipment and other asset purchase		150		150												267		267		—		—		—		—		—
Foundry purchase		106		106												182		182		—		—		—		—		—
Software, technology licenses and design		260		153		68		39								292		155		62		37		20		18		—
Other obligations(2)		359		163		86		53		48		7		2		532		263		135		125		6		2		1
Long-term debt obligations (including current portion)(3)(4)(5) of which:		2,677		123		173		1,153		116		816		296		2,492		176		1,063		119		836		114		184
Capital leases(3)		15		6		6		2						1		19		8		4		2		2		2		1
Pension obligations(3)		332		35		36		26		31		32		172		317		41		21		28		28		37		162
Other non-current liabilities(3)		350		11		57		17		86		8		171		342		19		20		87		8		7		201
Total	$	4,657	$	830	$	488	$	1,349	$	333	$	924	$	733	$	4,905	$	1,234	$	1,399	$	464	$	941	$	204	$	663


(1)		Contingent liabilities which cannot be quantified are excluded from the table above.

(2)		Items not reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009.

(3)		Items reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009.

(4)		See Note 1714 to our Consolidated Financial Statements at December 31, ~~2008~~2009 for additional information related to long-term debt and redeemable convertible securities.

(5)		Year of payment is based on maturity before taking into account any potential acceleration that could result from a triggering of the change of control provisions of the 2016 Convertible Bonds and the 2013 Senior Bonds.

~~101~~

As a ~~consequence~~result of our July 10, 2007 announcement ~~concerning~~relating to the planned closures of certain ~~of our~~ manufacturing facilities, the ~~future~~ shutdown of ~~our~~ plants in the United States ~~will lead to~~is ongoing and negotiations with ~~some of our suppliers.~~suppliers continue. As no final date for the closure has been set, ~~none~~some of the aforementioned contracts ~~as reported above~~ have been ~~terminated nor do~~terminated. The termination fees for the ~~reported amounts take~~sites still in operation have not been taken into ~~account any termination fees.~~account.

Operating leases are mainly related to building leases and to ~~equipment leases as part of the Crolles2 equipment repurchase which has been finalized in the third quarter of 2008.~~equipment. The amount disclosed is composed of minimum payments for future leases from ~~2009~~2010 to ~~2013~~2014 and thereafter. We lease land, buildings, plants and equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates under non-cancelable lease agreements. ~~Operating lease expenses was $92 million, $62 million and $56 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.~~

Purchase obligations are primarily comprised of purchase commitments for equipment, for outsourced foundry wafers and for software licenses.

Other obligations primarily relate to firm contractual commitments with respect to a cooperation agreement. In addition, on January 17, 2008 we acquired effective control of Genesis. There remains a commitment of $5 million related to a retention program expected to be paid in 2009, which is also included in Other obligations.

As part of the agreement with NXP signed on April 10, 2008, three years following the establishment of the venture, or earlier upon certain conditions, we had the right to purchase NXP’s 20% interest for cash and NXP has the right to put its 20% interest to us for cash. The pricing of the put and call are based upon certain multiples of trailing twelve-month revenues and EBITDA through the end of the month preceding the exercise. While there is a significant spread between the multiples, it was intended that such multiples represent the high and low end of a range of fair market values. Under both the put and the call, 25% of the exercise price is determined based upon revenues and 75% is based upon EBITDA. On August 20, 2008, we announced that we had reached agreement with Ericsson for the creation of a new venture combining ST-NXP Wireless with the business of EMP. Concurrently with such announcement we advised NXP that, given Ericsson’s preference to limit ownership of the new venture to only us and EMP, we intended to exercise our accelerated call option right. On February 2, 2009, we entered into an agreement with NXP to buy back NXP’s 20% ownership stake of ST-NXP Wireless for a price of $92 million. This amount has not been considered in the above table on contractual obligations, commercial commitments and contingencies. On February 3, 2009, we announced the closing of our agreement to combine the businesses of EMP and ST-NXP Wireless in a joint venture. The deal was completed on the terms originally announced on August 20, 2008. Ericsson contributed $1,100 million net to the joint venture, out of which $700 million was paid to us.agreements.

Long-term debt obligations mainly consist of bank loans, convertible and non-convertible debt issued by us that is totally or partially redeemable for cash at the option of the holder. They include maximum future amounts that may be redeemable for cash at the option of the holder, at fixed prices. On August 7, 2006, as a result of almost all of the holders of our 2013 Convertible Bonds exercising the August 4, 2006 put option, we repurchased $1,397 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding convertible bonds. The outstanding long-term debt corresponding to the 2013 convertible debt was not material as at December 31, ~~2008.~~

In February 2006, we issued $1,131 million principal amount at maturity of Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due in February 2016. The bonds were convertible by the holder at any time prior to maturity at a conversion rate of 43.118317 shares per one thousand dollars face value of the bonds corresponding to 41,997,240 equivalent shares. The holders can also redeem the convertible bonds on February 23, 2011 at a price of $1,077.58, on February 23, 2012 at a price of $1,093.81 and on February 24, 2014 at a price of $1,126.99 per one thousand dollars face value of the bonds. We can call the bonds at any time after March 10, 2011 subject to our share price exceeding 130% of the accreted value divided by the conversion rate for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days.

At our annual general meeting of shareholders held on April 26, 2007, our shareholders approved a cash dividend distribution of $0.30 per share. Pursuant to the terms of our 2016 Convertible Bonds, the payment of this dividend gave rise to a slight change in the conversion rate thereof. The new conversion rate was 43.363087 corresponding to 42,235,646 equivalent shares. At our annual general meeting of shareholders held on May 14, 2008, our shareholders approved a cash dividend distribution of $0.36 per share. The payment of this dividend gave

~~102~~

~~rise to a change in the conversion rate thereof. The new conversion rate is 43.833898, corresponding to 42,694,216 equivalent shares.~~

In March 2006, STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. (“ST BV”), one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, issued Floating Rate Senior Bonds with a principal amount of €500 million at an issue price of 99.873%2009. See “Net financial position”. The notes, which mature on March 17, 2013, pay a coupon rate of the three-month Euribor plus 0.40% on the 17th of June, September, December and March of each year through maturity. The notes have a put for early repayment in case of a change of control. The Floating Rate Senior Bonds issued by ST BV are collaterized with guarantee issued by us.

Pension obligations and termination indemnities amounting to ~~$332~~$317 million consist of our best estimates of the amounts projected to be payable by us for the retirement plans based on the assumption that our employees will work for us until they reach the age of retirement. The final actual amount to be paid and related ~~timings~~timing of such payments may vary significantly due to early retirements, terminations and changes in assumptions rates. See Note 1615 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. As part of the integration of the NXP wireless business, we assumed liabilities related to pension and other long term liabilities for an amount of approximately $20 million, net of plan assets received. The divestiture of FMG ~~triggered the~~ deconsolidation, ~~of approximately $40 million pension obligations. However~~ we retained the obligation to fund the severance payment (“trattamento di fine rapporto”) due to certain transferred employees by the defined amount of about ~~$35~~$32 million which qualifies as a defined benefit plan and was classified as an other non-current liability as at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009.

Other non-current liabilities include, in addition to the above-mentioned pension obligation, future obligations related to our restructuring plans and miscellaneous contractual obligations. They also include as at December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, following the FMG deconsolidation ~~as at December 31,~~in 2008, a long-term liability for capacity rights amounting to ~~$63~~$47 million. In addition, we and Intel have each granted in favor of Numonyx B.V., in which we hold a 48.6% equity investment through Numonyx, a 50% guarantee not joint and several, for indebtedness related to the financing arrangements entered into by Numonyx for a $450 million term loan and a $100 million committed revolving credit facility. ~~Non-current liabilities include~~We have estimated the guarantee to be $69 million ~~guarantee liability~~ based on the fair value of the term loan over 4 years, ~~with~~including the effect of ~~the~~ savings provided by the guarantee. Upon the closing of the Numonyx deal with Micron, Numonyx will repay the full amount of its outstanding $450 million term loan, while simultaneously terminating our $225 million guarantee of its debt. Please refer to “Other developments”.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

~~At December 31, 2008, we~~We had convertible debt instruments outstanding. Our convertible debt instruments contain certain conversion and redemption options that are not required to be accounted for separately in our financial statements. See Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information about our convertible debt instruments and related conversion and redemption options.

~~We have~~ no ~~other~~ material off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009.

Financial Outlook

WeWhile we are reconfirming our target to have capital expenditures to ~~decrease approximately by 50% as~~remain in the range of 5 to about 7% of revenues, we expect a moderate increase compared to the ~~$983~~$451 million spent in ~~2008~~2009 in order to ~~approximate $500 million.~~keep pace with the sharp increase in customer demand. The most significant of our ~~2009~~2010 capital expenditure projects are expected to be: (a) for the front-end facilities: (i) the ~~tool set~~increase of up to ~~transfer the 32nm process from our participation~~3200 wafers per week in the ~~IBM Alliance to~~capacity of our300-mm fab in Crolles, and costs related to the preparation for an additional increase to 3600 wafers per week; (ii) the establishment of a 32nm R&D capability in Crolles; ~~(ii)~~(iii) the completion of the ~~restructuring~~ program for ~~FE fabs; (iii) focused investment both~~front-end fabs, targeting the increased capacity in ~~manufacturing and R&D~~the Ang-Mo-Kio (Singapore) 150mm to 18K wafers per week; (iv) selective programs of robustness / mix change in ~~France sites to secure and develop~~ our ~~system oriented~~200-mm fabs, mainly by installing tools transferred from internal sources; (v) the strengthening of proprietary technologies ~~portfolio; (iv)~~in our200-mm fab in Agrate; and (vi) quality, safety, security, maintenance both in 6” and 8” front end fabs; ~~and~~ (b) for the back-end facilities, the capital expenditures will mainly be dedicated to the ~~technology evolution to support the ICs path to package size reduction~~capacity increase: (i) growth of our manufacturing presence in ~~Shenzhen (China)~~China (Longgang and ~~Muar (Malaysia) and to prepare the room for future years capacity growth by completing the new production area in Muar~~Shenzhen) and the ~~new plant~~Philippines (Calamba); (ii) further consolidation of our presence in ~~Longgang (China).~~Malaysia (Muar); and (iii) specific investments in the areas of quality, environment, energy saving and (c) an overall capacity increase in wafers probing (EWS) for all product groups.

We will continue to monitor our level of capital spending by taking into consideration factors such as trends in the semiconductor industry, capacity utilization and announced additions. We expect to have significant capital requirements in the coming years and in addition we intend to continue to devote a substantial portion of our net revenues to R&D. We plan to fund our capital requirements from cash provided by operating activities, available funds and available support from third parties, and may have recourse to borrowings under available credit lines

~~103~~

and, to the extent necessary or attractive based on market conditions prevailing at the time, the issuing of debt, convertible bonds or additional equity securities. A substantial deterioration of our economic results and consequently of our profitability could generate a deterioration of the cash generated by our operating activities. Therefore, there can be no assurance that, in future periods, we will generate the same level of cash as in the previous years to fund our capital expenditures plans for expending/upgrading our production facilities, our working capital requirements, our R&D and industrialization costs.

On February 23, 2011, holders will be able to call for the redemption of our 2016 convertible bonds, which we believe is likely to occur in view of current market prices, for an amount of $728 million. Furthermore, there could be possible financial needs for temporary bridge financing by the parent companies of the ST-Ericsson joint venture, the amount of which cannot be estimated at this stage.

Impact of Recently Issued U.S. Accounting Standards

~~(a) Accounting pronouncements effective in 2008~~

~~In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157,~~~~Fair Value Measurements~~(“FAS 157”). This statement defines fair value as “the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.” Additionally, the statement defines a fair value hierarchy which should be used when determining fair values, except as specifically excluded. FAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. However, in February 2008, the FASB issued an FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) that partially deferred the effective date of FAS 157 for one year for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. However, the FSP did not defer recognition and disclosure requirements for financial assets and financial liabilities or for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are measured at least annually, which do not include goodwill. We adopted FAS 157 on January 1, 2008. FAS 157 adoption is prospective, with no cumulative effect of the change in the accounting guidance for fair value measurement to be recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings, except for specified categories of instruments. We did not record, upon adoption, any adjustment to retained earnings since we do not hold any of these categories of instruments. In the first quarter of 2008, we reassessed fair value on financial assets and liabilities in compliance with FAS 157, including the valuation of available-for-sale securities for which no observable market price is obtainable. The adoption of FAS 157 did not have any impact on the derivative instruments held by us and either designated as hedge or classified as held-for-trading, and on our investments in equity securities and floating-rate notes classified as available-for-sale since quoted prices for similar or identical instruments are available for these instruments. For the auction-rate securities held by us for which no observable market price is obtainable, as described inSee Note 12, we estimate that the measure of fair value of these financial assets, even if using certain entity-specific assumptions, is in line with a FAS 157 level 3 fair value hierarchy. We have also assessed the future impact of FAS 157 when adopted in 2009 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis, such as impaired long-lived assets or goodwill. For goodwill impairment testing and the use of fair value of tested reporting units, we are currently reviewing our goodwill impairment model to measure fair value relying on external inputs and market participant’s assumptions rather than exclusively using discounted cash flows generated by each reporting entity. Based on our preliminary assessment, management estimates that the new fair value measurement basis, if applied in a comparable market environment as in the last impairment campaigns, would not have a significant material impact on the results of the goodwill impairment tests. However, as a result of the continuing downturn in market conditions and the general business environment, this new measurement of the fair value of the reporting units when used in future goodwill and impairment testing could generate higher impairment charges as the fair value will be estimated on business indicators that could reflect a distressed market.

~~In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159,~~~~The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115~~(“FAS 159”). This statement permits companies to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates and report unrealized gains and losses in earnings at each subsequent reporting date on items for which the fair value option has been elected. FAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 with early adoption permitted for fiscal year 2007 if first quarter statements have not been issued. We adopted FAS 159 on January 1, 2008 and have not elected to apply the fair value option on any of our assets and liabilities as permitted by FAS 159.

~~In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached final consensus on IssueNo. 06-11,~~~~Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards~~~~(“EITF 06-11”).~~ ~~This issue~~

~~104~~

states that a realized tax benefit from dividends or dividend equivalents that are charged to retained earnings and paid to employees for equity-classified nonvested shares, nonvested equity share units, and outstanding share options should be recognized as an increase to additional~~paid-in-capital.~~ ~~Those tax benefits are considered excess tax benefits (“windfall”) under FAS 123R.EITF 06-11~~ must be applied prospectively to dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted for the income tax benefits of dividends on equity-based awards that are declared in periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. We adopted~~EITF 06-11~~ ~~in the first quarter of 2008 andEITF 06-11~~ ~~did not have any impact on our financial position and results of operations.~~

~~In June 2007, the EITF reached final consensus on IssueNo. 07-3,~~~~Accounting for Advance Payments for Goods or Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development Activities~~~~(“EITF 07-3”).~~ The issue addresses whether non-refundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for R&D activities should be expensed when the advance payments are made or when the R&D activities have been performed.~~EITF 07-3~~ ~~is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. We adoptedEITF 07-3~~ ~~in the first quarter of 2008 andEITF 07-3~~ ~~did not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.~~

~~In November 2007, the EITF reached final consensus on IssueNo. 07-6,~~~~Accounting for the Sale of Real Estate When the Agreement Includes a Buy-Sell Clause~~~~(“EITF 07-6”).~~ ~~The issue addresses whether the existence of abuy-sell~~ ~~arrangement would preclude partial sales treatment when real estate is sold to a jointly owned entity.EITF 07-6~~ ~~is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and would be applied prospectively to transactions entered into after the effective date. We adoptedEITF 07-6~~ ~~in the first quarter of 2008 andEITF 07-6~~ ~~did not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.~~

~~In November 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109,~~~~Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings~~(“SAB 109”). SAB 109 provides the Staff’s views regarding written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings under GAAP. SAB 109 is effective for all written loan commitments recorded at fair value that are entered into, or substantially modified, in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007. We adopted SAB 109 in the first quarter of 2008 and have no written loan commitments to which the standard applies.

~~In January 2008, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110,~~~~Year-End Help for Expensing Employee Stock Options~~(“SAB 110”). SAB 110 expresses the views of the Staff regarding the use of a “simplified” method, in developing an estimate of expected term of “plain vanilla” share options in accordance with FAS 123R and amended its previous guidance under SAB 107 which prohibited entities from using the simplified method for stock option grants after December 31, 2007. SAB 110 is not relevant2 to our ~~operations since we redefined in 2005 its compensation policy by no longer granting stock options but rather issuing nonvested shares.~~

~~(b) Accounting pronouncements expected to impact our operations that are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by us~~

~~In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (Revised 2007),~~~~Business Combinations~~~~(“FAS 141R”) and No. 160,~~~~Noncontrolling Interests in~~ Consolidated Financial ~~Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51~~(“FAS 160”). These new standards will initiate substantive and pervasive changes that will impact both the accounting for future acquisition deals and the measurement and presentation of previous acquisitions in consolidated financial statements. The standards continue the movement toward the greater use of fair values in financial reporting. FAS 141R will significantly change how business acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial statements both on the acquisition date and in subsequent periods. FAS 160 will change the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. The significant changes from current practice resulting from FAS 141R are: the definitions of a business and a business combination have been expanded, resulting in an increased number of transactions or other events that will qualify as business combinations; for all business combinations (whether partial, full, or step acquisitions), the entity that acquires the business (the “acquirer”) will record 100% of all assets and liabilities of the acquired business, including goodwill, generally at their fair values; certain contingent assets and liabilities acquired will be recognized at their fair values on the acquisition date; contingent consideration will be recognized at its fair value on the acquisition date and, for certain arrangements, changes in fair value will beStatements.

~~105~~

recognized in earnings until settled; acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs will be expensed rather than treated as part of the cost of the acquisition and included in the amount recorded for assets acquired; IP R&D will be recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset at the acquisition date and not expensed upon consideration allocation; in step acquisitions, previous equity interests in an acquiree held prior to obtaining control will be remeasured to their acquisition-date fair values, with any gain or loss recognized in earnings; when making adjustments to finalize initial accounting, companies will revise any previously issued post-acquisition financial information in future financial statements to reflect any adjustments as if they had been recorded on the acquisition date; reversals of valuation allowances related to acquired deferred tax assets and changes to acquired income tax uncertainties will be recognized in earnings, except for qualified measurement period adjustments (the measurement period is a period of up to one year during which the initial amounts recognized for an acquisition can be adjusted; this treatment is similar to how changes in other assets and liabilities in a business combination will be treated, and different from current accounting under which such changes are treated as an adjustment of the cost of the acquisition); and asset values will no longer be reduced when acquisitions result in a “bargain purchase,” instead the bargain purchase will result in the recognition of a gain in earnings. The significant change from current practice resulting from FAS 160 is that since the noncontrolling interests are now considered as equity, transactions between the parent company and the noncontrolling interests will be treated as equity transactions as far as these transactions do not create a change in control. FAS 141R and FAS 160 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. FAS 141R will be applied prospectively, with the exception of accounting for changes in a valuation allowance for acquired deferred tax assets and the resolution of uncertain tax positions accounted for under FIN 48. FAS 160 requires adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. All other requirements of FAS 160 shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is prohibited for both standards. We have evaluated the effect the adoption of these statements will have on our financial position and results of operations and determined that, in view of the recent merger and acquisition transactions concluded by us, FAS 141R and FAS 160 adoption will have a significant impact on our financial statements. Acquisition-related costs, which amounted to $7 million and were capitalized as at December 31, 2008, will be immediately recorded in earnings in the first quarter of 2009. Furthermore, past business combinations often included, and future business combinations may include, significant IP R&D in the allocation of the consideration and committed restructuring actions aiming at optimizing synergies with the newly integrated businesses. With the adoption of FAS 141R, any IP R&D will be recorded as intangible assets subject to annual impairment testing while future restructuring initiatives, which in compliance with the current practice are accrued for against goodwill, will impact earnings. Additionally, the adoption of FAS 160 for the presentation and disclosures of noncontrolling interests will generate a reclassification as at January 1, 2009 from the mezzanine line “Minority interests” in the consolidated balance sheet to shareholders’ equity for a total amount of $276 million. However, no significant changes are expected in valuation allowance for acquired deferred tax assets and the resolution of assumed uncertain tax positions on past business combinations, which would require an impact on earnings instead of an adjustment to goodwill as in current practice.

~~In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161,~~~~Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities~~(“FAS 161”). The new standard is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities and to enable investors to better understand how these instruments and activities affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows through enhanced disclosure requirements. FAS 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application permitted. We will adopt FAS 161 in the first quarter of 2009 and are currently reviewing the new disclosure requirements and their impact on our financial statements.

~~In May 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 162,~~~~The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles~~(“FAS 162”). The new standard identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with U.S. GAAP. FAS 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) amendments to AU Section 411,~~The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles~~for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application permitted. We will adopt FAS 162 when effective and management does not expect that FAS 162 will have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations.

~~106~~

~~In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on IssueNo. 08-6,~~~~Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations~~~~(“EITF 08-6”).~~ ~~This issue addresses a certain number of matters associated with the impact that FAS 141R and FAS 160 might have on the accounting for equity method investments.EITF 08-6~~ retains the current cost accumulation approach for determining the initial carrying value of an equity method investment. It also addresses other-than-temporary impairment testing, which must be performed at the overall investment level.~~EITF 08-6 states~~ that share issuance by an equity method investee should be accounted for as if the equity method investor had sold a proportionate share of its investment, with any resulting gain or loss recognized in earnings, with no policy election possible anymore. However, the final consensus reaffirms that no gain (loss) should be recognized when significant influence is lost.~~EITF 08-6~~ ~~is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with no early application permitted.EITF 08-6~~ ~~must be applied prospectively to new investments acquired after the effective date. We will adoptEITF 08-6~~ ~~in 2009 and have assessed that such adoption will not represent a significant change to current practice.~~

~~In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on IssueNo. 08-7,~~~~Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets~~~~(“EITF 08-7”).~~ ~~This issue applies to all defensive assets, either acquired to a third party or through a business combination. However,EITF 08-7~~ ~~excludes from its scope IP R&D acquired in a business combination.EITF 08-7 states~~ that a defensive asset should be considered a separate unit of accounting and should not be combined with the existing asset whose value it may enhance. A useful life should be assigned that reflects the acquiring entity’ consumption of the defensive asset’s expected benefits.~~EITF 08-7~~ ~~also observes that a defensive intangible asset may not be considered immediately abandoned following its acquisition and that it would be rare for a defensive asset to have an indefinite life.EITF 08-7~~ is effective prospectively to intangible assets acquired on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with no early application permitted. We will adopt~~EITF 08-6~~ ~~in 2009 and have assessed that in view of the recent merger and acquisition transactions concluded by us,EITF 08-7~~ could be applicable to future business combinations. However, we did not acquire in the past significant defensive intangible assets and even if future business combinations involve the acquisition of defensive assets, the application of~~EITF 08-7~~ ~~would not represent a significant change to current practice.~~

~~(c) Accounting pronouncements that are not yet effective and are not expected to impact our operations:~~

a. ~~EITF 07-1,~~~~Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements~~


	b.	~~EITF 07-4,~~~~Application of the Two {d208} Class Method under FAS 128 to Master Limited Partnerships~~

c. ~~FAS 163,~~~~Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts~~


	d.	~~EITF 07-5,~~~~Determining Whether an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock~~

e. ~~EITF 08-3,~~~~Accounting by Lessees for Maintenance Deposits under Lease Agreements~~


	f.	~~EITF 08-5,~~~~Issuer’s Accounting for Liabilities Measured at Fair Value with a Third-Party Credit Enhancement~~


	g.	~~EITF 08-8,~~~~Accounting for an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) with a Settlement Amount that is Based on the Stock of an Entity’s Consolidated Subsidiary~~

Equity investments

~~Numonyx~~

~~In 2007, we announced that we had entered into an agreement with Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners L.P.~~See Note 11 to create a new independent semiconductor company from the key assets of our Flash Memory Group and Intel’s flash memory business (“FMG deconsolidation”). Under the terms of the agreement, we would sell our flash memory assets, including our NAND joint venture interest with Hynix (as described above) and other NOR resources, to the new company, which was called Numonyx Holdings B.V. (“Numonyx”), while Intel would sell its NOR assets and resources. Pursuant to the signing of the agreement for the FMG deconsolidation and upon meeting

~~107~~

criteria for assets held for sale as set forth in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-term assets (“FAS 144”),we reclassified in 2007 the assets to be transferred to Numonyx~~and/or~~ Numonyx B.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of Numonyx, from their original balance sheet classification to the line “Assets held for sale.” Coincident with this classification, we reported an impairment charge of $1,106 million to adjust the value of these assets to fair value less costs to sell, on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2007.

The Numonyx transaction closed on March 30, 2008. At closing, through a series of steps, we contributed our flash memory assets and businesses as previously announced, for 109,254,191 common shares of Numonyx, representing a 48.6% equity ownership stake valued at $966 million, and $156 million in long-term subordinated notes, as described in Note 12. As a consequence of the final terms and balance sheet at the closing date and additional agreements on assets to be contributed, coupled with changes in valuation for comparable Flash memory companies, we incurred an additional pre-tax loss of $190 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, which was reported on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” of the consolidated statement of income. The total loss calculation also included a provision of $139 million to reflect the value of rights granted to Numonyx to use certain assets retained by us. No remaining amounts related to the FMG deconsolidation was reported as current assets on the line “Assets held for sale” of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008.

Upon creation, Numonyx entered into financing arrangements for a $450 million term loan and a $100 million committed revolving credit facility from two primary financial institutions. The loans have a four-year term. We and Intel have each granted in favor of Numonyx B.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Numonyx, a 50% debt guarantee not joint and several. In the event of default and failure to repay the loans from Numonyx B.V., the banks will exercise our rights, subordinated to the repayment to senior lenders, to recover the amounts paid under the guarantee through the sale of Numonyx’s assets. The debt guarantee was evaluated under FIN 45. It resulted in the recognition of a $69 million liability, corresponding to the fair value of the guarantee at inception of the transaction. The same amount was also added to the value of the equity investment. The debt guarantee obligation was reported on the line “Other non-current liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008.

We account for our share in Numonyx under the equity method based on the actual results of the venture. In the valuation of Numonyx investment under the equity method, we apply a one-quarter lag reporting. Consequently, equity loss related to Numonyx for the second and third quarters of 2008 were reported by us in the third and fourth quarters of 2008, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2008 we reported on the line “Earnings (loss) on equity investments” on our consolidated statement of income $65 million of equity loss in Numonyx equity investment, including $4 million related to interest expense on the Subordinated notes and corresponding to our equity interest in the financial expense of Numonyx, as described in Note 22, and $2 million of compensation on stock awards granted to employees subsequently transferred to Numonyx. Additionally, due to the deterioration of both the global economic situation and the Memory market segment, as well as Numonyx’s current and projected results, we re-assessed the fair value of our equity investment and recorded a $480 million other-than-temporary impairment charge on the line “Earnings (loss) on equity investments” in the 2008 consolidated statement of income. The calculation of the impairment was based upon a combination of an income approach, using discounted cash flows, and a market approach, using metrics of comparable public companies. Our share of the actual results of Numonyx is adjusted for basis differences which arise principally due to the impairments recorded by us. At December 31, 2008 our investment in Numonyx, including the amount of the debt guarantee, amounted to $496 million, while the aggregate fair value of long-term subordinated notes was $168 million. Our current maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with Numonyx is limited to our equity investment, our investment in subordinated notes and our debt guarantee obligation.

~~108~~

~~Summarized financial information for Numonyx, as of September 27, 2008 and for the six months then ended that, because of the one-quarter lag discussed above, correspond to the amounts included in~~ our Consolidated Financial ~~Statements as of December 31, 2008 and for the twelve months then ended, are as follows :~~


~~Statement of Income Information:~~
~~Net sales~~	~~1,165~~
~~Gross profit~~	~~266~~
~~Net income (loss)~~	~~(129~~	)
~~Financial Position Information:~~
~~Current assets~~	~~1,614~~
~~Noncurrent assets~~	~~1,412~~
~~Current liabilities~~	~~512~~
~~Noncurrent liabilities~~	~~860~~
~~Net worth~~	~~1,654~~

Statements.

~~Hynix ST Joint Venture~~

In 2004, we signed a joint venture agreement with Hynix Semiconductor Inc. to build a front-end memory manufacturing facility in Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, China. Under the agreement, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. contributed $500 million for a 67% equity interest and we contributed $250 million for a 33% equity interest. Additionally, we originally committed to grant $250 million in long-term financing to the new joint venture guaranteed by the subordinated collateral of the joint venture’s assets. We made the total $250 million capital contribution as previously planned in the joint venture agreement in 2006. In 2007, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. invested an additional $750 million in additional shares of the joint venture to fund a facility expansion. As a result of this investment, our equity interest in the joint venture declined from approximately 33% to 17%. At December 31, 2007 the investment in the joint venture amounted to $276 million and was included in assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet. Such equity participation has been transferred to Numonyx B.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Numonyx, at the closing of the Numonyx transaction and is, since March 30, 2008, owned by Numonyx B.V. We accounted for our share in the Hynix ST joint venture during the first quarter of 2008 under the equity method based on the actual results of the joint venture through the first quarter of 2008. Our share of the joint venture’s 2008 result, reported on the line “Earnings (loss) on equity investments” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was not material.

Due to regulatory and withholding tax issues we could not directly provide the joint venture with the $250 million long-term financing as originally planned under our joint venture agreement with Hynix Semiconductor signed in 2004. As a result, in 2006, we entered into a ten-year term debt guarantee agreement with an external financial institution through which we guaranteed the repayment of the loan by the joint venture to the bank. The guarantee agreement includes us placing up to $250 million in cash on a deposit account. The guarantee deposit will be used by the bank in case of repayment failure from the joint venture, with $250 million as the maximum potential amount of future payments we, as the guarantor, could be required to make. In the event of default and failure to repay the loan from the joint venture, the bank will exercise our rights, subordinated to the repayment to senior lenders, to recover the amounts paid under the guarantee through the sale of the joint venture’s assets. In 2006, we placed $218 million of cash on the guarantee deposit account. In 2007, we placed the remaining $32 million of cash, which totaled $250 million as at December 31, 2008 and was reported as “Restricted cash” on the consolidated balance sheet. The guarantee for the $250 million debt incurred by the ST-Hynix JV has been retained by us, and not been transferred to Numonyx at closing on March 30, 2008 along side our equity investment and other rights in the Hynix-ST joint venture. Consequently, the debt guarantee was evaluated under FIN 45. It resulted in the recognition of a $17 million liability, corresponding to the fair value of the guarantee at inception of the transaction. The liability was recorded against the value of the equity investment. The debt guarantee obligation was reported on the line “Other non-current liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008, and we reported the debt guarantee on the line “Other investments and other non-current assets”. Our current maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with the joint venture is limited to our indirect investment through Numonyx and our debt guarantee obligation.

~~109~~

~~Veredus~~

In 2008, we acquired 41.2% of ownership interest in Veredus Laboratories Pte. Ltd (“Veredus”), a company located in Singapore which sells diagnostic solutions to the medical market. The acquisition amounted to $11 million and was fully paid in 2008. The investment is aimed at joining forces with established and growing players in the medical diagnostic market, accelerating thus market’s adoption of our LabOnCHip technology and products. We accounted for our interest in Veredus under the equity method. Our share in the joint venture’s 2008 result, reported on the line “Earnings (loss) on equity investments” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was not material.

~~ATLab~~

In 2008, we acquired 8.1% of the ownership interest in ATLab Inc. (“ATLab”), a Korean company that sells semiconductor devices to the optical mouse, touch screen and touch pad markets. With this investment, we intend to secure partnership in product development for the growing touch screen market. The acquisition, which totaled $4 million, was fully paid in 2008, and included the purchase of a technology.

We have identified ATLab as a “Variable Interest Entity” (“VIE”) but have determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the entity. Due to such variable interest, we have the ability to exercise significant influence on certain decisions of the entity. Consequently, we accounted for our interest in ATLab under the equity method. Our share in 2008 result of the joint venture reported on the line “Earnings (loss) on equity investments” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was not material.

Backlog and Customers

During 2008, we registered a decrease in the level of bookings (including frame orders) compared to 2007, due to the negative impact of the current downturn in the industry, which was particularly strong in the last quarter. However, as a result of the current market downturn in the world economy, in addition to the sharp reduction in demand for semiconductor products seen in the second half of 2008, we also experienced in the last quarter of 2008 a significant rate of orders cancellations; as such, we entered 2009 with a backlog significantly lower that what we had entering 2008, which also reduced our visibilitySee “Item 4. Information on the short term evolution of our business. Backlog (including frame orders) is subject to possible cancellation, push back, lower than expected hit of frame orders, etc., and thus, is not necessarily indicative of billings amount or growth for the year.

In 2008, we had several large customers, with the Nokia Group of companies being the largest, accounting for approximately 18% of our revenues (excluding FMG and NXP), compared to 22% in 2007 (excluding FMG). There is no guarantee that the Nokia Group of companies, or any other customer, will continue to generate revenues for us at the same levels. If we were to lose one or more of our key customers, or if they were to significantly reduce their bookings, not to confirm planned delivery dates on frame orders in a significant manner or fail to meet their payment obligations, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.Company — Backlog.”


Item 6.	Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Directors and Senior Management

The management of our company is entrusted to the Managing Board under the supervision of the Supervisory Board.

Supervisory Board

Our Supervisory Board advises our Managing Board and is responsible for supervising the policies pursued by our Managing Board and the general course of our affairs and business. Our Supervisory Board consists of such number of members as is resolved by our annual shareholders’ meeting upon a non-binding proposal of our Supervisory Board, with a minimum of six members. Decisions by our annual shareholders’ meeting concerning the number and the identity of our Supervisory Board members are taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting, provided quorum conditions are met (15% of our issued and outstanding share capital present or represented).

~~110~~

Our Supervisory Board ~~had~~currently has the following nine ~~members since our annual shareholders’ meeting held on May 14, 2008:~~members:


Name~~(1)~~	Position	Year Appointed(2)			Term Expires		Age		Position	Year Appointed(1)			Term Expires		Age

Antonino Turicchi	Chairman		2008	(3)		2011		43	Chairman		2008	(2)		2011		44
Gérald Arbola	Vice-Chairman		2004			2011		60	Vice-Chairman		2004			2011		61
Raymond Bingham	Member		2007			2010		63	Member		2007			2010		64
Douglas Dunn	Member		2001			2009		64	Member		2001			2012		65
Didier Lamouche	Member		2006			2009		49	Member		2006			2012		50
Didier Lombard	Member		2004			2011		67	Member		2004			2011		68
Alessandro Ovi	Member		2007			2010		65	Member		2007	(3)		2010		66
Bruno Steve	Member		1989			2011		67	Member		1989			2011		68
Tom de Waard	Member		1998			2011		62	Member		1998			2011		63


(1)		~~Mr. Matteo del Fante was a Supervisory Board member until the end of our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting, at which time he was succeeded by Mr. Antonino Turicchi.~~

~~(2)~~		As a member of the Supervisory Board.

~~(3)~~(2)		Mr. Turicchi was also a Supervisory Board member from2005-2007.

(3)		Mr. Ovi was also a Supervisory Board member from1994-2005.

After our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting, our Supervisory Board appointed Mr. Antonino Turicchi as Chairman of our Supervisory Board and Mr. Gérald Arbola as Vice Chairman, each for a three-year term. As of December 31, 2008, the composition of our Supervisory Board’s committees was as follows: i) Mr. Tom de Waard is the Chairman of the Audit Committee, and Messrs. Raymond Bingham, Douglas Dunn, Didier Lamouche and Bruno Steve are all voting members; ii) Mr. Antonino Turicchi is the Chairman of the Compensation Committee, and Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Tom de Waard, Didier Lombard and Bruno Steve are members; iii) Mr. Tom de Waard is the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, and Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Didier Lombard, Bruno Steve and Antonino Turicchi are members; and, iv) Mr. Antonino Turicchi is the Chairman of the Strategic Committee, and Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Raymond Bingham, Douglas Dunn, Didier Lombard and Alessandro Ovi are members.

At our annual shareholders’ meeting in ~~2009,~~2010, the mandates of Messrs. ~~Dunn~~Bingham and ~~Lamouche~~Ovi will expire. The ~~mandates of Messrs. Ovi and Bingham will expire at our annual shareholders’ meeting in 2010, and the~~ mandates of Messrs. Arbola, de Waard, Lombard, Steve and Turicchi will expire at our annual shareholders’ meeting in ~~2011.~~2011 and the mandates of Messrs. Dunn and Lamouche will expire at our annual shareholders meeting in 2012.

Resolutions of our Supervisory Board require the approval of at least three-quarters of its members in office. Our Supervisory Board must meet upon request by two or more of its members or by our Managing Board. Our Supervisory Board has established procedures for the preparation of Supervisory Board resolutions and the calendar for Supervisory Board meetings. Our Supervisory Board meets at least five times a year, including once aper quarter to approve our quarterly and annual accounts and their release. Our Supervisory Board has adopted a Supervisory

Board Charter setting forth its duties, responsibilities and operations, as mentioned below. This charter is available on our website athttp://www.st.com/stonline/company/governance/index.htm.

~~There~~Pursuant to Dutch law, there is no mandatory retirement age for members of our Supervisory ~~Board pursuant to Dutch law.~~Board. Members of the Supervisory Board may be suspended or dismissed by our annual shareholders’ meeting. Our Supervisory Board may make a proposal to our annual shareholders’ meeting for the suspension or dismissal of one or more of its members. The members of our Supervisory Board receive compensation as authorized by our annual shareholders’ meeting. Each member of our Supervisory Board must resign no later than three years after appointment, as described in our Articles of Association, but may be reappointed following the expiration of his term of office.

Biographies

Antonino Turicchi was re-appointed as a member of our Supervisory Board at our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting on May 14, 2008. He was also appointed Chairman of our Supervisory Board at that time. Mr. Turicchi is the Chairman of our Supervisory Board’s Strategic Committee, as well as its Compensation Committee, and also

~~111~~

serves on the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Turicchi was the General Manager of Cassa Depositi e Prestiti from June 2002 until January 2009, and has been a member of the Supervisory Board of Numonyx since March 2008. Since 1994, Mr. Turicchi has held positions with the Italian Ministry of the Treasury (now known as the Ministry of the Economy and Finance). In 1999, he was promoted as the director responsible for conducting securitization operations and managing financial operations as part of the treasury’s debt management functions. Between 1999 and June 2002, Mr. Turicchi was also a member of the board of Mediocredito del Friuli; from 1998 until 2000, he served on the board of Mediocredito di Roma; and from 2000 until 2003, he served on the board of EUR S.p.A. He also served as deputy chairman of Infrastrutture S.p.A. from December 2002 to January 2006 and he was previously a member of our Supervisory Board from March 2005 to April 2007.

Gérald Arbola was appointed to our Supervisory Board at our 2004 annual shareholders’ meeting and was reelected at our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting. Mr. Arbola was appointed the Vice-Chairman of our Supervisory Board on May 14, 2008. Mr. Arbola previously served as Chairman of our Supervisory Board from March 18, 2005 through May 13, 2008. Mr. Arbola serves on the Supervisory Board’s Compensation Committee, Strategic Committee and Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Arbola is now Managing Director of Areva S.A., where he had also served as Chief Financial Officer, and is a member of the Executive Board of Areva since his appointment on July 3, 2001, which was renewed on June 29, 2006. Mr. Arbola joined the AREVA NC group (ex Cogema) in 1982 as Director of Planning and Strategy for SGN, then served as Chief Financial Officer at SGN from 1985 to 1989, becoming Executive Vice President of SGN in 1988 and Chief Financial Officer of AREVA NC in 1992. He was appointed as a member of the executive committee in 1999, and also served as Chairman of the Board of SGN in 1997 and 1998. Mr. Arbola is currently a member of the board of directors of AREVA NC, AREVA NP, and Areva T&D Holdings. On July 22, 2008, he was nominated the director of the Suez Environment Company, and he has been co-President of the Areva Foundation since September 2006. Mr. Arbola is a graduate of the Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Paris and holds an advanced degree in economics. He is the Chairman of the Board of Directors of FT1CI and was the Chairman, until his resignation on November 15, 2006, of the Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder. In addition, he has been Director of the CEA since July 24, 2009.

Raymond Bingham was appointed to our Supervisory Board at our 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting. He serves on the Audit Committee and the Strategic Committee. Since November, 2006, Mr. Bingham has been a Managing Director of General Atlantic LLC, a global private equity firm. From August 2005 to October 2006, Mr. Bingham was a private investor. Mr. Bingham was Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of Cadence Design Systems Inc., a supplier of electronic design automation software and services, from May 2004 to July 2005, and served as a director of Cadence from November 1997 to July 2005. Prior to being Executive Chairman, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Cadence from April 1999 to May 2004, and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from April 1993 to April 1999. Mr. Bingham also serves as a Director of Oracle Corporation and Flextronics International, Ltd.

Tom de Waard has been a member of our Supervisory Board since 1998. Mr. de Waard has been Chairman of the Audit Committee since 1999 and is also Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. In addition, he serves on our Supervisory Board’s Compensation Committee. Mr. de Waard has been a partner of Clifford Chance, a leading international law firm, since March 2000 and was the Managing Partner of Clifford Chance Amsterdam office from May 1, 2002 until May 1, 2005. From January 1, 2005 to January 1, 2007 he was a member of the Management Committee of Clifford Chance. Prior to joining Clifford Chance, he was a partner at Stibbe, where he held several positions since 1971 and gained extensive experience working with major international companies, particularly with respect to corporate finance. He is a member of the Amsterdam bar and was

President of the Netherlands Bar Association from 1993 through 1995. He received his law degree from Leiden University in 1971. Mr. de ~~Waard is a member of the Supervisory Board of BE Semiconductor Industries N.V. (“BESI”) and of its nominating committee. Mr. De~~ Waard is the chairman of the Supervisory Board of BE Semiconductor Industries N.V. (“BESI”) and a member of its audit compensation and nominating committees. Mr. de Waard is a member of the board of the foundation “Stichting Sport en Zaken.”

Douglas Dunn has been a member of our Supervisory Board since 2001 and has served on the Audit Committee since such time. He also serves on the Strategic Committee. He was formerly President and Chief Executive Officer of ASML Holding N.V. (“ASML”), an equipment supplier in the semiconductor industry, a position from which he retired in 2004. Mr. Dunn was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors of ARM

~~112~~

Holdings plc (United Kingdom) in October 2006. In 2005, Mr. Dunn was appointed to the board of Philips-LG LCD (Korea) (of which he is no longer a board member as of February 29, 2008), TomTom N.V. (Netherlands) and OMI, a privately-held company (Ireland) (which was sold in November 2007 and of which he is no longer a board member), and also serves as a non-executive director on the board of SOITEC (France). He is also a member of the audit committees of SOITEC and TomTom N.V., and a member of the Compensation Committee and Strategic Committee of SOITEC. In ~~addition, he has been nominated for appointment as a~~May 2009, Mr. Dunn was appointed to the Supervisory Board ~~member~~ of BE Semiconductor Industries N.V. (“BESI”) ~~at the annual general meeting~~and is a member of ~~shareholders to be held on May 12, 2009.~~its Audit and Compensation/Nomination Committees. Mr. Dunn was a member of the Managing Board of Royal Philips Electronics in 1998. From 1996 to 1998 he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Philips Consumer Electronics and from 1993 to 1996 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Philips Semiconductors (now NXP Semiconductors). From 1980 to 1993 he was CEO of Plessey Semiconductors. Prior to this, he held several positions with Motorola Semiconductors (now Freescale).

Didier Lamouche has been a member of our Supervisory Board since 2006 and is a member of the Audit Committee. Dr. Lamouche is a graduate of Ecole Centrale de Lyon and holds a PhD in semiconductor technology. He has over 25 years experience in the semiconductor industry. Dr. Lamouche started his career in 1984 in the R&D department of Philips before joining IBM Microelectronics where he held several positions in France and the United States. In 1995, he became Director of Operations of Motorola’s Advanced Power IC unit in Toulouse (France). Three years later, in 1998, he joined IBM as General Manager of the largest European semiconductor site in Corbeil (France) to lead its turnaround and transformation into a joint venture between IBM and Infineon: Altis Semiconductor. He managed Altis Semiconductor as CEO for four years. In 2003, Dr. Lamouche rejoined IBM and was the Vice President for Worldwide Semiconductor Operations based in New York (United States) until the end of 2004. Since February 2005, Dr. Lamouche has been the Chairman and CEO of Groupe Bull, a France-based global company operating in the IT sector. He is also a member of the Board of Directors of SOITEC, on whose audit committee he serves, and ~~Infogrames Entertainment.~~Atari.

Didier Lombard was first appointed to our Supervisory Board at our 2004 annual shareholders’ meeting and was reelected at our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting. He serves on the Compensation, Strategic and Nomination and Corporate Governance Committees of our Supervisory Board. Mr. Lombard has served as Chairman of France Telecom since March 2005. He was ~~appointed Chairman and~~also Chief Executive Officer of France Telecom infrom March ~~2005.~~2005 through February 2010. Mr. Lombard began his career in the Research and Development division of France Telecom in 1967. From 1989 to 1990, he served as scientific and technological director at the Ministry of Research and Technology. From 1991 to 1998, he served as General Director for industrial strategies at the French Ministry of Economy, Finances and Industry, and from 1999 to 2003 he served as an Ambassador at large for foreign investments in France and as President of the French Agency for International Investments. From 2003 through February 2005, he served as France Telecom’s Senior Executive Vice President in charge of technologies, strategic partnerships and new usages and as a member of France Telecom’s Executive Committee. Mr. Lombard also spent several years as Ambassador in charge of foreign investment in France. Mr. Lombard is also a member of the Board of Directors of Thales and ~~Thomson,~~Technicolor, one of our customers, as well as a member of the Supervisory Board of Radiall. Mr. Lombard was also a member until his resignation on November 15, 2006 of the Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder. Mr. Lombard is a graduate of the Ecole Polytechnique and the Ecole Nationale Supérieure des Télécommunications.

Alessandro Ovi was a member of our Supervisory Board from 1994 until his term expired at our annual general shareholders’ meeting on March 18, 2005. He was reappointed to our Supervisory Board at the 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting and serves on the Strategic Committee. Mr. Ovi received a doctoral degree in Nuclear Engineering from the Politecnico in Milan and a Master’s Degree in Operations Research from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He has been Special Advisor to the President of the European Community for five years and has served on the boards of Telecom Italia S.p.A, Finmeccanica S.p.A. and Alitalia S.p.A. Currently, he is also a director, and serves on the audit committee, of ENIA S.p.A. and Telecom Italia Media S.p.A. He is also a director of LandiRenzo Spa. Mr. Ovi is Life Trustee in Carnegie Mellon University and Member of the Board in the Italian Institute of Technology. Until April 2000, ~~Mr. Ovi~~he was the Chief Executive Officer of Tecnitel S.p.A., a subsidiary of

Telecom Italia Group. Prior to joining Tecnitel S.p.A., Mr. Ovi was the Senior Vice President of International Affairs and Communications at I.R.I.

Bruno Steve has been a member of our Supervisory Board since 1989 and has previously served as both its Chairman and Vice-Chairman. Mr. Steve currently serves on our Supervisory Board’s Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. He was with Istituto per la Ricostruzione Industriale-IRI S.p.A. (“I.R.I”), a former shareholder of Finmeccanica, Finmeccanica and other

~~113~~

affiliates of I.R.I. in various senior positions for over 17 years. Mr. Steve is currently Chairman of the Statutory Auditors of Selex ~~S. & A. S.~~Galileo S.p.A. ~~and~~He previously served as Chairman of the ~~Surveillance Body~~Statutory Auditors of Selex ~~S. & A. S.~~ S.p.A. ~~He previously served~~until December 2009 and as a member of the Statutory Auditors of ~~Pirelli Tyres S.p.A.~~Pirelli. Until December 1999, he served as Chairman of MEI. He served as the Chief Operating Officer of Finmeccanica from 1988 to July 1997 and Chief Executive Officer from May 1995 to July 1997. He was Senior Vice President of Planning, Finance and Control of I.R.I. from 1984 to 1988. Prior to 1984, Mr. Steve served in several key executive positions at Telecom Italia. He is also a professor at LUISS Guido Carli University in Rome. Mr. Steve was Vice Chairman from May 1999 to March 2002, Chairman from March 2002 to May 2003 and member until his resignation on April 21, 2004 of the Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder.

Supervisory Board Committees

Membership and Attendance. As of December 31, 2009, the composition of our Supervisory Board’s committees was as follows: i) Mr. Tom de Waard is the Chairman of the Audit Committee, and Messrs. Raymond Bingham, Douglas Dunn, Didier Lamouche and Bruno Steve are all voting members; ii) Mr. Antonino Turicchi is the Chairman of the Compensation Committee, and Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Tom de Waard, Didier Lombard and Bruno Steve are members; iii) Mr. Tom de Waard is the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, and Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Didier Lombard, Bruno Steve and Antonino Turicchi are members; and, iv) Mr. Antonino Turicchi is the Chairman of the Strategic Committee, and Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Raymond Bingham, Douglas Dunn, Didier Lombard and Alessandro Ovi are members.

Detailed information on attendance at full Supervisory Board and Supervisory Board Committee meetings during ~~2008 was~~2009 is as follows:


									Nomination												Nominating
									and												and
									Corporate												Corporate
			Audit		Compensation		Strategic		Governance		Ad Hoc				Audit		Compensation		Strategic		Governance
Number of Meetings Attended in 2008(1)	Full Board		Committee		Committee		Committee		Committee		Committee
Number of Meetings Attended in 2009													Full Board		Committee		Committee		Committee		Committee

Antonino Turicchi~~(2)~~		8		—		3		1		1		1		13		—		3		1		1
Gérald Arbola		15		—		6		3		3				13		—		3		1		1
Raymond Bingham		15		10		—		1		—				13		11		—		1		—
Matteo del Fante(2)		7		6		3		2		2
Douglas Dunn		15		9		—		3		—		1		13		11		—		1		—
Didier Lamouche		14		10		—		—		—		1		9		11		—		—		—
Didier Lombard		15		—		5		2		3				11		—		3		1		1
Alessandro Ovi		15		—		—		3		—				13		—		—		1		—
Bruno Steve		15		5		6		2		3				13		9		2		—		—
Tom de Waard		15		12		6		—		3				12		11		3		—		1


~~(1)~~		~~Includes meetings attended by way of conference call.~~

~~(2)~~		~~Mr. Matteo del Fante was a Supervisory Board member until the end of our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting, at which time he was succeeded by Mr. Antonino Turicchi.~~

Audit Committee. The Audit Committee was established in 1996 to assist the Supervisory Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to corporate accounting, reporting practices, and the quality and integrity of our financial reports as well as our auditing practices, legal and regulatory related risks, execution of our auditors’ recommendations regarding corporate auditing rules and the independence of our external auditors.

The Audit Committee met 1211 times during ~~2008.~~2009 and, in addition, held several conference calls related to subjects that arose during the year. At many of ~~these~~the Audit Committee’s meetings, the ~~Audit Committee~~committee received presentations on current financial and accounting issues and had the opportunity to interview our CEO, CFO, General Counsel, external and internal auditors. The Audit Committee also met with outside U.S. legal counsel to discuss corporate requirements pursuant to NYSE’s corporate governance rules and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Audit Committee also proceeded with its annual review of our internal audit function. The Audit Committee reviewed our annual Consolidated Financial Statements in U.S. GAAP for the year ended December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, and the results press release was published on January ~~28, 2009.~~27, 2010.

The Audit Committee approved the compensation of our external auditors for ~~2008~~2009 and provisionally approved the scope of their audit, audit-related and non-audit-related services for ~~2009.~~

In September 2006, after our internal audit department uncovered fraudulent foreign exchange transactions not known to us performed by our former Treasurer and resulting in payments by a financial institution of over 28 million Swiss Francs in commissions for the personal benefit of our former Treasurer, which led to his arrest at the end of 2006 and sentencing in February 2008 (see Item 8 “Financial Information — legal proceedings”), our Audit Committee, in the fall of 2006, appointed a U.S. law firm to conduct an independent investigation and to2010.

~~114~~84

report on our internal controls and practices. This investigation involved several meetings with current and former senior management and an examination of extensive documentation. The Audit Committee met several times in 2007 to discuss the results of this investigation and the final recommendations were discussed at an extraordinary Audit Committee meeting held in early 2008 to which all members of the Supervisory Board were invited. Pursuant thereto, several initiatives were recommended to management to improve our internal controls.

At the end of each quarter, prior to each Supervisory Board meeting to approve our results and quarterly earnings press release, the Audit Committee reviewed our interim financial information and the proposed press release and had the opportunity to raise questions to management and the independent registered public accounting firm. In addition, the Audit Committee reviewed our quarterly “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and ~~interim~~ Consolidated Financial Statements (and notes thereto) before they were filed with the SEC and voluntarily certified by the CEO and the CFO (pursuant to sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The Audit Committee also reviewed Operating and Financial Review and Prospects and our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in ~~the 2008~~our 2009Form ~~20-F,~~20-F. ~~as well as our financial reporting using IFRS as presented in our Annual Report to Shareholders for our annual shareholders’ meeting held on May 14, 2008.~~

Also in 2008, our Audit Committee reviewed with our external auditors our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, the Audit Committee regularly discussed the progress of implementation of internal control over financial reporting and reviewed management’s conclusions as to the effectiveness of internal control.

Furthermore, the Audit Committee ~~monitors~~monitored our compliance with the European Directive and applicable provisions of Dutch law that require us to prepare a set of accounts pursuant to IFRS in advance of our annual shareholders’ ~~meetings.~~meetings, which was held on May 20, 2009. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations.”

Also in 2009, our Audit Committee reviewed with our external auditors our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, the Audit Committee regularly discussed the progress of the implementation of internal control over financial reporting and reviewed management’s conclusions as to the effectiveness of internal control.

As part of each of its quarterly meetings our Audit Committee reviewed our financial results as presented by Management and whistleblowing reports, including independent investigative reports provided by internal audit or outside consultants on such matters.

On July 22, 2008, our Supervisory Board re-appointed Mr. de Waard as Chairman, and appointed Messrs. Bingham, Dunn, Lamouche and Steve as members. All members of the Audit Committee are financial experts and voting members.

Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee proposes to our Supervisory Board the compensation for our President and Chief Executive Officer and sole member of our Managing Board as well as for our Chief Operating Officer, including the variable portion of such compensation based on performance criteria recommended by our Compensation Committee. It also approves any increase in the incentive component of compensation for our executive officers. The Compensation Committee is also informed of the compensation plans for our executive officers and specifically approves stock-based compensation plans for our executive officers and key employees. The Compensation Committee met ~~six~~3 times in ~~2008.~~2009.

Among its main activities, the Compensation ~~Committee proposed~~Committee: (i) agreed, jointly with the ~~following initiatives~~CEO, to ~~our Supervisory Board, which approved them: (i)~~propose a bonus for the CEO related to fiscal year 2008 equal to 75% of his base salary, given the difficult market conditions and the objectives that had been met; (ii) recommended the performance criteria which must be met by the CEO in order to benefit from the bonus that was approved by our ~~2008~~2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders as part of the Managing Board compensation policy, as well as the performance criteria to be met by our COO to be eligible for his ~~2008 bonus, (ii)~~2009 bonus; and (iii) proposed performance criteria, which must be met by the CEO as well as all other employees participating in the employees stock award plans to benefit from such awards, (iii) a new three-year stock based compensation plan for the members and professionals of our Supervisory Board, which was approved at our 2008 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, (iv) a 2008 nonvested stock award plan for key employees and (v) a program for us to buy back up to 30 million of our issued shares over a five year period to fund our nonvested stock award plan.

awards. In particular, the Compensation Committee recommended the performance targets for the base bonus of our CEO and COO be based on, ~~new product introductions,~~among other factors, market share, ~~and~~introduction of new products, the budget ~~targets, our stock performance~~for the second half of 2009, the Company’s share price versus ~~the~~ SOX ~~index and criteria related to~~from July 29, 2009 through January 27, 2010, corporate governance and the restructuring ~~programs.~~

~~115~~

~~With regard to the 2007 nonvested stock award plan for employees, the~~program. The Compensation Committee, ~~monitored~~on behalf, and with the ~~performance~~approval, of the entire Supervisory Board, also set the criteria ~~relating to the vesting of such awards and noted that the targets set in the prior year in terms of sales and profits had been met, while the target~~ for ~~the return on net assets had not.~~a special incentive bonus.

For the ~~2008~~2009 nonvested stock award plan, the Compensation Committee, on behalf, and with the approval, of the entire Supervisory Board, established the applicable performance criteria, which are based on sales ~~profit~~ and ~~return on net assets~~operating income as compared against a panel of semiconductor companies ~~or,~~and cash flow before acquisitions as inwell as cash restructuring costs, with the ~~case of return on net assets, compared~~target to ~~the budget. The Compensation Committee approved a total allocation of 6,100,000 shares~~have it positive for the ~~2008 nonvested stock award plan, which includes up to 100,000 shares approved to be allocated to our CEO.~~second half of 2009.

In addition, the Compensation Committee received presentations and discussed our ~~compensation policy for top management as well as our~~ succession planning for key employees.

~~On July 22, 2008, our Supervisory Board appointed Mr. Turicchi as Chairman of the Compensation Committee, and Messrs. Arbola, de Waard, Lombard and Steve were appointed as members.~~

Strategic Committee. Our Strategic Committee was created to monitor key developments within the semiconductor industry and our overall strategy, and is, ~~particularly~~in particular, involved in supervising the execution of strategic transactions.

The Strategic Committee met ~~three times~~only once in ~~2008.~~2009, as several of the strategic discussions were extended to involve all Supervisory Board members and occurred at extended Supervisory Board meetings. Among its main activities, the Strategic Committee ~~reviews our long-term plans and~~reviewed prospects and various possible scenarios and opportunities to meet the challenges of the semiconductor market, including the evaluation of possible ~~acquisitions or divestitures.~~

~~In 2008, the Strategic Committee monitored the negotiations that led~~divestitures and partnerships to ~~the announcement~~invest in April 2008 of our decision to create ST-NXP Wireless, which began operations on August 2, 2008. They also continued monitoring the contribution of our Flash Memory business to Numonyx, which was created by us, Intel and Francisco Partners on March 30, 2008.

~~In addition, the Strategic Committee received presentations related to the Technology Council, our5-year~~ ~~plan and initiatives related to our product portfolio as well as other strategic matters.~~

~~On July 22, 2008, our Supervisory Board appointed Mr. Turicchi as Chairman of the Strategic Committee, and Messrs. Arbola, Dunn, Lombard, Ovi and Bingham were appointed as members.~~new markets.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee was created to establish the selection criteria and appointment procedures for the appointment of members to our Supervisory Board and Managing Board, and to resolve issues relating to corporate governance. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met ~~three times in 2008.~~

~~The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met~~once during 2009 to discuss modifications to the ~~re-appointment of Mr. Carlo Bozotti as~~Supervisory Board

Charter for the ~~sole member of our Managing Board~~Company’s joint ventures, recent developments in Dutch law regarding Dutch listed companies and preparations for ~~an additional three-year tem to expire at~~ the ~~end of our 2011~~ Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, to evaluate candidates for our Supervisory Board member position up for renewal at the 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting and to recommend the appointment of Mr. Antonino Turicchi for a three-year term. In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee decided to recommend the re-appointment of Messrs. Doug Dunn and Didier Lamouche as members of our Supervisory Board at our 2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

On July 22, 2008, our Supervisory Board appointed Mr. de Waard as President of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and Messrs. Arbola, Turicchi, Lombard and Steve were appointed as members.Meeting.

Secretariat and Controllers. Our Supervisory Board appoints a Secretary and Vice Secretary as proposed by our Supervisory Board. Furthermore, the Managing Board makes an Executive Secretary available to our Supervisory Board, who is appointed by the Supervisory Board. The Secretary, Vice Secretary and Executive Secretary constitute the Secretariat of the Board. The mission of the Secretariat is primarily to organize meetings, ensure the continuing education and training of our Supervisory Board members and to maintain record-keeping. Messrs. Bertrand Loubert and Luigi Chessa serve as Secretary and Vice Secretary, respectively, for our Supervisory Board, and for each of the Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance and Strategic Committees of our Supervisory ~~Board, while Mr. Willem Steenstra Toussaint serves as Secretary of the Audit Committee. Since~~

~~116~~

~~January 22, 2008, our~~Board. Our Chief Compliance Officer, Ms. Alisia Grenville, serves as the Executive Secretary of our Supervisory Board.

Our Supervisory Board appoints and dismisses two financial experts (“Controllers”). The mission of the Controllers is primarily to assist our Supervisory Board in evaluating our operational and financial performance, business plan, strategic initiatives and the implementation of Supervisory Board decisions, as well as to review the operational reports provided under the responsibility of the Managing Board. The Controllers generally meet once a month with the management of the Company and report to our Supervisory Board. The current Controllers are Messrs. Christophe Duval and Andrea Novelli, who have served as controllers since our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting.

The STH Shareholders’ Agreement between our principal indirect shareholders contains provisions with respect to the appointment of the Secretary, Vice Secretary and Controllers, which are described in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.”

Managing Board

In accordance with Dutch law, our management is entrusted to the Managing Board under the supervision of our Supervisory Board. Mr. Carlo Bozotti, re-appointed in 2008 for a three-year term to expire at the end of our annual shareholders’ meeting in 2011, is currently the sole member of our Managing Board with the function of President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Alain Dutheil serves as Chief Operating Officer, reporting to Mr. Bozotti. Since its creation in 1987, our managing board has always been comprised of a sole member. The member of our Managing Board is appointed for a three-year term, as described in our Articles of Association, which may be renewed one or more times in accordance with our Articles of Association upon a non-binding proposal by our Supervisory Board at our shareholders’ meeting and adoption by a simple majority of the votes cast at the shareholders’ meeting where at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. If our Managing Board were to consist of more than one member, our Supervisory Board would appoint one of the members of our Managing Board to be chairman of our Managing Board for a three-year term, as defined in our Articles of Association (upon approval of at least three-quarters of the members of our Supervisory Board). In such case, resolutions of our Managing Board would require the approval of a majority of its members.

Our shareholders’ meeting may suspend or dismiss one or more members of our Managing Board at a meeting at which at least one-half of the outstanding share capital is present or represented. If a quorum is not present, a further meeting shall be convened, to be held within four weeks after the first meeting, which shall be entitled, irrespective of the share capital represented, to pass a resolution with regard to the suspension or dismissal of one or more members of our Managing Board. Such a quorum is not required if a suspension or dismissal is proposed by our Supervisory Board. In that case, a resolution to dismiss or to suspend a member of our Managing Board can be taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting where at least 15% of our issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. Our Supervisory Board may suspend members of our Managing Board, but a shareholders’ meeting must be convened within three months after such suspension to confirm or reject the suspension. Our Supervisory Board shall appoint one or more persons who shall, at any time, in the event of absence or inability to act of all the members of our Managing Board, be temporarily responsible for our management.

Under Dutch law, our Managing Board is entrusted with our general management and the representation of the Company. Our Managing Board must seek prior approval from our shareholders’ meeting for decisions regarding a significant change in the identity or nature of the Company. Under our Articles of Association, our Managing Board must obtain prior approval from our Supervisory Board for (i) all proposals to be submitted to a vote at a shareholders’ meeting; (ii) the formation of all companies, acquisition or sale of any participation, and conclusion of any cooperation and participation agreement; (iii) all of our multi-year plans and the budget for the coming year, covering investment policy, policy regarding R&D, as well as commercial policy and objectives, general financial policy, and policy regarding personnel; and (iv) all acts, decisions or operations covered by the foregoing and constituting a significant change with respect to decisions already taken by our Supervisory Board. In addition,

under our Articles of Association, our Supervisory Board and our shareholders’ meeting may specify by resolution certain additional actions by our Managing Board that require its prior approval.

~~117~~

In accordance with our Corporate Governance Charter, the sole member of our Managing Board and our Executive Officers may not serve on the board of a public company without the prior approval of our Supervisory Board. We are not aware of any potential conflicts of interests between the private interest or other duties of our sole Management Board member and our Executive Officers and their duties to our Company.

Pursuant to the charter adopted by our Supervisory Board, the following decisions by our Managing Board with regards to the Company and any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries (an “ST Group Company”) require prior approval from our Supervisory Board: (i) any modification of our or any ST Group Company’s Articles of Association or other constitutional documents, other than those of wholly-owned subsidiaries; (ii) any change in our or any ST Group Company’s authorized share capital or any issue, acquisition or disposal by us of our own shares, or any ST Group Company’s shares, or change in share rights or issue of any instruments granting an interest in our or an ST Group Company’s capital or profits other than those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries; (iii) any liquidation or dissolution of us or any ST Group Company or the disposal of all or a substantial and material part of our business or assets, or those of any ST Group Company, or of any shares in any such ST Group Company; (iv) any merger, acquisition or joint venture agreement (and, if substantial and material, any agreement relating to ~~intellectual property)~~IP) or formation of a new company to which we or any ST Group Company is, or is proposed to be, a party, as well as the formation of new companies by us or any ST Group Company (with the understanding that only acquisitions above $25 million per transaction are subject to prior Supervisory Board approval); (v) approval of our draft consolidated balance sheets and financial statements, as well as our and our subsidiaries’ profit distribution policies; (vi) entering into any agreement that may qualify as a related party transaction, including any agreement between us or any ST Group Company and ST Holding, ST Holding II, FT1CI, Areva, CDP ~~CEA~~ or ~~Finmeccanica;~~CEA; (vii) the key parameters of our5-year plans and our consolidated annual budgets, as well as any significant modifications to said plans and budgets, or any one of the matters set forth in ~~Article 16.1 of~~ our Articles of Association and not included in the approved plans or budgets; (viii) approval of operations of exceptional importance which have to be submitted for Supervisory Board prior approval even if their financing was already provided for in the approved annual budget; (ix) approval of our quarterly, semiannual and annual Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and semiannual and annual accounts using IFRS, prior to submission for shareholder adoption; and (x) the exercise of any shareholder right in an ST joint venture company (“ST Joint Venture Company”), which is a company (i) with respect to which we hold directly or indirectly either a minority equity position in excess of 25% or a majority position without the voting power to adopt extraordinary resolutions or (ii) in which we directly or indirectly participate and such participation has a value of at least one-third of our total assets according to the consolidated balance sheet and notes thereto in our most recently adopted (statutory) annual accounts.

Executive Officers

Our executive officers support our Managing Board in its management of the Company, without prejudice to our Managing Board’s ultimate responsibility. ~~During 2008,~~New corporate officers during 2009 and the following individuals were appointed executive officers, all reporting to President and Chief Executive Officer Carlo Bozotti: Orio Bellezza, as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Front-End Manufacturing; Jean-Marc Chery, as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer; Executive Vice President Andrea Cuomo, as General Managerfirst quarter of ~~our Europe Region,~~2010 include: Paul Grimme, who ~~also maintains his responsibility for~~joined the ~~AST organization and, as of January~~Company in September 2009 ~~is General Manager of Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Loïc Lietar, as Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business Development; and Pierre Ollivier,~~ as Corporate Vice President and General ~~Counsel.~~Manager of the Automotive Product Group (APG) following Ugo Carena’s retirement; and Tjerk Hooghiemstra, who joined our company in February 2010 in the new position of Executive Vice-President, Chief Administrative Officer. In this role, Mr. Hooghiemstra reports to the President and CEO, Carlo Bozotti. We created this new position with the aim of generating synergies among many staff organizations, by optimizing the functions of Human Resources, Health & Safety, Education, Legal, Internal Communication, Security, and Corporate Responsibility.

~~As of~~From August 2, 2008 through November 1, 2009, our Chief Operating Officer, Alain Dutheil, iswas also the CEO of ST-NXP Wireless, and ~~since February 1, 2009,~~briefly acted as CEO of the new ST-Ericsson joint venture following the merger of ST-NXP Wireless with ~~EMP, acts as~~EMP. The current CEO of ~~the new~~ ST-Ericsson ~~50/50 joint venture.~~is Gilles Delfassy.

~~118~~87

~~Our~~As of February 2010, our organizational chart is as follows:

As a company committed to good governance, we hold several corporate meetings on a regular basis. Such meetings, which involve the participation of several of our executive officers, ~~during 2008 were:~~include:

Years in

Semi-

Years with
Conductor

Name

Position

Company

Industry

Age

Executive Committee

Carlo Bozotti, Chairman President and Chief Executive Officer 32 32 56
Alain Dutheil, Vice Chairman Chief Operating Officer 25 39 63
Georges Auguste Executive Vice President, Quality, Education and Sustainable Development 22 34 59
Orio Bellezza Executive Vice President and General Manager, Front-End Manufacturing 25 25 49
Laurent Bosson(1) Executive Vice President, Front-end Technology and Manufacturing 25 25 66
Jean-Marc Chery Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer 24 24 48
Andrea Cuomo Executive Vice President and General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Europe, Middle East and Africa 25 25 54
Carlo Ferro Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 9 9 48
Otto Kosgalwies Executive Vice President, Infrastructure and Services 25 25 53
Philippe Lambinet Executive Vice President, General Manager, Home Entertainment & Displays Group 22 22 51
Carmelo Papa Executive Vice President and General Manager, Industiral Multi-segment Sector 26 26 59
Jeffrey See Executive Vice President, Central Packaging and Test Manufacturing 39 39 63
Tommi Uhari(2) Executive Vice President, Mobile, Multi-media & Communications 2 16 37
Enrico Villa(1) Executive Vice President, Europe Region (and for Sales and Marketing organizations) 41 41 67
Executive Staff

Gian Luca Bertino Corporate Vice President, Computer and Communications Infrastructure 11 22 49
Ugo Carena Corporate Vice President, Automotive Products Group 11 31 65
Marco Luciano Cassis Corporate Vice President, Japan Region 21 21 45
Patrice Chastagner Corporate Vice President, Human Resources 24 24 61
Claude Dardanne Corporate Vice President, General Manager, Microcontrollers, Memories & Smartcards 27 30 56
Alisia Grenville Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer 1 1 41
François Guibert Corporate Vice President, Asia Pacific Region 28 31 55
Reza Kazerounian(3) Corporate Vice President, North America Region 24 24 51
Robert Krysiak Corporate Vice President and General Manager, Greater China Region 26 26 54
• Corporate Operation Reviews (COR), which meets once per month to review monthly results and short term forecasts and involve the following executive officers/groups: CEO; COO; CFO; Infrastructures and Services; Product Quality Excellence; Manufacturing (Front-End and Back-End); TR&D; Regions; and Product Groups.
• Corporate Strategic Committeemeetings,which occur twice per quarter with the objective of defining the strategic directions of the Company. They are attended by the CEO, COO and the following executive officers: Orio Bellezza; Jean-Marc Chery; Andrea Cuomo; Carlo Ferro; Tjerk Hooghiemstra; Philippe Lambinet; Loic Liétar; and Carmelo Papa.

~~119~~88

Years in

Semi-

Years with
Conductor

Name

Position

Company

Industry

Age

Loïc Lietar Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business Development 24 24 46
Mario Licciardello(4) Corporate Vice President, Flash Memory Group 43 43 67
Pierre Ollivier Corporate Vice President and General Counsel 18 18 53
Carlo Ottaviani Corporate Vice President, Communications 44 44 65
Thierry Tingaud(5) Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets Region 24 24 49
Our executive officers during 2009 were:

Years in

Semi-

�� Years with
Conductor

Name
Position Company Industry Age

Carlo Bozotti, Chairman President and Chief Executive Officer 33 33 57
Alain Dutheil, Vice Chairman Chief Operating Officer 26 40 64
Georges Auguste Executive Vice President, Quality, Education and Sustainable Development 23 35 60
Orio Bellezza Executive Vice President and General Manager, Front-End Manufacturing 26 26 50
Gian Luca Bertino Corporate Vice President, Computer and Communications Infrastructure 12 23 50
Ugo Carena(1) Corporate Vice President, Automotive Products Group 12 32 66
Marco Luciano Cassis Corporate Vice President, Japan Region 22 22 46
Patrice Chastagner Corporate Vice President, Human Resources 25 25 62
Jean-Marc Chery Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer 25 25 49
Andrea Cuomo Executive Vice President and General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Europe, Middle 26 26 55
East and Africa
Claude Dardanne Corporate Vice President, General Manager, Microcontrollers, Memories & Smartcards 27 30 57
Carlo Ferro Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 10 10 49
Alisia Grenville Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer 2 2 42
Paul Grimme Corporate Vice President and General Manager, Automotive Product Group 1 29 50
François Guibert Corporate Vice President, President, Greater China & South Asia Region 29 32 56
Reza Kazerounian(2) Corporate Vice President, North America Region 25 25 52
Otto Kosgalwies Executive Vice President, Infrastructure and Services 26 26 54
Robert Krysiak Corporate Vice President and General Manager, Greater China Region 27 27 55
Philippe Lambinet Executive Vice President, General Manager, Home Entertainment & Displays Group 16 16 52
Loïc Lietar Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business Development 24 24 47
Pierre Ollivier Corporate Vice President and General Counsel 20 20 54
Carlo Ottaviani Corporate Vice President, Communication 45 45 66
Carmelo Papa Executive Vice President and General Manager, Industiral Multi-segment Sector 27 27 60
Jeffrey See Executive Vice President, Central Packaging and Test Manufacturing 40 40 64
Thierry Tingaud(3) Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets Region 25 25 50

(1) Retired in ~~2008.~~2009.

(2) ~~Mr. Uhari is now the Senior Vice President, Products, of ST-Ericsson.~~
~~(3)~~ As of April 2009, Mr. Kazerounian is no longer with the Company.

~~(4)~~(3) Mr. ~~Licciardello is currently the Chief Operating Officer of Numonyx.~~
~~(5)~~ ~~As of~~Tingaud left ST in February ~~2009, Mr. Tingaud is the Vice-President of Strategic Planning of ST-Ericsson.~~2009.

89

Our President and Chief Executive Officer and sole member of our Managing Board, Mr. Carlo Bozotti, has appointed a Corporate Executive Committee, which is currently comprised of nine Executive Vice Presidents, the CEO and the COO. The Executive Vice Presidents represent all the functions of the organization: the product segments, sales and marketing (including regions), the manufacturing and technology R&D activities and the central functions. The role of the Executive Committee is to set corporate policy, coordinate strategies of the Company’s various functions representing its constituents, and drive major cross functional programs. The Executive Committee, chaired by Mr. Bozotti, or by Mr. Dutheil in Mr. Bozotti’s absence, meets twice per quarter, while executive staff meetings are held on a quarterly basis with the attendance of all corporate vice presidents.

Biographies of our Current Executive Officers

~~Executive Committee~~

Carlo Bozotti is our President, Chief Executive Officer and the sole member of our Managing Board. As CEO, Mr. Bozotti is the Chairman of our Executive Committee. Prior to taking on this new role at the 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting, Mr. Bozotti served as Corporate Vice President, Memories Product Group (“MPG”) since August 1998. Mr. Bozotti joined SGS Microelettronica in 1977 after graduating in Electronic Engineering from the University of Pavia. Mr. Bozotti served as Product Manager for the Industrial, Automotive and Telecom products in the Linear Division and as Business Unit Manager for the Monolithic Microsystems Division from 1987 to 1988. He was appointed Director of Corporate Strategic Marketing and Key Accounts for the Headquarters Region in 1988 and became Vice President, Marketing and Sales, Americas Region in 1991. Mr. Bozotti served as Corporate Vice President, MPG from August 1998 through March 2005, after having served as Corporate Vice President, Europe and Headquarters Region from 1994 to 1998. In 2008, Mr. Bozotti was appointed Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Numonyx. As of February 1, 2009, he is Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of ST-Ericsson.

Alain Dutheil was appointed Chief Operating Officer in 2005, with the endorsement of the Supervisory Board. He is also the Vice Chairman of our Corporate Executive Committee. Prior to his appointment as COO, he served as Corporate Vice President, Strategic Planning and Human Resources from 1994 and 1992, respectively. After graduating in Electrical Engineering from the Ecole Supérieure d’Ingénieurs de Marseille (“ESIM”), Mr. Dutheil joined Texas Instruments in 1969 as a Production Engineer, becoming Director for Discrete Products in France and Human Resources Director in France in 1980 and Director of Operations for Portugal in 1982. He joined Thomson Semiconductors in 1983 as General Manager of a plant in Aix-en-Provence, France and then became General Manager of SGS-Thomson Discrete Products Division. From 1989 to 1994, Mr. Dutheil served as Director for

~~120~~

Worldwide Back-end Manufacturing, in addition to serving as Corporate Vice President for Human Resources from 1992 until 2005. From August 2008 through January 2009, Mr. Dutheil acted as CEO for our joint venture ST-NXP Wireless, and ~~since~~from February 1, 2009 isthrough November 15, 2009, was the CEO of ST- Ericsson.

Georges Auguste currently serves as our Executive Vice President, Quality, Education and Sustainable Development. Mr. Auguste received a degree in Engineering from the Ecole Supérieure d’Electricité (“SUPELEC”) in 1973 and a diploma in Business Administration from Caen University in 1976. Prior to joining us, Mr. Auguste worked with Philips Components from 1974 to 1986, in various positions in the field of manufacturing. From 1990 to 1997, he headed our operations in Morocco, and from 1997 to 1999, Mr. Auguste served as Director of Total Quality and Environmental Management.

Orio Bellezza, Executive Vice President and General Manager, Front-End Manufacturing, is ~~repsponsible~~responsible for all of our wafer fabrication operations and facilities. He graduated with honors in Chemistry from Milan University in 1983. He joined SGS-ATES in 1984 as a Process Engineer and after two years moved to the Central R&D department, where he worked first as a Development Engineer and later as the Process Integration Manager, responsible for submicron EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memories) process technology modules. In 1996, Bellezza was named Director of the Agrate R1 Research and Development facility. In 2002, he was appointed Vice President of Central R&D and then in 2005 was named Vice President and Assistant General Manager of Front-End Technology and Manufacturing. Bellezza also served on the Board of the ST-Hynix memory-manufacturing joint venture established in Wuxi (China).

Gian Luca Bertino is our Corporate Vice President, Computer and Communications Infrastructure. He graduated in 1985 in Electronic Engineering from the Polytechnic of Turin. From 1986 to 1997 he held several positions within the Research and Development organization of Olivetti’s semiconductor group before joining ST in 1997. Previously, he was Group Vice President, Peripherals, General Manager of our Data Storage Division within the Telecommunications, Peripherals and Automotive (TPA) Groups.

Marco Luciano Cassis is Corporate Vice President, Japan region. He graduated from the Polytechnic of Milan with a degree in Electronic Engineering. Cassis joined us in 1988 as a mixed-signal analog designer for car radio applications. In 1993, Cassis moved to Japan to support our newly created design center with his expertise in audio products. Then in 2000, Cassis took charge of the Audio Business Unit and a year later he was promoted to Director of Audio and Automotive Group, responsible for design, marketing, sales, application support, and customer services. In 2004, Cassis was named Vice President of Marketing for the automotive, computer peripheral, and telecom products. In 2005, he advanced to Vice President Automotive Segment Group and joined the Board of the Japanese subsidiary, STMicroelectronics K.K.

product group at the time, he was also TQM Champion and applied the principle of continuous improvement to human resources as well as to manufacturing processes. Since March 2003, he has also been serving as Chairman of STMicroelectronics S.A. in France.

Jean-Marc Chery is our Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer, where his responsibilities include our corporate technology R&D, as well as the production at the Company’s 12” (300mm) Crolles wafer fab. He graduated from the National Superior School for Engineering, ENSAM France in 1984. He began his professional career in 1985 with MATRA SA in its Quality organization and by the end of 1986 had joined the Discrete Division of Thomson Semiconducteurs, located in Tours, where he remained until the beginning of 2001, first as Division Planning and Front-End Production Control Manager and later as the Front-End Operation Manager. Early in 2001, Chery joined our Central Front-End Manufacturing organization as General Manager of the Rousset 8” (200mm) plant, eventually assuming responsibilities for the 6” and 8” wafer fab operations at the site. In 2005, Chery successfully led our restructuring program for 6” front-end wafer manufacturing and he moved to Singapore, where, in 2006, his efforts earned him the responsibility for our~~Asia-PacificFront-End~~ Asia-Pacific Front-End Manufacturing operations and EWS (electrical wafer-sort) operations. In February 2009, he was appointed a member ofST-Ericsson’s Board of Directors. He is also Chairman of ST Microelectronics, Crolles 2, SAS, and, in September 2009, he was appointed a deputy of ST-Ericsson’s Board of Directors. Since October 2009, he has been in charge of Information communication Technology.

Andrea Cuomo is Executive Vice President and General Manager, Sales & Marketing, Europe, Middle East and Africa. After studying at Milano Politecnico in Nuclear Sciences, with a special focus on analog electronics, Mr. Cuomo joined us in 1983 as a System Testing Engineer, and from 1985 to 1989 held various positions to become Automotive Marketing Manager, then computer and industrial product manager . In 1989, Mr. Cuomo was appointed Director of Strategy and Market Development for the Dedicated Products Group, and in 1994 became Vice President of the Headquarters Region, responsible for Corporate Strategic Marketing and for Sales and Marketing to ST Strategic Accounts. In 1998, Mr. Cuomo was appointed as Vice President responsible for Advanced System Technology and in 2002, Mr. Cuomo was appointed as Corporate Vice President and Advanced System Technology General Manager. In 2004, he was given the additional responsibility of serving as our Chief Strategy officer and was promoted to Executive Vice President.

Carlo Ferro is Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Ferro has served as our CFO since May 2003. Mr. Ferro graduated with a degree in Business and Economics from the LUISS Guido Carli University in Rome, Italy in 1984, and has a professional qualification as a Certified Public Accountant in Italy. From 1984 through 1996, Mr. Ferro held a series of positions in finance and control at Istituto per la Ricostruzione Industriale-IRI S.p.A. (“IRI”), and Finmeccanica. Mr. Ferro served as one of our Supervisory Board Controllers from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Ferro was also a part-time university professor of Planning and Control until 1996. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Ferro held positions at EBPA NV, a process control company listed on the NYSE, rising to Vice President Planning and Control and principal financial officer. Mr. Ferro joined us in June 1999 as Group Vice President Corporate Finance, overseeing finance and accounting for all affiliates worldwide, and served as Deputy CFO from April 2002 through April 2003. Mr. Ferro holds positions on the board of directors of several of our affiliates. He is

~~121~~

~~also a part-time professor of finance at the University LUISS Guido Carli in Rome (Italy). As of February 1, 2009,~~ Since 2008, he ~~is a member of ST-Ericsson’s Board of Directors, as well as Chair of its Audit Committee.~~

Otto Kosgalwies is Executive Vice President, Infrastructure and Services, with responsibility for all of our corporate activities related to Information Technology, Logistics, and Procurement and Material Management, with particular emphasis on the complete supply chain between customer demand, manufacturing execution, inventory management, and supplier relations. Mr. Kosgalwies has been with us since 1984 after graduating with a degree in Economics from Munich University. From 1992 through 1995, he served as European Manager for Distribution, from 1995 to 2000 as Sales and Distribution Director for Central Europe, and since 1997 as CEO of our German subsidiary. In 2000, Mr. Kosgalwies was appointed Vice President for Sales and Marketing in Europe and General Manager for Supply Chain Management, where he was responsible at a corporate level for the effective flow of goods and information from suppliers to end users. In December 2007, he was promoted Executive Vice President and became responsible for ~~capacity~~EVP, GM, EMEA and ~~investment planning at the corporate level.~~

Philippe Lambinet is Executive Vice President, General Manager Home Entertainment & Displays Group. He graduated from the Paris Ecole Supérieure d’Electricité in 1979 with a Master’s Degree in Electronics. He began his professional career as a software engineer with Control Data Corporation in 1979 and in 1980 joined Thomson’s semiconductor subsidiary EFCIS to work in product engineering. He later supervised ASIC Operations at Thomson’s Mostek Corporation in Carrollton, Texas and in 1990 took charge of design and marketing for Mixed Signal Semi-custom Products within the Company’s Programmable Products Group. In 1997, he became Group Vice President and General Manager of the Digital Video Division. He then joined Advanced Digital Broadcast Group (ADB) as CEO of ADB-SA and became CEO of ADB Holdings SA and Vice Chairman.

Carmelo Papa is our Executive Vice President and General Manager of our Industrial & Multi-segment Sector. He received his degree in Nuclear Physics at Catania University. Mr. Papa joined us in 1983 and in 1986 was appointed Director of Product Marketing and Customer Service for Transistors and Standard ICs. In 2000, Mr. Papa was appointed Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets and in 2001, he took on additional worldwide responsibility for our Electronic Manufacturing Service to drive forward this new important channel of business. From January 2003 through December 2004, he was in charge of formulating and leading our strategy to expand our customer base by providing dedicated solutions to a broader selection of customers, one of our key growth areas. In 2005, he was named Corporate Vice President.

Jeffrey See is our Executive Vice President and General Manager, Central Packaging & Test Manufacturing. After Mr. See graduated from the Singapore Polytechnic in 1965, he became a Chartered Electronic Engineer at the Institution of Electrical Engineers (IEE) in the UK. In 1969, Mr. See joined SGS Microelettronica, a forerunner company of ST, as a Quality Supervisor at its first Assembly and Test facility in Toa Payoh, Singapore and was promoted to Deputy Back-End Plant Manager in 1980. In 1983, Mr. See was appointed to manage the~~start-up~~ ~~of the region’s first wafer fabrication plant(125-mm)~~ in Ang Mo Kio, Singapore and became General Manager of the front-end operations in 1992. In 2001, Mr. See was appointed Vice President and Assistant General Manager of Central Front-End Manufacturing and General Manager of the Asia Pacific Manufacturing Operations, responsible for wafer fabrication and electrical wafer sort in the region.

~~Executive Staff~~

Ugo Carena is Corporate Vice President, Automotive Products. He graduated from the Polytechnic of Turin with a degree in Mechanical Engineering. His semiconductor career began in 1977 within Olivetti’s semiconductor group. He joined ST in 1997 and he held the position of Telecommunications, Peripherals and Automotive (TPA) Groups Vice President, General Manager Computer Peripherals and Industrial Group, until he was appointed to his current position.

~~122~~

Marco Luciano Cassis is Corporate Vice President, Japan region. He graduated from the Polytechnic of Milan with a degree in Electronic Engineering. Cassis joined us in 1988 as a mixed-signal analog designer for car radio applications. In 1993, Cassis moved to Japan to support our newly created design center with his expertise in audio products. Then in 2000, Cassis took charge of the Audio Business Unit and a year later he was promoted to Director of Audio and Automotive Group, responsible for design, marketing, sales, application support, and customer services. In 2004, Cassis was named Vice President of Marketing for the automotive, computer peripheral, and telecom products. In 2005, he advanced to Vice President APG and joined the Board of the Japanese subsidiary, STMicroelectronics K.K.

Patrice Chastagner is Corporate Vice President, Human Resources. He is a graduate of the HEC business school in France and in 1988 became the Grenoble Site Director, guiding the emergence of this facility to become one of the most important hubs in Europe for advanced, complex silicon chip development and solutions. As Human Resources Manager for the Telecommunications, Peripherals and Automotive (TPA) Groups, which was our largest product group at the time, he was also TQM Champion and applied the principle of continuous improvement to human resources as well as to manufacturing processes. Since March 2003, he has also been serving as Chairman of STMicroelectronics S.A. in France.AST.

Claude Dardanne is Corporate Vice President and General Manager of our Microcontrollers, Memories & Smartcards (MMS) Group, part of our Industrial & Multi-segment Sector, in January 2007. Mr. Dardanne graduated from the Ecole Supérieure d’Ingénieurs en Génie Electrique de Rouen in France with a Master’s degree in Electronic Engineering. After graduation, Mr. Dardanne spent five years at Thomson Semiconducteurs in France before moving to North America as a Field Application Engineer. From 1982, Mr. Dardanne was responsible for marketing of Microcontrollers & Microprocessor products in North America and, in 1987, Mr. Dardanne was appointed Thomson’s Worldwide Marketing Manager for Microcontrollers & Microprocessors in France. In 1989, Mr. Dardanne joined Apple Computer, France, as Marketing Director, responsible for business development in segments including Industrial, Education, Banking and Communications. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Dardanne served as Marketing Director at Alcatel-Mietec in Belgium and in 1994, Mr. Dardanne rejoined Thomson (which by then had merged with SGS Microelettronica) as Director of Central Marketing for the Memory Products Group (MPG). In 1998, Mr. Dardanne became the head of the EEPROM division. In 2002, Mr. Dardanne was promoted to Vice President of the Memory Products Group and General Manager of the Serial Non-Volatile Memories division and in 2004, he was promoted to Deputy General Manager, Memory Products Group, where his responsibilities included the management of our Smartcard Division.

Carlo Ferro is Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Ferro has been serving as our CFO since May 2003. Mr. Ferro graduated with a degree in Business and Economics from the LUISS Guido Carli University in Rome, Italy in 1984, and has a professional qualification as a Certified Public Accountant in Italy. From 1984 through 1996, Mr. Ferro held a series of positions in finance and control at Istituto per la Ricostruzione Industriale-IRI S.p.A. (I.R.I), and Finmeccanica. Mr. Ferro served as one of our Supervisory Board Controllers from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Ferro was also a part-time university professor of Planning and Control until 1996. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Ferro held positions at EBPA NV, a process control company listed on the NYSE, rising to Vice President Planning and Control and principal financial officer. Mr. Ferro joined us in June 1999 as Group Vice President Corporate Finance, overseeing finance and accounting for all affiliates worldwide, and served as Deputy CFO from April 2002 through April 2003. Mr. Ferro holds positions on the board of directors of several of our affiliates. He is also a part-time professor of finance at the University LUISS Guido Carli in Rome (Italy). As of February 1, 2009, he is a member of ST-Ericsson’s Board of Directors, as well as Chair of its Audit Committee. He is also the Chairman of Incard SA, our fully owned affiliate.

Alisia Grenville is Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer. She graduated from Queen’s University in Kingston, Ontario with an honor’s degree in French and Italian and from the University of Sussex with a bachelor in law (LLB). Between 1999 and 2004, Grenville worked in top-tier American law firms as a corporate associate, specializing in bank finance, capital markets and M&A transactions, as well as governance, based in both New York and Frankfurt. In 2004, Grenville became a Senior Compliance Officer at Zurich Financial Services in Zurich. In 2005, she became the Head of Legal Compliance for Serono, S.A. in Geneva, and she joined ST in December 2007. Grenville is also in charge of the Executive Secretariat of the Supervisory Board, and supervises the Company’s Internal Audits in addition to chairing the Company’s Ethics Committee.

Paul Grimme was born in 1959 in Yankton, South Dakota, and graduated from the University of Nebraska (Lincoln) with a degree in Electrical Engineering and from the University of Texas (Austin) with a Master of Business Administration. Grimme began his career at Motorola, where he held positions of increasing responsibility in product engineering, marketing and operations management. He served as Corporate Vice President and General Manager of the 8/16-bit Products Division. In 1999, Grimme was promoted to Vice President and General Manager of the Advanced Vehicle Systems Division. He was later appointed Senior Vice President of the Transportation and Standard Products Group and continued in that role at Freescale Semiconductor after Motorola spun off its semiconductor business. Grimme also served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Freescale Semiconductor’s Microcontroller Solutions Group. Grimme joined STMicroelectronics as Deputy General Manager of the Automotive Product Group in early 2009. Grimme was promoted as Corporate Vice President and General Manager of STMicroelectronics’ Automotive Product Group in September 2009.

François Guibert is Corporate Vice President, President, Greater China & South Asia ~~Pacific~~ Region. He was born in Beziers, France in 1953 and graduated from the Ecole Supérieure d’Ingénieurs de Marseilles in 1978. After three years at Texas Instruments, he joined Thomson Semiconducteurs in 1981 as Sales Manager Telecom. From 1983 to 1986, he was responsible for ICs and strategic marketing of telecom products in North America. In 1988 he was appointed Director of our Semi-custom Business for Asia Pacific and in 1989 he became President of ST-Taiwan. Since 1992 he has occupied senior positions in Business Development and Investor Relations and was Group Vice President, Corporate Business Development which includes M&A activities from 1995 to the end of 2004. In January 2005, Mr. Guibert was promoted to the position of Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets Region and in October 2006, he was appointed to his current position. In 2008, Mr. Guibert was appointed a member of Veredus’ Board of Directors.

Tjerk Hooghiemstra is Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer, responsible for the Company’s Human Resources, Health and Safety, Education, Legal, Internal Communication, Security, and Corporate Responsibility. He has held this position since February 2010 and is a member of our Corporate Strategic Committee. He began his career at AMRO Bank. Later he joined HayGroup, a leading global HR consultancy, where he rose through the ranks to become the European head of HayMcBer, the group’s HR and leadership development arm, in 1991. Five years later, Hooghiemstra joined Philips Consumer Electronics as Managing Director of Human Resources. In 2000, he was appointed a member of Royal Philips Electronics’ Group Management Committee, responsible for Corporate Human Resources of the 160,000-employee global electronics group. In this position, Hooghiemstra successfully developed global HR processes, policies and tools across all Philips’ businesses, establishing leading-edge talent and leadership development programs. In2007-2009, Hooghiemstra served as Executive Vice President, Human Resources, at the Majid Al Futtaim retail and real-estate group in Dubai, UAE. Tjerk Hooghiemstra was born in Hoogeveen, The Netherlands in 1956. He graduated with a degree in Economics from the Erasmus University in Rotterdam, The Netherlands.

Otto Kosgalwies is Executive Vice President, Infrastructure and Services, with responsibility for all of our corporate activities related to Capacity Planning, Logistics, Procurement and Material Management, with particular emphasis on the complete supply chain between customer demand, manufacturing execution, inventory management, and supplier relations. Mr. Kosgalwies has been with us since 1984 after graduating with a degree in Economics from Munich University. From 1992 through 1995, he served as European Manager for Distribution, from 1995 to 2000 as Sales and Distribution Director for Central Europe, and since 1997 as CEO of our German subsidiary. In 2000, Mr. Kosgalwies was appointed Vice President for Sales and Marketing in Europe and General Manager for Supply Chain Management, where he was responsible at a corporate level for the effective flow of goods and information from suppliers to end users. In December 2007, he was promoted Executive Vice President and became responsible for capacity and investment planning at the corporate level.

Robert Krysiak is Corporate Vice President and General Manager, Greater China Region, and focuses exclusively on our operations in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan. He graduated from Cardiff University with a degree in Electronics and holds an MBA from the University of Bath. In 1983, Mr. Krysiak joined INMOS, as a

~~123~~

VLSI Design Engineer. Then in 1992, Mr. Krysiak formed a group dedicated to the development of CPU products

based on the Reusable-Micro-Core architecture. Mr. Krysiak was appointed Group Vice President and General Manager of our16/32/64 and DSP division in 1997. In 1999, Mr. Krysiak became Group Vice President of the Micro Cores Development, and in 2001, he took charge of our DVD division. He was a Marketing Director for HPC before assuming his current responsibilities.

Philippe Lambinet is Executive Vice President, General Manager Home Entertainment & Displays Group. He graduated from the Paris Ecole Supérieure d’Electricité in 1979 with a Master’s Degree in Electronics. He began his professional career as a software engineer with Control Data Corporation in 1979 and in 1980 joined Thomson’s semiconductor subsidiary EFCIS to work in Application Enginering. He later supervised ASIC Operations at Thomson’s Mostek Corporation in Carrollton, Texas and in 1990 took charge of design and marketing for Mixed Signal Semi-custom Products within the Company’s Programmable Products Group. In 1997, he became Group Vice President and General Manager of the Digital Video Division. He then joined Advanced Digital Broadcast Group (ADB) as CEO of ADB-SA and became COO of ADB Holdings SA and Vice Chairman.

Loïc Liétar is a Corporate Vice President and Chief Strategic Officer of STMicroelectronics, and has held this position since January 2008. He is responsible for the Company’s Strategic Planning, Corporate Business ~~Development.~~Development, and Corporate Communication (since February 2010). Liétar also sits on the Board of Directors of ST-Ericsson. Liétar joined Thomson Semiconducteurs, a predecessor company to STMicroelectronics, in 1985. After working in R&D Management and Marketing, he was appointed Director of the Company’s Advanced Systems Technology (AST) labs in the US in 1999. Four years later, Liétar became General Manager of ST’s Cellular Terminals Division, and later moved to head the Application Processor Division, which brought to market ST’s leading-edge Nomadik mobile multimedia processor. In 2006, he was appointed Group Vice President, Strategies, and contributed to establishing ST’s R&D partnership with IBM and two joint ventures — the Numonyx flash-memory joint venture with Intel and ST-Ericsson, combining the wireless operations of ST, NXP and Ericsson. Liétar sits on the Board of Directors of the Global Semiconductor Alliance (GSA). Loïc Liétar was born in Paris, France, in 1962. He graduated with ~~a degree~~degrees in Engineering and Microelectronics from the ~~Ecole~~École Polytechnique ~~Paris, in 1984, a degree in Microelectronics from~~and Orsay University ~~(1985),~~in Paris, respectively, and he holds an MBA from Columbia University, New York (1993). Liétar joined Thomson Semiconducteurs in 1985 as an analog IC designer in Grenoble, France. Between 1987 and 1998 he held several positions in R&D Management and Marketing in Milan, Paris and Singapore. In 1999, he was appointed Director of Advanced System Technologies U.S. Labs, and in 2003, was named General Manager of our Cellular Terminals Division, later moving to our Application Processor Division. In 2006, Loïc Liétar was promoted to Group Vice President, Strategies, for our Strategies and System Technologies Group and, in January 2008, was appointed Corporate Vice President, Corporate Business Development. As of February 1, 2009, he is a member of ST-Ericsson’s Board of Directors.York.

Pierre Ollivier is Corporate Vice President, General Counsel. He obtained a Law Degree at Caen University in 1976 and a postgraduate degree in International Business law at Paris 1 University in 1978. After graduation, he joined Clifford Turner (now Clifford Chance) and then, in 1982, joined Stein Heurtey, an engineering firm, where he was responsible for legal affairs. In 1984, Ollivier joined Thomson CSF where he first worked in the Electronics systems and equipment branch, later moving to corporate headquarters. Ollivier became general counsel of STMicroelectronics in 1990, a position he has held since. From 1994 until 2007, he also acted as Executive Secretary to the Secretariat of the Supervisory Board. In January 2008, Ollivier was promoted to Corporate Vice President, General Counsel. In addition to legal matters involving contracts, litigation and general corporate matters, his responsibilities include developing the protection and extraction of value from ST’s Intellectual Property, as well as the negotiation and management of worldwide insurance programs for ST’s global group of companies.

Carlo Emanuele Ottaviani is Corporate Vice President, ~~Communications.~~Communication. He began his career in 1965 in the Advertisement and Public Relations Office of SIT-SIEMENS, today known as ITALTEL. He later had responsibility for the activities of the associated semiconductor company ATES Electronic Components. ATES merged with the Milan-based SGS in 1971, and Mr. Ottaviani was in charge of the advertisement and marketing services of the newly formed SGS-ATES. In 1975, he was appointed Head of Corporate Communication worldwide, and has held this position since that time. In 2001, Mr. Ottaviani was appointed by STMicroelectronics Foundation, an independent charitable organization, as its President.

region’s first wafer fabrication plant(125-mm) in Ang Mo Kio, Singapore and became General Manager of the front-end operations in 1992. In 2001, Mr. See was appointed Vice President and Assistant General Manager of Central Front-End Manufacturing and General Manager of the Asia Pacific Manufacturing Operations, responsible for wafer fabrication and electrical wafer sort in the region.

As is common in the semiconductor industry, our success depends to a significant extent upon, among other factors, the continued service of our key senior executives and research and development, engineering, marketing, sales, manufacturing, support and other personnel, and on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. The competition for such employees is intense, and the loss of the services of any of these key personnel without adequate replacement or the inability to attract new qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on us. We do not maintain insurance with respect to the loss of any of our key personnel. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Loss of key employees could hurt our competitive position.”

~~124~~

Compensation

Pursuant to the decisions adopted by our shareholders at the annual shareholders’ meeting held on May 14, 2008, the aggregate compensation for the members and former members of our Supervisory Board in respect of service in ~~2008~~2009 was ~~€1,063,625~~€993,875 before any withholding taxes and applicable mandatory social contributions, as set forth in the following table.


Supervisory Board Member	Directors’ Fees

Antonino ~~Turicchi(1)~~Turicchi	€	~~144,250~~146,875
Gérald Arbola	€	~~161,500~~146,875
Raymond Bingham	€	~~94,625~~
~~Matteo del Fante(1)~~	€	~~23,250~~98,375
Douglas Dunn	€	~~97,625~~96,875
Didier Lamouche	€	~~88,500~~86,250
Didier Lombard	€	~~98,250~~88,125
Alessandro Ovi	€	~~81,875~~75,875
Bruno Steve	€	~~109,000~~97,375
Tom de ~~Waard(2)~~Waard(1)	€	~~164,750~~157,250

Total	€	~~1,063,625~~993,875


(1)		~~Mr. Matteo del Fante was a Supervisory Board member until our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting, at which time he was succeeded by Mr. Antonino Turicchi.~~

~~(2)~~		Compensation, including attendance fees of $2,000 per meeting of our Supervisory Board or committee thereof, was paid to Clifford Chance LLP.

We do not have any service agreements with members of our Supervisory Board.

The total amount paid as compensation in ~~2008~~2009 to our executive officers, including Mr. Carlo Bozotti, the sole member of our Managing Board and our President and CEO as well as ~~former~~ executive officers employed by us during ~~2008,~~2009, was approximately ~~$15.95~~$15.3 million before any withholding taxes. Such amount also includes the amounts of EIP paid to the executive officers pursuant to a Corporate Executive Incentive Program (the “EIP”) that entitles selected executives to a yearly bonus based upon the individual performance of such executives. The maximum bonus awarded under the EIP is based upon a percentage of the executive’s salary and is adjusted to reflect our overall performance. The participants in the EIP must satisfy certain personal objectives that are focused,inter alia, on return on net assets, customer service, profit, cash flow and market share. The relative charges and non-cash benefits were approximately ~~$2,554,133~~$10.6 million. Within such amount, the remuneration of our current sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO in ~~2008~~2009 was:


Sole Member of Our Managing Board and President and CEO	Salary(2)		Bonus(1)		Non-cash Benefits(3)		Total
Sole Member of Our Managing Board and													Non-cash
President and CEO									Salary(2)		Bonus(1)		Benefits(3)		Total

Carlo Bozotti	$	917,253	$	663,948	$	972,932	$	2,554,133	$	933,474	$	649,755	$	884,662	$	2,467,891


(1)		The bonus paid to the sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO during the ~~2008~~2009 financial year was approved by the Compensation Committee, and approved by the Supervisory Board in respect of the ~~2007~~2008 financial year, based on fulfillment of a number of pre-defined objectives for ~~2007.~~2008.

(2)		Our Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of our Compensation Committee, approved an annual salary for ~~2008~~2009 for our Managing Board and President and CEO of $700,000, with an exchange rate for the salary paid in Euro fixed at €1.00 to $1.20 and an exchange rate for the salary paid in Swiss Francs of approximately CHF 1.00 to $0.90.


(3)		Including stock awards, employer social contributions, company car allowance and miscellaneous allowances.

Mr. Bozotti was re-appointed as sole member of our Managing Board and President and Chief Executive Officer of our company by our annual shareholders’ meeting on May 14, 2008 for a three-year period. At our annual

~~125~~

shareholders’ meeting in 2011, the mandate of Mr. Bozotti will expire. In each of the years ~~2006,~~ 2007, 2008 and ~~2008,~~2009, Mr. Bozotti was granted, ~~pursuant to~~in accordance with the compensation policy approved by the shareholders’ meeting, up to 100,000 nonvested Stock Awards. The vesting of such stock awards is conditional upon certain performance criteria, fixed by our Supervisory Board, being achieved as well as Mr. Bozotti’s continued service with us.

In ~~2008,~~2009, our Supervisory Board approved the terms of Mr. Bozotti’s employment by us, which are consistent with the compensation policy approved by our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting. Mr. Bozotti has two employment agreements with us, the first with our Dutch parent company, which relates to his activities as sole member of our Managing Board and representative of the Dutch legal entity, and the second in Switzerland, which relates to his activities as President and CEO, EIP, Pension and other items covered by the compensation policy approved by our shareholders.

Consistent with this compensation policy, the Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of its compensation committee, set ~~in July 2008~~ the criteria to be met for Mr. Bozotti for attribution of his ~~2008~~2009 bonus (based on new product introductions, market share and budget targets, as well as corporate governance initiatives). The Supervisory Board, however, has not yet determined the amount of the CEO bonus for ~~2008.~~2010.

With regard to Mr. Bozotti’s ~~2007~~2008 nonvested stock awards, the Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of its Compensation Committee, ~~concluded~~noted that only two out of the three performance criteria ~~established by the Supervisory Board~~linked to sales, operations, income and return on net assets had been ~~achieved in 2007.~~met under the Employee stock award Plan and concluded that Mr. Bozotti was ~~therefore,~~ entitled to ~~receive 83,333~~66,666 stock awards, ~~originally granted in 2007,~~ which vest as defined by the Plan one year, two years and three years, respectively, after the date of the grant, provided Mr. Bozotti is still an employee at such time (subject to the acceleration provisions in the event of a change in control).

With regard to Mr. Bozotti’s ~~2008~~2009 stock awards, the Supervisory Board upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, set the criteria for the attribution of the 100,000 stock awards permitted. The Supervisory Board, however, has not yet determined whether the performance criteria which condition the vesting (and which, like for all employees benefiting from nonvested share awards, are linked to sales, operations, income and return on net assets) have been met.

During ~~2008,~~2009, Mr. Bozotti did not exercise any stock options granted to him, and did not sell any vested stock awards or purchase or sell any of our shares.

Our Supervisory Board has approved the establishment of a complementary pension plan for our top executive management, comprising the CEO, COO and other key executives to be selected by the CEO according to the general criteria of eligibility and service set up by the Supervisory Board upon the proposal of its Compensation Committee. In respect to such plan, we have set up an independent foundation under Swiss law which manages the plan and to which we make contributions. Pursuant to this plan, in ~~2008~~2009 we made a contribution of $0.3 million to the plan of our current President and Chief Executive ~~Officers,~~Officer, $0.6 million to the plan of our Chief Operating Officer, and ~~$0.6~~$0.4 million to the plan for all other beneficiaries. The amount of pension plan payments made for other beneficiaries, such as former employees retired in ~~2008~~2009 and no longer salaried in ~~2008~~2009 were $0.5 million.

We did not extend any loans, overdrafts or warranties to our Supervisory Board members or to the sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO. Furthermore, we have not guaranteed any debts or concluded any leases with our Supervisory Board members or their families, or the sole member of the Managing Board.

For information regarding stock options and other stock-based compensation granted to members of our Supervisory Board, the Managing Board and our executive officers, please refer to “— Stock Awards and Options” below.

The current members of our Executive Committee and the Managing Board were covered in ~~2008~~2009 under certain group life and medical insurance programs provided by us. The aggregate additional amount set aside by us in ~~2008~~2009 to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for our Executive Committee and our Managing Board as a group is in addition to the amounts allocated to the complementary pension plan described above and is estimated to have been approximately ~~$3.81~~$3.3 million, which includes statutory employer contributions for state-run retirement, similar benefit programs and other miscellaneous allowances.

~~126~~95

Share Ownership

None of the members of our Supervisory Board and Managing Board or our executive officers holds shares or options to acquire shares representing more than 1% of our issued share capital.

Stock Awards and Options

Our stock options and stock award plans are designed to incentivize, attract and retain our executives and key employees by aligning compensation with our performance and the evolution of our share price. We have adopted stock-based compensation plans comprising either stock options or nonvested stock awards that benefit our President and CEO as well as key employees (employee stock optionsand/or employee nonvested stock award plans) and stock options or vested stock awards that benefit our Supervisory Board members and professionals (Supervisory Board stock optionsand/or stock award plans).

Following changes in the accounting and tax treatment of stock options, we have, since 2005, transitioned our stock-based compensation plans from stock-option grants to vested or nonvested stock awards. Pursuant to the shareholders’ resolutions adopted by our ~~2006,~~ 2007, 2008 and ~~2008~~2009 annual shareholders’ meeting, our Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board and the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, took the following actions:


	•	amended grants pursuant to the 2005 stock-based compensation plan for Supervisory Board members and professionals at our 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting;

	•	adopted our ~~2006 and~~ 2007 nonvested Stock Award Plan for Executives and Key Employees (the “Employee USA Plan”) with the goal of enhancing our ability to retain key employees and motivate them to work to create shareholder value and, in addition, approved vesting conditions linked to our future performance and continued service with us; ~~and~~

	•	approved, for a five year period, our 2008 nonvested Stock Award Plan for Executives and Key Employees, under which directors, managers and selected employees may be granted stock awards upon the fulfillment of restricted criteria, such as those linked to our performance and continued service with ~~us.~~us; and

	•	approved conditions relating to our 2009 nonvested stock award allocation under the 2008 Stock Award Plan, including restriction criteria linked to our performance.

We use our treasury shares to cover the stock awards granted under the Employee USA Plans in ~~2006,~~ 2007, 2008 and ~~2008.~~2009. As of ~~March~~December 31, 2009, ~~6,940,689~~3,532,201 stock awards granted in relation to the ~~2006,~~ 2007, 2008 and ~~2008~~2009 plans had vested, leaving ~~35,979,531~~31,985,739 treasury shares ~~outstanding as of March 31, 2009.~~outstanding. The ~~2008~~2009 Employee nonvested stock award plan generated an additional charge of $7$7.8 million in the consolidated statements of income for ~~2008,~~2009, which corresponds to the cost per service in the year for all granted shares that are (or are expected to be) vested pursuant to the financial performance criteria being met.

The exercise of stock options and the sale or purchase of shares of our stock by the members of our Supervisory Board, the sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO, and all our employees are subject to an internal policy which involves,inter alia,certain blackout periods.

Employee and Managing Board Stock-Based Compensation Plans

~~1995 Stock Option Plan.~~ On October 20, 1995, our shareholders approved resolutions authorizing the Supervisory Board, for a period of five years, to adopt and administer a stock option plan that provided for the granting to our managers and professionals of options to purchase up to a maximum of 33 million common shares (the “1995 Stock Option Plan”). We granted options to acquire a total of 31,561,941 shares pursuant to the 1995 Stock Option Plan as indicated.

The description of our 1995 Stock Option Plan as indicated in the following table, takes into consideration the 2:1 stock split effected on June 16, 1999 and the 3:1 stock split effected on May 5, 2000. The term “options outstanding” means options existing as of December 31, 2008 not cancelled or exercised by their respective beneficiaries (employees and members or professionals of our Supervisory Board). Options are cancelled either because the beneficiary waives them or because the beneficiary loses the right to exercise them when leaving the

~~127~~

~~company (with the exception of retirement or termination of employment pursuant to collective plans or restructurings).~~

As of March 31, 2009 the total number of options exercised pursuant to the 1995 Stock Option Plan was 14,523,601. The number of options, which can no longer be exercised, because they have expired or been cancelled, was 17,038,340, and there are no options outstanding, which can still be exercised.

2001 Stock Option Plan. At the annual shareholders’ meeting on April 25, 2001, our shareholders approved resolutions authorizing the Supervisory Board, for a period of five years, to adopt and administer a stock option plan (in the form of five annual tranches) that provided for the granting to our managers and professionals of options to purchase up to a maximum of 60 million common shares (the “2001 Stock Option Plan”). The amount of options granted to the sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO is determined by our Compensation Committee, upon delegation from our Supervisory Board and, since 2005, has been submitted for approval by our annual shareholders’ meeting. The amount of stock options granted to other employees was made by our Compensation Committee on delegation by our Supervisory Board and following the recommendation of the sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO. In addition, the Supervisory Board delegated to the sole member of our Managing Board and President and CEO the flexibility to grant, each year, up to a determined number of share awards to our employees pursuant to the 2001 Stock Option Plan in special cases or in connection with an acquisition.

In 2005, our shareholders at our annual shareholders’ meeting ~~adopted~~approved a modification to our 2001 Stock Option Plan so as to provide the grant of up to four million nonvested stock awards instead of stock options to our senior executives and certain of our key employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 nonvested Stock Awards instead of stock options to our President and CEO. A total of 4,159,915 shares have been awarded pursuant to the modification of such Plan, which include shares that were awarded to employees who subsequently left our

Company thereby forfeiting their awards. Certain forfeited share awards were subsequently awarded to other employees.

Pursuant to such approval, the Compensation Committee, upon delegation from our Supervisory Board, approved the conditions that apply to the vesting of such awards. These conditions related to both our financial performance, pursuant to certain defined criteria in 2005 and during the first quarter of 2006, and the continued presence of the beneficiaries of the nonvested stock awards at the defined vesting dates in 2006, 2007 and 2008. Of the shares awarded, none remain outstanding but nonvested as of December 31, 2009.

~~1995 Plan (Employees)~~
~~October 20, 1995~~
~~(outstanding grants)~~

Special Grant Tranche 5 Special Grant Tranche 6 Special Grant Tranche 7

Date of Supervisory Board Meeting 24-Jan-00 16-Jun-00 18-Sep-00 11-Dec-00 18-Dec-00 1-Mar-01
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased 150,000 5,331,250 70,000 2,019,640 26,501 113,350
Vesting Date 24-Jan-03 16-Jun-02 18-Sep-02 11-Dec-02 18-Dec-02 1-Mar-03
Expiration Date 24-Jan-08 16-Jun-08 18-Sep-08 11-Dec-08 18-Dec-08 1-Mar-09
Exercise Price $55.25 $62.01 $52.88 $50.69 $44.00 $31.65
Terms of Exercise 50% on 32% on 32% on 32% on 32% on 32% on
24-Jan-03 16-Jun-02 18-Sep-02 11-Dec-02 18-Dec-02 1-Mar-03
50% on 32% on 32% on 32% on 32% on 32% on
24-Jan-04 16-Jun-03 18-Sep-03 11-Dec-03 18-Dec-03 1-Mar-04
36% on 36% on 36% on 36% on 36% on
16-Jun-04 18-Sep-04 11-Dec-04 18-Dec-04 1-Mar-05
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of March 31, 2009 0 0 0 0 0 0
Held by Managing Board/Executive Officers 0 0 0 0 0 0

~~128~~

2001 Plan (Employees)
April 25, 2001
(outstanding grants)

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 4

Tranche 5

Tranche 6

Tranche 7

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 4

Tranche 5

Tranche 6

Tranche 7

Date of the grant

27-Apr-01

4-Sep-01

1-Nov-01

2-Jan-02

25-Jan-02

25-Apr-02

26-Jun-02

27-Apr-01

4-Sep-01

1-Nov-01

2-Jan-02

25-Jan-02

25-Apr-02

26-Jun-02

Total Number of Shares which may be purchased

9,521,100

16,000

61,900

29,400

3,656,103

9,708,390

318,600

9,521,100

16,000

61,900

29,400

3,656,103

9,708,390

318,600

Vesting Date

27-Apr-03

4-Sep-03

1-Nov-03

2-Jan-04

25-Jan-03

25-Apr-04

26-Jun-04

27-Apr-03

4-Sep-03

1-Nov-03

2-Jan-04

25-Jan-03

25-Apr-04

26-Jun-04

Expiration Date

27-Apr-11

4-Sep-11

1-Nov-11

2-Jan-12

25-Jan-12

25-Apr-12

26-Jun-12

27-Apr-11

4-Sep-11

1-Nov-11

2-Jan-12

25-Jan-12

25-Apr-12

26-Jun-12

Exercise Price

$39.00

$29.70

$29.61

$33.70

$31.09

$31.11

$22.30

$39.00

$29.70

$29.61

$33.70

$31.09

$31.11

$22.30

Terms of Exercise

32% on

50% on

32% on

50% on

32% on

27-Apr-03

4-Sep-03

1-Nov-03

2-Jan-04

25-Jan-03

25-Apr-04

26-Jun-04

27-Apr-03

4-Sep-03

1-Nov-03

2-Jan-04

25-Jan-03

25-Apr-04

26-Jun-04

32% on

50% on

32% on

50% on

32% on

27-Apr-04

4-Sep-04

1-Nov-04

2-Jan-05

25-Jan-04

25-Apr-05

26-Jun-05

27-Apr-04

4-Sep-04

1-Nov-04

2-Jan-05

25-Jan-04

25-Apr-05

26-Jun-05

36% on
27-Apr-05

36% on
4-Sep-05

36% on
1-Nov-05

36% on
2-Jan-06

36% on
25-Apr-06

36% on
26-Jun-06

36% on
27-Apr-05

36% on
4-Sep-05

36% on
1-Nov-05

36% on
2-Jan-06

36% on
25-Apr-06

36% on
26-Jun-06

Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of March 31, 2009

7,517,820

7,000

43,750

19,900

2,793,151

7,888,398

135,606

Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of December 31, 2009

7,309,350

43,500

19,400

2,709,996

7,661,061

123,706

Held by Managing Board/Executive Officers

339,500

133,225

351,030

323,500

126,300

335,030

2001 Plan (Employees) (continued)
April 25, 2001
(outstanding grants)

Tranche 8

Tranche 9

Tranche 10

Tranche 11

Tranche 12

Tranche 13

Tranche 14

Tranche 15

Tranche 16

Tranche 17

Tranche 8

Tranche 9

Tranche 10

Tranche 11

Tranche 12

Tranche 13

Tranche 14

Tranche 15

Tranche 16

Tranche 17

Date of the grant

1-Aug-02

17-Dec-02

14-Mar-03

3-Jun-03

24-Oct-03

2-Jan-04

26-Apr-04

1-Sep-04

31-Jan-05

17-Mar-05

1-Aug-02

17-Dec-02

14-Mar-03

3-Jun-03

24-Oct-03

2-Jan-04

26-Apr-04

1-Sep-04

31-Jan-05

17-Mar-05

Total Number of Shares which may be purchased

24,500

14,400

11,533,960

306,850

135,500

86,400

12,103,490

175,390

29,200

13,000

24,500

14,400

11,533,960

306,850

135,500

86,400

12,103,490

175,390

29,200

13,000

Vesting Date

1-Aug-04

17-Dec-04

14-Mar-05

3-Jun-05

24-Oct-05

2-Jan-06

26-Apr-06

1-Sep-06

31-Jan-07

17-Mar-07

1-Aug-04

17-Dec-04

14-Mar-05

3-Jun-05

24-Oct-05

2-Jan-06

26-Apr-06

1-Sep-06

31-Jan-07

17-Mar-07

Expiration Date

1-Aug-12

17-Dec-12

14-Mar-13

3-Jun-13

24-Oct-13

2-Jan-14

26-Apr-14

1-Sep-14

31-Jan-15

17-Mar-15

1-Aug-12

17-Dec-12

14-Mar-13

3-Jun-13

24-Oct-13

2-Jan-14

26-Apr-14

1-Sep-14

31-Jan-15

17-Mar-15

Exercise Price

$20.02

$21.59

$19.18

$22.83

$25.90

$27.21

$22.71

$17.08

$16.73

$17.31

$20.02

$21.59

$19.18

$22.83

$25.90

$27.21

$22.71

$17.08

$16.73

$17.31

Terms of Exercise

32% on

1-Aug-04

17-Dec-04

14-Mar-05

3-Jun-05

24-Oct-05

2-Jan-06

26-Apr-06

1-Sep-06

31-Jan-07

17-Mar-07

1-Aug-04

17-Dec-04

14-Mar-05

3-Jun-05

24-Oct-05

2-Jan-06

26-Apr-06

1-Sep-06

31-Jan-07

17-Mar-07

32% on

1-Aug-05

17-Dec-05

14-Mar-06

3-Jun-06

24-Oct-06

2-Jan-07

26-Apr-07

1-Sep-07

31-Jan-08

17-Mar-08

1-Aug-05

17-Dec-05

14-Mar-06

3-Jun-06

24-Oct-06

2-Jan-07

26-Apr-07

1-Sep-07

31-Jan-08

17-Mar-08

36% on

1-Aug-06

17-Dec-06

14-Mar-07

3-Jun-07

24-Oct-07

2-Jan-08

14-Mar-08

1-Sep-08

31-Jan-09

17-Mar-09

1-Aug-06

17-Dec-06

14-Mar-07

3-Jun-07

24-Oct-07

2-Jan-08

14-Mar-08

1-Sep-08

31-Jan-09

17-Mar-09

Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of March 31, 2009

13,100

14,400

9,542,571

173,650

119,150

15,200

10,168,310

112,466

17,300

13,100

Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of December 31, 2009

13,100

14,400

9,298,738

167,950

112,150

11,700

9,886,815

110,666

17,300

6,000

Held by Managing Board/ Executive Officers

419,700

31,000

507,000

402,200

31,000

486,400

2006 nonvested Stock Award Plan

In 2006, our shareholders at our annual shareholders’ meeting approved the grant of up to five million nonvested stock awards to our senior executives and certain of our key employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 nonvested Stock Awards to our President and CEO. 5,131,640 shares have been awarded under such plan as of ~~March~~December 31, 2009, out of which ~~up to 1,651,644~~none remain outstanding ~~but nonvested~~ as of ~~March~~December 31, 2009.

2007 nonvested Stock Award Plan

In 2007, our shareholders at our annual shareholders’ meeting approved the grant of up to six million nonvested stock awards to our senior executives and certain of our key employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 nonvested Stock Awards to our President and CEO. 5,911,840 shares have been awarded under such plan as of ~~March~~December 31, 2009, out of which up to ~~3,529,864~~1,601,328 remain outstanding but nonvested as of ~~March~~December 31, 2009.

~~129~~97

2008 nonvested Stock Award Plan — 2008 Allocation

In 2008, our shareholders at our annual shareholders’ meeting approved the grant of up to six million nonvested stock awards to our senior executives and certain of our key employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 nonvested Stock Awards to our President and CEO. 5,773,705 shares have been awarded under such Plan as of ~~March~~December 31, 2009, out of which up to ~~5,684,455~~1,411,702 remain outstanding but nonvested as of ~~March~~December 31, 2009.

2009 nonvested Stock Award Plan — 2009 Allocation

In 2009, our shareholders at our annual shareholders’ meeting approved the grant of up to six million nonvested stock awards to our senior executives and certain of our key employees, as well as the grant of up to 100,000 nonvested Stock Awards to our President and CEO. 5,583,540 shares have been awarded under such allocation as of December 31, 2009, out of which up to 5,540,740 remain outstanding but nonvested as of December 31, 2009.

Pursuant to such approval, the Compensation Committee, upon delegation from our Supervisory Board has approved the conditions which shall apply to the vesting of such awards. These conditions relate both to our financial performance meeting certain defined criteria in ~~2008,~~2009, and to the continued presence at the defined vesting dates in ~~2009,~~ 2010, 2011 and ~~2011~~2012 of the beneficiaries of the nonvested stock awards.

Furthermore, the Compensation Committee, on behalf of the entire Supervisory Board and with the approval of the entire Supervisory Board, approved the list of beneficiaries of the unvested stock awards and delegated to our President and Chief Executive Officer the right to grant certain additional unvested stock awards to key employees, in exceptional cases, provided that the total number of unvested stock awards granted to executives and key employees shall not exceed for ~~2008~~2009 six million shares.

The implementation of our Stock-Based Compensation Plan for Employees is subject to periodic proposals from our Managing Board to our Supervisory Board, and recommendations by the Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board.

Supervisory Board Stock Option Plans

1999 Stock Option Plan for members and professionals of our Supervisory Board. A plan was adopted in 1999 for a three-year period expiring on December 31, 2001 (the “1999 Stock Option Plan”), providing for the grant of at least the same number of options as were granted during the period from 1996 to 1999.

2002 Stock Option Plan for members and professionals of our Supervisory Board. A 2002 plan was adopted on March 27, 2002 (the “2002 Stock Option Plan”). Pursuant to this 2002 Plan, the annual shareholders’ meeting authorized the grant of 12,000 options per year to each member of our Supervisory Board during the course of his three-year tenure (during the three-year period from2002-2005), and 6,000 options per year to all of the professionals. Pursuant to the 1999 and 2002 Plans, stock options for the subscription of ~~1,219,500~~819,000 shares were granted to the members of the Supervisory Board and professionals. Options were granted to members and professionals of our Supervisory Board under the 1999, and 2002 Stock Option Plans as shown in the table below:

1999 and 2002 Plans
(for Supervisory Board Members and Professionals)
(outstanding grants)

Date of Annual

May 31, 1999

March 27, 2002

May 31, 1999

March 27, 2002

Shareholders’ Meeting

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Date of the grant

16-Jun-00

27-Apr-01

25-Apr-02

14-Mar-03

26-Apr-04

16-Jun-00

27-Apr-01

25-Apr-02

14-Mar-03

26-Apr-04

Total Number of Shares which may be purchased

103,500

112,500

132,000

103,500

112,500

132,000

Vesting Date

16-Jun-01

27-Apr-02

25-May-02

14-Apr-03

26-May-04

16-Jun-01

27-Apr-02

25-May-02

14-Apr-03

26-May-04

Expiration Date

16-Jun-08

27-Apr-11

25-Apr-12

14-Mar-13

26-Apr-14

16-Jun-08

27-Apr-11

25-Apr-12

14-Mar-13

26-Apr-14

Exercise Price

$62.01

$39.00

$31.11

$19.18

$22.71

$62.01

$39.00

$31.11

$19.18

$22.71

Terms of Exercise

All exercisable

All exercisable
after 1 year

after 1 year

Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of March 31, 2009

90,000

108,000

132,000

Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of December 31, 2009

90,000

108,000

132,000

At ~~March~~December 31, 2009, options to purchase a total of 90,000 common shares were outstanding under the 1999 Stock Option Plan and options to purchase 348,000 common shares were outstanding under the 2002 Supervisory Board Stock Option Plan.

2005, 2006 and 2007 Stock-based Compensation for members and professionals of the Supervisory Board. Our 2005 Annual Shareholders’ meeting approved the adoption of a three year stock based compensation plan for

~~130~~

Supervisory Board members and Professionals. The plan provided for the grant of a maximum number of 6,000 newly issued shares per year for each member of the Supervisory Board and 3,000 newly issued shares for each of the Professionals of the Supervisory Board at a price of €1.04 per share, corresponding to the nominal value of our share. Pursuant to our 2007 annual shareholders’ meeting, the 2005 plan was modified as the maximum number was increased to 15,000 newly issued shares per year for each member of the Supervisory Board and 7,500 newly issued shares per year for each professional of the Supervisory Board for the remaining year of the plan.

In 2005, 66,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries under such plan, which had completely vested as of December 31, 2008. In 2006, 66,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries under such plan, ~~out of~~ which ~~14,000 were outstanding~~had completely vested as of ~~March~~December 31, 2009. In 2007, 165,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries under such plan, out of which ~~90,000~~45,000 were outstanding as of ~~March~~December 31, 2009.

The table below reflects the grants to the Supervisory Board members and professionals under the 2005 Stock-Based Compensation Plan as of ~~March~~December 31, 2009. See Note 1816 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.


	2005		2006		2007		2005		2006		2007

Total number of Shares outstanding		0		14,000		90,000		0		0		45,000
Expiration date		25-Oct-15		29-Apr-16		28-Apr-17		25-Oct-15		29-Apr-16		28-Apr-17

2008, 2009 and 2010 Stock-based Compensation for members and professionals of the Supervisory Board. Our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting approved the adoption of a new three-year stock-based compensation plan for Supervisory Board members and professionals. This plan provides for the grant of a maximum number of 15,000 newly issued shares per year for each member of the Supervisory Board and 7,500 newly issued shares for each of the professionals of the Supervisory Board at a price of €1.04 per share, corresponding to the nominal value of our share. ~~At March 31, 2009,~~In 2008, 165,000 shares ~~had been awarded~~were granted to the beneficiaries under ~~this~~such plan, out of which up95,000 were outstanding as of December 31, 2009. In 2009, 165,000 shares were granted to ~~142,500 remain~~the beneficiaries under such plan, out of which 157,500 were outstanding ~~but unvested.~~ as of December 31, 2009.

The ~~expiration date for~~table below reflects the ~~outstanding shares is May 14, 2018.~~grants to the Supervisory Board members and professionals under the 2008 Stock-Based Compensation Plan as of December 31, 2009. See Note 16 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Plan 2008 Plan 2009

Total number of Shares outstanding 95,000 157,500
Expiration date 14-May-18 20-May-19

Employees

The tables below set forth the breakdown of employees, including the employees of the consolidated entities of ST-Ericsson JVS, by main category of activity and geographic area for the past three years.

At December 31, At December 31,
2008 2007 2006 2009 2008 2007

France 8,920 10,560 10,660 10,960 10,790 10,560
Italy 8,120 10,090 10,320 8,290 8,200 10,090
Rest of Europe 1,070 1,730 1,580 3,200 2,320 1,730
United States 3,020 3,120 3,280 2,000 3,250 3,120
Malta and Morocco 5,760 6,990 7,330
Mediterranean (Malta, Morocco, Tunisia) 4,630 5,840 6,990
Asia 17,640 19,690 18,600 22,480 21,410 19,690
ST-NXP Wireless 7,280 — —

Total 51,810 52,180 51,770 51,560 51,810 52,180

At December 31,
2008 2007 2006

Research and development 11,900 10,570 10,300
Marketing and Sales 2,670 2,870 2,850
Manufacturing 32,290 33,520 33,420
Administration and General Services 2,470 2,570 2,600
Divisional Functions 2,480 2,650 2,600

Total 51,810 52,180 51,770

~~131~~99

At December 31,
2009 2008 2007

Research and Development 12,330 11,900 10,570
Marketing and Sales 2,640 2,670 2,870
Manufacturing 31,300 32,290 33,520
Administration and General Services 2,560 2,470 2,570
Divisional Functions 2,730 2,480 2,650

Total 51,560 51,810 52,180

Our future success, ~~in particular~~particularly in a period of strong increased demand, will partly depend on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified technical, marketing, engineering and management personnel. Unions are represented at several of our manufacturing facilities. We use temporary employees, if required, during production spikes and, in Europe, during summer vacations. We have not experienced any significant strikes or work stoppages in recent ~~years, other than in Rennes, France in connection with the closure of this plant.~~years. Management believes that our relations with employees are good.
As part of our commitment to the principles of PSE, we founded ST University in 1994 to develop an internal education organization, responsible for organizing training courses to executives, engineers, technicians and sales personnel within STMicroelectronics and coordinating all training for our employees.

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the ownership of our issued common shares based on information available to us as of February ~~13, 2009:~~15, 2010:

Common Shares Owned Common Shares Owned
Shareholders
Number % Number %

STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. (“ST Holding II”) 250,704,754 27.5
ST Holding II 250,704,754 27.54
Public 494,721,710 54.3 542,946,425 59.64
Brandes Investment Partners(1) 79,686,369 8.8 66,620,387 7.32
Capital World Investors(2) 49,164,000 5.4 18,050,000 1.98
Treasury shares 36,030,472 3.9 31,985,739 3.52
Total
910,307,305 100 910,307,305 100

(1) According to information filed February 12, ~~2009~~2010 on Schedule 13G, Brandes Investment Partners’ shares in our company are beneficially owned by the following group of entities: Brandes Investment Partners, L.P., Brandes Investment Partners, Inc., Brandes Worldwide Holdings, L.P., Charles H. Brandes, Glenn R. Carlson and Jeffrey A. Busby.
(2) At December 31, 2008, Capital World Investors held 5.4% of our shares. As of December 31, 2009, it held less than 5% of our shares and has ceased to be a major shareholder of our company.

Our principal shareholders do not have different voting rights from those of our other shareholders.

ST Holding II is a wholly owned subsidiary of ~~STMicroelectronics Holding N.V. (“~~ST ~~Holding”).~~Holding. As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, FT1CI (the “French Shareholder”), controlled by Areva and CEA, and ~~a consortium of Italian shareholders~~CDP (the “Italian ~~Shareholders”~~Shareholder”) ~~made up of CDP and Finmeccanica~~, directly held 50% each in ST Holding. ~~CDP held 30% in ST Holding and Finmeccanica held 20% in ST Holding.~~The indirect interest of FT1CI and ~~the Italian Shareholders’ indirect interest~~CDP in us is split on a 50%-50% basis. Through a structured tracking stock system implemented in the articles of association of ST Holding and ST Holding II, FT1CI and CDP each indirectly held 125,352,377 of our common shares, representing ~~13.75%~~13.7% of our issued share capital as of December 31, 2008, CDP indirectly held 91,644,941 of our common shares, representing 10.05% of our issued share capital as of December 31, 2008 and Finmeccanica indirectly held 33,707,436 of our common shares, representing 3.7% of our issued share capital as of December 31, 2008.2009. Any disposals or, as the case may be, acquisitions by ST Holding II on behalf of ~~respectively~~ FT1CI or CDP ~~and Finmeccanica,~~ will decrease or, as the case may be, increase the indirect interest of respectively FT1CI or CDP ~~and Finmeccanica~~ in our issued share capital. FT1CI was formerly a jointly held company set up by Areva and France Telecom to control the interest of the French ~~Shareholders~~shareholders in ST Holding. Following the transactions described below, Areva and CEA are, as of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the sole shareholders of FT1CI. Following CDP’s acquisition of all of Finmeccanica’s remaining shares in our company in December 2009, Finmeccanica no longer has a shareholding in ST Holding. Areva (formerly known as CEA-Industrie) is a corporation controlled by CEA. Areva is listed on Euronext ~~Paris~~ in the form of Investment Certificates. CEA is a French government funded technological research organization. CDP is an Italian ~~corporation~~financial institution 70% owned by the Italian Ministero dell’Economia e delle Finanze (the “Ministry of Economy and Finance”) and 30% owned by a consortium of 66 Italian banking foundations. Finmeccanica is a listed Italian holding company majority owned by the Italian Ministry of Economy and Finance and the public. Finmeccanica is listed on the Italian Mercato Telematico Azionario (“MTA”) and is included in the S&P/MIB 30 stock index.

~~132~~
ST Holding II owned 90% of our shares before our initial public offering in 1994, and has since then gradually reduced its participation, going below the 66% threshold in 1997 and below the 50% threshold in 1999. ST Holding
100
may further dispose of its shares as provided below in “— Shareholders’ Agreements — STH Shareholders’ Agreement” and “— Disposals of our Common Shares” and pursuant to the eventual conversion of our outstanding convertible instruments. Set forth below is a table of ST Holding II’s holdings in us as of the end of each of the past three financial years:

Common Shares Owned Common Shares Owned
Number % Number %

December 31, 2009 250,704,754 27.5
December 31, 2008 250,704,754 27.5 250,704,754 27.5
December 31, 2007 250,704,754 27.5 250,704,754 27.5
December 31, 2006 250,704,754 27.5

Announcements about additional disposals of our shares by ST Holding II on behalf of one or more of its indirect shareholders, Areva, CEA, CDP ~~FT1CI~~ or ~~Finmeccanica~~FT1CI may come at any time.

The chart below illustrates the shareholding structure as of ~~February 24,~~December 31, 2009:

(1) ~~FT1CI owns 50% of~~In addition to the 27.5% held by ST Holding and ~~indirectly holds 125,352,377 of~~ the ~~Company’s common shares.~~
~~(2)~~ CDP and Finmeccanica own 50% of ST Holding and indirectly hold 91,644,941 and 33,707,436 of the Company’s common shares, respectively. CDP owns 30% of ST Holding, while Finmeccanica owns 20% of ST Holding based on voting rights.
~~(3)~~ ~~ST Holding II owns 27.5% of the Company’s shares,~~68.9% held by the Public, ~~owns 54.3% of the Company’s shares and the Company holds 4.0%~~3.5% are held by us as Treasury Shares.

~~On August 12, 2003,~~ Finmeccanica Finance, a subsidiary of Finmeccanica, has issued ~~€438,725,000~~€501 million aggregate principal amount of ~~0.375% senior unsecured~~ exchangeable notes, due 2010, guaranteed by Finmeccanica (the “Finmeccanica Notes”). On September 1, 2003, Finmeccanica Finance issued an additional €62,675,000 aggregate principal amount of Finmeccanica Notes, raising the issue size to €501,400,000. The Finmeccanica Notes have been exchangeable ~~at the option of the holder since January 2, 2004~~ into up to 20 million of our existing common shares ~~held by ST Holding II, or 2.3%~~due 2010 (the “Finmeccanica Notes”). Finmeccanica has entered into a call option arrangement with Deutsche Bank for a corresponding amount of our ~~then-outstanding share capital. The Finmeccanica Notes have an initial~~

~~133~~
~~exchange ratio of 39.8883~~ shares ~~per note, which remains unchanged as of December 31, 2008, and is equivalent to an ST share price of €25.07.~~in the event the notes become exchangeable. As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, none of the Finmeccanica Notes had been exchanged for our common shares.

On ~~February 26, 2008,~~December 17, 2009, CDP acquired all of Finmeccanica’s remaining 33,707,436 shares in us, held indirectly through ST Holding. Following this transaction, Finmeccanica ~~agreed to sell 26,034,141~~no longer holds any of our ~~common~~ shares, ~~to FT1CI. FT1CI’s acquisition of the shares was financed by CEA, the parent company of Areva,~~whether indirectly through ST Holding or directly, and ~~hence, CEA has become~~is no longer a ~~shareholder of FT1CI and now adheres~~party to the STH Shareholders’ ~~Agreement.~~Agreement and all of its rights related thereto have been transferred to CDP.

Announcements about additional disposals by ST Holding II or our indirect shareholders may come at any time. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Our direct or indirect shareholders may sell our existing common shares or issue financial instruments exchangeable into our common shares at any time while at the same time seeking to retain their rights regarding our preference shares. In addition, substantial sales by us of new common shares or convertible bonds could cause our common share price to drop significantly.”

Shareholders’ Agreements

STH Shareholders’ Agreement

We were formed in 1987 as a result of the decision by Thomson-CSF (now called Thales) and STET (now called Telecom Italia S.p.A.) to combine their semiconductor businesses and to enter into a shareholders’ agreement

101

on April 30, 1987, which was amended on December 10, 2001, ~~and~~ restated on March 17, ~~2004. On~~2004 and further amended on February 26, ~~2008, the shareholders’~~2008. The February 26, 2009 amended and restated agreement ~~was further amended~~ (as amended, the “STH Shareholders’ Agreement”) ~~concerning:~~
• the decision of our French Shareholder and Italian Shareholders to equally align their respective equity participation in our Company, held through STH, through an agreed sale by Finmeccanica to FT1CI of 26,034,141 of our common shares or approximately 2.85% of our share capital;
• the fact that CEA, a company owned and controlled by the French State and the controlling shareholder of Areva financed the acquisition of the shares being purchased by FT1CI from Finmeccanica and, upon such acquisition, also became a party to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement;
• ~~the decision to extend for a further three year period until March 17, 2011 the balancing period as defined under the STH Shareholders’ Agreement (see below under “Corporate Governance”); and~~
• ~~the decision to increase from 9.5% to 10.5% the minimum voting stakes to be held respectively by our French Shareholder and Italian Shareholders (see below under “Corporate Governance”).~~
replaces all previous agreements. The current parties to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement are Areva, CEA, CDP ~~Finmeccanica~~ and FT1CI. ~~The February 26, 2008 amended and restated agreement supercedes and replaces~~Following CDP’s acquisition of all ~~previous agreements. CDP and~~of Finmeccanica’s shares in us, held directly through ST Holding, Finmeccanica ~~entered into an agreement that provides for the transfer of certain of the rights of Finmeccanica under~~is no longer a party to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement and all of its rights and obligations related thereto have been transferred to CDP. ~~See “— Other Shareholders’ Agreements — Italian Shareholders’ Pact” below.~~

Pursuant to the terms of the STH Shareholders’ Agreement and for the duration of such agreement, FT1CI, on the one hand, and ~~the Italian Shareholders,~~CDP, on the other hand, have agreed to maintain equal interests in our share capital. See further details below.

Restructuring of the Holding Companies

If necessary, the parties agreed to restructure the two holding companies (ST Holding and ST Holding II) to simplify the structure to the extent possible or desirable. In any case, at least one holding company will continue to exist to hold our common shares. The Company that now holds or may hold our common shares in the future for indirect shareholders is referred to below as the “holding company.”

~~134~~
Standstill

The STH Shareholders’ Agreement contains a standstill provision that precludes any of the parties and the parties’ affiliates from acquiring, directly or indirectly, any of our common shares or any instrument providing for the right to acquire any of our common shares other than through the holding company. The standstill is in effect for as long as such party holds our common shares through ST Holding. The parties agreed to continue to hold their stakes in us at all times through the current holding structure of ST Holding and ST Holding II, subject to exercising the preference share option granted to ST Holding if ST Holding were to choose not to exercise such rights directly.

Corporate Governance

The STH Shareholders’ Agreement provides for a balanced corporate governance of the indirect interests in us between FT1CI and ~~Finmeccanica/~~CDP (FT1CI and ~~Finmeccanica/~~CDP are collectively defined as “STH Shareholders” and individually defined as “STH Shareholder”) for the duration of the “Balance Period”, despite actual differences in indirect economic interest in us. The “Balance Period” is defined as (i) a period through March 17, 2011, provided that each STH Shareholder owns at all times a voting stake at least equal to 10.5% of our issued and outstanding shares, and (ii) subject to the aforementioned condition, thereafter as long as each STH Shareholder owns at any time, including as a result of the exercise of the “Re-balancing Option” (as defined below), a voting stake equal to at least 47.5% of the total voting stakes. During the Balance Period, each of FT1CI and ~~Finmeccanica (together with CDP)~~CDP has an option to rebalance their shareholdings, referred to as the “Rebalancing Option”, as further described below.

During the Balance Period, the STH Shareholders agree that the holding company will have a managing board comprised of two members (one member designated by FT1CI, and one designated by ~~common agreement of Finmeccanica and CDP pursuant to the Italian Shareholders’ Pact as described below)~~CDP) and a ~~Supervisory Board~~supervisory board comprised of ~~eight~~six members (four designated by FT1CI and four designated by common agreement of Finmeccanica and CDP pursuant to the Italian Shareholders’ Pact as described below). In November 2006, FT1CI, CDP and Finmeccanica decided to reduce the number of members of the Supervisory Board from eight to six (three designated by FT1CI and three designated by ~~common agreement of Finmeccanica and~~ CDP). The chairman of the ~~Supervisory Board~~supervisory board of the holding company shall be designated for a three-year term by one shareholder (with the other shareholder entitled to designate the Vice Chairman), such designation to alternate between ~~Finmeccanica and~~ CDP on the one hand and FT1CI on the other hand. The current Chairman is Mr. Matteo del ~~Fante (following the resignation of Mr. Gilbert Lehmann in 2008).~~Fante.

During the Balance Period, any other decision, to the extent that a resolution of the holding company is required, must be pursuant to the unanimous approval of the shareholders, including but not limited to the following: (i) the definition of the role and structure of our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, and those of the holding company; (ii) the powers of the Chairman and the Vice Chairman of our Supervisory Board, and that of the holding company; (iii) information by ~~our Managing Board~~the holding company’s managing board and ~~by our Supervisory Board,~~supervisory board, and those ~~of the holding company;~~by us; (iv) treatment of confidential information; (v) appointment of any additional members of our Managing Board and those of the holding company; (vi) remuneration of the members of our Managing Board and those of the holding company; (vii) internal audit of STMicroelectronics N.V. and of the holding company; (viii) industrial and commercial relationships between STMicroelectronics N.V. and ~~either or both Italian Shareholders~~CDP or STMicroelectronics N.V. and either or both FT1CI shareholders, or any of their affiliates; and (ix) any of the decisions listed in article 16.1 of our Articles of Association including our budget and pluri-annual plans.

AsWith regards to STMicroelectronics N.V., during the Balance Period: (i) each of the STH Shareholders (FT1CI on the one hand, ~~and Finmeccanica~~ and CDP on the other hand) shall have the right to insert on a list prepared for proposal by the holding company to our annual shareholders’ meeting the same number of members for election to the Supervisory Board, and the holding company shall vote in favor of such members; (ii) the STH Shareholders will cause the

102
holding company to submit to our annual shareholders’ meeting and to vote in favor of a common proposal for the appointment of the Managing Board; and (iii) any decision relating to the voting rights of the holding company in us shall require the unanimous approval of the holding company shareholders and shall be submitted by the holding company to our annual shareholders’ meeting. The STH Shareholders also agreed that the Chairman of our Supervisory Board will be designated upon proposal of an STH Shareholder for a three-year term,

~~135~~
and the Vice Chairman of our Supervisory Board will be designated upon proposal of the other STH Shareholder for the same period, and vice-versa for the following three-year term. The STH Shareholders further agreed that the STH Shareholder proposing the appointment of the Chairman be entitled to propose the appointment of the Assistant Secretary of our Supervisory Board, and the STH Shareholder proposing the appointment of the Vice Chairman be entitled to propose the appointment of the Secretary of our Supervisory Board. Finally, each STH Shareholder is entitled to appoint a Financial Controller to the Supervisory Board. Our Secretary, Assistant Secretary and two Financial Controllers are referred to as professionals (not members) of our Supervisory Board.

In addition, the following resolutions, to the extent that a resolution of the holding company is required, must be resolved upon by a shareholders’ resolution of the holding company, which shall require the unanimous approval of the STH Shareholders: (i) any alteration in the holding company’s articles of association; (ii) any issue, acquisition or disposal by the holding company of its shares or change in share rights; (iii) any alteration in our authorized share capital or issue by us of new sharesand/or of any financial instrument giving rights to subscribe for our common shares; any acquisition or disposal by the holding company of our sharesand/or any right to subscribe for our common shares; any modification to the rights attached to our common shares; any merger, acquisition or joint venture agreement to which we are or are proposed to be a party; and any other items on the agenda of our general shareholders’ meeting; (iv) the liquidation or dissolution of the holding company; (v) any legal merger, legal de-merger, acquisition or joint venture agreement to which the holding company is proposed to be a party; and (vi) the adoption or approval of our annual accounts or those of the holding company or a resolution concerning a dividend distribution by us.

At the end of the Balance Period, the members of our Supervisory Board and those of the holding company designated by the minority shareholder of the holding company will immediately resign upon request of the holding company’s majority shareholder, subject to the rights described in the previous paragraph.

After the end of the Balance Period, unanimous approval by the shareholders of the holding company remains required to approve:

(i) as long as any of the shareholders indirectly owns at least equal to the lesser of 3% of our issued and outstanding share capital or 10% of the remaining STH Shareholders’ stake in us at such time, with respect to the holding company, any changes to the articles of association, any issue, acquisition or disposal of shares in the holding company or change in the rights of its shares, its liquidation or dissolution and any legal merger,de-merger, acquisition or joint venture agreement to which the holding company is proposed to be a party.

(ii) as long as any of the shareholders indirectly owns at least 33% of the holding company, certain changes to our Articles of Association (including any alteration in our authorized share capital, or any issue of share capitaland/or financial instrument giving the right to subscribe for our common shares, changes to the rights attached to our shares, changes to the preemptive rights, issues relating to the form, rights and transfer mechanics of the shares, the composition and operation of the Managing and Supervisory Boards, matters subject to the Supervisory Board’s approval, the Supervisory Board’s voting procedures, extraordinary meetings of shareholders and quorums for voting at shareholders’ meetings).

(iii) any decision to vote our shares held by the holding company at any shareholders’ meeting of our shareholders with respect to any substantial and material merger decision. In the event of a failure by the shareholders to reach a common decision on the relevant merger proposal, our shares attributable to the minority shareholder and held by the holding company will be counted as present for purposes of a quorum of shareholders at one of our shareholders’ meetings, but will not be voted (i.e., will be abstained from the vote in a way that they will not be counted as a negative vote or as a positive vote).

(iv) in addition, the minority shareholder will have the right to designate at least one member of the list of candidates for our Supervisory Board to be proposed by the holding company if that shareholder indirectly owns at least 3% of our total issued and outstanding share capital, with the majority STH Shareholder retaining the right to appoint that number of members to our Supervisory Board that is at least proportional to such majority STH Shareholder’s voting stake.

~~136~~
Finally, at the end of the Balance Period, the unanimous approval required for other decisions taken at the STMicroelectronics N.V. level shall only be compulsory to the extent possible, taking into account the actual power attached to the direct and indirect shareholding jointly held by the STH Shareholders in our company.

103
Disposals of our Common Shares

The STH Shareholders’ Agreement provides that each STH Shareholder retains the right to cause the holding company to dispose of its stake in us at its sole discretion, provided it is pursuant to either (i) the issuance of financial instruments, (ii) an equity swap, (iii) a structured finance deal or (iv) a straight sale. ST Holding II may enter into escrow arrangements with STH Shareholders with respect to our shares, whether this be pursuant to exchangeable notes, securities lending or other financial instruments. STH Shareholders that ~~issue~~dispose of our shares through the issuance of exchangeable instruments, ~~may include in their voting stake~~an equity swap or a structured finance deal maintain the voting rights of the underlying shares in their ST Holding voting stake, provided ~~they~~that such rights remain freely and continuously held by the holding company as ifthough the holding company were still holding the full ownership of the ~~shares. STH Shareholders that issue financial instruments with respect to our underlying shares may have a call option over those shares upon exchange of exchangeable notes for common~~ shares.

As long as any of the parties to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement has a direct or indirect interest in us, except in the case of a public offer, no sales by a party may be made of any of our shares or of FT1CI, ST Holding or ST Holding II to any of our top ten competitors, or any company that controls such competitor.

Re-adjusting and Re-balancing options

The STH Shareholders’ Agreement provides that the parties have the right, subject to certain conditions, tore-balance their indirect holdings in our shares to achieve parity between FT1CI on the one hand ~~and Finmeccanica~~ and CDP on the other hand. If at any time prior to March 17, 2011, the voting stake in us of one of the STH Shareholders (FT1CI on the one hand, ~~and Finmeccanica~~ and CDP on the other hand) falls below 10.5% due either to (a) the exchange by a third party of any exchangeable instruments issued by an STH Shareholder or (b) to an issuance by us of new shares subscribed to by a third party, such STH Shareholder will have the right to notify the other STH Shareholder of its intention to exercise a “Re-adjusting Option.” In such case, the STH Shareholders will cause the holding company to purchase the number of our common shares necessary to increase the voting stake of such STH Shareholder to 10.5% of our issued and outstanding share capital.

If by ~~December~~three months prior to March 17, 2010, the Balance Period has not already expired and if on such date the voting stake of one of the STH Shareholders (FT1CI on the one hand, and ~~Finmeccanica and~~ CDP on the other hand) has fallen below 47.5% of ~~our issued and outstanding share capital,~~the total voting stake in ST Holding, such STH Shareholder will have the right to notify the other STH Shareholder of its intention to exercise a “Re-balance Option” no later than 30 Business Days prior to March 17, 2011. In such case, the STH Shareholders will cause the holding company to purchase before March 17, 2011 the number of our common shares necessary to re-balance at50/50% the respective voting stakes of the STH Shareholders.

Change of Control Provision

The STH Shareholders’ Agreement provides for tag-along rights, preemptive rights, and provisions with respect to a change of control of any of the shareholders or any controlling shareholder of FT1CI, on the one hand, and ~~the Italian Shareholders,~~CDP, on the other hand. The shareholders may transfer shares of the holding company or FT1CI to any of the shareholders’ affiliates, which would include the Italian state or the French state with respect to entities controlled by a state. The shareholders and their ultimate shareholders will be prohibited from launching any takeover process on any of the other shareholders.

Non-competition

Pursuant to the terms of STH Shareholders’ Agreement, neither we nor ST Holding are permitted, as a matter of principle, to operate outside the field of semiconductor products. The parties to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement also undertake to refrain directly or indirectly from competing with us in the area of semiconductor products, subject to certain exceptions, and to offer us opportunities to commercialize or invest in any semiconductor product developments by them.

~~137~~

Deadlock

In the event of a disagreement that cannot be resolved between the parties as to the conduct of the business and actions contemplated by the STH Shareholders’ Agreement, each party has the right to offer its interest in ST Holding to the other, which then has the right to acquire, or to have a third party acquire, such interest. If neither party agrees to acquire or have acquired the other party’s interest, then together the parties are obligated to try to find a third party to acquire their collective interests, or such part thereof as is suitable to change the decision to terminate the agreement. The STH Shareholders’ Agreement ~~otherwise terminates~~will remain in force as long as CDP, on the ~~event that~~ one hand, and any of Areva, FT1CI or CEA, on the other hand, are shareholders of the ~~parties thereto ceases to hold shares in ST Holding.~~holding company.

104
Preference Shares

On November 27, 2006, our Supervisory Board decided to authorize us to enter into an option agreement with an independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the “Stichting”). Our Managing Board and our Supervisory Board, along with the board of the Stichting, have declared that they are jointly of the opinion that the Stichting is legally independent of our Company and our major shareholders. Our Supervisory Board approved this option agreement, dated February 7, 2007, to reflect changes in Dutch legal requirements, not in response to any hostile takeover attempt. It provides for the issuance of up to a maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares. The Stichting would have the option, which it shall exercise in its sole discretion, to take up the preference shares. The preference shares would be issuable in the event of actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common shares, which are unsupported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company, our shareholders and our other stakeholders. If the Stichting exercises its call option and acquires preference shares, it must pay at least 25% of the par value of such preference shares. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no longer than two years.

The Stichting would have the option, which it shall exercise in its sole discretion, to take up the preference shares. The preference shares would be issuable in the event of actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common shares, which are unsupported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company, our shareholders and our other stakeholders. If the Stichting exercises its call option and acquires preference shares, it must pay at least 25% of the par value of such preference shares. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no longer than two years.

No preference shares have been issued to date. The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of control or otherwise taking actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. In addition, any issuance of additional capital within the limits of our authorized share capital, as approved by our shareholders, is subject to the requirements of our Articles of Association.

Other Shareholders’ Agreements

Italian Shareholders’ Pact

In connection with the transfer of an interest in ST Holding from Finmeccanica to CDP, Finmeccanica and CDP entered into a shareholders’ pact (the “Italian Shareholders’ Pact”) on November 26, 2004 setting forth the rights and obligations of their respective interests as shareholders of ST Holding. Pursuant to the terms of the Italian Shareholders’ Pact, CDP became a party to the STH Shareholders’ ~~Agreement. Under the Italian Shareholders’ Pact, CDP will have~~Agreement and had the right to exercise certain corporate governance rights in usthe Company previously exercised by Finmeccanica under the STH Shareholders’ Agreement.

~~The~~Following CDP’s acquisition in December 2009 of all of Finmeccanica’s remaining shares in us, held indirectly through ST Holding, Finmeccanica’s rights granted under the STH Shareholders’ Agreement have been transferred to CDP and the Italian Shareholders’ Pact ~~provides that CDP~~ has the right to appoint one of the two members of the ST Holding’s Managing Board. Moreover, CDP will have the right to nominate a number of representatives to the Supervisory Board of ST Holding, ST Holding II and STMicroelectronics N.V. In particular, CDP has the right to propose two members for membership on our Supervisory Board, while one member will be proposed by Finmeccanica for so long as Finmeccanica owns indirectly at least 3% of our capital. If and when its indirect interest in us is reduced below such threshold, Finmeccanica will cause its appointed director to resign and be replaced by a director appointed by CDP.been terminated.

~~138~~
French Shareholders’ Pact

Following FT1CI’s acquisition of approximately 26 million of our shares representing approximately 2.85% of our share capital, which was financed by CEA, CEA has become a minority shareholder of FT1CI and now adheres to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement.

Statutory Considerations

As is the case with other companies controlled by the French government, the French government has appointed aCommissaire du Gouvernementand aContrôleur d’Etatfor FT1CI. Pursuant to DecreeNo. 94-214, dated March 10, 1994, these government representatives have the right (i) to attend any board meeting of FT1CI, and (ii) to veto any board resolution or any decision of the president of FT1CI within ten days of such board meeting (or, if they have not attended the meeting, within ten days of the receipt of the board minutes or the notification of such president’s decision); such veto lapses if not confirmed within one month by the Ministry of the Economy or the Ministry of the Industry. FT1CI is subject to certain points of the Decree of August 9, 1953 pursuant to which the Ministry of the Economy and any other relevant ministries have the authority to approve decisions of FT1CI relating to budgets or forecasts of revenues, operating expenses and capital expenditures. The effect of these provisions may

105

be that the decisions taken by us and our subsidiaries that, by the terms of the STH Shareholders’ Agreement, require prior approval by FT1CI, may be adversely affected by these veto rights under French law.
Pursuant to the principal Italian privatization law, certain special government powers may be introduced into the bylaws of firms considered strategic by the Italian government. In the case of Finmeccanica, these powers were established by decrees adopted by the Minister of the Treasury on November 8, 1999, and Finmeccanica’s bylaws were subsequently amended on November 23, 1999. The aforementioned decrees were amended by the Law Decree 350 enacted on December 24, 2003, and Finmeccanica has modified its bylaws accordingly. The special powers of the Minister of the Treasury (who will act in agreement with the Minister of Industry) include: (i) the power to object to the acquisition of material interests in Finmeccanica’s share capital; (ii) the power to object to material shareholders’ agreements relating to Finmeccanica’s share capital; (iii) the power to appoint one member of Finmeccanica’s board of directors without voting rights; and (iv) the power to veto resolutions to dissolve Finmeccanica, transfer its business, merge, conduct spin-offs, transfer its registered office outside of Italy, change its corporate purposes, or amend or modify any of the Minister of the Treasury’s special powers.

Pursuant to Law Decree 269 of September 30, 2003 (as subsequently amended) and Decree of the Ministry of the Economy and Finance of December 5, 2003, CDP was transformed from a public entity into a joint stock limited liability company ((società per ~~azioni)~~azioni).While transforming itself into a holding company, CDP maintained its public interest purpose. CDP’s core business is to finance public investments and more specifically infrastructure and other major public works sponsored by the Republic of Italy, regions, local authorities, public agencies and other public bodies. By virtue of a special provision of Law Decree 269, the Ministry of Economy and Finance will always be able to exercise its control over CDP.

Related Party Transactions

One of the members of our Supervisory Board is managing director of Areva SA, which is a controlled subsidiary of CEA, one of the members of our Supervisory Board is the Chairman ~~and CEO~~ of France Telecom and a member of the Board of Directors of ~~Thomson,~~Technicolor (formerly known as Thomson), another is the non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of ARM Holdings PLC (“ARM”), two of our Supervisory Board members are non-executive directors of Soitec, one of our Supervisory Board members is the CEO of Groupe Bull, one of the members of the Supervisory Board is also a member of the Supervisory Board of BESI and one of the members of our Supervisory Board is a director of Oracle Corporation (“Oracle”) and Flextronics International. France Telecom and its subsidiaries Equant and Orange, as well as Oracle’s new subsidiary PeopleSoft supply certain services to our Company. We have a long-term joint R&D partnership agreement with LETI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CEA. We have certain licensing agreements with ARM, and have conducted transactions with Soitec and BESI as well as with ~~Thomson,~~Technicolor, Flextronics and a subsidiary of Groupe Bull. Each of the aforementioned arrangements and transactions are negotiated without the personal involvement of our Supervisory Board members and we believe that they are made on an arms-length basis in line with market practices and conditions.

For the years ended, December 31, ~~2008,~~2009 December 31, ~~2007~~2008 and December 31, ~~2006,~~2007, our related party transactions were primarily with our significant shareholders, or their subsidiaries and companies in which our

~~139~~

management perform similar policymaking functions. These include, but are not limited to: Areva, France Telecom, Equant, Orange, Finmeccanica, CDP, Flextronics, Oracle and ~~Thomson.~~Technicolor. In addition, our CEO, Carlo Bozotti is Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Numonyx, the flash memory joint venture we set up with Intel and Francisco Partners effective March 30, 2008. Mr. Turicchi also serves on the Supervisory Board of Numonyx. ~~Transactions~~

See Note 26 for transactions with significant shareholders, their affiliates and other related parties, which also include transactions between us and our equity ~~investments as listed in Note 4, were as follows:~~

December 31,
December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007 2006

Sales & other services 325 272 118
Research and development expenses (63 ) (68 ) (43 )
Other purchases (77 ) (85 ) (70 )
Other income and expenses (7 ) (11 ) (21 )
Accounts receivable 63 44 20
Accounts payable 65 40 20
Other assets — 2 —

For the years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and 2006, the related party transactions were primarily with our significant shareholders, or their subsidiaries and companies in which management perform similar policymaking functions. These include, but are not limited to: Areva, France Telecom, Equant, Orange, Finmeccanica, CDP, Flextronics, Oracle and Thomson.

Upon FMG deconsolidation and the creation of Numonyx, performs certain purchasing, service and revenue on-behalf of Numonyx. We had a net payable balance of $7 million as at December 31, 2008 as the result of these transactions, which is reported in the table above. These services ended in November 2008 when Numonyx was in a position to run the business by itself on a standalone basis. Additionally, as reported in Note 8, we recorded in 2007 costs amounting to $26 million to create the infrastructure necessary to prepare Numonyx to operate immediately following the FMG deconsolidation. These costs were reimbursed by Numonyx in 2008 following the closing of the transaction. Upon creation, Numonyx also entered into financing arrangements for a $450 million term loan and a $100 million committed revolving credit facility from two primary financial institutions. Intel and we have each granted in favor of Numonyx a 50% debt guarantee not joint and several. This debt guarantee is described in details in Note 4. The final terms at the closing date of the agreements on assets to be contributed included rights granted to Numonyx by us to use certain assets retained by us. We recorded as at December 31, 2008 a provision amounting to $87 million to reflect the value of such rights granted to our equity investment. The parties also retained the obligation to fund the severance payment (“trattamento di fine rapporto”) due to certain transferred employees by the defined amount of about $35 million which qualifies as a defined benefit plan and was classified on the line “Other non-current liabilities” as at December 31, 2008. Finally, we recorded a net long-term receivable amounted to $6 million corresponding to a tax credit Numonyx will pay back to us once cashed-in from the relevant taxing authorities.

Additionally we incurred in 2008, 2007 and 2006 amounts on transactions with Hynix Semiconductor Inc., with which we had until March 30, 2008 a significant equity investment, Hynix ST joint venture, described in detail in Note 4. In 2007 and 2006, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. increased its business transactions with us in order to supply products on behalf of the joint venture, which was not ready to fully produce and supply the volumes of specific products as requested by us. The amount of purchases and other expenses from Hynix Semiconductor Inc. was $161 million in 2007 and in 2006. The amount of sales and other services made in 2007 was $2 million. These transactions significantly decreased in 2008 upon the transfer of the joint venture to Numonyx, as described in Note 4. The amount of purchases and other expenses and the amount of sales and other services from Hynix Semiconductor Inc. was $2 million and $5 million in 2008, respectively. We had no significant payable or receivable balance as at December 31, 2008, while we had a payable amount of $18 million as at December 31, 2007 and $13 million as at December 31, 2006 towards Hynix Semiconductor Inc.

~~140~~

purchased wafers from NXP in the amount of $85 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. We had a net payable balance of $2 million as at December 31, 2008 as the result of these transactions. The terms of the agreement for the integration of NXP’s wireless business also included rights granted to NXP to obtain products from us at preferential pricing. We recorded as at December 31, 2008 a provision amounting to $8 million to reflect the value of such rights.

In addition, we participate in an Economic Interest Group (“E.I.G.”) in France with Areva and France Telecom to share the costs of certain R&D activities, which are not included in the table above. The share of income (expense) recorded by us as R&D expenses incurred by E.I.G amounted to $9 million income in 2008 and $1 million expense in 2007 and 2006. At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we had no receivable or payable amount.

We contributed cash amounts totalling $1 million, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 to the ST Foundation, a non-profit organization established to deliver and coordinate independent programs in line with its mission. Certain members of the Foundation’s Board are senior members of our management.investments.


Item 8.	Financial Information

Financial Statements

Please see “Item 18. Financial Statements” for a list of the financial statements filed with thisForm 20-F.

Legal Proceedings

As is the case with many companies in the semiconductor industry, we have from time to time received, and may in the future receive, communications from other semiconductor companies or third parties alleging possible infringement of patents. Furthermore, we may become involved in costly litigation brought against us regarding patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or mask works. In the event that the outcome of ~~any~~such IP litigation would be unfavorable to us, we may be required to take a license to ~~the underlying intellectual property right~~patents or other IP rights upon economically unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use,and/or face an injunction, all of which singly or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to compete. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — We depend on patents to protect our rights to our technology.”

~~We record a provision when it is probable that a liability has~~In September 2009, we and SanDisk settled our dispute on amicable and confidential terms. The related matters have been incurred and when the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate losses and claims to determine whether they need to be adjusted based on the current information available to us. Legal costs associateddismissed with claims are expensed as incurred. We are in discussion with several parties with respect to claims against us relating to possible infringements of patents and similar intellectual property rights of others.prejudice.

We are ~~currently a party to legal proceedings with SanDisk Corporation.~~

On October 15, 2004, SanDisk filed a complaint for patent infringement and a declaratory judgment of non-infringement and patent invalidity against us with the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint alleged that our products infringed on a single SanDisk U.S. patent (Civil Case No. C~~04-04379JF).~~ By an order dated January 4, 2005, the court stayed SanDisk’s patent infringement claim, pending final determination in an action filed contemporaneously by SanDisk with the U.S. International Trade Commission (“ITC”), which covered the same patent claim asserted in Civil Case No. C~~04-04379JF.~~ The ITC action was subsequently resolved in our favor. On August 2, 2007, SanDisk filed an amended complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California adding allegations of infringement with respect to a second SanDisk U.S. patent which had been the subject of a second ITC action and which was also resolved in our favor. On September 6, 2007, we filed an answer and a counterclaim alleging various federal and state antitrust and unfair competition claims. SanDisk filed a motion to dismiss our antitrust counterclaim, which was denied on January 25, 2008. On October 17, 2008, the Court issued an order granting in part and denying in part a summary judgment motion filed by SanDisk with respect to our antitrust counterclaims. Discovery is ongoing. SanDisk recently moved to add two additional related patents to the case. Such motion is currently pending. The trial date has not yet been set.

On October 14, 2005, we filed a complaint against SanDisk and its current CEO, Dr. Eli Harari, before the Superior Court of California, County of Alameda. The complaint seeks, among other relief, the assignment or co-ownership of certain SanDisk patents that resulted from inventive activity on the part of Dr. Harari that took place while he was an employee, officer~~and/or~~ ~~director of Waferscale Integration, Inc. and actual, incidental,~~

~~141~~

consequential, exemplary and punitive damages in an amount to be proven at trial. We are the successor to Waferscale Integration, Inc. by merger. SanDisk removed the matter to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California which remanded the matter to the Superior Court of California, County of Alameda in July 2006. SanDisk moved to transfer the case to the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara and to strike our claim for unfair competition, which were both denied by the trial court. SanDisk appealed these rulings and also moved to stay the case pending resolution of the appeal. On January 12, 2007, the California Court of Appeals ordered that the case be transferred to the Superior Court of California, County of Santa Clara. On August 7, 2007, the California Court of Appeals affirmed the Superior Court’s decision denying SanDisk’s motion to strike our claim for unfair competition. SanDisk appealed this ruling to the California Supreme Court, which refused to hear it. On August 26, 2008, the federal court granted our motion to remand the case back to Santa Clara County and, subsequently, on September 9, 2008 SanDisk’s motion for reconsideration. The case has now been re-certified in the state court and a trial date of September 8, 2009 has been set. Discovery is ongoing. In April 2009, the Court denied Sandisk’s motion for summary judgement on SanDisk’s affirmative defense of statute of limitations.

With respect to the lawsuits with SanDisk as described above, and following two prior decisions in our favor taken by the ITC, we have not identified any risk of probable loss that is likely to arise out of the outstanding proceedings.

~~We are also~~ a party to legal proceedings with Tessera, Inc.

On January 31, 2006, Tessera ~~added our Company~~filed suit against us, adding us as a co-defendant, ~~along~~ with several other semiconductor ~~and packaging~~ companies to a lawsuit filed by Tessera on October 7, 2005 against Advanced Micro Devices Inc. and Spansion in the United States District Court ~~for~~of the Northern District of California. Tessera is claiming that ~~certain of~~ our ~~small format~~ BGA packages infringe certain patents owned by Tessera, and that ~~we are liable for damages. Tessera is also claiming that various~~our U.S. affiliate, ST ~~entities~~Inc. (“ST Inc.”), has breached the terms of a 1997 License Agreement and that we are liable for unpaid royalties as a result. In April and May 2007, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“PTO”) initiated reexaminations in response to the reexamination requests. A final decision regarding the reexamination requests is pending.license agreement with Tessera.

106

On ~~April 17,~~May 15, 2007, Tessera filed a complaint with the International Trade Commission (“ITC”) against us, ~~Spansion,~~ ATI Technologies, ~~Inc.~~Freescale, Motorola, Qualcomm and Spansion claiming infringement of two Tessera U.S. patents, 5,892,326 and 6,433,419 (the “326” and “419” patents), ~~Qualcomm, Motorola~~ and ~~Freescale with~~seeking an exclusion order against infringing products. Since the beginning of the ITC ~~with respect to certain small format ball grid array packages~~investigation, the proceedings filed in California in January 2006 have been stayed.

Several claims contained in the ‘419 and ~~products containing the same, alleging patent infringement claims of two of the Tessera~~‘326 patents ~~previously~~ asserted in the ~~District Court action described above~~ITC lawsuit are under final rejection notice by the U.S. Patent and ~~seeking an order excluding importation of such products into~~Trademark Office, and the ~~United States. On May 15, 2007,~~two patents are set to expire in September 2010.

The Initial Determination from the Administrative Law Judge (“ALJ”) at the ITC ~~instituted an investigation pursuant to 19 U.S.C. § 1337, entitled “In~~ruled that the ~~Matter of Certain Semiconductor Chips with Minimized Chip Package Size~~‘326 and ~~Products Containing Same”, Inv.No. 337-TA-605.~~ The PTO’s Central Reexamination Unit has issued office actions rejecting all of the asserted patent claims on the grounds that they are invalid in view of certain prior art. Tessera is contesting these rejections, and the PTO has not made a final decision. On February 25, 2008, the administrative law judge issued an initial determination staying the ITC proceeding pending completion of these reexamination proceedings. On March 28, 2008, the ITC reversed the administrative law judge and ordered him to reinstate the ITC proceeding. Trial proceedings took place from July 14, 2008 to July 18, 2008. On December 1, 2008, the ITC Administration Law Judge issued this initial determination finding the “326” and “419”‘419 patents were valid but not infringed. ~~Tessera has appealed this ruling to~~However, the ITC ~~which, on March 26, 2009 decided to extend~~subsequently reversed the ~~deadline for completing its review~~ALJ’s decision, ruling that the patents were valid and rendering its final determination until May 20, 2009. Pursuant to its review, the ITC can affirm, modify or reverse the initial determination, in whole or in part. The two Tessera patents asserted in the proceedings will expire in 2010.

~~In addition, in April 2008, we, along with several other companies such as Freescale, NXP Semiconductor, Grace Semiconductor, National Semiconductor, Spansion~~infringed and Elpida, were sued by LSI Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Agere Systems, Inc. (collectively “LSI”) before the ITC in Washington, D.C.. The lawsuit follows LSI Corp.’s purchase of Agere Systems Inc. and alleges infringement ofordering a ~~single Agere U.S. process patent (US 5,227,335). LSI is seeking an~~partial exclusion order ~~preventing~~applicable to the importation into the ~~United States~~U.S. of ~~semiconductor integrated devices and products made~~“infringing products”. We were not concerned by the ~~methods alleged to infringe the asserted patent. The Administrative Law Judge assigned to the case set a July~~May 2009 trial date with an initial determination on the merits due September 21, 2009. The ITC’s final determination is currently scheduled for January 21, 2010. The LSI patent in suit expires July 13, 2010. A

~~142~~

~~claim for patent infringement was also made by LSI in~~ITC exclusion order because our products are imported into the United States ~~District~~by ST Inc., which has a preexisting license agreement with Tessera. The ITC’s ruling is currently under appeal with the Court ~~for the Eastern District~~ of ~~Texas regarding the same patent. The action in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas has been stayed pending completion~~Appeals of the ITC case. Fact discovery is closed in this case and the plaintiff’s expert report contains no mention of ST. We have filed a motion for summary determination with the ITC based upon our affirmative defense of license and LSI’s failure to offer expert testimony regarding infringement of the asserted patent by any ST product. Federal Circuit.

~~Other Matters~~We are a party to a dispute with Credit Suisse Securities and Credit Suisse Group concerning Auction Rate Securities.

In February 2008, we instituted arbitration proceedings against Credit Suisse Securities (“Credit Suisse”) in connection with the unauthorized purchase by Credit Suisse of collateralized debt obligations and credit-linked notes (the “Unauthorized Securities”) instead of the federally guaranteed student loan securities that we had instructed Credit Suisse to purchase. On February 12, 2009, an arbitration panel of the ~~Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”)~~FINRA awarded us approximately ~~$401.5~~$406 million in compensatory and consequential damages, ~~in addition to approximately $27 million in~~plus interest, ~~and $3 million in attorney’s fees,~~ in exchange for the transfer of all of the Unauthorized Securities back to Credit Suisse. On February 17, 2009, we filed a petition in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Court”) seeking confirmation and enforcement of the FINRA award. Credit Suisse has responded by seeking to vacate the FINRA award. All required written submissions have to date been filed with the ~~Court~~court by us and Credit Suisse, and the ~~Court~~court may rule at any time. We have also filed a claim against Credit Suisse Group in the United States District Court of the Eastern District of New York.

InWe are a party to arbitration proceedings following a complaint filed by NXP Semiconductors.

On December 4, 2009, we were notified, by the International Chamber of Commerce, of a request for arbitration filed by NXP Semiconductors Netherlands BV “NXP” against us, claiming alleged compensation in excess of $46 million for “underloading costs”. Such costs are, according to NXP allegedly due pursuant to a manufacturing services agreement entered into between NXP and ST-NXP Wireless in August 2008, at the time of the creation of the the wireless semiconductor products joint venture with NXP. On February 12, 2010, we filed our answer to the claim, which we are contesting vigorously. The arbitration tribunal has recently been constituted and its first meeting to decide how to proceed and rule has yet to be established.

Other matters:

On October 21, 2008, ~~we learned~~the EU Commission proceeded to a dawn raid at our Montrouge premises near Paris, France, based on an investigation being conducted by the EU Commission on alleged anti-competitive practices pertaining to the manufacture of integrated circuits for smartcards.

The Commission believes that the ~~European Commission had commenced an investigation involving~~main manufacturers of ICs for smartcards may have been in contact and exchanged confidential information on future pricing, prices to certain customers, future production capacities, and plans for new products during a period between January 1999 and November 2006.

We have offered to support the ~~Smartcard business for alleged violations of antitrust laws. This investigation is~~EU in the ~~very early stages.~~pursuit of its investigation. We ~~are monitoring~~have not received any further communication from the ~~investigation carefully~~EU since October 21, 2008.

We record a provision when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and ~~have expressed our willingness to~~when the ~~European Commission to cooperate to the full extent possible in the management~~amount of the ~~case~~loss can be reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate losses and ~~our availability~~claims to ~~provide any additional~~determine whether they need to be adjusted based on the most current information ~~or documentation~~available to us. Legal costs associated with claims are expensed as ~~may be requested.~~incurred.

Risk Management and Insurance

We cover our industrial and business risks through insurance contracts with top ranking insurance carriers, to the extent reasonably permissible by the insurance market which does not provide insurance coverage for certain risks and imposes certain limits, terms and conditions on coverage that it does provide.

Risks may be covered either through local policies or through corporate policies negotiated on a worldwide level for the ST Group of Companies. Corporate policies are negotiated when the risks are recurrent in various of our affiliated companies.

107

Currently we have four corporate policies covering the following risks:


	•	Property damage and business interruption;

	•	General liability and product liability;

	•	Directors and officers liability; and

	•	Transportation risks.

Our policies generally cover a twelve-month period although may be subscribed for a longer period if conditions for a longer term arrangement are deemed beneficial to us. Such policies are subject to certain terms and conditions, exclusions and limitations, generally in line with prevailing conditions, exclusions and limitations, in the insurance market. Pursuant to such conditions, risks such as terrorism, earthquake, fire, floods and loss of production, may not be fully insured and we may not, in the event of a claim under a policy, receive an indemnification from our insurers commensurate with the full amount of the damage we have incurred. Furthermore, our product liability insurance covers physical and direct damages, which may be caused by our products, however, immaterial, non-consequential damages resulting from failure to deliver or delivery of defective products are generally not covered because such risks are considered to occur in the ordinary course of business and cannot be insured. We may decide to subscribe for excess coverage in addition to the coverage provided by our standard policies. If we suffer damage or incur a claim, which is not covered by one of our corporate insurance policies, this may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We also perform annual assessments through an external consultant of our risk exposure in the field of property damage/business interruption in our production sites, to assess potential losses and actual risk exposure. Such

~~143~~

assessments are provided to our underwriters. We do not own or operate any insurance captive, which acts an insurer for our own risks, although we may consider such an option in the future.

Reporting Obligations in ~~International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)~~IFRS

We are incorporated in the Netherlands and our shares are listed on Euronext ~~Paris~~ and Borsa Italiana. Consequently, we are subject to an EU regulation issued on September 29, 2003 requiring us to report our results of operations and Consolidated Financial Statements using ~~IFRS (previously known as International Accounting Standards or “IAS”).~~IFRS. As from January 1, 2009 we are also required to prepare a semi-annual set of accounts using IFRS reporting standards.

We use U.S. GAAP as our primary set of reporting standards, as U.S. GAAP has been our reporting standard since our creation in 1987. Until ~~last year, when~~ the SEC adopted rules allowing foreign private issuers to file financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS without reconciliation to U.S. ~~GAAP.,~~GAAP, U.S. GAAP was the sole admitted reporting standard for companies like us whose shares are listed on the NYSE.

The obligation to report our Consolidated Financial Statements under IFRS requires us to prepare our results of operations using two different sets of reporting standards, U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which are currently not consistent. Such dual reporting could materially increase the complexity of our investor communications. Given this risk, and the complexity of maintaining and reviewing two sets of accounts, we ~~may consider~~are considering reporting primarily under IFRS at some point in the future.

Dividend Policy

We seek to use our available cash in order to develop and enhance our position in the very capital-intensive semiconductor market while at the same time managing our cash resources to reward our shareholders for their investment and trust in us.

Based on our annual results, projected capital requirements as well as business conditions and prospects, the Managing Board proposes each year to the Supervisory Board the allocation of our earnings involving, whenever deemed possible and desirable in line with our objectives and financial situation, the distribution of a cash dividend.

The Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board, decides each year, in accordance with this policy, which portion of the profits shall be retained in reserves to fund future growth or for other purposes and makes a proposal to the shareholders concerning the amount, if any, of the annual cash dividend. ~~This policy was discussed at our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting.~~ See “Item 10. Additional Information — Memorandum and Articles of Association — Articles of Association — Distribution of Profits (Articles 37, 38, 39 and 40).”

At our annual general meeting of shareholders to be held on May 20, 2009, our shareholders are expected to approve the distribution of a cash dividend of $0.12 per common share, to be paid in four equal installments on May 25, 2009, August 24, 2009, November 23, 2009 and February 22, 2010. Payment of an installment will be made to those deriving their rights from our common shares at the aforementioned dates.

In the past five years, we have paid the following dividends:


	•	On May 20, 2009, our shareholders adopted the payment of a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31, 2008 of $0.12.

108


	•	On May 14, 2008, our shareholders adopted the payment of a quarterly cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31, 2007 of $0.36, which was paid in four equal installments to Dutch Registry Shareholders of record on May 19, 2008, August 18, 2008, November 26, 2008 and February 25, 2009 and New York Registry Shareholders of record on May 21, 2008, August 20, 2008, November 26, 2008 and February 25, 2009.$0.36.

	•	On April 26, 2007, our shareholders adopted the payment of a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31, 2006 of ~~$0.30 payable to Dutch Registry Shareholders of record on May 21, 2007 and New York Registry Shareholders of record on May 23, 2007. This dividend was approximately 34% of our earnings in 2006.~~$0.30.

	•	On April 27, 2006, our shareholders adopted the payment of a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31, 2005 of $0.12 per ~~share payable to Dutch Registry Shareholders of record on May 22, 2006~~

~~144~~

		share.
		~~and New York Registry Shareholders of record on May 24, 2006. This dividend was approximately 40% of our earnings in 2005.~~


	•	On March 18, 2005, our shareholders adopted the payment of a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31, 2004 of $0.12 per ~~share payable to Dutch Registry Shareholders of record on May 23, 2005 and New York registry shareholders of record on May 25, 2005. This dividend was approximately 18% of our earnings in 2004.~~

	•	On April 23, 2004, our shareholders adopted the payment of a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31, 2003 of $0.12 per share payable to Dutch Registry shareholders of record on May 21, 2004 and New York registry shareholders of record on May 26, 2004. This dividend was approximately 42% of our earnings for 2003.share.

Future dividends will depend on our capacity to generate profitable results, our profit situation, our financial situation, the general economic situation and prospects and any other factors that the Supervisory Board, ~~deems~~upon the recommendation of our Managing Board, shall deem important.


Item 9.	Listing

Trading History of the Company’s Shares

Since 1994, our common shares have been traded on the ~~New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”)~~NYSE under the symbol “STM” and on Euronext ~~Paris~~ (formerly known as ParisBourse) and were quoted on SEAQ International. On June 5, 1998, our common shares were also listed for the first time on the Borsa Italiana (Italian Stock Exchange), where they have been traded since that date.

Since November 12, 1997, our common shares have been included in the CAC 40, the main benchmark for Euronext ~~Paris~~ which tracks a sample of 40 stocks selected from among the top 100 market capitalization and the most active stocks listed on Euronext, ~~Paris,~~ and which is the underlying asset for options and futures contracts. The base value was 1,000 at December 31, 1987.

On December 1, 2003, the CAC 40 index shifted to free-float weightings. As of this date, the CAC 40 weightings are based on free-float capitalization instead of total market capitalization. On February 21, 2005, Euronext ~~Paris~~ created a new range of indices; along with four existing indices including the CAC 40, six new indices have been created.

On March 18, 2002, we were admitted into the S&P/MIB (formerly the MIB 30 Index), which iswas comprised of the 40 leading stocks, based upon their industry, market capitalization and liquidity, listed on the Borsa Italiana. It ~~features~~featured free-float adjustment, high liquidity and broad, accurate representation of market performance based on the leading companies in leading industries. On June 1, 2009, the Borsa Italiana introduced a new series of indexes and, as a result, our shares were included in the new FTSE MIB Index, which replaced the S&P/MIB Index. The new FTSE MIB Index is still comprised of 40 leading stocks, selected on the basis of their market capitalization, liquidity, free float and financial viability. On January 29, 2010, the Borsa Italiana announced the introduction of a new index, the FTSE MIB Dividend Index. This new index relies on the composition of the FTSE MIB Index, to which we belong, and will comprise the cumulative value of ordinary gross dividends announced and paid by the individual constituents of the underlying FTSE MIB Index, calculated in terms of index points.

On June 23, 2003, we were admitted into the ~~Semiconductor Sector Index (or “SOX”) of the Philadelphia Stock Exchange.~~SOX. The SOX is a widely followed, ~~price-weighted~~modified capitalization-weighted index composed of 18 companies ~~that are~~ primarily involved in the design, distribution, ~~manufacturing~~manufacture and sale of semiconductors.

The tables below indicate the range of the high and low prices in U.S. dollars for the common shares on the NYSE, and the high and low prices in Euros for the common shares on Euronext, ~~Paris,~~ and the Borsa Italiana annually for the past five years, during each quarter in 2007 and 2008, and monthly for the past 18 months. In December 1994, we completed our Initial Public Offering of 21,000,000 common shares at an initial price to the public of $22.25 per share. On June 16, 1999, we effected a 2-to-1 stock split and on May 5, 2000, we effected a 3-to-1 stock split. The tables below have been adjusted to reflect the split. Each range is based on the highest or lowest rate within each day for common share price ranges for the relevant exchange.

~~145~~109

Euronext ~~Paris~~


									Average Daily Trading
	Average Daily Trading Volumes								Volumes
	Number of				Price Ranges				Number of				Price Ranges
Calendar Period	Shares		Capital		High		Low		Shares		Capital		High		Low
			(€)		(€)		(€)				(€)		(€)		(€)

Annual Information for the Past Five Years
2004		5,368,569		92,993,241		23.81		13.25
2005		5,367,485		72,641,065		15.81		10.83		5,367,485		72,641,065		15.81		10.83
2006		5,748,008		78,944,778		16.56		11.34		5,748,008		78,944,778		16.56		11.34
2007		5,430,551		71,352,748		15.61		9.70		5,430,551		71,352,748		15.61		9.70
2008		7,490,827		54,414,076		9.89		4.52		7,490,827		54,414,076		9.89		4.52
2009										4,613,574		23,933,547		7.02		2.97
Quarterly Information for the Past Two Years
2007
First quarter		5,449,082		79,245,186		15.31		13.57
Second quarter		5,431,749		76,484,553		15.61		13.82
Third quarter		5,350,203		69,229,782		14.64		11.58
Fourth quarter		5,492,462		60,666,271		12.19		9.70
2008
First quarter		7,813,598		62,410,156		9.89		6.21		7,826,688		62,318,108		9.89		6.21
Second quarter		8,068,187		61,286,480		8.70		6.55		8,048,986		60,926,675		8.70		6.55
Third quarter		8,051,382		62,656,909		9.49		6.17		8,051,424		62,352,058		9.49		6.17
Fourth quarter		6,036,775		35,239,921		7.66		4.52		6,049,032		34,975,690		7.66		4.52
2009
First quarter		4,304,943		17,004,198		5.29		2.97		4,318,138		17,103,184		5.29		2.97
Monthly Information for the Past 18 Months
2007
December		4,488,617		46,194,961		10.83		9.70
2008
January		8,385,124		71,620,389		9.89		7.55
February		7,788,533		64,644,823		8.73		7.74
March		7,222,249		49,966,560		7.92		6.21
April		8,119,723		57,849,334		7.77		6.59
May		7,483,465		61,189,803		8.70		7.64
June		8,540,402		63,441,764		8.43		6.55
July		6,991,035		47,517,154		7.34		6.17
August		7,035,147		58,166,264		9.10		7.07
Second quarter										5,127,833		25,919,626		5.96		3.67
Third quarter										4,519,462		25,896,652		6.78		4.96
Fourth quarter										4,504,956		26,817,174		7.02		5.18
Monthly Information for the Past 6 Months
2009
September		10,130,095		83,418,569		9.49		6.80		5,540,498		35,694,154		6.78		5.80
October		9,212,472		60,384,547		7.66		5.71		5,556,260		34,655,655		7.02		5.44
November		4,842,241		28,511,117		6.97		5.00		4,642,508		26,148,817		6.16		5.18
December		3,733,636		18,051,773		5.23		4.52		3,322,354		19,848,345		6.43		5.41
2009
2010
January		4,296,645		19,242,628		5.29		3.92		5,118,605		31,814,948		6.59		5.81
February		3,893,448		15,709,089		4.50		3.40
March		4,724,735		16,060,879		3.96		2.97
April		5,582,074		26,027,536		5.24		3.67
May (through May 4^th, 2009)		4,540,241		4,540,241		5.3		4.97
February (as of February 22, 2010)										5,126,795		30,994,039		6.45		5.73

Source: Bloomberg

~~146~~110

Borsa Italiana (Milan)


	Average Daily Trading
	Volumes								Average Daily Trading				Price Ranges
	Number of				Price Ranges				Number of				Volumes
Calendar Period	Shares		Capital		High		Low		Shares		Capital		High		Low
			(€)		(€)		(€)				(€)		(€)		(€)

Annual Information for the past five years
2004		15,563,346		269,570,814		23.81		13.25
2005		15,530,038		210,190,100		15.82		10.82		15,530,038		210,190,100		15.82		10.82
2006		10,316,084		141,689,828		16.55		11.33		10,316,084		141,689,828		16.55		11.33
2007		7,485,654		98,885,773		15.60		9.80		7,485,654		98,885,773		15.60		9.80
2008		7,194,358		52,370,415		9.90		4.52		7,194,358		52,370,415		9.90		4.52
2009										6,606,116		34,222,931		7.03		2.97
Quarterly Information for the past two years
2007		��
First quarter		9,719,941		140,442,674		15.32		13.63
Second quarter		7,925,067		115,156,104		15.60		13.82
Third quarter		6,479,636		83,424,814		14.64		11.57
Fourth quarter		5,785,437		63,752,010		12.16		9.80
2008
First quarter		8,127,085		64,600,327		9.90		6.21		8,127,048		64,733,773		9.90		6.21
Second quarter		8,238,711		62,326,503		8.69		6.55		8,234,557		62,311,404		8.69		6.55
Third quarter		8,080,320		62,475,791		9.50		6.17		8,080,374		62,486,775		9.50		6.17
Fourth quarter		4,271,603		24,830,416		7.66		4.52		4,293,847		24,952,098		7.66		4.52
2009
First quarter		4,684,540		18,251,262		5.29		2.97		4,708,890		18,660,286		5.29		2.97
Monthly Information for the past 18 months
2007
December		4,887,232		50,380,846		10.81		9.80
2008
January		10,071,980		86,256,895		9.90		7.65
February		6,982,043		57,925,024		8.73		7.75
March		7,140,553		49,413,382		7.93		6.21
April		8,308,719		59,132,772		7.77		6.56
May		8,253,457		67,468,476		8.70		7.64
June		8,137,962		60,473,973		8.44		6.55
July		7,589,829		51,635,916		7.35		6.17
August		7,898,607		65,185,228		9.11		7.08
Second quarter										7,575,169		38,304,696		5.95		3.67
Third quarter										6,923,926		39,684,060		6.79		4.96
Fourth quarter										7,216,727		42,888,549		7.03		5.15
Monthly Information for the past 6 months
2009
September		8,758,459		72,107,600		9.50		6.70		9,419,477		60,734,216		6.78		5.78
October		6,327,113		41,402,428		7.66		5.68		9,420,406		58,764,062		7.03		5.45
November		3,411,346		19,925,492		6.95		5.00		6,560,369		36,977,051		6.11		5.15
December		2,761,473		13,391,689		5.59		4.52		5,481,856		32,563,593		6.43		5.42
2009
2010
January		3,902,013		17,479,162		5.29		3.92		9,438,785		58,671,489		6.58		5.81
February		4,308,788		17,383,807		4.51		3.42
March		5,842,820		19,890,819		3.96		2.97
April		7,841,101		36,474,844		5.26		3.67
May (through May 4^th, 2009)		6,328,552		6,328,552		5.3		4.99
February (as of February 22, 2010)										7,826,391		47,278,742		6.45		5.71

Source: Bloomberg

~~147~~111

New York Stock Exchange


									Average Daily Trading
	Average Daily Trading Volumes								Volumes
	Number of				Price Ranges				Number of				Price Ranges
Calendar Period	Shares		Capital		High		Low		Shares		Capital		High		Low
			(US$)		(US$)		(US$)				(US$)		(US$)		(US$)

Annual Information for the past five years
2004		1,573,811		33,794,900		29.90		16.36
2005		1,087,913		18,288,128		19.47		13.96		1,087,913		18,288,128		19.47		13.96
2006		1,069,476		18,428,607		19.90		14.55		1,069,476		18,428,607		19.90		14.55
2007		1,823,514		32,857,113		20.84		14.22		1,823,514		32,857,113		20.84		14.22
2008		2,615,829		28,015,734		14.35		5.90		2,615,829		28,015,734		14.35		5.90
2009										1,707,480		12,411,885		10.28		3.73
Quarterly Information for the past two years
2007
First quarter		1,749,667		33,161,930		20.18		17.97
Second quarter		2,131,057		41,749,439		20.84		18.55
Third quarter		1,954,249		34,467,683		20.17		15.85
Fourth quarter		1,462,470		23,333,942		17.36		14.22
2008
First quarter		2,820,620		33,477,056		14.35		9.88		2,820,614		33,476,984		14.35		9.88
Second quarter		2,644,859		31,194,168		13.56		10.33		2,644,567		31,193,912		13.56		10.33
Third quarter		2,836,136		32,884,996		13.74		9.75		2,836,884		32,893,674		13.74		9.75
Fourth quarter		2,171,570		16,580,957		10.46		5.9		2,171,834		16,582,971		10.46		5.9
2009
First quarter		1,766,603		9,078,223		7.15		3.73		1,780,595		9,166,855		7.15		3.73
Monthly Information for the past 18 months
2007
Second quarter										1,632,902		11,183,826		8.30		4.97
Third quarter										1,483,681		11,785,948		9.99		6.89
Fourth quarter										1,980,001		17,386,576		10.28		7.86
Monthly Information for the past 6 months
2009
September										1,601,857		15,009,397		9.99		8.24
October										2,199,882		20,174,914		10.28		7.93
November										1,866,736		15,730,980		9.05		7.86
December		1,314,994		19,640,756		15.78		14.22		1,863,090		16,233,438		9.46		8.23
2008
2010
January		2,171,989		27,444,626		14.35		11.42		2,687,037		23,781,694		9.5		8.1
February		2,773,272		33,843,628		12.97		11.39
March		3,549,012		38,075,570		11.91		9.88
April		2,680,234		29,986,950		11.93		10.39
May		2,926,867		37,098,732		13.56		11.41
June		2,324,903		26,857,054		12.86		10.33
July		3,002,264		32,229,307		11.63		10.02
February (as of February 22, 2010)										1,867,142		15,549,559		8.77		7.87

Source: Bloomberg

Of the 878,333,566 common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009, 78,305,804, or 8.9%, were registered in the common share registry maintained on our behalf in New York and 581,333,347, or 66.2%, of our common shares outstanding were listed on Euroclear France and traded on Euronext SA and on the Borsa Italiana in Milan. Of the 874,276,833 common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008, 65,100,373, or 7.4%, were registered in the common share registry maintained on our behalf in New York and 558,471,706, or 63.9%, of our common shares outstanding were listed on Euroclear France and traded on Euronext ~~Paris~~ SA and on the Borsa Italiana in Milan. At December 31, 2007, there were 899,760,539 common shares outstanding, of which 89,372,713, or 9.9%, were registered in the common share registry maintained on our behalf in New York and 582,683,072, or 64.8%, of our common shares outstanding were listed on Euroclear France and traded on Euronext Paris S.A. and on the Borsa Italiana in Milan.

~~148~~

Market Information

Euronext

General

On September 22, 2000, upon successful completion of an exchange offer, the Paris-Bourse (“SBF”) SA, or the “SBF”, the Amsterdam Stock Exchange and the Brussels Stock Exchange merged to create Euronext, the first pan-European stock exchange. Through the exchange offer, all the shareholders of SBF, the Amsterdam Stock Exchange and the Brussels Stock Exchange contributed their shares to Euronext N.V. (“Euronext”), a Dutch holding company, and the Portugal Exchange was included in Euronext in January 2002. Following the creation of Euronext, the SBF changed its name to Euronext Paris SA (“Euronext Paris”). Securities quoted on exchanges participating in Euronext cash markets are traded and cleared over common Euronext platforms but remain listed on their local exchanges. ~~“NSC”~~“UTP” is the common Euronext platform for trading and “Clearing 21” for clearing. In addition,

112

Euronext, through Euroclear, has a central settlement and custody structure over a common ~~system.~~system (“ESES”). In January 2002, Euronext acquired the London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange (“LIFFE”), London’s derivatives market, and created Euronext.liffe. Euronext.liffe is the international derivatives business of Euronext, comprising the Amsterdam, Brussels, Lisbon, London and Paris derivatives markets. Euronext.liffe creates a single market for derivatives, by bringing all its derivatives products together on the one electronic trading platform, LIFFE CONNECT^tm.

NYSE Group Inc. and Euronext combined in April 2007 to create NYSE Euronext, the world’s largest and first transatlantic stock exchange operator, with six cash equities exchanges in five countries and six derivatives ~~exchange.~~exchanges. NYSE Euronext is the group holding company, and NYSE Group Inc. and Euronext are its subsidiaries.

Euronext Paris

In 2005, Euronext overhauled its listing arrangements, creating a single list, Eurolist by Euronext (“Eurolist”), that encompassed all of its regulated markets. In Paris, the markets operated by Euronext —Premier Marché,Second MarchéandNouveau Marché — were amalgamated in February 2005, becoming Euronext Paris. Euronext Paris retains responsibility for the admission of shares on, and regulation of, the Paris market.

Our shares have been listed on thePremier Marchéof Euronext Paris since July 2001 and are now listed on compartment A of Eurolist. In accordance with Euronext Paris rules, the shares issued by domestic and other companies listed on Eurolist are classified in capitalization compartments. The shares of listed companies are distributed between the following three market capitalization compartments:


	•	~~compartment~~Compartment A comprises the companies with market capitalizations above €1 billion;

	•	~~compartment~~Compartment B comprises the companies with market capitalizations from €150 million and up to and including €1 billion; and

	•	~~compartment~~Compartment C comprises the companies with market capitalizations below €150 million.

Our common shares are listed on the compartment A under the ISIN Code NL0000226223.

Securities listed on Euronext Paris are placed in one of two categories ((Continuor~~Fixing)~~Fixing) depending on ~~the volume of transactions.~~whether they belong to certain indices or compartmentsand/or their trading volume. Our common shares are listed in the category known asContinu,which includes the most actively traded securities. The minimum yearly trading volume required for a security of a listed company on a regulated market of Euronext Paris in theContinucategory is 2,500 trades.

Securities listed on Euronext Paris are traded through providers of investment services (investment companies and other financial institutions). The trading of our common shares takes place continuously on each business day from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. (Paris time), with a pre-opening session from 7:15 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. (Paris time) and a pre-closing session from 5:30 p.m. to 5:35 p.m. (Paris time) during which transactions are recorded but not executed and a closing auction at 5:35 p.m. (Paris time). From 5:35 p.m. to 5:40 p.m. (Paris time) (“trading at last phase”), transactions are executed at the closing price. Any trade effected after the close of a ~~stock exchange~~trading session will be recorded, on the next Euronext Paris trading day, at the closing price for the relevant security at the end of the previous day’s session. Euronext Paris publishes a daily official price list that includes price information on each

~~149~~

listed security. Euronext Paris has introduced continuous electronic trading during trading hours for most actively traded securities. Any trade of a security that occurs outside trading hours is effected at a price within a range of 1% of the closing price for that security.

~~Trading~~Under the NSC trading manual, Euronext Paris may temporarily interrupt trading in a security admitted to trading on the Euronext Paris market if purchases and sales recorded in the ~~listed securities~~system would inevitably result in a price beyond a certain threshold, determined on the basis of ~~an issuer may be suspended~~a percentage fluctuation from a reference price. With respect to shares belonging to thecontinu category, once trading has commenced, volatility interruptions for a reservation period of 2 minutes (subject to extension by Euronext ~~Paris if a quoted price exceeds certain price limits defined by the regulations of Euronext Paris. In particular,~~Paris) are possible if the ~~quoted~~ price ~~of a~~~~Continu~~~~security~~ varies either by more than 5% from a reference price ~~Euronext Paris may suspend trading for up to two minutes. The reference price is usually the~~(e.g., opening ~~price,~~auction price) or with respect to the first quoted price of the given trading day, the last traded price of the previous trading day, as adjusted if necessary by Euronext Paris to take into account available information. Further suspensions are also possible if the price again varies by more than 5% from a new reference price equal to the price which caused the first trading suspension. If the quoted price of a~~Continusecurity varies~~ by more than 2% (with respect to CAC 40 issuers like our company) from the last ~~quoted price, trading may be suspended for up to two minutes.~~trade on such securities. Euronext Paris may also suspend trading of a ~~listed~~ security admitted to trading on the Euronext Paris market in certain ~~other limited~~ circumstances including ~~for example,~~ the occurrence of unusual trading activity in ~~such~~a security. In addition, in exceptional cases, including, for example, upon announcement of a takeover bid, the French market regulator (Autorité des marchés financiers~~(the “AMF”~~or“AMF”) ~~(the regulatory authority over French stock exchanges)~~ may also require Euronext Paris to suspend trading.

Under the UTP trading manual, for securities belonging to thecontinucategory, an order which breaches volatility thresholds no longer triggers the interruption of the trading of the security. Instead, until confirmed by the

113

ordering member, such order is automatically rejected by Euronext Paris. If confirmed, the order is executed. In addition, Euronext Paris still remains entitled to suspend trading of a security belonging to thecontinucategory in case of repeated volatility threshold breaches.

All trades of securities listed on Euronext Paris are performed on a cash-settlement basis on the third trading day after the trade. Market intermediaries are also permitted to offer investors a deferred settlement service (Service à Réglement Différéor “SRD”) for a fee. The SRD allows investors who elect this service to benefit from leverage and other special features of the monthly settlement market. The SRD is reserved for securities which have both a total market capitalization of at least €1 billion and represent a minimum daily trading volume of €1 million and which are normally cited on a list published by Euronext Paris. Investors in securities eligible for the SRD can elect on the determination date ((date de ~~liquidation)~~liquidation), which is, at the latest, the fifth trading day before the end of the month, either to settle the trade by the last trading day of the month or to ~~pay an additional fee~~deduct a margin amount and postpone the settlement decision to the determination date of the following month. Our common shares are eligible for the SRD.

Ownership of securities traded on a deferred settlement basis belongs to the market intermediary (in whose account they are registered at the date set by market rules) pending registration in the buyer’s account. According to the rules of Euronext Paris, the market intermediary is entitled to the dividends and coupons pertaining to the securities he has full title, provided he is responsible for paying the buyer, when the settlement matured, the exact cash equivalent of the rights received.

Prior to any transfer of securities held in registered form on Eurolist, the securities must be converted into bearer form and accordingly inscribed in an account maintained by an accredited intermediary with Euroclear France SA (“Euroclear”), a registered clearing agency. Transactions in securities are initiated by the owner giving instructions (through an agent, if appropriate) to the relevant accredited intermediary. Trades of securities listed on Eurolist are cleared through Clearing 21, a common Euronext platform, and settled through Euroclear using a continuous net settlement system. A fee or a commission is payable to the broker-dealer or other agent involved in the transaction.

Our common shares have been included in the CAC 40, the principal index published by Euronext Paris, since November 12, 1997. The CAC 40 is derived daily by comparing the total market capitalization of 40 stocks included in the monthly settlement market of Euronext Paris to a baseline established on December 31, 1987. Adjustments are made to allow for expansion of the sample due to new issues. The CAC 40 indicates the trends in the French stock market as a whole and is one of the most widely followed stock price indices in France.

Our common shares could be removed from the CAC 40 at any time, and the exclusion or the announcement thereof could cause the market price of our common shares to drop significantly.

Securities Trading in Italy

The Mercato Telematico Azionario (the “MTA”), the Italian automated screen-based quotation system on which our common shares are listed, is organized and administered by Borsa Italiana S.p.A. (“Borsa Italiana”) subject to the supervision of the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa (“CONSOB”) the public authority charged, inter alia, with regulating investment companies, securities markets and public offerings of securities in Italy to ensure the transparency and regularity of dealings and protect investors. Borsa Italiana was

~~150~~

established to manage the Italian regulated financial markets (including the MTA) as part of the implementation in Italy of the EU Investment Services Directive pursuant to Legislative Decree No. 415 of July 23, 1996 (the “Eurosim Decree”) and as modified by Legislative Decree No. 58 of February 24, 1998, as amended (the “Financial Act”). Borsa Italiana became operative in January 1998, replacing the administrative body Consiglio di Borsa, and has issued rules governing the organization and the administration of the Italian stock exchange, futures and options markets as well as the admission to listing on and trading in these markets. As of October 1, 2007, upon a merger with the London Stock Exchange, 99.9% of the share capital of Borsa Italiana is held by the London Stock Exchange Group ~~plc.~~plc, which, as of June 25, 2009, holds such interest through its subsidiary, London Stock Exchange Group Holdings (Italy) LTD.

A cash settlement period of three ~~business~~open market days applies to all trades of equity securities in Italy effected on a regulated market. Any person, through an authorized intermediary, may purchase or sell listed securities following (i) in the case of sales, deposit of the securities; and (ii) in the case of purchases, deposit of 100% of such securities’ value in cash, or deposit of listed securities or government bonds of an equivalent amount. No “closing price” is reported for the electronic trading system, which requires the daily publication of: (i) an “official price” for each security calculated as a weighted average price of all trades effected during the trading day; and (ii) a “reference price” for each security calculated as the closing-auction price or, in the event that no closing-auction price is available, as a weighted average of the trades effected during a ten-minute interval of the continuous trading phase.

114

If the opening price of an equity security contained in the ~~S&P/~~FTSE MIB ~~index~~Index (established each trading day prior to the commencement of trading based on bids received) differs by more than ~~7.5%~~5% or such other amount established by Borsa Italiana from the previous day’s reference price, trading in that security will not be permitted ~~until Borsa Italiana authorizes it.~~and a volatility bid takes place. (For equity securities other than those contained in the ~~S&P/~~FTSE MIB ~~index,~~Index, trading will not be permitted, and a volatility bid takes place, if the opening price differs by more than 10% from the previous day’s reference price). If in the course of a trading day the price of a security fluctuates by more than 3.5% from the last reported sale price,an automatic ~~five minute~~ suspension in the trading of that security will be declared by the Borsa Italiana. (For equity securities other than those contained in the ~~S&P/~~FTSE MIB ~~index,~~Index, this suspension will apply upon a 5% fluctuation from the last reported sale price). In the event of such a suspension ~~orders already placed may not be modified or cancelled and new orders may not be processed.~~a volatility bid takes place, lasting for ten minutes plus a variable period of time, randomly determined by the trading system, of up to one minute. Borsa Italiana has the authority to suspend trading in any security, among other things, in response to extreme price fluctuations. In urgent circumstances, CONSOB may, where necessary, adopt measures required to ensure the transparency of the market, orderly trading and protection of investors.

Italian law requires that trading of equity securities, as well as any other investment services, may be carried outvis-à-visthe public on a professional basis by financial intermediaries, banks and certain types of finance companies. In addition, banks and investment firms organized in any member state of the EU are permitted to operate in Italy either on a branch or on a cross-border basis provided that the intent of such bank or investment firm is communicated to CONSOB and the Bank of Italy by the competent authorities of the member state according to specific procedures. Non-EU banks and non-EU investment firms may operate in Italy subject to the specific authorization of CONSOB and the Bank of Italy.

The settlement of Italian stock exchange transactions is facilitated by Monte Titoli S.p.A., a centralized securities clearing system owned by Borsa Italiana. Most Italian banks and certain Italian securities dealers have securities accounts with Monte Titoli and act as depositories for investors. Beneficial owners of shares may hold their interests through custody accounts with any such institution. Beneficial owners of shares held with Monte Titoli may transfer their shares, collect dividends, create liens and exercise other rights with respect to those shares through such accounts.

Participants in Euroclear and Clearstream may hold their interests in shares and transfer the shares, collect dividends, create liens and exercise their shareholders’ rights through Euroclear and Clearstream. A holder may require Euroclear and Clearstream to transfer its shares to an account of such holder with an Italian bank or any authorized broker.

Our common shares are included in the ~~S&P/~~FTSE MIB Index. Our common shares could be removed from the ~~S&P/~~FTSE MIB Index at any time, and the exclusion or announcement thereof could cause the market price of our common shares to drop significantly.

~~151~~


Item 10.	Additional Information

Memorandum and Articles of Association

Applicablenon-U.S. Regulations

Applicable Dutch Legislation

We were incorporated under the ~~law~~laws of the Netherlands by deed of May 21, 1987, and we are governed by Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code. Set forth below is a summary of certain provisions of our Articles of Association and relevant Dutch corporate law. The summary below does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Articles of Association and relevant Dutch corporate law.

The summary below sets forth our current Articles of Association as most recently amended on May ~~15, 2007.~~20, 2009.

We are subject to various provisions of the Dutch Financial Markets Supervision Act(“Wet op het financieel toezicht”)(the “FMSA”) and, in particular, to the provisions summarized below.

Unless an exemption applies, we are subject to (i) a prohibition from offering securities in the Netherlands without the publication of an approved prospectus (and the same prohibition applies for such offers in other jurisdictions of the European Economic Area (the “EEA”)); (ii) a prohibition of proceeding with any transaction in our financial instruments admitted to trading on a regulated market in the EEA or in any other financial instrument the value of which depends in part on these instruments, in the event where we would possess inside information; and (iii) certain restrictions (related to market manipulation) in repurchasing our shares. Furthermore, we are required to inform the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets(“Autoriteit Financiële Markten”)(the “AFM”) immediately if our issued and outstanding share capital or voting rights change by 1% or more since our previous

115

notification. Other changes in our share capital or voting rights need to be notified periodically. Also, the sole member of our Managing Board and the members of our Supervisory Board (unless they have already been notified pursuant to the requirements described below in “— Disclosure of Holdings”), certain of their relatives, entities closely related with them and (under certain circumstances) members of senior management must notify the AFM of all transactions conducted on their own account relating to our financial instruments admitted to trading on a regulated market in the EEA or in any other financial instrument the value of which depends in part on these instruments. The AFM keeps a public register of all notifications made pursuant to the FMSA. The provisions of the FMSA regarding statements of holdings in our share capital and voting rights are described below in “— Disclosure of Holdings.”

On October 28, 2007, the Dutch legislation implementing Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids (the “Takeover Directive”) entered into force. This legislation requires a shareholder who (individually or jointly) obtains control to launch an offer to all of our other shareholders. Such control is deemed present if a (legal) person is able to exercise, alone or acting in concert, at least 30% of the voting rights in our shareholders’ meeting. The acquisition of control does not require an act of the person who obtains control (e.g., if we repurchase shares as a consequence of which the relative stake of a major shareholder increases (and may result in control having been obtained)).

In the event control is acquired, whether or not by acting in concert, two options exist: (i) either a mandatory offer is launched or (ii) within 30 days the relevant stake is decreased below the 30% voting rights threshold, provided the voting rights have not been exercised during this period and our shares are not sold to a controlling shareholder. The Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal (“~~Ondernemingskamer”~~Ondernemingskamer”) may extend this period by an additional 60 days.

The Dutch legislation contains a substantial number of exemptions to the obligation to launch a (mandatory) offer. One of those exemptions is that Stichting Continuïteit ST, an independent foundation, is allowed to cross the 30% voting rights threshold when obtaining our preference shares after the announcement of a public offer, but only for a maximum period of 2 years.

~~152~~

Applicable French Legislation

As our registered offices are based in the Netherlands, the AMF is not the competent market authority to control our disclosure obligations. The AMF General Regulation only requires that the periodic and ongoing information to be disclosed pursuant to the EU Transparency Directive and which content is controlled by the AFM (for instance the annual, half-yearly and quarterly financial reports or any inside information) also be ~~also~~ disclosed at the same time in France and made available on our Internet website.

In addition, as our shares are listed on Euronext Paris, in France, we must (i) ~~disclose the amount of the fees paid to our statutory auditors (pursuant toArticle 222-8~~ ~~of the AMF General Regulation), (ii) disclose a report on internal control procedures (pursuant toArticle 222-9~~ ~~of the AMF General Regulation and (iii)~~ inform the AMF of any modification of our bylaws and articles of incorporation (pursuant toArticle 223-20 of the AMF General Regulation).

~~The AMF can also ask our company to~~; and (ii) disclose ~~information relating to threshold crossings as well as~~ information on the total number of shares and voting rights composing our capital on a monthly basis (pursuant toArticle ~~223-14~~223-16 ~~seq.~~ of the AMF General Regulation). ~~This information is then disclosed to the public by the AMF.~~

Articles 241-1 to241-6 of the AMF General Regulation on buyback programs for equity securities admitted to trading on a regulated market and transaction reporting requirements are also applicable to our company as well asArticles 611-1 to632-1 of the AMF General Regulation on market abuse (insider dealing and market manipulation).

As a general rule, the information disclosed to the public must be accurate, precise and fairly presented.

Following the opening of Euronext Paris, all financial instruments formerly traded on thePremier,theSecondand theNouveau Marchéare now distributed between three capitalization compartments, A, B, and C, whose regulations are generally applicable to us. See “Item 9. Listing.”

Other provisions of French securities regulations are not applicable to us.

Regarding the regulation of public tender offers,articles 231-1 to237-13 of the AMF General ~~Regulations~~Regulation shall apply to our shares, except for the provisions concerning the standing offer, the mandatory filing of a tender offer and the squeeze out.

Applicable Italian Legislation

Because our common shares are listed on the MTA, as described in “Item 9. Listing” above, we are required to publish certain information in order to comply with (i) the Financial Act and related regulations promulgated by the CONSOB and (ii) certain rules of the Borsa Italiana. These requirements are related to: (i) disclosure of price-sensitive information (such as capital increases, mergers, creation of joint subsidiaries, major ~~acquisitions)~~acquisitions, approval

116

of draft financial statements, proposals for dividend payments, approval of financial statements and interim reports); (ii) periodic information (such as financial statements to be provided in compliance with the jurisdiction of the country of incorporation) or information on the exercise of shareholders’ rights (such as the calling of the shareholders’ meeting or the exercise of pre-emptive rights); ~~and~~ (iii) the publication of research, budgets and ~~projections.~~projections; and (iv) in certain circumstances, dissemination to the public in Italy, and communication to CONSOB, of any additional information that we provide to our shareholders in countries other than Italy where our shares are listed on a stock exchange.

As a result of our admission to the ~~S&P/~~FTSE MIB Index, we now must comply with certain additional stock market rules. These additional provisions require that we announce through a press release, within one month from our year-end closing (i) the month in which the payment of the dividend for the year ended, where applicable, is planned to take place (if different from the month when the previous dividend was distributed), and (ii) our intent, if any, of adopting a policy of distributing interim dividends for the current year, mentioning the months when the distribution of dividends and interim dividends will take place. In the event of a modification of the ~~policy of distributing dividends,~~information referred to in (i) and (ii) above, we shall be required to promptly update such information in another press release. In addition, stock splits and certain other transactions must be carried out in accordance with the Borsa Italiana’s calendar. We must notify the Italian stock market of any modification to the amount and distribution of our share capital. The notification must be made no later than one day after the modification has become effective under the rules to which we are subject.

~~153~~

We are required to communicate to the CONSOB and the Borsa Italiana the same information that we are required to disclose to the AMF and the AFM regarding transactions in our securities and any exercise of stock options by our Supervisory Board members and executive officers, as described below.

Articles of Association

Purposes of the Company (Article 2)

Article 2 of our Articles of Association sets forth the purposes of our company. According to Article 2, our purposes shall be to participate in or take, in any manner, any interests in other business enterprises; to manage such enterprises; to carry on business in semiconductors and electronic devices; to take and grant licenses and other industrial property interests; to assume commitments in the name of any enterprises with which we may be associated within a group of companies; and to take any other action, such as but not limited to the granting of securities or the undertaking of obligations on behalf of third parties, which in the broadest sense of the term, may be related or contribute to the aforementioned objects.

Company and Trade Registry

We are registered with the Chamber of Commerce and Industry in Amsterdam(Kamer van Koophandel en Fabrieken voor Amsterdam)under no. 33194537.

Supervisory Board and Managing Board

Our Articles of Association do not include any provisions related to a Supervisory Board member’s:


	•	power to vote on proposals, arrangements or contracts in which such member is directly interested;

	•	power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to vote on compensation to themselves or any members of the Supervisory Board; or

	•	borrowing powers exercisable by the directors and how such borrowing powers can be varied.

Our Supervisory Board Charter, however, explicitly prohibits members of our Supervisory Board from participating in discussions and voting on matters where any such member has a conflict of interest. Our Articles of Association provide that our shareholders’ meeting must adopt the compensation of our Supervisory Board members.

Neither our Articles of Association nor our Supervisory Board Charter have a requirement or policy that Supervisory Board members hold a minimum number of our common shares.

Compensation of our Managing Board (Article 12)

Our Supervisory Board determines the compensation of the sole member of our Managing Board, within the scope of the compensation policy adopted by our shareholders’ meeting upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board. Our Supervisory Board will submit for approval by the shareholders’ meeting a proposal regarding the

117

compensation in the form of shares or rights to acquire shares. This proposal sets forth at least how many shares or rights to acquire shares may be awarded to our Managing Board and which criteria apply to an award or a modification.

Compensation of our Supervisory Board (Article 23)

Our shareholders’ meeting determines the compensation of our Supervisory Board members. Our shareholders’ meeting shall have the authority to decide whether such compensation will consist of a fixed amountand/or an amount that is variable in proportion to profits or any other factor.

Information from our Managing Board to our Supervisory Board (Article 18)

At least once per year our Managing Board shall inform our Supervisory Board in writing of the main features of our strategic policy, our general and financial risks and our management and control systems.

~~154~~

Our Managing Board shall then submit to our Supervisory Board for approval:


	•	our operational and financial objectives;

	•	our strategy designed to achieve the objectives; ~~and~~

	•	the parameters to be applied in relation to our strategy,inter alia,regarding financial ~~ratios.~~ratios; and

	•	corporate social responsibility issues that are relevant to the enterprise.

For more information on our Supervisory Board and our Managing Board, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees.”

Adoption of Annual Accounts and Discharge of Management and Supervision Liability (Article 25)

Each year, within four months after the end of our financial year, our Managing Board must prepare our statutory annual accounts, certified by one or several auditors appointed by our shareholders’ meeting and submit them to our shareholders’ meeting for adoption. Within this period and in accordance with the statutory obligations to which we are subject, our Managing Board must make generally available: (i) our statutory annual accounts, (ii) our annual report, (iii) the auditor’s statement, as well as (iv) other annual financial accounting documents which we, under or pursuant to the law, must make generally available together with our statutory annual accounts.

Each year, our shareholders’ meeting votes whether or not to discharge the members of our Supervisory Board and of our Managing Board for their supervision and management, respectively, during the previous financial year. In accordance with the applicable Dutch legislation, the discharge of the members of our Managing Board and the Supervisory Board must, in order to be effective, be the subject of a specific resolution on the agenda of our shareholders’ meeting. Under Dutch law, this discharge does not extend to matters not disclosed to our shareholders’ meeting.

Distribution of Profits (Articles 37, 38, 39 and 40)

Subject to certain exceptions, dividends may only be paid out of the profits as shown in our adopted annual accounts. Our profits must first be used to set up and maintain reserves required by Dutch law and our Articles of Association. Subsequently, if any of our preference shares are issued and outstanding, preference shareholders shall be paid a dividend, which will be a percentage of the paid up part of the par value of their preference shares. Our Supervisory Board may then, upon proposal of our Managing Board, also establish reserves out of our annual profits. The portion of our annual profits that remains after the establishment or maintenance of reserves and the payment of a dividend to our preference shareholders is at the disposal of our shareholders’ meeting. No distribution may be made to our shareholders when the equity after such distribution is or becomes inferior to the fully-paid share capital, increased by the legal reserves. Our preference shares are cumulative by nature, which means that if in a financial year the dividend or the preference shares cannot be (fully) paid, the deficit must first be paid in the following financial year.

Our shareholders’ meeting may, upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board, declare distributions out of our share premium reserve and other reserves available for shareholder distributions under Dutch law. Pursuant to a resolution of our Supervisory Board, distributions adopted by the shareholders’ meeting may be fully or partially made in the form of our new shares to be issued. Our Supervisory Board may, subject to certain statutory provisions, make one or more interim distributions in respect of any year before the accounts for such year have been adopted at a shareholders’ meeting. Rights to cash dividends and distributions that have not been collected within five years after the date on which they became due and payable shall revert to us.

118

For the history of dividends paid by us to our shareholders in the past five years, see “Item 8. Financial Information — Dividend Policy.”

Shareholders’ Meetings, Attendance at Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights

Notice Convening the Shareholders’ Meeting (Articles 25, 26, 27, 28 and 29)

Our ordinary shareholders’ meetings are held at least annually, within six months after the close of each financial year, in Amsterdam, Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol Airport), Rotterdam or The Hague, the Netherlands. Extraordinary shareholders’ meetings may be held as often as our Supervisory Board deems necessary, and must be held upon the written request of registered shareholders or other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings of

~~155~~

at least 10% of the total ~~outstanding~~issued share capital to our Managing Board or our Supervisory Board specifying in detail the business to be dealt with. Such written requests may not be submitted electronically. In the event that the Managing Board or the Supervisory Board does not convene the shareholders’ meeting within six weeks of such a request, the aforementioned shareholders or individuals may be authorized by a competent judicial authority.

~~We will give~~Notice of shareholders’ meetings shall be given by our Managing Board or by our Supervisory Board or by those who according to the law or our Articles of Association are entitled thereto. The notice shall be given in such manner as shall be authorized or required by ~~mail~~law (including but not limited to ~~registered holders~~a written notice, a legible and reproducible message sent by electronic means and an announcement published by electronic means), as well as in accordance with the regulations of ~~shares of each shareholders’ meeting, and will publish notice thereof in~~ a ~~national daily newspaper distributed throughout the Netherlands and in at least one daily newspaper in France and Italy,~~stock exchange where our shares are also admitted for official quotation. Such notice shall be given no later than eight days prior to the registration date (as described below) though in any event no later than the twenty-first day prior to the day of the meeting and shall either state the business to be considered or state that the agenda is open to inspection byofficially listed at our request. In addition, shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the shareholders’ meetings that are registered in our share register shall be notified by letter that the meeting is being convened. The notice convening the shareholders’ meeting shall be given with due observance of the statutory notice period, which is currently 15 days prior to the meeting. However, a draft bill, which will implement the EU Directive on Shareholders’ Rights (Directive 2007/36/EC), is currently pending with the First Chamber of Dutch Parliament which, if enacted, will set the minimum notice period at ~~our offices.~~42 days prior to the meeting.

The notice of the shareholders’ meeting ~~must include details on~~states the ~~agenda~~business to be transacted as well as other information prescribed by law and our Articles of ~~the meeting and must indicate that the agenda may be consulted at our registered office, notwithstanding the provisions of Dutch law.~~Association. The agenda is fixed by the author of the notice of the meeting; however, one or more shareholders or other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings representing at least one-tenth of our issued share capital may, provided that the request was made at least five days prior to the date of convocation of the meeting, request that proposals be included on the agenda. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, proposals of persons who are entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings will be included on the agenda, if such proposals are made in writing to our Managing Board within a period of sixty days before that meeting by persons who are entitled to attend our shareholders’ meetings who, solely or jointly, represent at least 1% of our issued share capital or a market value of at least €50,000,000 unless we determine that such proposal would conflict with our substantial interests. The requests referred to in the previous two sentences may not be submitted electronically. The aforementioned requests must comply with conditions stipulated by our Managing Board, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, which shall be posted on our website.

We are exempt from the proxy solicitation rules under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Euroclear France will provide notice of shareholders’ meetings to, and compile voting instructions from, holders of shares held directly or indirectly through Euroclear France at the request of the Company, the Registrar or the voting Collection Agent. A voting collection agent must be appointed; Netherlands Management Company B.V. acts as our voting collection agent. DTC will provide notice of shareholders’ meetings to holders of shares held directly or indirectly through DTC and the New York Transfer Agent and Registrar will compile voting instructions. In order for holders of shares held directly or indirectly through Euroclear France to attend shareholders’ meetings in person, such holders must withdraw their shares from Euroclear France and have such shares registered directly in their name or in the name of their nominee. In order for holders of shares held directly or indirectly through DTC to attend shareholders’ meetings of shareholders in person, such holders need not withdraw such shares from DTC but must follow rules and procedures established by the New York Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Attendance at Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights (Articles 6, 30, 31, 32, 33 and 34)

Each share is entitled to one vote.

All shareholders and other persons entitled to attend and to vote at shareholders’ meetings are entitled to attend the shareholders’ meeting either in person or represented by a person holding a written proxy, to address the shareholders’ meeting and, as for shareholders and other persons entitled to vote, to vote, subject to our Articles of Association. Subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, our Managing Board may resolve that shareholders and other persons entitled to attend the shareholders’ meetings are authorized to directly take note of the business

119

transactions at the meeting via an electronic means of communication. Our shareholders’ meeting may set forth rules regulating,inter alia,the length of time during which shareholders may speak in the shareholders’ meeting. If there are no such applicable rules, the chairman of the meeting may regulate the time during which shareholders are entitled to speak if desirable for the orderly conduct of the meeting.

Our Managing Board may, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, resolve that each person entitled to attend and vote at shareholders’ meetings is authorized to vote via an electronic means of communication, either in person or by a person authorized in writing, provided that such person can be identified via the electronic means of communication and furthermore provided that such person can directly take note of the business transacted at the meeting. Our Managing Board may, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, attach conditions to the use of

~~156~~

the electronic means of communication, which conditions shall be announced in the notice convening the shareholders’ meeting and must be posted on our website.

~~Unless our Managingand/or~~ ~~Supervisory Board has determined~~Provided the law does not prescribe a fixed registration date (as described below), ~~in order to exercise the aforementioned voting rights, shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings must notify us in writing of their intention to do so by the~~our Managing Board will establish a registration date, mentioned on the notice of the annual shareholders’ meeting and at the place mentioned on the notice of the shareholders’ meeting. In addition, holders of type II shares must notify us of the number of shares they hold. Type II shares are common shares in the form of an entry inwhich means that our shareholders register with issue of a share certificate consisting of a main part without dividend coupon. In addition to type II shares, type I shares are available. Type I shares are common shares in the form of an entry in our shareholders register without issue of a share certificate. Type II shares are only available should our SupervisoryManaging Board decide. Our preference shares are in the form of an entry in our shareholders register without issue of a share certificate. Shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings may only exercise their rights at the shareholders’ meeting for shares from which they can derive said rights both on the day referred to above and on the day of the meeting (as described above).

~~Our Managing or Supervisory Board may~~will determine that shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings are those persons who have such rights at a determined date and, as such, are registered in a register designated by our Managing ~~or Supervisory~~ Board, regardless of who is a shareholder or otherwise a person entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings at the time of the meeting if a registration date as referred to in our Articles of Association had not been determined. ~~The~~Currently, the registration date cannot be set earlier than on the thirtieth day prior to the meeting. However, a draft bill, which will implement the EU Directive on Shareholders’ Rights (Directive 2007/36/EC), is currently pending with the First Chamber of Dutch Parliament which, if enacted, will set the registration date at 28 days prior to the meeting. In the notice convening the shareholders’ meeting the time of registration must be mentioned as well as the manner in which shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings can register themselves and the manner in which they can exercise their rights.

~~If and to the extent that our~~Our Managing or Supervisory Board ~~determine a registration date (as described above), it~~ may also resolve that persons entitled to attend and vote at shareholders’ meetings may vote via an electronic means of communication determined by our Managing or Supervisory Board within a period to be set by our Managing or Supervisory Board prior to our shareholders’ meeting, which period cannot commence earlier than the registration date (as described above). Votes cast in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence are equal to votes cast at our shareholders’ meeting.

We shall send a card of admission to the meeting to shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings who have notified us of their intention to attend or, if applicable, we will provide access to the electronic means of communication for the purpose of directly taking note of the business transacted at the meeting. Shareholders and other persons entitled to attend meetings of shareholders may be represented by proxies with written authorization, which must be shown for admittance to the meeting. All matters regarding admittance to the shareholders’ meeting, the exercise of voting rights and the result of voting, as well as any other matters regarding the business of the shareholders’ meeting, shall be decided upon by the chairman of that meeting, in accordance with the requirements of Section 13 of the Dutch Civil Code.

Our Articles of Association allow for separate meetings for holders of common shares and for holders of preference shares. At a meeting of holders of preference shares at which the entire issued capital of shares of such class is represented, valid resolutions may be adopted even if the requirements in respect of the place of the meeting and the giving of notice have not been observed, provided that such resolutions are adopted by unanimous vote. Also, valid resolutions of preference shareholder meetings may be adopted outside a meeting if all persons entitled to vote on our preference shares indicate in writing that they vote in favor of the proposed resolution, provided that no depositary receipts for preference shares have been issued with our cooperation. Our managing board may, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, resolve that written resolutions may be adopted via an electronic means of communication. Our Managing Board may, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, attach conditions to the use of the electronic means of communication, which conditions shall be notified in writing to all holders of preference shares and other persons entitled to vote on our preference shares.

~~157~~

Authority of our Shareholders’ Meeting (Articles 12, 16, 19, 25, 28, 32 and 41)

Our shareholders’ meeting decides upon (i) the discharge of the members of our Managing Board for their management during the past financial year and the discharge of the members of our Supervisory Board for their supervision during the past financial year; (ii) the adoption of our statutory annual accounts and the distribution of dividends; (iii) the appointment of the members of our Supervisory Board and our Managing Board; and (iv) any other resolutions listed on the agenda by our Supervisory Board, our Managing Board or our shareholders and other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings.

Furthermore, our shareholders’ meeting has to approve resolutions of our Managing Board regarding a significant change in the identity or nature of us or our enterprise, including in any event (i) transferring our enterprise or practically our entire enterprise to a third party, (ii) entering into or canceling any long-term cooperation between us or a subsidiary(“dochtermaatschappij”)of us and any other legal person or company or as

120

a fully liable general partner of a limited partnership or a general partnership, provided that such cooperation or the cancellation thereof is of essential importance to us, and (iii) us or a subsidiary(“dochtermaatschappij”)of us acquiring or disposing of a participating interest in the capital of a company with a value of at least one-third of our total assets according to our consolidated balance sheet and notes thereto in our most recently adopted annual accounts.

Our Articles of Association may only be amended (and our liquidation can only be decided on) if amendments are proposed by our Supervisory Board and approved by a simple majority of the votes cast at a shareholders’ meeting at which at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. The complete proposal for the amendment (or liquidation) must be made available for inspection by the shareholders and the other persons entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings at our offices as from the day of the notice convening such meeting until the end of the meeting. Any amendment of our Articles of Association that negatively affects the rights of the holders of a certain class of shares requires the prior approval of the meeting of holders of such class of shares.

Quorum and Majority (Articles 4, 13 and 32)

Unless otherwise required by our Articles of Association or Dutch law, resolutions of shareholders’ meetings ~~of shareholders~~ require the approval of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented, subject to the provisions explained below. We may not vote our common shares held in treasury. Blank and invalid votes shall not be counted.

A quorum of shareholders, present or represented, holding at least half of our issued share capital, is required to dismiss a member of our Managing Board, unless the dismissal is proposed by our Supervisory Board. In the event of the lack of a quorum, a second shareholders’ meeting must be held within four weeks, with no applicable quorum requirement. Any decision or authorization by the shareholders’ meeting which has or could have the effect of excluding or limiting preferential subscription rights must be taken by a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, if at the shareholders’ meeting less than 50% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. Otherwise such a resolution can be taken by a simple majority at a meeting at which at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is represented.

Disclosure of Holdings under Dutch Law

Holders of our shares or rights to acquire shares (which includes options and convertible bonds) may be subject to notification obligations under Chapter 5.3 of the FMSA.

Under Chapter 5.3 of the FMSA, any person whose direct or indirect interest (including potential interest, such as options and convertible bonds) in our share capital or voting rights reaches or crosses a threshold percentage must notify the AFM either (a) immediately, if this is the result of an acquisition or disposal by it; or (b) within 4 trading days after such reporting, if this is the result of a change in our share capital or votes reported in the AFM’s public register. The threshold percentages are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 and 95 percent. ~~The 5% threshold may be reduced to 3%~~It is expected that in the course of ~~2009.~~2011 a legislative proposal will be adopted pursuant to which the 5 percent threshold will be replaced by a 3 percent threshold. Under the same proposal each holder of a 3 percent interest would need to declare, in a filing to be publicly made with the AFM, whether it has any objections to our strategy as publicly submitted to the AFM.

Furthermore, persons holding 5% or more in our voting rights or capital interest must within four weeks after December 31 notify the AFM of any changes in the composition of their interest since their last notification.

~~158~~

The following instruments qualify as “shares”: (i) shares, (ii) depositary receipts for shares (or negotiable instruments similar to such receipts), (iii) negotiable instruments for acquiring the instruments under (i) or (ii) (such as convertible bonds), and (iv) options for acquiring the instruments under (i) or (ii). There is a possibility that in the course of 2011 legislation will be adopted pursuant to which holdings of instruments of which the value is dependent on an increase in value of the shares or dividend rights but that are not settled in these shares (such as contracts for differences) will also qualify as holdings of shares.

Among others, the following shares and votes qualify as shares and votes “held” by a person: (i) those directly held by him; (ii) those held by his subsidiaries; (iii) shares held by a third party for such person’s account and the votes such third party may exercise; (iv) the votes held by a third party if such person has concluded an oral or written agreement with such party which provides for a lasting common policy on voting; (v) the votes held by a third party if such person has concluded an oral or written agreement with such party which provides for a temporary and paid transfer of the shares; and (vi) the votes which a person may exercise as a proxy but in his own discretion. Special rules apply to the attribution of the ordinary shares which are part of the property of a partnership or other community of property. A holder of a pledge or right of usufruct in respect of our shares can also be subject

121

to a notification obligation if such person has, or can acquire, the right to vote on our shares. If a pledgor or usufructuary acquires such voting rights, this may trigger a notification obligation for the holder of our shares.

Under Section 5.48 of the FMSA, the sole member of our Managing Board and each of the members of our Supervisory Board must without delay notify the AFM of any changes in his interest or potential interest in our share capital or voting rights.

The AFM will publish all notifications on its public website (www.afm.nl).

Non-compliance with the notification obligations of Chapter 5.3 of the FMSA can lead to imprisonment or criminal fines, or administrative fines or other administrative sanctions. In addition, non-compliance with these notification obligations may lead to civil sanctions, including, without limitation, suspension of the voting rights attaching to our shares held by the offender for a maximum of three years, (suspension and) nullification of a resolution adopted by our shareholders’ meeting (if it is likely that such resolution would not have been adopted if the offender had not voted) and a prohibition for the offender to acquire our shares or votes for a period of not more than five years.

Share Capital ~~as of December 31, 2008~~

Our ~~authorized share capital amounts to €1,809,600,000, allowing the issuance of 1,200,000,000 common shares and 540,000,000 preference shares, with a nominal value of €1.04 per share. The~~ shares may not be issued at less than their par value; our common shares must be fully paid up at the time of their issuance. Our preference shares must be paid up for at least 25% of their par value at the time of their ~~issuance.~~

~~As of December 31, 2008, we had issued 910,307,305 of~~issuance (and the remaining 75% if and when requested by our ~~common shares, representing issued share capital of approximately €947 million.~~

At December 31, 2008, there were 874,276,833 common shares outstanding, not including (i) common shares issuable under our various employee stock option plans or employee share purchase plans, (ii) common shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible debt securities and (iii) 36,030,472 common shares repurchased as at December 31, 2008, as compared to 899,760,539 common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2008, the book value of our common shares held by us or our subsidiaries was approximately $482 million and the face value was approximately €37 million. As of December 31, 2008 options to acquire approximately 39,431,433 million common shares were outstanding. In addition, there were approximately 10,922,605 million of non-vested shares. No preference shares have been issued to date.

~~All of our issued common shares are fully paid up.~~Managing Board). Our authorized share capital is not restricted by redemption provisions, sinking fund provisions or liability to further capital calls by us. Our Articles of Association allows for the ~~company.~~acquisition of own shares and the cancellation of shares. There are no conditions imposed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association governing changes in capital which are more stringent than is required by law.

~~Shares can be issued in registered form only. Share registers~~Type II shares are maintained in New York by The Bank of New York, the New York Transfer Agent and Registrar (the “New York Registry”), and in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, by Netherlands Management Company B.V., the Dutch Transfer Agent and Registrar (the “Dutch Registry”). Shares of New York Registry held through DTC are registeredcommon shares in the ~~name~~form of ~~Cede & Co.,~~an entry in our shareholders register with the ~~nominee~~issue of ~~DTC, and~~a share certificate consisting of a main part without a dividend coupon. In addition to type II shares, ~~of Dutch Registry held through the French clearance and settlement system, Euroclear France,~~type I shares are ~~registered~~available. Type I shares are common shares in the ~~name~~form of ~~Euroclear France or its nominee.~~

~~159~~

~~Non-issued Authorized Share Capital as~~an entry in our shareholders register without the issue of ~~December 31, 2008~~a share certificate. Type II shares are only available should our Supervisory Board decide to offer them. Our preference shares are in the form of an entry in our shareholders register without issue of a share certificate.

Non-issued authorized share capital, which is different from issued share capital, allows us to proceed with capital increases excluding the preemptive rights, upon our Supervisory Board’s decision, within the limits of the authorization granted by our shareholders’ meeting of April 26, 2007. Such a decision can be taken to allow us to benefit from the best conditions offered by the international capital markets in our interest and that of all of our shareholders. In the past, particularly in 1994, 1995, and 1998, we proceeded with capital increases, upon the single decision of our Supervisory Board, to accompany sales of our shares made by our shareholders. However, it is not possible to predict if we will request such an authorization again and at what time and under what conditions. The impact of any future capital increases within the limit of our authorized share capital, upon the decision of our Supervisory Board acting on the delegation granted to it by our shareholders’ meeting, cannot therefore be evaluated.

~~Other Securities Giving Access to Our Share Capital as of December 31, 2008~~

Other securities in circulation which give access to our share capital include (i) the options giving the right to subscribe to our shares granted to our employees, including the sole member of our Managing Board and our executive officers; (ii) the options giving the right to subscribe to our shares granted to the members of our Supervisory Board, its secretaries and controllers, as described in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”; (iii) the exchangeable bonds convertible into our shares issued by Finmeccanica Finance in August and September 2003, which are described above in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders”; (iv) our 2013 Convertible Bonds as described above; and (v) our 2016 Convertible Bonds.

~~Securities Not Representing Our Share Capital~~

~~None.~~We do not have securities not representing our share capital.

Issuance of Shares, Preemptive Rights, ~~and~~ Preference Shares ~~(Article 4)~~and Capital Reduction (Articles 4 and 5)

Unless excluded or limited by the shareholders’ meeting or our Supervisory Board according to the conditions described below, each holder of common shares has a pro rata preemptive right to subscribe to an offering of common shares issued for cash in proportion to the number of common shares which he owns. There is no preemptive right with respect to an offering of shares for non-cash consideration, with respect to an offering of shares to our employees or to the employees of one of our subsidiaries, or with respect to preference shares.

Our shareholders’ meeting, upon proposal and on the terms and conditions set by our Supervisory Board, has the power to issue shares. The shareholders’ meeting may also authorize our Supervisory Board, for a period of no more than five years, to issue shares and to determine the terms and conditions of share issuances. Our shares cannot be issued at below par and as for our common shares must be fully paid up at the time of their issuance. Our preference shares must be paid up for at least 25% of their par value.

122

Our shareholders’ meeting, upon proposal by our Supervisory Board, also has the power to limit or exclude preemptive rights in connection with new issuances of shares. Such a resolution of the shareholders’ meeting must be taken with a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast if at such shareholders’ meeting less than 50% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. Otherwise such a resolution can be taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a shareholders’ meeting at which at least 15% of our issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented. Our shareholders’ meeting may authorize our Supervisory Board, for a period of no more than five years, to limit or exclude preemptive rights.

Pursuant to a shareholders’ resolution adopted at our annual shareholders’ meeting held on April 26, 2007, our Supervisory Board has been authorized for a period of five years to resolve to (i) issue any number of common sharesand/or preference shares as comprised in our authorized share capital from time to time; (ii) to fix the terms and conditions of share issuance; (iii) to exclude or to limit preemptive rights of existing shareholders; and (iv) to grant rights to subscribe for common sharesand/or preference shares, all for a period of five years from the date of such annual shareholders’ meeting.

~~Except as stated below, our~~Our Supervisory Board has not yet acted on its authorization to increase the registered capital to the limits of the authorized registered capital.

~~160~~

Upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board, our shareholders’ meeting may, in accordance with the legal provisions, reduce our issued capital by canceling the shares that we hold in treasury, by reducing the par value of the shares or by canceling our preference shares.

See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions” for details on changes in the distribution of our share capital over the past three years.

We may issue preference shares in certain circumstances. On November 27, 2006, our Supervisory Board decided to authorize us to enter into an option agreement with an independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the “Stichting”), and to terminate a substantially similar option agreement dated May 31, 1999, as amended, between us and ST Holding II. On February 7, 2007, the May 31, 1999 option agreement, as amended, was terminated by mutual consent by ST Holding II and us and the new option agreement with the Stichting became effective on the same date. The new option agreement provides for the issuance of up to a maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares, the same number as the May 31, 1999 option agreement, as amended. The preference shares would be issuable in the event of actions considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common shares, which are unsupported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company, our shareholders and our other stakeholders. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders — Shareholders’ Agreements — Preference Shares.”

The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of control or otherwise taking action as considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — Our shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a change of control.”

No preference shares have been issued to date and therefore none are currently outstanding.

~~Changes to Our Share Capital and Stock Option Grants~~

Cumulative
Nominal Value
Amount of

Nominal
Amount of
Cumulative
of Increase/
Issue
Cumulative —

Number of
Value
Capital
Number of
Reduction in
Premium
Issue Premium

Year

Transaction
Shares (Euro) (Euro) Shares Capital (Euro) (Euro)

March 29, 2003 Exercise of options 91,146 1.04 937,055,288 901,014,700 94,792 404,011 1,676,187,762
June 28, 2003 Exercise of options
and employee stock
purchases 217,490 1.04 937,281,478 901,232,190 226,190 2,075,922 1,678,263,684
September 27, 2003 Exercise of options 903,283 1.04 938,220,892 902,135,473 939,414 10,857,587 1,689,121,271
December 31, 2003 Exercise of options 634,261 1.04 938,880,523 902,769,734 659,631 4,458,391 1,693,579,662
March 27, 2004 Exercise of options 1,964,551 1.04 940,923,656 904,734,285 2,043,133 9,048,811 1,702,628,473
June 26, 2004 Exercise of options 84,740 1.04 941,011,786 904,819,025 88,130 1,640,712 1,704,269,185
September 25, 2004 Exercise of options 65,990 1.04 941,080,416 904,885,015 68,630 605,542 1,704,874,727
September 25, 2004 Bonds conversion 101 1.04 941,080,521 904,885,116 105 7,006 1,704,881,733
December 31, 2004 Exercise of options 422,120 1.04 941,519,525 905,307,236 439,005 4,021,536 1,708,903,269
December 31, 2004 LYONs conversion 1,761 1.04 941,521,357 905,308,997 1,831 46,225 1,708,949,494
April 2, 2005 Exercise of options 63,270 1.04 941,587,158 905,372,267 65,801 571,525 1,709,521,019
April 2, 2005 LYONs conversion 59 1.04 941,587,219 905,372,326 61 1,448 1,709,522,467
June 2, 2005 Exercise of options 145,454 1.04 941,738,491 905,517,780 151,272 1,436,236 1,710,958,703
October 1, 2005 Exercise of options 2,079,369 1.04 943,901,035 907,597,149 2,162,544 21,629,617 1,732,651,320
December 31, 2005 Exercise of options 227,130 1.04 944,137,250 907,824,279 236,215 2,062,234 1,734,713,554
April 1, 2006 Exercise of options 201,340 1.04 944,346,644 908,025,619 209,394 2,360,525 1,737,074,079
July 1, 2006 Exercise of options 1,398,210 1.04 945,800,782 909,423,829 1,454,138 9,009,053 1,746,083,132
September 30, 2006 Exercise of options 731,904 1.04 946,561,962 910,155,733 761,180 8,447,102 1,754,530,234
December 31, 2006 Exercise of options 2,200 1.04 946,564,250 910,157,933 2,288 2,420 1,754,532,654
March 31, 2007 Exercise of options 26,050 1.04 946,591,342 910,183,983 27,092 352,478 1,754,885,132
June 30, 2007 Exercise of options 105,117 1.04 946,700,664 910,289,100 109,322 1,315,306 1,756,200,438
September 29, 2007 Exercise of options 4,320 1.04 946,705,157 910,293,420 4,493 54,544 1,756,254,982
December 31, 2007 Exercise of options 0 1.04 946,705,157 910,293,420 0 0 1,756,254,982
March 30, 2008 Exercise of options 4,885 1.04 946,710,237 910,298,305 5,080 0 1,756,254,982
June 28, 2008 Exercise of options 9,000 1.04 946,719,597 910,307,305 9,360 0 1,756,254,982
September 27, 2008 Exercise of options 0 1.04 946,719,597 910,307,305 0 0 1,756,254,982
December 31, 2008 Exercise of options 0 1.04 946,719,597 910,307,305 0 0 1,756,254,982

~~161~~

Liquidation Rights (Articles 42 and 43)

In the event of our dissolution and liquidation, after payment of all debts and liquidation expenses, the holders of preference shares if issued, would receive the paid up portion of the par value of their preference shares. Any assets then remaining shall be distributed among the registered holders of common shares in proportion to the par value of their shareholdings.

Acquisition of Shares in Our Own Share Capital (Article 5)

We may acquire our own shares, subject to certain provisions of Dutch law and of our Articles of Association, if and to the extent that (i) the shareholders’ equity less the payment required to make the acquisition does not fall below the sum of thepaid-up andcalled-up portion of the share capital and any reserves required by Dutch law and (ii) the aggregate nominal value of shares that we or our subsidiaries acquire, hold or hold in pledge would not exceed one-tenth of our issued share capital. Share acquisitions may be effected by our Managing Board, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, only if the shareholders’ meeting has authorized our Managing Board to effect such repurchases, which authorization may apply for a maximum period of 18 months. We may not vote shares we hold in treasury. Our purchases of our own shares are ~~not~~ subject to ~~any~~ acquisition price conditions ~~except~~ as ~~described below.~~authorized by our shareholders’ meeting. Pursuant to a shareholders’ resolution adopted at our annual shareholders’ meeting held on May 14, 2008, our Managing Board, subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, was authorized for a period up to November 13, 2009 (inclusive) to acquire ST shares subject to the limits set forth above and the acquisition price conditions set forth in such shareholders’ resolution.

Our Articles of Association ~~have been amended effective as of May 5, 2000, implementing a resolution of our shareholders’ meeting held on April 26, 2000, to~~ provide that we shall be able to acquire shares in our own share capital in order to transfer these shares under employee stock option or stock purchase plans, without an authorization of our shareholders’ meeting.

In 2001, we acquired 9.4 million of our common shares, and in May 2002, we acquired an additional 4.0 million of our common shares to fund attributions of stock options to managers and employees pursuant to our 2001 Stock Option Plan, which was adopted by our shareholders’ meeting on April 25, 2001. Following the authorization of our Supervisory Board on April 2, 2008 to repurchase up to 30 million of our issued share capital, we acquired 29,520,220 shares as at December 31, 2008, As a result of these three repurchases and disposals after these repurchases, as of December 31, 2008, we held 36,030,472 million of our common shares in treasury. We may in the future proceed with additional repurchases of our common shares to fund further attributions of stock-based compensation pursuant to the 2001 plan.

Pursuant to a shareholders’ resolution adopted at our annual shareholders’ meeting held on May 14, 2008, and a Supervisory Board decision taken on April 1, 2008, our Managing Board was authorized to acquire for a consideration on a stock exchange or otherwise up to 30 million fully~~paid-up~~ ~~common shares in our share capital to fund our stock award plan for key employees over a five-year period for a total maximum price of $500 million.~~

~~Changes to Our Share Capital, Stock Option Grants and Other Matters~~

~~The following table sets forth changes to our share capital as of March 28, 2009:~~

Nominal

Cumulative
Value of
Amount of

Nominal
Amount of
Cumulative
Increase/
Issue
Cumulative

Number of
Value
Capital
Number of
Reduction
Premium
Issue Premium

Year

Transaction
Shares (Euro) (Euro) Shares in Capital (Euro) (Euro)

December 31, 2005 Conversion of bonds 59 1.04 941,521,418 905,309,056 61 1,448 �� 1,708,950,942
December 31, 2005 Exercise of options 2,515,223 1.04 944,137,250 907,824,279 2,615,832 25,762,612 1,734,713,554
December 31, 2006 Exercise of options 2,333,654 1.04 946,564,250 910,157,933 2,427,000 19,819,100 1,754,532,654
December 31, 2007 Exercise of options 135,487 1.04 946,705,147 910,293,420 140,907 1,722,328 1,756,254,982
December 31, 2008 Exercise of options 13,885 1.04 946,719,597 910,307,305 14,440 0 1,756,254,982
March 28, 2009 Exercise of options — 1.04 946,719,597 910,307,305 — — 1,756,254,982

~~162~~

~~The following table summarizes the amount of stock options and awards authorized to be granted, exercised, cancelled and expired and outstanding as of March 31, 2009:~~

~~Employees Stock Options~~

1995 Plan 2001 Plan Total

Remaining amount authorized to be granted 0 0 0
Amount exercised 14,523,601 141,537 14,665,138
Amount cancelled and expired 17,038,340 8,997,874 26,036,214
Amount outstanding 0 38,594,772 38,594,772

~~Employees Unvested Share Awards~~

2005 Plan 2006 Plan 2007 Plan 2008 Plan Total

Remaining amount authorized to be granted 0 0 0 326,295 326,295
Amount vested 2,580,034 3,171,320 1,189,335 0 6,940,689
Amount cancelled 1,579,881 308,676 1,192,641 89,250 3,170,448
Amount outstanding 0 1,651,644 3,529,864 5,684,455 10,865,963

~~Supervisory Board and Professionals Stock Options~~

Supervisory Board and Professionals
1999 2002 Total

Remaining amount authorized to be granted 0 0 0
Amount exercised 18,000 0 18,000
Amount cancelled and expired 315,000 48,000 363,000
Amount outstanding 90,000 348,000 438,000

~~Supervisory Board and Professionals Unvested Share Awards~~

Supervisory Board and Professionals
2005 2006 2007 2008 Total

Remaining amount authorized to be granted 0 0 0 0 0
Amount vested and/or exercised 51,000 37,000 52,500 0 140,500
Amount cancelled 15,000 15,000 22,500 22,500 75,000
Amount outstanding 0 14,000 90,000 142,500 246,500

~~No options were granted in 2008.~~

In line with the resolutions of our 2005 annual shareholders’ meeting, we have transitioned our stock-based compensation plans from stock-option grants to non-vested stock awards. Pursuant to the shareholders’ resolutions adopted by our 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting, our Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, approved the terms and conditions of the 2008 Supervisory Board Stock-Based Compensation Plan for members and professionals, which resulted in a $7 million charge in 2008.

We intend to use 6 million of our shares held by us in treasury (out of the approximately 36 million currently available) to cover the six million non-vested stock awards granted to our employees in 2008 as well as the granting of up to 100,000 non-vested shares to the sole member of our Managing Board that was also approved by shareholders at the 2008 annual shareholders’ meeting.

Following these decisions, and the grant in 2008 of additional nonvested shares as part of the 2007 Employee plan, the share-based compensation plans generated a total additional charge in our consolidated statements of income of 2008 of $8 million pre-tax. This charge corresponded to the compensation expense to be recognized for the non-vested stock awards from the grant date over the vesting period. The vesting of the awards depends on the

~~163~~

following performance achievement: (i) one-third if the evolution of our sales for 2008 compared to 2007 is equal to or greater than the evolution of the sales of top ten semiconductor companies; (ii) one-third if our actual return on net assets achieved in 2008 is equal to or higher than our target as per 2008 budget and (iii) one-third if the evolution of our operating profit excluding restructuring charges as expressed as a percentage of sales for 2008 compared to 2007 is equal to or greater than the evolution of operating income excluding restructuring charges as expressed as a percentage of sales of the top ten semiconductor companies.

Limitations on Right to Hold or Vote Shares

There are currently no limitations imposed by Dutch law or by our Articles of Association on the right of non-resident holders to hold or vote the shares.

123

Material Contracts

~~Numonyx~~

On May 22, 2007, we entered into a Master Agreement with Intel Corporation, Redwood Blocker S.A.R.L. and Francisco Partners II (Cayman) L.P. in which we agreed to create Numony, a joint venture in the Flash memory market. At the closing, we contributed our flash memory assets and businesses in NOR and NAND, including our Phase Change Memory (“PCM”) resources and NAND joint venture interest, to Numonyx in exchange for a 48.6% equity ownership stake in common stock and $155.6 million in long-term subordinated notes. Intel contributed its NOR assets and certain assets related to PCM resources, while Francisco Partners L.P., a private equity firm, invested $150 million in cash. Intel and Francisco Partners’ equity ownership interests in Numonyx are 45.1% in common shares and 6.3% in convertible preferred stock, respectively. The convertible stock of Francisco Partners includes preferential payout rights. In addition, Intel and Francisco Partners received long-term subordinated notes of $144.4 million and $20.2 million, respectively. In liquidation events in which proceeds are insufficient to pay off the term loan, revolving credit facility and the Francisco Partners’ preferential payout rights, the subordinated notes will be deemed to have been retired.

ST-NXP

On April 10, 2008, we entered into an agreement with NXP B.V. to combine our respective key wireless operations to form a joint venture company, ST-NXP Wireless, which started operations on August 2, 2008. The agreement governs the terms on which we received an 80% stake in the joint venture and paid NXP $1,518 million net of cash received, including a control premium that was funded from outstanding cash. The consideration also included a contribution in kind, measured at fair value, corresponding to a 20% interest in ~~our~~the wireless business. ~~Coincidently~~Coincidentally with the closing of our agreement with Ericsson to combine ST-NXP with EMP, we purchased NXP’s 20% stake in ST-NXP in the first quarter of 2009 for $92 million.

ST-Ericsson

On August 19, 2008, we entered into a Framework Agreement with Telefonaktiebolaget L.M. Ericsson to create ST-Ericsson, which began operations on February 1, 2009. The agreement governs the terms on which Ericsson contributed certain businesses and $1.1 billion net to the ~~50/50~~ joint venture, out of which $0.7 billion was paid to us, and we contributed ST-NXP Wireless, following our purchase of NXP’s 20% stake.

Exchange Controls

None.

Taxation

Dutch Taxation

The following is a general summary and the tax consequences as described here may not apply to a holder of common shares. Any potential investor should consult his ~~own~~ tax adviser for more information about the tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of common shares in his particular circumstances.

~~164~~

This taxation summary solely addresses the principal Dutch tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of common shares. It does not consider every aspect of taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder of common shares under special circumstances or who is subject to special treatment under applicable law. Where in this summary English terms and expressions are used to refer to Dutch concepts, the meaning to be attributed to such terms and expressions shall be the meaning to be attributed to the equivalent Dutch concepts under Dutch tax law. This summary also assumes that we are organized, and that our business will be conducted, in the manner outlined in thisForm 20-F. A change to such organizational structure or to the manner in which we conduct our business may invalidate the contents of this summary, which will not be updated to reflect any such change.

This summary is based on the tax law of the Netherlands (unpublished case law not included) as it stands onat the date of thisForm 20-F. The law upon which this summary is based is subject to change, perhaps with retroactive effect. Any such change may invalidate the contents of this summary, which will not be updated to reflect such change.

Where in this Dutch Taxation paragraph reference is made to “your common shares”, that concept includes, without limitation, that:

1. you own one or more common shares and in addition to the title to such common shares, you have an economic interest in such common shares;

2. you hold the entire economic interest in one or more common shares;

3. you hold an interest in an entity, such as a partnership or a mutual fund, that is transparent for Dutch tax purposes, the assets of which comprise one or more common shares; or

4. you are deemed to hold an interest in common shares, as referred to under 1. to 3., pursuant to the attribution rules of article 2.14a, of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001), with respect to property that has been segregated, for instance in a trust or a foundation.

Taxes on income and capital gains

The summary set out in this section “Dutch ~~taxation”~~Taxation” applies only ~~applies~~ to a holder of common shares who is a Non-resident holder of common shares.

124

For the ~~purpose~~purposes of this section, you are a “Non-resident holder of common shares” if you satisfy the following tests:

(a) you are neither resident, nor deemed to be resident, in the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch income tax or corporation tax, as the case may be, and, if you are an individual, you have not elected to be treated as a resident of the Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes;

(b) your common shares and any benefits derived or deemed to be derived ~~therefrom~~from such common shares have no connection with your past, present or future employment or membership of a ~~management board~~Management Board(bestuurder)or a Supervisory Board(commissaris);

(c) your common shares do not form part of a substantial interest or a deemed substantial interest in us within the meaning of Chapter 4 of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001), unless such interest forms part of the assets of an enterprise; and

(d) if you are not an individual, no part of the benefits derived from your common shares is exempt from Dutch corporation tax under the participation exemption as laid down in the Dutch Corporation Tax Act 1969 (Wet op de ~~Vennootschapsbelasting~~vennootschapsbelasting 1969)~~; and~~

~~(e) you are not an entity that is resident in a Member State of the European Union and that is not subject to a tax on profits levied there.~~.

Generally, if a person holds an interest in us, such interest forms part of a substantial interest, or a deemed substantial interest, in us if any one or more of the following circumstances is present:

1. ~~Such person~~You — either alone or, ~~if he is~~in the case of an individual, together with ~~his~~your partner (~~partner,~~~~as defined in Article 1.2~~(partner), if any — own, or pursuant to article 2.14a, of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (~~Wet~~(Wet inkomstenbelasting ~~2001~~~~)), if any, owns,~~2001) are deemed to own, directly or indirectly, either a number of shares in us representing 5% or more of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of our shares), or rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, shares, whether or not already issued, representing 5% or more of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of our shares), or profit participating certificates (~~(winstbewijzen)~~winstbewijzen) relating to 5% or more of our annual profit or to 5% or more of our liquidation proceeds.

2. ~~Such person’s~~Your shares, profit participating certificates or rights to acquire shares or profit participating certificates in us have been acquired by ~~him~~you or are deemed to have been acquired by ~~him~~you under a non-recognition provision.

3. ~~Such person’s~~Your partner or any of ~~his~~your relatives by blood or by marriage in the direct line (including foster-children) or of those of ~~his~~your partner has a substantial interest (as described under 1. and 2. above) in us.

~~165~~

~~A person who is~~If you are entitled to the benefits from shares or profit participating certificates (for instance if you are a holder of a right of usufruct) is, you are deemed to be a holder of shares or profit participating certificates, as the case may be, and ~~his~~your entitlement to benefits is considered a share or profit participating certificate, as the case may be.

If you are a holder of common shares and you satisfy test a., but do not satisfy any one or more of tests b., c., d. and ~~e.,~~d, your Dutch income tax position or corporation tax position, as the case may be, is not discussed in thisForm 20-F.

If you are a Non-resident holder of common shares you will not be subject to any Dutch taxes on income or capital gains (other than the dividend withholding tax described below) in respect of any benefits derived or deemed to be derived by you from your common shares, including any capital gain realized on the disposal thereof, except if

1. (i) you derive profits from an enterprise, as an entrepreneur (~~(ondernemer)~~ondernemer) or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of such enterprise, other than as a shareholder, if you are an individual, or other than as a holder of securities, if you are not an ~~individual;~~individual and (ii) such enterprise is either managed in the Netherlands or carried on, in whole or in part, through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the ~~Netherlands;~~Netherlands, and (iii) your common shares are attributable to such enterprise; or

2. you are an individual and you derive benefits from common shares that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities in the Netherlands. You may,inter alia,, derive, or be deemed to ~~have derived,~~derive, benefits from common shares that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous activities in the following circumstances:

a. if your investment activities go beyond the activities of an active portfolio investor, for instance in the case of ~~the~~ use of insider knowledge (~~(voorkennis)~~voorkennis) or comparable forms of special knowledge, on the understanding that such benefits will be taxable in the Netherlands only if such activities are performed or deemed to be performed in the Netherlands; or

b. if you hold common shares, whether directly or indirectly, and any benefits to be derived from such common shares are intended, in whole or in part, as remuneration for activities performed or deemed

125

to be performed in the Netherlands by you or by a person who is a connected person to you as meant by article 3.92b, paragraph 5, of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 ~~(Wet~~(Wet inkomstenbelasting ~~2001)~~2001).

Attribution rule

Benefits derived or deemed to be derived from certain miscellaneous activities by a child or a foster child who is under eighteen years of age ~~even if the child is resident in the Netherlands,~~ are attributed to the parent who exercises, or the parents who exercise, ~~the~~ authority over the child, ~~regardless~~irrespective of ~~whether~~ the ~~child is resident in~~country of residence of the ~~Netherlands or abroad.~~child.

Dividend withholding tax

~~Dividends distributed by us~~We are generally ~~subject~~required to awithhold Dutch dividend withholding tax ~~imposed by the Netherlands~~ at a rate of 15%. from dividends distributed by us.

The concept “dividends distributed by us” as used in this section “Dutch Taxation” includes, but is not limited to, the following:


	•	distributions in cash or in kind, deemed and constructive distributions and repayments of capital not recognized as paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

	•	liquidation proceeds and proceeds of repurchase or redemption of shares in excess of the average capital recognized as paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

	•	the par value of shares issued by us to a holder of common shares or an increase of the par value of shares, as the case may be, to the extent that it does not appear that a contribution, recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, has been made or will be made; and

	•	partial repayment of capital, recognized as paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, if and to the extent that there are net profits (zuivere winst), unless (a) the general meeting of our shareholders has

~~166~~


		resolved in advance to make such repayment and (b) the par value of the shares concerned has been reduced by an equal amount by way of an amendment to our articles of association.

If a Non-resident holder of common shares is resident in the Netherlands Antilles or Aruba or in a country that has concluded a double taxation treaty with the Netherlands, such holder may be eligible for a full or partial relief from the dividend withholding tax, provided such relief is timely and duly claimed. Pursuant to domestic rules to avoid dividend stripping, dividend withholding tax relief will only be available to the beneficial owner (uiteindelijk gerechtigde) of dividends distributed by us. The Dutch tax authorities have taken the position that this beneficial-ownership test can also be applied to deny relief from dividend withholding tax under double tax treaties and the Tax Arrangement for the Kingdom (Belastingregeling voor het Koninkrijk). A holder of common shares who receives proceeds therefrom shall not be recognized as the beneficial owner of such proceeds if, in connection with the receipt of the proceeds, it has given a consideration, in the framework of a composite transaction including, without limitation, the mere acquisition of one or more dividend coupons or the creation of short-term rights of enjoyment of shares (kortlopende genotsrechten op aandelen), whereas it may be presumed that (i) such proceeds in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, inure to a person who would not have been entitled to an exemption from, reduction or refund of, or credit for, dividend withholding tax, or who would have been entitled to a smaller reduction or refund of, or credit for, dividend withholding tax than the actual recipient of the proceeds; and (ii) such person acquires or retains, directly or indirectly, an interest in common shares or similar instruments, comparable to its interest in common shares prior to the time the composite transaction was first initiated.

In addition, a Non-resident holder of common shares that is not an individual ~~and that is resident in a Member State of the European Union~~ is entitled to an exemption from dividend withholding tax, provided that the following tests are satisfied:

1. it ~~takes one~~is, according to the tax law of a Member State of the ~~legal forms listed in the Annex to the EU Parent Subsidiary Directive (Directive 90/435/EEC, as amended)~~European Union or a ~~legal form~~state designated by ministerial ~~decree;~~decree, that is a party to the Agreement regarding the European Economic Area, resident there and it is not transparent according to the tax law of such state;

2. any one or more of the following threshold conditions are satisfied:

a. at the time the dividend is distributed by us, it holds shares representing at least 5% of our nominal paid up capital; or

b. it has held shares representing at least 5% of our nominal paid up capital for a continuous period of more than one year at any time during the four years preceding the time the dividend is distributed by us, provided that such period ended after December 31, 2006; or

126

c. it is connected with us within the meaning of article 10a, paragraph 4, of the Dutch Corporation Tax ~~Act;~~Act 1969 (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969); or

d. an entity connected with it within the meaning of article 10a, paragraph 4, of the Dutch Corporation Tax Act 1969 (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969) holds at the time the dividend is distributed by us, ~~common~~ shares representing at least 5% of our nominal paid up capital;

3. it is subject to the tax levied in its country of residence as meant by article 2, paragraph 1, letter c of the EU Parent Subsidiary Directive (Directive 90/435/EEC, as amended) without the possibility of an option or of being exempt; and

~~4. it is~~ not considered to be resident outside the Member States of the European Union or the states designated by ministerial decree, that are a party to the Agreement regarding the European Economic Area under the terms of a double taxation treaty concluded with a third ~~State.~~State; and

4. the holder of common shares does not perform a similar function as an investment institution (beleggingsinstelling) as meant by article 6a or article 28 of the Dutch Corporation Tax Act 1969 (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969).

The exemption from dividend withholding tax is not available if pursuant to a provision for the prevention of fraud or abuse included in a double taxation treaty between the Netherlands and the country of residence of the Non-resident holder of common shares, such holder would not be entitled to the reduction of tax on dividends provided for by such treaty. Furthermore, the exemption from dividend withholding tax will only be available to the beneficial owner of dividends distributed by us. If a Non-resident holder of common shares is resident in a Member State of the European Union with which the Netherlands has concluded a double taxation treaty that provides for a reduction of tax on dividends based on the ownership of the number of voting rights, the test under 2.a. above is also satisfied if such holder owns 5% of the voting rights in us.

~~167~~

The convention of December 18, 1992, between the Kingdom of the Netherlands and the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income (the “U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty”) provides for an exemption for dividends received by exempt pension trusts and exempt organizations, as defined therein. In such case, a refund may be obtained of the difference between the amount withheld and the amount that the Netherlands was entitled to levy in accordance with the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty by filing the appropriate forms with the Dutch tax authorities within the term set ~~therefor.~~therein.

~~Reduction.~~If we receive a profit distribution from a qualifying foreign entity, or a repatriation of qualifying foreign branch profit, that is exempt from Dutch corporate income tax and that has been subject to a foreign withholding tax of at least 5%, we may be entitled to a reduction of the amount of Dutch dividend withholding tax that must be paid to the Dutch tax authorities in respect of dividends distributed by us. Such reduction is the lesser of:


	•	3% of the dividends paid by us in respect of which Dutch dividend withholding tax is withheld; and

	•	3% of the qualifying profit distributions grossed up by the foreign tax withheld on such distributions received from foreign subsidiaries and branches prior to the distribution of the dividend by us during the current calendar year and the two preceding calendar years (to the extent such distributions have not been taken into account previously when applying this test).

Non-resident holders of common shares are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the general creditability or deductibility of Dutch dividend withholding tax and, in particular, the impact on such investors of our potential ability to receive a reduction as described in the previous paragraph.

See the section “Taxes on income and capital gains” for a description of the term Non-resident holder of common shares.

Gift and inheritance taxes

If ~~you acquire~~a holder of common shares ~~as a~~disposes of common shares by way of gift, ~~(in~~in form or in ~~substance)~~substance, or if ~~you acquire or are deemed to acquire~~a holder of common shares ~~on the death of~~who is an individual ~~you will not be subject to~~dies, no Dutch gift tax or to Dutch inheritance tax, as ~~the case may~~applicable, will be due, unless:


	•	the donor is, or the deceased was, resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch gift tax or Dutch inheritance tax, ~~(as the case may be); or~~

	•	the common shares are or were attributable to an enterprise or part of an enterprise that the donor or deceased carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands at the time of the gift or of the death of the deceased;as applicable; or

	•	the donor made a gift of common shares, then became a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands, and died as a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands within 180 days of the date of the gift.

Other taxes and duties

No Dutch registration tax, transfer tax, stamp duty or any other similar documentary tax or duty, other than court fees, is payable in the Netherlands by the holder of common shares in respect of or in connection ~~with: i)~~with (i) the

127

subscription, issue, placement, allotment, delivery of common ~~shares; ii)~~shares, (ii) the deliveryand/or enforcement by way of legal proceedings (including the enforcement of any foreign judgment in the courts of the Netherlands) of the documents relating to the issue of common shares or the performance by us of our obligations under such ~~documents;~~documents, or ~~iii)~~(iii) the transfer of common shares.

United States Federal Income Taxation

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. holder (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common shares. You are a U.S. holder only if you are a beneficial owner of common shares:


	•	that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (a) a citizen or individual resident of the United States, (b) a U.S. domestic corporation or a domestic entity taxable as a corporation, (c) an estate the income of which is

~~168~~


		subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (d) a trust if a court within the United States can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust;


	•	that owns, directly, indirectly or by attribution, less than 10% of our voting power or outstanding share capital;

	•	that holds the common shares as capital assets;

	•	whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is the U.S. dollar;

	•	that is a resident of the United States and not also a resident of the Netherlands for purposes of the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty;

	•	that is entitled, under the “limitation on benefits” provisions contained in the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty, to the benefits of the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty; and

	•	that does not have a permanent establishment or fixed base in the Netherlands.

This summary does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances. Also, it does not address holders that may be subject to special rules including, but not limited to, U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt organizations, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, banks, securities broker-dealers, financial institutions, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, traders in securities who elect to apply amark-to-market method of accounting, persons holding our common shares as part of a straddle, hedging or conversion transaction, or persons who acquired common shares pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation. Because this is a general summary, you are advised to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and applicable foreign tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common shares. In addition, you are advised to consult your own tax advisor concerning whether you are entitled to benefits under the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty.

If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership that holds common shares, you are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences of the ownership and the disposition of common shares.

This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and existing, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations as of the date of thisForm 20-F, all of which are subject to change or changes in interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect.

Dividends

In general, you must include the gross amount of distributions paid (including the amount of any Dutch taxes withheld from those distributions) to you by us with respect to the common shares in your gross income as foreign-source taxable dividend income. A dividends-received deduction will not be allowed with respect to dividends paid by us. The amount of any distribution paid in foreign currency (including the amount of any Dutch withholding tax thereon) will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency on the date of actual or constructive receipt by you regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Gain or loss, if any, realized on a subsequent sale or other disposition of such foreign currency will beU.S.-source ordinary income or loss. Special rules govern and specific elections are available to accrual method taxpayers to determine the U.S. dollar

128

amount includible in income in the case of taxes withheld in a foreign currency. Accrual basis taxpayers are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the requirements and elections applicable in this regard.

Subject to applicable limitations, Dutch taxes withheld from a distribution paid to you at a rate not exceeding the rate provided in the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty will be eligible for credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. As described in “— Taxation — Dutch Taxation” above, under limited circumstances we may be permitted to deduct and retain from the withholding a portion of the amount that otherwise would be required

~~169~~

to be remitted to the taxing authorities in the Netherlands. If we withhold an amount from dividends paid to you that we then are not required to remit to any taxing authority in the Netherlands, the amount in all likelihood would not qualify as a creditable tax for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We will endeavor to provide you with information concerning the extent to which we have applied the reduction described above to dividends paid to you. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to the common shares generally will constitute “passive category income” or in the case of certain U.S. holders, “general category income.” The use of foreign tax credits is subject to complex rules and limitations. In lieu of a credit, a U.S. holder who itemizes deductions may elect to deduct all of such holder’s foreign taxes in the taxable year. A deduction does not reduce tax on adollar-for-dollar basis like a credit, but the deduction for foreign taxes is not subject to the same limitations applicable to foreign tax credits. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine whether and to what extent a credit would be available to you.

Certain non-corporate U.S. holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax (currently at a maximum of 15%) in respect of “qualified dividend income” received in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally includes dividends paid by anon-U.S. corporation if, among other things, the U.S. holders meet certain minimum holding period and other requirements and thenon-U.S. corporation satisfies certain requirements, including either that (i) the shares of thenon-U.S. corporation are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or (ii) thenon-U.S. corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (such as the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty) which provides for the exchange of information. We currently believe that dividends paid by us with respect to our common shares should constitute “qualified dividend income” for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however, this is a factual matter and subject to change. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability to you of a reduced dividend tax rate in light of your own particular situation.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

Upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares, you generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in the common shares, as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss generally will beU.S.-source gain or loss, and will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the common shares for more than one year. If you are an individual, capital gains generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates if specified minimum holding periods are met. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status

We believe that we will not be classified as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the year ended December 31, ~~2008~~2009 and do not expect to become a PFIC in the foreseeable future. This conclusion is a factual determination that must be made annually at the close of each taxable year and therefore we can provide no assurance that we will not be a PFIC in our current or any future taxable year. If we were to be characterized as a PFIC for any taxable year, the tax on certain distributions on our common shares and on any gains realized upon the disposition of common shares may be materially less favorable than as described herein. In addition, if we were a PFIC in a taxable year in which we pay dividends or the prior taxable year, such dividends would not be “qualified dividend income” (as described above) and would be taxed at the higher rates applicable to other items of ordinary income. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your ownership of our common shares.

U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to common shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of our common shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and possible U.S. backup withholding at a current rate of 28%. Backup withholding will not apply to you, however, if you furnish a correct taxpayer identification number or certificate of foreign status and make any other

129

required certification or if you are otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. persons required to establish

~~170~~

their exempt status generally must provide certification on IRSForm W-9.Non-U.S. holders generally will not be subject to U.S. information reporting or backup withholding. However, these holders may be required to provide certification ofnon-U.S. status (generally onForm W-8BEN) in connection with payments received in the United States or through certainU.S.-related financial intermediaries. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

Documents on Display

Any statement in thisForm 20-F about any of our contracts or other documents is not necessarily complete. If the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to thisForm 20-F the contract or document is deemed to modify the description contained in thisForm 20-F. You must review the exhibits themselves for a complete description of the contract or document.

Our Articles of Association, the minutes of our annual shareholders’ meetings, reports of the auditors and other corporate documentation may be consulted by the shareholders and any other individual authorized to attend the meetings at our ~~registered~~head office at Schiphol Airport Amsterdam, the Netherlands, at the registered offices of the ~~Supervisory~~Managing Board in Geneva, Switzerland and at Crédit Agricole-Indosuez, 9, Quai du Président Paul-Doumer, 92400 Courbevoie, France.

You may review a copy of our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including exhibits and schedules filed with it, at the SEC’s public reference facilities in Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at1-800-SEC-0330 for further information. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site athttp://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. These SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services.

WE ARE REQUIRED TO FILE REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION WITH THE SEC UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION FILED BY U.S. WITH THE SEC MAY BE INSPECTED AND COPIED AT THE SEC’S PUBLIC REFERENCE FACILITIES DESCRIBED ABOVE OR THROUGH THE INTERNET AT HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV. AS A FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER, WE ARE EXEMPT FROM THE RULES UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT PRESCRIBING THE FURNISHING AND CONTENT OF PROXY STATEMENTS AND OUR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS ARE EXEMPT FROM THE REPORTING AND SHORT- SWING PROFIT RECOVERY PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN SECTION 16 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT. UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT, AS A FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER, WE ARE NOT REQUIRED TO PUBLISH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS FREQUENTLY OR AS PROMPTLY AS UNITED STATES COMPANIES.

In addition, material filed by us with the SEC can be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad Street, New York, NY 10005 and at the offices of The Bank of New York, as New York Share Registrar, at One Wall Street, New York, NY 10286 (telephone: 1-888-269-2377).


Item 11.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to changes in financial market conditions in the normal course of business due to our operations in different foreign currencies and our ongoing investing and financing activities. Market risk is the uncertainty to which future earnings or asset/liability values are exposed due to operating cash flows denominated in foreign currencies and various financial instruments used in the normal course of operations. The major financial risks to which we are exposed are related to the fluctuations of the U.S. dollar exchange rate compared to the Euro and the other major currencies, the coverage of our foreign currency exposures, the variation of the interest rates and the risks associated to the investments of our available cash. We have established policies, procedures and internal processes governing our management of market risks and the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.

~~171~~

Our interest income, net, as reported on our consolidated statements of income, is the balance between interest income received from our cash and cash equivalent and marketable securities investments and interest expense paid on our long-term debt. Our interest income is dependent on the fluctuations in the interest rates, mainly in the U.S. dollar and the Euro, since we are investing on a short-term basis; any increase or decrease in the short-term market interest rates would mean an equivalent increase or decrease in our interest income. ~~Our interest expenses are associated with our long-term convertible bonds (with a fixed rate)~~See “Item 5. Operating and ~~floating rate senior bonds whose rate is fixing quarterly at LIBOR + 40bps. To manage the interest rate mismatch,~~Financial Review and Prospects — Impact of Changes in the second quarter of 2006, we entered into cancelable swaps to hedge a portion of the fixed rate obligations on our outstanding long-term debt with floating rate derivative instruments. Of the $974 million in 2016 Convertible Bonds issued in the first quarter of 2006, we entered into cancelable swaps for $200 million of the principal amount of the bonds, swapping the 1.5% yield equivalent on the bonds for 6 Month USD LIBOR minus 3.375%. Due to the high volatility in the interest rates generated by the recent financial turmoil, in 2008 we determined that the swaps had not been effective since November 1, 2008 and the fair value hedge relationship was discontinued. Consequently, the swaps were designated as held-for-trading financial assets and reported at fair value as a component of “Other receivables and current assets” in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008 for $34 million, since we intend to hold the derivative instruments for a short period of time that will not exceed twelve months. An unrealized gain was recognized in earnings from discontinuance date totaling $15 million and was reported on the line “Unrealized gain on financial assets” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008. We also have $250 million of restricted cash at fixed rate (Hynix Semiconductor-ST JV) partially offsetting the interest rate mismatch of the 2016 Convertible Bond. Our hedging policy is not intended to cover the full exposure and all risks associated with these instruments.Interest Rates.”

130

We place our cash and cash equivalents, or a part of it, with high credit quality financial institutions with at least single “A” long-term rating from two of the major rating agencies, meaning at least A3 from Moody’s Investor Service and A- from Standard & Poor’s ~~and~~or Fitch Ratings, invested as term deposits, treasury bills and FRN marketable securities and, as such we are exposed to the fluctuations of the market interest rates on our placement and our cash, which can have an impact on our accounts. We manage the credit risks associated with financial instruments through credit approvals, investment limits and centralized monitoring procedures but do not normally require collateral or other security from the parties to the financial instruments. ~~These~~The treasury bills have a value of $484 million and the FRN have a ~~par~~ value of ~~$678 million,~~$548 million. They are classified asavailable-for-sale and are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity except if deemed to be other-than temporary. For that reason, as at December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, after recent economic events and given our exposure to Lehman Brothers’ senior unsecured bonds for a purchase price of nearly €15 million, we ~~recorded~~had another-than-temporary charge of $11 million, recorded in 2008, which represents 50% of the face value of these Floating Rate Notes, according to recovery rate calculated from a major credit rating company. The change in fair value of these instruments (excluding Lehman Brothers FRN) ~~amounting~~amounted to approximately ~~$14~~$9 million ~~after~~before tax for the year ended December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. The estimated value of these securities could further decrease in the future as a result of credit market deteriorationand/or other downgrading.

As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, we had ~~Auction Rate Securities,~~ARS, purchased by Credit Suisse contrary to our instruction, representing interests in collateralized obligations and credit linked notes, with a par value of ~~$415~~$261 million that were carried on our balance sheet asavailable-for-sale financial assets at an amount of ~~$242~~$42 million, including a favorable revaluation of $15 million through Other comprehensive income in our Total Equity. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources”. In December 2009, Credit Suisse, because of its contingent interest in certain securities held by us and issued by Deutsche Bank, requested that we either tender the securities or accept that the amount that would be received by us pursuant to such tender ($75 million) be deducted from the sum to be collected by us if and when the FINRA award is confirmed and enforced. See “Item 8. Financial Information — Legal Proceedings.” Pursuant to legal advice, and while reserving our legal rights, we participated in the tender offer. As a result, we sold ARS with a face value of $154 million, collected $75 million and registered $68 million as ~~more fully discussed in “Item 5. Liquidity & Capital Resources”.~~realized losses on Financial Assets. Through such action, we have endeavored to protect our rights to immediately recover the full amounts awarded to us pursuant to the FINRA award, upon confirmation and enforcement of such award by the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.

We do not anticipate any material adverse effect on our financial position, result of operations or cash flows resulting from the use of our instruments in the future. There can be no assurance that these strategies will be effective or that transaction losses can be minimized or forecasted accurately.

The information below summarizes our market risks associated with cash equivalents, marketable securities, debt obligations, and other significant financial instruments as of December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. The information below should be read in conjunction with Note 2725 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

~~172~~

The table below presents principal amounts and related weighted-average interest rates by year of maturity for our investment portfolio and debt obligations (in millions of U.S. dollars, except percentages):


																Fair Value at																	Fair Value at
																December 31,																	December 31,
	Total			2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		Thereafter		2008		Total			2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		Thereafter		2009

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,009														$	1,009	$	1,588														$	1,588
Average interest rate		1.23	%																0.27	%
Current marketable securities	$	651														$	651	$	1,032														$	1,032
Average interest rate		3.97	%																0.42	%
Non current marketable securities	$	242														$	242	$	42														$	42
Average interest rate		4.46	%																3.26	%
Short-term deposits
Average interest rate
Restricted Cash	$	250														$	250	$	250														$	250
Average interest rate		6.06	%																6.06	%
Long-term debt:	$	2,677			123		173		1,153		116		816		296	$	2,435	$	2,492			176		1,063		119		836		114		184	$	2,459
Average interest rate		2.38	%																1.18	%

Amounts in Millions

of U.S. Dollars

Long-term debt by currency as of December 31, 2008:
U.S. dollar 1,139
Euro 1,538

Total in U.S. dollars
$ 2,677

131


	Amounts in
	Millions of
	U.S. Dollars

Long-term debt by currency as of December 31, 2009:
U.S. dollar		1,666
Euro		826
Total in U.S. dollars		2,492


	Amounts in Millions		Amounts in
	of U.S. Dollars		Millions of
	U.S. Dollars
Long-term debt by currency as of December 31, 2007:

Long-term debt by currency as of December 31, 2008:
U.S. dollar		1,313		1,840
Euro		907		837

Total in U.S. dollars	$	2,220	$	2,677

The following table provides information about our FX forward contracts and FX currency options at December 31, 2009 (in millions of U.S. dollars):

FORWARD CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 2009


				Notional Amount		Average Rate		Fair Value

Buy	EUR	Sell	USD		1,669		1.4		—4
Buy	USD	Sell	CAD		8		1.1		0
Buy	JPY	Sell	EUR		19		131.7		0
Buy	INR	Sell	USD		28		46.9		0
Buy	USD	Sell	JPY		31		90.5		0
Buy	JPY	Sell	USD		3		92.1		0
Buy	SGD	Sell	USD		96		1.4		0
Buy	MYR	Sell	USD		11		3.4		0
Buy	GBP	Sell	USD		39		1.6		0
Buy	USD	Sell	GBP		14		1.6		0
Buy	SEK	Sell	USD		84		7.3		2
Buy	USD	Sell	SEK		4		7.2		0
Buy	CZK	Sell	USD		1		18.3		0
Buy	CHF	Sell	USD		34		1.0		0
Buy	USD	Sell	CHF		12		1.0		0
Buy	CNY	Sell	USD		8		6.8		0
Buy	TWD	Sell	USD		4		32.3		0
Buy	PHP	Sell	USD		1		46.2		0
Buy	NOK	Sell	USD		5		5.8		0
Buy	USD	Sell	NOK		1		5.8		0

					2,072				(2	)

~~173~~132

The following table provides information about our FX forward contracts and FX currency options at December 31, 2008 (in millions of U.S. dollars):

FORWARD CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2008

Notional Amount Average Rate Fair Value

Buy EUR Sell USD 1,031 1.4 23
Buy USD Sell EUR 2 1.4 0
Buy USD Sell CAD 8 1.3 0
Buy JPY Sell EUR 3 120.7 0
Buy INR Sell USD 24 49.5 0
Buy USD Sell JPY 37 90.5 0
Buy SGD Sell USD 96 1.5 3
Buy MYR Sell USD 12 3.5 0
Buy GBP Sell USD 23 1.5 (1 )
Buy SEK Sell USD 3 8.2 0
Buy CZK Sell USD 1 18.8 0
Buy CHF Sell USD 5 1.1 0
Buy USD Sell CHF 6 1.0 0
Buy CNY Sell USD 16 6.8 0

1,268 25

~~The following table provides information about our FX forward contracts and FX currency options at December 31, 2007 (in millions of U.S. dollars):~~

~~FORWARD CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2007~~


				Notional Amount		Average Rate		Fair Value					Notional Amount		Average Rate		Fair Value

Buy	EUR	Sell	USD		483		1.4		12	EUR	Sell	USD		1,031		1.4		23
Buy	USD	Sell	CAD		8		1.0		0	USD	Sell	EUR		2		1.4		0
Buy	JPY	Sell	EUR		9		163.0		0	USD	Sell	CAD		8		1.3		0
Buy	INR	Sell	USD		28		39.7		0	JPY	Sell	EUR		3		120.7		0
Buy	USD	Sell	JPY		19		112.7		0	INR	Sell	USD		24		49.5		0
Buy	JPY	Sell	USD		1		112.5		0	USD	Sell	JPY		37		90.5		0
Buy	SGD	Sell	USD		108		1.4		0	SGD	Sell	USD		96		1.5		3
Buy	MYR	Sell	USD		30		3.3		0	MYR	Sell	USD		12		3.5		0
Buy	GBP	Sell	USD		41		2.0		0	GBP	Sell	USD		23		1.5		—1
Buy	SEK	Sell	USD		8		6.4		0	SEK	Sell	USD		3		8.2		0
Buy	CZK	Sell	USD		1		18		0	CZK	Sell	USD		1		18.8		0
Buy	TND	Sell	USD		1		1.2		0	CHF	Sell	USD		5		1.1		0
Buy										USD	Sell	CHF		6		1.0		0
Buy										CNY	Sell	USD		16		6.8		0

					737				12					1,268				25


Item 12.	Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

~~Not applicable.~~We sell ordinary shares in the United States that are evidenced by American registered certificates (“New York Shares”). In connection therewith, a holder of our New York Shares may have to pay, either directly or indirectly, certain fees and charges, as described in Item 12D.3. In addition, we receive fees and other direct and indirect payments from our depositary, Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY Mellon”), that are related to our New York Shares, as described in Item 12D.4.

12.D.3 Fees and Charges that a holder of our New York Shares May Have to Pay

BNY Mellon collects fees for the delivery and surrender of New York Shares directly from investors depositing or surrendering New York Shares for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. BNY Mellon also collects fees for making distributions to investors and may collect an annual fee for New York Agent services. BNY Mellon has the right to collect fees and charges by offsetting them against dividends received and deposited securities.

Persons depositing or withdrawing our New York Shares must pay to BNY Mellon:


	•	$5.00 (or less) per 100 New York Shares (or portion of 100 New York Shares) for the issuance of New York Shares, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property, and cancellation of New York Shares for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the New York Share agreement terminates.

	•	Taxes and other governmental charges BNY Mellon or the custodian have to pay on any New York Shares or share underlying a New York Share, such as stock transfer, stamp duty or withholding taxes, as necessary.

	•	Any charges incurred by the New York Agent or its agents for servicing the deposited securities, as necessary.

12D.4 Fees and Other Payments Made by the New York Agent to Us

From January 1, 2009 through February 24, 2010, a total of $655,137 was paid by BNY Mellon on our behalf for our New York Share program. Specifically, the following fees, amongst others, were paid on our behalf: $170,753 for NYSE annual listing fees; $398,251 for investor relations fees paid to third party vendors; and $86,133 for standardout-of-pocket maintenance costs for the New York Shares (primarily consisting of expenses related to our Annual General Meeting, such as those for the production and distribution of proxy materials, customization of voting cards and tabulation of shareholder votes).

~~174~~133

PART II


Item 13.	Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None.


Item 14.	Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

None.


Item 15.	Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (Disclosure Controls) as of the end of the period covered by thisForm 20-F. The controls evaluation was conducted under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our CEO and CFO. Disclosure Controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as thisForm 20-F, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure Controls are also designed to reasonably assure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our quarterly evaluation of Disclosure Controls includes an evaluation of some components of our internal control over financial reporting, and internal control over financial reporting is also separately evaluated on an annual basis for purposes of providing the management report which is set forth below.

The evaluation of our Disclosure Controls included a review of the controls’ objectives and design, the company’s implementation of the controls and their effect on the information generated for use in thisForm 20-F. In the course of the controls evaluation, we reviewed identified data errors, control problems or acts of fraud and sought to confirm that appropriate corrective actions, including process improvements, were being undertaken. This type of evaluation is performed at least on a quarterly basis so that the conclusions of management, including the CEO and CFO, concerning the effectiveness of the Disclosure Controls can be reported in our periodic reports onForm 6-K andForm 20-F. The components of our Disclosure Controls are also evaluated on an ongoing basis by our Internal Audit Department, which, as of January 2008, reports to our Chief Compliance Officer. The overall goals of these various evaluation activities are to monitor our Disclosure Controls, and to modify them as necessary. Our intent is to maintain the Disclosure Controls as dynamic systems that change as conditions warrant.

We rely on ST-Ericsson’s CEO and CFO certification of internal control at ST-Ericsson and their affiliates that are an integral part of our Consolidated Financial Statements but act as independent companies under the50-50% governance structure of their two parents.

Based upon the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by thisForm 20-F, our Disclosure Controls were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC, and that material information related to STMicroelectronics and its consolidated subsidiaries is made known to management, including the CEO and CFO, particularly during the period when our periodic reports are being prepared.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of

~~175~~

unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

134

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the end of our fiscal year. Management based its assessment on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Management’s assessment included evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies and our overall control environment. Based on this assessment management concluded that, as of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Management excluded activities associated with ~~the acquisition of NXP B.V.’s wireless business~~ST-Ericsson AB Sweden and ST-Ericsson AS Norway from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, ~~2008~~2009 because they had been acquired by the ~~business was acquired~~Company in a purchase business combination ~~on August 2, 2008. NXP B.V.’s wireless business,~~during 2009. ST-Ericsson AB Sweden and ST-Ericsson AS Norway, whose main activities are research and development, represent total assets of 0.44% and ~~total revenues represent 6% and 5% percent, respectively,~~R&D costs of 8.2% of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, ~~2008, is a component of our Wireless Products Sector reporting segment.~~2009.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, ~~2008~~2009 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers SA, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in Item 18 of thisForm 20-F.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

Please see the “Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

~~There~~Other than for our wireless business, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by theForm 20-F that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. During 2009, our wireless business merged with EMP into a new JV Company owned 50% plus + 1 share by us and governed by a Board of Directors comprised of 8 members, half designated by us and half by Ericsson. The design and operation of ST-Ericsson’s internal control is under the responsibility of ST-Ericsson’s CEO and CFO, on whose certification we rely.


Item 16A.	Audit Committee Financial Expert

Our Supervisory Board has concluded that Tom de Waard, a member of our Audit Committee, qualified as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A and is independent as defined in the listing standards applicable to us as a listed issuer as required by Item 16A(2) ofForm 20-F.


Item 16B.	Code of Ethics

Policy on Business Conduct and Ethics

Since 1987, we have had a corporate policy on Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Policy”) for all of our employees, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer. We have adapted this Policy to reflect recent regulatory changes. The Policy is designed to promote honest and ethical business conduct, to deter wrongdoing and to provide principles to which our employees are expected to adhere and which they are expected to advocate.

The Policy provides that if any officer to whom it applies acts in contravention of its principles, we will take appropriate steps in terms of the procedures in place for fair disciplinary action. This action may, in cases of severe breaches, include dismissal.

~~176~~

Our Policy on Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our internet website athttp://www.st.com. There have been no amendments or waivers, express or implicit, to our Policy since its inception.


Item 16C.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PricewaterhouseCoopers has served as our independent registered public accounting firm for each of the fiscal years since 1996. The auditors are elected by the shareholders’ meeting once every three years.

135

PricewaterhouseCoopers was reelected for a three-year term by our May 2008 shareholders’ meeting to expire at our shareholders’ meeting in 2011.

The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional audit services and other services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers to us in ~~2007~~2008 and ~~2008.~~2009.


			Percentage of					Percentage of					Percentage of					Percentage of
	2008		Total Fees			2007		Total Fees			2009(1)		Total Fees			2008		Total Fees

Audit Fees
Statutory audit, certification, audit of individual and Consolidated Financial Statements	$	5,384,962		99	%	$	5,758,230		97	%	$	7,494,914		98	%	$	5,384,962		99	%
Audit-related fees	$	15,360		0.2	%		194,940		3	%	$	155,867		2	%	$	15,360		0.2	%
Non-audit Fees
Tax compliance fees	$	40,880		0.8	%		—				$	3,883		—		$	40,880		0.8	%
Other fees		—					—					—					—

Total	$	5,441,202		100	%	$	5,953,170		100	%	$	7,654,614		100	%	$	5,441,202		100	%


(1)		These figures include the fees paid for the audit of ST-Ericsson.

Audit Fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit of our company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, the statutory audit of the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries and consultations on complex accounting issues relating to the annual audit. Audit Fees also include services that only our independent auditor can reasonably provide, such as comfort letters and carve-out audits in connection with strategic transactions, certain regulatory-required attest and certifications letters, consents and the review of documents filed with U.S., French and Italian stock exchanges.

Audit-related services are assurance and related fees consisting of the audit of employee benefit plans, due diligence services related to acquisitions and certainagreed-upon procedures.

Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including the preparation of original and amended tax returns and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as assistance in connection with tax audits and expatriate tax compliance.

Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

Our Audit Committee is responsible for selecting the independent registered public accounting firm to be employed by us to audit our financial statements, subject to ratification by the Supervisory Board and approval by our shareholders for appointment. Our Audit Committee also assumes responsibility (in accordance with Dutch law) for the retention, compensation, oversight and termination of any independent auditor employed by us. We adopted a policy (the “Policy”), which was approved in advance by our Audit Committee, for the pre-approval of audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditors (PricewaterhouseCoopers). The Policy defines those audit-related services eligible to be approved by the Audit Committee.

All engagements with the external auditors, regardless of amount, must be authorized in advance by our Audit Committee, pursuant to the Policy and its pre-approval authorization or otherwise.

The independent auditors submit a proposal for audit-related services to our Audit Committee on a quarterly basis in order to obtain prior authorization for the amount and scope of the services. The independent auditors must state in the proposal that none of the proposed services affect their independence. The proposal must be endorsed by the office of our CFO with an explanation of why the service is needed and the reason for sourcing it to the audit firm and validation of the amount of fees requested.

~~177~~

We do not intend to retain our independent auditors for permissible non-audit services other than by exception and within a limited amount of fees, and the Policy provides that such services must be explicitly authorized by the Audit Committee.

The Corporate Audit Vice-President is responsible for monitoring that the actual fees are complying with the pre-approval amount and scope authorized by the Audit Committee. During ~~2008,~~2009, all services provided to us by PricewaterhouseCoopers were approved by the Audit Committee pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i) ofRule 2-01 ofRegulation S-X.

136


Item 16D.	Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.


Item 16E.	Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Maximum Number

Total Number of

of Securities that

Total Number of

Securities Purchased

May yet be

Securities

Average Price Paid

as Part of Publicly

Purchased Under

Period

Purchased

per Security

Announced Programs

the Programs

~~2008-01-01~~2009-01-01 to~~2008-01-31~~2009-01-31

—

~~2008-02-01~~2009-02-01 to~~2008-02-29~~2009-02-28

—

~~2008-03-01~~2009-03-01 to~~2008-03-31~~2009-03-31

—

~~2008-04-01~~2009-04-01 to~~2008-04-30~~2009-04-30

—

~~2008-05-01~~2009-05-01 to~~2008-05-31~~2009-05-31

—

~~2008-06-01~~2009-06-01 to~~2008-06-30~~2009-06-30

—

~~2008-07-01~~2009-07-01 to~~2008-07-31~~2009-07-31

—

~~2008-08-01~~2009-08-01 to~~2008-08-31~~2009-08-31

—

~~2008-09-01~~2009-09-01 to~~2008-09-30~~2009-09-30

—

~~2008-10-01~~2009-10-01 to~~2008-10-31~~2009-10-31

—

~~2008-11-01~~2009-11-01 to~~2008-11-30~~2009-11-30

—

~~2008-12-01~~2009-12-01 to~~2008-12-31~~2009-12-31

—

As of December 31, ~~2008~~2009 we held ~~36,030,472~~31,985,739 of our common shares in treasury pursuant to repurchases made in prior years, and we currently hold ~~35,984,975~~31,976,451 of such shares. We ~~repurchased 29,520,220 of~~did not repurchase our common shares in ~~2008. We~~2009 and we have not announced any additional repurchase programs.

We note that on November 16, 2000, we issued $2,146 million initial aggregate principal amount of Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2010 (the “2010 Bonds”), for net proceeds of $1,458 million. The 2010 Bonds are not “equity securities”, as they were not registered in the United States. As previously disclosed, while not noted in the table above, in 2003 we repurchased on the market approximately $1,674 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 2010 Bonds and in 2004, we completed the repurchase of our 2010 Bonds and repurchased on the market approximately $472 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of a total amount paid of $375 million.


Item 16F.	Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.


Item 16G.	Corporate Governance

Our consistent commitment to the principles of good corporate governance is evidenced by:


	•	Our corporate organization under Dutch law that entrusts our management to a Managing Board acting under the supervision and control of a Supervisory Board totally independent from the Managing Board.

~~178~~


		Members of our Managing Board and of our Supervisory Board are appointed and dismissed by our shareholders.


	•	Our early adoption of policies on important issues such as “business ethics” and “conflicts of interest” and strict policies to comply with applicable regulatory requirements concerning financial reporting, insider trading and public disclosures.

	•	Our compliance with Dutch securities laws, because we are a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, as well as our compliance with American, French and Italian securities laws, because our shares are listed in these jurisdictions, in addition to our compliance with the corporate, social and financial laws applicable to our subsidiaries in the countries in which we do business.

	•	Our broad-based activities in the field of corporate social responsibility, encompassing environmental, social, health, safety, educational and other related issues.

	•	Our implementation of a non-compliance reporting channel (managed by a third party) for issues regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing. A special ombudsperson has been appointed by ~~the ST~~our Supervisory Board, following the proposal of its Audit Committee, to collect all complaints, whatever their source, regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, as well as the confidential, anonymous submission by STour employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

	•	Our ~~Principles for Sustainable Excellence (“PSE”), which we distributed to all employees in 2007 and~~PSE, which require us to integrate and execute all of our business activities, focusing on our employees, customers, shareholders and global business partners;

	•	Our Ethics Committee, ~~also set up in 2007,~~ whose mandate is to provide advice to management and employees about our PSE and other ethical issues; and

137


	•	Our Chief Compliance Officer, who reports directly to the Managing Board, acts as Executive Secretary to our Supervisory Board and chairs our Ethics Committee.

As a Dutch company, we ~~have been~~are subject to the Dutch Corporate Governance Code ~~dated~~as revised by the Dutch Corporate Governance Monitoring Committee on December ~~9, 2003 (the “2003 Code”) since January 1, 2004.~~10, 2008. As we are listed on the NYSE, Euronext Paris, the Borsa Italiana in Milan, but not in the Netherlands, our policies and practices cannot be in every respect consistent with all Dutch “Best Practice” ~~recommendations contained in the 2003 Code.~~recommendations. We have summarized our policies and practices in the field of corporate governance in the ST Corporate Governance Charter, including our corporate organization, the remuneration principles which apply to our Managing and Supervisory Boards, our information policy and our corporate policies relating to business ethics and conflicts of interests. Our Charter was discussed with and approved by our shareholders at our 2004 annual shareholders’ meeting. The ST Corporate Governance Charter was updated in 2005 and will be further updated and expanded whenever necessary or advisable. We are committed to informing our shareholders of any significant changes in our corporate governance policies and practices at our annual shareholders’ meeting. Along with our Supervisory Board Charter (which includes the charters of our Supervisory Board Committees) and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, the current version of our ST Corporate Governance Charter is posted on our website, at http:/www.st.com/stonline/company/governance/index.htm, and these documents are available in print to any shareholder who may request them. On December 10, 2008, the Dutch Monitoring Committee presented a revised Dutch Corporate Governance Code (the “2008 Code”). It is envisaged that the 2008 Code will, in due course, be designated by governmental decree as code of conduct as referred to in section 2:391 subsection 1 of the Dutch Civil Code (like the 2003 Code) and it shall apply to financial years starting on or after January 1, 2009. As recommended by the Dutch Corporate Governance Monitoring Committee, we anticipate including a chapter in our 2009 statutory annual report on the broad outline of our corporate governance structure and our compliance with the ~~2008~~Dutch Corporate Governance Code and will present this chapter to our 2010 annual shareholders’ meeting for discussion as a separate agenda item.

Our Supervisory Board is carefully selected based upon the combined experience and expertise of its members. Certain of our Supervisory Board members, as disclosed in their biographies set forth above, have existing relationships or past relationships with Areva, CEA ~~CDP~~and/or ~~Finmeccanica,~~CDP, who are currently parties to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement as well as with ST Holding or ST Holding II, our major shareholder. See “Item 7.

~~179~~

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Shareholders’ Agreements — STH Shareholders’ Agreement.” See also “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — The interests of our controlling shareholders, which are in turn controlled respectively by the French and Italian governments, may conflict with investors’ interests.” Such relationships may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. However, in fulfilling their duties under Dutch law, Supervisory Board members serve the best interests of all of our stakeholders and of our business and must act independently in their supervision of our management. Our Supervisory Board has adopted criteria to assess the independence of its members in accordance with corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE.

We were informed in February 2008 that FT1CI and Finmeccanica entered into an agreement pursuant to which Finmeccanica sold 26,034,141 of our common shares to FT1CI. The acquisition by FT1CI was financed by the Commissariat à l’Énergie Atomique (“CEA”), an entity controlled by the French state and the controlling shareholder of Areva, and, hence, CEA has become a shareholder of FT1CI and now adheres to the STH Shareholders’ Agreement. Under the STH Shareholders’ Agreement, Finmeccanica, CDP and FT1CI have provided for their right, subject to certain conditions, to insert on a list, prepared for proposal by ST Holding II to our shareholders’ meeting, certain members for appointment to our Supervisory Board. This agreement also contains other corporate governance provisions, including decisions to be taken by our Supervisory Board which are subject to certain prior approvals, and which are described in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.” See also “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — The interests of our controlling shareholders, which are in turn controlled respectively by the French and Italian governments, may conflict with investors’ interests.”

Our Supervisory Board has on various occasions discussed ~~the 2003 Code,~~Dutch corporate governance standards, the implementing rules and corporate governance standards of the SEC and of the NYSE, as well as other corporate governance standards.

~~In 2005, the~~The Supervisory Board has determined, based on the evaluations by an ad hoc committee, ~~established~~ the following independence criteria for its members: Supervisory Board members must not have any material relationship with STMicroelectronics N.V., or any of our consolidated subsidiaries, or our management. A “material relationship” can include commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable and familial relationships, among others, but does not include a relationship with direct or indirect shareholders.

We believe we are fully compliant with all material NYSE corporate governance standards, to the extent possible for a Dutch company listed on Euronext Paris, Borsa Italiana, as well as the NYSE. Because we are a Dutch company, the Audit Committee is an advisory committee to the Supervisory Board, which reports to the Supervisory Board, and our shareholders must approve the selection of our statutory auditors. Our Audit Committee has established a charter outlining its duties and responsibilities with respect to the monitoring of our accounting, auditing, financial reporting and the appointment, retention and oversight of our external auditors. In ~~2005, in compliance with NYSE requirements,~~addition, our Audit Committee has established procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and the confidential anonymous submission by our employees regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. These procedures were approved by our Supervisory Board and implemented under the responsibility of our Managing Board. Thereupon, our chief executive officer provided a written affirmation of our compliance with NYSE standards as applicable to~~non-U.S. companies~~ ~~like us.~~

No member of the Supervisory Board or Managing Board has been (i) subject to any convictions in relation to fraudulent offenses during the five years preceding the date of thisForm 20-F, (ii) no member has been associated with any company in bankruptcy, receivership or liquidation in the capacity of member of the administrative, management or supervisory body, partner with unlimited liability, founder or senior manager in the five years preceding the date of thisForm 20-F or (iii) subject to any official public incriminationand/or sanction by statutory or regulatory authorities (including professional bodies) or disqualified by a court from acting as a member of the administrative, management or supervisory bodies of any issuer or from acting in the management or conduct of the affairs of any issuer during the five years preceding the date of thisForm 20-F.

138

We have demonstrated a consistent commitment to the principles of good corporate governance evidenced by our early adoption of policies on important issues such as “conflicts of interest.” Pursuant to our Supervisory Board Charter, the Supervisory Board is responsible for handling and deciding on potential reported conflicts of interests between the Company on the one hand and members of the Supervisory Board and Managing Board on the other hand.

~~180~~

For example, one of the members of our Supervisory Board is managing director of Areva SA, which is a controlled subsidiary of CEA, one of the members of our Supervisory Board is the Chairman ~~and CEO~~ of France Telecom and a member of the Board of Directors of ~~Thomson,~~Technicolor (formerly known as Thomson), another is the non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of ARM, two of our Supervisory Board members are non-executive directors of Soitec, one of our Supervisory Board members is the CEO of Groupe Bull, one of the members of the Supervisory Board is also a member of the Supervisory Board of BESI and one of the members of our Supervisory Board is a director of Oracle and Flextronics International. France Telecom and its subsidiaries Equant and Orange, as well as Oracle’s new subsidiary PeopleSoft supply certain services to our Company. We have a long-term joint R&D partnership agreement with LETI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CEA. We have certain licensing agreements with ARM, and have conducted transactions with Soitec and BESI as well as with ~~Thomson,~~Technicolor, Flextronics and a subsidiary of Groupe Bull. We believe that each of these arrangements and transactions are made on an arms-length basis in line with market practices and conditions. Please see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.”

~~181~~139

PART III


Item 17.	Financial Statements

Not applicable.


Item 18.	Financial Statements


	Page

Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~ 2007		F-2
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~ 2007		F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, ~~2008~~2009 and ~~2007~~ 2008		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~ 2007		F-6
Consolidated Statements of Changes in ~~Shareholders’~~ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~ 2007		F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-8
Numonyx Holdings B.V. Consolidated Financial Statements for the ~~Period March 30, 2008 through~~Year Ended December 31, 2009 and the Nine Month Period Ended December 31, 2008		~~F-88~~F-79
Financial Statement Schedule:
For each of the three years in the period ended December 31, Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts		S-1


Item 19.	Exhibits


1.1		Amended and Related Articles of Associations of STMicroelectronics N.V., dated May ~~15, 2007,~~20, 2009, as ~~approved~~adopted by the annual general meeting of Shareholders on ~~April 26, 2007 (incorporated by reference toForm 20-F~~ ~~of STMicroelectronics N.V. filed on March 3, 2008).~~May 20, 2009.
4.1		~~The master agreement by and between STMicroelectronics N.V., Intel Corporation, Redwood Blocker S.A.R.L., and Francisco Partners II (Cayman) L.P. dated May 22, 2007 (incorporated by reference toForm 6-K~~ ~~of STMicroelectronics N.V. filed on August 3, 2007).~~
~~4.2~~		~~Form of ST Asset Contribution Agreement (incorporated by reference toForm 6-K~~ ~~of STMicroelectronics N.V. filed on August 3, 2007).~~
~~4.3~~		Sale and Contribution Agreement between STMicroelectronics N.V. and NXP B.V. dated April 10, ~~2008.~~2008 (incorporated by reference to Form 20-F of STMicroelectronics N.V. filed on May 13, 2009).
~~4.4~~4.2		Framework Agreement by and between STMicroelectronics N.V. and Telefonaktiebolaget L.M. Ericsson dated August 19, ~~2008.~~2008 (incorporated by reference to Form 20-F of STMicroelectronics N.V. filed on May 13, 2009).
8.1		Subsidiaries and Equity Investments of the Company.
12.1		Certification of Carlo Bozotti, President and Chief Executive Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2		Certification of Carlo Ferro, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1		Certification of Carlo Bozotti, President and Chief Executive Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., and Carlo Ferro, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
15.1		Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
15.2		Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Numonyx Holdings B.V.

~~182~~140

CERTAIN TERMS


ADSL		Asymmetrical digital subscriber line

ASD		application-specific discrete technology

ASIC		application-specific integrated circuit

ASSP		application-specific standard product

BCD		bipolar, CMOS and DMOS process technology

BiCMOS		bipolar and CMOS process technology

CAD		computer aided design

CMOS		complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor

CODEC		audio coding and decoding functions

CPE		customer premises equipment

DMOS		diffused metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor

DRAMs		dynamic random access memory

DSL		digital subscriber line

DSP		digital signal processor

EMAS		Eco-Management and Audit Scheme, the voluntary European Community scheme for companies performing industrial activities for the evaluation and improvement of environmental performance

EEPROM		electrically erasable programmable read-only memory

EPROM		erasable programmable read-only memory

EWS		electrical wafer sorting

G-bit		gigabit

GPRS		global packet radio service

GPS		global positioning system

GSM		global system for mobile communications

GSM/GPRS		European standard for mobile phones

HCMOS		high-speed complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor

IC		integrated circuit

IGBT		insulated gate bipolar transistors

IPAD		integrated passive and active devices

ISO		International Organization for Standardization

K-bit		kilobit

LAN		local area network

M-bit		megabit

MEMS		micro-electro-mechanical system

MOS		metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor process technology

~~183~~


MOSFET		metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor field effect transistor

MPEG		motion picture experts group

ODM		original design manufacturer

OEM		original equipment manufacturer

141


OTP		one-time programmable

PDA		personal digital assistant

PFC		power factor corrector

PROM		programmable read-only memory

PSM		programmable system memories

RAM		random access memory

RF		radio frequency

RISC		reduced instruction set computing

ROM		read-only memory

SAM		serviceable available market

SCR		silicon controlled rectifier

SLIC		subscriber line interface card

SMPS		switch-mode power supply

SoC		system-on-chip

SRAM		static random access memory

SNVM		serial nonvolatile memories

TAM		total available market

USB		universal serial bus

VIPpower^tm		vertical integration power

VLSI		very large scale integration

XDSL		digital subscriber line

~~184~~142

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.


	STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.

Date: ~~May 13, 2009~~March 10, 2010	By:	/s/ Carlo Bozotti

		Carlo Bozotti President and Chief Executive Officer

~~185~~143

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements


	Page

Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~2007		F-2
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~2007		F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, ~~2008~~2009 and ~~2007~~2008		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~2007		F-6
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~2007		F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-8
Numonyx Holdings B.V. Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2009 and the Nine Month Period ~~March 30, 2008 through~~Ended December 31, 2008		~~F-88~~F-79
Financial Statement Schedule:
For each of the three years in the period ended December 31, Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts		S-1

F-1

~~REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM~~Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Supervisory Board and Shareholders of STMicroelectronics N.V.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements of STMicroelectronics N.V. listed in the index appearing under Item 18 of this ~~2008~~2009 Annual Report to Shareholders onForm 20-F present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of STMicroelectronics N.V. and its subsidiaries at December 31, ~~2008~~2009 and December 31, ~~2007,~~2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, ~~2008~~2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule of STMicroelectronics N.V. listed in the index appearing under Item 18 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, based on criteria established inInternal Control —- Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting”, appearing under Item 15 of this ~~2008~~2009 Annual Report to Shareholders onForm ~~20-~~20-F. F. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

F-2

As described in “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” appearing under Item 15, management has excluded ~~the activities associated with the acquisition of NXP B.V.’s wireless business~~ST-Ericsson AB Sweden and ST-Ericsson AS Norway from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, ~~2008~~2009 because ~~it was~~they were acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during ~~2008.~~2009. Therefore, we have also excluded ~~these activities of NXP B.V.’s wireless business~~ST-Ericsson AB Sweden andST-Ericsson AS Norway from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. ~~The NXP B.V.’s wireless business is a component of the Company’s Wireless Products Sector reporting segment~~ST-Ericsson AB Sweden and ST-Ericsson AS Norway, are consolidated subsidiaries whose total assets and total ~~revenues~~research and development expenses represent 6%0.44% and 5%8.2%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, ~~2008.~~2009.

PricewaterhouseCoopers SA


/s/ Travis Randolph		/s/ Felix Roth
Travis Randolph		Felix Roth

Geneva, ~~May 13, 2009~~March 10, 2010

F-3

STMicroelectronics N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

In ~~million~~millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts


	Twelve Months Ended									Twelve Months Ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2008			2007			2006			2009			2008			2007

Net sales		9,792			9,966			9,838			8,465			9,792			9,966
Other revenues		50			35			16			45			50			35

Net revenues		9,842			10,001			9,854			8,510			9,842			10,001
Cost of sales		(6,282	)		(6,465	)		(6,331	)		(5,884	)		(6,282	)		(6,465	)

Gross profit		3,560			3,536			3,523			2,626			3,560			3,536
Selling, general and administrative		(1,187	)		(1,099	)		(1,067	)		(1,159	)		(1,187	)		(1,099	)
Research and development		(2,152	)		(1,802	)		(1,667	)		(2,365	)		(2,152	)		(1,802	)
Other income and expenses, net		62			48			(35	)		166			62			48
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs		(481	)		(1,228	)		(77	)		(291	)		(481	)		(1,228	)

Operating income (loss)		(198	)		(545	)		677
Other -than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets		(138	)		(46	)		—
Operating loss											(1,023	)		(198	)		(545	)
Other-than-temporary impairment charge and realized losses on financial assets											(140	)		(138	)		(46	)
Interest income, net		51			83			93			9			51			83
Earnings (loss) on equity investments		(553	)		14			(6	)		(337	)		(553	)		14
Unrealized gain on financial assets		15			—			—
Gain (loss) on financial assets											(8	)		15			—
Gain on convertible debt buyback											3			—			—

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests		(823	)		(494	)		764
Loss before income taxes and noncontrolling interest											(1,496	)		(823	)		(494	)
Income tax benefit		43			23			20			95			43			23

Income (loss) before minority interests		(780	)		(471	)		784
Minority interests		(6	)		(6	)		(2	)
Loss before noncontrolling interest											(1,401	)		(780	)		(471	)
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest											270			(6	)		(6	)

Net income (loss)		(786	)		(477	)		782
Net loss attributable to parent company											(1,131	)		(786	)		(477	)

Earnings (loss) per share (Basic)		(0.88	)		(0.53	)		0.87
Loss per share (Basic) attributable to parent company shareholders											(1.29	)		(0.88	)		(0.53	)

Earnings (loss) per share (Diluted)		(0.88	)		(0.53	)		0.83
Loss per share (Diluted) attributable to parent company shareholders											(1.29	)		(0.88	)		(0.53	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements

F-4

STMicroelectronics N.V.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

In million of U.S. dollars


	As at						As at
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2008			2007			2009			2008

Assets
Current assets :
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		1,009			1,855			1,588			1,009
Marketable securities		651			1,014			1,032			651
Trade accounts receivable, net		1,064			1,605			1,367			1,064
Inventories, net		1,840			1,354			1,275			1,840
Deferred tax assets		252			205			298			252
Assets held for sale		—			1,017			31			—
Other receivables and assets		685			612			753			685

Total current assets		5,501			7,662			6,344			5,501

Goodwill		958			290			1,071			958
Other intangible assets, net		863			238			819			863
Property, plant and equipment, net		4,739			5,044			4,081			4,739
Long-term deferred tax assets		373			237			333			373
Equity investments		510			—			273			510
Restricted cash		250			250			250			250
Non-current marketable securities		242			369			42			242
Other investments and other non-current assets		477			182			442			477

		8,412			6,610			7,311			8,412

Total assets		13,913			14,272			13,655			13,913

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Bank overdrafts		20			—			—			20
Current portion of long-term debt		123			103			176			123
Trade accounts payable		847			1,065			883			847
Other payables and accrued liabilities		996			744			1,049			996
Dividends payable to shareholders		79			—			26			79
Deferred tax liabilities		28			11			20			28
Accrued income tax		125			154			126			125

Total current liabilities		2,218			2,077			2,280			2,218

Long-term debt		2,554			2,117			2,316			2,554
Reserve for pension and termination indemnities		332			323			317			332
Long-term deferred tax liabilities		27			14			37			27
Other non-current liabilities		350			115			342			350

		3,263			2,569			3,012			3,263

Total liabilities		5,481			4,646			5,292			5,481

Minority interests		276			53

Common stock (preferred stock: 540,000,000 shares authorized, not issued; common stock: Euro 1.04 nominal value, 1,200,000,000 shares authorized, 910,307,305 shares issued, 874,276,833 shares outstanding)		1,156			1,156
Commitment and contingencies
Equity
Parent company shareholders’ equity
Common stock (preferred stock: 540,000,000 shares authorized, not issued; common stock: Euro 1.04 nominal value, 1,200,000,000 shares authorized, 910,319,305 shares issued, 878,333,566 shares outstanding)								1,156			1,156
Capital surplus		2,324			2,097			2,481			2,324
Accumulated result		4,064			5,274			2,723			4,064
Accumulated other comprehensive income		1,094			1,320			1,164			1,094
Treasury stock		(482	)		(274	)		(377	)		(482	)

Shareholders’ equity		8,156			9,573
Total parent company shareholders’ equity								7,147			8,156
Noncontrolling interest								1,216			276

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		13,913			14,272
Total equity								8,363			8,432
Total liabilities and equity								13,655			13,913

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements

F-5

STMicroelectronics N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

In million of U.S. dollars


	Twelve Months Ended									Twelve Months Ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2008			2007			2006			2009			2008			2007

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)		(786	)		(477	)		782
Items to reconcile net income and cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss											(1,401	)		(780	)		(471	)
Items to reconcile net loss and cash flows from operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		1,366			1,413			1,766			1,367			1,366			1,413
Amortization of discount on convertible debt		18			18			18			13			18			18
Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets		138			46			—
Other-than-temporary impairment charge and realized losses on financial assets											140			138			46
Unrealized gain on financial assets		(15	)		—			—			—			(15	)		—
Loss on sale of financial assets											8			—			—
Gain on convertible debt buyback											(3	)		—			—
Other non-cash items		159			109			50			(64	)		159			109
Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries		6			6			2
Deferred income tax		(69	)		(148	)		(74	)		(24	)		(69	)		(148	)
(Earnings) loss on equity investments		553			(14	)		6			337			553			(14	)
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs, net of cash payments		371			1,173			1			(4	)		371			1,173
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Trade receivables, net		565			2			(104	)		(300	)		565			2
Inventories, net		(299	)		24			(161	)		553			(299	)		24
Trade payables		(34	)		19			36			(54	)		(34	)		19
Other assets and liabilities, net		(251	)		17			169			248			(251	)		17

Net cash from operating activities		1,722			2,188			2,491			816			1,722			2,188

Cash flows from investing activities:
Payment for purchase of tangible assets		(983	)		(1,140	)		(1,533	)		(451	)		(983	)		(1,140	)
Payment for purchase of marketable securities		—			(708	)		(864	)		(1,730	)		—			(708	)
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities		351			101			100			1,371			351			101
Investment in short-term deposits		—			—			(903	)
Proceeds from sale of non current marketable securities											75			—			—
Proceeds from matured short-term deposits		—			250			653			—			—			250
Restricted cash		—			(32	)		(218	)		—			—			(32	)
Disposal of financial instrument											26			—			—
Investment in intangible and financial assets		(91	)		(208	)		(86	)		(138	)		(91	)		(208	)
Proceeds from the sale of Accent subsidiary		—			—			7
Capital contributions to equity investments		—			—			(213	)
Proceeds received in business combinations											1,155			—			—
Payment for business acquisitions, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired		(1,694	)		—			—			(18	)		(1,694	)		—

Net cash used in investing activities		(2,417	)		(1,737	)		(3,057	)
Net cash from (used in) investing activities											290			(2,417	)		(1,737	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt		663			102			1,744
Proceeds from long-term debt											1			663			102
Buyback of convertible debt											(103	)	��	—			—
Repayment of long-term debt		(187	)		(125	)		(1,522	)		(134	)		(187	)		(125	)
Increase (decrease) in short-term facilities		20			—			(12	)		(20	)		20			—
Capital increase		—			2			28			—			—			2
Repurchase of common stock		(313	)		—			—			—			(313	)		—
Dividends paid		(240	)		(269	)		(107	)
Dividends paid to minority interests		(10	)		(6	)		—
Dividends paid to shareholders											(158	)		(240	)		(269	)
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests											(5	)		(10	)		(6	)
Purchase of equity from noncontrolling interests											(92	)		—			—
Other financing activities		—			—			1			(2	)		—			—

Net cash from (used in) financing activities		(67	)		(296	)		132
Net cash used in financing activities											(513	)		(67	)		(296	)

Effect of changes in exchange rates		(84	)		41			66			(14	)		(84	)		41

Net cash increase (decrease)		(846	)		196			(368	)		579			(846	)		196

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period		1,855			1,659			2,027			1,009			1,855			1,659

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period		1,009			1,855			1,659			1,588			1,009			1,855

Supplemental cash information:
Interest paid		63			52			29			34			63			52
Income tax paid		154			133			117
Income tax paid (refund)											(141	)		154			133

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements

F-6

STMicroelectronics N.V.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN ~~SHAREHOLDERS’~~ EQUITY

In ~~million~~millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts


											Accumulated																Accumulated
											Other																Other
	Common		Capital		Treasury			Accumulated			Comprehensive			Shareholders’			Common		Capital		Treasury			Accumulated			Comprehensive			Noncontrolling			Total
	Stock		Surplus		Stock			Result			income (loss)			Equity			Stock		Surplus		Stock			Result			Income (Loss)			Interests			Equity

Balance as of December 31, 2005		1,153		1,967		(348	)		5,427			281			8,480

Capital increase		3		25											28
Stock-based compensation expense				29		16			(16	)					29
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net Income									782						782
Other comprehensive income, net of tax												535			535

Comprehensive income															1,317
Dividends, $0.12 per share									(107	)					(107	)

Balance as of December 31, 2006		1,156		2,021		(332	)		6,086			816			9,747			1,156		2,021		(332	)		6,086			816			52			9,799

Cumulative effect of FIN 48 adoption									(8	)					(8	)									(8	)								(8	)
Capital increase				2											2					2														2
Stock-based compensation expense				74		58			(58	)					74					74		58			(58	)								74
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net Loss									(477	)					(477	)
Net income (loss)																									(477	)					6			(471	)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax												504			504													504			1			505

Comprehensive income															27																			34
Dividends, $0.30 per share									(269	)					(269	)									(269	)					(6	)		(275	)

Balance as of December 31, 2007		1,156		2,097		(274	)		5,274			1,320			9,573			1,156		2,097		(274	)		5,274			1,320			53			9,626

Repurchase of common stock						(313	)								(313	)						(313	)											(313	)
Issuance of shares by subsidiary				152											152					152											246			398
Stock-based compensation expense				75		105			(105	)					75					75		105			(105	)								75
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net loss									(786	)					(786	)
Net income (loss)																									(786	)					6			(780	)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax												(226	)		(226	)												(226	)		(19	)		(245	)

Comprehensive loss															(1,012	)																		(1,025	)
Dividends, $0.36 per share									(319	)					(319	)									(319	)					(10	)		(329	)

Balance as of December 31, 2008		1,156		2,324		(482	)		4,064			1,094			8,156			1,156		2,324		(482	)		4,064			1,094			276			8,432

Purchase of equity from noncontrolling interest																				119											(211	)		(92	)
Business combination																															1,411			1,411
Stock-based compensation expense																				38		105			(105	)								38
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net loss																									(1,131	)					(270	)		(1,401	)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax																												70			15			85

Comprehensive loss																																		(1,316	)
Dividends, $0.12 per share																									(105	)					(5	)		(110	)

Balance as of December 31, 2009																		1,156		2,481		(377	)		2,723			1,164			1,216			8,363

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited consolidated financial statements

F-7

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)


1.	THE COMPANY

STMicroelectronics N.V. (the “Company”) is registered in The Netherlands with its ~~statutory domicile~~corporate legal seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and its corporate headquarters located in Geneva, Switzerland.

The Company is a global independent semiconductor company that designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of semiconductor integrated circuits (“ICs”) and discrete devices. The Company offers a diversified product portfolio and develops products for a wide range of market applications, including automotive products, computer peripherals, telecommunications systems, consumer products, industrial automation and control systems. Within its diversified portfolio, the Company ~~has~~is focused on developing products that leverage its technological strengths in creating customized, system-level solutions with high-growth digital and mixed-signal content.


2.	ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting policies of the Company conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All balances and values in the current and prior periods are in millions of dollars, except share and per-share amounts. Under Article 35 of the Company’s Articles of Association, the financial year extends from January 1 to December 31, which is the period-end of each fiscal year.

2.1 — Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of its majority-owned subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. ~~Since the adoption in 2003 of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46~~~~Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51~~~~(revised 2003) and the related FASB Staff Positions (collectively “FIN 46R”),~~In compliance with U.S. GAAP guidance, the Company assesses for consolidation any entity identified as a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) and consolidates any VIEs, ~~if any,~~ for which the Company is determined to be the primary beneficiary, as described in Note 2.19.

When the Company ~~acquires~~owns some, but not all, of the voting stock of an entity, the shares held by third parties represent a ~~minority interest in the acquired business.~~noncontrolling interest. The consolidated financial statements are prepared based on the ~~full~~total amount of assets and liabilities and income and expenses of the consolidated subsidiaries. However, ~~offsetting amounts are shown for~~ the portion of these items that does not belong to the Company ~~and are~~is reported on the line ~~“Minority interests”~~“Noncontrolling interest” in the consolidated financial statements.

2.2 — Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and ~~assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenue and expenses during the reporting period.~~assumptions. The primary areas that require significant estimates and judgments by management include, but are not limited to, sales returns and allowances, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves and normal manufacturing capacity thresholds to determine costs capitalized in inventory, accruals for warranty costs, litigation and claims, assumptions used to discount monetary assets expected to be recovered beyond one-year, valuation at fair value of acquired assets including intangibles and amounts of in-process research and development (“IP R&D”) and assumed liabilities in a business combination, goodwill, investments and tangible assets as well as the impairment of their related carrying values, the assessment in each reporting period of events, which could trigger interim impairment testing, estimated value of the consideration to be received and used as fair value for asset groups classified as assets to be disposed of by sale and the assessment of probability to realize the sale, measurement of the fair value of debt and equity securities classified as available-for- sale, including debt securities, for which no observable market price isto:


	•	sales returns and allowances,

	•	determination of best estimate of selling price for deliverables in multiple element sale arrangements,

	•	inventory reserves and normal manufacturing capacity thresholds to determine costs capitalized in inventory,

	•	accruals for litigation and claims,

	•	valuation at fair value of acquired assets including intangibles and assumed liabilities in a business combination, goodwill, investments and tangible assets as well as the impairment of their related carrying values,

	•	the assessment in each reporting period of events, which could trigger interim impairment testing,

	•	estimated value of the consideration to be received and used as fair value for asset groups classified as assets to be disposed of by sale and the assessment of probability to realize the sale,

	•	measurement of the fair value of debt and equity securities classified as available-for-sale, including debt securities, for which no observable market price is obtainable,

F-8

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

obtainable, the valuation of equity investments under the equity method, assessment of other-than-temporary impairment charges on financial assets,, the valuation of minority interests, particularly in case of contribution in kind as part of a business combination, restructuring charges, assumptions used in calculating pension obligations and share-based compensation including assessment of the number of awards expected to vest upon the satisfaction of certain conditions of future performance, assumptions used to measure and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation the Company assumes at the inception of a guarantee, measurement of hedge effectiveness of derivative instruments, deferred income tax assets including required valuation allowances and liabilities as well as provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures and income tax uncertainties.


	•	the assessment of credit losses and other-than-temporary impairment charges on financial assets,

	•	the valuation of noncontrolling interests, particularly in case of contribution in kind as part of a business combination,

	•	restructuring charges,

	•	assumptions used in calculating pension obligations,

	•	assumptions used to measure and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation the Company assumes at the inception of a guarantee,

	•	deferred income tax assets including required valuation allowances and liabilities as well as provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures and income tax uncertainties.

The Company bases the estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors such as market trends and latest available business plans that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. While the Company regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions, the actual results experienced by the Company could differ materially and adversely from management’s estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and the actual results, future results of operations, cash flows and financial position could be significantly affected.

2.3 — Foreign currency

The U.S. dollar is the reporting currency for the Company. The US dollar is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates since the worldwide semiconductor industry uses the U.S. dollar as a currency of reference for actual pricing in the market. Furthermore, the majority of the Company’s transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars, and revenues from external sales in U.S. dollars largely exceed revenues in any other currency. However, labor costs are concentrated primarily in the countries of the Euro zone.

The functional currency of each subsidiary ~~throughout~~of the ~~group~~Company is either the local currency or the US dollar, ~~determined~~depending on the basis of the ~~economical~~economic environment in which each subsidiary operates. For consolidation purposes, assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries having the local currency as functional currency are translated at current rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the monthly average exchange rate of the period. The currency translation adjustments (“CTA”) generated by the conversion of the financial position and results of operations from local functional currencies are reported as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive ~~income”~~income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of changes in ~~shareholders’~~ equity.

Assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, gains or losses arising from transactions denominated in foreign currency are recorded in the functional currency of the recording entity at the exchange rate in effect during the month of the transaction. At each balance sheet date, recorded balances denominated in a currency other than the recording entity’s functional currency are measured into the functional currency at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. The related exchange gains and losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of income as “Other income and expenses, net”.

2.4 — Financial assets

The Company classifies its financial assets in the following categories: held-for-trading ~~financial assets~~ and ~~available-for-sale financial assets.~~available-for-sale. The Company did not hold at December 31, ~~2008~~2009 any investment classified as held-to-maturity ~~financial assets. Additionally, upon the adoption on January 1, 2008 of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159,~~~~The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115~~~~(“FAS 159”), as detailed in Note 2.25, the Company did not elect to apply the fair value option to any~~ financial assets. The classification depends on the purpose for which the investments were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition and reassesses the appropriateness of the classification at each reporting date. On January 1, 2008 upon adoption of the new U.S. GAAP guidance allowing the election of fair value treatment for any or all financial assets, the Company did not elect to apply the fair value option to any financial assets. Unlisted equity securities with no readily determinable fair value are carried at cost, as described in Note 2.19. They are neither classified as held-for-trading nor as available-for-sale.

~~F-9~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade date — the date on which the Company commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are initially recognized at fair value, and transaction costs are expensed in the consolidated statements of income. Available-for-sale financial assets and held-for-trading financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value. Financial assets are derecognized when the

F-9

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and the Company has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ~~ownership. The~~ownership: the relevant gain (loss) ~~on the sale of the financial assets~~ is reported as a non-operating element on the consolidated statements of income.

The fair values of quoted debt and equity securities are based on current market prices. If the market for a financial asset is not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, the Company measures fair value by using assumptions and estimates. These assumptions and estimates include the use of recent arm’s length transactions; for debt securities without available observable market price, the Company establishes fair value by reference to publicly available ~~indexes~~indices of securities with the same rating and comparable ~~or similar~~ underlying collaterals or industries’ exposure, which the Company believes approximates the orderly exit value in the current market. In measuring fair value, the Company makes maximum use of market inputs and relies as little as possible on entity-specific inputs.

Held-for-trading financial assets

A financial asset is classified in this category if it is a security acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term or if it is a derivative instrument not designated as a hedge. Assets in this category are classified as current assets when they are expected to be realized within twelve months of the balance sheet date. As described in Note 2.5, the Company enters into derivative transactions to hedge currency exposures resulting from its operating activities. For mark-to-market gains or losses on its trading derivatives that do not qualify as hedging instruments, ~~under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133,~~~~Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities~~~~(“FAS 133”),~~ gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of the derivatives are reported in the consolidated statements of income within “Other income and expenses, net” in the period in which they arise, since the transactions for such instruments would only occur within the Company’s operating activities and, as such, should be included in operating income. Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of financial assets not related to the operating activities of the Company, such as discontinued fair value hedge on interest rate risk exposure or discontinued cash flow hedge for which the hedged forecasted transaction is not probable of occurrence anymore, are presented in the consolidated statements of income as a non-operating element within ~~“Unrealized gain~~“Gain (loss) on financial assets” in the period in which they arise.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated in this category or not classified as held-for-trading. They are included in non-current assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment within twelve months of the balance sheet date.

Changes in the fair value, including declines determined to be temporary, of securities classified as available-for-sale are recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive ~~income”~~income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of changes in ~~shareholders’~~ equity. ~~For the declines in value deemed to be permanent, the~~The Company ceases to defer gains or losses in the consolidated ~~shareholders’~~ equity and reports an income or impairment charge in the consolidated ~~statement~~statements of income as a non-operating ~~element.~~element when the Company will be required to sell the security. The cumulative loss or gain is measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss. If a credit loss exists, but the Company does not intend to sell the impaired security and is not more likely than not to be required to sell before recovery, the impairment is other than temporary and is separated into the estimated amount relating to credit loss, and the amount relating to all other factors. Only the estimated credit loss amount is recognized currently in earnings on the line “Other-than-temporary impairment charge and realized losses on financial assets”, with the remainder of the loss amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Impairment losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income are not reversed through earnings. The Company assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets classified as available-for-sale is impaired. A significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost or a significant drop in the number of the transactions of the security which are becoming illiquid are considered as an indicator that the securities are impaired. If any such evidence exists, the cumulative loss — measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss- is removed from equity and recognized in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Other-than-

~~F-10~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

~~temporary impairment charge on financial assets”. Impairment losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income are not reversed through earnings.~~

When securities classified as available for sale are sold, the accumulated fair value adjustments previously recognized in equity isare reported as a non-operating element on the consolidated statements of income as gains ~~and~~or losses ~~from~~on financial assets. The cost of securities sold and the amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings is determined based on the specific identification of the securities sold.

2.5 — Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently measured at their fair value. The method of recognizing the gain or loss resulting from the

F-10

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

derivative instrument depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Company designates certain derivatives as either:

(a) hedges of the fair value of recognized liabilities (fair value hedge); or

(b) hedges of a particular risk associated with a highly probable ~~forecast~~forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge)

The Company documents, at inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Company also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. Derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges are classified as held-for-trading financial assets, as described in Note 2.4.

Derivative financial instruments classified as held for trading

The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various major international currencies. As a result, the Company is exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts and currency options to reduce its exposure to changes in exchange rates and the associated risk arising from the denomination of certain assets and liabilities in foreign currencies at the Company’s subsidiaries. These instruments do not qualify as hedging instruments ~~under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133,~~~~Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities~~~~(“FAS 133”)~~as per U.S. GAAP guidance, and are marked-to-market at each period-end with the associated changes in fair value recognized in “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income, as described in Note 2.4.

Cash Flow Hedges

To further reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, the Company also hedges certain Euro-denominated forecasted transactions that cover a large part of its projected research and development, selling, general and administrative expenses as well as a portion of its projected front-end manufacturing production costs of semi-finished goods. The foreign currency forward contracts and currency options used to hedge foreign currency exposures are reflected at their fair value in the consolidated balance sheet and meet the criteria for designation as cash flow hedge. The criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge include the instrument’s effectiveness in risk reduction and, in most cases, a one-to-one matching of the derivative instrument to its underlying transaction, which enables the Company to conclude, based on the fact that, at inception, the critical terms of the hedging instrument and the hedged forecasted transaction are the same, that changes in cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged are expected to be completely offset by the hedging derivative. Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options used as hedges are effective at reducing the Euro/U.S. dollar currency fluctuation risk and are designated as a hedge at the inception of the contract and on an on-going basis over the duration of the hedge relationship.

~~F-11~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge, the gain or loss from the effective portion of the hedge is reported as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive ~~income”~~income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of changes in ~~shareholders’~~ equity and is reclassified into earnings in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects earnings, and within the same consolidated statements of income line item as the impact of the hedged transaction. For these derivatives, ineffectiveness appears if the hedge relationship is not perfectly effective or if the cumulative gain or loss on the derivative hedging instrument exceeds the cumulative change in the expected future cash flows on the hedged transactions. Effectiveness on transactions hedged through purchased currency options is measured on the full fair value of the option, including the time value of the option.

When a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in “Accumulated other comprehensive ~~income”~~income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of changes in ~~shareholders’~~ equity is immediately transferred to the consolidated statements of income within “Other income and expenses, net”. If the de-designated derivative is still related to operating activities, the changes in fair value subsequent to the discontinuance continue to be reported within “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income, as described in Note 2.4. If upon de-designation, the derivative instrument is held in view to be sold with no direct relation with current operating activities, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument following de-designation are reported as a non-operating element on the line ~~“Unrealized gain~~“Gain (loss) on financial assets” in the consolidated statements of income. When a designated hedging instrument is either terminated early or an improbable or ineffective portion of the hedge is identified, the gain or loss deferred in “Accumulated other comprehensive ~~income”~~income

F-11

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

(loss)” in the consolidated statements of changes in ~~shareholders’~~ equity is recognized immediately in “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income when it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecasted transaction is ultimately recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

In order to optimize its hedging strategy, the Company can be required to cease the designation of certain cash flow hedge transactions and enter into a new designated cash flow hedge transaction with the same hedged forecasted transaction but with a new hedging instrument. De-designation and re-designation are formally authorized and limited to the de-designation of purchased currency options with re-designation of the cash flow hedge through subsequent forward contract when the Euro/US dollar exchange rate is decreasing, the intrinsic value of the option is nil, the hedged transaction is still probable of occurrence and meets at re-designation date all criteria for hedge accounting. At de-designation date, the net derivative gain or loss related to the de-designated cash flow hedge deferred in “Accumulated other comprehensive ~~income”~~income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of changes in ~~shareholders’~~ equity continues to be reported in net equity. From de-designation date, the change in fair value of the de-designated hedging item is recognized each period in the consolidated ~~statement~~statements of income on the line “Other income and expenses, net”, as described in Note 2.4. The net derivative gain or loss related to the de-designated cash flow hedge deferred in net equity since de-designation date is reclassified to earnings in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects earnings, and within the same consolidated statements of income line item as the impact of the hedged transaction.

The principles regulating the hedging strategy for derivatives designated as cash flow hedge are established as follows: (i) for R&D and Corporate costs between 50% and 80% of the total forecasted transactions; (ii) for manufacturing costs between 40% and 70% of the total forecasted transactions. The maximum length of time over which the Company hedges its exposure to the variability of cash flows for forecasted transactions is 14 months.

Fair Value Hedges

~~In 2006,~~To the ~~Company entered into~~extent that cancellable swaps ~~with~~held as a ~~combined notional value of $200 million to~~ hedge against the ~~fair value of a portion of the~~Company’s convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a fixed interest rate. These financial instruments correspond to interest rate swaps with a cancellation feature depending on the Company’s bonds convertibility. They convert the fixed rate interest expense recorded on the convertible bond due 2016 to a variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. As of December 2007 and 2006, the cancelable swaps metmeet the criteria for designation as a fair value hedge, ~~and, as such,~~ both the interest rate swaps and the hedged portion of the bonds ~~were~~are reflected at their fair values in the consolidated balance sheets. The criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge include evaluating whether the instrument is highly effective at offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged

~~F-12~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

item attributable to the hedged risk. Hedged effectiveness is assessed on both a prospective and retrospective basis at each reporting period. ~~As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the cancellable swaps were highly effective at hedging the change in fair value of the hedged bonds attributable to changes in interest rates.~~ Any ineffectiveness of the hedge relationship ~~was~~is recorded as a gain or loss on derivatives as a component of “Other income and expenses, net”, in the consolidated statements of income. ~~In 2008,~~At the ~~hedge became~~point that the cancellable swaps no longer ~~effective and~~meet the criteria for designation as a fair value hedge, ~~relationship between~~ the ~~bonds and the cancellable~~ swaps ~~was discontinued. The swaps continued~~will continue to be marked to fair ~~value as at December 31, 2008, however~~value. At such point, the changes in the fair value of the ~~derivative instruments following~~swaps are recorded in “Gain (loss) on financial assets”. Also, the ~~determination~~associated bonds will no longer be marked to fair value and the difference between fair value and amortized costs will be amortized to earnings as a component of ~~their ineffectiveness is recorded as “Unrealized gain~~interest expense. Results on the sale of the swaps are recognized in the line “Gain (loss) on financial assets” in the consolidated statements of ~~income. Similarly, from discontinuance date, the Company ceased adjusting the carrying amount of the convertible bonds for changes~~income, as discussed in the risk that was being hedged and amortizes to earnings as a component of interest expense the adjustment of the carrying amount of the formerly hedged bonds for the difference between fair value and amortized cost.Note 25.

2.6 — Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized as follows:

Net sales

Revenue from products sold to customers is recognized ~~pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104,~~~~Revenue Recognition~~~~(“SAB 104”),~~ when all the following conditions have been met: (a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (b) delivery has occurred; (c) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (d) collection is reasonably assured. This usually occurs at the time of shipment.

Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor industry, price protection is granted to distribution customers on their existing inventory of the Company’s products to compensate them for declines in market prices. The ultimate decision to authorize a distributor refund remains fully within the control of the Company. The Company accrues a provision for price protection based on a rolling historical price trend computed on a monthly basis as a percentage of gross distributor sales. This historical price trend represents differences in recent months between the invoiced price and the final price to the distributor, adjusted if required, to accommodate a significant move in the current market price. The short outstanding inventory time period, visibility into the standard inventory product pricing (as opposed to certain customized products) and long distributor pricing history

F-12

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

have enabled the Company to reliably estimate price protection provisions at period-end. The Company records the accrued amounts as a deduction of revenue at the time of the sale.

The Company’s customers occasionally return the Company’s products for technical reasons. The Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale provide that if the Company determines that products are non-conforming, the Company will repair or replace the non-conforming products, or issue a credit or rebate of the purchase price. Quality returns are not related to any technological obsolescence issues and are identified shortly after sale in customer quality control testing. Quality returns are usually associated with end-user customers, not with distribution channels. The Company provides for such returns when they are considered as probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company records the accrued amounts as a reduction of revenue.

The Company’s insurance policy relating to product liability only covers physical damage and other direct damages caused by defective products. The Company does not carry insurance against immaterial non consequential damages. The Company records a provision for warranty costs as a charge against cost of sales, based on historical trends of warranty costs incurred as a percentage of sales, which management has determined to be a reasonable estimate of the probable losses to be incurred for warranty claims in a period. Any potential warranty claims are subject to the Company’s determination that the Company is at fault for damages, and such claims usually must be submitted within a short period following the date of sale. This warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties, conditions or terms ~~express~~expressed or implied by statute or common law. The Company’s contractual terms and conditions limit its liability to the sales value of the products which gave rise to the claims.

~~F-13~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

While the majority of the Company’s sales agreements contain standard terms and conditions, the Company may, from time to time, enter into agreements that contain multiple elements or non-standard terms and conditions, which require revenue recognition judgments. Where multiple elements exist in an arrangement, the arrangement is allocated to the different elements based upon verifiable objective evidence of the fair value of the elements ~~as governed under Emerging Issues Task Force IssueNo. 00-21,~~~~Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables~~~~(“EITF 00-21”).~~for periods 2008 and prior, while allocation is based on verifiable objective evidence, third party evidence or management’s best estimate of selling price of the separable deliverables beginning in 2009. In 2009, the Company early adopted new US GAAP guidance for multiple deliverable arrangements. This new guidance removes the previous requirements of allocating revenue to delivered elements only to the extent that there was verifiable objective evidence of the fair value of all undelivered elements, and now requires the use of relative fair values based on either vendor specific objective evidence or third party evidence of fair values. If neither of these is available, the guidance requires the use of management’s best estimate of selling price for each separable deliverable. The early adoption of this new guidance was retroactively adopted back to January 1, 2009; however, it did not have a material effect on the consolidated statements of income of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2009. These arrangements generally do not include performance-, cancellation-, termination- or refund-type provisions.

Other revenues

Other revenues ~~primarily~~ consist of license revenue, ~~and~~service revenue related to transferring licenses, patent royalty income, ~~which are recognized ratably over the term~~and sale of ~~the agreements.~~scrap and manufacturing by-products.

Funding

Funding received by the Company is mainly from governmental agencies and income is recorded as recognized when all contractually required conditions are fulfilled. The Company’s primary sources for government funding are French, Italian, other European Union (“EU”) governmental entities and Singapore agencies. Such funding is generally provided to encourage research and development activities, industrialization and local economic development. The EU has developed model contracts for research and development ~~funding~~fundings that require beneficiaries to disclose the results to third parties on reasonable terms. The conditions for receipt of government funding may include eligibility restrictions, approval by EU authorities, annual budget appropriations, compliance with European Commission regulations, as well as specifications regarding objectives and results. Certain specific contracts contain obligations to maintain a minimum level of employment and investment during a certain period of time. There could be penalties if these objectives are not fulfilled. Other contracts contain penalties for late deliveries or for breach of contract, which may result in repayment obligations. In accordance with SAB 104 and the Company’s revenue recognition policy, funding related to these contracts is recorded when the conditions required by the contracts are met. The Company’s funding programs are classified under three general categories: funding for research and development activities, capital investment, and loans.

F-13

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

Funding for research and development activities is the most common form of funding that the Company receives. Public funding for research and development is recorded as “Other income and expenses, net” in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. Public funding for research and development is recognized ratably as the related costs are incurred once the agreement with the respective governmental agency has been signed and all applicable conditions are met. ~~Following~~Furthermore, following the enactment of the French Finance Act for 2008, which included several changes to the research tax credit regime (“Crédit Impôt Recherche”), French research tax credits that in prior years were recorded as a reduction of tax expense were deemed to be grants in substance. Unlike other research and development ~~fundings,~~funding, the amounts to be received are determinable in advance and accruable as the funded research expenditures are made. They ~~are~~were thus reported, starting from January 1, 2008, as a reduction of research and development expenses. The 2008 French research tax credits ~~are~~were classified as ~~long-term~~long term receivables in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008. The 2009 French research tax credits were classified as current receivables in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2009. The research tax credits are to be reimbursed in cash by the French tax authorities within three years in case they are not deducted from income tax payable during this period of time. The Company considers such cash settlement features of the French research tax credits ~~to income-tax settlement. As such, they are excluded from the scope of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 21,~~~~Interest on Receivables and Payables~~~~(“APB 21”) and the Company does not discount these~~as long-term ~~receivables at their net present value.~~receivables.

Capital investment funding is recorded as a reduction of “Property, plant and equipment, net” and is recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income according to the depreciation charges of the funded assets during their useful lives. The Company also receives capital funding in Italy, which is recovered through the reduction of various governmental liabilities, including income taxes, value-added tax and employee-related social charges. The funding has been classified as long-term receivable and is reflected in the balance sheet at its

~~F-14~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

discounted net present value. The subsequent accretion of the discount is recorded as non-operating income in “Interest income (expense), net”.

The Company receives certain loans, mainly related to large capital investment projects, at preferential interest rates. The Company records these loans as debt in its consolidated balance sheet.

2.7 — Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising expenses for 2009, 2008 and 2007 ~~and 2006~~ were $9 million, $10 million ~~$12 million~~ and ~~$14~~$12 million respectively.

2.8 — Research and development

Research and development expenses include costs incurred by the Company, the Company’s share of costs incurred by other research and development interest groups, and costs associated with co-development contracts. Research and development expenses do not include marketing design center costs, which are accounted for as selling expenses and process engineering, pre-production or process transfer costs which are recorded as cost of sales. Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. The amortization expense recognized on technologies and licenses purchased by the Company from third parties to facilitate the Company’s research is recorded as research and development expenses. Research and development expenses also include charges originated from purchase accounting, such as in-process research and development recognized on business combinations ~~such as~~concluded before January 1, 2009 and amortization of acquired intangible ~~assets and in-process research and development. Starting~~assets. Finally, starting January 1, 2008 the research and development expenses are reported net of research tax credits received in the French jurisdiction, as described in Note 2.6.

2.9 —Start-up and phase-out costs

Start-up costs represent costs incurred in thestart-up and testing of the Company’s new manufacturing facilities, before reaching the earlier of a minimum level of production or6-months after the fabrication line’s quality qualification.Start-up costs are included in “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income. Similarly, phase-out costs for facilities during the closing stage are also included in “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income. The costs of phase-outs are associated with the latest stages of facilities closure when the relevant production volumes become immaterial.

2.10 — Income taxes

The provision for current taxes represents the income taxes expected to be paid or the benefit expected to be received related to the current year income or loss in each individual tax jurisdiction. Deferred tax assets and

F-14

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

liabilities are recorded for all temporary differences arising between the tax and book bases of assets and liabilities and for the benefits of tax credits and operating loss carry-forwards. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates and laws that are enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities from changes in tax law is recognized in the period of enactment. Deferred income tax assets are recognized in full, but the Company assesses whether it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which ~~the~~ temporary differences can be utilized. A valuation allowance is provided where necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount for which management considers the possibility of recovery to be more likely than not. The Company utilizes the flow-through method to account for its investment credits, reflecting the credits as a reduction of tax expense in the year they are recognized. Similarly, research and development tax credits are classified as a reduction of tax expense in the year they are recognized. As described in Note 2.6, French research tax credits are recorded as grants starting from January 1, 2008 and reported as a reduction of research and development expenses. French research tax credits prior to January 1, 2008 were recorded as a reduction of tax expense ~~in earlier periods~~ and ~~are~~were reported as deferred tax assets as at December 31, 2008.

~~F-15~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~ No French research tax credits were reported as deferred tax assets as at December 31, 2009.

Deferred taxes on the undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are provided for unless the Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the earnings in the subsidiaries. ~~In case the Company does not have this intention,~~Additionally, a distribution of the related earnings would not have any material tax impact. Thus, the Company did not provide for deferred taxes on the earnings of those subsidiaries.

A deferred tax is recognized on compensation for the grant of stock awards to the extent that such charge constitutes a temporary difference in the Company’s local tax jurisdictions. The measurement of the deferred tax asset is based on an estimate of the future tax deduction, for the amount of the compensation cost recognized for book purposes. Changes in the stock price do not thus impact the deferred tax asset or do not result in any adjustments prior to vesting. When the actual tax deduction is determined, generally upon vesting, it is compared to the estimated tax benefit as recognized over the vesting period. When a windfall tax benefit is determined (as the excess tax benefit of the actual tax deduction over the deferred tax asset) the excess tax benefit is recorded in equity on the line “Capital surplus” on the consolidated ~~statement~~statements of changes in ~~shareholders’~~ equity. In case of shortfall, only the actual tax benefit is to be recognized in the consolidated ~~statement~~statements of income. The Company ~~writes-off~~writes off the deferred tax asset at the level of the actual tax deduction by charging first capital surplus to the extent of the pool of windfall benefits from prior years and then earnings. When the settlement of an award results in a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, or increase existing NOLs, the excess tax benefit and the corresponding credit to capital surplus is not recorded until the deduction reduces income tax payable.

~~On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48,~~~~Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109~~~~(“FIN 48”).~~ At each reporting date, the Company assesses all material open income tax positions in all tax jurisdictions to determine ~~the appropriate amount of~~any uncertain tax ~~benefits that are recognizable under FIN 48. In compliance with FIN 48, the~~positions. The Company uses a two-step process for the evaluation of uncertain tax positions. The recognition threshold in step one permits the benefit from an uncertain tax position to be recognized only if it is more likely than not, or 50 percent assured, that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The measurement methodology in step two is based on a “cumulative probability” approach, resulting in the recognition of the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the taxing authority. The Company classifies accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as components of income tax expense in its consolidated statements of income. Uncertain tax positions, unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest and penalties are further described in Note ~~23.~~21.

2.11 — Earnings per share (“EPS”)

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to parent company shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the treasury stock method by dividing net income (adding-back interest expense, net of tax effects, related to convertible debt if determined to be dilutive) by the weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding during the period. The weighted average number of shares used to compute diluted earnings per share include the incremental shares of common stock relating to stock-options granted, nonvested shares and convertible debt to the extent such incremental shares are dilutive. Nonvested shares with performance or market conditions are included in the computation of diluted earnings per share if their conditions have been satisfied at the balance sheet date and if the awards are dilutive. If all necessary conditions have not been satisfied by the end of the period, the number of nonvested shares included in the computation of the

F-15

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

diluted EPS shall be based on the number of shares, if any that would be issuable if the end of the reporting period were the end of the contingency period and if the result were dilutive.

2.12 — Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand and deposits ~~at call~~ with external financial institutions with an original maturity of ninety days or less that are readily convertible in cash. Bank overdrafts are not netted against cash and cash equivalents and are shown as part of current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

~~F-16~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

~~2.13 —~~2.13— Restricted cash

Restricted cash ~~include~~includes collateral deposits used as security under arrangements for financing of certain entities.

2.14 — Trade accounts receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recognized at their sales value, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for potential estimated losses resulting from its customers’ inability to make required payments. The Company bases its estimates on historical collection trends and records a provision accordingly. In addition, the Company is required to evaluate its customers’ financial condition periodically and records an additional provision for any specific account the Company estimates as doubtful. The carrying amount of the receivable is thus reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of the loss is recognized on the line “Selling, general and ~~administrative expenses”~~administrative” in the consolidated statements of income. When a trade accounts receivable is uncollectible, it is written-off against the allowance account for trade accounts receivables. Subsequent recoveries, if any, of amounts previously written-off are credited against “Selling, general and ~~administrative expenses”~~administrative” in the consolidated statements of income.

In the events of sale of receivables and factoring, the Company derecognizes the receivables and accounts for them as a sale only to the extent that the Company has surrendered control over the receivables in exchange for a consideration other than beneficial interest in the transferred receivables.

2.15 — Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is based on the weighted average cost by adjusting standard cost to approximate actual manufacturing costs on a quarterly basis; the cost is therefore dependent on the Company’s manufacturing performance. In the case of underutilization of manufacturing facilities, the costs associated with the excess capacity are not included in the valuation of inventories but charged directly to cost of sales. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses and cost of completion.

The Company performs on a continuous basis inventory write-off of products, which have the characteristics of slow-moving, old production date and technical obsolescence. Additionally, the Company evaluates its product inventory to identify obsolete or slow-selling stock and records a specific provision if the Company estimates the inventory will eventually become obsolete. Provisions for obsolescence are estimated for excess uncommitted inventory based on the previous quarter sales, orders’ backlog and production plans.

2.16 — Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the acquired business at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. Goodwill subject to potential impairment is tested at a reporting unit level, which represents a component of an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available and is subject to regular review by segment management. This impairment test determines whether the fair value of each reporting unit for which goodwill is allocated is lower than the total carrying amount of relevant net assets allocated to such reporting unit, including its allocated goodwill. If lower, the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill is then compared to the carrying value of the goodwill and an impairment charge is recognized for any excess. In determining the fair value of a reporting unit, the Company ~~usually~~uses a market approach with financial metrics of comparable public companies and estimates the expected discounted future cash flows associated with the reporting unit. Significant

F-16

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

management judgments and estimates are used in forecasting the future discounted cash flows, including: the applicable industry’s sales volume forecast and selling price evolution, the reporting unit’s market penetration and its revenues evolution, the market acceptance of certain new technologies and products, the relevant cost structure, the discount rates applied using a weighted average cost of capital and the perpetuity rates used in calculating cash flow terminal values.

~~F-17~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

2.17 — Intangible assets

Intangible assets subject to amortization include the intangible assets purchased from third parties recorded at cost and the intangible assets acquired in business combinations recorded at fair value, which include trademarks, technologies and licenses, contractual customer relationships and computer software.

Trademarks and technology licenses

Separately acquired trademarks and licenses are recorded at historical cost. Trademarks and licenses acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Trademarks and licenses have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of trademarks and licenses over the estimated useful lives. The estimate useful lives on licenses range from 3 to 7 years while trademarks have a useful life ranging from 2 to 3 years.

Contractual customer relationships

Contractual customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Contractual customer relationships have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the expected life of the customer relationships, which ranges from 4 to 12 years.

Computer software

Separately acquired computer software is recorded at historical cost. Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes are recognized as expenses as incurred. The capitalization of costs for internally generated software developed by the Company for its internal use begins when preliminary project stage is completed and when the Company, implicitly or explicitly, authorizes and commits to funding a computer software project. It must be probable that the project will be completed and will be used to perform the function intended. Computer software recognized as assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives, which does not exceed 4 years.

Intangible assets subject to amortization are reflected net of any impairment losses. The carrying value of intangible assets subject to amortization is evaluated whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value. The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of an intangible asset at each reporting period to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization.

2.18 — Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost, net of government funding and any impairment losses. Major additions and improvements are capitalized, minor replacements and repairs are charged to current operations.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on fixed assets is computed using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, as follows:


Buildings			33 years
Facilities & leasehold improvements			5-10 years
Machinery and equipment			3-10 years
Computer and R&D equipment			3-6 years
Other			2-5 years

~~F-18~~F-17

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

In 2008, the Company launched its first300-mm production facility. Consequently, the Company assessed the useful life of its300-mm manufacturing equipment, based on relevant economic and technical factors. The conclusion was that the appropriate depreciation period for such300-mm equipment was 10 years. This policy was applied starting January 1, 2008.

The Company evaluates each period whether there is reason to suspect that tangible assets or groups of assets might not be recoverable. Several impairment indicators exist for making this assessment, such as: significant changes in the technological, market, economic or legal environment in which the Company operates or in the market to which the asset is dedicated, or available evidence of obsolescence of the asset, or indication that its economic performance is, or will be, worse than expected. In determining the recoverability of assets to be held and used, the Company initially assesses whether the carrying value of the tangible assets or group of assets exceeds the undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets. If exceeded, the Company then evaluates whether an impairment charge is required by determining if the asset’s carrying value also exceeds its fair value. This fair value is normally estimated by the Company based on independent market appraisals or the sum of discounted future cash flows, using market assumptions such as the utilization of the Company’s fabrication facilities and the ability to upgrade such facilities, change in the selling price and the adoption of new technologies. The Company also evaluates, and adjusts if appropriate, the assets’ useful lives, at each balance sheet date or when impairment indicators exist.

Assets are classified as assets held for sale when the following conditions have been met for the assets to be disposed of by sale: management has approved the plan to sell; assets are available for immediate sale; assets are actively being marketed; sale is probable within one year; price is reasonable in the market and it is unlikely tothat there will be significant changes in the assets to be sold or a withdrawal to the plan to sell. Assets classified as held for sale are reported as current assets at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less selling costs and are not depreciated during the selling period. Costs to sell include incremental direct costs to transact the sale that would not have been incurred except for the decision to sell. When the held-for-sale accounting treatment requires an impairment charge for the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value, such impairment is reflected on the consolidated statements of income on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs”. If the long-lived assets no longer meet the held-for-sale model, they are reported as assets held for use and thus reclassified from current assets to the line “Property, plant and equipment, net” in the consolidated balance sheet. The assets are measured at the lower of their fair value at the date of the subsequent decision not to sell and their carrying amount prior to their classification as assets held for sale, adjusted for any depreciation that would have been recognized if the long-lived assets had not been classified as assets held for sale. The fair value at the date of the decision not to sell is based on the discounted cash flows expected from the use of the assets. Any required adjustment to the carrying value of the asset that is reclassified as held and used is recorded in the income statement at the time of the reclassification and reported in the same income statement caption that was used to report adjustments to the carrying value of the asset during the time it was held for ~~sale.~~sale (line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs”). ) When property, plant and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the net book value of the assets is removed from the Company’s books and the net gain or loss is included in “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income.

Leasing arrangements in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the Company are classified as capital leases. Capital leases are included in “Property, plant and equipment, net” and depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease term. Leasing arrangements classified as operating leases are arrangements in which the lessor retains a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use. Other borrowing costs are expensed.

~~F-19~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

2.19 — Investments

For investments in public companies that have readily determinable fair values and for which the Company does not exercise significant influence, the Company classifies these investments as held-for-trading or available-for-sale as described in Note 2.4. Investments in equity securities without readily determinable fair values and for which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the cost method. Under the cost method of accounting, investments are carried at historical cost and are adjusted only for

F-18

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

declines in ~~fair~~ value. The ~~fair~~ value of a cost method investment is estimated on a non-recurring basis when there are identified events or changes in circumstances that may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. Other-than-temporary impairment losses are immediately recorded in the consolidated statements of income and are based on the Company’s assessment of any significant and sustained reductions in the investment’s fair ~~value.For~~value. For unquoted equity securities, assumptions and estimates used in measuring fair value include the use of recent arm’s length transactions when they reflect the orderly exit price of the investments. Gains and losses on investments sold are determined on the specific identification method and are recorded as a non-operating element on the line “Gain (loss) on financial assets” in the consolidated statements of income.

Equity investments are all entities over which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence but not control, generally representing a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. These investments are accounted for by the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost. Equity investments also include entities which the Company determines to be variable interest entities, as described below, if the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over the entity’s operations even if the Company owns less than 20% and is not the primary beneficiary. ~~These~~Equity investments ~~are accounted for by the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost when FIN46 is not applicable. They~~ are presented on the face of the consolidated balance sheet on the line “Equity ~~investments,” except if they meet the criteria for classification as assets held for sale.~~investments”. The Company’s share in its equity investments’ profit and loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income as ~~“Earnings (loss)~~“Loss on equity investments” and in the consolidated balance ~~sheet~~sheets as an adjustment against the carrying amount of the investments. When the Company’s share of losses in an equity investment equals or exceeds its interest in the investee, including any unsecured receivable, the Company does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the investee. At each period-end, the Company assesses whether there is objective evidence that its interests in the equity investments are impaired. Once a determination is made that an other-then-temporary impairment exists, the Company writes down the carrying value of the equity investment to its fair value at the balance sheet date, which establishes a new cost basis. The fair value of an equity investment is measured on a non-recurring basis using a combination of an income approach, based on discounted cash flows, and a market approach with financial metrics of comparable public companies.

~~Since the adoption in 2003 of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46~~~~Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51~~~~(revised 2003) and the related FASB Staff Positions (collectively “FIN 46R”), the~~The Company assesses ~~for consolidation~~ entities identified as a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) and consolidates the VIEs, if any, for which the Company is determined to be the primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that absorbs the majority of the entity’s expected losses, receives the majority of its expected residual returns, or both as a result of holding variable interests. Assets, liabilities, and the ~~non-controlling~~noncontrolling interest of newly consolidated VIEs are initially measured at fair value in the same manner as if the consolidation resulted from a business combination.

~~The~~For business combinations concluded before January 1, 2009, the purchase method of accounting iswas used to account for a business combination if the acquired entity ~~meets~~met the definition of a business. If the acquired entity iswas a development stage entity and ~~has~~had not commenced planned principal operations, it iswas presumed not to be a business, and the individual assets and liabilities ~~are~~were recognized at their relative fair values with no goodwill recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. In case of acquisition of a business, the cost of the acquisition iswas measured at the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed, plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. If part of the consideration iswas contingent on a future event, the additional cost iswas not generally recognized until the contingency iswas resolved, the amount iswas determinable, or beyond a reasonable doubt. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent

~~F-20~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

liabilities assumed in a business combination ~~are~~were measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. Any acquired in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) iswas expensed immediately in the consolidated statements of income since it ~~has~~had no alternative future use. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired iswas recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition iswas lower than the fair value of the net assets of the entity acquired, the difference iswas used to reduce proportionately the fair value assigned and allocated on a pro-rata basis to all assets other than current and financial assets, assets to be sold, prepaid pension assets and deferred taxes. Any negative goodwill remaining iswas recognized as an extraordinary gain. Goodwill arising from a purchase of less than 100% of a business iswas valued as the difference between the purchase price paid by the Company and its proportionate share of the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired, while the ~~minority~~noncontrolling interest iswas reported based on the book value of net assets acquired. Consequently, there iswas no step up for the ~~minority~~noncontrolling interests’ share of the excess of the fair value of net assets over book value. When the Company ~~acquires~~acquired a business and a portion of the consideration iswas a ~~minority~~noncontrolling interest in one or more of the Company’s businesses, the Company ~~values~~valued the net assets of the subsidiaries in which the interest iswas being given at fair value and ~~records~~recorded the

F-19

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

difference between fair value and book value related to the interest on the line “Issuance of shares by subsidiary” in the consolidated ~~statement~~statements of changes in ~~shareholders’~~ equity.

The purchase accounting method applied to all business combinations concluded on or after January 1, 2009, was on the basis of the amended purchase accounting guidance. The net of the acquisition-date amount of the identifiable asset acquired, equity instruments issued, and liabilities assumed is measured at fair value on the acquisition date. Any contingent purchase price, and contingent assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value on the acquisition date, regardless of the likelihood of payment and acquisition-related transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Restructuring costs relating to the acquired business are expensed as incurred. Acquired in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) costs are no longer written off to earnings upon the acquisition; instead, IPR&D is capitalized and recorded as an intangible asset on the acquisition date, subject to impairment testing until the research or development is completed or abandoned. The excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the fair value of any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree over the net of the acquisition-date amount of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. In case of a bargain purchase, the Company reassesses whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed; the noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, if any; the Company’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree, if any; and the consideration transferred. If after this review, a bargain purchase is still indicated, it is recognized in earnings attributed to the Company. The purchase of additional interests in a partially owned subsidiary is treated as an equity transaction as well as all transactions concerning the sale of subsidiary stock or the issuance of stock by the partially owned subsidiary as long as there is no change in control of the subsidiary. If as a consequence of selling subsidiary shares, the Company no longer controls the subsidiary, the Company recognizes a gain or loss in earnings.

2.20 — Employee benefits


*(a)*	*Pension obligations*

The Company sponsors various pension schemes for its employees. These schemes conform to local regulations and practices in the countries in which the Company operates. They are generally funded through payments to insurance companies, trustee-administered funds or state institutions, determined by periodic actuarial calculations. Such plans include both defined benefit and defined contribution plans. A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines the amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Company pays fixed contributions into a separate entity for which the Company has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.

~~With the adoption in 2006 of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158,~~~~Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)~~~~(“FAS 158”), the~~The liability recognized in the consolidated balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets. The Company accounted thus for the overfunded and underfunded status of defined benefit plans and other post retirement plans in its financial statements as at December 31, 2006, with offsetting entries made at adoption to “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity, as described in Note 18.7. The overfunded or underfunded status of the defined benefit plans are calculated as the difference between plan assets and the projected benefit obligations. Overfunded plans are not netted against underfunded plans and are shown separately in the financial statements. Significant estimates are used in determining the assumptions incorporated in the calculation of the pension obligations, which is supported by input from independent actuaries. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to income over the employees’ expected average remaining working lives. Past-service costs are recognized immediately in earnings, unless the changes to the pension scheme are conditional on the employees remaining in service for a specified period of time (the vesting period). In this case, the past-service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The net periodic benefit cost of the year is determined based on the assumptions used at the end of the previous year.

For defined contribution plans, the Company pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Company has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expense when they are

~~F-21~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.

F-20

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)


*(b)*	*Other ~~post-employment~~post-retirement obligations*

The Company provides post-retirement benefits to some of its retirees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and to the completion of a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments, and changes in actuarial assumptions, are charged or credited to income over the expected average remaining working lives of the related employees. These obligations are valued annually by independent qualified actuaries.


*(c)*	*Termination benefits*

Termination benefits are payable when employment is involuntarily terminated, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary termination in exchange for these benefits. For the accounting treatment and timing recognition of the involuntarily termination benefits, the Company distinguishes between one-time termination benefit arrangements and on-going termination benefit arrangements. A one-time termination benefit arrangement is one that is established by a termination plan that applies to a specified termination event or for a specified future period. These one-time involuntary termination benefits are recognized as a liability when the termination plan meets certain criteria and has been communicated to employees. If employees are required to render future service in order to receive these one-time termination benefits, the liability is recognized ratably over the future service period. Termination benefits other than one-time termination benefits are termination benefits for which criteria for communication are not met but that are committed to by management, or termination obligations that are not specifically determined in a new and single plan. These termination benefits are all legal, contractual and past practice termination obligations to be paid to employees in case of involuntary termination. These termination benefits are accrued for at commitment date when it is probable that employees will be entitled to the benefits and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

In the case of special termination benefits proposed to encourage voluntary termination, the Company recognizes a provision for voluntary termination benefits at the date on which the employee irrevocably accepts the offer and the amount can be reasonably estimated.


*(d)*	*Profit-sharing and bonus plans*

The Company recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit-sharing plans when it is contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.


*(e)*	*Other long-term employee benefits*

The Company provides long-term employee benefits such as seniority awards in certain subsidiaries. The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee completing a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments, and changes in actuarial assumptions, are charged or credited to earnings in the period of change. These obligations are valued annually by independent qualified actuaries.

~~F-22~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~


*(f)*	*Share-based compensation*

~~Stock options~~

At December 31, 2008, the Company had five employee and Supervisory Board stock-option plans, which are described in detail in Note 18. In 2005, the Company redefined its equity-based compensation strategy by no longer granting options but rather issuing nonvested shares.

Nonvested shares

~~In 2005, the~~The Company ~~began to grant~~grants nonvested shares to senior executives, selected employees and members of the Supervisory Board. The shares are granted for free to employees and at their nominal value for the members of the Supervisory Board. The awards granted to employees ~~will~~ contingently vest upon achieving certain market or performance conditions and upon completion of an average three-year service period. Shares granted to the Supervisory Board vest unconditionally along the same vesting period as employees and are not forfeited even if the service period is not completed. The Company measures the cost of share-based service awards based on the ~~grant- date~~grant-date fair value of the award. That cost is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award or the requisite service period, usually the vesting period. Compensation is recognized only for the awards that ultimately vest. The compensation cost is recorded through earnings over the vesting period against equity, ~~on the line~~under “Capital surplus” in the consolidated statement of changes in ~~shareholders’~~ equity. The

F-21

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

compensation cost is calculated based on the number of awards expected to vest, which includes assumptions on the number of awards to be forfeited due to the employees’ failing ~~in providing~~to provide the service condition, and forfeitures following the non-completion of one or more performance conditions. When the stock-award plan contains a market condition feature, the market condition is reflected in the estimated fair value of the award at grant date.

Liabilities for the Company’s portion of payroll taxes are not accrued for over the vesting period but are recognized at vesting, which is the event triggering the measurement of employee-related social charges, based on the intrinsic value of the share at vesting date, and payment of the social contributions in most of the Company’s local tax jurisdictions.

Furthermore the Company created in 2006 a local subplan for the stock award plan granted in 2005, as described in Note 18. The Company elected to apply the pool approach, as set forth in FAS 123R to account for the modification of the original plan. Under the pool approach, the Company determined as at the modification date the unrecognized compensation expense related to the number of nonvested shares subject to the vesting modifications and incremental cost, if any, to be recognized ratably over the modified vesting period. Nonvested share grants and the related compensation cost are further explained in details in Note 18.

2.21 — Long-term debt


*(a)*	*Convertible debt*

Zero-coupon convertible bonds are recorded at principal amount in long-term debt and are subsequently stated at amortized cost.

Debt issuance costs are reported as non-current assets on the line “Other investments and other non-current assets” of the consolidated balance sheets. They are subsequently amortized through earnings on the line “Interest income, net” of the consolidated statements of income until the first redemption right of the holder. Outstanding ~~bonds~~bond amounts are classified in the consolidated balance sheet as “Current portion of ~~long term~~long-term debt” in the year of the redemption right of the holder.

~~F-23~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~


*(b)*	*Bank loans and senior bonds*

Bank loans, including non-convertible senior bonds, are recognized at historical cost, net of transaction costs incurred. They are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated statements of income over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest rate method.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the balance sheet date. The Company may from time to time enter into “repurchase agreements” with certain financial institutions and may give as collateral certain available-for-sale debt securities. The Company retains control over the pledged debt securities and consequently does not de-recognize the financial assets from its consolidated balance sheet upon transfer of the collateral. The Company accounts for such transactions as secured borrowings and recognizes the cash received upon transfer by recording a liability for the obligation to return the cash to the lending financial institution within a term which does not exceed three months. Such obligation is extinguished when the Company repurchases the pledged securities in accordance with the terms of the repurchase agreements.

2.22 — Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where ~~any subsidiary~~the Company purchases ~~the Company’s~~its equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s shareholders until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received net of directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effect is included in equity.

2.23 — Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business during a period except those changes resulting from investment by shareholders and distributions to shareholders. In the accompanying consolidated financial statements, “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” consists of temporary unrealized gains or losses on securities classified as available-for-sale, the unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedge and the impact of recognizing the overfunded and underfunded status of defined benefit plans ~~upon FAS 158,~~, all net of tax, as well as foreign currency translation adjustments.

F-22

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

2.24 — Provisions

Provisions are recognized when: the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses. Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlements is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of the outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

The Company, when acting as a guarantor, recognizes, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation the Company assumes under the ~~guarantee, in compliance with FASB Interpretation No. 45,~~Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34~~(“FIN 45”).~~guarantee. When the guarantee is issued in conjunction with the formation of a partially owned business or a venture accounted for under the equity method, the recognition of the liability for the guarantee results in an increase to the carrying amount of the investment. The liabilities recognized for the obligations of the guarantees

~~F-24~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

undertaken by the Company are measured subsequently on each reporting date, the initial liability being reduced as the Company, as a guarantor, is released from the risk underlying the guarantee.

2.25 — Recent accounting pronouncements


(a)	Accounting pronouncements effective in ~~2008~~2009

~~In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157,~~~~Fair Value Measurements~~~~(“FAS 157”). This statement defines~~The fair value ~~as “the price that would be received~~measurement guidance specifically related to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.” Additionally, the statement defines a fair value hierarchy which should be used when determining fair values, except as specifically excluded. FAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. However, in February 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued an FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) that partially deferred the effective date of FAS 157 for one year for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. However, the FSP did not defer recognition and disclosure requirements for financial assets and financial liabilities or for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are measured at least annually, which do not include goodwill. The Company adopted FAS 157 on January 1, 2008. FAS 157 adoption is prospective, with no cumulative effect of the change in the accounting guidance for fair value measurement to be recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings, except for specified categories of instruments. The Company did not record, upon adoption, any adjustment to retained earnings since it does not hold any of these categories of instruments. In the first quarter of 2008, the Company reassessed fair value on financial assets and liabilities in compliance with FAS 157, including the valuation of available-for-sale securities for which no observable market price is obtainable. The adoption of FAS 157 did not have any impact on the derivative instruments held by the Company and either designated as hedge or classified as held-for-trading, and on the Company’s investments in equity securities and floating-rate notes classified as available-for-sale since quoted prices for similar or identical instruments are available for these instruments. For the auction-rate securities held by the Company for which no observable market price is obtainable, as described in Note 12, the Company estimates that the measure of fair value of these financial assets, even if using certain entity-specific assumptions, is in line with a FAS 157 level 3 fair value hierarchy. The Company has also assessed the future impact of FAS 157 when adopted in 2009 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis, such as impaired ~~long-lived~~long lived assets or ~~goodwill.~~goodwill, was previously deferred by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and became effective as of January 1, 2009. For goodwill impairment testing and the use of fair value of tested reporting units, the Company ~~is currently reviewing~~reviewed its goodwill impairment model to measure fair value relying on external inputs and market participant’s assumptions rather than exclusively using discounted cash flows generated by each reporting entity. ~~Based on~~Such fair value measurement corresponds to a level 3 fair value hierarchy in the ~~Company’s preliminary assessment, management estimates that the~~amended guidance, as described in Note 25. This new fair value measurement basis, ifwhen applied in a comparable market environment as in the last impairment ~~campaigns, would not have a~~campaign, had no significant ~~material~~ impact on the results of the goodwill impairment ~~tests.~~tests as performed in 2009. However, as a result of the continuing downturn in market conditions and the general business environment, this new measurement of the fair value of the reporting units, when used in future goodwill and impairment testing, could generate ~~higher~~ impairment charges as the fair value will be estimated on business indicators that could reflect a distressed market.

In ~~February~~December 2007, the ~~Financial Accounting Standards Board~~FASB issued ~~Statement~~guidance related to business combinations and noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements. The guidance significantly changed how business acquisitions are accounted for and changed the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which are recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of ~~Financial Accounting Standards No. 159,~~equity. The ~~Fair Value Option for Financial Assets~~significant changes from past practice are as follows: the new guidance expands the definitions of a business and ~~Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment~~business combination; it requires the recognition of ~~FASB Statement No. 115(“FAS 159”). This statement permits companies to choose to measure eligible items~~contingent consideration at fair value on the acquisition date; acquisition-related transaction costs and restructuring costs are expensed as incurred; it changes the way certain assets are valued and requires retrospective application of measurement period adjustments. Additionally, for all business combinations (whether partial, full, or step acquisitions), the entity that acquires the business records 100% of all assets and liabilities of the acquired business, including goodwill, generally at ~~specified election dates~~their fair values. The significant changes from past practice related to noncontrolling interests include that they are now considered as equity and ~~report unrealized gains~~transactions between the parent company and ~~losses~~the noncontrolling interests are treated as equity transactions as far as these transactions do not create a change in ~~earnings~~control. Additionally, the guidance requires the recognition of noncontrolling interests at ~~each subsequent reporting date on items for which the~~ fair value ~~option has been elected. FAS 159~~rather than at book value as in past practice in cases of partial acquisitions. Such guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after ~~November~~December 15, ~~2007 with early adoption permitted for fiscal year 2007 if first quarter statements have not been issued. The~~2008 and was adopted by the Company ~~adopted FAS 159~~ on January 1, 2009. The business combination guidance has been applied prospectively. The noncontrolling interest guidance required retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing noncontrolling interests. All other requirements of the noncontrolling interest guidance was applied prospectively. Acquisition-related costs, which amounted to $7 million and were capitalized as at December 31, 2008, were immediately recorded in earnings in the first quarter of 2009. Additionally, presentation and ~~has not elected~~disclosures of noncontrolling interests generated a reclassification in all reporting periods as at January 1, 2009 from the mezzanine line “Minority interests” in the previously filed consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008 to ~~apply the fair value option to any~~equity for a total amount of ~~its assets and liabilities as permitted by FAS 159.~~

~~In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on IssueNo. 06-11,~~~~Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards~~~~(“EITF 06-11”).~~ ~~This issue states that a realized~~$276 million. No significant

~~F-25~~F-23

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

changes were recorded upon adoption in valuation allowance for acquired deferred tax ~~benefit from dividends or dividend equivalents that are charged~~assets and the resolution of assumed uncertain tax positions on past business combinations.

In March 2008, the FASB amended the guidance on disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging activities intended to ~~retained earnings~~improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and ~~paid~~hedging activities and to ~~employees~~enable investors to better understand how these instruments and activities affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows through enhanced disclosure requirements. This amendment is effective for ~~equity-classified nonvested shares, nonvested equity share units, and outstanding share options should be recognized as an increase to additionalpaid-in-capital.~~ ~~Those tax benefits are considered excess tax benefits (“windfall”) under FAS 123R.EITF 06-11~~ ~~must be applied prospectively to dividends declared in~~financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application permitted. The Company adopted the amendment in the first quarter of 2009 and included the new disclosure requirements in Note 25.

In November 2008, additional guidance was issued related to equity method investment accounting considerations. The guidance addresses a certain number of matters associated with the impact that the December ~~15,~~ 2007 amended guidance on business combinations and noncontrolling interests might have on the accounting for equity method investments. This additional guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with no early ~~adoption permitted for~~application permitted. This guidance must be applied prospectively to new investments acquired after the ~~income tax benefits of dividends on equity-based awards that are declared in periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. The~~effective date and was adopted by the Company ~~adoptedEITF 06-11~~ in the first quarter of 2009. There was no material effect on its financial position and results of operations as a result of adoption.

In November 2008, additional guidance was issued on accounting for defensive intangible assets. This additional guidance applies to all defensive assets, either acquired from a third party or through a business combination. However, it excludes from its scope in-process research and~~EITF 06-11~~ development acquired in a business combination. The additional guidance states that a defensive asset should be considered a separate unit of accounting and should not be combined with the existing asset whose value it may enhance. A useful life should be assigned that reflects the acquiring entity’s consumption of the defensive asset’s expected benefits. The guidance is effective prospectively to intangible assets acquired on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with no early application permitted. The Company adopted the guidance in the first quarter of 2009. The Company did not acquire significant defensive intangible assets.

In April 2009, the FASB issued clarifying guidance on the determination of fair values when volumes and levels of activity for assets or liabilities have significantly decreased and on identifying transactions that are not orderly. The guidance clarifies the issue of determining the fair values of assets and liabilities in non-active markets and that distressed or forced sales are not considered to represent fair value. It also requires additional disclosures in both interim and annual financial statements of the inputs and valuation techniques used in measuring fair value and disclosure of any changes in valuation techniques. The clarifying guidance is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted in certain circumstances for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The Company adopted the guidance in the second quarter of 2009 and included all required disclosures in its consolidated financial statements beginning in the period ended June 27, 2009. This guidance did not have any impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

In April 2009, the FASB also issued clarifying guidance on the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments. This guidance amends the impairment guidance for certain debt securities and requires an investor to assess the likelihood of selling the security prior to recovering its cost basis. If an investor is able to meet the criteria to assert that it will not have to sell the security before recovery, impairment charges related to credit losses, or the inability to collect cash flows sufficient to amortized cost basis, would be recognized in earnings, while impairment charges related to non-credit losses would be reflected in other comprehensive income. The guidance, which is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009 required adoption through a cumulative effect adjustment. It also requires additional disclosures for both annual and interim periods on debt and equity securities. The Company adopted the guidance in the second quarter of 2009 and included all required disclosures in its consolidated financial statements beginning in the period ended June 27, 2009. The adoption did not have any impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

In June ~~2007,~~2009, the ~~Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus~~FASB issued guidance on ~~IssueNo. 07-3,~~~~Accounting~~subsequent events, which establishes general standards of accounting for ~~Advance Payments for Goods~~and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued or ~~Services~~are available to ~~Be Used in Future Research and Development Activities(“EITF 07-3”).~~be issued. Although there is new terminology, the guidance is based on the same principles as those that existed prior to adoption. The ~~issue addresses whether non-refundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for research and development activities should be expensed when~~guidance also includes a new required disclosure of the ~~advance payments are made or when the research and development activities have been performed.EITF 07-3~~date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events. The guidance is effective for ~~fiscal years beginning~~interim and annual periods

F-24

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

ending after ~~December~~June 15, ~~2007~~2009 and ~~interim periods within those fiscal years. The~~was adopted by the Company ~~adoptedEITF 07-3~~ in the ~~first~~second quarter of ~~2008 andEITF 07-3~~ ~~did not have a~~2009 with no material ~~effect~~impact on ~~its~~the consolidated financial ~~position and results of operations.~~statements.

In ~~November 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on IssueNo. 07-6,~~~~Accounting for the Sale of Real Estate When the Agreement Includes a Buy-Sell Clause~~~~(“EITF 07-6”).~~ ~~The issue addresses whether the existence of a buy-sell arrangement would preclude partial sales treatment when real estate is sold to a jointly owned entity.EITF 07-6~~ ~~is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and would be applied prospectively to transactions entered into after the effective date. The Company adoptedEITF 07-6~~ ~~in the first quarter of 2008 andEITF 07-6~~ ~~did not have a material effect on its financial position and results of operations.~~

~~In November 2007,~~June 2009, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. ~~109,~~~~Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings~~(“112 (“SAB ~~109”~~112”)., which updates and amends the SEC staff’s previous interpretive guidance relating to business combinations and noncontrolling interests. Specifically, SAB ~~109 provides~~112 updates various sections of the Staff’s views regarding written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings under GAAP. SAB 109 is effective for all written loan commitments recorded at fair value that are enteredStaff Accounting Bulletin Series to bring it into ~~or substantially modified, in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007.~~conformity with the FASB guidance on business combinations and noncontrolling interests. The Company adopted SAB ~~109~~112 in the ~~first~~second quarter of ~~2008~~2009, which did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position and ~~has no written loan commitments to which the standard applies.~~results of operations.

In ~~January 2008,~~July 2009, the ~~U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)~~FASB issued ~~Staff~~the Accounting ~~Bulletin No. 110,~~~~Year-End Help for Expensing Employee Stock Options~~Standards Codification (“~~SAB 110”~~Codification”). ~~SAB 110 expresses~~The Codification is a single authoritative source for U.S. GAAP. While not intended to change U.S. GAAP, the ~~views~~Codification significantly changes the way in which the accounting literature is organized. It is structured by accounting topic to identify the guidance that applies to a specific accounting issue. The Codification is effective for financial statements that cover interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Company has adopted the Codification in its interim consolidated financial statements for the period ending September 26, 2009.

In October 2009, the FASB updated the Codification to provide share lenders with guidance on how to account for own-share lending arrangements. Specifically, a share lender should record as debt issuance cost the fair value of a share lending arrangement. The outstanding shares should be excluded from basic and diluted earnings per share, unless the counterparty defaults. When a default is probable, expense should be recognized with an offset to equity for the fair value of the ~~Staff regarding~~shares less estimated recoveries. The guidance is effective for new share lending arrangements for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2009. For existing arrangements, the guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2009 and must be applied retrospectively for arrangements outstanding as of the effective date. The Company does not hold any share lending arrangements and thus the guidance did not have any impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations upon adoption.

In October 2009, the FASB also released clarifying guidance on arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new guidance requires companies to allocate arrangement consideration in multiple deliverable arrangements in a manner that better reflects the transaction’s economics through the use of ~~a “simplified” method, in developing an~~relative fair values based on either vendor specific objective evidence or third party evidence of fair values. If neither of these is available, the guidance requires the use of management’s best estimate of ~~expected term~~selling price. The residual method of ~~“plain vanilla” share options~~allocating arrangement consideration is no longer permitted. The new guidance also removes non-software components of tangible products and certain software components of tangible products from the scope of existing software revenue guidance. It finally requires expanded qualitative and quantitative disclosures. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted as early as interim periods ended September 30, 2009. The guidance may be applied either prospectively from the beginning of the fiscal year for new or materially modified arrangements or retrospectively. The Company has early adopted the guidance on a prospective basis, with effect as of January 1, 2009. The adoption resulted in accordance with FAS 123R and amended its previous guidance under SAB 107 which prohibited entities from using the simplified method for stock option grants after December 31, 2007. SAB 110 is not relevantno material effects to the Company’s financial position, timing of revenue recognition, units of accounting, allocation of consideration or results of operations ~~since~~and does not result in the ~~Company redefined in 2005 its compensation policy by no longer granting stock options but rather issuing nonvested shares.~~restatement of any prior interim periods.


(b)	Accounting pronouncements expected to impact the Company’s operations that are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by the Company

In June 2009, the FASB issued amendments to the guidance on accounting for transfers of financial assets and the guidance on consolidation of variable interest entities. The amendment regarding accounting for transfers of financial assets includes: (i) eliminating the qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”) concept; (ii) a new unit of account definition that must be met for transfers of portions of financial assets to be eligible for sale accounting; (iii) clarifications and changes to the derecognition criteria for a transfer to be accounted for as a sale; (iv) a change to the amount of recognized gain or loss on a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale when beneficial interests are received by the transferor, and (v) extensive new disclosures. The amendment regarding consolidation of variable interest entities includes: (i) the elimination of exemption for QSPEs; (ii) a new approach for determining who should consolidate a variable-interest entity and (iii) changes to when it is necessary to reassess who should consolidate a variable-interest entity. Both amendments are effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2009 and for interim periods within that first year. Earlier adoption is

F-25

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

prohibited. The Company will adopt the amendments as of January 1, 2010 and does not expect any significant impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

In September 2009, the FASB issued final guidance on measuring the fair value of liabilities. It amends the Codification primarily as follows: (i) it sets forth the types of valuation techniques to be used to value a liability when a quoted price in an active market is not available; (ii) clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability; (iii) clarifies that both a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability at the measurement date and the quoted price for the identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market when no adjustments to the quoted price of the asset are required are Level 1 fair value measurements. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after issuance. The Company will adopt the amendment as of January 1, 2010 and does not expect any significant impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.


3.	MARKETABLE SECURITIES

Changes in the value of marketable securities, as reported in current and non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets as at December ~~2007,~~31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are detailed in the table below:


			Increase in		Other than
			fair value		temporary
			included in		impairment
			*OCI for**		charge								Foreign
			available-		and realized								exchange		Foreign
			for-sale		losses								result		exchange
	December 31,		marketable		on marketable								through		result			December 31,
	2008		securities		securities			Purchase		Sale			P&L		through OCI			2009
	In millions of U.S. dollars

Aaa debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury		—		—		—			1,060		(720	)							340
Aaa debt securities issued by foreign governments		—		—		—			670		(543	)		14		3			144
Senior debt Floating Rate Notes issued by financial institutions		651		8							(108	)				(3	)		548
Auction Rate Securities		242		15		(140	)		—		(75	)		—		—			42
Total		893		23		(140	)		1,730		(1,446	)		14		—			1,074


*		Other Comprehensive Income

The floating rate notes and the government bonds are reported as current assets on the line “Marketable Securities” on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2009, since they represent investments of funds available for current operations. The auction-rate securities, which have a final maturity up to 40 years, were purchased in the Company’s account by Credit Suisse Securities LLC contrary to the Company’s instructions; they are classified as non-current assets on the line “Non-current marketable securities” on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2009. On February 16, 2009, the Company announced that an arbitration panel of the Financial ~~Accounting Standards Board issued Statement~~Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), in a full and final resolution of ~~Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (Revised 2007),~~~~Business Combinations~~ ~~(“FAS 141R”)~~the issues submitted for determination, awarded the Company, in connection with such unauthorized auction rate securities, approximately $406 million, comprising compensatory damages, as well as interest, attorney’s fees and ~~No. 160,~~~~Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements,~~consequential damages, which were assessed against Credit Suisse. In addition, the Company is entitled to retain an ~~amendment~~interest award of ~~ARB No. 51(“FAS 160”). These new standards will initiate substantive and pervasive changes that will impact both~~approximately $27 million, out of which $25 million has already been paid, plus interest at the ~~accounting for future acquisition deals and the measurement and presentation~~rate of previous acquisitions in consolidated financial statements. The standards continue the movement toward the greater use of fair values in financial reporting. FAS 141R will significantly change how business acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial statements both4.64% on the ~~acquisition date~~par value of the portfolio from December 31, 2008 until the award is paid in full. The Company has petitioned the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York seeking enforcement of the award. Credit Suisse has responded by seeking to vacate the FINRA award. Upon receipt of the award, the Company will transfer ownership of the portfolio of unauthorized auction rate securities to Credit Suisse. Until the award is executed, the Company will continue to own the Auction Rate Securities and, consequently, will account for them in ~~subsequent~~the same manner as in the prior periods. ~~FAS 160 will change~~In December 2009, Credit Suisse, because of its contingent interest in certain securities held by us and issued by Deutsche Bank, requested that we either tender the ~~accounting~~securities or accept that the amount that would be received by us pursuant to such tender ($75 million) be deducted from the sum to be collected by us if and ~~reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized~~when the FINRA award is confirmed and enforced. Pursuant to legal advice, and while reserving our legal rights, we participated in the tender offer and paid $0.49 per dollar of face value. As a result, we sold Auction Rate Securities with a face value of $154 million, collected $75 million and registered $68 million as ~~noncontrolling interests and classified~~realized losses on financial assets. Losses as a ~~component~~result of ~~equity.~~this transaction should be recovered upon collection of the award. The ~~significant changes from current practice resulting from FAS 141R are: the definitions of a business and a business combination have been~~

F-26

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

~~expanded, resulting~~Company is seeking confirmation of the award from the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York.

No significant gain or loss was included in earnings as a result of floating rate notes sales. Out of the fifteen investment positions in floating-rate notes, with the only exception of a senior floating rate note of Euro 15 million issued by Lehman Brothers whose impairment was recorded as other-than-temporary in 2008, nine positions are in an ~~increased number~~unrealized loss position, which has been considered as temporary. For all floating rate notes, except the Lehman Brothers senior unsecured bonds described below, the Company expects to recover the debt securities’ entire amortized cost basis. Since the duration of ~~transactions or other events that will qualify as business combinations; for all business combinations (whether partial, full, or step acquisitions)~~the floating rate note portfolio is less than two years on average and the securities have a minimum Moody’s rating of A3 (with the only exception of the Lehman Brothers senior unsecured bonds), the ~~entity that acquires~~Company expects the ~~business (the “acquirer”) will record 100% of all assets and liabilities~~value of the ~~acquired business, including goodwill, generally at their fair values; certain contingent assets and liabilities acquired will~~securities to return to par as the final maturity is approaching. In addition, the Company does not expect to be ~~recognized at their fair values~~required to sell the securities before maturity. As such, no credit loss has been identified on these instruments. Thus, under the ~~acquisition date; contingent consideration will be recognized at its fair value~~new clarifying guidance on ~~the acquisition date and, for certain arrangements, changes~~other-than-temporary impairments issued in April 2009, as described in details in Note 2.25, these declines in fair value ~~will be~~are considered as temporary. As a result, the change in fair value is recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of changes in equity and no cumulative effect adjustment was recorded in 2009 upon adoption of such guidance. The Company estimated the fair value of these financial assets based on publicly quoted market prices, which corresponds to a level 1 fair value measurement hierarchy.

For the Lehman Brothers senior unsecured bonds, the Company has been measuring fair value since Lehman Brothers Chapter 11 filing on September 15, 2008 based on information received from a major credit rating entity. Such fair value information relies on historical recovery rates and is assessed to correspond to a level 3 fair value hierarchy. At the date of Lehman Brothers Chapter 11 filing, the Company did not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the securities and reported in earnings ~~until settled; acquisition-related transaction and restructuring costs will be expensed rather than treated as part~~an other-than-temporary impairment charge representing 50% of the ~~cost~~face value of the ~~acquisition~~debt securities. Since all of this other-than-temporary impairment charge corresponded to credit losses, no cumulative effect adjustment was recorded in 2009 upon adoption of the new accounting guidance on recognition and ~~included in~~presentation of other-than-temporary impairment charges. As at December 31, 2009, the ~~amount recorded for assets acquired; in-process research~~Company assessed that it expected to recover the impaired amortized cost basis of the Lehman Brothers debt securities amounting to $11 million and development will be recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset at the acquisition date and not expensed upon consideration allocation; in step acquisitions, previous equity interests in an acquiree held prior to obtaining control will be remeasured to their acquisition-date fair values, with any gain or loss recognized in earnings; when making adjustments to finalize initial accounting, companies will revise any previously issued post-acquisition financial information in future financial statements to reflect any adjustments as if they had beenno additional other-than-temporary impairment charge was recorded on the ~~acquisition date; reversals~~Lehman Brothers senior unsecured bonds in 2009.

The Company invested in 2009 $1,730 million in French and U.S. government bonds, of ~~valuation allowances related to acquired deferred tax assets and changes to acquired income tax uncertainties will be recognized~~which $1,263 million was sold or matured in 2009. In 2009, the Company realized in earnings ~~except for qualified measurement period adjustments (the measurement period is~~ a ~~period~~$14 million exchange gain upon the sale of ~~up to one year during which the initial amounts recognized for an acquisition can be adjusted; this treatment is similar to how changes~~Euro 100 million French Government bonds. The change in ~~other assets and liabilities in a business combination will be treated, and different from current accounting under which such changes are treated as an adjustment~~fair value of the cost of the acquisition); and asset values will no longer be reduced when acquisitions result in a “bargain purchase,” instead the bargain purchase will result in the recognition of a gain in earnings. The significant change from current practice resulting from FAS 160 is that since the noncontrolling interests are now considered$484 million government debt securities classified as ~~equity, transactions between the parent company and the noncontrolling interests will be treated as equity transactions as far as these transactions do~~available-for-sale was not create a change in control. FAS 141R and FAS 160 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. FAS 141R will be applied prospectively, with the exception of accounting for changes in a valuation allowance for acquired deferred tax assets and the resolution of uncertain tax positions accounted for under FIN 48. FAS 160 requires adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. All other requirements of FAS 160 shall be applied prospectively. Early adoption is prohibited for both standards. The Company has evaluated the effect the adoption of these statements will have on its financial position and results of operations and determined that, in view of the recent merger and acquisition transactions concluded by the Company, FAS 141R and FAS 160 adoption will have a significant impact on its financial statements. Acquisition-related costs, which amounted to $7 million and were capitalizedmaterial as at December 31, ~~2008 will~~2009. The Company estimated the fair value of these financial assets based on publicly quoted market prices, which corresponds to a level 1 fair value measurement hierarchy. The duration of the government bonds portfolio is less than five months on average and the securities are rated Aaa by Moody’s.

Until the FINRA award is executed, the ownership of the auction-rate securities must be considered as a separate unit of accounting for impairment assessment. Consequently, upon adoption of the new accounting guidance on recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairment charges, the Company determined that in the assumption that the FINRA award was not executed the Company would not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the securities resulting in an impairment of the securities based on credit losses. Consequently, the Company reported an other-than-temporary decline in fair value amounting to $72 million in 2009, which was immediately reported in the consolidated statement of income on the line “Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets”. As this impairment assessment was in line with past accounting practice, no cumulative effect adjustment was recorded in ~~earnings in~~2009 upon adoption of the new accounting guidance. From the first quarter of ~~2009. Furthermore, past business combinations often included,~~2008, the fair value measure of these securities, which corresponds to a level 3 fair value hierarchy, was based on a theoretical model using yields obtainable for comparable assets. The value inputs for the evaluation of these securities were publicly available indexes of securities with the same rating, similar duration and ~~future business combinations may include, significant IP R&D~~comparable/similar underlying collaterals or industries exposure (such as ABX for the collateralized debt obligation, ITraxx and IBoxx for the credit-linked notes), which the Company believes approximates the orderly exit value in the ~~allocation~~current market. In 2009, the value of the ~~consideration and committed restructuring actions aiming at optimizing synergies with the newly integrated businesses. With the adoption of FAS 141R, any IP R&D will be~~remaining ARS securities increased in value by $15 million, which has been recorded as intangible assets subject to annual impairment testing while future restructuring initiatives, which in compliance with the current practice are accrued for against goodwill, will impact earnings. Additionally, the adoptiona separate component of ~~FAS 160 for the presentation and disclosures of noncontrolling interests will generate a reclassification as at January 1, 2009 from the mezzanine line “Minority interests”~~“Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated ~~balance sheet~~statements of changes in equity. The estimated value of these securities could further decrease due to ~~shareholders’ equity for~~ a total amount of $276 million. However no significant changes are expected in valuation allowance for acquired deferred tax assets and the resolution of assumed uncertain tax positions on past business combinations, which would require impacting earnings instead of an adjustment to goodwill as in current practice.

~~In March 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161,~~~~Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities~~(“FAS 161”). The new standard is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities and to enable investors to better understand how these instruments and activities affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows through enhanced disclosure requirements. FAS 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application

F-27

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

~~permitted. The Company will adopt FAS 161 in the first quarter of 2009 and is currently reviewing the new disclosure requirements and their impact on its financial statements.~~

~~In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 162,~~~~The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles~~(“FAS 162”). The new standard identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with US generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). FAS 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approvaldeterioration of the ~~Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) amendments to AU Section 411,~~~~The Meaning of Present Fairly~~corporate industry indexes used for the evaluation. Fair value measurement information is further detailed in ~~Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles~~for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application permitted. The Company will adopt FAS 162 when effective and management does not expect that FAS 162 will have a material effect on its financial position and results of operations.

~~In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on IssueNo. 08-6,~~~~Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations~~~~(“EITF 08-6”).~~ ~~This issue addresses a certain number of matters associated with the impact that FAS 141R and FAS 160 might have on the accounting for equity method investments.EITF 08-6~~ retains the current cost accumulation approach for determining the initial carrying value of an equity method investment. It also addresses other-than-temporary impairment testing, which must be performed at the overall investment level.~~EITF 08-6 states~~ that share issuance by an equity method investee should be accounted for as if the equity method investor had sold a proportionate share of its investment, with any resulting gain or loss recognized in earnings, with no policy election possible anymore. However, the final consensus reaffirms that no gain (loss) should be recognized when significant influence is lost.~~EITF 08-6~~ ~~is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with no early application permitted.EITF 08-6~~ ~~must be applied prospectively to new investments acquired after the effective date. The Company will adoptEITF 08-6~~ ~~in 2009 and has assessed that such adoption will not represent a significant change to current practice.~~

~~In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached final consensus on IssueNo. 08-7,~~~~Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets~~~~(“EITF 08-7”).~~ ~~This issue applies to all defensive assets, either acquired to a third party or through a business combination. However,EITF 08-7~~ ~~excludes from its scope in-process research and development acquired in a business combination.EITF 08-7 states~~ that a defensive asset should be considered a separate unit of accounting and should not be combined with the existing asset whose value it may enhance. A useful life should be assigned that reflects the acquiring entity’ consumption of the defensive asset’s expected benefits.~~EITF 08-7~~ ~~also observes that a defensive intangible asset may not be considered immediately abandoned following its acquisition and that it would be rare for a defensive asset to have an indefinite life.EITF 08-7~~ is effective prospectively to intangible assets acquired on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with no early application permitted. The Company will adopt~~EITF 08-6~~ ~~in 2009 and has assessed that in view of the recent merger and acquisition transactions concluded by the Company,EITF 08-7~~ could be applicable to future business combinations. However, the Company did not acquire in the past significant defensive intangible assets and even if future business combinations involve the acquisition of defensive assets, the application of~~EITF 08-7~~ ~~would not represent a significant change to current practice.~~Note 25.


4.	~~(c)~~	~~Accounting pronouncements that are not yet effective and are not expected to impact the Company’s operations:~~TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Trade accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:


	December 31,			December 31,
	2009			2008

Trade accounts receivable		1,386			1,089
Less valuation allowance		(19	)		(25	)
Total		1,367			1,064

Bad debt expense in 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $2 million, $1 million and $1 million respectively. In 2009, 2008 and 2007, one customer, the Nokia group of companies, represented 16.1%, 17.5% and 21.1% of consolidated net revenues, respectively.

In 2009, $11 million of receivables due to ST Ericsson in 2009 were sold without recourse, with a financial cost of less than 0.2% of the factored amount. The Company enters into factoring transactions to accelerate the realization in cash of some trade accounts receivable.


5.	INVENTORIES, NET

Inventories, net of reserve, consisted of the following:


	December 31,		December 31,
	2009		2008

Raw materials		73		76
Work-in-process		769		1,124
Finished products		433		640
Total		1,275		1,840

As at December 31, 2008, inventories included $203 million related to the consolidation of the NXP wireless business. The fair value adjustment arising from the purchase accounting for the acquisition as discussed in Note 7 was totally expensed in cost of sales as at December 31, 2008.


6.	•	~~EITF 07-1,~~OTHER RECEIVABLES AND ASSETS~~Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements~~

	•	~~EITF 07-4,~~~~Application of the Two-Class Method under FAS 128 to Master Limited Partnerships~~

	•	~~FAS 163,~~~~Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts~~

	•	~~EITF 07-5,~~~~Determining Whether an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock~~

Other receivables and assets consisted of the following:


	December 31,		December 31,
	2009		2008

Receivables from government agencies		208		125
Taxes and other government receivables		272		238
Advances		79		83
Prepayments		50		64
Loans and deposits		14		18
Interest receivable		10		16
Financial instruments		36		37
Held-for-trading cancellable swaps		—		34
Other current assets		84		70
Total		753		685

Due to the high volatility in the interest rates generated by the recent financial turmoil, the Company assessed in 2008 that the swaps, entered into to hedge the fair value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016, had been no longer effective since November 1, 2008 and the fair value hedge relationship was discontinued. Consequently, the swaps were classified asheld-for-trading financial assets and reported at fair value as a component of “Other receivables and current assets” in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008 since the Company intended to hold the derivative instruments for a short period of time which will not exceed twelve months. An

F-28

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

unrealized gain was recognized in earnings from discontinuance date totaling $15 million and was reported on the line “Gain (loss) on financial assets” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008. During the first quarter of 2009, the Company sold these cancellable swaps and generated a loss of $8 million, which is included in the line “Gain (loss) on financial assets”.


	•	~~EITF 08-3,~~~~Accounting by Lessees for Maintenance Deposits under Lease Agreements~~

	•	~~EITF 08-5,~~~~Issuer’s Accounting for Liabilities Measured at Fair Value with a Third-Party Credit Enhancement.~~

	•	~~EITF 08-8,~~~~Accounting for an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) with a Settlement Amount that is Based on the Stock of an Entity’s Consolidated Subsidiary~~


3.7.	BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Genesis Microchip Inc.

On January 17, 2008, the Company acquired effective control of Genesis Microchip Inc. (“Genesis Microchip”) under the terms of a tender offer announced on December 11, 2007. On January 25, 2008, the Company acquired the remaining common shares of Genesis Microchip that had not been acquired through the original tender by offering the right to receive the same $8.65 per share price paid in the original tender offer. Payment of approximately $340 million for the acquired shares was made through a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company that was merged with and into Genesis Microchip promptly thereafter and received $170 million of cash and cash equivalents from Genesis Microchip. Additional direct costs associated with the acquisition amounting to approximately $6 million were paid in 2008. On closing, Genesis Microchip became part of the Company’s Home Entertainment & Displays business activity which is part of the Automotive Consumer Computer and ~~Communication~~Communications Infrastructure Product Groups segment. The acquisition of Genesis Microchip was performed to expand the Company’s leadership in the digital TV market. Genesis Microchip will enhance the Company’s technological capabilities for the transition to fully digital solutions in the segment and strengthen its product intellectual property portfolio.

Purchase price allocation resulted in the recognition of $11 million in marketable securities, $14 million in property, plant and equipment, $44 million of deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance, while intangible assets included $44 million of core technologies, $27 million related to customer relationships, $2 million of trademarks, $15 million of goodwill primarily related to the workforce, and not deductible for tax purposes, and $2 million of liabilities net of other assets. During the ~~year,~~course of 2008, the company reduced its estimate of direct cost associated with the acquisition and made a corresponding reduction in the amount of ~~purchase~~purchased goodwill. The Company also recorded in 2008 $21 million of acquired IP R&D with no alternative future use that the Company immediately ~~wrote-off.~~wrote off. Such ~~IP R&D~~in-process research and development charge was recorded on the line ~~“Research~~“research and development expenses” in the consolidated statement of income ~~for~~in the ~~year ended December 31,~~first quarter of 2008. The core technologies have an average useful life of approximately four years, the customers’ relationship of seven years and the trademarks of approximately two years. The ~~purchase price allocation is based on~~Company obtained a third party independent ~~appraisal.~~appraisal to assist in making its purchase price allocation although the Company takes full responsibility for such allocation.

NXP Wireless

On August 2, 2008, ST-NXP Wireless, a joint venture owned 80% by the Company, began operations based on contributions of the wireless businesses of the Company and NXP, as the ~~minority~~noncontrolling interest holder. The Company paid to NXP $1.55 billion for the 80% stake, which included a control premium, ~~that was the principal driver for the goodwill arising in the transaction,~~ and received cash from the NXP businesses of $33 million. The consideration also included a contribution in kind, measured at fair value, corresponding to a 20% interest in the Company’s wireless business. Additional direct costs associated with the acquisition ~~are estimated~~amounted to ~~be approximately $20~~$21 million and were ~~accrued~~fully paid as at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. On closing, ST-NXP Wireless was determined to be included in the ~~reportable segment “Wireless Product Sector.”~~Wireless segment.

Purchase price allocation resulted in the recognition of ~~$302~~$308 million in property, plant and equipment, ~~$65~~$72 million of tax receivables net of valuation allowances, inventory of $282 million which includes $88 million ofstep-up in value that increased charges against earnings in 2008 as the inventory was sold,,deferred tax liabilities of $14 million, restructuring reserves of $44 million and ~~net other assets and liabilities of $41~~$42 million in ~~liabilities.~~liabilities, net of other assets. In addition, intangible assets recognized included core technologies of $223 million, customer relationships of $405 million, and acquired IP R&D of $76 million. Such IP R&D did not have any alternative future use and was written-off immediately in the consolidated statement of income in 2008 to the line “Research and development.” The resulting goodwill in the transaction iswas $669 million ~~which is expected~~at acquisition date. During 2009 the Company made final adjustments to ~~be fully~~the acquisition related goodwill and reduced its value by $12 million with offsetting adjustments in property, plant and equipment, tax receivables and net other assets and liabilities. The goodwill deductible for tax ~~purposes.~~purposes amounts to approximately $108 million. The core technologies have useful lives ranging from approximately three and a half to six and a half years and the customer relationships’ average useful lives were estimated at 12 years. To assist in making the purchase price allocation for the contribution from the noncontrolling interest holder, the Company obtained a third party independent appraisal although the Company remains fully responsible for the allocation. The contribution by the Company was carried over at its book value. The restructuring reserves represent

F-29

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

The core technologies have useful lives ranging from approximately three and a half to six and a half years. The purchase price allocation for the contribution from the minority interest holder is based on a third party independent appraisal. The contribution by the Company was carried over at its book value The restructuring reserves represent estimated redundancy costs ~~that will be~~ incurred to achieve the rationalization of the combined organization as anticipated as part of the transaction and cover approximately 500 people, includingsub-contractors. The plan ~~will affect~~affects mainly employees in Belgium, China, Germany, India, the Netherlands, Switzerland and the United ~~States. These actions,~~States of America.

On February 1, 2009, the Company exercised its option to purchase the 20% noncontrolling interest of NXP in ST-NXP wireless for a price of $92 million. Transactions with noncontrolling interests are summarized in the table below:


	Twelve Months Ended
	December 31,			December 31,
	2009			2008
	In millions of U.S. dollars

Net loss attributable to parent company		(1,131	)		(786	)
Transfers (to) from noncontrolling interests:
Increase in parent company’s capital surplus for purchase of outstanding 20% of ST-NXP shares		119			—
Change from net loss attributable to parent company and transfers (to) from noncontrolling interests		(1,012	)		(786	)

Ericsson Mobile Platforms

On February 3, 2009, the Company closed a transaction to combine the businesses of Ericsson Mobile Platforms (“EMP”) and ST-NXP Wireless into a new venture, ST-Ericsson. ST-Ericsson combines the resources of the two companies and focuses on developing and delivering a complete portfolio of mobile platforms wireless semiconductor solutions across the broad spectrum of mobile technologies. The operations of ST-Ericsson are conducted through two groups of companies. The parent of one of the groups is ST-Ericsson Holding AG (“JVS”), which is owned 50% plus a controlling share by ST. JVS is responsible for the full commercial operation of the combined businesses, namely sales, marketing, supply and the ~~resulting termination benefits, will be finalized and completed within one year~~full product responsibility. The parent of the ~~acquisition date, which could result~~other group, ST-Ericsson AT Holding AG (“JVD”), is owned 50% plus a controlling share by Ericsson and is focused on fundamental R&D activities. Both JVS and JVD are variable interest entities. The Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of JVS and therefore consolidates JVS, but that it is not the primary beneficiary of JVD and therefore accounts for its noncontrolling interest in ~~changes~~JVD under the equity method of accounting. JVD is discussed further in Note 11. In addition to the ~~liability~~contributions by ST and ~~goodwill amounts~~Ericsson of their respective businesses to the venture entities, the consideration received from Ericsson included $1,155 million in cash, of which $700 million was paid directly to the ~~purchase price allocations above. Although not anticipated,~~Company. The transaction has been accounted for as a business combination under the ~~purchase price accounting remains subject to minor adjustments.~~amended business combination guidance adopted by the Company as of January 1, 2009.

The purchase accounting results are the following, in millions of U.S. dollars:


Consideration transferred:
Noncontrolling interest in the Company’s business contributed	1,105
Cash received by the Company	(700	)
Equity investment in JVD	(99	)

Total consideration transferred	306
Acquisition related costs included in SG&A	9
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Cash in JVS	445
Other current assets and liabilities — net	(47	)
Customer relationships	48
Property, plant and equipment	23
Total identifiable net assets	469
Noncontrolling interest in EMP business acquired	(306	)
Goodwill	143
Total	306

The goodwill arises principally due to expected synergies and the value of the assembled workforce. It is tax deductible for an amount of $26 million. In connection with this transaction, the Company recognized acquisition

F-30

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

costs of $9 million, which were included in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2009. The customer relationships have a useful life of four years. There are no contingent assets or liabilities recognized in the transaction.

The fair value of the noncontrolling interests was determined by the Company with the assistance of a third party evaluation of the fair values of the businesses contributed. Due to lack of comparable market transactions, the EMP business was valued using a discounted cash flow approach. The primary inputs used to measure the fair value were the stand alone business plan for the five-year period2009-2013, including certain cost synergies of the venture, and the weighted average cost of capital, which was determined to be 8.9%. This represents a Level 3 measurement of fair value in the fair value measurement hierarchy. The resulting value of the EMP business was then allocated between the two entities of the venture as follows: (a) specifically identifiable assets as well as customer-related intangibles and the cost synergies were allocated to the portion of the EMP business contributed to JVS, and (b) specifically identifiable assets as well as the value of the usage rights of the technology were allocated to the portion of the EMP business contributed to JVD. The fair value of the Company’s contribution of its ST-NXP Wireless business to JVS was determined based upon the valuation of the EMP business contributed to JVS and JVD and the cash consideration that was agreed upon between the Company and ~~NXP had~~Ericsson to compensate for the difference in fair values between the two companies’ contributions. This valuation is therefore also considered Level 3. Due to the significant minority rights of the Company and Ericsson in JVD and JVS respectively, no control premium or discount was assigned in the past pre-existing relationships before the business combination described above through the alliance the Company operated jointly with Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. for certain research and development activities and the operation of a 300mm wafer pilot line fab in Crolles (France) (“Crolles2 alliance”). In January 2007, NXP Semiconductors B.V. announced that it would withdraw from the alliance. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. has also notified the Company that the Crolles2 alliance would terminate as of such date. Therefore, the Crolles2 alliance expired on December 31, 2007. Following the terminationvaluation of the ~~Crolles 2 alliance, the Company entered into agreements~~noncontrolling interests. Upon closing, JVS was determined to acquire all equipment in Crolles from NXP and Freescale according to the following schedule: (i) the acquisition of equipment amounting to $128 million from NXP on December 31, 2007; (ii) the acquisition of equipment amounting to $140 million from Freescale on March 14, 2008; (iii) the acquisition of equipment amounting to $135 million from Freescale on April 18, 2008 and (iv) the acquisition of equipment amounting to $129 million from NXP on June 30, 2008. The March 14, 2008 installment has been executed by a combination of direct purchase amounting $40 million and an operating lease for the remainder of the equipment. The termination of the Crolles 2 alliance did not result in other settlements, which could have generated gain or lossesbe included in the ~~consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008.~~reportable segment “Wireless”.

The unaudited proforma information below assumes that ~~Genesis Microchip was acquired and the ST-NXP Wireless joint venture~~JVS was created on January 1, 2009 and 2008 and incorporates the results of ~~Genesis Microchip and ST-NXP Wireless~~JVS beginning on ~~that date.~~those dates. The unaudited twelve months ended December 31, ~~2007~~2009 and December 31, 2008 information has been adjusted to incorporate the results of ~~Genesis Microchip and ST-NXP Wireless~~JVS on January 1, ~~2007.~~2009 and January 1, 2008. Such results include estimated results of the business acquired, adjustments to conform to the Company’s accounting policies, additional depreciation and amortization resulting from the step up to the fair values of the tangible and intangible assets, consequential tax effects and noncontrolling interest adjustments. These amounts are presented for information purposes only and are not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved had the acquisition taken place as of January 1, 2009 and January 1, 2008.


	Twelve Months Ended			Twelve Months Ended			Twelve Months Ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
Pro Forma Statements of Income (Unaudited)	2008			2007
	In millions of U.S. dollars,
Pro forma Statements of Income (unaudited)							2009			2008
	except per share amounts						In millions of U.S. dollars

Net revenues		10,650			11,654			8,536			10,485
Gross profit		3,880			4,109			2,640			4,027
Operating expenses		(4,185	)		(4,891	)		(3,688	)		(4,308	)
Operating loss		(306	)		(782	)		(1,048	)		(281	)
Net loss		(896	)		(737	)
Net loss attributable to parent company								(1,113	)		(798	)
Loss per share (basic)		(1.00	)		(0.82	)		(1.27	)		(0.89	)
Loss per share (diluted)		(1.00	)		(0.82	)		(1.27	)		(0.89	)


	Twelve Months Ended
	December 31,			December 31,
Statements of Income, as reported	2009			2008
	In millions of U.S. dollars

Net revenues		8,510			9,842
Gross profit		2,626			3,560
Operating expenses		(3,649	)		(3,758	)
Operating loss		(1,023	)		(198	)
Net loss attributable to parent company		(1,131	)		(786	)
Loss per share (basic)		(1.29	)		(0.88	)
Loss per share (diluted)		(1.29	)		(0.88	)

Net revenues of the EMP business for the period from the acquisition date of February 3, 2009 to December 31, 2009 included in the consolidated statement of income were $300 million. Net income (loss) during this period is no

~~F-30~~F-31

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

Twelve Months Ended
Twelve Months Ended

December 31,
December 31,

Statements of Income, as Reported
2008 2007
In millions of U.S. dollars,

except per share amounts

Net revenues 9,842 10,001
Gross profit 3,560 3,536
Operating expenses (3,758 ) (4,081 )
Operating loss (198 ) (545 )
Net loss (786 ) (477 )
Loss per share (basic) (0.88 ) (0.53 )
Loss per share (diluted) (0.88 ) (0.53 )

~~The unaudited pro forma information above includes material non-recurring items such~~longer separately identifiable, as the ~~write-off~~EMP business was immediately integrated across a large number of ~~IP R&D, as well additional expense for~~legal entities combining the cost structures of ~~goods sold due to increases to~~ the ~~fair value of inventory received in the business combinations. The historical results for the year ended December 31, 2008 included the write-off of IP R&D acquired in the formation of~~EMP and ST-NXP Wireless and the additional cost of goods sold due to the fair value increase of the portion of inventory sold. The pro forma for the prior year’s twelve months ended December 31, 2007 have been adjusted for $21 million of IP R&D for Genesis Microchip and $76 million for ST-NXP Wireless.businesses.


4.8.	GOODWILL

Following the segment reorganization as described in Note 27, the Company has restated its results in prior periods for illustrative comparisons of its allocation of goodwill by product segment.

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows:


	Automotive
	Consumer
	Computer and						Industrial and
	Communication			Wireless			Multisegment
	Infrastructure			Sector			Sector
	(“ACCI”)			(“Wireless”)			(“IMS”)			Other			Total

December 31, 2007		41			147			100			2			290
Business Combination		15			669			—			—			684
PGI goodwill impairment		(4	)		—			—			(2	)		(6	)
Incard goodwill impairment		—			—			(7	)		—			(7	)
Foreign currency translation		(1	)		—			(2	)		—			(3	)
December 31, 2008		51			816			91			—			958
Business Combination		—			131			—			—			131
Vision goodwill impairment		(6	)		—			—			—			(6	)
Foreign currency translation		(2	)		(11	)		1			—			(12	)
December 31, 2009		43			936			92			—			1,071

Gross goodwill recognized amounted to respectively $1,138 million and $1,019 million as at December 31, 2009 and 2008. Accumulated impairment amounted to respectively $67 million and $61 million as at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

On February 3, 2009, the Company closed a transaction to combine the businesses of Ericsson Mobile Platforms (“EMP”) and ST-NXP Wireless into a new venture, named ST-Ericsson. An amount of $143 million of the purchase price for this transaction was allocated to goodwill. This business combination is discussed in details in Note 7. Additionally, at the beginning of the third quarter of 2009, the Company made final adjustments to the NXP business combination and decreased goodwill by $12 million.

In 2008, the Company acquired 100% of Genesis Microchip Inc. and 80% of the NXP wireless business. Amounts of $15 million and $669 million, respectively, of the purchase price for these two transactions were allocated to goodwill. These business combinations are discussed in details in Note 7.

During the first half of 2009, the Company performed an impairment test on goodwill and based on this test, impairment charge totaling $6 million was recorded on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” of the consolidated statement of income for the period ended December, 2009. This impairment charge is further described in Note 19.

In the third quarter of 2009 and 2008, the Company performed its annual impairment test on goodwill and indefinite long-lived assets, which did not evidence any additional impairment charge to be recorded in 2009 and charges totaling $13 million were recorded on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008. These impairment charges are further described in Note 19.

F-32

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)


9.	OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other intangible assets consisted of the following:


	Gross		Accumulated			Net
December 31, 2009	Cost		Amortization			Cost

Technologies & licences		787		(501	)		286
Contractual customer relationships		485		(70	)		415
Purchased software		302		(226	)		76
Other intangible assets		119		(77	)		42

Total		1,693		(874	)		819


	Gross		Accumulated			Net
December 31, 2008	Cost		Amortization			Cost

Technologies & licences		707		(365	)		342
Contractual customer relationships		436		(22	)		414
Purchased software		253		(200	)		53
Other intangible assets		125		(71	)		54

Total		1,521		(658	)		863

The line Other intangible assets in the table above consists primarily of internally developed software. The amortization expense on capitalized software costs in 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $20 million, $15 million, and $11 million, respectively.

The amortization expense in 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $208 million, $141 million, and $82 million, respectively.

The estimated amortization expense of the existing intangible assets for the following years is:


Year

2010			235
2011			215
2012			155
2013			58
2014			39
Thereafter			117
Total			819

F-33

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)


10.	PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:


	Gross		Accumulated			Net
December 31, 2009	Cost		Depreciation			Cost

Land		96		—			96
Buildings		1,004		(294	)		710
Capital leases		79		(61	)		18
Facilities & leasehold improvements		3,158		(2,332	)		826
Machinery and equipment		13,765		(11,632	)		2,133
Computer and R&D equipment		544		(458	)		86
Other tangible assets		252		(146	)		106
Construction in progress		106		—			106

Total		19,004		(14,923	)		4,081


	Gross		Accumulated			Net
December 31, 2008	Cost		Depreciation			Cost

Land		89		—			89
Buildings		1,001		(264	)		737
Capital leases		68		(53	)		15
Facilities & leasehold improvements		3,153		(2,115	)		1,038
Machinery and equipment		13,700		(11,037	)		2,663
Computer and R&D equipment		528		(440	)		88
Other tangible assets		187		(127	)		60
Construction in progress		49		—			49
Total		18,775		(14,036	)		4,739

As described in note 7, an amount of $23 million of the purchase price for the business of Ericsson Mobile Platforms (“EMP”) was allocated to property, plant and equipment.

Upon the acquisition of Genesis, the Company recorded in January 2008 property, plant and equipment totaling $14 million. The integration of NXP wireless business in 2008 resulted in the consolidation of long-lived assets totaling $302 million, of which $25 million corresponded to fair valuestep-up on the Company’s 80% interest.

In 2008, as described in Note 19, the Company recorded $77 million impairment charge on long-lived assets of the Company’s manufacturing sites in Carrollton (Texas) and in Phoenix (Arizona), of which $75 million on Phoenix site that had previously been designated for closure as part of the 2007 restructuring plan.

The depreciation charge in 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $1,159 million, $1,225 million and $1,331 million, respectively.

Capital investment funding has totaled $4 million, $4 million and $9 million in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Public funding reduced depreciation charges by $22 million, $25 million and $33 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 the Company made equipment sales for cash proceeds of $10 million, $8 million and $4 million respectively.

F-34

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)


11.	EQUITY INVESTMENTS

Equity investments as at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:


	2009					2008
	Carrying		Ownership			Carrying		Ownership
	value		Percentage			value		Percentage
	(In millions of USD, except percentages)

Numonyx Holdings B.V		193		48.6	%		496		48.6	%
ST-Ericsson AT Holding		67		49.9	%		—		—
Other equity investments		13					14
Total		273					510

Numonyx

In 2007, the Company ~~announced that it had~~ entered into an agreement with Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners L.P. to create a new independent semiconductor company from the key assets of the Company’s Flash Memory Group and Intel’s flash memory business (“FMG deconsolidation”). Under the terms of the agreement, the Company would sell its flash memory assets, including its NAND joint venture interest with Hynix as described ~~above~~below and other NOR resources, to the new company, which was called Numonyx Holdings B.V. (“Numonyx”), while Intel would sell its NOR assets and resources. ~~Pursuant to the signature of the agreement for the FMG deconsolidation and upon meeting criteria for assets held for sale as set forth in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144,~~~~Accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-term assets~~~~(“FAS 144”),~~In connection with this announcement, the Company ~~reclassified~~reported in 2007 ~~the assets to be transferred to Numonyx from their original balance sheet classification to the line “Assets held for sale.” Coincident with this classification, the Company reported~~ an impairment charge of $1,106 million to adjust the value of these assets to fair value less costs to sell, on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2007. The total loss calculation also included a provision of $139 million to reflect the value of rights granted to Numonyx to use certain assets retained by the Company. No remaining amounts related to the FMG deconsolidation was reported as current assets on the line “Assets held for sale” of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008.sell.

The Numonyx transaction closed on March 30, 2008. At closing, through a series of steps, the Company contributed its flash memory assets and businesses as previously announced, for 109,254,191 common shares of Numonyx, representing a 48.6% equity ownership stake valued at $966 million, and $156 million in long-term subordinated notes, as described in Note 12. As a consequence of the final terms and balance sheet at the closing date and additional agreements on assets to be contributed, coupled with changes in valuation for comparable Flash memory companies, the Company incurred an additional pre-tax loss of $190 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, which was reported on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” of the consolidated statement of income.

~~F-31~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

default, ~~and failure to repay the loans from Numonyx,~~ the banks will exercise the Company’s rights, subordinated to the repayment to senior lenders, to recover the amounts paid under the guarantee through the sale of ~~Numonyx’s~~the assets. The debt guarantee was evaluated under ~~FIN 45.~~the FASB guidance on guarantee liabilities. It resulted in the recognition of a $69 million liability, corresponding to the fair value of the guarantee at inception of the transaction. The same amount was also added to the value of the equity investment. The debt guarantee obligation was reported on the line “Other non-current liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2009 and 2008. As at December 31, 2009, the guarantee was not exercised. As at December 31 2009, Numonyx was current on their debt obligations, not in default of any debt covenants and did not expect to be in default on these obligations in the foreseeable future.

The Company accounts for its share in Numonyx under the equity method based on the actual results of the venture. In the valuation of Numonyx investment under the equity method, the Company applies a one-quarter lag reporting. ~~Consequently, equity loss related to Numonyx for the second and third quarters of 2008 have been reported by the Company in the third and fourth quarters of 2008, respectively.~~ For the year ended December 31, ~~2008~~2009 the Company reported on the line “Earnings (loss) on equity investments” on the Company’s consolidated statement of income ~~$65~~$171 million of equity loss in Numonyx equity investment, ~~including $4~~that represents the Company’s proportional share of the loss reported by Numonyx in the fourth quarter of 2008 and the three first quarters of 2009, a benefit of $69 million related to ~~interest expense~~the amortization of basis differences arising principally from impairment charges recorded by the Company in prior periods. Furthermore, the Company evaluates on a quarterly basis the ~~Subordinated notes~~fair value of the investment in Numonyx based upon a combination of (i) an income approach, using net equity adjusted for net debt, and ~~corresponding~~(ii) a market approach, using the metrics of comparable public companies, both in relation to actual results and the ~~Company’s equity interest~~most updated available forecast. In the first quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $200 million considered asother-than-temporary, resulting from a re-assessment by the Company of the fair value of its investment in ~~the financial expense of~~ Numonyx ~~as described in Note 22 and $2 million of compensation on stock awards granted to employees subsequently transferred to Numonyx. Additionally, due to~~following the deterioration of both the global economic situation and the ~~Memory~~memory market segment, as well as ~~Numonyx’s current and projected results, the Company re-assessed the fair value~~a revision by Numonyx of its equity investment and recorded a $480 million other-than-temporary impairment charge on the line “Earnings (loss) on equity investments” in the 2008 consolidated statement of income. The calculation of the impairment was based upon a combination of an income approach, using discounted cash flows, and a market approach, using metrics of comparable public companies. The Company’s share of the actual results of Numonyx is adjusted for basis differences which arise principally due to the impairments recorded by the Company. The basis difference of $240 million at December 31, 2008 has been allocated to long-lived assets and is being amortized over their remaining useful lives.2009 projected results. At December 31, ~~2008~~2009 the Company’s investment in Numonyx, including the amount of the debt guarantee, amounted to ~~$496~~$193 million.

F-35

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

The Company’s current maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with Numonyx is limited to its equity investment, its investment in subordinated notes and its debt guarantee obligation.

Summarized unaudited financial information for Numonyx, as of September ~~27, 2008~~26, 2009 and for the ~~six~~twelve months then ended that, because of the one-quarter lag discussed above, correspond to the amounts included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, ~~2008~~2009 and for the twelve months then ended, are as ~~follows :~~follows:


	In million of US dollars

Statement of Income Information:
Net sales		~~1,165~~1,673
Gross profit		~~266~~289
Net income (loss)		(~~129~~352	)
Financial Position Information:
Current assets		~~1,614~~1,322
Noncurrent assets		~~1,412~~1,220
Current liabilities		~~512~~348
Noncurrent liabilities		~~860~~894
Net worth		~~1,654~~1,300

~~Hynix ST~~ST-Ericsson AT Holding

As disclosed in Note 7, on February 3, 2009, the Company announced the closing of a transaction to combine the businesses of Ericsson Mobile Platforms (“EMP”) and ST-NXP Wireless into a new venture, namedST-Ericsson. As part of the transaction, the Company received an interest in ST-Ericsson AT Holding AG (“JVD”). JVD, in which the Company owns 50% less a controlling share held by Ericsson, is the parent company of a group of entities that perform fundamental R&D activities for the ST-Ericsson venture. The Company has determined that JVD is a variable interest entity, but has determined that the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the entity. Accordingly, the Company accounts for its noncontrolling interest in JVD under the equity method of accounting. The Company’s investment in JVD at the date of the transaction was valued at $99 million. In 2009, the line “Loss on equity investments” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income included a charge of $32 million related to JVD. This amount includes the amortization of basis differences. The Company’s current maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with JVD is limited to its equity investment, which was shown at $67 million on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009.

Hynix-Numonyx Joint Venture

In 2004, the Company signed a joint venture agreement with Hynix Semiconductor Inc. to build a front-end memory manufacturing facility in Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, China. Under the agreement, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. contributed $500 million for a 67% equity interest and the Company contributed $250 million for a 33% equity interest. Additionally, the Company originally committed to grant $250 million in long-term financing to the new

~~F-32~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

joint venture guaranteed by the subordinated collateral of the joint venture’s assets. The Company made the total $250 million capital contribution as previously planned in the joint venture agreement in 2006. In 2007, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. invested an additional $750 million in additional shares of the joint venture to fund a facility expansion. As a result of this investment, the Company’s equity interest in the joint venture declined from approximately 33% to 17%. At December 31, 2007On March 30, 2008, the investment in the joint venture, which amounted to ~~$276~~$291 million ~~and was included in assets held for sale on~~at the ~~consolidated balance sheet. It~~time, was transferred to Numonyx upon the formation of that company, as described below. The Company accounted for its share in the Hynix ST joint venture under the equity method based on the actual results of the joint venture through the first quarter of 2008. The Company’s share in 2008 result of the joint venture, reported on the line “Earnings (loss) on equity investments” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was not material.

entity. Due to regulatory and withholding tax issues the Company could not directly provide the joint venture with the $250 million long-term financing as originally planned. As a result, in 2006, the Company entered into a ten-year term debt guarantee agreement with an external financial institution through which the Company guaranteed the repayment of the loan by the joint venture to the bank. The guarantee agreement includes the Company placing up to $250 million in cash on a deposit account. The guarantee deposit will be used by the bank in case of repayment failure from the joint venture, with $250 million as the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company, as the guarantor, could be required to make. In the event of default and failure to repay the loan from the joint venture, the bank will exercise the Company’s rights, subordinated to the repayment to senior lenders, to recover the amounts paid under the guarantee through the sale of the joint venture’s assets. ~~In 2006, the Company placed $218 million of cash on the guarantee deposit account. In 2007, the Company placed the remaining $32 million of cash, which totaled~~The $250 million, ~~as at December 31, 2008 and was~~which has been on deposit since 2007, has been reported as “Restricted cash” on the consolidated balance ~~sheet.~~sheet as at December 2009 and 2008. The debt guarantee ~~was evaluated under FIN 45. It~~ resulted in the recognition of a $17 million liability, corresponding to the fair value of the guarantee at inception of the transaction. The ~~liability was recorded against the value of the equity investment. The~~ debt guarantee obligation ~~was~~continues to be reported on the line “Other non-current liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, ~~2008, and the Company reported the debt guarantee on the line “Other investments and other non-current assets”~~2009, since the terms of ~~the transfer of the equity investment to Numonyx do~~FMG deconsolidation did not include the transfer of the guarantee. As at

F-36

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

December 31, 2009, the guarantee was not exercised. To the best of management’s knowledge as at December 31, 2009, the joint venture was current on their debt obligations, not in default of any debts covenants and did not expect to be in default on these obligations in the foreseeable future. The Company’s current maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the joint venture is limited to its indirect investment through Numonyx and ~~its~~the debt guarantee obligation.

~~Veredus~~

In 2008, the Company acquired 41.2% of ownership interest in Veredus Laboratories Pte. Ltd (“Veredus”), a company located in Singapore which sells diagnostic solutions to the medical market. The acquisition amounted to $11 million and was fully paid in 2008. The investment is aimed at joining forces with established and growing players in the medical diagnostic market, accelerating thus market adoption of the Company’s LabOnCHip technology and products. The Company accounted for its interest in Veredus under the equity method. The Company’s share in 2008 result of the joint venture, reported on the line “Earnings (loss) on equity investments” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was not material.

~~ATLab~~

In 2008, the Company acquired 8.1% of ownership interest in ATLab Inc. (“ATLab”), a Korean company which sells semiconductor devices to the optical mouse, touch screen and touch pad markets. With this investment, the Company intends to secure partnership in product development for the growing touch screen market. The acquisition, which totaled $4 million, was fully paid in 2008.

The Company has identified ATLab as a “Variable Interest Entity” (“VIE”) but has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the entity. The Company has the ability to exercise significant influence on certain decisions of the entity. Consequently, the Company accounted for its interest in ATLab under the equity method. The

~~F-33~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

Company’s share in 2008 result of the joint venture, reported on the line “Earnings (loss) on equity investments” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was not material.


5.	~~TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET~~

~~Trade accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:~~

December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007

Trade accounts receivable 1,089 1,626
Less valuation allowance (25 ) (21 )

Total
1,064 1,605

Bad debt expense in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1 million, $1 million and $7 million respectively. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, one customer, the Nokia group of companies, represented 17.5% 21.1% and 21.8% of consolidated net revenues, respectively.


6.	~~INVENTORIES, NET~~

~~Inventories, net of reserve consisted of the following:~~

December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007

Raw materials 76 72
Work-in-process 1,124 808
Finished products 640 474

Total
1,840 1,354

As at December 31, 2008, inventories included $203 million related to the consolidation of the NXP wireless business. The fair value adjustment arising from the purchase accounting for the acquisition as discussed in Note 3 was totally expensed in cost of goods sold as at December 31, 2008.

As at December 31, 2007 inventories amounting to $329 million were reported as a component of the line “Assets held for sale” on the consolidated balance sheet as part of the assets to be transferred to Numonyx.


7.	~~ASSETS HELD FOR SALE~~

As described in Note 4, the Company announced in 2007 that it had entered into an agreement with Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners L.P. to create a new independent semiconductor company, Numonyx, from the key assets of the Company’s Flash Memory Group and Intel’s flash memory business. In exchange of its flash memory assets, including its NAND joint venture interest and other NOR resources, the Company was expected to receive, at closing, a combination of cash and a 48.6% equity ownership stake in Numoyx; Intel was expected to receive cash and a 45.1% equity ownership stake; and Francisco Partners L.P. was to invest $150 million in cash to purchase participating convertible preferred stock with certain liquidation preferences and convertible into a 6.3% ownership interest, subject to adjustments in certain circumstances. As a result of the signing of the definitive agreement for the FMG deconsolidation and upon meeting FAS 144 criteria for assets held for sale, the Company reclassified the assets to be transferred to Numonyx from their original balance sheet classification to the line “Assets held for sale” in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007. Coincident with this classification, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1,106 million, as described in Note 21, to adjust the value of these assets to fair value less costs to sell, reporting the loss on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2007. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the net consideration provided for in the agreement and significant estimates.

~~F-34~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

In 2008, the terms of the transaction were further refined. Among other things, the Company and Intel agreed to guarantee the term debt and revolving credit agreement of Numonyx, as described in Note 4. The Company and Intel also agreed to a reduction in the amount of subordinated notes they would receive and it was agreed that Francisco Partners would receive 6.3% of the total subordinated notes to be issued by Numonyx in addition to its convertible preferred stock in exchange for its initial investment of $150 million. The Numonyx transaction closed on March 30, 2008. At closing, through a series of steps, the Company contributed its flash memory assets and businesses as previously announced. As a consequence of the final terms of the transaction, the balance sheet at the closing date and additional agreements on assets to be contributed, coupled with changes in valuation for comparable Flash memory companies, the Company incurred an additional pre-tax loss of $190 million for the year, consisting of a $164 million impairment charge recorded upon disposal and an additional loss of $26 million, as a consequence of additional charges borne by the Company in relation to the contributed assets. The loss was reported on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008 and is further detailed in Note 21.


8.	~~OTHER RECEIVABLES AND ASSETS~~

~~Other receivables and assets consisted of the following:~~

December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007

Receivables from government agencies 125 143
Taxes and other government receivables 238 258
Advances to suppliers 3 5
Advances to employees 11 9
Advances to State and government agencies 69 9
Insurance prepayments 6 5
Rental prepayments 2 3
License and technology agreement prepayments 21 17
Other prepaid expenses 35 17
Loans and deposits 18 15
Accrued income 14 11
Interest receivable 16 28
Receivables for sale of long-lived assets 1 8
Purchased currency options 27 12
Foreign exchange forward contracts 10 1
Held-for-trading cancellable swaps 34 —
Sundry debtors within cooperation agreements 29 30
Receivables for payments on behalf of Numonyx — 26
Other current assets 26 15

Total
685 612

In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a fixed interest rate. The cancellable swaps convert the fixed rate interest expense recorded on the convertible bonds due 2016 to a variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. Until November 1 2008, the cancellable swaps met the criteria for designation as a fair value hedge, as further detailed in Note 27, and were reflected at their fair value in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007 on the line “Other investments and other non-current assets, as described in Note 14. Due to the high volatility in the interest rates generated by the recent financial turmoil, the Company assessed in 2008 that the

~~F-35~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

swaps had been no longer effective since November 1, 2008 and the fair value hedge relationship was discontinued. Consequently, the swaps were classified as held-for-trading financial assets and reported at fair value as a component of “Other receivables and current assets” in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008 since the Company intends to hold the derivative instruments for a short period of time which will not exceed twelve months. An unrealised gain was recognized in earnings from discontinuance date totaling $15 million and was reported on the line “Unrealized gain on financial assets” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Amounts shown in the table above on the line “Receivables for payments on behalf of Numonyx” represented costs to create the infrastructure necessary to prepare Numonyx to operate immediately following FMG deconsolidation, for which the Company paid in 2007 and were reimbursed by Numonyx following its inception.


9.	~~GOODWILL~~

Following the segment reorganization as described in Note 29, the Company has restated its results in prior periods for illustrative comparisons of its allocation of goodwill by product segment. Management believes that the restated 2007 and 2006 presentation is consistent with 2008.

~~Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows:~~

Automotive

Consumer

Computer and

Communication
Industrial and

Infrastructure
Wireless
Multisegment

Product
Products
Products

Groups
Sector
Sector

(‘‘ACCI”) (‘‘WPS”) (‘‘IMS”) Other Total

December 31, 2006 41 89 91 2 223
Business Combination — 58 — — 58
Foreign currency translation — — 9 — 9

December 31, 2007 41 147 100 2 290

Business Combination 15 669 — — 684
PGI goodwill impairment (4 ) — — (2 ) (6 )

Incard goodwill impairment — — (7 ) — (7 )

Foreign currency translation (1 ) — (2 ) — (3 )

December 31, 2008
51 816 91 — 958

During the third quarter of 2008, the Company performed the annual review of impairment of goodwill and based on this test, impairment charges totaling $13 million were recorded on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008. These impairment charges are further described in Note 21. Since the Company’s impairment campaign, the Company’s market capitalization declined to a level below its book value, the Company also performed further analyses during the fourth quarter using the most current long term financial plan available. While the Company recorded specific impairment charges related to the carrying value of certain marketable securities and equity investments during the period, no impairment was indicated by such analyses on the net value of its assets subject to testing. However, many of the factors used in assessing fair values for such assets are outside of the Company’s control and the estimates used in such analyses are subject to change. Due to the ongoing uncertainty of the current

~~F-36~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

market conditions, which may continue to negatively impact the Company’s market value, the Company will continue to monitor the carrying value of its assets. If market and economic conditions deteriorate further, this could result in future non-cash impairment charges against income. Further impairment charges could also result from new valuations triggered by changes in the Company’s product portfolio or strategic transactions, including the recently announced joint venture with Ericsson for the Company’s wireless business and possible further impairment charges relating to the Company’s investment in Numonyx.

On November 1, 2007 the Company acquired a portion of the integrated circuit operations of one the significant wireless customers of its new WPS product segment. An amount of $58 million of the purchase price for this transaction was allocated to goodwill.


~~10.~~	~~OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS~~

~~Other intangible assets consisted of the following:~~

Gross
Accumulated
Net

December 31, 2008
Cost Amortization Cost

Technologies & licences 707 (365 ) 342
Contractual customer relationships 436 (22 ) 414
Purchased software 253 (200 ) 53
Internally developed software 125 (71 ) 54

Total
1,521 (658 ) 863

Gross
Accumulated
Net

December 31, 2007
Cost Amortization Cost

Technologies & licences 431 (303 ) 128
Contractual customer relationships 4 (4 ) —
Purchased software 230 (179 ) 51
Internally developed software 124 (65 ) 59

Total 789 (551 ) 238

As described in Note 3, purchase price allocation on the integration of NXP wireless business resulted in the recognition of core technologies of $223 million and customer relationships of $405 million. The core technologies have useful lives ranging from approximately three and a half to six and a half years and the customer relationships’ average useful lives were estimated at 12 years. Purchase price allocation on the acquisition of Genesis resulted in $44 million of core technologies, $27 million related to customer relationships and $2 million of trademarks. The core technologies have an average useful life of approximately four years, the customers’ relationship of seven years and the trademarks of approximately two years.

As at December 31, 2007 other intangible assets amounting to $12 million were reported as a component of the line “Assets held for sale” on the consolidated balance sheet as part of the assets to be transferred to Numonyx.

~~As at December 31, 2007, the Company recorded a $2 million impairment charge on certain technologies without any alternative future use based on the Company’s products’ roadmap.~~

~~The aggregate amortization expense in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $141 million, $82 million and $93 million, respectively.~~

~~F-37~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

~~The estimated amortization expense of the existing intangible assets for the following years is:~~

Year

2009 231
2010 208
2011 185
2012 123
2013 65
Thereafter 51

Total
863


~~11.~~	~~PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT~~

~~Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:~~

Gross
Accumulated
Net

December 31, 2008
Cost Depreciation Cost

Land 89 — 89
Buildings 1,001 (264 ) 737
Capital leases 68 (53 ) 15
Facilities & leasehold improvements 3,153 (2,115 ) 1,038
Machinery and equipment 13,700 (11,037 ) 2,663
Computer and R&D equipment 528 (440 ) 88
Other tangible assets 187 (127 ) 60
Construction in progress 49 — 49

Total
18,775 (14,036 ) 4,739

Gross
Accumulated
Net

December 31, 2007
Cost Depreciation Cost

Land 91 — 91
Buildings 1,036 (344 ) 692
Capital leases 71 (49 ) 22
Facilities & leasehold improvements 3,205 (1,975 ) 1,230
Machinery and equipment 13,938 (11,183 ) 2,755
Computer and R&D equipment 554 (458 ) 96
Other tangible assets 185 (128 ) 57
Construction in progress 101 — 101

Total 19,181 (14,137 ) 5,044

In 2008, as described in Note 21, the Company recorded $77 million impairment charge on long-lived assets of the Company’s manufacturing sites in Carrollton, Texas and in Phoenix, Arizona, of which $75 million on Phoenix site which had previously been designated for closure as part of the 2007 restructuring plan.

~~F-38~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

~~The depreciation charge in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1,225 million, $1,331 million and $1,673 million, respectively.~~

Capital investment funding has totaled $4 million, $9 million and $15 million in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Public funding reduced depreciation charges by $25 million, $33 million and $54 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively.

~~For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 the Company made equipment sales for cash proceeds of $8 million, $4 million and $22 million respectively.~~

As at December 31, 2007 property, plant and equipment amounting to $394 million were reported as a component of the line “Assets held for sale” on the consolidated balance sheet as part of the assets to be transferred to Numonyx, the newly created flash memory company upon FMG deconsolidation.


12.	~~AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS~~

~~As at December 31, 2008, the Company had financial assets classified as available-for-sale corresponding to equity and debt securities.~~

The amount invested in equity securities was $5 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These investments primarily correspond to financial assets held as part of a long-term incentive plan in one of the Company’s subsidiaries. They are reported on the line “Other investments and other non-current assets” on the consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Company recognized in 2008 a temporary decline on the fair value of one of these equity securities. Such deferred loss, which amounted to $3 million after-tax, was recorded as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2008. The Company did not record any significant change in fair value on the equity securities classified as available-for-sale in 2007.

As detailed in Notes 4 and 7, the Company received upon the creation of Numonyx long-term subordinated notes amounting to $156 million at inception, bearing interest at market rates and with a maturity as at March 30, 2038. These notes are reported on the line “Other investments and other non-current assets” on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008. The nominal value of the notes was incremented in 2008 by $11 million of paid in kind interests receivable. The aggregate fair value of Numonyx long-term notes was $168 million. Changes in fair value were recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity and corresponded to a $1 million deferred gain as of December 31, 2008. Fair value measurement, which corresponds to a FAS 157 level 3 fair value hierarchy, is based on publicly available fixed interest swap rates for instruments with similar maturities. Fair value measurement information is further detailed in Note 27.

As at December 31, 2008, the Company had investments in marketable debt securities with an aggregate fair value of $893 million, composed of $651 million invested in senior debt floating rate notes issued by primary financial institutions with an average rating excluding impaired debt securities as detailed below of Aa2/A+ and $242 million invested in auction rate securities, representing interest in collateralized obligations and credit linked notes. The floating rate notes are reported as current assets on the line “Marketable Securities” on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008, since they represent investments of funds available for current operations. The auction-rate securities, which have a final maturity between 10 and 40 years, were purchased in the Company’s account by Credit Suisse Securities LLC contrary to the Company’s instructions; they are classified as non-current assets on the line “Non-current marketable securities” on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008. All these debt securities are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value as at December 31, 2008, with changes in fair value recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity, except for those changes deemed to be other than temporary impairment.

~~F-39~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

As at December 31, 2008, given the Company’s exposure to Lehman Brothers senior unsecured bonds for a maximum amount of €15 million, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary charge of $11 million on floating rate notes issued by Lehman Brothers following its Chapter 11 filing on September 15, 2008. This impairment charge, which represented 50% of the face value of these debt securities, was reported on the line “Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets” in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2008. Fair value measurement, which corresponds to a FAS 157 Level 3 fair value hierarchy, relies on an information received from a major credit rating entity based on historical recovery rates. Fair value measurement information is further detailed in Note 27. Except for the Lehman Brothers floating rate notes as described above, the Company reported as of December 31, 2008 an after-tax decline in fair value on its floating rate note portfolio totaling $14 million due to the general widening of credit spreads associated to the financial market turmoil. Out of the 20 investment positions in floating-rate notes whose changes in fair value have been considered as temporary, 12 positions are in an unrealized loss position; the aggregate related fair value of these investments amounted to $412 million, of which $200 million have been in a continuous loss position for 12 months or longer. The Company estimated the fair value of these financial assets based on publicly quoted market prices, which corresponds to a FAS 157 level 1 fair value hierarchy. This change in fair value was recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity since the Company assessed that this decline in fair value was temporary and that the Company was in a position to recover the total carrying amount of these investments on subsequent periods. Since the duration of the floating-rate note portfolio is only 2.45 years on average and the securities have a minimum Moody’s rating of “A2/A”, the Company expects the value of the securities to return to par as the final maturity is approaching.

On the auction-rate securities, the Company reported an other-than-temporary decline in fair value amounting to $127 million and $46 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, which were immediately recorded in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets.” Until December 31, 2007, the fair value of these debt securities, for which there is no observable secondary market trades, was measured: (i) based on the weighted average of available information from public indexes as described above and (ii) using ‘mark to market’ bids and ‘mark to model’ valuations received from the structuring financial institutions of the outstanding auction rate securities, weighting the different information at 80% and 20% respectively. In 2008, no information regarding “mark-to-market” bids and “mark-to-model” valuations from the structuring financial institutions for these securities was available. Consequently, the fair value measure of these securities was based on a theoretical model using yields obtainable for comparable assets. The value inputs for the evaluation of these securities were publicly available indexes of securities with same rating, similar duration and comparable/similar underlying collaterals or industries exposure (such as ABX for the collateralized debt obligation, ITraxx and IBoxx for the credit-linked notes), which the Company believes approximates the orderly exit value in the current market. The additional other-than-temporary impairment charge recorded in 2008 reflected downgrading events on the collateral debt obligations comparing the relevant ABX indexes at a lower rating category and a general negative trend of the corporate debt market. The estimated value of the collateralized debt obligation could further decrease in the future as a result of credit market deterioration~~and/or~~ other downgrading. The estimated value of the corporate debt securities could also further decrease in the future due to a deterioration of the corporate industry indexes used for the evaluation. Fair value measurement, which corresponds to a FAS 157 level 3 fair value hierarchy, is further detailed in Note 27.

The Company sold $351 million of floating rate notes in 2008. The purpose of these sales was primarily to generate cash to fund the payment for NXP wireless business integration, as described in Note 3. In 2007, the Company invested $536 million in floating-rate notes and $172 million in auction-rate securities, and sold $101 million of these debt securities, of which $40 million for sale of floating rate notes and $61 million for sale of auction-rate securities. No significant gain or loss was included in earnings as a result of these sales, as reported in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. In 2006, the Company entered into a basis asset swap for one floating rate note for a notional amount of $50 million in order to purchase it at par. Even if strictly related to the underlying note, the swap is contractually transferable independently from the marketable security to which it is attached. As such, the asset swap was recorded separately from the underlying

~~F-40~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

financial asset and was classified as “held-for-trading”. It is reflected at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2008 and 2007 on the line “Other receivables and assets”, with changes in fair value, which did not exceed $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, recorded in the consolidated statements of income on the line “Other income and expenses, net”.


~~13.~~	~~SHORT-TERM DEPOSITS~~

In 2006, the Company invested $903 million of existing cash in short-term deposits with a maturity between three months and one year. These deposits were held at various banks with “A3/A-” minimum long-term rating from at least two major rating agencies. Interest on these deposits is paid at maturity with interest rates fixed at inception for the duration of the deposits. The principal will be repaid at final maturity. In 2006, the Company did not roll over $653 million of these short-term deposits, primarily pursuant to the early redemption in cash of 2013 convertible bonds at the option of the holders which occurred on August 7, 2006.

~~In 2007, the Company did not roll over the remaining $250 million of short term deposits. Consequently, no amount of existing cash was held in short term deposits as at December 31, 2007.~~


~~14.~~	OTHER INVESTMENTS AND OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

~~Investments~~Other investments and other non-current assets consisted of the following:


	December 31,		December 31,		December 31,		December 31,
	2008		2007		2009		2008

Investments carried at cost		32		25		29		32
Available-for-sale equity securities		5		5		10		5
Long-term notes from equity investment		168		—		173		168
Held-for-trading equity securities		7		9		7		7
Long-term receivables related to funding		8		46		8		8
Long-term receivables related to tax refund		206		34		170		206
Debt issuance costs, net		7		11		4		7
Cancellable swaps designated as fair value hedge		—		8
Prepaid for pension						2		1
Deposits and other non-current assets		44		44		39		43

Total		477		182		442		477

Investments carried at cost are equity securities with no readily determinable fair value. In 2009, the Company incurredother-than-temporary impairment charge on one of its investments for $3 million that was recorded on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2009. The impairment is based on a review of the valuation of the entity upon liquidation. In 2008, the Company incurredother-than-temporary impairment charges on two of its investments, which totaled $6 million and were recorded on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs” in the consolidated ~~statement~~statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2008. For one investment, the impairment charge was based on the valuation for the underlying investment of a new round of third party financing. For the other one, the valuation at fair value was based on the valuation of the entity upon liquidation. The aggregate carrying amount of cost method investments that the investor did not evaluate for impairment in 2009 and 2008 because there was no triggering event is $29 million and $32 ~~million.~~

Long-term receivables related to funding are mainly public grants to be received from governmental agencies in Italy and France as part of long-term research and development, industrialization and capital investment projects.

Long-term receivables related to tax refund correspond to tax benefits claimed by the Company in certain of its local tax jurisdictions, for which collection is expected beyond one year. It also includes as at December 31, 2008 $165 million, receivables from French tax authorities for research tax credits recognized in 2008, which were deemed to be grants in substance, following the enactment of the French Finance Act for 2008, which included several changes to the research tax credit regime (“Crédit Impôt Recherche”),

~~F-41~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

As detailed in Note 8, the Company entered in 2006, into cancellable swaps with a combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a fixed interest rate. The cancellable swaps met the criteria for designation as a fair value hedge until November 1, 2008, as further detailed in Note 27. As hedging instruments, the swaps were reflected at their fair value on the line “Other investments and other non-current assets” in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2007, which was positive for approximately $8 million. From discontinuance, they were reported as current assets as described in Note 8.

As described in Notes 4 and 7, the Company and its partners completed on March 30, 2008 the creation of Numonyx. At closing, as part of the consideration for its contribution, the Company received $156 million in long-term subordinated notes, due in 2038. The notes, which include accrued paid-in kind interest, were classified as available-for-sale financial assets and were recorded at fair value of $168 million as at December 31, 2008, as described in details in Note 12. Fair value measurement on Numonyx Subordinated notes is further described in Note 27. These long-term notes yield 9.5% interest, payable in kind for seven years and in cash thereafter. In liquidation events in which proceeds are insufficient to pay off the term loan, revolving credit facilities and the Francisco Partners’ preferential payout rights, the subordinated notes will be deemed to have been retired.respectively.

The Company entered into a joint venture agreement in 2002 with Dai Nippon Printing Co, Ltd for the development and production of Photomask in which the Company holds a 19% equity interest. The joint venture, DNP Photomask Europe S.p.A, was initially capitalized with the Company’s contribution of €2 million of cash. Dai Nippon Printing Co, Ltd contributed €8 million of cash for an 81% equity interest. In the event of the liquidation of the joint-venture, the Company is required to repurchase the land at cost, and the facility at 10% of its net book value, if no suitable buyer is identified. No provision for this obligation has been recorded to date. At December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the Company’s total contribution to the joint venture is $10 million. The Company continues to maintain its 19% ownership of the joint venture, and therefore continues to account for this investment under the cost method. The Company has identified the joint venture as a Variable Interest Entity (VIE), but has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The Company’s current maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the joint venture is limited to its equity investment.

Long-term receivables related to tax refund correspond to tax benefits claimed by the Company in certain of its local tax jurisdictions, for which collection is expected beyond one year.

The Company received upon the creation of Numonyx long-term subordinated notes amounting to $156 million at inception, bearing interest at market rates and with a maturity as at March 30, 2038. These long-term notes yield 9.5% interest, generally payable in kind for seven years and in cash thereafter. In liquidation events in which proceeds are insufficient to pay off the term loan, revolving credit facilities and the Francisco Partners’ preferential

~~F-42~~F-37

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

payout rights, the subordinated notes will be deemed to have been retired. These notes are also classified asavailable-for-sale financial assets. The nominal value of the notes was accreted since inception by $27 million ofpaid-in-kind interests receivable, of which $16 million was recognized in 2009. Changes in fair value were recognized as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of changes in equity and corresponded to a pre-tax cumulative $11 million deferred loss as of December 31, 2009. This decline in fair value was assessed to be temporary as the Company expects to recover the debt securities’ entire amortized cost basis, and, in compliance with the accounting guidance onother-than-temporary impairment charges on debt securities, it does not intend to sell the securities or is not more likely than not to be required to sell them before recovery. Consequently, no cumulative effect adjustment was recorded upon adoption of the new accounting guidance. Fair value measurement, which corresponds to a level 3 fair value measurement hierarchy, is based on publicly available swap rates for fixed income obligations with similar maturities. Fair value measurement information is further detailed in Note 25.


~~15.~~13.	OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Other payables and accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007

Taxes other than income taxes 91 91
Accrued payroll 319 300
Accrued social charges 146 143
Advances received on government funding 44 28
Advances from customers 7 10
Accounts payable from Numonyx, net 7 —
Obligations for capacity rights granted to third parties 29 —
Foreign exchange forward contracts 1 1
Purchased currency options 4 —
Current portion of provision for restructuring 197 43
Pension and termination benefits 21 23
Warranty and product guarantee provisions 4 4
Accrued interest 8 6
Royalties 14 20
Acquisition-related expenses 17 —
Other 87 75

Total
996 744


	December 31,		December 31,
	2009		2008

Payroll		325		319
Social charges		149		146
Taxes other than income taxes		80		91
Advances		47		51
Payables to equity investments		30		7
Obligations for capacity rights		21		29
Financial instruments		34		5
Provision for restructuring		180		197
Pension and long-term benefits		30		21
Royalties		35		14
Acquisition-related expenses		0		17
Others		118		99
Total		1,049		996

The terms of the agreement for the inception of Numonyx included rights granted to Numonyx to use certain assets retained by the Company. As at December 31, 2009 and 2008 the value of such rights totaled $65 million and $87 million respectively, of which $18 million and $24 million ~~was~~respectively were reported as a current liability. ~~Additionally, amounts shown in~~The remaining obligations for capacity rights is due to the table above on the line “Accounts payable from Numonyx, net” represent the net balance of receivables and payables as at December 31, 2008 generated by activities performed by the Company on behalf of its equity investment, as agreed between the parties upon Numonyx inception to enable the new entity to start operations immediately after FMG deconsolidation.

~~The~~ terms of the agreement for the integration of NXP wireless business that included rights ~~granted to~~for NXP to obtain products from the Company at preferential pricing. ~~As at December 31, 2008 the value of such rights totaled $8 million, of which $5 million was reported as a current liability.~~

Other payables and accrued liabilities also include individually insignificant amounts as of December 31, ~~2008~~2009 and December 31, ~~2007.~~


~~16.~~	~~POST-RETIREMENT AND OTHER LONG-TERM EMPLOYEES BENEFITS~~

The Company and its subsidiaries have a number of both funded and unfunded defined benefit pension plans and other long-term employees’ benefits covering employees in various countries. The defined benefits plans provide for pension benefits, the amounts of which are calculated based on factors such as years of service and employee compensation levels. The other long-term employees’ plans provide for benefits due during the employees’ period of service after certain seniority levels. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for the majority of its plans. Eligibility is generally determined in accordance with local statutory requirements. For Italian termination indemnity plan (“TFR”), the Company continues to measure the vested benefits to which Italian employees are entitled as if they retired immediately as of December 31, 2008, in compliance with the Emerging Issues Task Force Issue~~No. 88-1,~~ ~~Determination of Vested Benefit Obligation for a Defined Benefit Pension Plan(“EITF 88-1”).~~ ~~The TFR was reported according to FAS 132(R), as any other defined benefit plan until the new~~2008.

~~F-43~~F-38

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

~~Italian regulation concerning employee retirement schemes enacted on July 1, 2007. Since that date,~~


14.	LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consisted of the ~~future TFR has been accounted for as a defined contribution plan, the accruals being maintained as a Defined Benefit plan~~following:


	December 31,			December 31,
	2009			2008

Bank loans:
2.10% due 2009, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.40%		—			50
1.79% due 2010, floating interest rate at Libor + 1.0%		40			50
Funding program loans:
2.00% (weighted average), due 2009, fixed interest rate		—			4
0.90% (weighted average), due 2010, fixed interest rate		12			24
3.27% (weighted average), due 2012, fixed interest rate		6			10
0.50% (weighted average), due 2013, fixed interest rate		3			2
0.50% (weighted average), due 2014, fixed interest rate		8			10
0.50% (weighted average), due 2016, fixed interest rate		2			—
3.24% (weighted average), due 2017, fixed interest rate		67			72
0.27% due 2014, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.017%		100			120
0.31% due 2015, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.026%		56			65
0.33% due 2016, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.052%		136			136
0.57% due 2016, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.317%		180			180
0.49% due 2016, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.213%		200			200
Capital leases:
5.39% (weighted average), due 2011, fixed interest rate		8			13
6.00% (weighted average), due 2014, fixed interest rate		9			—
5.29% (weighted average), due 2017, fixed interest rate		2			2
Senior Bonds:
1.12%, due 2013, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.40%		720			703
Convertible debt:
-0.50% convertible bonds due 2013		—			—
1.50% convertible bonds due 2016		943			1,036

Total long-term debt		2,492			2,677
Less current portion		(176	)		(123	)

Total long-term debt, less current portion		2,316			2,554

Long-term debt is denominated in the ~~company books. Major changes as compared to previous periods are related to FMG divestiture and NXP wireless business combination.~~following currencies:


	December 31,		December 31,
	2009		2008

U.S. dollar		1,666		1,840
Euro		826		837
Other		—		—
Total		2,492		2,677

As at December 31, 2008 the Company reports all its defined benefit pension plan information according to FAS 132(R), and all its other long-term employees’ benefits information according to APB 12.

The ~~changes~~European Investment Bank’s loans denominated in ~~benefit obligation and plan assets were~~EUR, but drawn in USD, are classified as ~~follows:~~

Pension Benefits Other Long-Term Benefits
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007 2008 2007

Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at beginning of year 590 572 42 3
Service cost 20 19 4 3
Interest cost 32 28 3 2
Employee contributions 3 3 — —
Benefits paid (35 ) (26 ) (8 ) (1 )
Effect of settlement (5 ) (1 ) — —
Effect of curtailment (1 ) (7 ) — —
Actuarial (gain) loss 15 (41 ) 1 (4 )
Transfer in 70 — 8 —
Transfer out (53 ) — (5 ) —
Plan amendment (3 ) 2 — 31
Foreign currency translation adjustment (46 ) 38 (3 ) 8
Other — 3 — —

Benefit obligation at end of year
587 590 42 42

Change in plan assets:

Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year 278 241 — —
Expected return on plan assets 18 15 — —
Employer contributions 16 16 — —
Employee contributions 2 2 — —
Benefits paid (11 ) (9 ) — —
Effect of settlement (2 ) (1 ) — —
Actuarial gain (loss) (59 ) 7 — —
Transfer in 54 — — —
Transfer out (5 ) — —
Foreign currency translation adjustments (28 ) 7 — —
Other (1 ) — — —

Plan assets at fair value at end of year
262 278 — —

Funded status
(325 ) (312 ) (42 ) (42 )

Net amount recognized in the balance sheet consisted of the following:

Non current assets 1 4 — —
Current liabilities (5 ) (6 ) (2 ) (13 )
Non Current liabilities (321 ) (310 ) (40 ) (29 )

Net amount recognized
(325 ) (312 ) (42 ) (42 )

USD denominated debt. The 2008 figures have been updated accordingly.

~~F-44~~F-39

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

~~The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and related tax effects were as follows:~~

Before tax
Foreign
Net of tax

amount as at
currency
amount as at

December 31,
Tax (expense or
translation
December 31,

2008 benefit) adjustment 2008

Net actuarial loss generated in current year (75 ) 14 7 (54 )
Amortization of actuarial loss 2 2
Net prior service cost arising during period 3 (1 ) 2
Amortization of prior service cost 2 2

Changes in Other comprehensive income
(68 ) 13 7 (48 )

~~In 2009, we expect to amortize $5 million of actuarial losses and $2 million of past service cost.~~

Before tax
Foreign
Net of tax

amount as at
currency
amount as at

December 31,
Tax (expense or
translation
December 31,

2007 benefit) adjustment 2007

Net actuarial gain generated in year 48 (9 ) (2 ) 37
Amortization of actuarial gain (3 ) — — (3 )
Effect of curtailment, net 6 — — 6
Net prior service cost arising during period (2 ) — — (2 )
Amortization of prior service cost 2 — — 2

Changes in Other comprehensive income
51 (9 ) (2 ) 40

~~The components of the net periodic benefit cost included the following:~~

Pension Benefits Other Long-term Benefits
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended

December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007 2006 2008 2007 2006

Service cost 20 19 38 4 3 1
Interest cost 32 28 25 3 2 —
Expected return on plan assets (18 ) (15 ) (13 ) — — —
Amortization of unrecognized transition obligation — — — — — —
Amortization of actuarial net loss (gain) 2 (3 ) 4 1 (4 ) —
Amortization of prior service cost 2 2 (4 ) — 31 —
Effect of settlement (3 ) — 6 — — —
Effect of curtailment (1 ) (1 ) — — — —

Net periodic benefit cost
34 30 56 8 32 1

~~F-45~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

~~The weighted average assumptions used in the determination of the benefit obligation and the plan asset for the pension plans were as follows:~~

December 31,
December 31,
December 31,

Assumptions
2008 2007 2006

Discount rate 5.23 % 5.43 % 4.86 %
Salary increase rate 3.46 % 3.24 % 2.95 %
Expected long-term rate of return on funds for the pension expense of the year 5.69 % 6.34 % 6.05 %

The discount rate was determined by comparison against long-term corporate bond rates applicable to the respective country of each plan. In developing the expected long-term rate of return on assets, the Company modelled the expected long-term rates of return for broad categories of investments held by the plan against a number of various potential economic scenarios.

~~The Company pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2008 and 2007 and target allocation for 2008 are as follows:~~

Percentage of Plan Assets at

Target allocation
December
Asset Category
2008 2008 2007

Equity securities 36 % 36 % 54 %
Bonds securities remunerating regular interest 37 % 37 % 27 %
Real estate 6 % 6 % 9 %
Other 21 % 21 % 10 %

Total 100 % 100 % 100 %

The Company’s investment strategy for its pension plans is to maximize the long-term rate of return on plan assets with an acceptable level of risk in order to minimize the cost of providing pension benefits while maintaining adequate funding levels. The Company’s practice is to periodically conduct a review in each subsidiary of its asset allocation strategy. A portion of the fixed income allocation is reserved in short-term cash to provide for expected benefits to be paid. The Company’s equity portfolios are managed in such a way as to achieve optimal diversity. The Company does not manage any assets internally.

After considering the funded status of the Company’s defined benefit plans, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make contributions to its pension plans in any given year in excess of required amounts. The Company contributions to plan assets were $16 million both in 2008 and 2007 respectively and the Company expects to contribute cash of $19 million in 2009.

~~The Company’s estimated future benefit payments as of December 2008 are as follows:~~

Years
Pension Benefits Other Long-term Benefits

2009 35 2
2010 36 2
2011 26 2
2012 31 2
2013 32 3

From 2014 to 2018 188 17

~~F-46~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

contribution pension plans of $15 million and $7 million, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 respectively. The annual cost of these plans amounted to approximately $55 million, $69 million and $28 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Major changes as compared to previous periods are mainly related to FMG divestiture. The benefits accrued to the employees on a pro-rata basis, during their employment period are based on the individuals’ salaries.


~~17.~~	~~LONG-TERM DEBT~~

~~Long-term debt consisted of the following:~~

December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007

Bank loans:

5.21% due 2008, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.40% — 43
4.42% due 2009, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.40% 50 50
4.09% due 2010, floating interest rate at Libor + 1.0% 50 —
Funding program loans:

1.47% (weighted average), due 2009, fixed interest rate 4 13
0.89% (weighted average), due 2010, fixed interest rate 24 38
2.77% (weighted average), due 2012, fixed interest rate 10 12
0.50% (weighted average), due 2013, fixed interest rate 2 —
0.50% (weighted average), due 2014, fixed interest rate 10 9
3.24% (weighted average), due 2017, fixed interest rate 72 80
1.54% due 2014, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.017% 120 205
3.56% due 2015, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.026% 65 —
3.24% due 2016, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.052% 136 —
1.74% due 2016, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.277% 180 —
3.20% due 2016, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.173% 200 —
Capital leases:

5.08% (weighted average), due 2011, fixed interest rate 15 22
Senior Bonds:

3.64%, due 2013, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.40% 703 736
Convertible debt:

-0.50% convertible bonds due 2013 — 2
1.5% convertible bonds due 2016 1,036 1,010

Total long-term debt
2,677 2,220
Less current portion (123 ) (103 )

Total long-term debt, less current portion
2,554 2,117

~~F-47~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

~~Long-term debt is denominated in the following currencies:~~

December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007

U.S. dollar 1,139 1,313
Euro 1,538 907
Other — —

Total
2,677 2,220

Aggregate future maturities of total long-term debt outstanding (including current portion) are as follows:


	December 31,		December 31,
	2008		2009

2009		123
2010		173		176
2011		1,153		1,063
2012		116		119
2013		816		836
2014				114
Thereafter		296		184

Total		2,677		2,492

In August 2003, the Company issued $1,332 million principal amount at issuance of zero coupon unsubordinated convertible bonds due ~~2013. The bonds were issued~~2013 with a negative yield of 0.5% that resulted in a higher principal amount at issuance of $1,400 million and net proceeds of $1,386 million. The negative yield through the first redemption right of the holder totals $21 million and was recorded in capital surplus. The bonds are convertible at any time by the holders at the rate of 29.9144 shares of the Company’s common stock for each one thousand dollar face value of the bonds. The holders may redeem their convertible bonds on August 5, 2006 at a price of $985.09, on August 5, 2008 at $975.28 and on August 5, 2010 at $965.56 per one thousand dollar face value of the bonds. As a result of this holder’s option, the redemption occurred in 2006.. Pursuant to the terms of the convertible bonds due 2013, the Company ~~was required to purchase, at~~repurchased the ~~option~~largest part of the ~~holders, 1,397,493 convertible~~ bonds ~~at a price of $985.09 each between~~in August ~~7 and August 9,~~ 2006. This resulted in a cash payment of $1,377 million. On August 5, 2008, the Company was required to repurchase 2,317 convertible bonds, at a price of $975.28 each. This resulted in a cash payment of $2 million. The outstanding long-term debt corresponding to the 2013 convertible debt was not material as at December 31, ~~2008~~2009 corresponding to the remaining 188 bonds valued at August 5, 2010 redemption price. At any time the Company may redeem for cash at their negative accreted value all or a portion of the remaining convertible bonds subject to the level of the Company’s share price.

In February 2006, the Company issued $1,131 million principal amount at maturity of zero coupon senior convertible bonds due in February 2016. The bonds were issued at 100% of principal with a yield to maturity of 1.5% and resulted in net proceeds to the Company of $974 million less transaction fees. The bonds are convertible by the holder at any time prior to maturity at a conversion rate of 43.833898 shares per one thousand dollar face value of the bonds corresponding to 42,694,216 equivalent shares. This conversion rate has been adjusted from 43.363087 shares per one thousand dollar face value of the bonds as at May 21, 2007, as the result of the extraordinary cash dividend approved by the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held on May 14, 2008. This new conversion has been effective since May 19, 2008. ~~The~~Upon a change of control, the holders can also redeem the convertible bonds on February 23, 2011 at a price of $1,077.58, on February 23, 2012 at a price of $1,093.81 and on February 24, 2014 at a price of $1,126.99 per one thousand dollar face value of the bonds. The Company can call the bonds at any time after March 10, 2011 subject to the Company’s share price exceeding 130% of the accreted value divided by the conversion rate for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days. The Company may redeem for cash at the principal amount at issuance plus accumulated gross yield all, but not a portion, of the convertible bonds at any time if 10% or

~~F-48~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

less of the aggregate principal amount at issuance of the convertible bonds remain outstanding in certain circumstances or in the event of changes to the tax laws of the Netherlands or any successor jurisdiction. During December 2009 the Company repurchased 98 thousand bonds corresponding to $106 million principal amount for a total cash consideration of $103 million, realizing a gain on the repurchase of $3 million. During January 2010, the Company repurchased around 200 thousand bonds corresponding to $215 million principal amount for a total cash consideration of $212 million, realizing a gain on the repurchase of $3 million. The total of bonds repurchased in December and January represented approximately 30% of the total amount originally issued. The repurchased bonds have been cancelled in accordance with their terms. In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair value of a portion of these convertible bonds. As a result of these cancellable swap hedging transactions, which are described further in Note ~~27,~~25, the yield on the $200 million principal amount of the hedged convertible bonds has changed from a nominal interest rate of 1.50% to an effective yield of -0.27% as at November 1, 2008, date on which the fair value hedge relationship was discontinued, as described in Note 8.6.

In March 2006, STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. (“ST BV”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued floating rate senior bonds with a principal amount of €500 million at an issue price of 99.873%. The notes, which mature on March 17, 2013, pay a coupon rate of the three-month Euribor plus 0.40% on the ~~17th~~17^th of June, September, December and March of each year through maturity. In the event of changes to the tax laws of the Netherlands or any successor jurisdiction, ST BV or the Company may redeem the full amount of senior bonds for cash. In the event of certain change in control triggering events, the holders can cause ST BV or the Company to repurchase all or a portion of the bonds outstanding.

The Company entered in 2008 into repurchase agreements with certain financial institutions and gave as collateral $262 million principal amount of floating rate notes classified asavailable-for-sale. The Company

F-40

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

retained control over the pledged debt securities and consequently did not de-recognize the financial assets from its consolidated balance sheet upon transfer of the collateral. The Company accounted for such transactions as secured borrowings and recognized the cash received upon transfer by recording a liability for the obligation to return the cash to the lending financial institution within a term which did not exceed 57 days. Such obligation, with a weighted average interest rate of 2.94%, amounted to $249 million and was extinguished during 2008 when the Company repurchased the pledged securities in accordance with the terms of the repurchase agreements.

Credit facilities

The ~~company~~Company had unutilized committed medium term credit facilities with core relationship banks totalling ~~$275~~$500 million. In addition, the aggregate amount of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ total available short-term credit facilities, excluding foreign exchange credit facilities, was approximately ~~$816~~$759 million as at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. In addition, ST-Ericsson had $25 million of unutilized committed line from Ericsson as parent company. The Company also had two committed credit facilities with the European Investment Bank as part of a R&D funding ~~program.~~programs. The first one, for a total of €245 million for R&D in France was fully drawn in U.S. dollars for a total amount of $341 million, of which ~~$20~~$49 million were paid back as at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. The second one, signed on July 21, 2008, for a total amount of €250 million for R&D projects in Italy, was fully drawn in U.S. dollars for $380 million as at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. The Company maintains also uncommitted foreign exchange facilities totalling ~~$773~~$714 million at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. At December 31, ~~2008~~2009 and ~~2007,~~2008, amounts available under the short-term lines of credit were not reduced by any borrowing. At December 31, 2008, the Company had a technical temporary overdraft on a current bank account of $20 million resulting from a delayed funding of year-end settlements of transactions done on behalf of an affiliate.


~~18.~~15.	POST-RETIREMENT AND OTHER LONG-TERM EMPLOYEES BENEFITS

The Company and its subsidiaries have a number of defined benefit pension plans, mainly unfunded, and other long-term employees’ benefits covering employees in various countries. The defined benefit plans provide for pension benefits, the amounts of which are calculated based on factors such as years of service and employee compensation levels. The other long-term employees’ plans provide for benefits due during the employees’ period of service after certain seniority levels. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for the majority of its plans. Eligibility is generally determined in accordance with local statutory requirements. For Italian termination indemnity plan (“TFR”), generated before July 1, 2007, the Company continues to measure the vested benefits to which Italian employees are entitled as if they retired immediately as of December 31, 2009, in compliance with U.S. GAAP guidance on determining vested benefit obligations for defined benefit pension plans.

F-41

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

The changes in benefit obligation and plan assets were as follows:


	Pension Benefits						Other Long-Term Benefits
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2009			2008			2009			2008

Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year		587			590			42			42
Service cost		22			20			4			4
Interest cost		25			32			2			3
Employee contributions		4			3			—			—
Benefits paid		(25	)		(35	)		(2	)		(8	)
Effect of settlement		(16	)		(5	)		(3	)		—
Effect of curtailment		(2	)		(1	)		—			—
Actuarial (gain) loss		29			15			(1	)		1
Transfer in		12			70			1			8
Transfer out		(5	)		(53	)		(1	)		(5	)
Plan amendment		—			(3	)		—			—
Foreign currency translation adjustment		23			(46	)		1			(3	)
Benefit obligation at end of year		654			587			43			42
Change in plan assets:
Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year		262			278			—			—
Expected return on plan assets		16			18			—			—
Employer contributions		46			16			—			—
Employee contributions		5			2			—			—
Benefits paid		(13	)		(11	)		—			—
Effect of settlement		(14	)		(2	)		—			—
Actuarial gain (loss)		25			(59	)		—			—
Transfer in		7			54			—			—
Transfer out		(6	)		(5	)		—
Foreign currency translation adjustments		11			(28	)		—			—
Other		—			(1	)		—			—
Plan assets at fair value at end of year		339			262			—			—
Funded status		(315	)		(325	)		(43	)		(42	)
Net amount recognized in the balance sheet consisted of the following:
Non current assets		2			1			—			—
Current liabilities		(8	)		(5	)		(9	)		(2	)
Non Current liabilities		(309	)		(321	)		(34	)		(40	)
Net amount recognized		(315	)		(325	)		(43	)		(42	)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) before tax effects were as follows:


	Actuarial			Prior service
	(gains)/losses			cost			Total

Other comprehensive income as at December 31, 2007		12			10			22
Net amount generated/arising in current year		74			(2	)		72
Amortization		(3	)		(2	)		(5	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(9	)		—			(9	)
Other comprehensive income as at December 31, 2008		74			6			80
Net amount generated/arising in current year		4			—			4
Amortization		(6	)		(2	)		(8	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		4			—			4
Effect of curtailment/settlement		(4	)		—			(4	)
Other comprehensive income as at December 31, 2009		72			4			76

In 2010, we expect to amortize $4 million of actuarial losses and $1 million of past service cost.

F-42

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

The components of the net periodic benefit cost included the following:


	Pension Benefits									Other Long-term Benefits
	Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended		Year Ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,		December 31,
	2009			2008			2007			2009			2008		2007

Service cost		22			20			19			4			4		3
Interest cost		25			32			28			2			3		2
Expected return on plan assets		(16	)		(18	)		(15	)		—			—		—
Amortization of actuarial net loss (gain)		6			2			(3	)		(1	)		1		(4	)
Amortization of prior service cost		2			2			2			—			—		31
Effect of settlement		2			(3	)		—			—			—		—
Effect of curtailment		(2	)		(1	)		(1	)		—			—		—

Net periodic benefit cost		39			34			30			5			8		32

The weighted average assumptions used in the determination of the benefit obligation and the plan asset for the pension plans and the other long term benefits were as follows:


	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
Assumptions	2009			2008			2007

Discount rate		5.11	%		5.23	%		5.43	%
Salary increase rate		3.08	%		3.46	%		3.24	%
Expected long-term rate of return on funds for the pension expense of the year		5.28	%		5.69	%		6.34	%

The Company’s pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:


	Percentage of Plan Assets at December
Asset Category	2009			2008

Equity securities		38	%		36	%
Bonds securities remunerating regular interest		33	%		37	%
Real estate		9	%		6	%
Other		20	%		21	%
Total		100	%		100	%

F-43

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

The Company’s detailed pension plan asset allocation including the fair-value measurements of those plan assets as at December 31, 2009 is as follows:


			Quoted Prices in				Significant
			Active Markets		Significant Other		Unobservable
			for Identical		Observable Inputs		Inputs
	Total		Assets (Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)

Cash and cash equivalents		27		27		—		—
Equity securities		128		111		17		—
Government debt securities		57		57		—		—
Corporate debt securities		56		52		4		—
Derivatives		22		16		6		—
Investment funds		1		—		1		—
Real estate		30		3		20		7
Other (mainly insurance assets — contracts and reserves)		18		1		12		5
TOTAL		339		267		60		12

The Company’s investment strategy for its pension plans is to maximize the long-term rate of return on plan assets with an acceptable level of risk in order to minimize the cost of providing pension benefits while maintaining adequate funding levels. The Company’s practice is to periodically conduct a review in each subsidiary of its asset allocation strategy. A portion of the fixed income allocation is reserved in short-term cash to provide for expected benefits to be paid. The Company’s equity portfolios are managed in such a way as to achieve optimal diversity and in certain jurisdictions they are entirely managed by the multi-employer funds. The Company does not manage any assets internally.

After considering the funded status of the Company’s defined benefit plans, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make contributions to its pension plans in any given year in excess of required amounts. The Company contributions to plan assets were $46 million and $16 million in 2009 and 2008 respectively and the Company expects to contribute cash of $18 million in 2010.

The Company’s estimated future benefit payments as of December 2009 are as follows:


Years	Pension Benefits		Other Long-term Benefits

2010		41		3
2011		21		2
2012		28		2
2013		28		3
2014		37		3
From 2015 to 2019		192		17

The Company has certain defined contribution plans, which accrue benefits for employees on a pro-rata basis during their employment period based on their individual salaries. The Company accrued benefits related to defined contribution pension plans of $13 million and $11 million, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 respectively. The annual cost of these plans amounted to approximately $81 million, $72 million and $66 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Major changes as compared to previous periods are mainly related to the acquisition of the NXP wireless business and the formation of the ST-Ericsson joint-venture. The benefits accrued to the employees on a pro-rata basis, during their employment period are based on the individuals’ salaries.


16.	SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

~~18.1~~16.1 — Outstanding shares

The authorized share capital of the Company is EUR 1,810 million consisting of 1,200,000,000 common shares and 540,000,000 preference shares, each with a nominal value of EUR 1.04. As at December 31, ~~2008~~2009 the number of shares of common stock issued was ~~910,307,305~~910,319,305 shares ~~(910,293,420~~(910,307,305 at December 31, ~~2007).~~

~~As of December 31, 2008 the number of shares of common stock outstanding was 874,276,833 (899,760,539 at December 31, 2007)~~2008).

~~F-49~~F-44

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

As of December 31, 2009 the number of shares of common stock outstanding was 878,333,566 (874,276,833 at December 31, 2008).

~~18.2~~16.2 — Preference shares

The 540,000,000 preference shares, when issued, will entitle a holder to full voting rights and to a preferential right to dividends and distributions upon liquidation. On May 31, 1999, the Company entered into an option agreement with STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. in order to protect the Company from a hostile takeover or other similar action. The option agreement provided for 540,000,000 preference shares to be issued to STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. upon their request based on approval by the Company’s Supervisory Board. STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. would be required to pay at least 25% of the par value of the preference shares to be issued, and to retain ownership of at least 30% of the Company’s issued share capital. An amendment was signed in November 2004 which reduced the threshold required for STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. to exercise its right to subscribe preference shares of the Company, down to 19% issued share capital compared to the previous requirement of at least 30%.

On January 22, 2008, following the termination of the existing option agreement between the Company and STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. and the constitution an independent Dutch Foundation, “Stichting Continuïteit ST”, a new option agreement ~~of substantially similar terms~~ was concluded between the Company and Stichting Continuïteit ST. This new option agreement provides for the issuance of 540,000,000 preference shares. Any such shares should be issued by the Company to the Foundation, upon its request and in its sole discretion, upon payment of at least 25% of the par value of the preference shares to be issued. The issuing of the preference shares is conditional upon (i) the Company receiving an unsolicited offer or there being the threat of such an offer; (ii) the Company’s Managing and Supervisory Boards deciding not to support such an offer and; (iii) the Board of the Foundation determining that such an offer or acquisition would be contrary to the interests of the Company and its stakeholders. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no longer than two years. There were no preference shares issued as of December 31, ~~2008.~~2009.

~~18.3~~16.3 — Treasury stock

Following the authorization by the Supervisory Board, announced on April 2, 2008, to repurchase up to 30 million shares of its common stock, the Company acquired 29,520,220 shares as at December 31, 2008, for a total amount of approximately $313 million, also reflected at cost as a reduction of the shareholders’ equity. This repurchase intends to cover the transfer of shares to employees upon vesting of future share based remuneration programs.

The treasury shares have been designated for allocation under the Company’s share based remuneration programs of non-vested shares including such plans as approved by the 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and ~~2008~~2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. As of December 31, ~~2008, 6,889,748~~2009, 10,934,481 of these treasury shares were transferred to employees under the Company’s share based remuneration programs of which ~~4,022,629~~4,044,733 in the year ended December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, following the full vesting of the ~~2005~~2006 stock-award plan, the vesting of the first and second tranches of the ~~2006~~2007 stock-award plan, the vesting of the first tranche of the ~~2007~~2008 stock-award plan together with the acceleration of the vesting of a limited number of stock-awards.

As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the Company owned a number of treasury shares equivalent to ~~36,030,472.~~31,985,739.

~~18.4~~16.4 — Stock option plans

In 1995, the Shareholders voted to adopt the 1995 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “1995 Plan”) whereby options for up to 33,000,000 shares may be granted in installments over a five-year period. Under the 1995 Plan, the options may be granted to purchase shares of common stock at a price not lower than the market price of the shares on the date of grant. At December 31, 2008, under the 1995 plan, 42,300 of the granted options originally vested 32% after two years, 32% after three years and 36% after four years following the date of the grant. The options expire 10 years after the date of grant. During 2005, the vesting periods for all options under the plan were accelerated with no impact on the consolidated statements of income.

~~F-50~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

In 1996, the Shareholders voted to adopt the Supervisory Board Option Plan whereby each member of the Supervisory Board was eligible to receive, during the three-year period1996-1998, 18,000 options for 1996 and 9,000 options for both 1997 and 1998, to purchase shares of common stock at the closing market price of the shares on the date of the grant. In the same three-year period, the professional advisors to the Supervisory Board were eligible to receive 9,000 options for 1996 and 4,500 options for both 1997 and 1998. Under the Plan, the options vest over one year and are exercisable for a period expiring eight years from the date of grant.

In 1999, the Shareholders voted to renew the Supervisory Board Option Plan whereby each member of the Supervisory Board may receive, during the three-year period1999-2001, 18,000 options for 1999 and 9,000 options for both 2000 and 2001, to purchase shares of capital stock at the closing market price of the shares on the date of the grant. In the same three-year period, the professional advisors to the Supervisory Board may receive 9,000 options for 1999 and 4,500 options for both 2000 and 2001. Under the Plan, the options vest over one year and are exercisable for a period expiring eight years from the date of grant.

F-45

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

In 2001, the Shareholders voted to adopt the 2001 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “2001 Plan”) whereby options for up to 60,000,000 shares may be granted in installments over a five-year period. The options may be granted to purchase shares of common stock at a price not lower than the market price of the shares on the date of grant. In connection with a revision of its equity-based compensation policy, the Company decided in 2005 to accelerate the vesting period of all outstanding unvested stock options. The options expire ten years after the date of grant.

In 2002, the Shareholders voted to adopt a Stock Option Plan for Supervisory Board Members and Professionals of the Supervisory Board. Under this plan, 12,000 options can be granted per year to each member of the Supervisory Board and 6,000 options per year to each professional advisor to the Supervisory Board. Options would vest 30 days after the date of grant. The options expire ten years after the date of grant.

A summary of the stock option activity for the plans for the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~2007 follows:


				Price Per Share							Price Per Share
						Weighted							Weighted
	Number of Shares			Range		Average		Number of Shares			Range		Average

Outstanding at December 31, 2005		60,558,567		$	12.03 - $62.01	$	29.80
Options granted:
2001 Plan		—			—		—
Supervisory Board Plan		—			—		—
Options expired		(16,832	)	$	12.03	$	12.03
Options forfeited		(1,912,584	)	$	12.03 - $62.01	$	30.66
Options exercised		(2,303,899	)	$	12.03 - $17.08	$	12.03
Outstanding at December 31, 2006		56,325,252		$	12.03 - $62.01	$	30.50		56,325,252		$	12.03 - $62.01	$	30.50

Options granted:
2001 Plan		—			—		—		—			—		—
Supervisory Board Plan		—			—		—		—			—		—
Options expired		(7,566,170	)	$	24.88	$	24.88		(7,566,170	)	$	24.88	$	24.88
Options forfeited		(1,861,960	)	$	16.73- $62.01	$	31.19		(1,861,960	)	$	16.73 - $62.01	$	31.19
Options exercised		(131,487	)	$	17.08 - $19.18	$	18.90		(131,487	)	$	17.08 - $19.18	$	18.90
Outstanding at December 31, 2007		46,765,635		$	16.73 - $62.01	$	31.42		46,765,635		$	16.73 - $62.01	$	31.42

Options granted:
2001 Plan		—			—		—		—			—		—
Supervisory Board Plan		—			—		—		—			—		—
Options expired		(5,923,552	)	$	44.00 - $62.01	$	59.1		(5,923,552	)	$	44.00 - $62.01	$	59.1
Options forfeited		(1,410,650	)	$	16.73 - $62.01	$	27.9		(1,410,650	)	$	16.73 - $62.01	$	27.9
Options exercised		—			—		—		—			—		—
Outstanding at December 31, 2008		39,431,433		$	16.73 - $39.00	$	27.3		39,431,433		$	16.73 - $39.00	$	27.35

Options granted:
2001 Plan									—			—		—
Supervisory Board Plan									—			—		—
Options expired									—			—		—
Options forfeited									(1,487,601	)	$	17.08 - $39.00	$	27.69
Options exercised									—			—		—
Outstanding at December 31, 2009									37,943,832		$	16.73 - $39.00	$	27.33

~~F-51~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

Stock options exercisable following acceleration in 2005 of vesting for all outstanding unvested stock options were as follows:


	December 31,		December 31,		December 31,		December 31,		December 31,		December 31,
	2008		2007		2006		2009		2008		2007

Options exercisable		39,431,433		46,765,635		56,325,252		37,943,832		39,431,433		46,765,635
Weighted average exercise price	$	27.35	$	31,42	$	30.50	$	27.33	$	27.35	$	31,42

The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was 2.9, 3.9 and ~~2006 was 3.9,~~ 4.3 ~~and 4.7~~ years, respectively.

F-46

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

The range of exercise prices, the weighted average exercise price and the weighted average remaining contractual life of options exercisable as of December 31, ~~2008~~2009 were as follows:

Weighted

Weighted
average

Option price
average
remaining

Number of shares
range exercise price contractual life

142,766 $ 16.73 - $17.31 $ 17.1 5.8
20,453,245 $ 19.18 - $24.88 $ 21.0 4.8
194,750 $ 25.90 - $29.70 $ 27.2 4.2
18,640,672 $ 31.09 - $44.00 $ 34.4 2.9


						Weighted
				Weighted		average
		Option price		average		remaining
Number of shares		range		exercise price		contractual life

	133,966	$	16.73 - $17.31	$	17.05		4.7
	19,744,709	$	19.18 - $24.88	$	21.02		3.8
	167,350	$	25.90 - $29.70	$	26.96		3.3
	17,897,807	$	31.09 - $39.00	$	34.37		1.8

~~18.5 — Employee share purchase plans~~

~~No employee share purchase plan was offered in 2008, 2007 or 2006.~~

~~18.6~~16.5 — Nonvested share awards

In 2005, the Company redefined its equity-based compensation strategy by no longer granting options but rather issuing nonvested shares to be issued upon vesting from treasury stock. In July 2005, the Company amended its latest Stock Option Plans for employees, Supervisory Board and Professionals of the Supervisory Board accordingly.

As part of this revised stock-based compensation policy, the Company granted on October 25, 2005 3,940,065 nonvested shares to senior executives and selected employees (“The 2005 Employee Plan”). The Compensation Committee also authorized the future grant of 219,850 additional shares to selected employees upon nomination by the Managing Board of the Company. These additional shares were granted in 2006. The shares were granted for free to employees and would vest upon completion of market and internal performance conditions. Under the program, if the defined market condition was met in the first quarter of 2006, each employee would receive 100% of the nonvested shares granted. If the market condition was not achieved, the employee could earn one third of the grant for each of the two performance conditions. If neither the market or performance conditions were met, the employee would receive none of the grant. In addition to the market and performance conditions, the nonvested shares vested over the following requisite service period: 32% after 6 months, 32% after 18 months and 36% after 30 months following the date of the grant. In 2006, the Company failed to meet the market condition while the performance conditions were reached. Consequently, one third of the shares granted, amounting to 1,364,902 shares, was lost for vesting. In March 2006 the Company decided to modify the original plan to create a subplan for the employees in one of its European subsidiaries for statutory payroll tax purposes. The original plan terms and conditions were modified to extend for these employees the requisite service period as follows: 64% of the granted stock awards vest as at October 26, 2007 and 36% as at April 27, 2008 following the date of the grant. In addition, the sale by the employees of the shares once vested is restricted over an additional two-year period, which is not considered as an extension of the requisite service period. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant and pursuant to the acceleration of a limited number of stock awards, the first tranche of the original plan,

~~F-52~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

representing 637,109 shares, vested as at April 27, 2006. In 2007, the second tranche of the original plan, representing 598,649 shares, vested as at April 27, 2007, and the first tranche of the subplan, representing 434,592 shares, vested as at October 26, 2007. On April 27, 2008, the last tranche of the original plan, representing 651,025 shares and the last tranche of the sub-plan, representing 237,206 shares, vested. In addition, 15,150 additional shares were accelerated during 2008, of which 4,147 were under the subplan. These shares were transferred to employees from the treasury shares owned by the Company. At December 31, 2008, there were no shares outstanding under the 2005 Employee Plan. The Company registered a total pre-payroll tax and social contribution compensation charge of $32 million for the 2005 Employee Plan.

On October 25 2005, the Compensation Committee granted 66,000 stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and professionals of the Supervisory Board (“The 2005 Supervisory Board Plan”) of which 15,000 awards were immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal value of the share of €1.04 and vest over the following period: one third after 6 months, one third after 18 months and one third after 30 months following the date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any market, performance or service conditions. As such, their associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant. In 2006, in compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of the plan, representing 17,000 shares, vested as at April 27, 2006. In 2007, the second tranche of the plan, representing 17,000 shares vested as at April 27, 2007. In 2008, the last tranche of the plan, representing 17,000 shares, vested as at April 27, 2008. At December 31, 2008, there were no shares outstanding under the 2005 Supervisory Board Plan.

On April 29, 2006 the Compensation Committee (on behalf of the entire Supervisory Board and with its approval) granted 66,000 ~~stock-based awards~~non vested shares to the members of the Supervisory Board and professionals of the Supervisory Board (“The 2006 Supervisory Board Plan”), of which 15,000 awards were immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal value of the share of €1.04 and vest over the following period: one third after 12 months, one third after 24 months and one third after 36 months following the date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any market, performance or service conditions. As such, their associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant. In 2007, the first tranche of the plan, representing 17,000 shares vested as at April 27, 2007. In 2008, the second tranche of the plan, representing 16,000 shares vested as at April 27, 2008. Furthermore, following the end of mandate of one of the members of the Board, 4,000 shares were accelerated in 2008. In 2009, the third tranche of the plan, representing 14,000 shares vested as at April 27, 2009. As of December 31 ~~2008, 14,000~~2009, no awards were outstanding under the 2006 Supervisory Board Plan.

On September 29, 2006 the Company granted 4,854,280 nonvested shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued upon vesting from treasury stock (“The 2006 Employee Plan”). The Compensation Committee and the Supervisory Board also authorized on September 29, 2006 the future grant of additional shares to selected employees upon nomination by the Managing Board of the Company. These additional shares were granted in 2006 and 2007, as detailed below. The shares were granted for free to employees, and vested upon completion of three internal performance conditions, each weighting for one third of the total number of awards granted. Except for employees in one of the Company’s European subsidiaries for whom a subplan was simultaneously created on September 29, 2006 for statutory payroll tax purposes, the nonvested shares ~~vest~~vested over the following requisite service period: 32% as at April 27, 2007, 32% as at April 27, 2008 and 36% as at April 27, 2009. The following requisite service period iswas required for the nonvested shares granted under the local subplan: 64% of the granted stock awards ~~vest~~vested two years from grant date and 36% as at April 27, 2009. In addition, the sale by the employees of the shares included in the subplan, once vested, is restricted over an additional two-year period which is not considered as an extension of the requisite service period. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of the original plan, representing 1,120,234 shares, vested as at April 27, 2007. In addition, 10,120 shares were accelerated during the year, of which 340 under the subplan. In 2008, the second tranche of the original plan, representing 1,079,952 shares, vested as at April 27, 2008, and the first tranche of the subplan, representing 748,394 shares vested as at September 30, 2008. In addition, 30,590 shares were accelerated during the year, of which 5,941 under the subplan. These shares were transferred to employees from the treasury shares owned by the Company. In 2009, the third tranche of the original plan, representing 1,155,238 shares and the third tranche of the subplan, representing 400,149 shares vested as at April 27, 2009. In addition, 9,446 shares were accelerated during the year, of which 4,035 under the subplan. At December 31, ~~2008, 1,571,364~~2009, no nonvested shares from the 2006 plan were ~~outstanding, of which 404,684 under the subplan.~~outstanding.

On December 19, 2006, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of the entire Supervisory Board and with its approval) granted additional 62,360 shares to selected employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as part of the 2006 Employee Plan. This additional grant ~~has~~had the

~~F-53~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

same terms and conditions as the original plan. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of this plan, representing 8,885 shares, vested as at April 27, 2007, and the first tranche of the subplan, representing 21,648 shares vested as at December 20, 2008. In 2008, the second tranche of the plan, representing 8,885 shares, vested as at April 27, 2008. AtIn 2009, the third tranche of the plan, representing 9,264 shares and the third tranche of the subplan representing 12,147 shares vested as at April 27, 2009. As at December 31, ~~2008, 21,411~~2009, no nonvested shares were outstanding as part of this additional ~~grant,~~grant.

F-47

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of ~~which 12,147 under the local subplan.~~U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

On February 27, 2007, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of the entire Supervisory Board and with its approval) granted additional 215,000 shares to selected employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as part of the 2006 Employee Plan. This additional grant ~~has~~had the same terms and conditions as the original plan. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of this plan, representing 50,031 shares, vested as at April 27, 2007. In addition, 1,196 shares were accelerated during the year. In 2008, the second tranche of the plan, representing 47,551 shares vested as at April 27, 2008. In addition, 598 ~~additional~~ shares were accelerated during the year. AtIn 2009, the first tranche of the subplan, representing 36,122 shares vested as at February 28, 2009. The third tranche of the plan representing 51,514 shares and the third tranche of the subplan representing 20,174 shares vested as at April 27, 2009. In addition, 108 shares were accelerated during the year. As at December 31, ~~2008, 109,894~~2009, no nonvested shares were outstanding as part of this additional ~~grant, of which 56,840 under the local subplan.~~grant.

On April 2928, 2007, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of the entire Supervisory Board and with its approval) granted 165,000 stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and professionals of the Supervisory Board (“The 2007 Supervisory Board Plan”), of which 22,500 awards were immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal value of the share of €1.04 and vest over the following period: one third after 12 months, one third after 24 months and one third after 36 months following the date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any market, performance or service conditions. As such, their associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of this plan, representing 45,000 shares, vested as at April ~~26,~~28, 2008. Furthermore, following the end of mandate of one of the members of the Board, 7,500 shares were accelerated in 2008. The second tranche of this plan, representing 45,000 shares, vested as at April 28, 2009. As of December 31, ~~2008, 90,000~~2009, 45,000 awards were outstanding under the 2007 Supervisory Board Plan.

On June 18, 2007, the Company granted 5,691,840 nonvested shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued upon vesting from treasury stock (“The 2007 Employee Plan”). The Compensation Committee and the Supervisory Board also authorized the future grant of additional shares to selected employees upon nomination by the Managing Board of the Company as detailed below. The shares were granted for free to employees, and will vest upon completion of three internal performance conditions, each weighting for one third of the total number of awards granted. Except for employees in two of the Company’s European subsidiaries for whom a subplan was simultaneously created, the nonvested shares vest over the following requisite service period: 32% as at April 26, 2008, 32% as at April 26, 2009 and 36% as at April 26, 2010. The following requisite service period is required for the nonvested shares granted under the two local subplans: for the first one, 64% of the granted stock awards vest as at June 19, 2009 and 36% as at June 19, 2010. In addition, the sale by the employees of the shares once vested is restricted over an additional two-year period, which is not considered as an extension of the requisite service period. For the second subplan, 32% vest as at June 19, 2008, 32% as at April 26, 2009 and 36% as at April 26, 2010. In 2008, the Company failed to meet one performance condition during one semester. Consequently, one sixth of the shares granted, totaling 926,121 shares, of which 242,233 on the first ~~sub-plan~~subplan and 2,634 on the second subplan, was lost for vesting. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of the original plan, representing 1,097,124 shares, vested as at April 26, 2008. The first tranche of one of the local subplans, representing 4,248 shares, vested as at June 19, 2008. In addition, 31,786 shares were accelerated during the year, of which 2,999 under the subplans. These shares were transferred to employees from the treasury shares owned by the Company. The second tranche of the original plan, representing 1,048,429 shares and the second tranche of one of the local subplans, representing 3,914 shares, vested as at April 26, 2009. The first tranche of the other local subplan, representing 768,157 shares, vested as at June 19, 2009. In addition, 32,360 shares were accelerated during the year, of which 4,974 under the subplans. These shares were transferred to employees from the treasury shares owned by the Company. At December 31, ~~2008, 3,444,111~~2009, 1,539,083 nonvested shares were outstanding, of which ~~1,187,829~~409,491 under the first subplan and ~~8,706~~4,395 under the second one.

On December 6, 2007, the Managing Board of the Company, as authorized by the Supervisory Board of the Compensation Committee, granted additional 84,450 shares to selected employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as part of the 2007 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the same terms and conditions as the original plan. As a consequence of the failed performance condition explained above, 14,023 shares were lost for vesting, of which 498 on the subplan. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of the original plan, representing 10,434 shares, vested as at April 26, 2008. In addition, 11,311 shares were accelerated during the year. The second tranche of the original plan, representing 21,585 shares, vested as at April 26, 2009. The first tranche of the subplan, representing 1,602 shares, vested as at December 7, 2009. At December 31, 2009, 24,711 nonvested shares were outstanding as part of this additional grant, of which 900 under the local subplan.

~~F-54~~F-48

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

~~during the year. At December 31, 2008, 48,342 nonvested shares were outstanding as part of this additional grant, of which 2,502 under the first local subplan.~~

On February 19, 2008, the Managing Board of the Company, as authorized by the Supervisory Board of the Compensation Committee, granted additional 135,550 shares to selected employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as part of the 2007 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the same terms and conditions as the original plan. As a consequence of the failed performance condition explained above, 22,559 shares were lost for vesting, of which 5,887 on the local subplan. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of the original plan, representing 26,407 shares, vested as at April 26, 2008. In addition, 320 shares were accelerated during the year. The second tranche of the original plan, representing 21,978 shares, vested as at April 26, 2009. In addition, 567 shares were accelerated during the year. At December 31, ~~2008, 60,363~~2009, 37,534 nonvested shares were outstanding as part of this additional grant, of which 12,821 under the ~~first~~ local subplan.

On May ~~14,~~16, 2008, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of the entire Supervisory Board and with its approval) granted 165,000 stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and professionals of the Supervisory Board (“The 2008 Supervisory Board Plan”), of which 22,500 awards were immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal value of the share of €1.04 and vest over the following period: one third after 12 months, one third after 24 months and one third after 36 months following the date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any market, performance or service conditions. As such, their associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of this plan, representing 47,500 shares, vested as at May 16, 2009. As of December 31, ~~2008, 142,500~~2009, 95,000 awards were outstanding under the 2008 Supervisory Board Plan.

On July 22, 2008, the Company granted 5,723,305 nonvested shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued upon vesting from treasury stock (“The 2008 Employee Plan”). The Compensation Committee also authorized the future grant of additional shares to selected employees upon nomination by the Managing Board of the Company. The shares were granted for free to employees, and will vest upon completion of three internal performance conditions, each weighting for one third of the total number of awards granted. Except for employees in two of the Company’s European subsidiaries for whom a subplan was simultaneously created, the nonvested shares vest over the following requisite service period: 32% as at May 14, 2009, 32% as at May 14, 2010 and 36% as at May 14, 2011. The following requisite service period is required for the nonvested shares granted under the two local subplans: for the first one, 64% of the granted stock awards vest as at July ~~22,~~23, 2010 and 36% as at May 14, 2011. In addition, the sale by the employees of the shares once vested is restricted over an additional two-year period, which is not considered as an extension of the requisite service period. For the second one, 32% vest as at July 22, 2009, 32% as at May 14, 2010 and 36% as at May 14, 2011. In 2009, based on the final calculations, it turned out that the Company failed to meet two performance conditions. Consequently, two third of the shares granted, totaling 3,747,193 shares, of which 1,020,134 on the first subplan and 35,598 on the second subplan, was lost for vesting. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of the original plan, representing 427,324 shares, vested as at May 14, 2009. The first tranche of one of the local subplans, representing 5,719 shares, vested as at July 23, 2009. In addition, 15,588 shares were accelerated during the year. These shares were transferred to employees from the treasury shares owned by the Company. At December 31, ~~2008, 5,667,120~~2009, 1,399,373 nonvested shares were outstanding, of which ~~1,540,370~~509,324 under the first local subplan and ~~55,300~~11,906 under the second ~~one.~~local subplan.

On February 27, 2009, the Managing Board of the Company, as authorized by the Supervisory Board of the Compensation Committee, granted additional 50,400 shares to selected employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as part of the 2008 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the same terms and conditions as the original plan. As a consequence of the failed performance condition explained above, 33,589 shares were lost for vesting, of which 11,365 on the first local subplan and 1,332 on the second local subplan. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of the original plan, representing 3,348 shares, vested as at May 14, 2009. At December 31, 2009, 12,329 nonvested shares were outstanding as part of this additional grant, of which 5,685 under the first local subplan and 668 under the second local subplan.

On May 20, 2009, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of the entire Supervisory Board and with its approval) granted 165,000 stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory Board and professionals of the Supervisory Board (“The 2009 Supervisory Board Plan”), of which 7,500 awards were immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal value of the share of €1.04 and vest over the following period: one third after 12 months, one third after 24 months and one third after 36 months following the date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any market, performance or service conditions. As such, their associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant. As of December 31 2009, 157,500 awards were outstanding under the 2009 Supervisory Board Plan.

~~F-55~~F-49

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

On July 28, 2009, the Company granted 5,575,240 nonvested shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued upon vesting from treasury stock (“The 2009 Employee Plan”). The Compensation Committee also authorized the future grant of additional shares to selected employees upon nomination by the Managing Board of the Company. The shares were granted for free to employees, and will vest upon completion of three internal performance conditions, each weighting for one third of the total number of awards granted. Except for employees in one of the Company’s European subsidiaries for whom a subplan was simultaneously created, the nonvested shares vest over the following requisite service period: 32% as at May 20, 2010, 32% as at May 20, 2011 and 36% as at May 20, 2012. The following requisite service period is required for the nonvested shares granted under the local subplan: 64% of the granted stock awards vest as at July 29, 2011 and 36% as at May 20, 2012. In addition, the sale by the employees of the shares once vested is restricted over an additional two-year period, which is not considered as an extension of the requisite service period. At December 31, 2009, 5,532,440 nonvested shares were outstanding, of which 1,438,185 under the subplan.

On November 30, 2009, the Managing Board of the Company, as authorized by the Supervisory Board of the Compensation Committee, granted additional 8,300 shares to selected employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as part of the 2009 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the same terms and conditions as the original plan. At December 31, 2009, 8,300 nonvested shares were outstanding as part of this additional grant.

F-50

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

A summary of the nonvested share activity for the years ended December 31, ~~2008~~2009 and December 31, ~~2007~~2008 is presented below:


Nonvested Shares	Number of Shares			Exercise price		Number of Shares			Exercise price

Outstanding as at December 31, 2006		6,876,654		$	0-€1.04

Awards granted:
2006 Employee Plan		215,000		$	0
2007 Employee Plan		5,776,290		$	0
2007 Supervisory Board Plan		165,000		€	1.04
Awards forfeited:
2005 Employee Plan		(42,619	)	$	0
2006 Employee Plan		(120,295	)	$	0
2007 Employee Plan		(73,490	)	$	0
2007 Supervisory Board Plan		(22,500	)	€	1.04

Awards vested:
2005 Employee Plan		(1,039,544	)	$	0
2005 Supervisory Board Plan		(17,000	)	€	1.04
2006 Employee Plan		(1,190,466	)	$	0
2006 Supervisory Board Plan		(17,000	)	€	1.04
Outstanding as at December 31, 2007		10,510,030		$	0-€1.04		10,510,030		$	0-€1.04

Awards granted:
2007 Employee Plan		135,550		$	0		135,550		$	0
2008 Employee Plan		5,723,305		$	0		5,723,305		$	0
2008 Supervisory Board Plan		165,000		€	1.04		165,000		€	1.04
Awards forfeited:
2005 Employee Plan		(7,900	)	$	0		(7,900	)	$	0
2006 Employee Plan		(62,162	)	$	0		(62,162	)	$	0
2007 Employee Plan		(141,201	)	$	0		(141,201	)	$	0
2008 Employee Plan		(56,185	)	$	0		(56,185	)	$	0
2008 Supervisory Board Plan		(22,500	)	€	1.04		(22,500	)	€	1.04
Awards cancelled on failed vesting conditions:
2007 Employee Plan		(962,703	)	$	0		(962,703	)	$	0
Awards vested:
2005 Employee Plan		(903,381	)	$	0		(903,381	)	$	0
2005 Supervisory Board Plan		(17,000	)	€	1.04		(17,000	)	€	1.04
2006 Employee Plan		(1,937,618	)	$	0		(1,937,618	)	$	0
2006 Supervisory Board Plan		(20,000	)	€	1.04		(20,000	)	€	1.04
2007 Employee Plan		(1,181,630	)	$	0		(1,181,630	)	$	0
2007 Supervisory Board Plan		(52,500	)	€	1.04		(52,500	)	€	1.04
Outstanding as at December 31, 2008		11,169,105		$	0-€1.04		11,169,105		$	0-€1.04
Awards granted:
2008 Employee Plan							50,400		$	0
2009 Employee Plan							5,583,540		$	0
2009 Supervisory Board Plan							165,000		€	1.04
Awards forfeited:
2006 Employee Plan							(8,507	)	$	0
2007 Employee Plan							(52,896	)	$	0
2008 Employee Plan							(73,057	)	$	0
2009 Employee Plan							(42,800	)	$	0
2009 Supervisory Board Plan							(7,500	)	€	1.04
Awards cancelled on failed vesting conditions:
2008 Employee Plan							(3,780,782	)	$	0
Awards vested:
2006 Employee Plan							(1,694,162	)	$	0
2006 Supervisory Board Plan							(14,000	)	€	1.04
2007 Employee Plan							(1,898,592	)	$	0
2007 Supervisory Board Plan							(45,000	)	€	1.04
2008 Employee Plan							(451,979	)	$	0
2008 Supervisory Board Plan							(47,500	)	€	1.04
Outstanding as at December 31, 2009							8,851,270		$	0-€1.04

The Company recorded compensation expense for the nonvested share awards based on the fair value of the awards at the grant date. The fair value of the awards granted in 2005 represents the $16.61 share price at the date of the grant. On the 2005 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares granted, since they are affected by a

~~F-56~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

market condition, reflects a discount of 49.50%, using a Monte Carlo path-dependent pricing model to measure the probability of achieving the market condition.

F-51

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

The following assumptions were incorporated into the Monte Carlo pricing model to estimate the 49.50% discount:


		2005
		Employee Plan

Historical share price volatility		27.74%
Historical volatility of reference index		25.5%
Three-year average dividend yield		0.55%
Risk-free interest rates used		4.21%-4.33%

Consistent with fair value calculations of stock option grants in prior years, the Company has determined the historical share price volatility to be the most appropriate estimate of future price activity. The weighted average grant-date fair value of nonvested shares granted to employees under the 2005 Employee Plan was $8.50.

In 2006, the Company accounted for the impact of the modification of the 2005 Employee Plan with the creation of a local subplan in compliance with ~~Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004),~~~~Share-Based Payment~~ ~~(“FAS 123R”) provisions related to stock awards subject to a market condition and for which the original vesting period was extended.~~U.S. GAAP guidance. Such modification did not generate any incremental cost since, when measured as at the modification date, the fair value was discounted at 100% due to the nil probability as at March 2006 to achieve the market condition.

The ~~weighted average~~ grant date fair value of nonvested shares granted to employees under the 2006 Employee Plan was $17.35. On the 2006 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares granted did not reflect any discount since they are not affected by a market condition. On February 27, 2007, the Compensation Committee approved the statement that the three performance conditions were ~~met (as per initial assumption).~~met. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded on the 2006 Employee Plan reflects the statement that all of the awards granted will vest, as far as the service condition is met.

The ~~weighted average~~ grant date fair value of nonvested shares granted to employees under the 2007 Employee Plan was $19.35. On the 2007 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares granted did not reflect any discount since they are not affected by a market condition. On April 1, 2008, the Compensation Committee approved the statement that two performance conditions were fully met and that for one condition only one half of it was achieved. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded on the 2007 Employee Plan reflects the statement that five sixths of the awards granted will vest, as far as the service condition is met.

The ~~weighted average~~ grant date fair value of nonvested shares granted to employees under the 2008 Employee Plan was $10.64. On the 2008 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares granted did not reflect any discount since they are not affected by a market condition. On March 23, 2009, the Compensation Committee approved the statement that one performance condition was fully met. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded on the 2008 Employee Plan reflects the statement that one third of the awards granted will vest, as far as the service condition is met.

The grant date fair value of nonvested shares granted to employees under the 2009 Employee Plan was $7.54. On the 2009 Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares granted did not reflect any discount since they are not affected by a market condition. On the contrary, the Company estimates the number of awards expected to vest by assessing the probability of achieving the performance conditions. At December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, a final determination of the achievement of the performance conditions had not yet been made by the Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board. However, the Company has estimated that ~~one~~two third of awards are expected to vest. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded for the ~~2008~~2009 Employee Plan reflects the vesting of ~~one~~two third of the awards granted, subject to the service condition being met. The assumption of the expected number of awards to be vested upon achievement of the performance conditions is subject to changes based on the final measurement of the conditions, which is expected to occur in the first quarter of ~~2009.~~

The compensation expense recorded for nonvested shares in 2006 included a reduction for future forfeitures, estimated at a pluri-annual rate of 4.99%, reflecting the historical trend of forfeitures on past stock award plans. This estimate was adjusted in 2007 at a pluri-annual rate of 4.40%, updated in 2008 at a rate of 4.10%. This change in estimates generated a reverse in the recognized compensation of approximately $1 million as at December 31, 2008. This estimate is adjusted for actual forfeitures upon vesting. For employees eligible for retirement during the

~~F-57~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

requisite service period, the Company records compensation expense over the applicable shortened period. For awards for which vesting was accelerated in 2008, the Company recorded immediately the unrecognized compensation expense as at the acceleration date.2010.

The following table illustrates the classification of pre-payroll tax and social contribution stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, ~~and December 31, 2006,~~ respectively:


	December 31,		December 31,		December 31,		December 31,		December 31,		December 31,
	2008		2007		2006		2009		2008		2007

Cost of sales		15		14		6		7		15		14
Selling, general and administrative		37		37		14		19		37		37
Research and development		24		22		8		11		24		22
Loss on equity investment		2		—		—		1		2		—
Total pre-payroll tax and social contribution compensation		78		73		28		38		78		73

F-52

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

Compensation cost, excluding payroll tax and social contribution, capitalized as part of inventory was $2 million at December 31, 2009, $3 million at December 31, 2008 whereas it amounted to $6 million at December 31, ~~2007 whereas it amounted to $3 million at December 31, 2006.~~2007. As of December 31, ~~2008~~2009 there was ~~$37~~$27 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the grant of nonvested shares, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately ~~14.3~~16.3 months.

The total deferred income tax expense recognized in the consolidated statements of income related to unvested share-based compensation expense amounted to $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, including a shortfall recorded on the 2006 Employee Plan closed during 2009 due to the vesting fair value being significantly lower than the grant fair value. The total deferred income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of income related to unvested share-based compensation expense amounted to $3 million and $9 million for the ~~year~~years ended December 31, 2008 ~~$9 million for the year ended December 31,~~and 2007, ~~and $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.~~respectively.

~~18.7~~16.6 — Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

The accumulated balances related to each component of Other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:


				Unrealized						Minimum												Unrealized						Guidance on
	Foreign			gain (loss) on			Unrealized			pension			FAS 158			Accumulated			Foreign			gain (loss) on			Unrealized			defined benefit			Accumulated
	currency			available-for-sale			gain (loss) on			liability			adoption			other			currency			available-for-sale			gain (loss) on			plans adoption			other
	translation			financial assets,			derivatives,			adjustment,			adjustment,			comprehensive			translation			financial assets,			derivatives,			adjustment,			comprehensive
	income (loss)			net of tax			net of tax			net of tax			net of tax			income (loss)			income (loss)			net of tax			net of tax			net of tax			income (loss)

Balance as of December 31, 2005		328			0			(13	)		(34	)		—			281
Other comprehensive income (loss)		532			—			26			34			(57	)		535

Balance as of December 31, 2006		860			0			13			—			(57	)		816			860			0			13			(57	)		816
Other comprehensive income (loss)		467			(2	)		(1	)		—			40			504			467			(2	)		(1	)		40			504

Balance as of December 31, 2007		1,327			(2	)		12			—			(17	)		1,320			1,327			(2	)		12			(17	)		1,320
Other comprehensive income (loss)		(163	)		(14	)		(1	)		—			(48	)		(226	)		(163	)		(14	)		(1	)		(48	)		(226	)

Balance as of December 31, 2008		1,164			(16	)		11			—			(65	)		1,094			1,164			(16	)		11			(65	)		1,094

Other comprehensive income (loss)																				61			10			(5	)		4			70
Balance as of December 31, 2009																				1,224			(6	)		6			(60	)		1,164

For the year ended December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the net amount of accumulated other comprehensive income reclassified as earnings was approximately ~~$12~~$11 million related to cash flow hedge transactions outstanding as at December 31, ~~2007,~~2008, for which the forecasted hedged transaction occurred in ~~2008.~~2009.

~~18.8~~16.7 — Dividends

At the Company’s Annual General meeting of Shareholders held on May 20, 2009, the distribution of a cash dividend of $105 million or $0.12 per common share to be paid in four equal installments was adopted by the Company’s shareholders. Through December 31, 2009, payments were made for an amount of $79 million including the payment of $3 million for related withholding tax. The remaining $0.03 per share cash dividend to be paid in the first quarter of 2010 totaled $26 million and was reported as “dividends payable to shareholders” on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2009.

At the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on May 14, 2008 shareholders ~~approved~~adopted the distribution of $0.36 per share in cash dividends, payable in four equal quarterly installments. Through December 31, 2008, payments totaled $0.27 per share or approximately $240 million. The remaining $0.09 per share cash dividend to be

~~F-58~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

paid in the first quarter of 2009 totaled $79 million and was reported as “dividends payable to shareholders” on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2008.

In 2008 the cash dividend paid was of $0.36 per share for a total amount of $319 million. In 2007, the cash dividend paid was of $0.30 per share for a total amount of $269 million. ~~In 2006, the cash dividend paid was $0.12 per share for a total amount of $107 million.~~


~~19.~~	~~EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE~~

~~For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) was calculated as follows:~~

Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended

December 31,
December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007 2006

Basic EPS

Net income (loss) (786 ) (477 ) 782
Weighted average shares outstanding 891,955,940 898,731,154 896,136,969
Basic EPS (0.88 ) (0.53 ) 0.87
Diluted EPS

Net income (loss) (786 ) (477 ) 782
Convertible debt interest, net of tax — — 17

Net income (loss) adjusted (786 ) (477 ) 799
Weighted average shares outstanding 891,955,940 898,731,154 896,136,969
Dilutive effect of stock options — — 211,770
Dilutive effect of nonvested shares — — 1,252,996
Dilutive effect of convertible debt — — 60,941,995

Number of shares used in calculating diluted EPS 891,955,940 898,731,154 958,543,730
Diluted EPS (0.88 ) (0.53 ) 0.83

At December 31, 2008, if the Company had reported an income, outstanding stock options would have included anti-dilutive shares totalling approximately 39,431,433 shares. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, outstanding stock options included anti-dilutive shares totalling approximately 46,722,255 and 56,113,482 shares, respectively.

There was also the equivalent of 42,699,840 common shares outstanding for convertible debt, out of which 5,624 for the 2013 bonds and 42,694,216 for the 2016 bonds. None of these bonds have been converted to shares during 2008.

~~F-59~~F-53

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

~~20. OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES, NET~~


17.	EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) was calculated as follows:


	Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2009			2008			2007

Basic EPS
Net income (loss)		(1,131	)		(786	)		(477	)
Weighted average shares outstanding		876,928,190			891,955,940			898,731,154
Basic EPS		(1.29	)		(0.88	)		(0.53	)
Diluted EPS
Net income (loss)		(1,131	)		(786	)		(477	)
Net income (loss) adjusted		(1,131	)		(786	)		(477	)
Weighted average shares outstanding		876,928,190			891,955,940			898,731,154
Dilutive effect of stock options		—			—			—
Dilutive effect of nonvested shares		—			—			—
Dilutive effect of convertible debt		—			—			—
Number of shares used in calculating diluted EPS		876,928,190			891,955,940			898,731,154
Diluted EPS		(1.29	)		(0.88	)		(0.53	)

At December 31, 2009, if the Company had reported an income, outstanding stock options would have included anti-dilutive shares totalling approximately 37,943,832 shares. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, outstanding stock options included anti-dilutive shares totalling approximately 39,431,433 and 46,722,255 shares, respectively.

There was also the equivalent of 38,404,118 common shares outstanding for convertible debt, out of which 5,624 for the 2013 bonds and 38,398,494 for the 2016 bonds, with no dilutive effect. None of these bonds have been converted to shares during 2009.


18.	OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES, NET

Other income and expenses, net consisted of the following:


	Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2008			2007			2006			2009			2008			2007

Research and development funding		83			97			54			202			83			97
Start-up and phase-out costs		(17	)		(24	)		(57	)		(39	)		(17	)		(24	)
Exchange gain (loss), net		20			1			(9	)
Patent litigation costs		(14	)		(18	)		(22	)
Patent pre-litigation costs		(10	)		(10	)		(7	)
Gain on sale of Accent		—			—			6
Exchange gain, net											11			20			1
Patent costs, net of gain from settlement											(5	)		(24	)		(28	)
Gain on sale of long-lived assets, net		4			2			2			3			4			2
Other, net		(4	)		—			(2	)		(6	)		(4	)		—

Total		62			48			(35	)		166			62			48

The Company receives significant public funding from governmental agencies in several jurisdictions. Public funding for research and development is recognized ratably as the related costs are incurred once the agreement with the respective governmental agency has been signed and all applicable conditions have been met.

Exchange gains and losses included in “Other income and expenses, net” represent the portion of exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in currencies other than an entity’s functional currency and the changes in fair value ofheld-for-trading derivative instruments which are not designated as hedge and which have a cash flow effect related to operating transactions.

F-54

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

Patent ~~litigation~~ costs, net of settlement agreements, include legal and attorney fees and payment offor claims, ~~and~~ patent pre-litigation ~~costs are composed of~~ consultancy ~~fees~~ and legal ~~fees. Patent~~fees, netted against settlements, which primarily includes reimbursements of prior patent litigation costs are costs incurred in respect of pending litigation. Patent pre-litigation costs are costs incurred to prepare for licensing discussions with third parties with a view to concluding an agreement.costs.

As at December 31, 2008 and 2007, the caption “Other, net” included a $3 million and a $7 million income respectively, net of attorney and consultancy fees that the Company received in its ongoing pursuit to recover damages related to the case with its former Treasurer as previously disclosed.


19.	IMPAIRMENT, RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND OTHER RELATED CLOSURE COSTS

~~On June 29, 2006,~~

Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs incurred in 2009, 2008, and 2007 are summarized as follows:


										Total impairment,
										restructuring
										charges and other
				Restructuring			Other related			related closure
Year Ended December 31, 2009	Impairment			charges			closure costs			costs

2007 restructuring plan		(25	)		(69	)		(32	)		(126	)
STE restructuring plan		—			(99	)		(1	)		(100	)
Goodwill annual impairment test		(6	)		—			—			(6	)
Other restructuring initiatives		(4	)		(53	)		(2	)		(59	)
Total		(35	)		(221	)		(35	)		(291	)


										Total impairment,
										restructuring
										charges and other
				Restructuring			Other related			related closure
Year Ended December 31, 2008	Impairment			charges			closure costs			costs

2007 restructuring plan		(77	)		(79	)		(8	)		(164	)
FMG deconsolidation		(190	)		(2	)		(24	)		(216	)
Goodwill annual impairment test		(13	)		—			—			(13	)
Other restructuring initiatives		(10	)		(75	)		(3	)		(88	)
Total		(290	)		(156	)		(35	)		(481	)


										Total impairment,
										restructuring
										charges and other
				Restructuring			Other related			related closure
Year Ended December 31, 2007	Impairment			charges			closure costs			costs

2007 restructuring plan		(11	)		(62	)		—			(73	)
FMG deconsolidation		(1,107	)		—			(5	)		(1,112	)
Other restructuring initiatives		(5	)		(8	)		(30	)		(43	)
Total		(1,123	)		(70	)		(35	)		(1,228	)

Impairment charges and disposal loss

In 2009, the Company sold to Sofinnova Capital V its participation in Accent Srl, a subsidiary based in Italy. Accent Srl, in which the Company held a 51% interest, was jointly formed with Cadence Design Systems Inc. and is specialized in hardware and software design and consulting servicesrecorded impairment charges for ~~integrated circuit design and fabrication. The total consideration amounting to $7~~$35 million was received in cash on June 29, 2006. Net of consolidated carrying amount and transactions related expenses, the divestiture resulted in a net pre-tax gain of $6 million which was recorded in “Other income and expenses, net” in the 2006 consolidated statements of income. In addition the Company simultaneously entered into a license agreement with Accent by which the Company granted to Accent, for a total agreed lump sum amount of $3 million, the right to use “as is” and with no right to future development certain specific intellectual property of the Company that are currently used in Accent’s business activities. The total consideration was recognized immediately in 2006 and recorded as “Other revenues” in the consolidated statements of income. The Company was also granted warrants for 6,675 new shares of Accent. Such warrants expire after 15 years and can only be exercised in the event of a change of control or an Initial Public Offering of Accent above a predetermined value.relating primarily to:


	•	$25 million impairment linked to the 2007 restructuring plan. These impairment charges were triggered by the reclassification of the Company’s long-lived assets of its manufacturing site in Carrollton (Texas) (previously designated for closure as part of the 2007 restructuring plan) on the line “Assets held for sale” on the consolidated balance sheets, pursuant to its decision to sell the facility. The reclassified assets are primarily property and other long-lived assets that satisfied all of the criteria required for the“held-for-sale” classification guidance. The carrying value of the assets to be sold totalled $51 million at the date of the reclassification, while fair value less costs to sell amounted to approximately $30 million, which generated an impairment charge of $21 million. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the consideration to be received upon the sale, which is expected to occur within one year. This fair value measure corresponds to a level 2 fair value hierarchy for nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, as described in Note 25. The Company also recorded impairment charges totalling

~~F-60~~F-55

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)


~~21.~~		$4 million on certain specific equipment of the Company’s manufacturing site in Phoenix (Arizona), for which no alternative future use existed within the Company. Fair value was estimated based on broker prices available for similar assets from past sales, which corresponds to a level 2 fair value hierarchy for nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, as described in Note 25.

The long-lived assets affected by the restructuring plans are owned by the Company and were assessed for impairment using theheld-for-use model when they did not satisfy all of the criteria required forheld-for-sale status. In 2009, 2008 and 2007, apart from assets held for sale within FMG deconsolidation and long-lived assets of the manufacturing site in Carrollton (Texas), the Company did not identify any significant tangible asset to be disposed of by sale.


	•	$6 million impairment on goodwill, pursuant to the interim impairment test on goodwill performed during the first and second quarter of 2009. As a result of this testing and a decline in the business outlook for the Vision business acquired in 1999, the Company recorded a $6 million impairment charge. The Vision business is included in the Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication infrastructure Product Group reporting segment and is dedicated to image sensors, camera modules and image processors for mobile phones.

	•	$3 million~~IMPAIRMENT, RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND OTHER RELATED CLOSURE COSTS~~other-than-temporary impairment on an investment carried at cost based on the liquidation value of the investment.

	•	$1 million of other non-cash charges.

In 2008, the Company incurred impairment and restructuring charges related to the following items: (i) additional losses incurred on FMG deconsolidation; (ii) impairment and restructuring charges related to the manufacturing plan committed to by the Company in 2007 (the “2007 restructuring plan”); (iii)recorded impairment charges ~~on certain financial investments carried at cost~~ and on goodwill pursuant to the annual impairment test and (iv) other restructuring charges related to restructuring plans undertaken in the past years, such as the 150mm restructuring plan started in 2003 (the “150mm fab plan”) and the headcount reduction plan announced in 2005 (the “2005 restructuring initiatives”), together with additional restructuring initiatives incurred in 2008.disposal loss for $290 million corresponding primarily to:

In 2003, the Company commenced a plan to restructure its 150mm fab operations and part of its back-end operations in order to improve cost competitiveness. The 150mm fab plan focused on cost reduction by migrating a large part of European and U.S. 150mm production to Singapore and by upgrading production to finer geometry 200mm wafer fabs. The plan included the discontinuation of the 150mm production of Rennes (France), the closure as soon as operationally feasible of the 150mm wafer pilot line in Castelletto (Italy) and the downsizing by approximately one-half of the 150mm wafer fab in Carrollton, Texas. Furthermore, the 150mm wafer fab productions in Agrate (Italy) and Rousset (France) were gradually phased-out in favor of 200mm wafer~~ramp-ups~~ at existing facilities in these locations. The Company incurred the balance of the restructuring charges related to this manufacturing restructuring plan in 2007 and early 2008, later than previously anticipated to accommodate unforeseen qualification requirements of the Company’s customers.

In 2005, the Company decided to reduce its Access technology products for Customer Premises Equipment (“CPE”) modem products. This decision was intended to eliminate certain low volume, non-strategic product families whose returns in the current environment did not meet internal targets. Additional restructuring initiatives were also implemented in 2005 such as the closure of a research and development design center in Karlsruhe (Germany) and in Malvern (USA), and the discontinuation of a development project in Singapore. In May 2005, the Company announced additional restructuring efforts to improve profitability. These initiatives were aimed to reduce the Company’s workforce by 3,000 outside Asia by the second half of 2006, of which 2,300 were planned for Europe. The Company planned to reorganize its European activities by optimizing on a global scale its EWS activities (wafer testing); harmonizing its support functions; streamlining its activities outside its manufacturing areas and by disengaging from certain activities.


	•	$190 million loss on FMG deconsolidation, which, together with the $1,107 million recorded in the year ended December 31, 2007, gives the total loss of the FMG deconsolidation of $1,296 million.

	•	$75 million impairment charge on long-lived assets of the Company’s manufacturing site Phoenix (Arizona).

	•	$13 million impairment on goodwill, pursuant to the annual impairment test on goodwill and indefinite long-lived assets.

	•	$6 millionother-than-temporary impairment on investments carried at cost.

	•	$4 million impairment on certain specific equipment with no alternative future use.

In 2007, the Company ~~announced it had entered into~~recorded impairment charges for $1,123 million corresponding primarily to $1,107 million impairment as a result of the signing of the definitive agreement ~~with Intel to create a new independent semiconductor company, Numonyx, from~~for the ~~key assets of~~FMG deconsolidation and upon meeting the ~~Company’s and Intel’s Flash memory business as described in details in Note 7. Upon meeting FAS 144~~ criteria for assets held for sale, to adjust the ~~Company reclassified as at December 31, 2007~~value of the to-be-contributed assets to ~~be contributed from their original balance sheet classification~~fair value less costs to sell. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the ~~line “Assets held~~net consideration provided for ~~sale”. On March 30, 2008,~~in the ~~Company closed the deal for the creation of Numonyx~~agreement and ~~deconsolidated FMG contributed assets accordingly.~~significant estimates.

Restructuring charges and other related closure costs

The Company is currently engaged in two major restructuring plans, the STE restructuring plan and the 2007 restructuring plan that are briefly described hereafter. The Company is also engaged in various initiatives launched in 2008 and 2009 aimed at reducing the operating expenses through a workforce reduction.

In April 2009, ST-Ericsson announced a restructuring plan to be completed by mid-2010 (the “STE restructuring plan”). The main actions included in the restructuring plan are a re-alignment of product roadmaps to create a more agile and cost-efficient R&D organization and a reduction in workforce of 1,200 worldwide to reflect further integration activities following the merger. On December 3, 2009, ST-Ericsson expanded its restructuring plan, targeting additional annualized savings in operating expenses and spending, along with an extensive R&D efficiency program. The targeted time of completion of this new plan is the end of 2010.

The Company announced in 2007 that management committed to a ~~new~~ restructuring ~~plan. This~~ plan ~~was~~ aimed at redefining the Company’s manufacturing strategy in order to be more competitive in the semiconductor ~~market.~~market (the “2007 restructuring plan”). In addition to the prior restructuring measures undertaken in the past years, this ~~new~~ manufacturing plan would pursue, among other initiatives: the transfer of 150mm production from Carrollton ~~Texas~~(Texas) to Asia, the transfer of 200mm production from Phoenix ~~Arizona,~~(Arizona), to Europe and Asia and the restructuring of the

F-56

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

manufacturing operations in Morocco with a progressive phase out of the activities in Ain Sebaa site synchronized with a significant growth in Bouskoura site.

In ~~2008, upon receipt of certain offers by third parties,~~2009, the Company ~~planned to sell its Phoenix facilities. Upon meeting FAS 144 criteria for assets held for sale in the first half of 2008, the Company reclassified the assets to be sold as current assets and~~ incurred impairment charges related to their disposal. In the third quarter of 2008, the planned sale of the Phoenix assets was suspended by the potential buyer, pending a corporate restructuring. Since the sale of the Phoenix assets was no longer deemed to be probable, the assets were reclassified as assets held for use as at December 31, 2008.

~~F-61~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

~~Impairment,~~ restructuring charges and other related closure costs ~~incurred in 2008, 2007, and 2006 are summarized as follows:~~

Total impairment,

restructuring

charges and other

Restructuring
Other related
related closure

Year ended December 31, 2008
Impairment charges closure costs costs

2007 restructuring plan (77 ) (79 ) (8 ) (164 )
FMG deconsolidation (190 ) (2 ) (24 ) (216 )
Goodwill annual impairment test (13 ) — — (13 )
Other restructuring initiatives (10 ) (75 ) (3 ) (88 )

Total
(290 ) (156 ) (35 ) (481 )

Total impairment,

restructuring

charges and other

Restructuring
Other related
related closure

Year ended December 31, 2007
Impairment charges closure costs costs

2007 restructuring plan (11 ) (62 ) — (73 )
FMG deconsolidation (1,107 ) — (5 ) (1,112 )
Other restructuring initiatives (5 ) (8 ) (30 ) (43 )
Total (1,123 ) (70 ) (35 ) (1,228 )

Total impairment,

restructuring

charges and other

Restructuring
Other related
related closure

Year ended December 31, 2006
Impairment charges closure costs costs

150mm fab plan (1 ) (7 ) (14 ) (22 )
2005 restructuring initiatives (1 ) (36 ) (8 ) (45 )
Other (10 ) — — (10 )
Total (12 ) (43 ) (22 ) (77 )

~~Impairment charges and disposal loss~~

~~In 2008, the Company recorded impairment charges and disposal loss as follows:~~for $256 million relating primarily to:


	•	$~~190~~100 million ~~loss on FMG deconsolidation, consisting of a $164 million impairment charge recorded upon disposal in~~for the ~~first quarter of 2008 and an additional loss of $26 million, which was recorded after disposal as a consequence of additional charges borne by the Company in relation~~STE restructuring plan for on-going termination benefits for involuntary leaves pursuant to the ~~contributed assets. The total loss~~closure of certain locations in Europe, the ~~FMG deconsolidation amounted to $1,296 million,~~Unites States of ~~which $1,106 million was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2007.~~America and Asia.

	•	$77101 million ~~impairment charge on long-lived assets of the Company’s manufacturing sites in Carrollton, Texas and in Phoenix, Arizona, of which $75 million on Phoenix site which had previously been designated~~ for ~~closure as part of~~ the 2007 restructuring plan primarily related to closure costs and ~~that~~one-time termination benefits to be paid to employees who render services until the ~~Company decided in the second quarter of 2008 to sell as a going concern. The assets are primarily property and other long-lived assets that satisfied, as at June 28, 2008, all~~complete closure of the criteria required for the “held-for-sale” status as set forth in FAS 144. Consequently, the Company reclassified as current assets on the consolidated balance sheet as at June 28, 2008 these long-lived assets, which generated an impairment charge of $114 million recorded in the first half of 2008. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the consideration to be received upon the sale, which was expected to occur within one year. In the second half of 2008, pursuant to a corporate restructuring of

~~F-62~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~


		~~the potential buyer, the sale was no longer deemed to be probable. The Company ceased to apply the FAS 144 held-for-sale model to the~~Carrollton (Texas) and Phoenix assets and reclassified the assets as held for use as at December 31, 2008. Therefore the assets were revalued based on the discounted cash flows expected from their use, estimated at $99 million, which was higher than the consideration to be received upon the sale. An adjustment of $39 million was accordingly recorded in the second half of 2008 as a credit to the original impairment charge.


	•	$13 million impairment on goodwill, pursuant to the impairment test on goodwill and indefinite long-lived assets performed annually by the Company. This impairment charge includes $7 million on goodwill recorded in 2003 on Incard smart card business acquisition and $6 million recorded on goodwill related to Portland Group Inc. (“PGI”), an entity the Company acquired in 2000 and dedicated to compilers & tools for standalone or embedded processing platforms;(Arizona) fabs.

	•	$655 million ~~other-than-temporary impairment~~restructuring charges onrelated to former committed restructuring initiatives. These restructuring charges consisted primarily of termination benefits in Asia and voluntary termination arrangements in certain ~~equity investments carried at cost. For one investment~~European locations. Additionally, the ~~impairment loss was based on~~Company paid $39 million related to the ~~valuation for~~restructuring plan announced upon the ~~underlying investment~~integration of ~~a new round of third party financing and for~~NXP wireless business, as described in Note 7. The amounts paid were charged against the ~~other~~liability recorded in 2008 in the ~~impairment loss was based on the value of the investment upon liquidation.~~

	•	~~$4 million impairment charge on certain specific equipment with no alternative future use within the Company;~~purchase price allocation.

In ~~2007,~~2008, the Company ~~recorded impairment~~incurred restructuring charges ~~as follows:~~and other related closure costs for $191 million relating primarily to:


	•	$~~1,106~~87 million ~~impairment as a result of the signing of the definitive agreement~~ for the FMG deconsolidation and upon meeting FAS 144 criteria for assets held for sale, to adjust the value of the to-be-contributed assets to fair value less costs to sell. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the net consideration provided for in the agreement and significant estimates.

	•	~~$1 million impairment charge on certain specific equipment that could not be transferred as part of FMG deconsolidation and for which no alternative future use could be found in the Company;~~

	•	$11 million impairment charge on certain tangible assets, mainly equipment, that the Company identified without alternative future use following its commitment to the closure of two front-end sites and one back-end site as part of the 2007 restructuring ~~plan;~~

	•	~~$2 million impairment on technologies without any alternative future use based on the Company’s products’ roadmap;~~

	•	$3 million other-than-temporary impairment charge on an equity investment carried at cost. The impairment loss was based on the valuation for the underlying investment of a new round of third party financing.

~~In 2006, the Company recorded impairment charges as follows:~~


	•	$6 million impairment of goodwill pursuant to the decision of the Company to cease product development from technologies inherited from Tioga business acquisition. The Company reported Tioga business as part of the former Application Specific Product Groups (“ASG”) product segment. Following this decision, the Company recorded the full write-off of Tioga goodwill carrying amount.

	•	~~$4 million impairment on technologies purchased as part of Tioga business acquisition, which were determined to be without any alternative use;~~

	•	~~$1 million impairment on equipment and machinery pursuant to the decision of the Company to discontinue a production line in one of its back-end sites;~~

	•	~~$1 million impairment on equipment and machinery identified without any alternative use in one of the Company’s European 150mm fab sites.~~

~~F-63~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

The long-lived assets affected by the restructuring plans are owned by the Company and were assessed for impairment using the held-for-use model defined in FAS 144 when they did not satisfy all of the criteria required for held-for-sale status. In 2008 and 2007, apart from assets held for sale within FMG deconsolidation and long-lived assets of the manufacturing site in Phoenix, Arizona, the Company did not identify any significant tangible asset to be disposed of by sale. In 2006, the Company identified certain machinery and equipment to be disposed of by sale in one of its back-end sites in Morocco, following the decision of the Company to disengage from SPG activities as part of its latest restructuring initiatives. These assets did not generate any impairment charge and were reflected at their carrying value on the line “Other receivables and assets” of the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2006. These assets were sold in 2007, which generated a gain amounting to $2 million reported on the line “Other income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2007.

~~Changes to the related provisions in 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows:~~

2007
Other

restructuring
FMG
restructuring

plan disposal initiatives Total

Provision as at December 31, 2006
— — 32 32
Charges incurred in 2007 62 5 40 107
Reversal of provision — — (2 ) (2 )
Amounts paid (2 ) (3 ) (50 ) (55 )

Provision as at December 31, 2007
60 2 20 82

Charges incurred in 2008 87 51 78 216
Provision on business combinations — — 46 46
Amounts paid (34 ) (33 ) (43 ) (110 )

Provision as at December 31, 2008
113 20 101 234

~~2007 restructuring plan:~~

~~In 2008, the Company recorded the following charges related to the 2007 restructuring plan:~~


	•	~~$75 million~~plan primarily related to $75 million accrued one-time termination benefits for employees who provide services beyond the legal retention period until the complete closure of the manufacturing sites of Carrollton ~~Texas~~(Texas) and Phoenix ~~Arizona;~~(Arizona) and $12 million of other costs in Morocco and France.

	•	$1026 million ~~for the transfer~~ of ~~employees and equipment from Ain Sebbaa back-end site~~restructuring charges related to ~~Bouskoura site~~FMG disposal consisting primarily in ~~Morocco;~~phase-out costs.

	•	$378 million of other restructuring initiatives, consisting primarily of $69 million in termination benefits for voluntary leaves and early retirement arrangements in certain European locations and $9 million final costs relating to the former restructuring plans of the Company.

	•	In connection with the integration of Genesis and of the wireless business from NXP, the Company launched in 2008 new restructuring initiatives aimed at rationalizing its operations and its worldwide workforce. The restructuring provisions related to the ~~closure~~newly integrated businesses amounted to $46 million at acquisition date, of ~~one~~which $44 million recorded on the ST-NXP business combination. The latter represented estimated redundancy costs that will be incurred to achieve the rationalization of the ~~Company’s design center~~combined organization as anticipated as part of the transaction. It covers approximately 500 people includingsub-contractors. The plan affects mainly employees in ~~France.~~Belgium, China, Germany, India, the Netherlands, Switzerland and the United States.

~~The Company recorded in~~In 2007, ~~a total~~the company incurred restructuring ~~charge~~charges and other related closure costs for ~~the 2007 restructuring plan amounting to $62~~$105 million mainly related to termination benefits for involuntary leaves. This total charge includes the provision for contractual, legal and past practice termination benefits to be paid for an estimated number of employeesrelating primarily in the United States, France and Morocco amounting to $37 million, and $25 million corresponding to one-time termination benefits established by the restructuring plan as communicated in the United States, which specifies certain retention and completion bonuses to be paid to employees who are required to render service until full closure of the manufacturing sites.to:

~~FMG disposal:~~

~~In 2008, the Company recorded $26 million of restructuring charges related to FMG disposal consisting primarily in phase-out costs.~~


	•	$62 million for the 2007 restructuring plan

	•	$5 million of other related closure costs incurred as a result of the FMG deconsolidation

	•	$38 million on other restructuring initiatives (150 mm fab plan and the 2005 headcount reduction plan)

~~F-64~~F-57

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

~~In 2007, the Company recorded $5 million restructuring charges mainly related to transfer, maintenance and decontamination costs.~~

~~Other restructuring initiatives~~

~~150mm fab plan:~~

~~In early 2008, the Company incurred restructuring charges on the 150mm fab plan totalling $2 million, primarily related to transfer costs for the site of Rousset (France).~~

Restructuring charges incurred in 2007 on this plan amounted to $31 million, primarily related to transfer, maintenance and decontamination associated with the closure and transfer of production for the sites of Rousset (France) and Agrate (Italy). In 2007, the Company reversed a $2 million provision recorded in 2003 to cover the Company’s legal obligation to pay penaltiesChanges to the ~~French governmental institutions related to the closure of Rennes production site since the French authorities decided in 2007 to waive the payment of such penalties.~~

Restructuring charges incurred in 2006 amounted to $7 million termination benefits, and $14 million of other closure costs mainly related to maintenance and decontamination incurred in Agrate (Italy) and Rousset (France) sites.

~~2005 restructuring initiatives:~~

In 2008, the Company recorded $7 million related to the 2005 restructuring initiatives, primarily for termination benefits paid within an early retirement arrangement in one of the Company’s subsidiaries in Europe.

In 2007, the Company recorded a total restructuring charge amounting to $9 million, detailed as follows: (i) $6 million corresponded to workforce reduction initiatives in Europe; and (ii) $3 million was related to reorganization actions aiming at optimizing the Company’s EWS activities.

In 2006, the Company recorded a total restructuring charge amounting to $44 million, of which $37 million corresponded to workforce reduction initiatives in Europe and $7 million were related to reorganization of its EWS activities as part of the plan of reorganization and optimization of its activities as defined in 2005.

~~2008 restructuring initiatives:~~

In relation to the new 2008 restructuring actions, the Company recorded $69 million of other restructuring initiatives, consisting primarily in termination benefits for voluntary leaves and early retirement arrangements in certain European locations.

In connection with the integration of Genesis and of the wireless business from NXP, the Company launched in 2008 new restructuring initiatives aimed at rationalizing its operations and its worldwide workforce. The restructuring provisions ~~related to the newly integrated businesses amounted to $46 million at acquisition date, of which $44 million~~ recorded on the ~~ST-NXP business combination. This latter represented estimated redundancy costs that will be incurred to achieve the rationalization~~consolidated balance sheet of the ~~combined organization~~company in 2009 and 2008 are summarized as anticipated as part of the transaction and cover approximately 500 people including sub-contractors. The plan will affect mainly employees in Belgium, China, Germany, India, the Netherlands, Switzerland and the United States. These actions, and the resulting termination benefits, will be finalized and completed within one year of the acquisition date, which could result in changes to the liability and goodwill amounts in the purchase price allocations as detailed in Note 3.follows:


	STE			2007						Other
	Restructuring			Restructuring			FMG			restructuring
	plan			plan			disposal			initiatives			Total

Provision as at December 31, 2007		—			60			2			20			82
Charges incurred in 2008		—			87			51			78			216
Provision on business combinations		—			—			—			46			46
Amounts paid		—			(34	)		(33	)		(43	)		(110	)
Provision as at December 31, 2008		—			113			20			101			234
Charges incurred in 2009		100			101			—			55			256
Amounts paid		(17	)		(156	)		(20	)		(103	)		(296	)
Provision as at December 31, 2009		83			58			—			53			194

Total impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure ~~costs:~~costs

The 150mm fab plan and related manufacturing initiatives were fully completed in 2008. The expected pre-tax charges to be incurred under the plan were estimated to total $330 million, while $347 million were incurred as of December 31, ~~2008 ($2 million in 2008, $29 million in 2007, $22 in 2006, $13 million in 2005, $76 million in 2004 and $205 million in 2003).~~

~~F-65~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~2008.

The 2005 headcount reduction plan, which was fully completed as at December 31, 2008, was originally expected to result in pre-tax charges of $100 million, while $102 million were incurred as at December 31, ~~2008 ($7 million in 2008, $9 million in 2007, $45 in 2006 and $41 million in 2005).~~2008.

The 2007 restructuring plan is expected to result in pre-tax charges in the range of $270 to $300 million, of which ~~$149~~$250 million have been incurred as of December 31, ~~2008 ($87 million in 2008 and $62 million in 2007).~~2009. This plan is expected to be completed in the second half of 2010.

The STE restructuring plan, which is expected to result in a total pre-tax charge in the range of $135 million to $155 million, registered a total charge of $100 million as of December 31, 2009. This plan is expected to be completed by end of 2010.

In ~~2008,~~2009, total amounts paid for restructuring and related closure costs amounted to ~~$110~~$296 million. The total actual costs that the Company will incur may differ from these estimates based on the timing required to complete the restructuring plan, the number of people involved, the final agreed termination benefits and the costs associated with the transfer of equipment, products and processes.

~~22. INTEREST INCOME, NET~~


20.	INTEREST INCOME, NET

Interest income, net consisted of the following:


	Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2008			2007			2006			2009			2008			2007

Income		132			156			143			59			132			156
Expense		(81	)		(73	)		(50	)		(50	)		(81	)		(73	)

Total		51			83			93			9			51			83

No borrowing cost was capitalized in 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006.~~2007. Interest income on floating rate notes classified asavailable-for-sale marketable securities amounted to $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $37 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and to $41 million for the year ended December 31, ~~2007 and to $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.~~2007. Interest income on auction rate securities totaled $7 million, $14 million ~~$24 million~~ and $9$24 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~2007 respectively. Interest income on Numonyx long term notes classified asavailable-for-sale amounted to $16 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

F-58

~~23. INCOME TAX~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)


21.	INCOME TAX

Income (loss) before income tax expense is comprised of the following:

Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended

December 31,
December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007 2006

Income (loss) recorded in The Netherlands (1,232 ) (54 ) (12 )
Income (loss) from foreign operations 409 (440 ) 776

Income (loss) before income tax expense (823 ) (494 ) 764


	Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2009			2008			2007

Loss recorded in The Netherlands		(376	)		(1,232	)		(54	)
Income (loss) from foreign operations		(1,120	)		409			(440	)

Loss before income tax expense		(1,496	)		(823	)		(494	)

STMicroelectronics N.V. and its subsidiaries are individually liable for income taxes in their jurisdictions. Tax losses can only offset profits generated by the taxable entity incurring such loss.

~~F-66~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

Income tax benefit (expense) is comprised of the following:


	Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2008			2007			2006			2009			2008			2007

The Netherlands taxes — current		(1	)		(4	)		(7	)		4			(1	)		(4	)
Foreign taxes — current		(25	)		(121	)		(47	)		(54	)		(25	)		(121	)

Current taxes		(26	)		(125	)		(54	)		(50	)		(26	)		(125	)
Foreign deferred taxes		69			148			74			145			69			148

Income tax benefit		43			23			20			95			43			23

The principal items comprising the differences in income taxes computed at the Netherlands statutory rate of 25.5% in 2009, 2008 and 2007, ~~and 29.6% in 2006~~ and the effective income tax rate are the following:


	Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2008			2007			2006			2009			2008			2007

Income tax benefit (expense) computed at statutory rate		210			126			(226	)
Income tax benefit computed at statutory rate											382			210			126
Non-deductible, non-taxable and other permanent differences, net		—			(20	)		(27	)		(34	)		—			(20	)
Loss on equity investment		(139	)		—			—			(84	)		(139	)		—
Valuation allowance adjustments		(18	)		(1	)		(8	)		(56	)		(18	)		(1	)
Impact of prior years adjustments		48			(17	)		63			21			48			(17	)
Effects of change in enacted tax rate on deferred taxes		—			(21	)		—			(7	)		—			(21	)
Current year credits		66			63			49			76			66			63
Other tax and credits		2			(3	)		(1	)		(4	)		2			(3	)
Benefits from tax holidays		34			122			134			2			34			122
Current year tax risk		(31	)		—			—			(23	)		(31	)		—
Impact of FMG deconsolidation		(77	)		(113	)		—			—			(77	)		(113	)
Earnings of subsidiaries taxed at different rates		(52	)		(113	)		36			(178	)		(52	)		(113	)

Income tax benefit (expense)		43			23			20			95			43			23

The ~~line~~lines “Impact of prior years’ adjustments” and “Current year tax risk” include amounts that are further disclosed in the uncertain tax position reconciliation table included in this note.

As detailed in Note 2.6, following the passage of the French Finance Act for 2008, which included several changes to the research tax credit regime, beginning on January 1, 2008, French research tax credits that in prior years were accounted for as a reduction in income tax expense were deemed to be grants in substance. These tax credits, totaling $146 million and $161 million, were reported as a reduction of research and development expenses in the statement of income for the ~~year~~years ended December 31, ~~2008.~~2009 and 2008, respectively.

In 2009 and 2008, the line “Earnings of subsidiaries taxed at different rates” includes a decrease of $123 million and $99 million, respectively, related to significant losses in countries subject to tax holidays. In 2007, this line includes a $97 million decrease related to the FMG deconsolidation for amounts that were deductible in tax jurisdictions with statutory tax rates substantially below the Netherlands statutory rate. In 2009, the Company

F-59

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

~~In 2006, as~~received $121 million for research tax credits for the ~~result~~period prior to January 1, 2009 resulting in a decrease in deferred tax assets of ~~favourable events that occurred in that year,~~ the Company recognized approximately $23 million in tax benefits related to Research and Development Credits and Extraterritorial Income Exclusions in the United States for prior periods. In addition the Company reversed $90 million in income tax provisions related to a previously received tax assessment in the United States based on a final settlement upon appeals.same amount.

The tax holidays represent a tax exemption period aimed to attract foreign technological investment in certain tax jurisdictions. The effect of the tax benefits on basic earnings per share was $0.00, $0.04, ~~$0.14,~~ and ~~$0.15~~$0.14 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, ~~2007,~~ and ~~2006,~~2007, respectively. These agreements are present in various countries and

~~F-67~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

include programs that reduce up to and including 100% of taxes in years affected by the agreements. The Company’s tax holidays expire at various dates through the year ending December 31, 2019.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:


	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2008			2007			2009			2008

Tax loss carryforwards and investment credits		442			213			639			460
Inventory valuation		29			38			34			29
Impairment and restructuring charges		102			76			95			102
Fixed asset depreciation in arrears		64			61			53			64
Receivables for government funding		189			169			18			189
Tax risk		21			—
Tax allowances granted on past capital investments		1,086			1,054			1,096			1,086
Pension service costs		39			24			41			39
Stock awards		26			19			11			26
Commercial accruals		9			10			7			9
Other temporary differences		42			48			62			45

Total deferred tax assets		2,049			1,712			2,056			2,049
Valuation allowances		(1,283	)		(1,123	)		(1,337	)		(1,283	)

Deferred tax assets, net		766			589			719			766

Accelerated fixed asset depreciation		(86	)		(110	)		(66	)		(86	)
Acquired intangible assets		(61	)		(11	)		(31	)		(61	)
Advances of government funding		(17	)		(24	)		(13	)		(17	)
Other temporary differences		(32	)		(27	)		(35	)		(32	)

Deferred tax liabilities		(196	)		(172	)		(145	)		(196	)

Net deferred income tax asset		570			417			574			570

For a particular tax-paying component of the Company and within a particular tax jurisdiction, all current deferred tax liabilities and assets are offset and presented as a single amount, ~~such as all~~similarly to non-current deferred tax liabilities and assets. The Company does not offset deferred tax liabilities and assets attributable to different tax-paying components or to different tax jurisdictions.

As of December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the Company and its subsidiaries have gross deferred tax assets on tax loss carryforwards and investment credits that expire starting ~~2009,~~2010, as follows:


Year

2009	10
2010	7	9
2011	21	23
2012	53	57
2013		16
Thereafter	351	534

Total	442	639

The valuation allowance for a particular tax jurisdiction is allocated between current and non-current deferred tax assets for that jurisdiction on a pro rata basis. The “Tax allowances granted on past capital investments” mainly related to a 2003 agreement granting the Company certain tax credits for capital investments purchased through the

~~F-68~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

year ending December 31, 2006. Any unused tax credits granted under the agreement will continue to increase yearly by a legal inflationary index (currently ~~5.36%~~1.45% per annum). The credits may be utilized through 2020 or later depending on the Company meeting certain program criteria. In addition to this agreement, starting in 2007 the

F-60

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

Company continues to receive tax credits on the yearly capital investments, which may be used to offset that year’s tax liabilities and increases by the legal inflationary rate. However, pursuant to the inability to utilize these credits currently and in future years, the Company did not recognize any deferred tax asset on such tax allowance. As a result, there is no financial impact to the net deferred tax assets of the Company.

Valuation allowances on tax loss carryforwards acquired in business combinations are $172 million at December 31, 2008. Any eventual use of these tax loss carryforwards would result in a reduction of the goodwill recorded in the original business combination.

The amount of deferred tax benefit (expense) recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) was ($3) million and $17 million in 2009 and ~~($8) million in~~ 2008 ~~and 2007~~ respectively and related primarily to the tax effects of the recognized unfunded status on defined benefits plans and unrealized gains on derivatives. ~~The amount of deferred tax benefit recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) was $7 million in 2006.~~

~~With the adoption of FIN 48 in 2007, the Company applies a two-step process for~~For the evaluation of uncertain income tax positions based on a “more likely than not” threshold, the Company applies a two-step process to determine if a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The recognition threshold in step one permits the benefit from an uncertain position to be recognized only if it is more likely than not, or 50 percent assured that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The measurement methodology in step two is based on “cumulative probability”, resulting in the recognition of the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the taxing authority.

The Company recorded as of the adoption date an incremental tax liability of $8 million for the difference between the amounts recognized under its previous accounting policies and the income tax benefits determined under the new guidance. Total unrecognized tax benefits as of the date of adoption amounted to $82 million, of which $74 million correspond to tax exposure provisions recorded under accounting principles applicable prior to FIN 48 adoption. The cumulative effect of the change in the accounting principle that the Company applied to uncertain income tax positions was recorded in the first quarter of 2007 as an adjustment to retained earnings.

A reconciliation of the ~~2008~~2009 beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:


Balance at December 31, 2007	$	99
Balance at December 31, 2008					$	153
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		20		��		38
Additions for tax positions of prior years		58				10
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		(18	)			(9	)
Settlements		(3	)			—
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations		—				—
Foreign currency translation		(3	)			1

Balance at December 31, 2008	$	153
Balance at December 31, 2009					$	193

~~F-69~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

The reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits in ~~2007~~2008 was as follows:


Balance at December 31, 2006	$	82
Balance at December 31, 2007				$	99
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		4			20
Additions for tax positions of prior years		72			58
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		(25	)		(18	)
Settlements		(6	)		(3	)
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations		(28	)		—

Balance at December 31, 2007	$	99

Foreign currency translation					(3	)
Balance at December 31, 2008				$	153

The total amount of these unrecognized tax benefits would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized. It is reasonably possible that certain of the uncertain tax positions disclosed in the table above could increase by up to ~~$76~~$71 million based upon tax examinations that are expected to be completed within the next 12 months.

Additionally, the Company elected to classify accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as components of income tax expense in its consolidated statements of income. Interest and penalties are not material for the year or on a cumulative basis.

The tax years that remain open for review in the Company’s major tax jurisdictions are from 1997 to ~~2008.~~2009.

F-61

~~24. COMMITMENTS~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)


22.	COMMITMENTS

The Company’s commitments as of December 31, ~~2008~~2009 were as follows:


	Total		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		Thereafter		Total		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		Thereafter
			In million US$												In million US$

Operating leases	$	423	$	89	$	68	$	61	$	52	$	61	$	92	$	481	$	131	$	98	$	68	$	43	$	26	$	115
Purchase obligations		516		409		68		39								741		604		62		37		20		18		—
of which:
Equipment purchase		*150*		150												*267*		267		—		—		—		—		—
Foundry purchase		*106*		106												*182*		182		—		—		—		—		—
Software, technology licenses and design		*260*		153		68		39								*292*		155		62		37		20		18		—
Other obligations		359		163		86		53		48		7		2		532		263		135		125		6		2		1

Total	$	1,298	$	661	$	222	$	153	$	100	$	68	$	94		1,754		998		295		230		69		46		116

As a consequence of the Company’s July 10, 2007 announcement concerning the planned closures of certain of its manufacturing facilities, the ~~future~~ shutdown of its plants in the United States ~~will lead to~~is ongoing and negotiations with some of its ~~suppliers.~~suppliers continue. As no final date has been set, ~~none~~some of the contracts as reported above have been ~~terminated nor do~~terminated. The termination fees for the ~~reported amounts take~~sites still in operation have not been taken into ~~account any termination fees.~~account.

Operating leases are mainly related to building ~~leases~~ and to equipment ~~leases as part of the Crolles2 equipment repurchase which was finalized in 2008 as described in Note 3.~~leases. The amount disclosed is composed of minimum payments for future leases from ~~2009~~2010 to ~~2013~~2014 and thereafter. The Company leases land, buildings, plants and equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates under non-cancellable lease agreements. Operating lease expenses was $174 million, $92 million ~~$62 million~~ and ~~$56~~$62 million for the ~~year~~years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006,~~2007, respectively.

Purchase obligations are primarily comprised of purchase commitments for equipment, for outsourced foundry wafers and for software licenses.

~~F-70~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

Other obligations primarily relate to firm contractual commitments with respect to apartnership and cooperation agreement. In addition, on January 17, 2008 the Company acquired effective control of Genesis. There remains a commitment of $5 million related to a retention program expected to be paid in 2009, which is also included in Other obligations.

As part of the agreement with NXP, beginning three years following the establishment of the venture, the Company has the right to purchase NXP’s 20% interest for cash and NXP has the right to put its 20% interest to the Company for cash. The pricing of the put and call are based upon certain multiples of trailing twelve-month revenues and EBITDA through the end of the month preceding the exercise. While there is a significant spread between the multiples, it was intended that such multiples represent the high and low end of a range of fair market values. Under both the put and the call, 25% of the exercise price is determined based upon revenues and 75% is based upon EBITDA. The Company also had the right of an accelerated call in the event that it agreed to a further venture between the ST-NXP Wireless joint venture and EMP. Following the agreement with Ericsson to set up a new joint venture combing ST-NXP Wireless and EMP, and Ericsson’s desire to limit the ownership of the new venture to the Company and EMP, it was agreed that the Company would have a call on the NXP interest at multiples of revenue and EBITDA that represent the average of the multiples specified in the normal put and call provisions described above. In August, the Company announced that it had reached agreement with Ericsson for the creation of the new venture and has advised NXP that, given Ericsson’s preference to limit ownership of the new venture to only the Company and EMP, it intends to exercise the accelerated call provision. On February 1, 2009, the Company exercised its option to buyout NXP’s 20% ownership stake of ST-NXP Wireless for a price of $92 million. This amount has not been considered in the above table. On February 3, 2009, the Company announced the closing of its agreement to combine the businesses of Ericsson Mobile Platforms and ST-NXP Wireless into a joint venture. The deal was completed on the terms originally announced on August 20, 2008. Ericsson contributed $1,100 million net to the joint venture, out of which $700 million was paid to the Company.agreements.

Other commitments

The Company has issued guarantees totalling ~~$731~~$733 million related to its subsidiaries’ debt. Furthermore, the Company has umbrella facilities for an amount of $480 million extendable to its subsidiaries on a fully guaranteed basis. In addition, the Company and Intel have each granted in favor of Numonyx, in which the Company holds a 48.6% equity investment, a 50% guarantee not joint and several, for indebtedness related to the financing arrangements entered into by Numonyx for a $450 million term loan and a $100 million committed revolving credit facility.

~~25. CONTINGENCIES~~Subject to the terms of the revolving facility agreement signed on December 4, 2009 between the Company and Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson as lenders on one side and ST-Ericsson SA as borrower on the other side, the Company committed itself to make available to the borrower the amount of $25 million as a revolving facility.


23.	CONTINGENCIES

The Company is subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business. These include but are not limited to: warranty cost on the products of the Company, breach of contract claims, claims for unauthorized use of third-party intellectual property, tax claims beyond assessed uncertain tax positions as well as claims for environmental damages. In determining loss contingencies, the Company considers the likelihood of a loss of an asset or the incurrence of a liability as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss is recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and when the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company regularly reevaluates claims to determine whether provisions need to be readjusted based on the most current information available to the Company. Changes in these evaluations could result in an adverse material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or its financial position for the period in which they occur.

F-62

~~26. CLAIMS AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)


24.	CLAIMS AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company has received and may in the future receive communications alleging possible infringements, in particular in the case of patents and similar intellectual property rights of others. Furthermore, the Company periodically conducts patent cross license discussions with other industry participants. The Company may become involved in costly litigation brought against the Company regarding patents, mask works, copy-rights, trade-marks or trade secrets. In the event that the outcome of any litigation would be unfavorable to the Company,

~~F-71~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

the Company may be required to license the ~~underlying~~patentsand/or other intellectual property ~~right~~rights at economically unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior useand/or face an injunction, all of which individually or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position and ability to compete.

The Company is otherwise also involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings incidental to of its business and operations. ~~These matters mainly include the risks associated with claims from customers or other parties.~~

The Company is currently one amongst several co-defendants to legal proceedings initiated with the International Trade Commission (the “ITC”) by Tessera Technologies, Inc (“Tessera”). See “ Item 8. Financial Information — Legal Proceedings.”

On December 4, 2009 the Company has ~~accrued~~received from the International Chamber of Commerce the notification of a request for ~~these~~arbitration filed by NXP Semiconductors Netherlands BV “NXP” against the Company, claiming in excess of $46 million in alleged compensation for so called underloading costs, pursuant to a Manufacturing Services Agreement entered into between NXP and ST-NXP Wireless, at the time of the creation of the Company’s wireless semiconductor products joint venture with NXP, in August 2008. The Company is contesting this claim vigorously and filed its answer with the ITC on February 12, 2010. The arbitration tribunal has been constituted but has yet to meet.

The Company accrues loss contingencies when ~~the~~a loss is probable and can be estimated. The Company regularly evaluates claims and legal proceedings together with their related probable losses to determine whether they need to be adjusted based on the current information available to the Company. Legal costs associated with claims are expensed as incurred. In the event of litigation which is adversely determined with respect to the Company’s interests, or in the event the Company needs to change its evaluation of a potential third-party claim, based on new evidence or communications, a material adverse effect could impact its operations or financial condition at the time it were to materialize.

~~The~~ As of December 31, 2009 provisions have been recorded by the Company ~~is currently a party~~with respect to legal proceedings ~~with~~when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the International Trade Commission ( the “ITC”) with Tessera Technologies, Inc (“Tessera”) and LSI Corp (“LSI”) as well as in litigation with SanDisk Corporation (“SanDisk”) regarding same patents as previously and unsuccessfully asserted against the Company by SanDisk in the ITC. Based on management’s current assumptions made with support of the Company’s outside attorneys, the Company has not identified any probable loss, which may arise out of such litigation.associated amount can be reasonably estimated.


25.	FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

~~27. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT~~

~~27.1~~25.1 Financial risk factors

The Company is exposed to changes in financial market conditions in the normal course of business due to its operations in different foreign currencies and its ongoing investing and financing activities. The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial performance. The Company uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.

Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Corporate Treasury) reporting to the Chief Financial Officer. Simultaneously, a Treasury Committee, chaired by the CFO, steers treasury activities and ensures compliance with corporate policies approved by the Board of Directors. Treasury activities are thus regulated by the Company’s policies, which define procedures, objectives and controls. The policies focus on the management of financial risk in terms of exposure to market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Treasury controls are subject to internal audits. Most treasury activities are centralized, with any local treasury activities subject to oversight from head treasury office. Corporate Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close cooperation with the Company’s operating units. It provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity. The majority of cash and cash equivalent is held in U.S. dollars and Euro and is placed with financial institutions rated at least a single “A” long term rating from two of the major rating agencies, meaning at least A3 from Moody’s Investor Service and A- from Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings. Marginal amounts are held in other currencies. Foreign ~~currency operations and hedging transactions are performed only to hedge exposures deriving from industrial and commercial activities.~~

~~F-72~~F-63

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

currency operations and hedging transactions are performed only to hedge exposures deriving from industrial and commercial activities.

Market risk

Foreign exchange risk

The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various major international currencies. As a result, the Company is exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily with respect to the Euro. Foreign exchange risk mainly arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities at the Company’s subsidiaries.

Management has set up a policy to require the Company’s subsidiaries to hedge their entire foreign exchange risk exposure with the Company through financial instruments transacted by Corporate Treasury. To manage their foreign exchange risk arising from foreign-currency-denominated assets and liabilities, entities in the Company use forward contracts and purchased currency options, transacted by Corporate Treasury. Foreign exchange risk arises when recognized assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. These instruments do not qualify as hedging instruments. In addition, forward contracts and currency options are also used by the Company to reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar fluctuations in Euro-denominated forecasted intercompany transactions that cover a large part of its research and development, selling general and administrative expenses as well as a portion of its front-end manufacturing production costs of semi-finished goods. The derivative instruments used to hedge these forecasted transactions meet the criteria for designation as cash flow hedge. The hedged forecasted transactions are all highly probable of occurrence for hedge accounting purposes.

It is the Company’s policy to keep the foreign exchange exposures in all the currency pairs hedged month by month against the monthly standard rate. Each month end, the forecasted flows for the coming month are hedged together with the fixing of the new standard rate. For this reason the hedging transactions will have an exchange rate very close to the standard rate at which the forecasted flows will be recorded on the following month. As such, the foreign exchange exposure of the Company, which consists in the balance sheet positions and other contractually agreed transactions, is always equivalent to zero and any movement of the foreign exchange rates will not therefore influence the exchange effect on consolidated statements of income items. Any discrepancy from the forecasted values and the actual results is constantly monitored and prompt actions are ~~eventually taken.~~taken, as needed.

Derivative Instruments Not Designated as a Hedge

As described above, the Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts and currency options to reduce its exposure to changes in exchange rates and the associated risk arising from the denomination of certain assets and liabilities in foreign currencies at the Company’s subsidiaries. These include receivables from international sales by various subsidiaries in foreign currencies, payables for foreign currency denominated purchases and certain other assets and liabilities arising in intercompany transactions.

The notional amount of these financial instruments totalled $717 million, $505 million ~~$254 million~~ and ~~$232~~$254 million at December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006,~~2007, respectively. The principal currencies covered are the Euro, the Singapore dollar, the Japanese yen, the Swiss franc, the Swedish krona, the British pound and the Malaysian ringgit.

The risk of loss associated with forward contracts is equal to the exchange rate differential from the time the contract is entered into until the time it is settled. The risk of loss associated with purchased currency options is equal to the premium paid when the option is not exercised.

Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options not designated as cash flow hedge outstanding as of December 31, ~~2008~~2009 have remaining terms of 54 days to 23 months, maturing on average after 2335 days.

Derivative Instruments Designated as a Hedge

To further reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, the Company hedges certain Euro-denominated forecasted transactions that cover at year-end a large part of its research and development, selling, general and administrative expenses, as well as a portion of its front-end manufacturing costs of semi-finished

~~F-73~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

goods through the use of currency forward contracts and currency options. The maximum length of time over which the Company hedges its exposure to the variability of cash flows for forecasted transactions is 12 months.

F-64

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

For the year ended December 31, 2009 the Company recorded a reduction in cost of sales and operating expenses of $29 million and $42 million, respectively, related to the realized gain incurred on such hedged transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2008 the Company recorded a reduction in cost of sales of $4 million and an increase of operating expenses of $3 million related to the realized gain (loss) incurred on such hedged transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2007 the Company recorded a reduction in cost of sales and operating expenses of $16 million and $20 million, respectively, related to the realized gain incurred on such hedged transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2006 the Company recorded as cost of sales and operating expenses $5 million and $14 million, respectively, related to the realized gain incurred on such hedged transactions. No significant ineffective portion of the hedge was recorded on the line “Other income and expenses, net” of the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006.~~2007.

The notional amount of foreign currency forward contracts and currency options designated as cash flow hedges totalled $1,354, $763 ~~$482~~ and ~~$593~~$482 million at December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~2007, respectively. The forecasted transactions hedged at December 31, ~~2008~~2009 were determined to be probable of occurrence.

As of December 31, 2009, $6 million of deferred gains on derivative instruments, net of tax of $1 million, included in “Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)” were expected to be reclassified as earnings during the next twelve months based on the monthly forecasted research and development expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished manufacturing costs. No amount was reclassified as “Other income and expenses, net” into the consolidated statements of income from “Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)” in the consolidated statement of equity. As of December 31, 2008, $13 million of deferred gains on derivative instruments, net of tax of $2 million, included in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” were expected to be reclassified as earnings during the next six months based on the monthly forecasted research and development expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished manufacturing costs. No cash flow hedge transaction was discontinued in 2008 and 2007 due to forecasted transactions that were not probable of occurrence. As such, no amount was reclassified as “Other income and expenses, net” into the consolidated statements of income from “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2007, $12 million of deferred gains on derivative instruments, net of tax of $1 million, included in Accumulated other comprehensive income were expected to be reclassified as earnings during the next six months based on the monthly forecasted research and development expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished manufacturing costs. As of December 31, 2006, $13 million of deferred gains on derivative instruments, net of tax of $2 million, included in Accumulated other comprehensive income were expected to beincome/(loss) have been reclassified as earnings during the next six months based on the monthly forecasted research and development expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished manufacturing costs.

Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options designated as cash flow hedges outstanding as of December 31, ~~2008~~2009 have remaining terms of 58 days to 11 months, maturing on average after 73119 days.

As at December 31, 2009, the Company had the following outstanding derivative instruments that were entered into to hedge Euro-denominated forecasted transactions:


	Notional amount for
	hedge on R&D and other		Notional amount for
	operating expense		hedge on manufacturing
	forecasted costs		forecasted costs
	In millions of Euros

Forward contracts		388		272
Currency options		120		160

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Company’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Company to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Company to fair value interest rate risk.

The Company analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic basis. Various scenarios are simulated taking into consideration refinancing, renewal of existing positions, alternative financing and hedging. Since all the liquidity of the Company is invested in floating rate instruments, the Company’s interest rate risk arises from the mismatch of fixed rate liabilities and floating rate assets.

In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a fixed interest rate. The cancellable swaps ~~convert~~converted the fixed rate interest expense recorded on the convertible bond due 2016 to a variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. As of December 31, 2007 the cancellable swaps met the criteria for designation as a fair value hedge and, as such, both the swaps and the hedged portion of the bonds were reflected at their fair values in the consolidated balance sheet. The criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge include evaluating whether the instrument is highly effective at offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. Hedged effectiveness iswas assessed on both a prospective and retrospective basis at each reporting period. Any ineffectiveness of the hedge relationship iswas recorded as a gain or loss on derivatives as a component of “Other

~~F-74~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

income and expenses, net” in the consolidated statements of income. The net ~~loss~~gain (loss) recognized in “Other income and expenses, net” as a result of the ineffective portion of this fair value hedge amounted to $1 million gain and $1 million loss for the ~~year~~years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

F-65

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and ~~was not material for the year ended December 31, 2006.~~per share amounts)

At December 31, 2008 the cancellable swaps were not designated as fair value hedge and were reported asheld-for-trading financial assets on the line “Other receivables and assets” of the consolidated balance sheet, as described in Note 8.6. The Company determined that the swaps had been no longer effective at offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged bonds since November 1, 2008 and the fair value hedge relationship was consequently discontinued on that date. Unrealised gain recognized in earnings from discontinuance date totalled $15 million and was reported on the line ~~“Unrealized gain~~“Gain(loss) on financial assets” of the consolidated ~~statement~~statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2008. The swaps were sold in 2009, as described in Note 6.

Information on fair value of derivative instruments and their location in the consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 is presented in the table below:

As at December 31, 2009

As at December 31, 2008

Balance sheet

Fair

Balance sheet

Fair

Asset Derivatives

location

value

location

value

In millions of U.S. dollars

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign exchange forward contracts

Other receivables and assets

Currency options

Other receivables and assets

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Foreign exchange forward contracts

Other receivables and assets

Currency options

Other receivables and assets

—

Other receivables and assets

—

Cancellable swaps

—

Other receivables and assets

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Total Derivatives

F-66

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)


	As at December 31, 2009				As at December 31, 2008
	Balance sheet	Fair			Balance sheet	Fair
Liability Derivatives	location	value			location	value
	In millions of U.S. dollars

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts	Other payables and accrued liabilities		(19	)	Other payables and accrued liabilities		(3	)
Currency options	Other payables and accrued liabilities		(8	)	Other payables and accrued liabilities		(1	)

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments			(27	)			(4	)

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange forward contracts	Other payables and accrued liabilities		(7	)	Other payables and accrued liabilities		(1	)
Currency options	Other payables and accrued liabilities		—		Other payables and accrued liabilities		—
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:			(7	)			(1	)

Total Derivatives			(34	)			(5	)

The effect on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedge is presented in the table below:


		Amount of gain
		(loss) recognized in
	Location of gain (loss)	earnings on derivative
	recognized in earnings	December 31,			December,
	on derivative	2009			2008
	In millions of U.S. dollars

Cancellable swaps	Interest income, net		3			—
	Other income and expenses, net		—			1
	Gain(loss) on financial assets		(8	)		15

The effect on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and on the Other comprehensive income (“OCI”) as reported in the statement of changes in equity as at

F-67

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge is presented in the table below:


	Gain (loss) deferred in					Location of gain
	OCI on derivative					(loss) reclassified	Gain (loss) reclassified from OCI into earnings
	December 31,			December 31,		from OCI into	December 31,			December 31,
	2009			2008		earnings	2009			2008
	In millions of U.S. dollars

Foreign exchange forward contracts		2			11	Cost of sales		31			6
Foreign exchange forward contracts		1			2	Selling, general and administrative		7			(3	)
Foreign exchange forward contracts		6			4	Research and development		38			(5	)
Currency options		(1	)		1	Cost of sales		(2	)		(2	)
Currency options		—			—	Selling, general and administrative		(1	)		1
Currency options		(1	)		—	Research and development		(2	)		4
Total		7			18			71			1

No significant ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge relationships and no amount excluded from effectiveness assessment was recorded on the line “Other income and expenses, net” of the consolidated statements of income for year ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.

The effect on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 of derivative instruments not designated as a hedge is presented in the table below:


		Gain (Loss) Recognized in
		Earnings
	Location of Gain Recognized in	December 31,		December 31,
	Earnings	2009		2008
	In millions of U.S. dollars

Foreign exchange forward contracts	Other income and expenses, net		20		(36	)

Credit risk

The Company selects banksand/or financial institutions that operate with the group based on the criteria of long term rating from at least two major Rating Agencies and keeping a maximum outstanding amount per instrument with each bank group not to exceed 20% of the total.

Due to the credit market turmoil, the Company has decided to further tighten the counterparty concentration and credit risk profile. The maximum outstanding counterparty risk has been reduced and currently does not exceed 15% for major international banks with large market capitalization.

The Company monitors the creditworthiness of its customers to which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business. If certain customers are independently rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set based on internal and external ratings in accordance with limits set by management. The utilisation of credit limits is regularly monitored. Sales to customers are primarily settled in cash. At December 31, ~~2008~~2009 and ~~2007,~~2008, one customer, the Nokia Group of companies, represented ~~16.7%~~20.8% and ~~26.9%~~16.7% of trade accounts receivable, net respectively. Any remaining concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across many geographic areas.

Liquidity risk

Prudent liquidity risk management includes maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and marketable securities, the availability of funding from ~~an adequate of~~ committed credit facilities and the ability to close out market positions. The Company’s objective is to maintain a significant cash position and a low debt to

F-68

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

equity ratio, which ensure adequate financial flexibility. Liquidity management policy is to finance the Company’s investments with net cash provided from operating activities.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Company’s liquidity reserve on the basis of expected cash flows.

~~27.2~~25.2 Capital risk management

The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, or issue new shares.

Consistent with others in the industry, the Company monitors capital on the basis of thedebt-to-equity ratio. This ratio is calculated as the net financial position of the Company, defined as the difference between total cash position (cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities — current and non-current-, short-term deposits and

~~F-75~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

restricted cash) net of total financial debt (bank overdrafts, current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt), divided by total equity attributable to the shareholders of the Company.

~~27.3 —~~25.3 Fair value measurement

The fair values of quoted financial instruments are based on current market prices. The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Company is the bid price. If the market for a financial asset is not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, the Company measures fair value by using significant assumptions and estimates. In measuring fair value, the Company makes maximum use of market inputs and relies as little as possible on entity-specific inputs.

The table below details financial assets (liabilities) measured at fair value on a recurring basis as at December 31, ~~2008:~~2009:


		Fair Value Measurements Using									Fair Value Measurements Using
		Quoted Prices in									Quoted Prices in
		Active Markets for		Significant Other		Significant					Active Markets for			Significant Other		Significant
	December 31,	Identical Assets		Observable Inputs		Unobservable Inputs		December 31,			Identical Assets			Observable Inputs		Unobservable Inputs
	2008	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		2009			(Level 1)			(Level 2)		(Level 3)

Description
In millions of U.S. dollars Available-for-sale marketable debt securities			640		—		253
In millions of U.S. dollars
Available-for-sale marketable debt securities									1,032			1,021			—		11
Available-for-sale non-current marketable debt securities									42			—			—		42
Available-for-sale long term subordinated notes			—		—		168		173			—			—		173
Available-for-sale equity securities			5		—		—		10			10			—		—
Equity securities held for trading			7		—		—		7			7			—		—
Derivative instruments held for trading			—		34		—
Derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge			23		—		—		6			6			—		—
Derivative instruments not designated as hedge			9		—		—		(4	)		(4	)		—		—
Total			684		34		421

~~F-76~~F-69

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

For assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), the reconciliation between January 1, ~~2008~~2009 and December 31, ~~2008~~2009 is presented as follows:


	Fair Value
	Measurements Using
	Significant
	Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 3)
	In millions of U.S. dollars

January 1, ~~2008~~2009		~~369~~421
~~Subordinated notes received~~ Increase in ~~Numonyx transaction~~fair value included in OCI foravailable-for-sale marketable securities		~~156~~15
~~Transfer-in Level 3 category: Lehman Brothers senior unsecured bonds following Lehman Brothers Chapter 11 filing~~		22
Other-than-temporary impairment charge ~~on Lehman Brothers senior unsecured bonds included in earnings on the line “Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets”~~		~~(11~~	)
~~Other-than-temporary impairment charge~~and losses on auction-rate securities included in earnings on the line ~~“Other-than-temporary~~“Other-than-temporary impairment charge on financial assets”		(~~127~~140	)
~~Paid-in-Kind~~Paid-in-kind interest on Numonyx subordinated notes		1116
Change in fair value on Numonyx subordinated notes — pre-tax		1(11	)
Settlements and redemptions		—(75	)

December 31, ~~2008~~2009		~~421~~226

Amount of total losses for the period included in earnings attributable to assets still held at the reporting date		~~138~~72

The table below details financial and non financial assets (liabilities) measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as at December 31, ~~2008:~~2009:

~~Fair Value Measurements Using~~

~~Quoted Prices in~~

~~Active Markets for~~

~~Significant Other~~

~~Significant~~

~~December 31,~~

~~Identical Assets~~

~~Observable Inputs~~

~~Unobservable Inputs~~

~~2008~~

~~(Level 1)~~

~~(Level 2)~~

~~(Level 3)~~


			Fair Value Measurements Using
			Quoted Prices in
			Active Markets for		Significant Other		Significant
	December 31,		Identical Assets		Observable Inputs		Unobservable Inputs
	2009		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)

Description
In millions of U.S. dollars
Investments in equity securities carried at cost		29		—		—		29
Numonyx equity investment		193		—		—		193
Assets held for sale		31		—		31		—
Total		253		—		31		222

~~Description~~

~~In millions of U.S. dollars~~

~~Investments in equity securities carried at cost~~

—

~~Numonyx equity investment~~

—

~~496~~

~~Total~~

—

~~528~~

~~F-77~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

For assets (liabilities) measured at fair value on a non recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), the reconciliation between January 1, ~~2008~~2009 and December 31, ~~2008~~2009 is presented as follows:


	Fair Value
	Measurements Using
	Significant
	Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 3)
	In millions of U.S. dollars

January 1, ~~2008~~2009		25528
Investments in equity securities carried at cost		15(3	)
~~Other-than-temporary impairment charge on~~Impairment in Numonyx equity ~~securities carried at cost included in earnings on the line “Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs”~~		(6	)
~~Liquidation of investments carried at cost~~		(2	)
~~Equity investment received in Numonyx transaction~~		~~966~~
~~Debt guarantee granted to Numonyx~~		69
~~Other-than-temporary impairment charge included in earnings on the line “Earnings (loss) on equity investments”~~		~~(480~~200	)
Equity share in Numonyx loss		(59103	)

December 31, ~~2008~~2009		~~528~~222

Amount of total losses for the period included in earnings attributable to assets still held at the reporting date		~~486~~(303	)

F-70

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

The following table includes additional fair value information on other financial assets and liabilities recorded at amortized cost as at December 31, ~~2008:~~2009:


	2008				2007				2009				2008
	Carrying		Estimated		Carrying		Estimated		Carrying		Estimated Fair		Carrying		Estimated Fair
Description	Amount		Fair Value		Amount		Fair Value		Amount		Value		Amount		Value
	In millions of U.S. dollars										In millions of U.S. dollars

Long-term debt
— Bank loans (including current portion)		938		937		472		465		829		829		938		937
— Senior Bonds		703		580		736		734		720		712		703		580
— Convertible debt		1,036		918		1,012		965		943		918		1,036		918
Total		2,677		2,435		2,220		2,164		2,492		2,459		2,677		2,435

The table below details securities that currently are in an unrealized loss position. The securities are segregated by investment type and the length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2009.


	December 31, 2009
	Less than 12 months					More than 12 months					Total
	Fair		Unrealized			Fair		Unrealized			Fair		Unrealized
Description	Values		Losses			Values		Losses			Values		Losses

Senior debt floating rate notes		105		(2	)		209		(7	)		314		(9	)
Long-term subordinated notes		173		(11	)		—		—			173		(11	)

Total		278		(13	)		209		(7	)		487		(20	)

The methodologies used to estimate fair value are as follows:

Marketable securities

The fair value of floating rate notes is estimated based upon quoted market prices for the identical instruments. For Lehman Brothers senior unsecured bonds, fair value measurement was reassessed in 2008 from a Level 1 fair value measurement hierarchy to a Level 3 following Lehman Brothers Chapter 11 filing. Fair value measurement for these debt securities relies on an information received from a major credit rating entity based on historical recovery rates.

For auction rate securities, which are debt securities without available observable market price, the Company establishes fair value by reference to public available indexes of securities with the same rating and comparable or similar underlying collaterals or industries’ exposure, as described in details in Note ~~12.~~

~~F-78~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~3.

Foreign exchange forward contracts and currency options

The fair value of these instruments is estimated based upon quoted market prices for identical instruments.

Cancellable swaps held for trading

The fair value of these instruments iswas estimated based on inputs other than quoted prices received from two market counterparties which ~~hold~~held the derivative contracts, which the Company estimates ~~reflects~~reflected the orderly exit price of the instruments when correlated to other observable market data such as interest rates and yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals.

Equity securities classified asavailable-for-sale

The fair values of these instruments are estimated based upon market prices for the same or similar instruments.

Equity securities held for trading

The fair value of these instruments is estimated based upon quoted market prices for the same instruments.

Equity securities carried at cost

The non-recurring fair value measurement was based on the valuation of the underlying investments on a new round of third party financing or upon liquidation.

F-71

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

Numonyx equity investment

The non-recurring fair value measurement was based upon a combination of an income approach, using discounted cash flows, and a market approach, using metrics of comparable public companies, which the Company assesses as a fair approximation of the orderly exit value in the current market.

Subordinated notes received in Numonyx transaction

The fair value of these instruments is estimated based on publicly available fixed interest swap rates for instruments with similar maturities, taking into account the credit risk feature of the issuer of the debt securities.

Long-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

The fair value of long-term debt was determined based on quoted market prices, and by estimating future cash flows on aborrowing-by-borrowing basis and discounting these future cash flows using the Company’s incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, bank overdrafts, short-term borrowings, and accounts payable

The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated financial statements are reasonable estimates of fair value due to the relatively short period of time between the origination of the instruments and their expected realization.

~~F-79~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~


~~28.~~26.	RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with significant shareholders, their affiliates and other related parties were as follows:


	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2008			2007			2006			2009			2008			2007

Sales & other services		325			272			118			356			325			272
Research and development expenses		(63	)		(68	)		(43	)		(201	)		(63	)		(68	)
Other purchases		(77	)		(85	)		(70	)		(167	)		(77	)		(85	)
Other income and expenses		(7	)		(11	)		(21	)		—			(7	)		(11	)
Accounts receivable		63			44			20			58			63			44
Accounts payable		65			40			20			60			65			40
Other assets		—			2			—			—			—			2

For the years ended December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, December 31, ~~2007~~2008 and ~~2006,~~2007, the related party transactions were primarily with significant shareholders of the Company, or their subsidiaries and companies in which management of the Company perform similar policymaking functions. These include, but are not limited to: Areva, France Telecom ~~Equant,~~ Orange, Finmeccanica, Cassa Depositi e Prestiti, Flextronics, Oracle and Thomson. The related party transactions presented in the table above also include transactions between the Company and its equity investments as listed in Note 4.11.

Since the formation of ST-Ericsson, the Company purchases R&D services from ST-Ericsson AT (“JVD”), a significant equity investment of the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the total R&D services purchased from ST-Ericsson AT amounted to $150 million and outstanding trade payables amounted to $30 million as at December 31, 2009.

Upon FMG deconsolidation and the creation of Numonyx, the Company ~~performs~~performed until November 2008 certain purchasing, service and revenue on-behalf of Numonyx. The Company had a net payable balance of $7 million as at December 31, 2008 as the result of these ~~transactions, which is reported in the table above. These services ended in November 2008 when Numonyx was in a position to run the business by itself on a standalone basis.~~transactions. Additionally ~~as reported in Note 8,~~ the Company recorded in 2007 costs amounting to $26 million to create the infrastructure necessary to prepare Numonyx to operate immediately following the FMG deconsolidation. These costs were reimbursed by Numonyx in 2008 following the closing of the transaction. Upon creation, Numonyx also entered into financing arrangements for a $450 million term loan and a $100 million committed revolving credit facility from two primary financial institutions. Intel and the Company have each granted in favor of Numonyx a 50% debt guarantee not joint and several. This debt guarantee is described in details in Note 4.11. The final terms at the closing date of the agreements on assets to be contributed included rights granted to Numonyx by the Company to use certain assets retained by the Company. The Company recorded a provision amounting respectively to $65 million and $87 million, as at December 31, 2009 and 2008, ~~a provision amounting to $87 million~~ to reflect the value of such rights granted to its equity investment. The parties also retained the obligation to fund the severance payment (“trattamento di fine rapporto”) due to certain transferred employees ~~by the defined amount of about $35 million~~ which qualifies as a defined benefit

F-72

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

plan and was classified on the line “Other non-current liabilities”. The liability amounted to respectively $31 million and $35 million as at December 31, 2009 and 2008. Finally, the Company recorded in 2008 a net long-term receivable ~~amounted~~amounting to $6 million corresponding to a tax credit Numonyx will pay back to the Company once cashed-in from the relevant taxing authorities. As at December 31, 2009, this receivable is still outstanding.

Additionally the Company incurred in 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~2007 amounts on transactions with Hynix Semiconductor Inc., with which the Company had until March 30, 2008 a significant equity investment, Hynix Numonyx joint venture (formerly Hynix ST joint ~~venture,~~venture), described in detail in Note 4.11. In 2007 and 2006, Hynix Semiconductor Inc. increased its business transactions with the Company in order to supply products on behalf of the joint venture, which was not ready to fully produce and supply the volumes of specific products as requested by the Company. The amount of purchases and other expenses from Hynix Semiconductor Inc. was $161 million in ~~2007 and in 2006.~~2007. The amount of sales and other services made in 2007 was $2 million. These transactions significantly decreased in 2008 upon the transfer of the joint venture to Numonyx, as described in Note 4.11. The amount of purchases and other expenses and the amount of sales and other services from Hynix Semiconductor Inc. was $2 million and $5 million in 2008, respectively. The Company had no significant payable or receivable balance as at December 31, 2008, while it had a payable amounting to $18 million as at December 31, 2007 ~~and $13 million as at December 31, 2006~~ towards Hynix Semiconductor Inc.

~~F-80~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

Additionally, upon integration of the wireless business acquired from NXP, as detailed in Note 3, certain purchasing and revenue transactions continue to be performed by the minority interest holder on-behalf of ST-NXP Wireless. These services will continue until such time that the needed systems are finalized and can be run by the joint venture. The Company also has services agreements for R&D, manufacturing and transitional services in place. The net expense for those services amounted to $71 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. In addition, the Company purchased wafers from NXP in the amount of $85 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company had a net payable balance of $2 million as at December 31, 2008 as the result of these transactions. The terms of the agreement for the integration of NXP wireless business also included rights granted to NXP to obtain products from the Company at preferential pricing. The Company recorded as at December 31, 2008 a provision amounting to $8 million to reflect the value of such rights.

~~In addition,~~Besides, the Company participates in an Economic Interest Group (“E.I.G.”) in France with Areva and France Telecom to share the costs of certain research and development activities, which are not included in the table above. The share of income (expense) recorded by the Company as research and development expenses incurred by E.I.G was not material in 2009 and amounted to $9 million income in 2008 and 1 million expense in ~~2007 and 2006. At~~2007. As at December 31, 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006,~~2007, the Company had no receivable or payable amount.

The Company made no contribution in 2009 and contributed cash amounts totalling $1 million, for the years ended December 31, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006~~2007 to the ST Foundation, a non-profit organization established to deliver and coordinate independent programs in line with its mission. Certain members of the Foundation’s Board are senior members of the Company’s management.


~~29.~~27.	SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company operates in two business areas: Semiconductors and Subsystems.

In the Semiconductors business area, the Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products, including discrete and standard commodity components, application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”), full custom devices and semi-custom devices and application-specific standard products (“ASSPs”) for analog, digital, and mixed-signal applications. In addition, the Company further participates in the manufacturing value chain of Smartcard products through its Incard division, which includes the production and sale of both silicon chips and Smartcards.

~~Beginning~~In the Subsystems business area, the Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets subsystems and modules for the telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets including mobile phone accessories, battery chargers, ISDN power supplies and in-vehicle equipment for electronic toll payment. Based on ~~January 1, 2007, and until August 2, 2008,~~its immateriality to its business as a whole, the Subsystems segment does not meet the requirements offor a reportable segment as defined in the ~~market together with the pursuit of strategic repositioning in Flash memory, the Company reorganized its product segment groups into three segments:~~U.S. GAAP guidance.


	•	~~Application Specific Product Groups (“ASG”) segment;~~

	•	~~Industrial and Multisegment Sector (“IMS”) segment; and~~

	•	~~Flash Memory Group (“FMG”) segment (until March 30, 2008).~~

Since March 31, 2008, following the creation with Intel of Numonyx, a new independent semiconductor company from the key assets of its and Intel’s Flash memory business (“FMG deconsolidation”), the Company has ceased reporting under the FMG segment.

Starting August 2, 2008, as a consequence of the creation of the joint venture company with NXP, the Company reorganized its groups. A new segment was created to report wireless ~~operations (“WPS”);~~operations; the product line Mobile, Multimedia & Communications Group (“MMC”) which was part of segment Application Specific Groups (“ASG”) was abandoned and its divisions were reallocated to different product lines. The remaining part of ASG is now comprised of Automotive Consumer Computer and ~~Communication~~Telecom Infrastructure Product Groups (“ACCI”).

~~F-81~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

The new organization is as follows:


	•	Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure ~~Product Groups~~ (“ACCI”), comprised of ~~three~~four product lines:


	•	Home Entertainment & Displays (“HED”), ~~which now includes the Imaging division;~~

	•	Automotive Products Group (“APG”); ~~and,~~

	•	Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“CCI”); and

F-73

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)


	•	Imaging (“IMG”, ~~which now includes the Communication Infrastructure division.~~starting January 1, 2009).


	•	Industrial and Multisegment ~~Products~~ Sector (“IMS”), comprised of:


	•	Analog, Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“APM”); and

	•	~~Micro,~~Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smart Card products (“MMS”).


	•	Starting February 3, 2009, as a consequence of the merger of ST-NXP Wireless ~~Products Sector~~and Ericsson Mobile Platforms to create ST-Ericsson with Ericsson, the Wireless sector (“~~WPS”~~Wireless”), has been adjusted and is comprised ~~of three product lines:~~of:


	•	Wireless Multi Media (“WMM”);

	•	Connectivity & Peripherals (“C&P”); ~~and~~

	•	Cellular Systems (“CS”).;

	•	Mobile Platforms (“MP”);

in which, since February 3, 2009, the Company reports the portion of sales and operating results ofST-Ericsson as consolidated in the Company’s revenue and operating results, and


	•	Other Wireless, in which the Company reports manufacturing margin, R&D revenues and other items related to the wireless business but outside the ST-Ericsson JVS.

The Company has restated its results in prior periods for illustrative comparisons of its performance by product segment. The preparation of segment information according to the new segment structure requires management to make significant estimates, assumptions and judgments in determining the operating income of the segments for the prior reporting periods. Management believes that the restated ~~2007~~2008 and ~~2006~~2007 presentation is consistent with ~~2008~~2009 and is using these comparatives when managing the Company.

Starting January 1, 2010 there was a new organization change within the Wireless sector, which is now comprised of the following lines:


	•	2 GE TD-SCDMA & Connectivity;

	•	3G Multimedia & Platforms;

	•	LTE & 3G Modem Solutions;

in which the Company reports the portion of sales and operating results of ST-Ericsson as consolidated in the Company’s revenue and operating results, and


	•	Other Wireless, in which the Company reports manufacturing margin, R&D revenues and other items related to the wireless business but outside the ST-Ericsson JVS.

The Company’s principal investment and resource allocation decisions in the Semiconductor business area are for expenditures on research and development and capital investments in front-end and back-end manufacturing facilities. These decisions are not made by product segments, but on the basis of the Semiconductor Business area. All these product segments share common research and development for process technology and manufacturing capacity for most of their products.

In the Subsystems business area, the Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets subsystems and modules for the telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets including mobile phone accessories, battery chargers, ISDN power supplies and in-vehicle equipment for electronic toll payment. Based on its immateriality to its business as a whole, the Subsystems segment does not meet the requirements for a reportable segment as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131,~~Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information~~~~(“FAS 131”).~~

The following tables present the Company’s consolidated net revenues and consolidated operating income by semiconductor product segment. For the computation of the Groups’ internal financial measurements, the Company uses certain internal rules of allocation for the costs not directly chargeable to the Groups, including cost of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses and a significant part of research and development expenses. Additionally, in compliance with the Company’s internal policies, certain cost items are not charged to the Groups, including impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs,start-up costs of new

~~F-82~~F-74

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

manufacturing facilities, some strategic and special research and development programs or other corporate-sponsored initiatives, including certain corporate-level operating expenses and certain other miscellaneous charges.

Net revenues by product segment

December 31,
December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007 2006
In million of U.S dollars

Net revenues by product segment:

Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (ACCI) 4,129 3,944 4,122
Industrial and Multisegment Products Sector (IMS) 3,329 3,138 2,842
Wireless Products Sector (WPS) 2,030 1,495 1,273
Flash Memory Group segment 299 1,364 1,570
Others⁽¹⁾
55 60 47

Total consolidated net revenues
9,842 10,001 9,854


	December 31,		December 31,		December 31,
	2009		2008		2007
	In million of U.S dollars

Net revenues by product segment:
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure (ACCI)		3,198		4,129		3,944
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)		2,641		3,329		3,138
Wireless		2,585		2,030		1,495
Flash Memory Group (FMG)		—		299		1,364
Others⁽¹⁾		86		55		60

Total consolidated net revenues		8,510		9,842		10,001


⁽¹⁾		Includes revenues from sales of subsystems and other products not allocated to product segments.

Net revenues by product segment and by product line


	December 31,		December 31,		December 31,		December 31,		December 31,		December 31,
	2008		2007		2006		2009		2008		2007
	In million of U.S dollars						In million of U.S dollars

Net revenues by product lines:
Home Entertainment & Displays (“HED”)		1,585		1,402		1,602
Automotive Products Group (“APG”)		1,460		1,419		1,356		1,051		1,460		1,419
Computer and Communication Infrastructure (“CCI”)		1,077		1,123		1,164		932		1,077		1,123
Home Entertainment & Displays (“HED”)								787		1,086		963
Imaging (“IMG”)								417		499		439
Others		7		—		—		11		7		—
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (ACCI)		4,129		3,944		4,122
Analog Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“APM”)		2,393		2.313		2,085
Micro, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smartcard products (“MMS”)		936		825		757
Industrial and Multisegment Products Sector (IMS)		3,329		3,138		2,842
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure (ACCI)								3,198		4,129		3,944
Analog, Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (“APM”)								1,887		2,393		2,313
Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smart Card products (“MMS”)								752		936		825
Others								2		—		—
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)								2,641		3,329		3,138
Cellular Systems (“CS”)⁽¹⁾								748		321		—
Connectivity & Peripherals (“C&P”)								416		416		207
Mobile Platforms (“MP”)								300		—		—
Wireless Multi Media (“WMM”)		1,293		1,288		1,210		1,110		1,293		1,288
Connectivity & Peripherals (“C&P”)		416		207		63
Cellular Systems (“CS”)⁽¹⁾		321		—		—
Wireless Products Sector (WPS)		2,030		1,495		1,273
Others		55		60		47		11		—		—
Flash Memories Group (FMG)		299		1,364		1,570

Wireless								2,585		2,030		1,495
Others								86		55		60
Flash Memory Group (FMG)								—		299		1,364
Total consolidated net revenues	$	9,842	$	10,001	$	9,854	$	8,510	$	9,842	$	10,001


⁽¹⁾		Cellular Systems includes the largest part of the revenues contributed by NXP Wireless and, as such, there are no comparable numbers available for ~~2006 and~~ 2007.

~~F-83~~F-75

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

Operating income (loss) by product segment

December 31,
December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007 2006

Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Groups (ACCI) 107 198 272
Industrial and Multisegment Products Sector (IMS) 459 469 441
Wireless Products Sector (WPS) (70 ) 105 167
Flash Memory Group segment 16 (51 ) (53 )

Total operating income of product groups
512 721 827
Others⁽¹⁾
(710 ) (1,266 ) (150 )

Total consolidated operating income (loss)
(198 ) (545 ) 677


	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
	In million of U.S dollars

Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure (ACCI)		(91	)		136			198
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)		113			482			469
Wireless		(356	)		(65	)		105
Flash Memory Group (FMG)		—			16			(51	)

Total operating income of product groups		(334	)		569			721
Others⁽¹⁾		(689	)		(767	)		(1,266	)

Total consolidated operating loss		(1,023	)		(198	)		(545	)


⁽¹⁾		Operating ~~income (loss)~~loss of “Others” includes items such as unused capacity charges, impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs,start-up costs, and other unallocated expenses such as: strategic or special research and development programs, acquired In-Process R&D, certain corporate level operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigation, and other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products Group, including, beginning in the second quarter of 2008, the remaining FMG costs. The 2008 “Others” also includes non-recurring purchase accounting items.

Reconciliation to consolidated operating income (loss):


										December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,			2009			2008			2007
	2008			2007			2006			In million of U.S dollars

Total operating income of product groups		512			721			827			(334	)		569			721

Strategic R&D and other R&D programs		(24	)		(20	)		(12	)
Start-up costs		(16	)		(24	)		(57	)
Strategic R&D, other R&D programs and R&D funding											(22	)		(24	)		(20	)
Phase-out andstart-up costs											(39	)		(17	)		(24	)
Impairment & restructuring charges		(481	)		(1,228	)		(77	)		(291	)		(481	)		(1,228	)
Unused capacity charges											(322	)		(57	)		—
Subsystems and Other Products Group		3			6			(1	)		—			3			6
Acquired In-Process R&D and other non-recurring purchase accounting⁽¹⁾		(185	)		—			—			—			(185	)		—
Seniority awards		—			(21	)		—			—			—			(21	)
Other non-allocated provisions⁽²⁾		(7	)		21			(3	)		(15	)		(6	)		21

Total operating loss Others⁽³⁾		(710	)		(1,266	)		(150	)
Total operating loss Others(3)											(689	)		(767	)		(1,266	)
Total consolidated operating income (loss)		(198	)		(545	)		677			(1,023	)		(198	)		(545	)


⁽¹⁾		~~Non-recurring~~In 2008 non-recurring purchase accounting items ~~are~~were related to Genesis business combination with In-Process R&D charge for $21 million and to the Wireless business acquisition from NXP for $164 million, composed of $76 million as In-Process R&D charge and $88 million as inventorystep-up charge.

⁽²⁾		Includes unallocated expenses such as certain corporate level operating expenses and other costs.

⁽³⁾		Operating ~~income (loss)~~loss of “Others” includes items such as unused capacity charges, impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs,start-up costs, and other unallocated expenses such as: strategic or special research and development programs, acquired In-Process R&D, certain corporate level operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigation, and other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products Group, including, beginning in the second quarter of 2008, the remaining FMG costs.

The following is a summary of operations by entities located within the indicated geographic areas for 2009, 2008 ~~2007~~ and ~~2006.~~2007. Net revenues represent sales to third parties from the country in which each entity is located. Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment, net ~~(P,P~~(PP&E, net). A significant portion of property, plant and equipment expenditures is attributable to front-end and back-end facilities, located in the different countries in

~~F-84~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~
~~(in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)~~

which the Company operates. As such, the Company mainly allocates capital spending resources according to geographic areas rather than along product segment areas.

~~Net revenues~~

December 31,
December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007 2006

The Netherlands 2,737 3,123 3,114
France 178 223 240
Italy 185 220 230
USA 1,032 1,027 1,030
Singapore 4,939 4,795 4,698
Japan 492 483 400
Other countries 279 130 142

Total
9,842 10,001 9,854

~~Long-lived assets~~

December 31,
December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007 2006

The Netherlands 14 7 4
France 1,728 1,885 1,763
Italy 1,000 1,216 1,701
Other European countries 229 175 188
USA 217 361 436
Singapore 675 731 1,635
Malaysia 306 287 355
Other countries 570 382 344

Total
4,739 5,044 6,426

~~Payment for purchase of tangible assets~~

December 31,
December 31,
December 31,

2008 2007 2006

The Netherlands 5 4 1
France 462 �� 396 467
Italy 138 279 292
Other European countries 66 53 96
USA 2 47 116
Singapore 106 180 380
Malaysia 104 99 115
Other countries 100 82 66

Total
983 1,140 1,533

~~F-85~~F-76

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)


~~30.~~ Net revenues	~~SUBSEQUENT EVENTS~~

~~As discussed in Note 24, on February 1, 2009, the Company exercised its option to purchase the 20% non-controlling interest of NXP in ST-NXP Wireless for a price of $92 million.~~

Also as discussed in Note 24, on February 3, 2009, the Company announced the closing of a transaction to combine the businesses of Ericsson Mobile Platforms (“EMP”) and ST-NXP Wireless into a new venture, named ST-Ericsson. ST-Ericsson combines the resources of the two companies and focuses on developing and delivering a complete portfolio of mobile platforms wireless semiconductor solutions across the broad spectrum of mobile technologies. The operations of ST-Ericsson are conducted through two groups of companies. The parent of one of the groups is ST-Ericsson Holding AG (“JVS”), which is owned 50% plus a controlling share by ST. JVS is responsible for the full commercial operation of the combined businesses, namely sales, marketing, supply and the full product responsibility. The parent of the other group, ST-Ericsson AT Holding AG (“JVD”), is owned 50% plus a controlling share by Ericsson and will be focused on fundamental R&D activities. Both JVS and JVD are variable interest entities as defined in FIN 46(R). Based upon its analysis, the Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of JVS and therefore consolidates JVS, but that it is not the primary beneficiary of JVD and therefore accounts for its non-controlling interest in JVD under the equity method of accounting. In addition to the contributions by ST and Ericsson of their respective businesses to the venture entities, the consideration received from Ericsson included $1,145 million in cash, of which $700 million was paid directly to the Company. The transaction has been accounted for as a business combination under FAS 141(R), which is discussed in Note 2. The purchase accounting will result in approximately the following:

Consideration transferred:

Equity interest in the Company’s business contributed $ 1,105
Equity interest in EMP business acquired 306
Cash received by the Company (700 )
Equity investment in JVD (99 )

Total consideration transferred
$ 612

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

Cash in JVS $ 445
Goodwill 173
Customer relationships 48
Property, plant and equipment 8
Other current assets and liabilities — net (62 )

Total assets acquired and liabilities assumed
$ 612


	December 31,		December 31,		December 31,
	2009		2008		2007
	In million of U.S dollars

The Netherlands		1,553		2,737		3,123
France		139		178		223
Italy		121		185		220
USA		798		1,032		1,027
Singapore		4,697		4,939		4,795
Japan		300		492		483
Other countries		902		279		130

Total		8,510		9,842		10,001

~~Fair values of the consideration transferred and the~~Long-lived assets ~~acquired and liabilities assumed were determined based on a third party valuation using market, income, cost and cash flow approaches as appropriate.~~


	December 31,		December 31,
	2009		2008
	In million of U.S dollars

The Netherlands		24		14
France		1,623		1,728
Italy		850		1,000
Other European countries		158		229
USA		74		217
Singapore		546		675
Malaysia		264		306
Other countries		542		570

Total		4,081		4,739

~~The goodwill arises principally due to expected synergies and the value~~Payment for purchase of the assembled workforce. The tax deductibility of the goodwill is not yet determined. In connection with this transaction, the Company recognized costs of $7 million, which were included in selling, general and administrative expenses during the first quarter. Customer relationships are to be amortized over an average life of 4 years.tangible assets


	December 31,		December 31,		December 31,
	2009		2008		2007
	In million of U.S dollars

The Netherlands		8		5		4
France		242		462		396
Italy		44		138		279
Other European countries		29		66		53
USA		6		2		47
Singapore		27		106		180
Malaysia		35		104		99
Other countries		60		100		82

Total		451		983		1,140

~~Upon closing, JVS will be included in the reportable segment “Wireless Product Sector”.~~

As discussed in Note 5 and previously disclosed in public filings, the Company had instituted arbitration proceedings against Credit Suisse in connection with the unauthorized purchase by Credit Suisse of collateralized debt obligations and credit link notes (the “Securities”) instead of the Federally guaranteed student loan securities that had been specifically mandated by the Company for purchase. On February 12, 2009 an arbitration panel of the

~~F-86~~F-77

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

~~Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) awarded~~Depreciation and amortization


	December 31,		December 31,		December 31,
	2009		2008		2007
	In million of U.S. dollars

The Netherlands		37		47		60
France		430		497		432
Italy		249		287		327
Other European countries		186		93		56
USA		62		81		102
Singapore		207		195		284
Malaysia		83		79		75
Other countries		113		87		77

Total		1,367		1,366		1,413


28.	SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On February 10, 2010, the Company announced that, together with its partners Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners, has entered into a definitive agreement with Micron Technology Inc. (“Micron”), pursuant to which Micron will acquire Numonyx in an ~~amount~~all-stock transaction. Upon the closing of ~~approximately $406 million comprising compensatory damages, as well as interest, attorney’s fees,~~the transaction, which is subject to customary regulatory approvals, and ~~consequential damages, which were assessed against Credit Suisse. In addition, the Company is entitled to retain the about $25 million interest award which had already been paid. In return,~~based on Micron’s closing stock price on February 9, 2010 of $9.08 per share, the Company will ~~transfer ownership~~receive — in exchange for our 48.6% stake in Numonyx and the cancellation of the Securities to Credit Suisse. On February 17, 2009, the Company filed a petition in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York seeking confirmation of the FINRA award. Credit Suisse responded by seeking to vacate the FINRA award. Pending final decision on the enforceability of the FINRA award, and as described in Note 5, the Company computes the value of the Securities consistent with its accounting policies. Accordingly, the Securities, with a par value of $415 million, were carried on the Company’s books at December 31, 2008 as non-current financial assets at a value of $242 million, as the result of impairment charges recorded against income in 2007 and 2008. During the first quarter of 2009, the valuation of the Securities, computed on the same basis as described in Note 5, declined by $58 million, which the company recorded as an other-than-temporary impairment in the period. Payment by Credit Suisse of the FINRA award is expected to result in a gain in the Company’s consolidated statement of income corresponding to the difference between the amount of the FINRA award plus applicable interest to be paid30-year note due to the Company by ~~Credit Suisse, less related costs and the then current carrying amount in the ST books~~Numonyx — approximately 66.6 million shares of ~~the Securities, which will be transferred~~Micron common stock (taking into account a payable of $77.8 million due by the Company to ~~Credit Suisse as required by~~Francisco Partners). At closing, Numonyx will repay the ~~FINRA award.~~

~~Due to deterioration of both the global economic situation and the memory market segment, as well as Numonyx’s revision to its 2009 projected results, the Company re-assessed the fair value~~full amount of its ~~equity investment in Numonyx during~~outstanding $450 million term loan, while simultaneously terminating the ~~first quarter and,~~Company’s $225 million guarantee of its debt. There is no guaranty as ~~a result, recorded a $200 million impairment charge in~~to when, or if, the ~~period. The calculation of the impairment was based upon a combination of an income approach, using discounted cash flows, and a market approach, using metrics of comparable public companies.~~transaction will close.

~~F-87~~F-78

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
AND THE NINE MONTH PERIOD ~~MARCH 30, 2008 THROUGH~~ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

~~F-88~~F-79

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


	Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		~~F-90~~
Consolidated ~~Statement~~Statements of Operations		~~F-91~~F-82
Consolidated ~~Statement~~Statements of Comprehensive Loss		~~F-92~~F-83
Consolidated Balance ~~Sheet~~Sheets		~~F-93~~F-84
Consolidated ~~Statement~~Statements of Cash Flows		~~F-94~~F-85
Consolidated ~~Statement~~Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity		~~F-95~~F-86

INDEX TO NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


	Page

The Company	~~F-96~~	F-87
Accounting Policies	~~F-96~~
~~Business Combinations~~ F-88	~~F-102~~
Equity Investments	~~F-103~~	F-93
Trade Accounts Receivable, Net	~~F-104~~	F-94
Inventories, Net	~~F-104~~	F-94
Assets Held for Sale		F-94
Other Receivables and Current Assets	~~F-104~~	F-95
Intangible Assets	~~F-104~~	F-95
Property, Plant and Equipment	~~F-106~~	F-96
Other Investments and Non-Current Assets	~~F-106~~	F-97
Other Payables and Accrued Liabilities	~~F-107~~	F-97
Post-Retirement and Other Long Term Employee Benefits	~~F-107~~	F-97
Share Based Compensation		F-100
Long Term Debt and ~~Notes~~Debt Obligations to Related Parties	~~F-110~~	F-101
Other Non Current Liabilities	~~F-111~~	F-102
~~Shareholder’s~~Shareholders’ Equity	~~F-111~~	F-102
Other Income and Expenses, Net	~~F-112~~	F-103
Impairment and Restructuring Charges	~~F-112~~	F-103
Interest Income and Expenses	~~F-113~~	F-104
Income Taxes	~~F-113~~	F-104
Financial Instruments and Risk Management	~~F-116~~	F-107
Commitments	~~F-117~~	F-108
Related Party Transactions	~~F-117~~	F-108
Subsequent Events		F-111

~~F-89~~F-80

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of Numonyx Holdings B.V.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance ~~sheet~~sheets and the related consolidated ~~statement~~statements of operations, comprehensive loss, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Numonyx Holdings ~~B.V.~~B.V and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and the results of ~~their~~its operations and ~~their~~its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the period from March 30, 2008 to December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our ~~audit~~audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our ~~audit provides~~audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

PricewaterhouseCoopers SA


~~/s/ Robert P. Muir~~ ~~Robert P. Muir~~		~~/s/ Kenneth Postal~~
Rolf Johner		Kenneth Postal

Geneva, ~~March 4, 2009~~February 28, 2010

~~F-90~~F-81

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

CONSOLIDATED ~~STATEMENT~~STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the year ended December 31, 2009 and nine month period ~~March 30, 2008 through~~ended December 31, 2008
In thousands of US dollars


				2009			2008

Net sales	$	1,623,189		$	1,760,703		$	1,623,189
Other revenues		456			305			456

Net revenues		1,623,645			1,761,008			1,623,645
Cost of sales		(1,280,463	)		(1,421,017	)		(1,280,463	)

Gross profit		343,182			339,991			343,182
Selling, general, and administrative expenses		(223,984	)		(203,599	)		(223,984	)
Research and development expenses		(207,685	)		(273,002	)		(207,685	)
Impairment and restructuring charges		(74,350	)		(27,404	)		(74,350	)
Other income and expenses, net		(37,547	)		607			(37,547	)

Operating loss		(200,384	)		(163,407	)		(200,384	)
Interest expense, net		(57,060	)		(74,449	)		(57,060	)
Income from equity investment		5,748			11,605			5,748

Loss before income taxes		(251,696	)		(226,251	)		(251,696	)
Income tax expense		(19,125	)		(20,529	)		(19,125	)

Net loss	$	(270,821	)	$	(246,780	)	$	(270,821	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

~~F-91~~F-82

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

CONSOLIDATED ~~STATEMENT~~STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
For the year ended December 31, 2009 and nine month period ~~March 30, 2008 through~~ended December 31, 2008
In thousands of US dollars


				2009			2008

Net loss	$	(270,821	)	$	(246,780	)	$	(270,821	)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Other comprehensive (loss) / income, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments		6,720			(463	)		6,720
Defined benefit pension plans:
Actuarial loss during the period		(414	)		(2,916	)		(414	)

Other comprehensive income		6,306
Other comprehensive (loss) / income					(3,379	)		6,306

Comprehensive Loss	$	(264,515	)	$	(250,159	)	$	(264,515	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

~~F-92~~F-83

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE ~~SHEET~~SHEETS
As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008
In thousands of US dollars


				2009			2008

Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	476,810		$	546,979		$	476,810
Restricted cash		4,991			4,972			4,991
Trade accounts receivable, net		230,901			173,738			230,901
Inventories		582,140			511,000			582,140
Assets held for sale					78,000			—
Deferred tax assets		5,386			7,506			5,386
Other receivables and assets		159,058			81,760			159,058

Total current assets		1,459,286			1,403,955			1,459,286
Intangible assets, net		208,322			149,641			208,322
Property, plant and equipment, net		563,725			365,901			563,725
Restricted cash		24,795			20,620			24,795
Deferred tax assets		79,100			33,228			79,100
Equity investment		303,371			314,529			303,371
Other non-current assets		132,819			233,688			132,819

		1,312,132			1,117,607			1,312,132

Total assets		2,771,418			2,521,562			2,771,418

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Debt obligations to related parties					78,000			—
Current portion of long-term debt					941			—
Trade accounts payable		245,645			214,744			245,645
Other payables and accrued liabilities		146,091			140,148			146,091
Deferred tax liabilities		3,995			1,962			3,995

Total current liabilities		395,731			435,795			395,731
Long-term debt		450,000			451,616			450,000
Debt obligations to related parties		341,822			296,297			341,822
Pension liability		28,941			31,290			28,941
Long-term deferred tax liabilities		3,640			—			3,640
Other non-current liabilities		40,423			45,862			40,423

Total Liabilities		1,260,557			1,260,860			1,260,557
Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)
Commitments and contingencies (Note 22)
Share Capital:
Common stock (ordinary shares: 250,000,000 shares authorized, 210,700,758 shares issued)		1,644,221
Preferred stock (Preferred A shares: 14,204,545 shares authorized and issued, PreferredA-1 shares: 142,045 shares authorized)		131,155
Common stock (Ordinary shares: 250,000,000 shares authorized, 210,700,758 shares issued)					332,703			332,703
Preferred stock (Preferred A shares: 14,204,545 shares authorized and issued, PreferredA-1 shares: 142,045 shares authorized, none issued)					22,429			22,429
Additional paid-in capital					1,420,244			1,420,244

		1,775,376			1,775,376			1,775,376
Accumulated deficit		(270,821	)		(517,601	)		(270,821	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		6,306			2,927			6,306

Shareholders’ equity		1,510,861			1,260,702			1,510,861

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	2,771,418		$	2,521,562		$	2,771,418

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

~~F-93~~F-84

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

CONSOLIDATED ~~STATEMENT~~STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the year ended December 31, 2009 and nine month period ~~March 30, 2008 through~~ended December 31, 2008
In thousands of US dollars


				2009			2008

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(270,821	)	$	(246,780	)	$	(270,821	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash flows used in operating activities:
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash flows generated from / (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		171,349			243,048			171,349
Amortization of debt guarantees		27,750			36,999			27,750
Non cash interest expense		22,734
Non-cash interest expense					32,475			22,734
Changes in deferred income taxes		(18,446	)		1,979			(18,446	)
Income from equity investment		(5,748	)		(11,605	)		(5,748	)
Impairment and restructuring charges, net of cash payments		70,541			17,942			70,541
Gain on sale of other non-current assets		(2,770	)		(1,157	)		(2,770	)
Other non-cash items		(8,965	)		6,445			(8,965	)
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from business combination of contributed assets of shareholder companies:
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable, net		(230,901	)		57,163			(230,901	)
Inventories		(1,035	)		71,140			(1,035	)
Trade accounts payable		58,052			(30,901	)		58,052
Other assets and liabilities, net		171,738			(24,075	)		171,738

Net cash used in operating activities		(16,522	)
Net cash generated from / (used in) operating activities					152,673			(16,522	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Payment for purchase of tangible assets		(78,100	)		(66,907	)		(78,100	)
Proceeds from sales of tangible assets		4,579			5,984			4,579
Investments in intangible assets		(48,600	)		(16,500	)		(48,600	)
Changes in restricted cash		(29,786	)		(4,194	)		(29,786	)

Net cash used in investing activities		(151,907	)		(81,617	)		(151,907	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from borrowings, net of issuance costs		444,410			—			444,410
Proceeds from issuance of preference shares		131,155			—			131,155
Proceeds from issuance of related party loan note		19,087			—			19,087
Cash received as part of business combination		50,587			—			50,587
Repayments of debt					(887	)		—

Net cash provided by financing activities		645,239
Net cash (used in) / provided by financing activities					(887	)		645,239
Net cash increase	$	476,810		$	70,169		$	476,810
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period		—			476,810			—

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period	$	476,810		$	546,979		$	476,810

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest paid		(11,847	)		(5,500	)		(11,847	)
Income taxes paid		(12,300	)		(22,040	)		(12,300	)
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Upon formation, Numonyx Holdings B.V. acquired the contributed assets of Intel Corporation’s NOR flash business. Details of the transaction were as follows:
Upon formation, Numonyx Holdings B.V. acquired the contributed assets of Intel
Corporation’s NOR flash business. Details of the transaction were as follows:
Value of non cash assets contributed by Intel Corporation		771,313			—			771,313
Common stock issued		(677,472	)		—			(677,472	)
Related party note issued		(144,428	)		—			(144,428	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

~~F-94~~F-85

NUMONYX HOLDINGSB.V.

CONSOLIDATED ~~STATEMENT~~STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the year ended December 31, 2009 and nine month period ~~March 30, 2008 through~~ended December 31, 2008
In thousands of US dollars


												Accumulated																		Accumulated
			Common				Preferred					Other		Total					Common				Preferred		Additional					Other			Total
	Common		Stock		Preferred		Stock		Accumulated			Comprehensive		Shareholders’			Common		Stock		Preferred		Stock		Paid in		Accumulated			Comprehensive			Shareholders’
	Stock		(Shares)		Stock		(Shares)		Deficit			income		Equity			Stock		(Shares)		Stock		(Shares)		Capital		Deficit			income			Equity

Balance at March 30, 2008	$	966,749		109,263,907										$	966,749		$	172,531		109,263,907					$	794,218							$	966,749
Issuance of common stock		677,472		101,436,851											677,472			160,172		101,436,851						517,300								677,472
Issuance of preferred stock					$	131,155		14,204,545							131,155						$	22,429		14,204,545		108,726								131,155
Net loss									$	(270,821	)				(270,821	)											$	(270,821	)					(270,821	)
Other comprehensive income												$	6,306		6,306															$	6,306			6,306

Balance at December 31, 2008	$	1,644,221		210,700,758	$	131,155		14,204,545	$	(270,821	)	$	6,306	$	1,510,861		$	332,703		210,700,758	$	22,429		14,204,545	$	1,420,244	$	(270,821	)	$	6,306		$	1,510,861

Net loss																												(246,780	)					(246,780	)
Other comprehensive loss																															(3,379	)		(3,379	)

Balance at December 31, 2009																	$	332,703		210,700,758	$	22,429		14,204,545	$	1,420,244	$	(517,601	)	$	2,927		$	1,260,702

~~F-95~~F-86

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

~~1. THE COMPANY~~


1.	THE COMPANY

Numonyx Holdings B.V. (“Numonyx” or “the Company”) is a ~~newly formed corporation incorporated in the Netherlands.~~global manufacturer of non-volatile memory solutions (also commonly referred to as flash memory products). Numonyx focuses on supplying non-volatile memory solutions for a variety of consumer and industrial devices including cellular phones, MP3 players, digital cameras, computers and other high-tech equipment. The Company ~~conducts its business through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Numonyx B.V., a corporation incorporated~~was formed in 2008 to be the Netherlands with its principal place of business in Switzerland. The formation transaction to create Numonyx was completed on March 30, 2008 and was a contribution (1) by ST Microelectronics N.V. (‘STM’) of 100%holding company for the combination of the ~~share capital in legal entities that together owned all of its~~entire flash memory business ~~(2) by~~of ST Microelectronics (‘STM’), of part of the NOR flash memory business of Intel Corporation (‘Intel’) ~~of part of its semiconductor flash memory business net assets~~, and ~~employees (specifically their NOR flash business) and (3) by~~a cash investment from a private equity firm, Francisco Partners (‘FP’) of $150 million of cash investment. In exchange for these contributions, STM received 109,263,907 ordinary shares of Numonyx Holdings B.V. and an interest-bearing long-term loan note in the principal amount of $155.6 million. Intel received 101,436,851 ordinary shares of Numonyx Holdings B.V. and an interest-bearing long-term loan note in the principal amount of $144.4 million. FP received 14,204,545 shares of Numonyx Holdings B.V.’s voting preferred stock and an interest-bearing long-term loan note in the principal amount of $19.1 million.

~~Following the transaction,~~. STM, Intel and FP ~~owned~~own 48.6%, 45.1% and 6.3% voting ownership in Numonyx, respectively. At

Since the ~~closing date~~Company’s formation, to support the establishment and stabilization of Numonyx, STM and Intel provided certain services to Numonyx including supply chain, procurement, site manufacturing, information technology, human resource, and finance &’ accounting services. Numonyx compensated STM and Intel for such services in accordance with the terms of the ~~transaction, there were no other equity securities or rights to acquire or convert any interests into equity securities.~~Transition Services Agreements’ which govern the provision of these services. Details of these transactions are included within Note 23, ‘Related Party Transactions’, in the consolidated financial statements.

In accordance with ~~SFAS 141, “Business Combinations”,~~US GAAP, the formation of Numonyx was considered a business combination and STM was considered the accounting acquirer. The impact of this determination is that Numonyx recorded assets contributed by STM at net book value, and assets contributed by Intel at fair market value. ~~Refer to Note 3, ‘Business Combinations’.~~

~~Numonyx combines key research and development, manufacturing and sales and marketing assets formerly owned by~~On March 30, 2008 the Company acquired the contributed NOR flash business of Intel and STM into a worldwide structure with the scale expected to produce cost-effective and innovative non-volatile memory solutions (also commonly referred to as flash memory products). Numonyx focuses on supplying non-volatile memory solutionsin exchange for a ~~variety of consumer and industrial devices including cellular phones, MP3 players, digital cameras, computers and other high-tech equipment.~~

~~During 2008, to support~~45.1% equity interest in the ~~establishment and stabilization~~Company, representing 101,436,851 ordinary shares of Numonyx ~~STM~~Holdings B.V. and Intel provided certain services to Numonyx including supply chain, procurement, site manufacturing, information technology, human resource, and finance & accounting services. Numonyx compensated STM and Intel for such servicesan interest-bearing long-term loan note in ~~accordance with~~ the ~~terms~~principal amount of ~~the ‘Transition Services Agreements’ which govern the provision~~$144.4 million. The results of these ~~services. Details of these transactions are~~operations have been included ~~within Note 22, ‘Related Party Transactions’,~~ in the consolidated financial ~~statements.~~statements since that date.

The aggregate purchase price of the business from Intel was $822 million. The value of the business was determined based on third party valuations of the contributed business performed using a combination of discounted cash flows and market comparable data.

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.


	2008

At March 30, 2008 (In Millions)
Cash	$	51
Inventory		239
Fixed assets		356
Intangible assets		114
Fair value of favorable operating lease		70
Liabilities assumed		(8	)

Total	$	822

Of the $114 million of acquired intangible assets, $5 million was assigned to research and development assets that were written off at the date of acquisition in accordance with US GAAP. Those write-offs are included in research and development expenses. The remaining $109 million of acquired intangible assets have a weighted-average useful life of approximately 3 years. The intangible assets that make up that amount include a loan guarantee of $79 million(4-year useful life), supply agreement of $19 million(9-month useful life) and product and process technology of $11 million(3-year and7-year useful lives respectively).

There was no goodwill associated with this business combination.

Given the Company’s inception on March 30, 2008, the 2008 financial statements include only the 9 month period ended December 31, 2008.

F-87

~~2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


2.	ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All balances and values in the current period are shown in thousands of US dollars unless otherwise stated.

2.1 — Principles of ~~consolidation~~Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Numonyx Holdings B.V. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The Company uses the equity method to account for equity investments in instances in which it owns common stock or similar interests and has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over the investee. The Company’s share in its equity investment’s profit and loss is recognized in the consolidated ~~statements~~statement of ~~income~~operations as ‘Income from equity investment’ and in the consolidated balance sheet as an adjustment against the carrying amount of the investment.

~~F-96~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~Certain amounts for prior years have been reclassified to conform with the current year financial statement presentation.

2.2 — Use of ~~estimates~~Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements and disclosures in conformity with U.S. ~~generally accepted accounting principles~~GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The primary areas that require significant estimates and judgments by management include sales returns and allowances, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves and normal manufacturing thresholds to determine costs capitalized in inventory, ~~valuation of tangible and intangible assets acquired from Intel Corporation,~~ restructuring charges, assumptions used in calculating pension obligations and deferred income tax assets and liabilities including required valuation allowances. The actual results experienced by the Company could differ materially and adversely from management’s estimates.

2.3 — Foreign ~~currency~~Currency

The U.S. dollar is the reporting currency of the Company. The U.S. dollar is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates since the worldwide semiconductor industry uses the dollar as a currency of reference for actual pricing in the market. The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company’s equity investment has a functional currency other than the US dollar. Monetary transactions and accounts denominated innon-U.S. currencies, such as cash or payables to vendors, have been remeasured to the U.S. dollar at current exchange rates; non-monetary items such as inventory and fixed and intangible assets, are remeasured at historical exchange rates.

2.4 — Revenue ~~recognition~~Recognition

~~Revenue~~In accordance with U.S. GAAP, revenue from products sold to customers is recognized ~~pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104,~~~~Revenue Recognition~~~~(“SAB 104”),~~ when all of the following conditions have been met: (a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (b) delivery has occurred; (c) selling price is fixed or determinable; and (d) collection is reasonably assured. This usually occurs at the time of shipment except for sales to certain distribution customers.

During 2008, STM and Intel sold products to, and invoiced customers on behalf of the Company. Billings and related returns and provisions information was then communicated to the Company and recorded in the Company’s financial systems. Revenue was therefore generated in accordance with the terms and conditions of sale of STM and Intel, and recognized in accordance with STM and Intel’s existing policies and procedures. In December 2008, the arrangement with STM ceased and Numonyx began to bill customers directly, in accordance with the Company’s own established terms and conditions.

During 2009, in addition to revenue generated directly by Numonyx, Intel continued to sell products to customers, invoice customers and collect monies due from customers on behalf of the Company. Billings and related returns and provisions information was then communicated to the Company and recorded in the Company’s financial systems. The revenue generated through Intel continued to be generated in accordance with the terms and conditions of sale of Intel, and therefore continued to be recognized in accordance with Intel’s existing policies and

F-88

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

procedures. Differences exist between Numonyx terms and conditions of sale and those of Intel. These are described below.

Consistent with standard business practice in the memory industry, price protection is granted to distribution customers on their existing inventory of the Company’s products to compensate them for declines in market prices. For revenue generated ~~through STM for~~directly by Numonyx to distribution customers ~~and for~~which relates primarily to revenues assumed from the ~~Company’s own direct billings to distribution customers,~~legacy STM business, revenue is recorded when inventory is shipped. At the time revenue is recorded, the Company records estimated reductions to sales based upon historical experience of product returns, and the impact of price protection. In order to make such estimates, the Company analyzes historical returns, current economic conditions, customer demand and any relevant specific customer information. If the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the level of product returns or other revenue allowances, it could have a significant impact on ~~our~~ revenue recognition, potentially requiring ~~us to defer~~deferral of the recognition of additional sales until ~~our~~ customers sell the products to their end ~~customer.~~customers.

For revenue generated through Intel for distribution customers, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the level of product returns and the impact of price protection based on the terms and conditions of arrangements entered into between Intel and our customers. The Company defers revenue and its related cost of sales, under agreements allowing price protection and /or right of return until the distributors sell the merchandise to their end

~~F-97~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

customers. The net amount is recorded as deferred income on shipments to distributors and is included within ‘Other payables and accrued liabilities’ in the consolidated balance sheet.

Pricing allowances, including discounts based on contractual arrangements with customers, are recorded when revenue is recorded as a reduction to both accounts receivable and revenue.

The Company’s customers occasionally return products for technical reasons. The Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale provide that, if the Company determines that the products are non-conforming, the Company will repair or replace the non-conforming products, or issue a credit or rebate of the purchase price. The Company estimates returns at the time of sale and records the accrued amounts as a reduction of revenue.

The Company includes shipping charges billed to customers in net sales, and includes the related shipping costs in cost of sales.

2.5 — Other revenue

Other revenues consist primarily of sales of materials or scrap product.

2.6 — Research and ~~development~~Development

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. The amortization recognized on technologies and licenses acquired to facilitate the Company’s research is recorded as research and development expenses. Funding for research and development is obtained from governmental agencies and the amounts are recorded as a reduction to research and development expenses.

2.7 — Property, ~~plant~~Plant and ~~equipment~~Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment contributed from STM and Intel upon the formation of the Company ~~are~~were initially stated at carrying value for the assets contributed by STM, and at fair value for the assets contributed by Intel, consistent with the treatment of the formation of the Company as a business combination in accordance with ~~SFAS 141, as described~~U.S. GAAP and with the determination of STM being the accounting acquirer in ~~Note 1, ‘The Company’.~~the business combination. These assets are being depreciated over their respective remaining useful lives at the time of the transaction. Property, plant and equipment purchased since the formation of the Company are stated at historical cost.

Additions and major improvements are capitalized, minor replacements and repairs and maintenance are charged to operations in the period in which they are incurred.

F-89

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on fixed assets acquired after the formation of the Company is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:


Buildings			33 years
Facilities and Leasehold Improvements			5-10 years
Machinery and Equipment			6 years
Computer and Research & Development Equipment			3-7 years

Reviews are performed if facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable or that the useful life is shorter than originally estimated. If an impairment indicator exists, the Company assesses the recoverability of its assets held for use by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining estimated useful lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairment, if any, is measured on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets. If the Company determines that the useful lives are shorter than originally estimated, the net book values of the assets are depreciated prospectively over the newly determined remaining useful lives.

~~F-98~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~Property, plant and equipment is reclassified as held for sale and depreciation ceases to be recorded when an asset or asset group meets the held for sale criteria as defined under U.S. GAAP. An impairment charge may be taken against the assets if the estimated selling price is less than the carrying value of the assets.

When property, plant and equipment are retired, sold, or otherwise disposed of, the net book value of the assets is removed from the Company’s books and the net gain or loss is included in ~~other~~‘Other income and expenses, ~~net~~net’ in the consolidated statement of operations.

Leasing ~~arrangements~~agreements in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the Company are classified as finance leases. These leases are included in ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’ and depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease term. Leasing agreements classified as operating leases are arrangements in which the lessor retains a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

2.8 — Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is based on the weighted average cost by adjusting standard cost to approximate actual manufacturing costs over the average period of inventory holding; the cost is therefore dependent on the Company’s manufacturing performance. In the case of underutilization of manufacturing facilities, the costs associated with the excess capacity are not included in the valuation of inventories but charged directly to cost of sales in the period incurred. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.

The Company continuously evaluates the net realizable value of inventory and writes off inventory which has the characteristics of slow-moving, old production date and technical obsolescence. Additionally, the Company evaluates product inventory to identify obsolete or slow-selling stock and ~~record~~records a specific provision if the Company estimates the inventory will eventually become obsolete. Provisions for obsolescence are estimated for excess uncommitted inventory based on the previous quarter and anticipated future sales, order backlog and production plans.

2.9 — Income ~~taxes~~Taxes

The provision for incomes taxes represents the income taxes expected to be paid or the benefit expected to be received related to the current year income or loss in each tax jurisdiction. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for all temporary differences arising between the tax and book basis of assets and liabilities and for the benefits of tax credits and operating loss ~~carry-forwards.~~carryforwards. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates and laws that are enacted on the balance sheet date and that are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled. Deferred income tax assets are recognized in full but the Company assesses whether it is more likely than not that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences will be utilized. A valuation allowance is provided where necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount for which management considers the possibility of recovery to be more likely than not.

F-90

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2.10 — Cash and ~~cash equivalents~~Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand with external financial institutions with an original maturity of less than ninety days.

2.11 — Restricted ~~cash~~Cash

Restricted cash includes collateral deposits used as security for the provision of certain services to the Company, lease deposits on office space and deposits required by customs authorities. The restricted cash is held in highly liquid funds placed with financial institutions.

2.12 — Trade ~~accounts receivable~~Accounts Receivable

During 2008, STM and Intel sold products to customers, invoiced customers and collected monies from customers on behalf of Numonyx, under the terms of the Transition Services Agreements between Numonyx, STM and Intel. Trade accounts receivable disclosed on the balance sheet represent monies owed from end customers which have not been collected by STM and Intel, and therefore not yet remitted to Numonyx.

~~F-99~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

Trade accounts receivable are recognized at their sales value, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for potential estimated losses resulting from its customers’ inability to make required payments. The Company bases its estimates on historical collection trends and records a provision accordingly. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written-off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries, if any, of amounts previously written-off are credited against ‘Selling, general and administrative expenses’ in the consolidated statement of operations.

In addition to revenue generated directly by Numonyx, during 2009 Intel sold products to customers, invoiced customers and collected monies due from customers on behalf of the Company, under the terms of the Transition Services Agreement between Numonyx and Intel. Trade accounts receivable disclosed on the balance sheet related to revenue generated by Intel represent monies owed from end customers which have not been collected by Intel, and therefore not yet remitted to Numonyx.

2.13 — Intangible ~~assets~~Assets

Details of intangible assets held by the Company, and the related amortization periods, are detailed below:


Loan guarantees			4 years
Loan arrangement fees			4 years
Contributed technology			3-7 years
Software and licenses			33-5 years

The carrying value of intangible assets subject to amortization is evaluated whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of intangible assets at each reporting period to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization.

2.14 — Employee ~~benefits~~Benefits

Pension ~~obligations~~Obligations

The Company sponsors various pension schemes for its employees. These schemes conform to local regulations and practices in the countries in which the Company operates. They are generally funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered funds, determined by periodic actuarial calculations. Such plans include both defined benefit and defined contribution plans. A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines the amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Company pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. The Company has no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions for a defined contribution plan if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.

The Company accounts for the overfunded and underfunded status of defined benefit plans in its consolidated financial statements as at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009. The overfunded or underfunded status of the defined benefit plans are calculated as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligations.

F-91

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.

Termination ~~benefits~~Benefits

Termination benefits are payable when an employee is involuntarily terminated, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary termination in exchange for these benefits. All termination benefits payable by the Company relate to one-time benefit arrangements. A one time benefit arrangement is one that is established by a termination plan that applies to a specified termination event or for a specified future period. These one-time involuntary termination

~~F-100~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

benefits are recognized as a liability when the termination plan meets certain criteria and has been communicated to employees.

Stock ~~options~~Options

~~At December 31,~~During 2008, ~~a stock option~~an equity incentive plan ~~had been~~was established by the Company ~~however~~but no equity grants were made. During 2009, the first restricted stock unit grants were issued from the ~~date~~plan. Under the terms of the ~~inception~~plan, vesting is contingent upon a qualified public offering of shares in the Company, or other change in control of the Company ~~through~~occurring. As at December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, a qualified public offering was not imminent and a change in control of the Company was not considered probable and therefore no stock ~~options had~~based compensation expense has been ~~granted.~~recorded in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.

2.15 — Long ~~term debt~~Term Debt and ~~debt obligations~~Debt Obligations to ~~related parties~~Related Parties

Bank loans are recognized at historical cost. Debt obligations to related parties relate to long-term loan notes issued to shareholders in partial consideration for the assets contributed upon the formation of Numonyx, plus the interest accrued to date. ~~Both the~~The bank loan ~~and the debt obligations to related parties are~~is classified as a long term ~~liabilities~~liability as ~~they are~~it is not repayable, either in part or fully, before December 31, ~~2009.~~2010. The element of debt obligations to related parties which is expected to be repaid before December 31, 2010 is classified as a short term liability, the remainder are classified as long term liabilities.

2.16 — Share ~~capital~~Capital

Ordinary shares and preference shares are classified as equity.

2.17 — Comprehensive ~~income (loss)~~Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business during a period except those changes resulting from investment by or distributions to shareholders. In the accompanying consolidated financial statements, ‘Accumulated other comprehensive ~~income’~~loss’ consists of the after tax effects of foreign currency translation adjustments relating to the Company’s equity investment and the impact of recognizing the underfunded status of defined benefit plans.

2.18 — Recent ~~accounting pronouncements~~Accounting Pronouncements

In ~~September 2006,~~June 2009, the ~~FASB issued Statement of~~ Financial Accounting Standards ~~(SFAS) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.”~~Board (“FASB”) issued ASC 810 (originally issued as SFAS No. ~~157 establishes a single definition of fair value and a framework for measuring fair value, sets out a fair value hierarchy~~167, “Amendments to ~~be used~~FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)”. Among other items, ASC 810 responds to classify the source of information used in fair value measurements, and requires new disclosures of assets and liabilities measured at fair value based on their level in the hierarchy. This statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Positions (FSPs)~~No. 157-1~~ ~~andNo. 157-2,~~ ~~which, respectively, remove leasing transactions from the scope of SFAS No. 157 and defer its effective date for one year relative to certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities. As a result,~~concerns about the application of certain key provisions of FIN 46(R), including those regarding the ~~definition~~transparency of ~~fair value and related disclosures of SFAS No. 157 (as impacted by these two FSPs) was~~the involvement with variable interest entities. ASC 810 is effective for ~~the Company upon formation with respect to fair value measurements of (a) nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the Company’s financial statements~~calendar year companies beginning on ~~a recurring basis (at least annually) and (b) all financial assets and liabilities. The remaining aspects of SFAS No. 157 for which the effective date was deferred under FSPNo. 157-2~~ ~~have been evaluated by the Company.~~January 1, 2010. The Company does not ~~expect them to~~believe the adoption of ASC 810 will have a ~~material~~significant impact on its ~~consolidated~~financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or ~~financial condition.~~disclosures.

~~In December 2007,~~On September 23, 2009, the FASB ~~issued SFAS 141R. SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures~~ratified Emerging Issues Task Force IssueNo. 08-1, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”(EITF 08-1).EITF 08-1 updates the current guidance pertaining to multiple-element revenue arrangements included in ~~its consolidated financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R~~ASC Subtopic605-25, which originated primarily fromEITF 00-21, also ~~establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. This statement is~~titled “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.”EITF 08-1 will be effective for ~~Numonyx~~annual reporting periods beginning January 1, ~~2009.~~2011 for calendar-year entities. The Company ~~is currently evaluating~~does not believe the adoption ofEITF 08-1 will have a significant impact on its financial position, results of ~~this statement.~~

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160. SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net incomeoperations, cash flows, or disclosures.

~~F-101~~F-92

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent’s ownership interest, and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. SFAS 160 also establishes disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. This statement is effective for Numonyx beginning January 1, 2009. The Company does not expect the impact of the adoption of SFAS 160 to be material.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” which will require increased disclosures about an entity’s strategies and objectives for using derivative instruments; the location and amounts of derivative instruments in an entity’s financial statements; how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities;” and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect its financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. Certain disclosures will also be required with respect to derivative features that are credit-risk-related. SFAS No. 161 is effective for Numonyx beginning January 1, 2009. Since this standard impacts disclosures only, the adoption will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

~~In April 2008, the FASB issuedFSP 142-3.~~ This guidance is intended to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142, and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS 141R when the underlying arrangement includes renewal or extension of terms that would require substantial costs or result in a material modification to the asset upon renewal or extension. Companies estimating the useful life of a recognized intangible asset must now consider their historical experience in renewing or extending similar arrangements or, in the absence of historical experience, must consider assumptions that market participants would use about renewal or extension as adjusted for SFAS 142’s entity-specific factors.~~FSP 142-3~~ ~~is effective for Numonyx beginning January 1, 2009. The Company does not expect the impact of the adoption ofFSP 142-3~~ ~~to be material.~~

~~In November 2008, the FASB ratified the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) consensus on IssueNo. 08-6,~~ ~~“Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations”(EITF 08-6)~~ which addresses certain effects of SFAS Nos. 141R and 160 on an entity’s accounting for equity-method investments. The consensus indicates, among other things, that transaction costs for an investment should be included in the cost of the equity-method investment (and not expensed) and shares subsequently issued by the equity-method investee that reduce the investor’s ownership percentage should be accounted for as if the investor had sold a proportionate share of its investment, with gains or losses recorded through earnings. For Numonyx,~~EITF 08-6~~ ~~is effective for transactions occurring after December 31, 2008. The Company does not expect the impact of this adoption to be material.~~

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets”. This FSP requires additional disclosures about plan assets for sponsors of defined benefit pension and postretirement plans including expanded information regarding investment strategies, major categories of plan assets, and concentrations of risk within plan assets. Additionally, this FSP requires disclosures similar to those required under SFAS No. 157 with respect to the fair value of plan assets such as the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value and information with respect to classification of plan assets in terms of the hierarchy of the source of information used to determine their value (see Note 12, ’Post-Retirement and Other Long Term Employee Benefits’). The disclosures under this FSP are required for annual periods ending after December 15, 2009. Numonyx is currently evaluating the requirements of these additional disclosures.

~~3. BUSINESS COMBINATION~~

On March 30, 2008 the Company acquired the contributed NOR flash business of Intel in exchange for a 45.1% equity interest in the Company, representing 101,436,851 ordinary shares of Numonyx Holdings B.V. and an interest-bearing long-term loan note in the principal amount of $144.4 million.

~~F-102~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

The ~~results of these operations have been included in~~Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 28, 2010, the date the Company’s consolidated financial statements since that date. As a result of the combination, Numonyx combines key research and development, manufacturing and sales and marketing assets formerly owned by Intel and STM into a worldwide structure with the scale expected to produce cost-effective and innovative non-volatile memory solutions.were issued.

~~The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.~~

2008

At March 30, 2008 (In Millions)

Cash $ 51
Inventory 239
Fixed assets 356
Intangible assets 114
Fair value of favorable operating lease 70
Liabilities assumed (8 )

Total
$ 822

Of the $114 million of acquired intangible assets, $5 million was assigned to research and development assets that were written off at the date of acquisition in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 4,~~Applicability of FASB Statement No. 2 to Business Combinations Accounted for by the Purchase Method~~. Those write-offs are included in research and development expenses. The remaining $109 million of acquired intangible assets have a weighted-average useful life of approximately 3 years. The intangible assets that make up that amount include a loan guarantee of $79 million~~(4-year~~ ~~useful life), supply agreement of $19 million(9-month~~ ~~useful life) and product and process technology of $11 million(3-year~~ ~~and7-year~~ ~~useful lives respectively).~~

~~There was no goodwill associated with this business combination.~~


3.	EQUITY INVESTMENT

~~4. EQUITY INVESTMENT~~

Hynix Numonyx Semiconductor Ltd.

~~As part~~Upon the formation of ~~STM’s contribution of its flash memory operations to~~ Numonyx, STM transferred a 17% equity interest it had in a venture which it established with Hynix Semiconductor Inc. This venture was originally established in 2004 via a signed agreement between STM and Hynix Semiconductor Inc. to build a front-end memory-manufacturing facility in Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, China. Upon transfer of the interest to Numonyx, the venture was renamed Hynix Numonyx Semiconductor Ltd.

~~Numonyx’s~~Numonyx’ equity interest in the venture decreased to 16% during the fourth quarter of 2008, due to an additional investment made by a new investor in the venture, Hynix Semiconductor Wuxi Ltd. Since then, Numonyx ~~also~~has invested an additional ~~$50~~$100 million in the joint venture ~~during the third quarter of~~($50 million investment made in both 2008 and 2009) to increase the Company’s equity interest. However, at the balance sheet date, Numonyx had not received final approval from the Chinese authorities for ~~this increase~~these increases in equity investment. As such, the ~~$50~~$100 million investment is recorded as a long term prepayment within ‘Other ~~receivables and current assets.~~non-current assets’ in the consolidated balance sheet. Once approval is obtained, the investment will be recorded as an increase to ‘Equity investment’, and ~~Numonyx’s~~Numonyx’ interest will increase to ~~18%~~21%. In 2008, the $50 million investment made was originally recorded within ‘Other current receivables and assets’ in the consolidated balance sheet. Due to the length of time being taken to obtain approval, and absent a definitive date of when approval will be obtained, the $50 million investment was reclassified to ‘Other non-current assets’.

Under the terms of the joint venture, Numonyx has the option to purchase from Hynix Semiconductor Inc. an additional ~~$200~~$150 million in share capital to increase the Company’s interest in the venture to approximately 25%.

~~F-103~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~ The members of the joint venture also have certain put and call rights (i.e., the right to “put” and sell their interest to the other member or to “call” and purchase the other member’s interest), with the price being based on the book value, less liabilities, times the applicable ownership percentage. In the case of the contemplated change in control of Numonyx as described in Note 24, ‘Subsequent events’, Numonyx would have the right to “put” its interest to Hynix and this would also trigger the ability of Hynix to “call” the Numonyx interest. In addition, as happened with the transfer of STM’s interest to Numonyx upon formation of the Company, Hynix could be requested to agree to the change of control and Numonyx’s interest could be transferred to the new controlling entity, Micron Technology Inc. Such changes are also subject to and contingent upon multiple levels of Chinese governmental approvals. The Company believes that there is no fair value associated with these options.

Although the Company does not currently own 20% of the venture, the Company uses the equity method to account for this investment based on the fact that it has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over this investee coupled with the future ability to own more than 20% of this investment.

Summarized financial information of the Company’s equity investment is shown below:


	2009		2008

Operating results:
Revenues	$	1,557,184	$	1,772,070
Net profit		74,392		14,442
Balance sheet:
Assets	$	3,732,933	$	4,103,446
Liabilities		1,691,583		2,168,779

F-93

~~5. TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


4.	TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Trade accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:


	2008			2009			2008

Trade accounts receivable	$	233,340		$	175,993		$	233,340
Less allowance for doubtful accounts		(2,439	)		(2,255	)		(2,439	)

Total	$	230,901		$	173,738		$	230,901

Bad debt expense in ~~2008~~2009 was $2.2 million (2008: $2.4 ~~million.~~million).

~~6. INVENTORIES~~


5.	INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following:


	2008		2009		2008

Raw materials	$	39,759	$	3,612	$	2,712
Work in process		390,996		403,337		478,728
Finished goods		151,385		104,051		100,700

Total	$	582,140	$	511,000	$	582,140


6.	ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

On December 30, 2009, an option agreement was signed by the Company, granting STM the option to acquire the majority of the assets at the Company’s facility in Catania, Italy, including the factory building, office building and the majority of the tools and equipment located in the plant. In addition, a number of employees would transfer to STM upon execution of the option, along with all contracts related to the facilities and any other assets, liabilities and rights relating to the facilities. The agreement also specifies that the tax carrying amount of assets and any non-operating losses would also be transferred as part of the sale. Upon execution of the option, the consideration payable would be the cancellation of $78 million of long term notes held by STM. The option agreement expires on June 30, 2010, with an option to extend by a further three months, subject to agreement by the Company.

As a result of entering into this agreement, and upon meeting the held for sale criteria as defined under U.S. GAAP, the Company reclassified the assets to be sold from their original balance sheet classification to ‘Assets held for Sale’ and adjusted the values of these assets to fair value less costs to sell at December 31, 2009, recording the charge within ‘Impairment and restructuring charges’ in the consolidated statement of operations. Fair value less costs to sell was based on the net consideration provided for in the option agreement.

Assets held for sale consisted of the following:


	2009			2008

Property, plant and equipment	$	45,733			—
Long term deferred tax assets		36,114			—
Less impairment charge		(3,847	)		—

Total	$	78,000			—

As required by U.S. GAAP, the Company has ceased to record depreciation on the property, plant and equipment classified as held for sale.

F-94

~~7. OTHER RECEIVABLES AND CURRENT ASSETS~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


7.	OTHER RECEIVABLES AND CURRENT ASSETS

Other receivables and current assets consisted of the following:


	2008		2009		2008

Receivables from related parties	$	2,491	$	1,622	$	2,491
Receivables from government agencies		65,716		54,460		65,716
Prepayments, advances and other debtors		90,851		25,678		90,851

Total	$	159,058	$	81,760	$	159,058

In 2008, Prepayments, advances and other debtors included $50 million relating to a payment made to increase the Company’s equity stake in Hynix Numonyx Semiconductor Ltd. but for which approval from Chinese authorities had not been obtained, as described in Note 3, ‘Equity Investment’. During 2009, this payment was reclassified to ‘Other investments and non-current assets’ as approval had still not been obtained and the date of final approval is not known.


8.	INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consisted of the following as at December 31, 2009:


			Accumulated
	Gross Value		Amortization			Net Value

Loan guarantees	$	148,000	$	(64,749	)	$	83,251
Loan arrangement fees		6,750		(2,954	)		3,796
Product and process technology		10,800		(3,752	)		7,048
Software development and licenses		77,767		(22,221	)		55,546

December 31, 2009	$	243,317	$	(93,676	)	$	149,641

During 2009, the Company capitalized $16.5 million (2008: $48.6 million) of software and licenses and software development costs related to significant system implementations and changes that the Company has undertaken since its formation. In addition the Company fully impaired self developed software of $14.9 million during the year. The software was contributed by STM upon the formation of Numonyx and had never been put into use by the Company. The impairment is recorded within ‘Impairment and restructuring charges’ in the consolidated statement of operations.

Intangible assets consisted of the ~~following:~~following as at December 31, 2008:


			Accumulated							Accumulated
	Gross Value		Amortization			Net Value		Gross Value		Amortization			Net Value

Loan guarantees	$	148,000	$	(27,750	)	$	120,250	$	148,000	$	(27,750	)	$	120,250
Loan arrangement fees		6,750		(1,266	)		5,484		6,750		(1,266	)		5,484
Product and process technology		10,800		(1,608	)		9,192		10,800		(1,608	)		9,192
Software development and licenses		76,256		(2,860	)		73,396		76,256		(2,860	)		73,396
Supply agreement		18,982		(18,982	)		—		18,982		(18,982	)		—

Total	$	260,788	$	(52,466	)	$	208,322
December 31, 2008								$	260,788	$	(52,466	)	$	208,322

In March 2008, the Company obtained a $450 million bank loan plus $100 million revolving credit facility from financial institutions. These facilities are repayable in full on March 25, 2012. STM and Intel agreed to act as guarantors of ~~this loan,~~the facilities, each company guaranteeing 50%

~~F-104~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

of the outstanding balance in the event that Numonyx defaults on ~~repayment of the loan.~~repayment. Both guarantees ~~have been~~were recorded as intangible assets in order to recognize the fair value of the benefit to Numonyx of these guarantees. The guarantees ~~have been~~were recorded at fair value at the date of issuance and are being amortized over the term of the loan, 4 years. The amortization is recorded as interest expense.

Loan arrangement fees are costs directly related to the securing of the debt financing described above. These fees are also being amortized over the 4 year period of the loan and are recorded as part of ~~interest~~‘Interest expense, net’ in the consolidated statement of operations.

F-95

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Product and process technology relates to technologies contributed by Intel to Numonyx upon formation of the ~~Company which was valued as part of the FAS 141 purchase accounting as described in Note 3, ‘Business Combinations’. These~~Company. The technologies were recorded at fair value and are being amortized over their expected useful lives, 3 and 7 years respectively, within cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations.

Software development and licenses consist of costs relating to the development of IT systems and software and of software and related licenses acquired. Software development costs include external consulting costs and payroll costs directly associated with development of the system infrastructure. These costs were capitalized in ~~compliance~~accordance with~~SOP 98-1~~ ~~“Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use”.~~ U.S. GAAP. Software and licenses are currently amortized over a period of between 3 ~~year period~~and 5 years and amortization is recorded primarily within ~~’Selling,~~‘Selling, general and administrative expenses’ within the consolidated statement of operations, starting when the software is placed in operation.

The supply agreement relates to an agreement between Numonyx and Intel, under which Numonyx purchased semi-finished products from Intel from March 30, 2008 through December 31, 2008 at preferential prices. The value of the intangible asset was the fair value of this favorable contract and was amortized to ‘Cost of sales’ in the consolidated statement of operations. The contract ended on December 31, 2008 and as such the asset has been fully amortized.

~~The~~ aggregate amortization expense in ~~2008~~2009 was $60.2 million (2008: $52.5 ~~million.~~million).

The estimated amortization of the existing intangible assets for the following years is:


	Amortization		Amortization
Year	Expense		Expense

2009	$	60,322
2010		60,000	$	64,000
2011		56,000		60,000
2012		21,000		15,000
2013		11,000		5,000
2014				4,000

Total	$	208,322	$	148,000

~~F-105~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

~~9. PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT~~


9.	PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant, and equipment ~~consists~~consist of the following:


	2008			2009			2008

Land	$	2,515		$	570		$	2,515
Buildings, facilities and leasehold improvements		89,582			56,967			89,582
Machinery and Equipment		597,187			637,602			597,187
Computer and R&D Equipment		16,951			18,938			16,951
Other Tangible Assets		2,123			3,046			2,123
Construction in progress		2,000			7,276			2,000

Total Gross Cost	$	710,358		$	724,399		$	710,358
Total Accumulated Depreciation	$	(146,633	)	$	(358,498	)	$	(146,633	)

Total Net Cost	$	563,725		$	365,901		$	563,725

Depreciation expense for ~~2008~~2009 was $219.8 million (2008: $146.6 ~~million.~~million). There is no depreciation expense on construction in progress.

During 2008, the Company determined that due to changes in market conditions the carrying value of its partially constructed building in Catania, Italy should be re-assessed. This building, in order to be placed into service, requires a significant investment of additional capital to purchase and install tools and equipment which cannot be currently justified. The Company determined that the value at which this building was recorded was in excess of a reasonable assessment of its fair market value. The fair market value is based on a range of values from a third party with the experience of valuing such assets and its own assessment. The resultant impairment charge recorded on this asset in 2008 was $62 million which is included within ‘Impairment and restructuring charges’ in the consolidated statement of operations.

As at December 31, 2009, Property Plant and Equipment totaling $43.8 million (comprising $45.7 million original net book value less $1.9 million impairment) were reported as a component of the line ‘Assets held for Sale’ on the consolidated balance sheet, relating to the Company’s facility in Catania, Italy for which a sale option agreement was signed, as explained in Note 6, ‘Assets Held for Sale’.

F-96

~~10. OTHER INVESTMENTS AND NON-CURRENT ASSETS~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

2008

Fair value of the favorable operating lease $ 67,420
Long term receivable related to tax refund 40,423
Related party receivable 24,527
Deposits 449

Total
$ 132,819

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


10.	OTHER INVESTMENTS AND NON-CURRENT ASSETS


	2009		2008

Payments for additional equity investment	$	100,000	$	—
Fair value of the favorable operating lease		64,511		67,420
Long term receivable related to tax refund		42,128		40,423
Related party receivable		24,048		24,527
Deposits		3,001		449

Total	$	233,688	$	132,819

The investment in related party relates to payments made to Hynix Numonyx Semiconductor Ltd., to increase the Company’s equity stake in the Company, but which have not yet been approved by Chinese authorities, as explained in Note 3, ‘Equity Investment’. This includes $50 million which in 2008 was recorded within ‘Other receivables and current assets’ and which was reclassified to ‘Other investments and non-current assets’ during 2009.

The favorable operating lease relates to the Company’s manufacturing facility in Israel. This relates to the fair value of the future minimum lease payments that were included as part of the ~~business combination.~~assets contributed by Intel upon the formation of Numonyx. This is being amortized over the period of the ~~lease.~~lease, 24 years.

The long term receivable related to tax refund is a tax credit in Italy which was generated through the operations of STM Italy, before the operations were contributed to Numonyx. Upon the formation of Numonyx, a long term liability was established as the amounts received from the Italian government will be reimbursed to STM. Such amount is included within ~~’Other~~‘Other non-current liabilities’ in the consolidated balance sheet.

The related party receivable relates to an end of employment liability in Italy, for employees transferred from STM Italy to Numonyx Italy and for which STM have agreed to reimburse Numonyx. The payable portion of this balance is also included within pension liability in the consolidated balance sheet.

~~F-106~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~Deposits relate mainly to rental deposits on leased office buildings and deposits paid to service providers.

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~


11.	OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

~~11. OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES~~


	2008		2009		2008

Taxes other than income tax	$	33,360	$	12,327	$	33,360
Salaries, wages and social charges		37,747		66,960		37,747
Provision for restructuring		8,541		4,041		8,541
Deferred income on shipments to distributors		4,525		12,649		4,525
Current portion of pension liability		2,155		2,268		2,155
Accrued income tax		13,035		9,350		13,035
Other accrued liabilities		46,728		32,553		46,728

Total	$	146,091	$	140,148	$	146,091

Within current portion of pension liability above, ~~$2,097~~$1.4 million (2008: $2.1 million) relates to the Italy end of employment fund. This amount is shown also as a receivable from related party within ~~’Other~~‘Other investments and non-current assets’ as the amount will be reimbursed to Numonyx by STM.

~~12. POST-RETIREMENT AND OTHER LONG-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS~~


12.	POST-RETIREMENT AND OTHER LONG-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Company has a number of defined benefit pension plans covering employees in various countries. The plans provide for pension benefits, the amounts of which are calculated based on factors such as years of service and employee compensation levels. Eligibility is generally determined in accordance with the local statutory requirements. The Company’s major defined benefit pension plans and long-term employee benefit plans are in Israel, Italy, Switzerland, Japan, Korea, and Philippines.

The Company adopted the provisions of ~~SFAS No. 158,~~~~Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).~~~~SFAS 158 requires~~U.S. GAAP which require that the funded status of ~~defined-benefit postretirement~~defined benefit post-retirement plans be recognized on the consolidated balance sheet, and changes in the funded status be reflected

F-97

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

in comprehensive income. ~~SFAS No. 158~~U.S. GAAP also requires the measurement date of the plan’s funded status to be the same as the Company’s financial year-end. The measurement date for all plans was the Company’s financial year end.

On December 31, 2009, the Company adopted changes issued by the FASB to employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. These changes provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. This guidance is intended to ensure that an employer meets the objectives of the disclosures about plan assets in an employer’s defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan to provide users of financial statements with an understanding of the following: how investment allocation decisions are made; the major categories of plan assets; the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets; the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs on changes in plan assets; and significant concentrations of risk within plan assets. Other than the required disclosures, the adoption of these changes had no impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Funding ~~policy~~Policy

The Company’s practice is to fund the various pension plans in amounts at least sufficient to meet the minimum requirements of applicable local laws and regulations. The assets of the various plans are invested in corporate equities, corporate debt securities, government debt securities, and other institutional arrangements. The portfolio of each plan depends on plan design and applicable local laws. Depending on the design of the plan, local customs, and market circumstances, the liabilities of a plan may exceed qualified plan assets.

~~F-107~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

Benefit ~~obligation~~Obligation and ~~plan assets~~Plan Assets

The changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets for the plans described above were as follows:


	2008			2009			2008

Change in projected benefit obligation:
Benefit Obligation at beginning of period	$	30,175
Benefit obligation at beginning of period				$	60,165		$	30,175
Service cost		4,149			5,018			4,149
Interest cost		2,703			3,143			2,703
Plan participant contributions		278			397			278
Actuarial loss/(gain)		(119	)
Benefits Paid		(5,375	)
Benefit Obligation of acquired business		38,203
Actuarial (gain)/loss					3,521			(119	)
Benefits paid					(6,305	)		(5,375	)
Benefit obligation of acquired business					—			38,203
Currency exchange impact		(9,849	)		5,138			(9,849	)
Other					(89	)		—

Ending projected benefit obligation	$	60,165		$	70,988		$	60,165

2008

Change in plan assets:

Fair Value of the Assets at beginning of the period $ —
Actual return on plan assets 176
Employer contributions 7,925
Plan participants’ contributions 278
Benefits paid (5,375 )
Plan assets of acquired business 31,161
Currency impact (5,096 )

Ending fair value of plan assets
$ 29,069

~~The following table summarizes the amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008:~~

2008

Funded status at year end $ (30,679 )
Unrecognized transition asset —
Unrecognized prior service cost —
Accumulated other comprehensive loss/(gain) (417 )

Net amount recognized in consolidated balance sheet
$ (31,096 )


	2009			2008

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of the assets at beginning of the period	$	29,069		$	—
Actual return on plan assets		3,184			176
Employer contributions		7,977			7,925
Plan participants’ contributions		397			278
Benefits paid		(6,305	)		(5,375	)
Plan assets of acquired business		—			31,161
Currency impact		1,486			(5,096	)
Other		1,622			—

Ending fair value of plan assets	$	37,430		$	29,069

~~F-108~~F-98

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet are as follows:


	2009		2008

Current liabilities	$	2,268	$	2,155
Non-current liabilities		31,290		28,941

Total	$	33,558	$	31,096

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income / (loss) net of taxes are as follows:


	2009			2008

Net actuarial loss	$	(2,916	)	$	(414	)

Total	$	(3,327	)	$	(417	)

The estimated amounts that will be amortized from ‘Accumulated other comprehensive loss’ at December 31, 2009 into net periodic benefit cost (pre-tax) in 2010 is $0.1 million.

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) net of taxes are as follows:


	2009			2008

Net actuarial loss at beginning of the period	$	(417	)	$	—
Amortization of actuarial loss		370			—
Current year actuarial loss		(3,280	)		(417	)

Total	$	(3,327	)	$	(417	)

Included in the aggregate data in the tables below are the amounts applicable to our pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, as well as plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets. Amounts related to such plans were as follows:


	2008		2009		2008

Plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
Accumulated benefit obligations	$	56,950	$	69,420	$	56,950
Fair Value of plan assets	$	28,863
Fair value of plan assets			$	37,430	$	28,863
Plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
Projected benefit obligations	$	60,165	$	70,988	$	60,165
Fair Value of plan assets	$	29,069
Fair value of plan assets			$	37,430	$	29,069

Assumptions

Weighted-average assumptions used in the determination of the benefit obligations were as follows:


	~~2008~~

~~Discount rate~~		~~5.19~~	%
~~Average increase in compensation~~		~~3.24~~	%


	2009			2008

Discount rate		5.09	%		5.19	%
Average increase in compensation		3.90	%		3.24	%

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine costs for the plans were as follows:


	~~2008~~

~~Discount rate~~		~~5.64~~	%
~~Expected Long term rate on plan assets~~		~~5.35~~	%
~~Average increase in compensation~~		~~4.30~~	%


	2009			2008

Discount rate		5.19	%		5.64	%
Expected long term rate on plan assets		4.88	%		5.35	%
Average increase in compensation		3.24	%		4.30	%

The discount rate was determined by analyzing long term corporate AA bond rates and matching the bond maturity with the average duration of the pension liabilities. In certain markets where there are not corporate bonds, government bond rates are used.

F-99

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Net ~~periodic benefit cost~~Periodic Benefit Cost

The net periodic benefit cost for the plans included the following components:


	2008			2009			2008

Service cost	$	4,149		$	5,018		$	4,149
Interest cost		2,703			3,143			2,703
Expected return on plan assets		(1,322	)		(1,581	)		(1,322	)
Other		678			(632	)		678

Net periodic pension cost	$	6,208		$	5,948		$	6,208

Plan ~~assets~~Assets

The plans’ investments are managed predominantly by insurance companies, and to a lesser extent by third-party trustees, or pension funds consistent with regulations or market practice of the country where the assets are invested. The investment manager makes investment decisions within the guidelines set by the Company or by local regulations. Performance is evaluated by comparing the actual rate of return to the return on other similar assets. Investments that are managed by qualified insurance companies or pension funds under standard contracts follow local regulations, and the Company is not actively involved in the investment strategy. In general, the investment strategy followed is designed to accumulate a diversified portfolio among markets, asset classes, or individual securities in order to reduce market risk and

~~F-109~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

assure that the pension assets are available to pay benefits as they come due. ~~The average expected long-term rate~~Alternatively, individual plan members may decide on individual investment strategies for their plan. As such, the Company does not set target allocations of ~~return for the~~ plan assets ~~is 5.35%.~~and does not measure actual allocations of plan assets versus target allocations.

The ~~asset allocation for the Company’s plans at the end~~fair value of ~~fiscal year 2008, and the target allocation rate for 2009,~~plan assets by asset ~~category,~~type as at December 31, 2009 are ~~as follows:~~summarized below:

Asset Category
2008 Target Allocation

Equity securities 21 % 21 %
Debt securities 55 % 55 %
Other 24 % 24 %


			Quoted Prices
			in Active
			Markets for		Significant		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
Asset Category	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)

Insurance contracts	$	37,430		—	$	37,430		—

Total	$	37,430		—	$	37,430		—

Funding ~~expectations~~Expectations

Expected funding for the plans during ~~2009~~2010 is approximately $4$7 million.

Estimated ~~future benefit payments~~Future Benefit Payments

Estimated benefits to be paid from the Company’s pension plans through ~~2018~~2019 are as follows:


Years	Pension Benefits		Pension Benefits

2009		3,761
2010		3,016		4,192
2011		3,808		4,909
2012		3,326		4,610
2013		3,828		5,225
From 2014 to 2018		21,287
2014				5,628
From 2015 to 2019				28,324


13.	SHARE BASED COMPENSATION

During 2008, an equity incentive plan was established by the Company, but no equity grants were made. 25 million stock units are available for issuance under the plan. During 2009, the first restricted stock unit grants were issued from the plan. The stock units vest over 3 or 4 years from the grant date. However, vesting is also contingent upon a change in control of the Company taking place. The vesting of certain grants made to Executive Officers of the Company are contingent on certain performance targets being met each year and the change in control provision noted above.

F-100

~~13. LONG-TERM DEBT AND DEBT OBLIGATIONS TO RELATED PARTIES~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As the share capital of the Company is not currently traded on any Exchange, the value assigned to stock grants is based on the fair value of the equity of the Company at the time the grants were made.

Under the terms of the equity incentive plan, vesting is contingent upon a qualified public offering of shares in the Company, or other change in control of the Company occurring. As at December 31, 2009, because any change in control was contingent upon circumstances beyond the Company’s control, no stock based compensation expense has been recorded in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Restricted stock unit activity during 2009 is detailed below (no restricted stock units were issued in 2008):


				Weighted
(In thousands, except weighted average fair value amounts)	Number of Shares			Average Fair Value

As at December 31, 2008		—		$	—
Granted		11,180			2.83
Vested		—			—
Forfeited		(468	)		2.83

As at December 31, 2009		10,712		$	2.83

Expected to vest as of December 31, 2009		10,712		$	2.83


14.	LONG-TERM DEBT AND DEBT OBLIGATIONS TO RELATED PARTIES

Debt obligations to related parties

Upon the formation of Numonyx, long-term notes were issued to STM, Intel, and FP valued at $155,572, $144,428 and $19,087 respectively. The notes are payable upon the earlier of liquidation of the Company, or March 31, 2038. The interest rate applied to these notes is 9.5% and is payable in the form of additional notes until 2015. Interest also accrues, at the same rate, on the new notes issued. After 2015, the interest is payable in the form of cash. Interest on these notes is recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations. Total interest accrued during the ~~period~~year ended December 31, ~~2008~~2009 was $32.5 million (2008: $22.7 ~~million~~million) and is included within ‘Debt obligations to related parties’ in the consolidated balance sheet.

The long-term loan notes include covenants which prevent the Company and its subsidiaries from taking on additional debt in excess of $100 million if the total existing debt recorded on the balance sheet is $1,250 million or less, or additional debt in excess of $50 million if the total existing debt recorded on the balance sheet is more than $1,250 million. In addition, the Company may not issue new equity or securities exchangeable into equity that would rank senior to or on parity with the long-term loan notes and may not make dividend distributions other than distributions between subsidiaries of the Company and distributions on the preferred ~~shares and the long-term loan notes themselves.~~

shares. Repayment of the debt obligations to related parties is subordinated to repayment of debt obligations to third parties.

~~F-110~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~On December 30, 2009 an option agreement was signed by Numonyx and STM, granting STM the option to acquire from Numonyx the majority of the assets held at the Company’s facility in Catania, Italy. In consideration for the assets, STM agreed that $78 million of the notes issued to them by Numonyx would be cancelled on completion of the sale. As the option agreement expires on June 30, 2009 with an option to extend by a further three months, these loan notes have been reclassified to short term debt on the consolidated balance sheet.

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

Debt obligations to third parties

Long term debt obligations to third parties consisted of the following as at December 31, 2009:


	2009		2008

Bank loan	$	450,000	$	450,000
Finance lease obligations		1,616		—

Total	$	451,616	$	450,000

Upon formation, the Company entered into a dollar term loan facility in the amount of $450 million and a multicurrency revolving loan facility in the amount of $100 million. As at December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the $100 million revolving facility had not been drawn down. The facilities are repayable in full on March 25, 2012. Interest of ~~three-month~~three-

F-101

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

month LIBOR + 60 basis points is payable every 3 months and is recorded within interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

Covenants on the loan facility include a mandatory prepayment of 50% of the facility by the borrowers if the credit rating of either Intel or STM were to be downgraded to a rating by Moody’s that is below Baa3 or by Standard and Poor’s that is below BBB-. In addition, should Intel or STM take on debt at or in excess of $500 million, then the facility would become immediately repayable.

The assessment of fair value of the debt obligation to third parties would require the determination of an appropriate credit spread over the benchmark rates for a facility similar to that held by the Company and the application of an adjustment factor for, amongst other factors, illiquidity. ~~Given the market conditions prevailing as at December 31, 2008, particularly as it relates to the availability of credit, management~~The Company has not sought additional similar funding since formation, particularly given market conditions impacting the availability of credit.

Finance lease obligations relate to Machinery and ~~therefore~~Equipment purchased by the Company ~~has not assessed~~during the ~~fair value~~year. The short term element of finance lease obligations is recorded within ‘Current portion of long-term debt’ in the ~~debt obligation to third parties as at December 31, 2008.~~consolidated balance sheet.

~~14. OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES~~Aggregate future maturities of total long term debt outstanding (including current portion) are as follows:

2008

Related party payable
$ 40,423


	2009		2008

2010	$	78,941		—
2011		1,077		—
2012		450,539		450,000
2013		—		—
2014		—		—
Thereafter		296,297		341,822

Total	$	826,854	$	791,822


15.	OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES


	2009		2008

Related party payable	$	42,489	$	40,423
Other		3,373		—

Total	$	45,862	$	40,423

The related party payable relates to a tax credit in Italy. This tax credit, which is also shown as a long term receivable in the consolidated balance sheet of Numonyx, was generated through the operations of STM Italy, before the operations were contributed to Numonyx. AsSince the tax credit was generated by STM, aswhen the tax credit is paid by the Italian authorities to Numonyx, the Company will reimburse STM.


16.	SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

~~15. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY~~

Outstanding ~~shares~~Shares

The authorized share capital of the Company amounts to EUR 264,205,965. It is divided into:


	•	250,000,000 ordinary shares of one Euro each;

	•	14,204,545 convertible preferred shares ‘A’ of one Euro each; and

	•	142,045 preferred shares ‘A-1’ of one eurocent (EUR 0.01) each.

As at December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, 210,700,758 ordinary shares were issued.

Preference Shares

As at December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the Company had issued 14,204,545 convertible preferred shares ‘A’ to FP. These preference shares entitle the holder to full voting rights and to a preferential right to distributions upon liquidation or change in control of the Company. Specifically the holders are entitled to a repayment of 1.85 times the original issue price of the shares. The preferred shares ‘A’ may be converted into preferred shares ‘A-1’ or ordinary shares,

F-102

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

on terms agreed between the Company and the holders of the preferred shares ‘A’. Such terms must be unanimously approved at a General Meeting of the shareholders.

The preferred shares ‘A-1’ entitle holders to a repayment of 1.85 times the original issue price of the shares and also to an amount out of the annual profits equal to 1% of the weighted average of the par value of their shares during

~~F-111~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

the financial year. The dividend preference is non-cumulative. The shares also carry voting rights. No preferred shares ‘A-1’ had been issued at the balance sheet date.

~~16. OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES, NET~~


17.	OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES, NET

Other income and expenses, net, consisted of the following:


	2008			2009			2008

Start up costs	$	39,433		$	—		$	39,433
Foreign exchange gains		(986	)		(1,777	)		(986	)
Gain on sale of other non-current assets, net		(2,770	)		(1,157	)		(2,770	)
Other		1,870			2,327			1,870

Total	$	37,547		$	(607	)	$	37,547

Start up costs relate to costs incurred in the formation of ~~Numonyx. The majority of these costs were incurred prior to the formation of~~ Numonyx and were paid initially by Intel, STM and FP. After formation, Numonyx then reimbursed the companies for these costs. The costs mostly relate to consulting fees, non capitalizable software development costs, legal fees, advertising and recruitment costs. Certain start up costs were capitalized in ~~accordance with SFAS 141 “Business Combinations” andSOP 98-1,~~ ~~“Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use” and are included within Intangible Assets.~~2008.

~~17. IMPAIRMENT AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES~~


18.	IMPAIRMENT AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

Impairment and restructuring charges consisted of the following:


	2008		2009		2008

Impairment charges	$	62,000	$	18,703	$	62,000
Restructuring charges		12,350		8,701		12,350

Total	$	74,350	$	27,404	$	74,350

The impairment charges are explained in Note ~~9, ‘Plant, Property~~6, ‘Assets held for Sale’ and ~~Equipment’~~Note 8, ‘Intangible Assets’.

During 2008, the Company ~~incurred~~recorded charges of $8.6 million in employee severance costs related to a workforce reduction action in our California Technology Center and $3.4 million in employee severance costs related to personnel at Pudong, China which was originally to be part of the assets contributed by Intel to Numonyx upon formation, but which the Company decided not to acquire. These charges were incurred due to the termination of approximately 700 employees. The Company may incur additional restructuring charges in the future for employee severance and benefit arrangements, and facility-related or other exit activities.

~~Restructuring charges incurred~~In 2009, the Company reversed $3.7 million of the provision related to the action in ~~2008 are summarized~~the California Technology Center as ~~follows:~~a result of a subsequent decision to retain a number of employees that were previously expected to be terminated.


	~~2008~~

~~Charges incurred during the period~~	$	~~12,350~~
~~Amounts paid~~		~~(3,809~~	)

~~Provision as at December 31, 2008~~	$	~~8,541~~

During 2009, the Company incurred charges of $8.1 million in employee severance costs related to a workforce reduction action across multiple sites, as part of a program to reduce costs in response to the global economic crisis. These charges were incurred due to the termination of approximately 130 employees. The Company also incurred an additional $4.3 million in employee severance costs related to personnel at Pudong, China.

The Company may incur additional restructuring charges in the future for employee severance and benefit arrangements, and facility-related or other exit activities.

~~F-112~~F-103

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

~~18. INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSES~~

Restructuring charges incurred during 2009 and 2008 are summarized as follows:


	2009			2008

Provision as at January 1, 2009	$	8,541		$	—
Charges incurred during the period		8,701			12,350
Change in estimate related to reduction in force		(3,739	)		—
Amounts paid		(9,462	)		(3,809	)

Provision as at December 31, 2009	$	4,041		$	8,541


19.	INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSES

Interest income and expense ~~in 2008 represents~~consisted of the following:


	2008		2009		2008

Amortization of loan guarantees	$	27,750	$	36,999	$	27,750
Interest on debt obligations to related parties		22,734		32,475		22,734
Interest on long-term debt		11,847		5,488		11,847
Amortization of loan arrangement fees		1,266
Other interest				827		1,266

Total interest expense		63,597		75,789		63,597
Interest income		6,537		1,340		6,537

Total interest expense, net	$	57,060	$	74,449	$	57,060

~~19. INCOME TAXES~~


20.	INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes ~~consisted~~consists of the following ~~components during fiscal 2008:~~components:


	2008			2009			2008

Current:
Netherlands	$	—		$	—		$	—
Foreign		22,229			20,800			22,229

Total current		22,229			20,800			22,229
Deferred:
Netherlands		—			—			—
Foreign		(3,104	)		(271	)		(3,104	)

Total deferred		(3,104	)		(271	)		(3,104	)

Total provision for income taxes	$	19,125		$	20,529		$	19,125

The loss before provision for income taxes included a loss from the Netherlands of approximately $57.6 million (2008: $273.8 ~~million~~million) and ~~income~~losses of approximately ~~$84.2~~$168.7 million from other foreign subsidiaries during fiscal year ~~2008.~~2009 (2008: income of $84.2 million).

F-104

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount estimated by applying the statutory Netherlands income tax rate of 25.5% to income before provision for income taxes ~~during fiscal 2008~~ as follows:


	2008			2009			2008

Provision computed at Dutch statutory rate	$	(64,182	)	$	(57,694	)	$	(64,182	)
Foreign rate differential		171			(2,040	)		171
Permanent differences		3,534			463			3,534
Research and development tax credits		(3,427	)		(2,055	)		(3,427	)
Current year losses not benefited		69,072			78,319			84,184
Change in beginning of year valuation allowance		15,112
Others		(1,155	)		3,536			(1,155	)

Provision for income taxes	$	19,125		$	20,529		$	19,125

Effective tax rate		(7.6	)%		(9.1	)%		(7.6	)%

~~F-113~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the ~~following as of December 31, 2008:~~following:


	2008			2009			2008

Deferred tax assets:
Accrued compensation	$	5,106		$	2,820		$	5,106
Other reserves and accruals		658			—			658
Accounts receivable					157			—
Fixed assets		118,280			60,438			118,280
Inventory					4,854			—
Unrealized foreign exchange loss		660			182			660
Research and development credit carryover		987			2,618			987
Net operating loss carryover		96,678			99,850			96,678
Others		5,332			1,607			5,332

Total deferred tax assets		227,701			172,526			227,701
Less: valuation allowance		(142,229	)		(129,626	)		(142,229	)

Net deferred tax assets		85,472			42,900			85,472
Deferred tax liabilities:
Accrued compensation					(1,643	)		—
Fixed assets		(3,640	)		(2	)		(3,640	)
Inventory		(1,776	)		(169	)		(1,776	)
Accounts receivable		(3,205	)		(352	)		(3,205	)
Unrealized foreign exchange gain					(822	)		—
Others					(1,140	)		—

Total deferred tax liabilities		(8,621	)		(4,128	)		(8,621	)

Total net deferred tax assets	$	76,851		$	38,772		$	76,851

In addition to the net deferred tax assets shown above, $36.1 million of deferred tax assets relating to the Company’s facilities in Catania, Italy are recorded within ‘Assets held for Sale’ on the consolidated balance sheet.

In evaluating its ability to utilize its deferred tax assets in future periods, the Company considered all available positive and negative factors. The Company considered various sources of taxable income including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, taxable income in prior carryback years if carryback is permitted under the tax law, tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented to prevent a loss carryforward or tax credit carryforward from expiring unused and predictions of future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards. As a result, the Company determined a valuation allowance of ~~$122.8~~$129.6 million was required as at December 31, ~~2008.~~2009 (2008: $142.2 million). After consideration of the valuation allowance, the Company had total net deferred tax assets of approximately $74.9 million as at December 31, 2009 ($36.1 million of which is classified as ‘Assets held for sale’) and $76.9 million as at December 31, 2008. The net deferred tax assets

F-105

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

are primarily comprised of net operating loss carryforwards and future deductible amounts relating primarily to fixed assets. As part of the business combination that occurred on March 30, 2008 as the result of contributions by STM, Intel and FP, the Company recorded net deferred tax assets of $73.7 million after valuation allowance of $58.0 million due to the basis difference between book and tax values for the assets transferred or contributed by STM and Intel. The valuation allowance was increased by $84.2 million during fiscal 2008, primarily due to losses incurred in the current year.

As ofat December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, the Company had net operating loss and capital allowance carryforwards of approximately $339 million combined for The Netherlands and Switzerland (2008: $270 ~~million in Netherlands, $160~~million), $125 million in Singapore ~~$48~~(2008: $160 million), $25 million in Italy (2008: $48 million) and $l million in the Philippines. For the carryforwards related to The Netherlands and Switzerland, the Company currently estimates that 100% relate to The Netherlands. This assumption may change. The Company, however, has recorded a full valuation allowance against this portion of the carryforwards. In addition in 2008, the Company had approximately $23 million of operating loss and capital allowances carryforwards in ~~Malaysia.~~Malaysia, but these have been absorbed by profits earned during 2009. The net operating loss carryforwards in The Netherlands ~~expire on December 31, 2015~~and Italy can be carried forward for 9 years and 5 years respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards in the Philippines can be carried forward for 3 years and the net operating loss carryforwards in ~~Italy expire on December 31, 2012. The capital allowance carryforwards in~~ Singapore ~~and Malaysia~~ can be carried forward indefinitely.

The ~~Company was granted income~~expiration of the tax holidays or other special tax incentives whereby the Company is subject to concessionary tax rates in lieu of regular income tax rates in various jurisdictions including Malaysia, Singapore, Israel, Switzerland and Philippines. The tax holidays require various thresholds of investment and in employment in those jurisdictions. The tax holidays for Malaysia, Singapore, Israel and Switzerland expirelosses carried forward as at ~~various dates between~~ December 31, ~~2013 and December 31, 2019.~~

~~F-114~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~2009, on which no deferred tax has been recognized, is summarized below:


Expires by:	2009		2008

2010	$	—	$	—
2011		23,768		—
2012		1,937		—
2013		—		48,000
2014		—		—
After 2014		463,897		453,000

Total	$	489,602	$	501,000

Unrecognized tax credits		436		—

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

The ~~Company has not~~valuation allowances are mainly provided for Netherlands income taxes on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries because the earnings are considered indefinitely invested outside of the Netherlands. As of December 31, 2008, the cumulative amount of earnings upon which Netherlands income taxes have not been provided was approximately $170 million. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to income taxesagainst net deferred tax assets in the Netherlands, ~~(subject to an adjustment for~~Italy and Singapore. In the ~~participation exemption). It is not practicable to determine~~event that all of the deferred tax assets become realizable, the reversal of the valuation allowance would result in a $129.6 million reduction in income tax ~~liability that might be incurred if these earnings were to be distributed.~~expense.

Unrecognized ~~tax benefits~~Tax Benefits

The changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits ~~for fiscal 2008~~ are as ~~follows (the numbers are in thousands):~~follows:

2008

Balance as at March 30, 2008 —
Gross amount of the increases in unrecognized tax benefits of tax positions taken during a prior year —
Gross amount of the increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during the current year $ 2,369
Amount of decreases in unrecognized tax benefits relating to settlements with taxing authorities —
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits resulting from the lapse of the applicable statute of limitations —

Balance as at December 31, 2008
$ 2,369


	2009			2008

Beginning of the year	$	2,369		$	—
Gross amount of the decrease in unrecognized tax benefits of tax positions taken during a prior year		(629	)		—
Gross amount of the increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during the current year		3,460			2,369

End of year	$	5,200		$	2,369

As at December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, $5.2 million (2008: $2.4 ~~million~~million) of unrecognized tax benefits would, if recognized, reduce the effective tax rate.

No significant changes in unrecognized taxed benefits are anticipated within the next 12 months. To the extent any unrecognized tax benefits identified associated with the Company’s pre-acquisition period, the corresponding FIN 48 liabilities will be subject to the indemnification agreement between the Company and Intel and STM. The Company will re-evaluate its income tax positions on a quarterly basis to consider factors such as changes in facts or circumstances, changes in or interpretations of tax law, effectively settled ~~issues~~matters under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision.

Upon adoption of ~~FIN 48,~~ASC 740 the Company adopted an accounting policy to classify interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. The total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the consolidated statement of operations during fiscal ~~2008~~2009 was ~~zero.~~$0.4 million (2008: $0). The Company has ~~not~~ filed its initial tax returns in most of its ~~jurisdictions, therefore, it is not required to accrue interest associated with the corresponding FIN 48 reserves.~~jurisdictions. The Company’s major jurisdictions include the Netherlands,

F-106

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Switzerland, U.S., Japan, Singapore, Israel, Italy, Malaysia, and ~~the~~ Philippines, all of which are subject to exam by income tax authorities for ~~2008.~~2009.

The Netherlands statute of limitations will remain open until December 31, 2013. The Switzerland statute of limitations will remain open until December 31, 2018. The U.S.~~, Philippines,~~ and Israel statutes of limitations will remain open until three years after the returns are filed. In certain instances, Israel may extend its statute of limitations. The Japan, Singapore, and Malaysia statutes of limitations will remain open until December 31, 2014. The Italy statute of limitations will remain open until December 31, ~~2013.~~

~~F-115~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~2014. The Philippines provides no statute of limitations with regard to transfer pricing. Therefore, the Philippines return will remain open indefinitely.

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

~~20. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT~~


21.	FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

Financial ~~risk factors~~Risk Factors

The Company is exposed to changes in financial market conditions in the normal course of business due to its operations in different foreign currencies and its ongoing investing and financing activities. The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk, and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize the volatility on the Company’s financial performance. The Company uses forward exchange contracts and currency options to hedge certain risk exposures.

Risk management is carried out by a central Corporate Treasury Department, reporting to the Chief Financial Officer. Corporate Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close cooperation with the Company’s operating units. Treasury activities are regulated by the Company’s policies, which define procedures, objectives and controls. The policies focus on the management of financial risk in terms of exposure to market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Most treasury activities are centralized, with any local activities subject to oversight from the Company. The majority of cash and cash equivalents is held in US dollars and is deposited with financial institutions. Marginal amounts are held in Euro, Japanese Yen and ~~other currencies.~~Singapore Dollar.

Foreign currency hedging transactions are performed only to hedge exposures deriving from industrial and commercial activities.

Foreign exchange risk

The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various major international currencies. Foreign exchange risk arises when recognized assets and liabilities as well as cash flows are denominated in a currency that is not the Company’s functional currency. The majority of these transactions relate to purchases and certain other assets and liabilities arising in intercompany transactions denominated in foreign currencies.

Management has established a policy to hedge significant foreign exchange risk exposure through financial instruments transacted by Corporate Treasury. Foreign currency hedging transactions are performed only to hedge exposures deriving from industrial and commercial activities. The Company uses forward exchange contracts and options to hedge certain balance sheet risk exposures. These instruments do not qualify as hedging instruments and as such are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value accounted for in the consolidated statement of operations. The notional value of these instruments at December 31, ~~2008~~2009 totaled $100.8 million (2008: $14.4 ~~million, all~~million). All of ~~which~~the transactions were entered into onduring the fourth quarter of 2009 and the currencies covered were the Euro, the Israeli Shekel, the Singapore Dollar and the Swiss Franc. During 2009, the Company realized net losses of $0.6 million for contracts settled during the year. The losses are recorded within ‘Other income and expenses, net’ in the consolidated statement of operation. In 2008, there were no contracts settled during the period and therefore no realized losses or gains. The amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, ~~2008. The currency covered by these transactions was the Euro.~~2009 and December 31, 2008 were $0 in both years.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is minimized as the Company’s bank borrowings and deposits are held on a floating rate basis.

F-107

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Credit risk

The Company selects banksand/or financial institutions that operate with the group based on the criteria of long term rating from at least two of the major Rating Agencies and keeping within prescribed diversification and limit guidelines.

The Company monitors the credit worthiness of its customers to which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business. For sales made by ~~STM and~~ Intel on behalf of Numonyx, in line with the ‘Transition Services Agreements’, this monitoring iswas performed by ~~STM and~~ Intel on behalf of Numonyx. If certain customers are independently rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, the Company assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set based on internal and external ratings in accordance with limits set by management.

~~F-116~~

~~NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.~~

~~NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS~~

The utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored. Reserves are provided for estimated amounts of accounts receivable that may not be collected.

At December 31, ~~2008, one customer~~2009, two customers represented approximately ~~26%~~35% of trade accounts receivable, net. Any remaining concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across many geographic areas.

Liquidity risk

Prudent liquidity risk management includes maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents, short term deposits, and availability of funding from an adequate amount of committed credit facilities. The Company’s objective is to maintain sufficient funds in instruments that can be easily converted to cash.

~~21. COMMITMENTS~~


22.	COMMITMENTS

The Company’s commitments as at December 31, ~~2008~~2009 were as follows:


	Total		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013		Thereafter		Total		2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		Thereafter

Operating Leases	$	16,493	$	8,511	$	1,563	$	1,288	$	1,129	$	1,095	$	2,907	$	63,739	$	8,032	$	7,654	$	6,405	$	6,380	$	5,147	$	30,121
Purchase Commitments		304,016		277,558		25,058		700		700		—		—		486,556		320,608		54,631		53,623		32,125		25,569		—
of which:
Equipment and other asset purchase		*61,884*		61,884		—		—		—		—		—
Equipment and other asset purchases																29,060		28,762		298		—		—		—		—
Transition Service and Supply Agreement Fees		*126,720*		126,720		—		—		—		—		—		2,988		2,988		—		—		—		—		—
Other operational expenses		*115,412*		88,954		25,058		700		700		—		—		454,508		288,858		54,333		53,623		32,125		25,569		—

Total	$	320,509	$	286,069	$	26,621	$	1,988	$	1,829	$	1,095	$	2,907	$	550,295	$	328,640	$	62,285	$	60,028	$	38,505	$	30,716	$	30,121

The Company leases land, buildings and equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates under non-cancellable operating leases. Operating lease expense was approximately ~~$13~~$10 million in ~~2008.~~2009 (2008: $13 million).

Purchase commitments consist primarily of purchases of tangible fixed asset and goods and services under non-cancellable contracts and of fees payable to Intel under the Transition Services ~~Agreement and for contractually committed wafer purchases under a supply agreement.~~Agreement.

~~22. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS~~


23.	RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As described in Note 1, ‘The Company’, STM, Intel and FP own 48.6%, 45.1% and 6.3% voting ownership in Numonyx, respectively. The Company has an eight member governing body (“Supervisory Board”) which is composed of three members nominated by STM, three members nominated by Intel and two members nominated by FP. Each shareholder unilaterally nominates its chosen members to the Supervisory Board as long as there are no significant changes in their investment in Numonyx.

The ordinary shares in the Company are owned by STM and Intel and the Preferred Shares ‘A’ are owned by FP. The ordinary shares have the same voting rights as the preferred shares.

~~F-117~~F-108

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

During the year ended December 31, 2009, and the nine month period ended December 31, 2008, Numonyx recorded sales and incurred expenses that related to business conducted with Intel, STM, and Hynix and had transactions with FP. The following tables and notes present the significant related party transactions and account balances with these related parties.

Intel:

Transactions during the year ended December 31, 2009 and period ended December 31, 2008:


	2008		2009		2008

Net Sales to Intel	$	664	$	487	$	664
Supply Agreement⁽¹⁾		141,596		96,834		141,596
Service Agreement⁽²⁾		28,561		14,664		28,561
Transition Service Agreement Fees⁽³⁾		49,664		39,814		49,664
Period Costs⁽⁴⁾		413,164		289,998		413,164


⁽¹⁾		During 2008 and 2009, Numonyx ~~purchases~~purchased wafers from Intel’s facility in Ireland. These costs are recorded within cost of sales. This supply agreement ended during 2009.

⁽²⁾		Intel’s Pudong facility performs research and development and assembly/test services for Numonyx. These costs are primarily recorded within cost of ~~sales.~~sales and research and development expenses. This service agreement substantially ended during 2009.

⁽³⁾		~~As described in Note 1, ‘The Company’, these~~These expenses include supply chain, procurement, site manufacturing, information technology, human resource, and finance and accounting services. These costs are primarily recorded within cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses. The transition service agreement substantially ended in 2009.

⁽⁴⁾		Intel incurs facility-related expenses on Numonyx’ behalf for the Israel and Philippines sites. These costs are recorded primarily within cost of sales. These costs substantially ended during 2009.

Balances as at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008:


	2008		2009		2008

Trade Accounts Receivable from Intel, net⁽¹⁾	$	80,105	$	8,686	$	80,105
Prepaid operating lease with Intel⁽²⁾		67,420		64,511		67,420
Other receivables from Intel⁽³⁾		4,700
Accounts payable to Intel⁽⁴⁾		149,188
Accounts payable to Intel⁽³⁾				37,586		149,188
Other receivables from Intel				1,589		4,700
Other accrued liabilities to Intel		5,717		—		5,717


⁽¹⁾		Trade accounts receivable from Intel, net represents monies outstanding from customers to Intel, and therefore not yet remitted to Numonyx, relating to revenues generated by Intel on behalf of Numonyx.

⁽²⁾		See Note 10, ‘Other Investments and Non Current assets’ for an explanation of the prepaid operating lease.

⁽³⁾		~~Other receivables from Intel relates to funding for a joint research and development program between Intel and Numonyx.~~

⁽⁴⁾		Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities to Intel relate ~~principally~~ to amounts payable by Numonyx for supply agreement, service agreement and other services provided by Intel under the Transition Services Agreement.

In addition, as ~~detailed~~explained in Note ~~13,~~14 ‘Long Term Debt and ~~Notes’~~Debt Obligations to Related Parties’, Intel holds a long-term loan note from Numonyx, valued at $144.4 million plus accrued interest of ~~$10.3~~$25.0 million at the balance sheet date. Intel also acted as guarantor, in conjunction with STM, of the bank loan obtained by Numonyx upon formation. The fair value of the benefit of this guarantee is recorded within ~~Intangible~~‘Intangible Assets, ~~Net.~~Net’ in the consolidated balance sheet.

STM:

Transactions during the year ended December 31, 2009 and period ended December 31, 2008:


	2008		2009		2008

Transition Services Agreement Fees(1)	$	29,108	$	10,136	$	29,108
Cost sharing arrangement⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾		54,879		29,669		54,879
Period costs⁽³⁾				16,198		—

~~F-118~~F-109

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


⁽¹⁾		These expenses include supply chain, procurement, information technology, human resource, and finance and accounting services provided by STM to Numonyx. These costs are primarily recorded within cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses. The transition services agreement substantially ended during 2009.

⁽²⁾		The cost sharing arrangement is an agreement with STM in relation to the Company’s facility in Agrate, Italy, under which facilities and certain costs are shared between STM and Numonyx. The number disclosed above is the net costs paid by Numonyx to STM during the period.

⁽³⁾		These costs relate primarily to utilities costs at shared manufacturing facilities. The costs incurred by Numonyx as disclosed above are net of recharges made by Numonyx to STM and are primarily recorded within cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses. Period costs in 2008 are included within Transition Services Agreement Fees in the table above.

Balances as at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008:


	2008		2009		2008

Trade accounts receivable from STM, net⁽¹⁾	$	111,682	$	—	$	111,682
Other current receivables from STM⁽²⁾		13,200		1,622		13,200
Other long term receivable from STM⁽³⁾⁽¹⁾		24,527		24,048		24,527
Accounts payable to STM⁽⁴⁾⁽³⁾		9,890		5,400		9,890
Other long term payable to STM⁽⁵⁾⁽⁴⁾		40,423		42,489		40,423


⁽¹⁾		~~Trade accounts receivable from STM, net represents monies outstanding from customers to STM, and therefore not yet remitted to Numonyx, relating to revenues generated by STM on behalf of Numonyx.~~

⁽²⁾		~~Other current receivables from STM relate to non-trade receivables.~~

⁽³⁾		The long term receivable from STM relates to the end of employment fund in Italy (see Note 10, ‘Other Investments and Non-Current Assets’).

⁽⁴⁾⁽²⁾		Other current receivables from STM relate to non-trade receivables.

⁽³⁾		Accounts payable to STM relate to Transition Services Agreements fees and the Cost Sharing Arrangement in Italy.

⁽⁵⁾⁽⁴⁾		The long term payable to STM relates to a tax refund in Italy (see Note 10, ‘Other Investments and Non-Current Assets’ and Note ~~14,~~15, ‘Other Non Current Liabilities’.

In addition, as detailed in Note ~~13,~~14 ‘Long Term Debt and ~~Notes’~~Debt Obligations to Related Parties’, STM holds a long-term loan note from Numonyx, valued at $155.6 million plus accrued interest of ~~$11.1~~$26.9 million at the balance sheet date. The loan note is split into a short term element of $78 million, and a long term element of $104.5 million. STM also acted as guarantor, in conjunction with Intel, of the bank loan obtained by Numonyx upon formation. The fair value of the benefit of this guarantee is recorded within Intangible Assets, Net.

Francisco ~~partners:~~Partners:

As described in Note 1, ‘The Company’, upon formation of Numonyx on March 30, 2008, FP contributed $150 million in cash in exchange for preference shares representing a 6.3% equity interest in the newly formed Company, and a long-term loan note valued at $19.1 million, which is classified within debt obligations to related parties on the consolidated balance sheet. As at December 31, ~~2008,~~2009, accrued interest on the loan note totaled ~~$1.3~~$3.3 million.

Hynix Numonyx Semiconductor Ltd.:

As described in Note 4,3, ‘Equity Investments’, STM contributed their interest in a venture with Hynix Semiconductor upon formation of Numonyx.

Transactions during the year ended December 31, 2009 and period ended December 31, 2008:

2008

Purchases of semi-finished product $ 77,470


	2009		2008

Purchases of semi-finished product	$	268,000	$	77,470

Balances as at December ~~31, 2008:~~31,2009 and December 31,2008:


	2008		2009		2008

Prepayment for additional equity interest	$	50,000
Payments for additional equity interest			$	100,000	$	50,000
Accounts payable to Hynix Numonyx Semiconductor Ltd.		9,635		22,680		9,635
Other accrued liabilities to Hynix Numonyx Semiconductor Ltd		4,053		11,113		4,053

~~F-119~~F-110

NUMONYX HOLDINGS B.V.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


24.	SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On February 9, 2010, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with Micron Technology Inc. under which Micron has agreed to purchase the entire share capital of Numonyx in exchange for a minimum of 140 million Micron common shares. An additional 10 million common shares may be payable to Numonyx shareholders to the extent the volume weighted average price of Micron shares for the 20 trading days, ending two days prior to the close of the transaction, ranges between $7.00 and $9.00 per share. As part of deal closing, the long term related party loan notes will also be cancelled via a capital contribution. The transaction is subject to regulatory review and other customer closing conditions and is currently anticipated to close within 4 to 6 months of the date this definitive agreement was signed.

F-111

STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS


	Balance at					Charged to					Balance		Balance at					Charged to					Balance
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Deducted	Beginning		Translation			Costs and		Additions/			at End of		Beginning		Translation			Costs and		Additions/			at End of
from the Related Asset Accounts	of Period		Adjustment			Expenses		(Deductions)			Period
From the Related Asset Accounts													of Period		Adjustment			Expenses		(Deductions)			Period
	(Currency— millions of U.S. dollars)												(Currency—millions of U.S. dollars)

2009
Inventories														72					102		(124	)		50
Accounts Receivable														25					2		(8	)		19
Deferred Tax Assets														1,283		6			79		(31	)		1,337
2008
Inventories		39					108		(75	)		72		39					108		(75	)		72
Accounts Receivable		21					1		3			25		21					1		3			25
Deferred Tax Assets		1,123		(6	)		170		(4	)		1283		1,123		(6	)		170		(4	)		1,283
2007
Inventories		47					72		(80	)		39		47					72		(80	)		39
Accounts Receivable		31					1		(11	)		21		31					1		(11	)		21
Deferred Tax Assets		1,039		6			79		(1	)		1,123		1,039		6			79		(1	)		1,123
2006
Inventories		51					78		(82	)		47
Accounts Receivable		27		1			7		(4	)		31
Deferred Tax Assets		854		101			135		(51	)		1,039

S-1


o		REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
þ		ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
		For the fiscal year ended December 31, ~~2008~~2009
OR
o		TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
		For the transition period from to
o		SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
		Date of event requiring this shell company report


Not Applicable		The Netherlands
(Translation of registrant’s ~~name into English)~~		(Jurisdiction of incorporation
name into English)		or ~~organization)~~organization)


Title of Each Class:		Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:

Common shares, nominal value €1.04 per share		New York Stock Exchange


Large accelerated filer þ	Accelerated filer o	Non-accelerated filer o	Smaller reporting company o


U.S. GAAP þ	International Financial Reporting Standards as issued o	Other o
	by the International Accounting Standards Board


PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION			2
PART I			4
	Item 1.	Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers	4
	Item 2.	Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable	4
	Item 3.	Key Information	4
	Item 4.	Information on the Company	2420
	Item 5.	Operating and Financial Review and Prospects	5942
	Item 6.	Directors, Senior Management and Employees	~~110~~81
	Item 7.	Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions	~~132~~100
	Item 8.	Financial Information	~~141~~106
	Item 9.	Listing	~~145~~109
	Item 10.	Additional Information	~~152~~115
	Item 11.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	~~171~~130
	Item 12.	Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities	~~174~~133
PART II			~~175~~134
	Item 13.	Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies	~~175~~134
	Item 14.	Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds	~~175~~134
	Item 15.	Controls and Procedures	~~175~~134
	Item 16A.	Audit Committee Financial Expert	~~176~~135
	Item 16B.	Code of Ethics	~~176~~135
	Item 16C.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	~~177~~135
	Item 16D.	Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees	~~178~~
	~~Item 16E.~~	~~Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers~~	~~178~~137
	Item 16F.	Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant	~~178~~137
	Item 16G.	Corporate Governance	~~178~~137
PART III			~~182~~140
	Item 17.	Financial Statements	~~182~~140
	Item 18.	Financial Statements	~~182~~140
	Item 19.	Exhibits	~~182~~140
~~EX-4.3~~
~~EX-4.4~~EX-1.1
EX-8.1
EX-12.1
EX-12.2
EX-13.1
EX-15.1
EX-15.2


	•	~~Volatility~~significant changes in demand in the key application markets and from key customers served by our products ~~and changes in customer order patterns, including order cancellations, all of which generate uncertainties and~~ make it extremely difficult to accurately forecast and plan our future business ~~activities and~~activities. In particular, following a period of significant order cancellations, we recently experienced a strong surge in customer demand, which has led to ~~operate our manufacturing facilities at sufficient levels to cover fixed operating costs;~~capacity constraints in certain applications;

	•	significant differences in the gross margins we achieve compared to expectations, based on changes in revenue levels, product mix and pricing, capacity utilization and unused capacity charges, excess or obsolete inventory, manufacturing yields, changes in unit costs, impairments of long-lived assets (including manufacturing, assembly/test and intangible assets), and the timing, execution and associated costs for the announced transfer of manufacturing from facilities designated for closure, including phase-out andstart-up costs;

	•	our ability to utilize and operate our manufacturing facilities at sufficient levels to cover fixed operating costs in periods of reduced customer demand, as well as our ability to ramp up production efficiently and rapidly to respond to increased customer demand, and the financial impact of obsolete or excess inventories if actual demand differs from our expectations;

	•	the impact of intellectual property (“IP”) claims by our competitors or other third parties, and our ability to obtain required licenses on reasonable terms and conditions;

	•	the outcome of ongoing litigation as well as any new litigation to which we may become a defendant;


	•	~~the current~~ volatility in the financial markets and overall economic uncertainty increases the risk that the actual amounts potentially realized upon a future sale of our debt and equity investments could differ significantly from the fair values currently assigned to them;


	•	the depth and length of the current financial crisis will have a negative impact on our financial performance which, in turn, may lead to negative financial results, additional restructuring measures, further impairments as well as new initiatives designed to protect our liquidity and financial strength, which may impact our ability to pursue new investment opportunities, secure financing or pay dividends;

	•	our ability to successfully integrate the acquisitions we pursue, in particular the ~~merger~~successful integration and operation of ~~ST-NXP Wireless with Ericsson Mobile Platforms (“EMP”) toform~~the ST-Ericsson ~~which may prove even more challenging~~ joint venture;

	•	ST-Ericsson is a new wireless joint venture, representing a significant investment and risk for our business. The joint venture is currently engaged in restructuring initiatives and further declines in the ~~current difficult economic environment;~~wireless market, as well as the inability of ST-Ericsson to complete its ongoing restructuring plans or to successfully compete, could result in additional significant impairment and restructuring charges;

	•	we currently also hold a significant non-marketable equity ~~investments~~investment in Numonyx ~~our joint venture in the flash memory market segment,~~ and ~~in ST-Ericsson, our joint venture in the wireless segment. Additionally, we~~ are a guarantor of $225 million of its debts. On February 10, 2010, we announced that, together with our partners Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners, we have entered into a definitive agreement with Micron Technology Inc. (“Micron”), pursuant to which Micron will acquire Numonyx in an all-stock transaction. Upon the closing of the transaction, which is subject to regulatory review and other customary closing conditions, and based on Micron’s closing stock price on February 9, 2010 of $9.08 per share, we will receive — in exchange for our 48.6% stake in Numonyx and the cancellation of the30-year note due to us by Numonyx — approximately 66.6 million shares of Micron common stock (taking into account a payable of $77.8 million due by us to Francisco Partners). There is no guaranty as to when, or if, the transaction will close, or whether the transaction will close pursuant to the terms currently planned. Furthermore, our shares in Micron are subject to certain ~~Numonyx debt. Therefore, declines in these market segments could result in significant impairment charges, restructuring charges~~resale restrictions and, ~~gains/losses on equity investments;~~consequently, there is no guaranty as to when we will be able to sell them and at what price;

	•	our ability to ~~manage~~compete in ~~an intensely competitive and cyclical~~our industry ~~where~~since a high percentage of our costs are fixed and are incurred in currencies other than U.S. dollars, especially in light of the volatility in the foreign exchange markets and, more particularly, in the U.S. dollar exchange rate as ~~well as~~compared to the other major currencies we use for our ~~our ability to execute our restructuring initiatives in accordance with our plans if unforeseen events require adjustments or delays in implementation;~~operations;

	•	the effects of hedging, which we practice in order to minimize the impact of variations between the U.S. dollar and the currencies of the other major countries in which we have our operating infrastructure, especially the Euro, in the currently very volatile currency environment;

	•	our ability to execute our restructuring initiatives in accordance with our plans if unforeseen events require adjustments or delays in implementation or require new plans;

	•	our ability in an intensively competitive environment to secure customer acceptance and to achieve our pricing expectations for high-volume supplies of new products in whose development we have been, or are currently, investing;

	•	the ability to maintain solid, viable relationships with our suppliers and customers in the event they are unable to maintain a competitive market presence due, in particular, to the effects of the current economic environment;

	•	changes in the political, social or economic environment, including as a result of military conflict, social unrestand/or terrorist activities, economic turmoil, as well as natural events such as severe weather, health risks, epidemics or earthquakes in the countries in which we, our key customers or our suppliers, operate; and

	•	changes in our overall tax position as a result of changes in tax laws or the outcome of tax audits, and our ability to accurately estimate tax credits, benefits, deductions and provisions and to realize deferred tax assets.


Item 1.	Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers


(1)		Our reported research and development expenses (R&D) are mainly in the areas of product design and technology ~~and development, and~~development. They do not include marketing design center costs, which are accounted for as selling expenses, or process engineering, pre-production and process-transfer costs, which are accounted for as cost of sales. As of 2009 and 2008, our R&D expenses are net of certain tax credits.

(2)		“Other income and expenses, net” includes, among other things: funds received through government agencies for research and development ~~expenses; the~~programs; costs incurred for newstart-up and phase-out activities not involving saleable production; foreign currency gains and losses; gains on sales of tangible assets and non-current assets; and the costs of certain activities relating to ~~intellectual property.~~IP.

(3)		On November 16, 2000, we issued $2,146 million initial aggregate principal amount of Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2010 (the “2010 Bonds”), for net proceeds of $1,458 million; in 2003, we repurchased on the market approximately $1,674 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 2010 Bonds. During 2004, we completed the repurchase of our 2010 Bonds and repurchased on the market approximately $472 million aggregate principal amount at maturity for a total amount paid of $375 million. In August 2003, we issued $1,332 million principal amount at issuance of our convertible bonds due 2013 (our “2013 Convertible Bonds”) with a negative yield of 0.5% that resulted in a higher principal amount of $1,400 million and net proceeds of $1,386 million. During 2004, we repurchased all of our outstanding Liquid Yield Option Notes due 2009 (our “2009 LYONs”) for a total amount of cash paid of $813 million. In February 2006, we issued Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2016 (our “2016 Convertible Bonds”) representing total gross proceeds of $974 million. In March 2006, we issued €500 million Floating Rate Senior Bonds due 2013 (our “2013 Senior Bonds”). In August 2006, as a result of almost all of the holders of our 2013 Convertible


		Bonds exercising their August 4, 2006 put option, we repurchased $1,397 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding convertible bonds at a conversion ratio of $985.09 per $1,000 aggregate principal amount at issuance resulting in a cash disbursement of $1,377 million.

~~(4)~~		~~In 2001, we repurchased 9,400,000 common shares for $233 million, and in 2002, we repurchased an additional 4,000,000 shares for $115 million.~~ In 2008, we repurchased 29,520,220 of our shares, for a total cost of $313 million. We reflected this purchase at cost as a reduction of shareholders’ equity. The repurchased shares have been designated for allocation under our share-based compensation programs as nonvested shares, including the plans as approved by the 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and ~~2008~~2009 annual general shareholders’ meetings, and those which may be attributed in the future. As of December 31, ~~2008, 6,889,748~~2009, 10,934,481 shares ~~were~~had been transferred to employees upon the vesting of such stock awards. As of December 31, 2009, we owned 31,985,739 treasury shares.

~~(5)~~(4)		Dividend per share represents the yearly dividend as approved by our annual general meeting of shareholders, which relates to the prior year’s accounts.

~~(6)~~(5)		Capital expenditures are net of certain funds received through government agencies, the effect of which is to reduce our cash used in investing activities and to decrease depreciation.

~~(7)~~(6)		Net financial position: resources (debt) ~~is representing~~represents the balance between our total financial resources and our total financial debt. Our total financial resources include cash and cash equivalents, current and non-current marketable securities, short-term deposits and restricted cash, and our total financial debt include bank


		overdrafts, current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt, as represented in our consolidated balance sheet. Our net financial position to total shareholders’ equity ratio is anon-U.S. GAAP financial measure. The most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure is considered to be ~~“Debt-to-Equity Ratio.”~~“Debt-to-Equity Ratio”. However, theDebt-to-Equity Ratio measures gross debt relative to equity, and does not reflect our current cash position. We believe that our net financial position to total shareholders’ equity ratio is useful to investors as a measure of our financial position and leverage. The ratio is computed on the basis of our net financial position divided by total parent company shareholders’ equity. For more information on our net financial position, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital Resources — Net financial ~~position.”~~position”. Our computation of net debt (cash) to total shareholders’ equity ratio may not be consistent with that of other companies, which could make comparability difficult.


	•	~~significant declines in sales;~~

	•	~~significant reductions in selling prices;~~

	•	~~the resulting significant impact on our gross margins and profitability;~~

	•	~~increased volatilityand/or~~ ~~declines in our share price;~~

	•	~~increased volatility or adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates;~~

	•	delays in, or curtailment of, purchasing decisions by our customers or potential customers either as a result of overall economic uncertainty or as a result of their inability to access the liquidity necessary to engage in purchasing initiatives or new product development;

	•	~~underloading of wafer fabrication plants (“fabs”);~~


	•	~~decreased valuations of our equity investments;~~

	•	~~increased credit risk associated with our customers or potential customers, particularly those that may operate in industries most affected by the economic downturn, such as automotive; and~~

	•	~~impairment of goodwill or other assets.~~


Item 3.	Key Information


	•	~~negative economic developments in foreign economies and instability of foreign governments, including the threat of war, terrorist attacks or civil unrest;~~

	•	~~epidemics such as disease outbreaks, pandemics and other health related issues;~~

	•	~~changes in laws and policies affecting trade and investment, including through the imposition of new constraints on investment and trade; and~~

	•	~~varying practices of the regulatory, tax, judicial and administrative bodies.~~


	•	significant declines in sales;

	•	significant reductions in selling prices;

	•	the resulting significant impact on our gross margins, profitability and net cash flow;

	•	increased volatilityand/or declines in our share price;

	•	increased volatility or adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates;

	•	delays in, or curtailment of, purchasing decisions by our customers or potential customers either as a result of overall economic uncertainty or as a result of their inability to access the liquidity necessary to engage in purchasing initiatives or new product development;

	•	closure or underloading of wafer fabrication plants (“fabs”);

	•	decreased valuations of our equity investments;

	•	increased credit risk associated with our customers or potential customers, particularly those that may operate in industries most affected by the economic downturn; and

	•	impairment of goodwill or other assets.


	•	price;

	•	technical performance;

	•	product features;

	•	product system compatibility;

	•	product design and technology;

	•	timely introduction of new products;

	•	product availability;

	•	manufacturing yields; and

	•	sales and technical support.


	•	negative economic developments in foreign economies and instability of foreign governments, including the threat of war, terrorist attacks or civil unrest;

	•	epidemics such as disease outbreaks, pandemics and other health related issues;

	•	changes in laws and policies affecting trade and investment, including through the imposition of new constraints on investment and trade; and

	•	varying practices of the regulatory, tax, judicial and administrative bodies.


	•	diversion of management’s attention;

	•	insufficient ~~intellectual property~~IP rights or potential inaccuracies in the ownership of key IP;

	•	assumption of potential liabilities, disclosed or undisclosed, associated with the business acquired, which liabilities may exceed the amount of indemnification available from the seller;

	•	potential inaccuracies in the financials of the business acquired;

	•	that the businesses acquired will not maintain the quality of products and services that we have historically provided;

	•	whether we are able to attract and retain qualified management for the acquired business; ~~and~~

	•	whether we are able to retain customers of the acquired ~~entity.~~entity; and

	•	management, reporting and forecasting related to a50-50 joint venture that is fully consolidated in our results.


	•	diversion of management’s attention;

	•	loss of activities and technologies that may have complemented our remaining businesses or operations;

	•	loss of important services provided by key employees that are assigned to divested activities; and

	•	social issues or restructuring costs linked to divestitures and closures.


	•	performance of our key customers in the markets they serve;

	•	order cancellations or reschedulings by customers;

	•	excess inventory held by customers leading to reduced bookings or product returns by key customers;

	•	manufacturing capacity and utilization rates;

	•	restructuring and impairment charges;

	•	losses on equity investments;

	•	fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly between the U.S. dollar and other currencies in jurisdictions where we have activities;

	•	~~intellectual property~~IP developments;

	•	changes in distribution and sales arrangements;

	•	failure to win new design projects;

	•	manufacturing performance and yields;

	•	product liability or warranty claims;

	•	litigation;

	•	acquisitions or divestitures;

	•	problems in obtaining adequate raw materials or production equipment on a timely basis;

	•	property loss or damage or interruptions to our business, including as a result of fire, natural disasters or other disturbances at our facilities or those of our customers and suppliers that may exceed the amounts recoverable under our insurance policies; ~~and~~

	•	changes in the market value or yield of the financial instruments in which we invest our ~~liquidity.~~liquidity; and

	•	a substantial part of our business is run through joint ventures whose management acts independently pursuant to the joint ventures’ rule of governance.


	•	spending levels of ~~telecommunications equipment, industrialand/or~~ ~~automotive applications;~~the market segment participants;

	•	reduced demand resulting from a drop in consumer confidenceand/or a deterioration of general economic conditions;

	•	development of new consumer products or applications requiring high semiconductor content;

	•	evolving industry standards; and

	•	the rate of adoption of new or alternative technologies.


	•	European Directive 2002/96/EC (“WEEE” Directive), which imposes a “take back” obligation on manufacturers for the financing of the collection, recovery and disposal of electrical and electronic equipment.


		~~Because of unclear statutory definitions and interpretations in individual member states, we are unable at this time to determine in detail the consequences of this directive for us.~~


	•	~~European Directive 2002/95/EC (“ROHS” Directive), which banned the use of lead and some flame retardants in electronic components as of July 2006.~~

	•	~~European Directive 2003/87/EC, which established a scheme for greenhouse gas allowance trading.~~

	•	Regulation 1907/2006 of December 18, 2006, which requires the registration, evaluation, authorization and restriction of a large number of chemicals (“REACH”). The REACH pre-registration process started on June 1, 2008.


~~(1)~~		~~WPS revenues in 2008 included a $491 million contribution from the NXP wireless business.~~

~~(2)~~		~~Includes revenues from the sale of subsystems and other products not allocated to product segments.~~

~~(3)~~		~~FMG revenues are related to the first quarter of 2008 only.~~


~~(1)~~		~~Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by the location of the customer invoiced. For example, products ordered byU.S.-based~~ companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are classified as Asia Pacific revenues. In addition, the comparison among the different periods may be affected by shifts in order shipment from one location to another, as requested by our customers.

~~(2)~~		Emerging Markets included markets such as India, Latin America, the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA (European Free Trade Association)) and Russia. As of January 1, 2009, Emerging Markets has been reallocated to the Europe, North America and Asia Pacific organizations.


	Worldwide Semiconductor Sales(1)										Compound Annual Growth Rates(2)

	2008		2007		2006		1998		1988		04-08			07-08			06-07			88-08			98-08			88-98
	In billions										Expressed as percentages

Integrated Circuits and Sensors	$	213.8	$	222.9	$	214.8	$	109.1	$	35.9		3.9	%		(4.1	)%		3.8	%		9.3	%		7.0	%		11.8	%
Analog, Sensors and Actuators		40.7		41.6		42.3		19.1		7.2		3.0			(2.2	)		(1.7	)		9.0			7.9			10.2
Digital Logic		126.7		123.5		114.1		67.0		17.8		6.0			2.6			8.2			10.3			6.6			14.2
Memory:
DRAM		24.0		31.3		33.8		14.0		6.3		(2.7	)		(23.0	)		(7.4	)		6.9			5.5			8.3
Others		22.3		26.6		24.7		9.0		4.6		10.6			(16.0	)		7.7			8.2			9.5			6.9

Total Memory		46.3		57.9		58.5		23.0		10.9		2.7			(20.0	)		(1.1	)		7.5			7.2			7.7
Total Digital		173.0		181.4		172.6		90.0		28.7		4.1			(4.6	)		5.1			9.4			6.8			12.1
Discrete		16.9		16.8		16.6		11.9		7.0		1.7			0.7			1.3			4.5			3.6			5.5
Optoelectronics		17.9		15.9		16.3		4.6		2.1		6.9			12.6			(2.3	)		11.3			14.6			8.1

TAM	$	248.6	$	255.6	$	247.7	$	125.6	$	45.0		3.9	%		(2.8	)%		3.2	%		9.3	%(3)		7.0	%(3)		10.8	%(3)

Europe		38.2		41.0		39.9		29.4		8.1		(0.8	)		(6.6	)		2.7			8.1			2.7			13.8
Americas		37.9		42.3		44.9		41.4		13.4		(0.8	)		(10.5	)		(5.7	)		5.3			(0.9	)		11.9
Asia Pacific		124.0		123.5		116.5		28.9		5.4		8.7			0.4			6.0			17.0			15.7			18.3
Japan		48.5		48.8		46.4		25.9		18.1		1.4			(0.7	)		5.2			5.1			6.5			3.7

TAM	$	248.6	$	255.6	$	247.7	$	125.6	$	45.0		3.9	%		(2.8	)%		3.2	%		9.3	%(3)		7.0	%(3)		10.8	%(3)

Of which SAM	$	155.3	$	151.7	$	144.4	$	79.7	$	35.1		5.3	%		2.4	%		5.1	%		7.7	%		6.9	%		8.6	%


(1)		~~WPS revenues in 2008 included a $491 million contribution from the NXP wireless business.~~

~~(2)~~		Includes revenues from the ~~sale~~sales of subsystems and other products not allocated to product segments.

~~(3)~~		~~FMG revenues are related to the first quarter of 2008 only.~~


(1)		CS includes the largest part of the revenues contributed by NXP Wireless and, as such, there are no comparable numbers available for ~~2006 and~~ 2007. C&P also partly benefited from the NXP wireless contribution.


(1)		The majority of Wireless’ activities are run through ST-Ericsson JVS, a JV between us and Ericsson. The minority interest of Ericsson in ST-Ericsson’s operating losses (which are 100% included in the wireless segment) is credited in the line “Non controlling interest” of our Income Statement, which reported income of $265 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

(2)		Operating ~~income (loss)~~loss of “Others” includes items such as unused capacity charges, impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs,start-up and phase-out costs, and other unallocated expenses such as: strategic or special R&D programs, acquired IP R&D and other non-recurrent purchase accounting items, certain corporate level operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigation, and other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products ~~Group, including, beginning in the second quarter of 2008, the remaining FMG costs. “Others” also included non-recurring purchase accounting items.~~Group.


(1)		As a percentage of net revenues per product group.

(2)		~~As a percentage of total net revenues.~~ Includes operating income (loss) from sales of subsystems and other income (costs) not allocated to product segments.

(3)		As a percentage of total net revenues.


(1)		Non-recurring purchase accounting items are related to Genesis business combination, with an IP R&D charge for $21 million, and the wireless business acquisition from NXP with charges for $164 million, composed of $76 million as IP R&D and $88 million as inventory~~step-up.~~

~~(2)~~		Includes unallocated income and expenses such as certain corporate level operating expenses and other costs that are not allocated to the product segments.

~~(3)~~		~~Operating income (loss) of “Others” includes items such as impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs,start-up~~ costs, and other unallocated expenses such as: strategic or special R&D programs, acquired IP R&D and other non-recurrent purchase accounting items, certain corporate level operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigation, and other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products Group, including, beginning in the second quarter of 2008, the remaining FMG costs.


(1)		Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered byU.S.-based companies to be invoiced to Asia Pacific affiliates are classified as Asia Pacific revenues. Furthermore, the comparison among the different periods may be affected by shifts in order shipment from one location to another, as requested by our customers.

(2)		~~Emerging Markets include markets such as India, Latin America, the Middle East and Africa, Europe (non-EU and non-EFTA) and Russia.~~ As of January 1, 2009, Emerging Markets has been reallocated to the ~~Europe, North America~~EMEA, Americas and Asia Pacific organizations.